Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D10-031 - SEGMENT 2 - RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL - BUILDING AND MECHANICAL PENTHOUSE
DI 0-031 Raisbeck Aviation High School 9229 East Marginal Way So Due to the file size, this record has been broken down into 6 segments for easier download. Click on the following links to review the permit segments: Segment 1 - Raisbeck Aviation High School D10-031 Segment 2 - Raisbeck Aviation High School D10-031 Segment 3 - Raisbeck Aviation High School D10-031 Segment 4 - Raisbeck Aviation High School D10-031 Segment 5 - Raisbeck Aviation High School D10-031 Segment 6 - Plans - Raisbeck Aviation High School D10-031 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 053100 09819.00 STEEL DECKING D. Metal Accessories: Same gauge as decking except where noted or specified to be of heavier material. E. Acoustical Preformed Web Flute Insulation: Manufacturer's standard rigid glass fiber or mineral wool insulating material formed to fit tightly into bottom web flutes at acoustical steel deck. F. Rubber Profile Closure Strips: Closed cell neoprene rubber, exactly matching and tightly fitting flute profile. 1. Use to close open flutes over interior walls, acoustical wall types, exterior wall types, fire resistive construction and locations where metal form closure strips are required by Contract Documents. 2. Conform to IBC Chapter 7 and Section 078400 - Firestopping to maintain fire -resistive construction at construction joints at top of wall and deck intersections. 3. Expanding spray foam not accepted. G. Metal Profile Closure Strips: Steel closure strip, exactly matching and tightly fitting flute profile. 1. Use in conjunction with mineral fiber blanket insulation, specified Section 072116, to close steel decking voids at acoustical and exterior wall types where not closed by fireproofing or firestopping systems specified Section 078400. 2. Use as option where rubber profile closure strips are specified. 3. Edge Sealant: Silicone, as specified Section 079200. H. Metal Edge Closure Strips: Steel edge angle or steel edge form closure strip at steel decking receiving concrete fill, as instructed by manufacturer. I. Headed Shear Studs: ASTM A108, cold drawn steel, Grades C-1015 through C-1020, minimum f y = 70,000 psi (yield strength). Provide appropriate ferrule for each stud, automatically end weld with equipment as instructed by manufacturer and in accordance to AWS requirements. 1. TRW Nelson Studs, Nelson S3L Shear Connectors, ICC -ES ER -2614. 2. True Weld Shear Connector Studs, ICC -ES ER -3741. j. Mechanical Fasteners: As specified in Structural Drawings. Hilti Power Actuated Fastening System, conforming to ICC -ES ER -4373 and SDI values and safety factors for each system, maybe used in lieu of welding as shown on the Structural Drawings. K. Wire for Hanging Gypsum Board or Acoustical Ceiling Panel Ceilings: As specified in Section 09226 and 095300. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Design: Conform to Steel Deck Institute (SDI) and Structural Drawings. B. Steel Deck Spans: Fabricate with spans of 3 or more supports for each panel or as noted on the Structural Drawings. C. Steel Deck End Laps and Side Laps: 1. Roof Deck End Laps: Swaged and nested, minimum 2 inch. 2. Floor Deck End Laps: Butt joint. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \053100 Permit Set RAHS Steel Decking.Doc 053100 - 6 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 053100 09819.00 STEEL DECKING 3. Side Laps: Form with interlocking standing seam, allowing button punch connections at floor deck and roof deck connections as shown on the Structural Drawings. D. Acoustical Steel Decking: Fabricate vertical webs with staggered holes designed to achieve Noise Reduction Coefficient specified this Section. 2.6 FINISHES A. Paints/Coatings for Exposed Steel Decking: Field coating systems specified Section 099000. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Check supporting members for correct layout and alignment. C. Verify that surfaces to receive steel decking are free of debris. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in SDI Publication No. 30, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. C. Install steel floor and roof deck, ready to receive composite concrete topping slab. D. Install temporary shoring at mid -span of composite floor deck before placing concrete if required by manufacturer due to span conditions, provided superimposed load capacity exceeds requirements specified on Structural Drawings. Otherwise use heavier gauge decking as required. Leave temporary shoring in place until concrete has .reached specified 28 -day strength. E. Install acoustical steel roof deck and web flute insulation at flutes to achieve acoustical performance specified this Section. F. Place supporting steel framework and adjust to final position with ends bearing 2 -inch minimum on supporting members. G. Position steel decking so that ribs align with diaphragm force collection members and drag struts (bent plates between joists) and other members parallel to flutes as required for welding shown on Structural Drawings. Place units end to end before being permanently fastened. H. Align ribs over entire length of run. I. Welding: 1. Perform welding by AWS qualified welders experienced in welding light gauge steel in accordance with Section 050523. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \053100 Permit Set RAHS Steel Decking.Doc 053100 - 7 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 053100 09819.00 STEEL DECKING 2. Secure steel decking to supporting members with 1/2 inch effective diameter puddle welds, fusion welds, and welded shear studs in accordance to Structural Drawings. 3. Weld shear studs to fuse completely with steel beams and joists underlying decking. 4. Shear studs are accepted in lieu of required puddle (fusion) welds. 5. Weld steel edge angles, edge form closure, metal profile closure strips, and other accessories in place. J. Drill holes and insert wires for hanging gypsum board and acoustical suspension systems. K. Joint Sealers: Seal edges of metal profile closure strips and other joints as necessary for finished appearance and acoustical sound control in accordance with Section 079200. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Inspections: Conform to Section 014523 for Special Inspections required to conform to IBC Chapter 17. Verify fully welded connections including shear studs, hot pins, and side seam connections. B. Deck Welding Inspection: 1. Expenses will be borne by Contractor where welds are found to be defective and for reinspection of rejected work. 2. Expense of removing and replacing portions of decking for testing purposes will be born by Owner where welds are found to be satisfactory. 3.4 REPAIRING AND CLEANING A. Damaged Deck Units: Repair or replace damaged units. B. Touch-up damaged shop applied protective coatings: Use galvanizing repair paint for galvanized surfaces and primer for damaged primer in accordance with Section 055000. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Do not use deck units for storage or working platforms until permanently secured in position. B. Avoid construction loads that may exceed carrying capacity of deck. 3.6 CLEANING A. Broom sweep deck to remove dust and debris that may inhibit composite bond to concrete including loose ferrules. B. Leave premises clean and free from residue of this Section. C. Leave ready for paint and dry -fall painting of Section 099000 and spray -applied fireproofing coatings of Section 078129. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print 1053100 Permit Set RAHS Steel Decking.Doc 053100-8of8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 054000 09819.00 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING SECTION 054000 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Load bearing and non -load bearing cold -formed steel stud systems at exterior and interior walls subject to over 5 pounds per square foot lateral loading, axial bearing loading, or transverse loading. 2. Formed steel joists, purlins, framing, and bridging. 3. Formed steel channels, backing, and framing accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Section 042200 Section 050523 Section 072116 Section 078400 Section 092216 Section 092900 - Concrete Unit Masonry - Welding - Batt and Blanket Insulation - Firestopping - Non -Structural Metal Framing - Gypsum Board 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): 1. AISI / NASPEC 2. AISI 3. AISI - North American Standards for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members. - Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions. - Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Framing - Header Design. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM Al 23 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -5% Aluminum Alloy -Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. - Standard Specification for Installation of Load Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs and Related Accessories. 4. ASTM A792 5. ASTM A875 6. ASTM C1007 D. International Code Council (ICC) National Evaluation Services (NER) Web Site http://www.icc-es.org/Evaluation_Reports . 1. ICC AC46 - Acceptance Criteria for Cold -Formed Steel Framing Members. 2. ICC AC261 - Acceptance Criteria for Connectors Used with Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \054000 Permit Set RAHS Cold -Formed Metal Framing.Doc 054000 - 1 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 054000 09819.00 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING E. Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA): Product Technical Information, Web Site http://www•ssma.com 1. SSMA ICC -ES Legacy Report ER -4943P, Revised Aug 2003 after revision. 2. SSMA Product Technical Information. F. Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau (NWCB), Tel (206) 524-4243 (Bob Drury, Mark Fowler), Website: http://www.nwcb.org . 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Maximum Allowable Deflection: 1. Interior Stud Partition Walls: Design and size components for L/360 deflection of span or less at 5 psf lateral loading. 2. Exterior Studs at Walls Other than Walls Backing Masonry Veneer: Design for L/360 of span or less for 85 mph, Exposure B wind loading and out -of -plane seismic forces. 3. Exterior Studs at Walls Backing Masonry Veneer: Design for L/600 of span or less for 85 mph Exposure B wind loading and out -of -plane seismic forces. 4. Interior and Exterior Wall Top Tracks at In -Fill Partitions and Exterior Non -Load Bearing Walls: Design to accommodate vertical deflections of primary frame members equal to L/360 of span (3/4 inch maximum below roof framing, 1/2 inch maximum below floor framing) while resisting lateral forces. 5. Design to lower deflections as required by Structural Drawings. B. Construction Tolerances: 1. Design systems to accommodate deflection of structural members. 2. Design to accommodate clearances and to prevent load transfer to non-structural elements. C. Expansion and Contraction: Design for movement of framing system due to cyclic day/night temperatures as necessary to prevent undo stress on fasteners, joints, seals, and components. D. Seismic Loads: Design and size components to withstand seismic Toads and sway displacement. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Sections 013300. B. Product Data: Provide data on standard framing members. Describe materials, finish, product criteria, limitations, and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Placing Drawings: Show layout of framing members. Include size and gauge designations, number, type, location, and spacing. 2. Details: Include component details, framed openings, bearing, anchorage, loading, welds, type, and location of fasteners. 3. Special Components and Installations: Include where not fully dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's product data. 4. Accessories: Include backing, splices, slip channels, and anchoring devices. 5. Design Calculations D. Design Data: Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\054000 Permit Set RAHS Cold -Formed Metal Framing.Doc . 054000 - 2 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 054000 09819.00 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 1. ICC Evaluation Services approved steel framing sections and deflection span tables showing conformance with allowable maximum Toad and deflection criteria correlated to wallboard and other finishes. 2. Fire and Sound tested assemblies demonstrating equivalency to IBC, UL, GA, ICC, WHI, and FM, as applicable. E. Design Calculations: Provide for axially loaded steel studs, including framing requiring approval by building code regulatory authority having jurisdiction. 1. Provide under direct supervision, sealed and signed, by professional structural engineer licensed in State of Washington. 2.- Meet or exceed Design Requirements specified this Section. F: Manufacturers Instructions: Include installation instructions, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. G. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit MR 4.1 and Credit MR 4.2: For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design of Structural Elements: Design under direct supervision of structural engineer, experienced in design of work of this Section and licensed in State of Washington. B. Conform to requirements of Quality Assurance Plan in General Structural Notes. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Member of Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA), or approved by ' Architect. B. Installer: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience in commercial quality work of comparable scope. 2. Recommended as qualified to perform work of this Project by Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau (NWCB), or accepted by Architect. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to regulatory requirements specified by Section 014100. B. Special Inspections: Conform to Section 014523, IBC Chapter 17, and Building Code Regulatory Authorities having jurisdiction. C. Design and Structural Properties: Conform to IBC Chapter 22, IBC Section 1632, AISI/NASPEC standards referenced by IBC, and SSMA ICC -ES Legacy Report ER -4943P as published by SSMA Product Technical Information. 1. Steel Framing Members: Conform to ICC AC46. 2. Connectors Used with Cold -Formed Steel Framing Members: Conform to ICC AC261. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Fries Ready To Print \054000 Permit Set RAFt5 Cold -Formed Metal Ftaming.Doc 054000 - 3 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 054000 09819.00 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING D. Welding: Conform to Section 050523, including American Welding Society (AWS) standards for welding details, inspection, and qualification of welding operators. 1. AWS, Standard Code of Welding in Building Construction. 2. AWS, Recommended Practices for Resistance Welding. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions: B. Deliver in unopened containers or bundles, clearly labeled with manufacturer's name, brand, type, gauge, and grade. Verify undamaged conditions. C. Store off the ground in dry well -ventilated space to protect from rusting and damage. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements with dimensions shown on Drawings, shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 0131.13 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Coordinate with other sections to provide horizontal sheet metal channel support of wall attached items, including metal fabrications, railings, hardware, casework, equipment, mechanical, fire protection, electrical work and as specified by other Sections. C. Section 061000 for solid wood backing for wall attached items, including metal fabrications, railings, casework, equipment, ductwork, and as specified by other Sections. D. Section 072116 for installation of batt insulation into metal framing systems. E. Section 074113 for installation of metal roof and soffit panels. F. Section 078129 for spray -applied fireproofing at steel deck and structural steel framing. G. Section 078400 for firestopping installations prior to installation of gypsum board systems. H. Section 087100 for accommodating electric door strikes and other hardware items. I. Section 092216 for interaction with non -load bearing interior metal wall framing system. J. Section 092226 for suspended gypsum board ceiling systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Cold -Formed Steel Framing: 1. Member of Steel Stud Manufacturers Association. 2. Accepted upon condition of satisfactory submittals referencing design requirements and showing conformance to referenced ICC evaluation reports. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \054000 Permit Set RAHS Cold -Formed Metal Framing.Doc 054000-4of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 054000 09819.00 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING B. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 FRAMING MATERIALS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an average recycled content of steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less than 25 percent. B. System Components: Steel studs, joists, runners (tracks), blocking, bridging, lintels, clip angles, shoes, reinforcements, fasteners, accessories, and as required for complete systems. C. Load Bearing (Non -Structural Applications) Cold Rolled Steel Framing Members: 1. Minimum Effective Physical and Structural Properties: As published by the Steel Stud Manufactures Association (SSMA) Product Technical Information, conforming to ICC ER -4943P and IBC Chapter 22. 2. Sizes as specified on the Structural Drawings. 3. Grades: a. ASTM A653, ASTM A792, or ASTM A875 SS Grade 50 (Fy=50 ksi) for 12, 14 and 16 gauge framing members. b. ASTM A653, ASTM A792, or ASTM A875 SS Grade 33 (Fy=33 ksi) for 18 and 20 gauge framing members. c. ASTM A36 (Fy=36 ksi) for 8 gauge and 10 gauge framing members. 4. Galvanized ASTM A653 G60. D. Punched Webs: Provide at studs for installation of electrical conduit, pipe, structural stiffeners, and other items. E. Joists and Purlins: Channel shape with solid web. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Bracing, Furring, Bridging, Plates, Gussets, and Clips: Formed sheet steel, thickness as necessary to meet structural requirements for conditions encountered. B. Z -Furring Channels: Minimum 30 mils (20 gauge), 1-1/2 inches deep, unless otherwise noted, hot -dipped galvanized steel. C. Horizontal Backing and Strongbacks: 1. Minimum 16 gauge sheet metal backing channel. 2. Minimum 6 inch wide with 1-1/4 inch legs. 3. Continuous and notched and clipped flanges at studs. D. Fastenings and Attachments: Conform to ASTM C1007. 1. Fasteners: Self -drilling self -tapping screws, bolts, nuts and washers. Galvanize to 1.25 ounce psf conforming to ASTM Al 23. 2. Anchorage Devices: Power driven or powder actuated anchors as noted on the Structural Drawings, or as specifically accepted to transfer design loads. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\054000 Permit Set RAHS Cold -Formed Metal Framing.Doc 054000 - 5 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 054000 09819.00 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Review areas of potential interference and conflicts, and coordinate layout and support provisions for interfacing work. 3.3 ERECTION OF STEEL STUDS A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Secure in place with specified fasteners and welding. Do not wire tie framing components. C. Secure studs to top and bottom track by fasteners screwed through each stud flange, stud shoes, or by welding, except at deflection tracks. D. Install runner and tracks top and bottom in same gauge as studs, except where noted otherwise on the Structural Drawings. 1. Align floor and ceiling tracks. 2. Secure to floor with approved anchorage devices. 3.. Include fasteners at corners and ends of tracks. 4. Butt weld track, or splice with channel insert secured to track at each connection using sheet metal screws, bolts, or rivets. E. Unless noted otherwise on the Structural Drawings, space studs at 16 inch on center, except install additional studs as detailed or required at partition intersections, corners, and openings. Do not exceed 16 inch fastener spacing. F. Construct corners using minimum three studs. Double box studs at wall openings, and at jambs at door and windows. Install additional studs at jambs where required by the Structural Drawings. G. Erect load bearing studs full length, one piece. Do not splice studs. H. Make provisions for erection stresses. 1. Brace and reinforce to achieve full design strength. Include supplementary framing where necessary to accommodate loading. 2. Align and brace as required to provide flat and true tolerances, suitable as substrate for gypsum board installation specified Section 092900. I. Install runner tracks and intermediate jack studs above and below wall openings to align with full -height wall stud spacing. J. Install continuous steel channel backing and strongbacking, notched between studs for support of wall mounted items and seismic restraint and anchoring masonry construction to metal stud framing systems. K. Install bridging midway at walls to 10 foot high and additional bridging not exceeding 5 foot on center for walls above 10 foot high or as specified in the Structural Drawings. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\054000 Permit Set RAHS Cold -Formed Metal Framing.Doc 054000 - 6 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 054000 09819.00 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING L. Bridging: Install lateral bridging as necessary to provide resistance to rotation and axial bending. Refer to NWCB requirements, SSMA Technical Note 2, and Structural Drawings. 1. Walls subjected to wind loading. a. Install bridging as specified in the Structural Drawings. b. Walls up to 10 feet height: Install one row of bridging at mid height. c. Walls over 10 feet height: Install bridging spaced maximum 5 feet. 2. Walls supporting vertical (axial non-structural)) loads and cladded only on one side: a. Walls up to 10 feet height: Install two rows of bridging equally spaced. b. Walls over 10 feet height: Install bridging spaced 40 inches maximum. M. Place moisture barrier material between runners, studs and adjacent concrete or masonry and at surface areas subject to water penetration. N. Touch-up shop -applied protective coatings damaged during handling and installation. Use cold galvanizing compound specified Section 055000 for touch up of galvanized surfaces. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Inspection: Specified Section 014523. 3.5 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Framing Member Variation from True Position: 1/8 inch. B. Maximum Framing Member Variation from Plane: 1. Individual Framing Members: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 foot. 2. Accumulative Overall Variation for Wall and Floor System: Do not exceed 1/8 inch. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\054000 Permit Set RAMS Cold -Formed Metal Framing.Doc 054000 - 7 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055000 09819.00 METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Materials for metal fabrications: a. Aluminum fixed wall ladder b. Steel ladders c. Aluminum ships ladder d. Perforated metal panels e. Metal screens f. Fixed steel pipe bollards g. Door push button pipe bollards h. Therapy eye hangers i. Steel channel strut framing systems j. Gratings k. Newell post ball cap I. Aluminum sunscreens m. Trench duct and cover. n. Removable post and chain barrier 2. Manufactured and shop fabricated metal items. 3. Preparation, priming, and galvanizing of shop coated ferrous metal fabrications. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 - Cast -In -Place Concrete 2. Section 050523 - Welding 3. Section 051200 - Structural Steel Framing 4. Section 0521 19 - Open Web Steel Joists Framing 5. Section 053100 - Steel Decking 6. Section 055100 - Metal Stairs 7. Section 055200 - Metal Railings 8. Section 0571 13 - Fabricated Metal Spiral Stairs 9. Section 087100 - Door Hardware 10. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating 11. Section 099713 - Steel Coatings 12. Section 142400 - Hydraulic Elevators 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated Welded and Seamless 3. ASTM Al 23 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 4. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\055000 Permit Set RAHS Metal Fabrications.Doc 055000 - 1 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055000 09819.00 METAL FABRICATIONS 5. ASTM A240 6. ASTM A307 7. ASTM A325 8. ASTM A489 9. ASTM A490 10. ASTM A500 11. ASTM A501 12. ASTM A563 13. ASTM A572 14. ASTM A653 15. ASTM A793 16. ASTM A 101 1 17. ASTM B209 18. ASTM B210 19. ASTM B221 20. ASTM C827 21. ASTM D1730 22. ASTM D6386 23. ASTM E2016 24. ASTM F593 25. ASTM F594 26. ASTM Fl 554 - Standard Specifications for Heat Resisting Chromium -Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Externally threaded Standard Fasteners - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Lifting Eyes - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength - Standard Specifications for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. - Standard Specification for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. - Standard Specification for Carbons and Alloy Steel Nuts - Standard Specifications for High -Strength Low -Alloy Columbium -Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality. - Standard Specification for Rolled Floor Plate, Stainless Steel - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy and High - Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability - Standard Specifications for Aluminum and Alloy Sheet and Plate. - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes. - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. - Test Method for Early Volume Change of Cementitious Mixtures. - Standard Practices for Preparation of Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Surfaces for Painting. - Standard Practice for Preparation of Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coated Iron and Steel Product and Hardware Surfaces for Painting - Standard Specification for Industrial Woven Wire Cloth. - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts - Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength C. Architectural Metal Products Division of National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): ANSI/NAAMM MBG 531 - Metal Bar Grating Manual. D. Master Painters Institute (MPI): Website http://www.paintinfo.com E. National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metal Association (NOMMA) (Website http://www.nomma.orq): NOMMA Guideline 1: Joint Finishes. F. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) - Volume 1, Good Painting Practice, and Volume 2, Systems and Specifications. 1. SSPC-SP-1: Surface Preparation Specification No.1, Solvent Cleaning. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\055000 Permit Set RAHS Metal Fabrications.Doc 055000 - 2 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055000 09819.00 METAL FABRICATIONS 2. SSPC-SP-2: Surface Preparation Specification No. 2, Hand Tool Cleaning. 3. SSPC-SP-3: Surface Preparation Specification No. 3, Power Tool Cleaning 4. SSPC-SP-6: Surface Preparation Specification No. 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning G. Research Council on Structural Connections (RCSC): http://www.boltcouncil.orc 1. RCSC - Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 and ASTM A490 Bolts. 2. RCSC - Test Method to Determine the Slip Coefficient Used in Bolted Connections. 3. RCSC - Guide to Design Criteria for Bolted and Riveted Joints 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Include manufacturer's publications, specifications, instructions, performance criteria, and limitations. Show conformance with specifications. 1. Recycled Content: Indicate recycled content; indicate percentage of pre -consumer and post -consumer recycled content per unit of product. 2. Indicate location of manufacturing facility; indicate distance between manufacturing facility and the project site. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details. 1. Prepare placing plan locating structural connectors. 2. Include embedded items, including anchor bolts. 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.0 welding symbols. Indicate weld length. D. Samples: Stair nosings, conforming to specified requirements. E. Certification: Submit certification letter attesting that specified shop finish preparation, procedures, and products, including galvanized plating and SSPC procedures have been followed. F. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit MR 4.1 and Credit MR 4.2: For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator and Installer: Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience. B. Welders on Project: AWS qualified, WABO Certified within last 12 months in accordance with Section 050523. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of Section 014100. B. Welding: Conform to provisions of Section 050523, Section 014523, and IBC Section 1704. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs Files Ready To Print \055000 Permit Set RAHS Metal Fabrications.Doc 055000 - 3 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055000 09819.00 METAL FABRICATIONS C. Shop Applied Coatings: Conform to State of Washington and US Environmental Protection Agency for maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions. D. Ladders: Conform to Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA). E. Seismic Design Category: Conform to IBC Section 1616 and Structural Drawings. 1.6 MOCK-UPS A. Provide under provisions of Section 014300. B. Woven Wire Panels: Typical square panel and two adjacent parallelogram shaped panels sloped to stair pitch showing alignment between woven wire fabric strands and conforming to other requirements of this Section. C. Architect accepted mock-up may be incorporated into Work. Protect as standard of quality for woven wire panels. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with workof other Sections. B. Coordinate safety stair nosing installation with exterior and interior cast -in-place concrete stairs performed under work of Section and Section 033000 and steel pan stairs specified Section 055100. C. Coordinate ledger angles with hydraulic elevator specified Section 142400. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FERROUS METALS - GENERAL A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an average recycled content of steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less than 25 percent. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel materials to be per ASTM A36 unless indicated otherwise. B. Structural Steel Members: ASTM A572, Grade 50. C. Ferrous Materials 1. Steel Shapes (Channels, Angles, WT Members): ASTM A36. 2. Other Steel Plate Sections: ASTM A36. 3. Tubular Steel: Cold formed ASTM A500 Grade B or hot formed ASTM A501, electric resistance welded (ERW), seamless. 4. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type S, Grade B, standard weight, Schedule 40 seamless. D. Stainless Steel 1. Stainless Steel Sheet and Plate: ASTM A240, Type 304, soft temper, No. 4 finish (standard polish - approximately 150/180 grit). Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:1Raisbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs Files Ready To Print\055000 Permit Set RAHS Metal Fabrications.Doc 055000-4of12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055000 09819.00 METAL FABRICATIONS E. General Purpose Bolts and Studs: ASTM A307 Grade A, B, or C. 1. Stainless Steel Bolts: ASTM F593. 2. Stainless Steel Nuts: ASTM F594. F. Welding Electrodes: Conform to AWS Standards in accordance with Section 050523. G. Aluminum 1. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209, 5005 alloy, 0.062 inch thick and 0.125 inch thick as shown on Drawings with brushed clear anodized finish. 2. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 6063-T5 or 6061-T6 alloy. 3. Aluminum Round Tubing: ASTM B210 6061-T6. H. Fasteners 1 Bolts for Steel Connections: ASTM A325, Type N. 2. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A563; and, where indicated, flat washers. 3. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A325, Type 3 (ASTM A325M, Type 3); with hex nuts, ASTM A563, Grade C3 (ASTM A563M, Class 8S3); and, where indicated, flat washers. 4. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A563; and, where indicated, flat washers. 5. Eyebolts: ASTM A489. 6. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3. 7. Lag Screws: ASME B18.2.1. 8. Wood Screws: Flat head, ASME B18.6.1. 9. Plain Washers: Round, ASME B18.22.1. 10. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, ASME B18.21.1. I. Miscellaneous Metal: Provide rolled shapes, bars, sheets, strips, accessories, and as detailed or required for complete installations. J. Non -Shrink Grout: As specified Section 033000. 2.3 ALUMINUM FIXED WALL LADDERS A. Manufacturers: 1. O'Keeffe's Inc., Model 500-10, Standard Duty Channel Rail Fixed Access Ladder. a. Tel (425) 454-6250, Fax (425) 454-6538, Mobile (425) 985-2408, Email asirepx@aol.com (Architectural Systems, Inc, Gene Robinson, CSI, CDT). b. Website: http://www.okeeffes.com 2. Precision LadderCorp., Fixed Aluminum Wall Ladder. a. Tel (206) 624-6360 (Enos Company, Bob Enos). b. Website: http://www.precisionladders.com 3. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. B. Performance Requirements 1. Design and certify to meet WISHA and OSHA/ANSI A14.3 Standards. 2. Aluminum: Aluminum: ASTM B209, 6063 alloy, T5 or T-6 temper, mill finish. 3. Rungs: 1-1/4 inches square serrated extruded aluminum sections, 18-3/8 inches long, and at 12 inches on center. 1,000 Ib design load capacity. 4. Side Rails: 2-1 /2 inch by 1 inch by 1/8 (0.125) inch thick aluminum channel. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\055000 Permit Set RAMS Metal Fabrications.Doc 055000 - 5 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055000 09819.00 METAL FABRICATIONS 5. Wall Brackets: 2 inch by 3/16 inch aluminum flat bar. Locate maximum 4 feet on center and as instructed by manufacturer. 6. Floor Brackets: 4 inch by 2 inch by 3/16 inch aluminum angle. 7. Fasteners: Stainless steel, screws, bolts and anchors as suitable for installation and as instructed by manufacturer. 8. Length: Extend to fullest possible height under hatches and floor doors. Extend to heights as detailed at parapet conditions, except not Tess than required to meet WISHA and OSHA Standards. 9. Ladder Cages: Provide at ladders exceeding 20 foot height and where shown on Drawings. 2.4 ALUMINUM SHIPS LADDERS A. Manufacturers: 1. O'Keeffe's Inc., Model 520-10, Ship Ladder a. Tel (206) 525-9677 (Crowe Building Specialties) b. Website: http://www.okeeffes.com/ 2. Precision Stair Corp., Fixed Aluminum Ships' Ladder, a. Tel (206) 624-6360 (Enos Company, Bob Enos) 3. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Design and certify to meet WISHA and OSHA/ANSI A14.3 Standards. C. Design Requirements: 1. Design for 60 degree to 75 degree slope as shown on Drawings. 2. Aluminum: ASTM B209, 6063 alloy, T5 or T-6 temper, mill finish. 3. Hand Rails: 1-1/4 inch diameter, Schedule 40 aluminum pipe. 4. Wall Brackets: Manufacturer's standard to suit installation. 5. Tread: Serrated, aluminum plate. 6. Stringers: Aluminum channel. 7. Fasteners: Stainless steel, screws, bolts and anchors as instructed by manufacturer. 8. Length: Extend to fullest possible height to suit installation. 2.5 STEEL FIXED WALL LADDERS A. Space siderails 16 inches apart unless otherwise indicated. B. Space siderails of elevator pit ladders 12 inches apart. C. Siderails: Continuous, 3/8 -by -2-1 /2 -inch steel flat bars, with eased edges. D. Rungs: 3/4 -inch- diameter steel bars. E. Fit rungs in centerline of siderails; plug -weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. F. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung, either by coating rung with aluminum -oxide granules set in epoxy -resin adhesive or by using a type of manufactured rung filled with aluminum -oxide grout. G. Manufacturers of products below claim they wear better than granules set in epoxy -resin adhesive. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \055000 Permit Set RAHS Metal Fabrications.Doc 055000 - 6 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055000 09819.00 METAL FABRICATIONS H. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung by coating with abrasive material metallically bonded to rung. I. Provide platforms as indicated fabricated from welded or pressure -locked steel bar grating, supported by steel angles. Limit openings in gratings to no more than 1/2 inch in least dimension. J• Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 60 inches on center with welded or bolted steel brackets. K. Galvanize ladders, including brackets and fasteners. L. Prime ladders, including brackets and fasteners, with zinc -rich primer primer specified in Section 099000. 2.6 PERFORATED METAL PANELS A. Manufacturers: 1. The Western Group a. Tel (425) 656-8111, Fax (425) 656-9090, Cell (206) 793-2601, Email devonz@thewesterngroup.com (Devon Zeller, Outside Sales) b. Website www.thewesterngroup.com 2. McNichols Co. a. Tel (800) 237-3820, specified for type and quality. b. Website http://www.mcnichols.com 3. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. B. Factory fabricated, 11 gauge, stainless steel, Type 304, 1/4 inch diameter, 3/8 staggered centers, 8.5 holes per square inch, 40 percent open area, 3 inch blank margin at perimeter, finished end pattern. 2.7 FIXED STEEL PIPE BOLLARDS A. Pipe Bollards: 4 inch diameter, Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe for installation into concrete footings, 42 inch high above concrete footing finished grade and 36 inches below grade. B. Fill solid with concrete and round tops to drain. C. Weld two 1/4 inch diameter eyes with 1 inch opening to each bollard, as necessary to attach chain between bollards with 6 inches of slack. Include 1/4 inch diameter welded steel galvanized chain with 11 to 12 links per foot, and eye hooks permanently attached to both ends. D. Steel Rod Stabilizer: 5/8 inch diameter by 8 inch long galvanized steel rod. Weld, centered horizontally on pipe, 5 inch above bottom of pipe within footing. E. Footing: Concrete as specified Section 033000. Minimum 30 inch deep with 5 inch clearance between pipe and outside face of footing. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \055000 Permit Set RAHS Metal Fabrications.Doc 055000 - 7 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055000 09819.00 METAL FABRICATIONS 2.8 STEEL CHANNEL STRUT FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Manufacturer: 1. Unistrut Corporation, specified for type and quality. a. Tel (206) 423-0451, Fax (916) 443-4571, Email mimurphy@unistrut.com (Mike Murphy, Technical Rep). b. Website http://www.unistrut.com c. Website http://www.mcnichols.com. 2. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures. B. Steel Channel: Unistrut or McStrut steel channel track, 12 gauge, 1-5/8 inch by 1-5/8 inch square. 1. Design Load Per Lineal Foot: 200 lbs. 2. Design Load Per Channel Track: 900 lbs. C. Channel Track Support Rods: 1/2 inch diameter threaded rod with nuts, lock washers, and accessories to suspend channel from structural support framing at ceiling installations and as necessary to meet design loads. D. Sway Braces: 1/2 inch threaded rod with turnbuckles or 1-1/2 inch by 1-1/2 inch slotted steel angle for bolting to structural support system and as necessary to conform to Seismic Design Category. Provide as required to hold installations rigidly in place and to accommodate design Toads. E. Clip angles, spring action nuts, bolts, and fastening devices to make rigid, secure connections as needed for complete connections. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATIONS A. Provided welded assemblies of standard shapes and plate for trim, edgings, supports, support angles and brackets, closures, frames, and as required to complete the Work. B. Form steel to accurate sizes and shapes, with clean lines and angles. C. Bolt, drill, tap, punch, and shear to leave clean surfaces. D. Weld permanent connections in accordance with Section 050523. Grind exposed welds smooth. Conform to NOMMA Guideline 1: Joint Finishes, Finish #2. E. Do not use screws or bolts, except as indicated or shown in Drawings. When used, countersink heads and draw up tight; nick threads to prevent loosening. F. Provide holes and connections for work of other trades. G. Joints and Fastenings: Detail for ample strength and stiffness. Where exposed to weather, form to exclude water. H. Provide shims and slotted connections where required to allow for plumb, level and true installation whether or not indicated on drawings. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\055000 Permit Set RAHS Metal Fabrications.Doc 055000-8of12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055000 09819.00 METAL FABRICATIONS 2.10 SHOP GALVANIZED FINISHES A. Galvanized Steel Members, Plate, Tube, and Pipe: Hot -dip zinc -coat galvanize after fabrication, ASTM A123. Zinc coat galvanize exterior steel, including steel embeds, steel in contact with masonry and concrete, weldments, connectors, and other miscellaneous steel framing exposed to weather, except as otherwise indicated. 1. Up to 3/16 Inch Thick Steel: 2.0 oz average and 1.8 oz minimum. 2. 1/4 Inch and Thicker Steel: 2.3 oz average and 2.0 oz minimum. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: As specified by applicable Sections. Where galvanized sheet steel is shown on Drawings but not otherwise specified, conform to ASTM A653: 1. G90 at exterior exposed steel 2. G60 for exterior steel protected from weather 3. G40 for interior steel. C. Bolts and Threaded Fasteners: Hot -dip galvanize, ASTM Al 53, Class C or D. D. Touch-up for damaged galvanized surfaces to remain unfinished: 95 percent zinc cold galvanizing compound. 1. ZRC Products Co., Galvilite. 2. ITW Devcon, Devcon Z. 3. LPS Cold Galvanize Corrosion Inhibitor. 2.1 1 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR SHOP PRIMED FINISHES A. Surface Preparation for Ungalvanized Ferrous Metal to be Shop Primed: 1. Exterior: Conform to SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. 2. Interior: Conform to SSPC-SP-3, Power Tool Cleaning. B. Galvanized Steel Treatment: Conform to ASTM D6386 for preparation of galvanized surfaces prior to application of shop primers and other coatings directly to galvanized surfaces. 1. Newly Galvanized Steel: Within 48 hours of galvanizing, and before zinc oxide or zinc hydroxide formations on surface, clean surfaces of oil and grease. Smooth high spots and rough edges by sanding or sweep blasting. Apply zinc -phosphate treatment or other acceptable adhesion promoter. 2. Partially weathered Galvanized Steel: Test for and remove chromatic conversion coatings that may have been applied at factory. Clean surfaces of oil and grease. Smooth high spots and rough edges by sanding or sweep blasting. Remove wet storage stain using a mild ammonia solution, rinse with water, and air blow dry. Apply paint coating within 30 minutes before zinc oxides begin to reform or apply zinc - phosphate treatment or other acceptable adhesion promoter. 3. Weathered Galvanized Steel: After 1-1/2 to 2 years following formation of a hard zinc -carbonate surface, clean surfaces of oil, grease, and loose particles. Smooth high spots and rough edges by sanding or sweep blasting. 4. Do not apply alkyd primers or coatings directly to galvanized surfaces. 2.12 SHOP PRIMED FINISHES A. Shop Finishes at Steel Members: Conform to RCSC, Class A or Class B, mean slip - coefficient for steel with slip -critical connections at faying surfaces. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \055000 Permit Set RAMS Metal Fabrications.Doc 055000 - 9 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055000 09819.00 METAL FABRICATIONS B. Shop Primer for. Exterior, Ungalvanized Ferrous Metal Receiving Finish Coating Systems: Single component, moisture cured, micaceous iron oxide and zinc filled polyurethane. Color: Green/Gray 1. Sherwin Williams Corothane 1 Zinc Primer B65A15. 2. Tnemec Co, Series 394, PerimePrime. 3. Wasser, MC Miozinc. C. Shop Primer for Exterior, Ungalvanized Ferrous Metal Receiving Finish Coating Systems: 1. Carboline 859, zinc -rich polyamide epoxy primer. 2. ICI Devoe, Catha-Coat 302H Reinforced Inorganic Zinc Primer. 3. Rust-Oleum, Zinc -Sete 9334, Green, Heavy -Duty Polyamide Epoxy. 4. Sherwin Williams, Zinc Clad IV, B69A8/B69V8, two component, polyamide epoxy zinc - rich, coating (Product Data Sheet 9.02). 5. Tnemec Co., Series 90-97, Tneme-Zinc, zinc rich urethane primer. D. Shop Primer for Interior Structural Steel Concealed within Construction Not Receiving Finish Coating Systems: 1. Do not apply primers to steel receiving spray -applied fireproofing specified Section 078129, except as conforming to provisions of this Section and as accepted by fire- proofing manufacturer. 2. Accepted: a. Single component, moisture cured, micaceous iron oxide and zinc filled polyurethane. Color: Green/Gray. 1) Sherwin Williams Corothane 1 Zinc Primer B65A15. 2) Tnemec Co, Series 394, PerimePrime. 3) Wasser, MC Miozinc. b. MPI #76, Quick Drying Alkyd Metal Primer , anti -corrosive primer, specified for type and quality. 4) Benjamin Moore, Rapid Dry Metal Primer, CM05-70. 5) Columbia Paint CGI, Industrial, Lead -Free Gray Primer/Speedset HB, 07- 426/473 6) ICI Dulux Paints, Devoe, Rustguard QD Shop Coat Primer, 4140-XXXX. 7) PPG, Multiprime, Fast Dry 2.8 VOC, 94-258/269. 8) Rodda, Barrier III HS, High Solids Rust Inhibitive Primer, 708295X. 9) Rust-Oleum, Industrial Enamel, Quick -Dry Light Gray Primer, 2082. 10) Sherwin-Williams, Kem-Kromik, Metal Primer, B50NZ6/B50WZ1. E. Shop Primer for Interior Ferrous Metal Receiving Finish Coating Systems: MPI #79 Alkyd Anti -Corrosive Metal Primer, accepted for type and quality. Color: Gray or white. Red primer not accepted. 1. Benjamin Moore, Industrial, Alkyd Metal Primer, M06. 2. ICI Paints, Devguard, Alkyd Metal Primer, 4100-7100. 3. Kelly -Moore, Kel-Guard, Alkyd Rust Inhibitive Primer, 1711. 4. Rodda, Barrier III HS, High Solids Rust Inhibitive Primer, 708225X/708298X. 5. Sherwin-Williams, Kem-Kromik, Universal Metal Primer, B5OWZ1 /B50NZ6. 6. Tnemec Co., Azeron Primer, Series FD88-HS559. 2.13 Surface Preparation for Aluminum: ASTM D1730, as applicable for coating system. 1. Type A -Solvent Cleaning. 2. Type B -Chemical Treatments. 3. Type C -Anodic Treatments: Method 1 or Method 2 accepted. 4. Type D -Mechanical Treatments. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\055000 Permit Set RAHS Metal Fabrications.Doc 055000 - 10 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055000 09819.00 METAL FABRICATIONS 5. Primer: As indicated on manufacturer's published data sheets in accordance to manufacturer's instructions, and as accepted by Architect. B. Unfinished Steel Fabrications: Leave Tight natural oil factory coating. Grind weldments smooth. Power tool clean to SSPC-SP3 removing rust and staining. Leave in unfinished condition. 2.14 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Shop Primed Metal to Receive Finish Coatings Under Work Other Sections: Free of drips and other imperfections causing telegraphing through finished coating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions ready to receive work of this Section. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Protect against galvanic action from uncoated dissimilar metals. Except as otherwise indicated, embed (uncoated portion) of steel items into concrete and steel inserts with specified non -shrink grout. C. Cast -in Items: Install accurately and securely to detail. D. Steel in Cast -In Sleeves In Concrete: Set into place with non -shrink grout. E. Fabricated Items: Install plumb and true to line. Anchor securely in place. Shim and adjust as required. F. Miscellaneous: Install metal items and fabrications as required to fully complete the Work whether specifically indicated or not. 3.3 TOUCH-UP AFTER INSTALLATION A. After installation and erection, remove weld spatter, grind smooth, and clean steel of oil and grease in accordance with SSPC-SP-T. Clean abraded, bolted, and welded areas. B. Damaged Shop Primed Ferrous Metal Surfaces: Reapply specified shop primer to make free of scratches and stains. C. Damaged Galvanized Surfaces to Receive Finish Coating: Touch up with specified organic, zinc rich, urethane primer. D. Damaged Galvanized Surfaces to remain Unfinished: Touch up with specified cold galvanizing compound. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \055000 Permit Set RAHS Metal Fabrications.Doc • 055000 - 11 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055000 09819.00 METAL FABRICATIONS E. Site Welding: Clean and strip primed steel to bare metal where site welding is required and apply touch-up primer or cold galvanizing compound as specified Section 055000 or Section 099000. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Repair or replace finishes, materials, products and construction damaged by work in this section. 3.5 CLEAN UP A. Leave premises clean and free from residue of Work of this Section ready for field coating of Section 099000 - Painting. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\055000 Permit Set RAHS Metal Fabrications.Doc 055000 - 12 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055100 09819.00 METAL STAIRS SECTION 055100 METAL STAIRS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pre-engineered, manufactured drop-in steel stairs. 2. Field cast -in-place concrete treads and landings. 3. Perforated metal risers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. American Stair Corporation 1. Tel (206) 763-9857, Fax (206) 763-7906, Email waironwks@aol.com (Premier Sales Northwest, Vaughn Hodgins/Chuck Barr). 2. Tel (206) 624-6360, Fax (206) 659-2653, Email EnosColnc@msn.com (Enos Company, Bob Enos). 3. Tel (800) 872-7824, Fax (815) 372-3683 (Home Office). 4. Web Site http://www.americanstaircom B. Sharon Companies, Ltd. 1. Cell (425) 765-1200, Tel (425) 455-5044, Fax (425) 455-8357, Email et@rtbcompany.com (RTB Company, Erl Thorgalsen CSI, Web Site http://www.rtbcompany.com . 2. Tel (800) 792-0129 (Home Office). Web Site: http: / /www.sharonstair.com C. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an average recycled content of steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less than 25 percent. B. Structural Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36. C. Structural Stringers and Framing: ASTM A572, Grade 50 or ASTM A36, hot -rolled structural steel. D. Steel Treads, Risers, and Sub -Decking: ASTM A1011, minimum 14 [12] gauge hot -rolled mild steel. E. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500 Grade B, or ASTM A513, cold formed, welded, seamless, minimum 14 gauge. F. [Steel Landing Support Channels and Perimeter Framing: As shown on Structural Drawings [Minimum 14 gauge Z -beams or C -channels.] G. [Checker Plate Stair Treads and Landings: 14 gauge minimum, ASTM A1011.] Date Saved: December 29, 2009 k:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Pont\055100 Permit Set RAMS Metal Stairs.Doc 055100 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055100 09819.00 METAL STAIRS H. [Stringers and Angles: ASTM A36. Minimum 7 gauge cold rolled channel, and as shown on Drawings]. I. Safety Stair Nosing: As specified in Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications. 2.3 FASTENERS A. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307, Grade A or C. 2.4 HANDRAILS AND GUARDRAILS A. Steel Tube, Plate, or Flat Bar Railings: As specified Section 055200, and as detailed on Drawings. B. Steel Tube, Plate, or Flat Bar Railings: Stair and landing mounted, 1-1/2 inch outside diameter, and as detailed on Drawings. 1. [14 gauge, continuous 5 [6] line sweep, 2. Support Pickets: 1-1/2 inch square, 11 gauge steel. 2.5 PRECAST CONCRETE STAIR TREADS AND LANDINGS A. Manufacturer: B. Concrete Fill Mix Design: As Specified Section 033000. C. [Precast Concrete Mix Design: As Specified Section 034500.] D. Thickness: 2-1 /2 inch minimum. E. Design Strength: Minimum 4,000 psi in 28 days. F. Fiber Reinforcing: As specified Section 033000. G. [Reinforcing Bars: Four #4 (#13 Soft Metric) at each tread.] H. [Cast -In Safety Tread Stair Nosing: As specified Section 055000. Set flush with top of concrete surface.] 2.6 ACCESSORIES: A. Plates, Sleeves, Supports, Shims and Other Components: As necessary to complete work, and as dictated by surrounding building structure. B. Allow for Shims and Slotted Connections to provide plumb, true and level installation. C. Braces and Leveling Bolts: As necessary to make installation plumb and aligned. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Shop Fabricated Stairs and Landings: Fit and factory assemble in largest practical sections for delivery to site, ready for installation. Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Pont \055100 Peoria Set RAHS Metal Stairs.Doc 055100 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055100 09819.00 METAL STAIRS B. Fabricate and form steel to accurate sizes and shapes, with clean lines and angles in accordance with Section 055000. C. Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured. D. Weld in accordance with Section 050523 to form integral units. Continuously seal jointed pieces by continuous welds. Wire brush completed welds and grind exposed welds smooth. E. Make exposed joints tight, flush, and hairline. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finished surfaces. F. Support framing at Landings: Maximum 12 inch on center and conforming to accepted design calculations and shop drawings [Structural Drawings]. Weld to channel framing [except where mechanically bolted connections are shown on Drawings.] 2.8 SHOP PREPARATION AND PRIMER A. Shop Preparation: Remove rust and mill scale. Make exposed surfaces and edges smooth, free of burrs and sharp edges. 1. Interior Metal: Conform to SSPC-SP-1, SSPC-SP-2, and SSPC-SP-3 as necessary to clean surfaces of oil, grease, scale, dirt, and other foreign matter present in sufficient quantities to impair bond. 2. Exterior, Ungalvanized Metal` In accordance with SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. Shop Galvanizing and Primer: As specified Section 055000, or manufacturer's standard as accepted by Architect. C. Galvanizing: In accordance with ASTM Al 23 for fasteners and steel embedded in concrete and as specified Section 055000. END OF SECTION Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \055100 Permit Set RAHS Metal Stairs.Doc 055100 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055200 09819.00 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS SECTION 055200 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel pipe, plate or flat bar handrails and railings. 2. Stainless steel pipe handrails and railings. 3. Swaged cable railing. - 4. Railing and handrail components. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The Wagner Companies 1. Tel (888) 243-6914, (414) 214-0444, Fax (414) 214-0450, Email info@mailwagner.com 2. Website: www.wagnercompanies.com B. Sharpe Products 1. Tel (262) 754-0369, 1- 800-879-4418, Fax (262) 754-0374, Email: sales@sharpeproducts.com 2. Website: http://www.sharpeproducts.com/ C. Julius Blum & Co., Inc. 1. Tel (800) 526-6293 / (201) 438-4600, Fax (201) 438-6003, E-mail: bluminfo@juliusblum.com 2. Website: http://www.juliusblum.com D. Substitution Requests to Specified Products: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 STEEL MATERIALS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with average recycled content of steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less than 25 percent. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type E or Type S, Grade A or Grade B, standard weight, Schedule 40 unless noted otherwise. C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500 Grade B, or ASTM A513, cold formed, welded, seamless, minimum 14 gauge unless otherwise noted. D. Plate, Angles, Flat Bar Railing Posts and Sections: Steel ASTM A36, thickness and fabricated as detailed on Drawings. 2.3 STAINLESS STEEL MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel Pipe: ASTM A312, Grade TP 304 (Type 304), Schedule 40, 1-1/2 inch (1.900 inch outside diameter). Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \055200 Permit Set RAHS Handrails And Railings.Doc 055200 -.1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055200 09819.00 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS B. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A554, Grade MT 304 (Type 304), Schedule 40, 1-1/2 inch (1.900 inch outside diameter). C. Stainless Steel Plate and Flat Bar Railing Posts and Sections: ASTM A276, Type 304, cold formed, thickness and fabricated as detailed on Drawings. 2.4 BRACKETS FOR WOOD HANDRAILS A. Steel Wall Brackets for Round Hardwood Handrails: Stamp formed 3/16 inch steel, 3 inch centerline of railing to wall, one 7/16 inch diameter fastener hole, round top suitable for joining pipe rail, able to accept welded or machine screw connection. 1. R&B Wagner 3426 2. Sharpe Products 7300 3. Julius Blum 626 B. Stainless Steel Wall Brackets for Steel Pipe and Round Hardwood Handrails: Stamp formed 3/16 inch stainless steel, 3 inch centerline of railing to wall, one 7/16 inch diameter fastener hole, round top suitable for joining pipe rail, able to accept welded or machine screw connection. 1. R&B Wagner 3430 2. Sharpe Products 7300 - SS 3. Julius Blum 1026 C. Custom Wall Brackets: As shown on Drawings. 2.5 STEEL RAIL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Inside Radius Ells: Steel with radius ell wall return fittings at railing ends and railing corners. B. Flanges:. 10 gauge steel. C. Steel Ball End Caps for Steel Pipe Railings: Weld -On, round tube end, connector, 1-1/2 inch diameter with 1-1/8 inch head height, except as otherwise as required for pipe diameter. 1. R&B Wagner, Type C, 3220 2. Sharpe Products, 9104 3. Julius Blum No. 938 D. Steel Flat End Caps for Steel Pipe Railings: Weld -On, round tube end, connector, 1-1/2 inch diameter with 1-1/8 inch head height, except as otherwise as required for pipe diameter. 1. R&B Wagner, Type D, 3229 2. Sharpe Products, 9012 3. Julius Blum E. Wall Brackets for Steel Pipe: Stamp formed 1/4 inch steel, 3 inch centerline of railing to wall, one 7/16 inch diameter fastener hole, round top suitable for joining pipe rail, able to accept welded or machine screw connection. 1. Wagner Bracket, 1938R 2. Sharpe Products, 7330-4 3. Julius Blum, 626 Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \055200 Permit Set RAHS Handrails And Railings.Doc ' 055200 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055200 09819.00 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS 2.6 STAINLESS STEEL RAIL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Inside Radius Ells: Seamless steel with radius ell wall return fittings at railing ends and railing corners. B. Flanges: 10 gauge steel. C. Stainless Steel Ball End Caps for Stainless Steel Pipe Railings: Weld -On, round tube end, connector, 1-1/2 inch diameter with 1-1/8 inch head height, except as otherwise as required for pipe diameter. 1. R&B Wagner, Type C, 3260 2. Sharpe Products, 9904 3. Julius Blum, 938 D. Stainless Steel Flat End Caps for Stainless Steel Pipe Railings: Weld -On, round tube end, connector, 1-1/2 inch diameter with 1-1/8 inch head height, except as otherwise as required for pipe diameter. 1. R&B Wagner, Type D, 3269 2. Sharpe Products, 9412 3. Julius Blum, 9380 E. Stainless Steel Wall Brackets for Stainless Steel Pipe Handrails: Stamp formed 3/16 inch stainless steel, 3 inch centerline of railing to wall, one 7/16 inch diameter fastener hole, round top suitable for joining pipe rail, able to accept welded or machine screw connection. 1. R&B Wagner, 3430 2. Sharpe Products, 7300 - SS 3. Julius Blum, 1026 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS A. Connectors: Coped, drive -on type, welded. B. Wedge -lock Welding Connectors: Types to suit conditions and as recommended by manufacturer. C. Other Components: Fabricate of steel [aluminum] to match pipe material, including railings, inserts, metal shims, bushings and sleeves as necessary to suit installation. D. Allow for shims and slotted connections to provide plumb, level and true installation. 2.8 SWAGED CABLE HANDRAILS AND ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturer: 1. The Cable Connection, Ultra -Tec Cable Railing Systems a. Tel (800) 851-2961, (775) 885-1443, Fax (775) 885-2734. b. Email: info@ultra-tecrailings.com c. Web: www.ultra-tecrailings.com.University 2. University Swaging Corp, Marine Division, specified for type and quality. a. Tel (206) 784-8000, Fax (206) 784-8004, Email markw@universi.com / MarkW@UniversitySwaginq.com (Mark Wiener, Commercial/Marine Sales). b. Website http://wwvv.u-swage.com Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\055200 Permit Set RAHS Handrails And Railings.Doc 055200-3of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055200 09819.00 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS B. Cable: Stainless steel maritime cable, 1/4 inch diameter, 1 by 19 strand, ASTM A492, Type 316, smooth and tight weave, free of burs and imperfections, suitable for architectural use. C. Ball End Fittings: Stainless steel, approximately 0.437 inch diameter hole, designed for swaging into specified cable. D. Threaded End Fitting: Stainless steel, 4-3/8 inch long with 2-1 /2 inch long by 1/4 inch diameter threaded end and collar with 0.320 inch diameter hole designed for swagging into specified cable. Include stainless steel nuts and washers. E. INVISIWARE Receiver and Radius Ferrule for tensioners and nontensioning fixed ends by the Cable Connection. 1. Tensioners: INVISIWARE Receiver. 2. Non -Tensioning Fixed Ends: INVISIWARE radius Ferrule. F. Swaging: Rotary swage ball fittings and threaded fittings to opposite ends of cable making uniform diameter reduction of fitting around cable for secure attachment exceeding breaking strength of cable. G. Accessories: As required to complete installation. 2.9 ACCESSORIES A. Expandable Grout for Pipe Rails: Conforming to ASTM C827. 1. Master Builder's, Masterflow 713. 2. Sonneborn, Sonogrout. B. Fasteners and Anchors: Stainless steel, designed for intended use and function, and as instructed by manufacturer. 1. Concrete: Expansion shield and hex head lag bolt, removable, Powers Fasteners, Power -Bolt, specified for type and quality. 2.. Wood Framing and Backing: Steel: Hex head lag screws. 3. Steel Stud and Backing: Hex head, self -drilling, self -tapping screws, 12-14 screw thread, Rawl Twin -Fast, cited for type and quality. 4. Masonry: Epoxy adhesive anchor system, Hilti, HIT HY-20 and Powers Fasteners, Power -Fast, specified for type and quality. C. Connections: Weld steel to steel, including railing and bracket connections, unless otherwise indicated. D. Auto -Body Joint Fillers: Bondo, or other accepted auto -body filler as needed to make welded and other permanent connections smooth and uniform after grinding smooth for materials to be primed and painted. E. Miscellaneous Items: Provide all other steel and iron items indicated or required to complete the work. 2.10 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble components and railing sections in largest practical size for delivery to site. Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\055200 Permit Set RAHS Handrails And Railings.Doc 055200-4of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055200 09819.00 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS B. Provide anchors, plates, and other components needed to make secure, structural connections. C. Provide spigots, sleeves and other components to accommodate site assembly and installation. D. Fabricate components of same material and finish as fabrications, except where otherwise specified. Fit with matching pipe fittings, pipe ells, end plugs, and radiused returns. E. Construct welded structural steel assemblies: 1. Conform to NOMMA, Guideline 1: Joint Finishes, Finish No. 2 and provisions of Section 05061 and Section 055000. 2. Continuously seal joined pieces by continuous welds or intermittent welds and filler. 3. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surfaces. 4. Butt -weld pipe members together. For long runs (40 feet maximum), fabricate with smaller diameter slip joint inserts, to accommodate movement. F. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush and hairline. G. Ease exposed edges with small uniform radius. H. Drill and tap holes before applying shop primer coating. Countersink and drill at unobtrusive locations. 2.11 FINISHES A. Exterior Pipe Rails Galvanized as Final Finish: Galvanized ASTM Al 23, 2.0 ounce per square foot. Touch up as specified Section 055000. B. Surface Preparation and Shop Primer: Conform to provisions of Section 055000. 1. Interior Railings: SSPC-SP-3, Power Tool Cleaning. 2. Exterior: SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. C. Bolts and Other Threaded Fasteners at Exterior Assemblies: Galvanized. Conform to provisions of Section 055000. D. Steel Sections, Steel Pipe, Panels, and Accessories: 1. Shop Preparation and Shop Primer: Specified Section 055000. 2. Finish Coatings: Specified Section 099713 for Exterior and 099000 for interior installations. E. Stainless Steel Pipe: No. 4 Satin finish. F. Aluminum Pipe and Accessories: AAMA 611 A41 Class I, 0.7 mils, clear anodized satin finish. G. Woven Wire Panels Shop primer: Conform to provisions of Section 055000, for painting under work of Section 099000 and special coating under work of Section 099713. H. Hardwood Handrails: Smooth sanded finish under work of Section 062000, ready for clear transparent coating under work of Section 099000. Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\055200 Permit Set RAHS Handrails And Railings.Doc 055200 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055200 09819.00 HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS END OF SECTION Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \055200 Permit Set RAHS Handrails And Railings.Doc 055200 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055813 09819.00 COLUMN COVERS SECTION 055813 COLUMN. COVERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Architectural preformed metal column covers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications 2. Section 076200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 3. Section 089010 - Metal Louvers 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid, except as otherwise specified. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: C. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 1. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral -Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing 2. ASTM C916 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation 3. ASTM Cl 299 - Standard Guide for Use in Selection of Liquid -Applied Sealants 4. ASTM D1056 - Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials— Sponge or Expanded Rubber 5. ASTM El 36 - Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C D. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): NAAMM - Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Corrosion Control: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's Literature for column covers. B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation drawings. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of components and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. C. Coordination Drawings: Show dimensions of housed items, including locations of housing penetrations and attachments, and necessary clearances. Date Saved: January 22, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \055813 Permit Set RAFIS Column Covers.Doc 055813 - 1 -of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055813 09819.00 COLUMN COVERS D. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type specified. E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on 6 -inch - square samples of metal of same thickness and material specified. Include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. F. Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless-steel sheet certifying that products furnished conform to requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in Washington State and who is experienced in providing engineering services. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of heating -cooling unit enclosures that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. B. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing column covers similar to those specified and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver column covers wrapped in protective coverings and strapped together in suitable packs or in heavy-duty cartons. B. Remove protective coverings before they stain or bond to finished surfaces. C. Store products on elevated platforms in a dry location. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where column covers are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. B. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating column covers without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. MM Systems Corp. 1. Tel (206) 368-9722, Fax (206) 368-7790, Email eric@anderson-specialties.com, fritz@andercon-specialties.com (Anderson Specialties, LLC, Eric Peterson CSI / Fritz Anderson CS). 2. Web Site www.anderson-specialties.com / http://www.mmsystemscorp.com Date Saved: January 22, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \055813 Permit Set RAHS Column Covers.Doc 055813 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055813 09819.00 COLUMN COVERS B. Pittcon Architectural Metals, LLC. 1. Tel (301) 927-1000 Ext 722, (800) 637-7638 Ext 722, Fax (301) 699-8690 (Frank Guy) 2. Email: fquy@pittconindustries.com 3. Website: http://www.pittconindustries.com C. Fry Reglet 1. Tel (800) 290-8846, Fax (503) 682-5925 (Dick Blenkinsop, CSI) 2. Web Site http://www.fryreglet.com D. Substitution Requests: Submit Substitution Request Form under provisions of Section 012513. 2.2 SHEET METAL A. General: Provide sheet metal without pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, or other imperfections where exposed to view on finished units. B. Aluminum Sheet: Flat sheet conforming to ASTM B209, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with not less than strength and durability properties of alloy 5005-H15. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Sound -Deadening Insulation: Unfaced, mineral -fiber blanket insulation conforming to ASTM C665, Type I, and passing ASTM El 36 test. B. Insulation Adhesive: Duct thermal -insulation adhesive conforming to ASTM C916, Type I or Type III. C. Flexible Cellular Neoprene Gaskets: ASTM D1056, Type 1, Class A, grade as recommended by gasket manufacturer to obtain airtight seal for application indicated. D. joint Sealants for Concealed joints: One -part, non -sag, solvent -release -curing, polymerized butyl sealant conforming to ASTM C1299 and formulated with minimum of 75 percent solids. E. Fasteners: Use fasteners fabricated from same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use metals that are corrosive or incompatible with materials joined. 1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting column covers and for attaching them to other work, unless otherwise indicated. F. Nonstructural Anchors: For applications not indicated to conform to design loads, provide anchors of type, size, and material necessary for type of load and installation indicated, as recommended by the manufacturer from options listed below, unless otherwise indicated. Use nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors for exterior installations and elsewhere as needed for corrosion resistance. 1. Powder -actuated fasteners. 2. Metal expansion sleeve anchors. 3. Metal impact expansion anchors. Date Saved: January 22, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \055813 Permit Set RAHS Column Covers.Doc 055813 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055813 09819.00 COLUMN COVERS 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble column covers in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Coordinate dimensions and attachment methods of column covers with those of adjoining construction to produce integrated assemblies with closely fitting joints and with edges and surfaces aligned, unless otherwise indicated. C. Form metal to profiles indicated, in maximum lengths to minimize joints. Produce flat, flush surfaces without cracking or grain separation at bends. Fold back exposed edges of unsupported sheet metal to form a 1/2 inch -wide hem on the concealed side. D. Increase metal thickness or reinforce with concealed stiffeners, backing materials, or both, as needed to provide surface flatness specified for stretcher -leveled sheet metal and sufficient strength for indicated use. 1. Support joints with concealed stiffeners as needed to hold exposed faces of adjoining sheets in flush alignment. E. Build in straps, plates, and brackets, as needed to support and anchor fabricated items to adjoining construction. Reinforce formed -metal units as needed to attach and support other construction. F. Provide support framing, mounting and attachment clips, splice sleeves, fasteners, and accessories needed to install column covers. 2.5 COLUMN COVERS A. Seam Type: Form column covers from 0.125 inch aluminum, rolled to radii indicated. Taper edges of adjoining pieces of column covers, B. Support Framing: At vertical joints, provide 1-1/2 inch by -3 -5/8 -inch steel channel support posts formed from 0.040 inch galvanized steel. 2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Conform to [NAAMM - Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products] - for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Complete mechanical finishes of flat sheet metal surfaces before fabrication where possible. After fabrication, finish all joints, bends, abrasions, and other surface blemishes to match sheet finish. C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. Date Saved: January 22, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \055813 Permit Set RAHS Column Covers.Doc 055813-4of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 055813 09819.00 COLUMN COVERS B. High -Performance Organic Finish: AA-C12C42R1 x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid -chromate -fluoride -phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to conform to coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 1. Fluoropolymer Two -Coat System: Manufacturer's standard two -coat, thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; conforming to AAMA 2605 - Superior Performing Organic Coating a. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Locate and place column covers level, plumb, and in alignment with adjacent construction. B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where needed to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. C. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted together. Provide reveals and openings for sealants and joint fillers as indicated. D. Install concealed gaskets, joint fillers, insulation, and flashings, as the Work progresses, to make exterior column covers weatherproof. E. Install concealed gaskets, joint fillers, and insulation, as the Work progresses, to make interior column covers soundproof or lightproof as applicable to the type of fabrication indicated. F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit or provide new units. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes of column covers from damage during construction period. Remove temporary protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 22, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \055813 Permit Set RAHS Column Covers.Doc 055813 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 061000 09819.00 ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Miscellaneous nailers and blocking. 2. Panel products 3. Anchors, rough hardware, fasteners, and other accessories B. Related Sections: 1 Section 033000 - Cast -In -Place Concrete 2. Section 060575 - Preservative Wood Treatment 3. Section 061643 - Gypsum Sheathing 4. Section 064100 - Architectural Wood Casework 5. Section 072113 - Board Insulation 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Most current edition at date of Bid. B. American Hardwood Association (AHA): AHA A135.1 - Basic Hardboard. C. APA - The Engineered Wood Products Association (APA and APA EWS): 1. APA Product Guide - Grades and Specifications. 2. APA Product Guide - Performance Rated Panels 3. APA PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood (With Typical APA Trademarks). 4. APA PS 2 - Performance Standard for Wood -Based Structural -Use Panels. 5. APA PRP -108 - Performance Standards and Policies for Structural Use Panels. 6. APA Design Construction Guides 7. APA Technical Notes. 8. APA Research Reports. D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM Al 23 - Specifications for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 2. ASTM Al 53 - Specifications for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 3. ASTM A276 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes 4. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process 5. ASTM D1761 - Standard Test Methods for Mechanical Fasteners in Wood. 6. ASTM D3498 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Field -Gluing Plywood to Lumber Framing for Floor Systems 7. ASTM D5456 - Specification for Evaluation of Structural Composite Lumber Products. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs Files Ready To Print \061000 Permit Set Rough Carpentry.Doc 061000 - 1 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 061000 09819.00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 8. ASTM F1667 Specifications for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples. E. Department.of Commerce (DOC): 1. DOC PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. DOC PS 2 - Performance Standard for Wood -Based Structural -Use Panels. 3. DOC PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. F. Forest Stewardship Council A.C. (FSC), Tel (877) 372-5646, Web Site http: iwww.fscus.orq. FSC accredited certification organizations in USA follow. Refer to FSC web site for additional organizations. 1. Rainforest Alliance Smart Wood Program, Tel (802) 434-5491, Fax (802) 434- 31 16,Web Site www.rainforest-alliance.org 2. Scientific Certification Systems Forest Certification Program, Tel. (510) 832-1415, Fax (510) 832-0359, http:: lwww.scsl.com. 3. Certified Wood and Paper Association, (800) SPEC -WOOD (773-29663), http: / !www.cwpa. i nfo l G. Western Wood Product Association (WWPA): Western Lumber Product Use Manual - Standard Grading Rules for Western Lumber. H. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB): No. 16 Standard Grading and Dressing Rules for West Coast Lumber. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product literature for fasteners. C. International Code Commission Evaluation Report: ICC ES Report with applicable Legacy ICBG Evaluation Report and Legacy National Evaluation Service Report Number for each type of fastener. D. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section for the items identified in the Warranty Article. E. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For composite -wood products, documentation indicating that product contains no urea formaldehyde. 3. Certificates for Credit MR 7: Chain -of -custody certificates certifying that products specified to be made from certified wood comply with forest certification requirements. Include evidence that mill is certified for chain of custody by an FSC -accredited certification body. a. Include statement indicating costs for each certified wood product. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of regulatory authorities, as specified by Section 014100. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \061000 Permit Set Rough Carpentry.Doc , 061000 - 2 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 061000 09819.00 ROUGH CARPENTRY B. Conform to IBC Chapter 23 for wood rough carpentry wood materials and fasteners. 1. Softwood Lumber Grading Rules: Conform to standards establishing sizes and quality in conformance to DOC PS 20. 2. Wood Structural Panels: Conform to DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2 as applicable. C. Fire -Retardant Treated Wood: 1. Conform to IBC Section 2303.2 and as specified under provisions of Section 060574. 2. Treat wood members, structural members, panels, backing, and blocking at non- combustible construction, subject to limitations of IBC Section 603.1. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Evidence of Grade: Conform to IBC 2303 and DOC PS 20. 1. Rough Lumber: Stamp each piece of lumber and plywood with grademark and trademark of Association having jurisdiction. 2. In Lieu of Grade Stamping Exposed to View Lumber: Certify by manufacturer that products meet or exceed specified requirements. B. Wood Structural Panels: 1. Identify each panel for grade and glue type by trademark of approved testing and grading agency. 2. Conform to IBC Section 2306 for identification of approved testing and inspection agency indicating conformance with applicable standards for design and fabrication of wood structural panel components. C. Moisture Content: 1. Certify that lumber and wood panels (surface dry, surface green, and kiln dried) contain no more than 15 percent moisture content when delivered to site. 2. Monitor moisture content of in-place wood and take remedial action to lower unacceptable moisture conten. 3. Lumber and wood panels encapsulated into finished construction: Not more than 15 percent moisture content. D. Forest Certification: For the following wood products, provide materials produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC -accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD -01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship": 1. Dimension lumber framing. 2. Timber. 3. Laminated -veneer lumber. 4. Parallel -strand lumber. 5. Prefabricated wood I -joists. 6. Rim boards. 7. Miscellaneous lumber. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600. B. Store wood materials minimum 6 inch above ground on framework or blocking away from dirt and moisture, well ventilated, and covered with waterproof covering. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \061000 Permit Set Rough Carpentry.Doc 061000 - 3 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 061000 09819.00 ROUGH CARPENTRY C. Protect wood framing and sheathing from weather. Protect unfinished construction from weather during building process. D. Moisture Content: 1. Installed lumber, framing, and sheathing: Less than 15 percent moisture content when enclosed in finished construction. If lumber or sheathing has moisture content of 15 percent or greater, dry the lumber and sheathing prior to enclosing into finished construction. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Coordinate rough carpentry with other Sections to make Work fit together. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Where Structural Drawings conflict with provisions of this Section, verify with Architect before beginning work. B. Lumber: Originating from well managed forests as certificated by organizations accredited by FSC. 2.2 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Lumber Grading Rules: WWPA or WCLIB based on DOD PS 20. B. Structural Lumber and Timber: Conform to Structural Drawings for wood framed construction subject to structural loading. C. Non -Structural Framing Lumber: Include wood framed construction and components not subject to structural loading as defined by Structural Drawings. 1. Species: Douglas Fir -Larch, or Hem -Fir. 2. Grade: WWPA or WCLIB, No. 2: D. Condition of Seasoning (Moisture Content): 1. Nominal 2 inch Thickness: S -DRY, 15 percent maximum moisture content. 2. Nominal 4 inch Thickness or Greater: S -GRN. Air dry to 15 percent maximum moisture content. 2.3 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS A. Oriented Strand Board (OSB): Not Accepted. B. General: APA Grade Stamp each panel. Conform to DOC PS 1 and DOC PS 2 for cross laminated veneer panel. 1. APA A -A Group 1, Exposure 1: Where face exposed both sides. 2. APA PS 1, A -D Group 1, Exposure 1: Face exposed one side. 3. APA PS 1, C -D Plugged Group 2, Exposure 1: Face unexposed. Accepted for non- structural nailing base for asphalt fiberglass shingles specified Section 07312. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \061000 Permit Set Rough Carpentry.Doc 061000 - 4 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 061000 09819.00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 4. APA, Exterior: Provide in lieu of Exposure 1 where panels are subject to permanent weather exposure or prolonged weather exposure of 6 months or more prior to being covered with weather -tight construction. C. Electrical Panel Boards: Fire retardant treated APA C -D plugged, Exposure 1, 15/32 inch thick. Fire retardant treat, conforming to Section 060574. 2.4 FASTENERS A. Fastener Types, Sizes, Spacing, and Quantities: Provide fasteners and connectors including nails, spikes, screws, clips, bolts, and anchors required for installation of carpentry and millwork, conforming to IBC Table 2304.9.1, APA recommendations, and as shown on Structural Drawings. B. Nails, Spikes, Staples and Other Driven Fasteners: Conform to ASTM F1667 and IBC Section 2303.6. C. Bolts and Lag Bolts: Provide steel plate washers.. 2.5 ANCHORS A. Conform to Structural Drawings, manufacturer's ICC ES Evaluation Reports, and manufacturer's instructions, including manufacturer's tables indicating design Toads and recommended use for each fastener type. B. Masonry Anchors: 1. Sleeve Anchors: Stainless steel, expansion bolt with hex head and washer, diameter and length as shown on Drawings and as instructed by manufacturer for loading as shown. a. Hilti Hex Head Sleeve Anchor HX. b. Powers Fasteners, Power -Bolt c. ITW Ramset/Red Head, Dynabolt Sleeve 2. Drop -In Anchors: a. Powers Fasteners, Hollow Set Drop -In. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head, Stud Anchor. 3. Adhesive Anchors: Include threaded insert, hex head bolt, washer, screens tubes and other accessories as instructed by manufacturer for situation. a. Hilti, HIT HY20. b. Powers Fasteners, Power -Fast Epoxy. c. ITW Ramset/Red Head, Epcon System. C. Concrete Anchors: 1. Drive Anchors: Powers Spike or Threaded Spike. 2. Expansion Anchors: a. Hilti, Kwik Bolt II. b. Powers Fasteners, Power Stud. c. ITW Ramset/Red Head, Truebolt Wedge. 3. Drop -In Anchors: a. Hilti, HDI -P Drop -In Anchor. b. Powers Fasteners, Steel Drop -In. c. ITW Ramset/Red Head, Multi -Set II Drop -In. 4. Adhesive Anchors: As specified Section 033000. Date Saved: January 26. 2010 R:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \061000 Permit Set Rough Carpentry.Doc 061000 - 5 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 061000 09819.00 ROUGH CARPENTRY D. Steel Anchors: Powder actuated fasteners or threaded bolts, nuts and washers as indicated by Structural Drawings and manufacturer's instructions. E. Floor Plate and Sill Anchors: Conform to IBC Sections 2308.3.3, 2308.3.8, 2308.12.9, and to Structural Drawings. 1. 1/2 to 5/8 galvanized steel bolts or approved anchors embedded minimum 7 inch into concrete or solid grouted hollow core masonry and spaced between 4 and 6 foot on center. 2. Provide at least 2 bolts or anchor straps at each plate located not more than 12 inch and not less than 4 inch from each end. 3. Bolt and tighten plate to foundation with nut and washer. F. Bar or Strap Anchors: Conform to Structural Drawings. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Construction Adhesives: Solvent based, conforming to APA Specification AFG-01. B. Adhesives: Formulation complying with ASTM D3498 approved for use indicated by adhesive manufacturer. 1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.7 FINISHES A. Carbon Steel Fasteners, Anchors, Straps, and Rough Hardware: ASTM A123 or ASTM A153, hot -dip galvanized. 1. Exterior steel in contact with concrete and masonry, G90, except G185 where in contact with preservative treated wood. Simpson ZMAX/HDG, specified for type and quality. Stainless steel also accepted. 2. Interior steel, G40 in dry conditions, G60 where subject to wetting except G180 where in contact with preservative treated wood. Simpson ZMAX/HDG, specified for type and quality. Stainless steel also accepted. B. Stainless Steel Fasteners and Anchors: ASTM A276 Type 304 or 316. C. Electrolysis Protection: Isolate metal in contact with metals of dissimilar galvanic range by isolation methods including application of suitable primers, paints, or tapes. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Conform to APA Design/Construction Guides, IBC Chapter 4, and Structural Drawings. B. Conventional Light -Frame Construction: Conform to IBC Section 2308. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \061000 Permit Set Rough Carpentry.Doc 061000 - 6 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 061000 09819.00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 3.3 FRAMING A. Lay out, cut, fit, and install rough carpentry construction. Set level, plumb, aligned, and in correct position. B. Plates, Caps, Ledgers, and End Studs: Anchor to concrete and masonry construction with anchors spaced 32 inch to 48 inch on center, with at least two anchors in each piece, and no more than 12 inch or less than 4 inch from each end. 1. Concrete: 5/8 inch bolts, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Masonry and Steel: 3/4 inch bolts, unless indicated otherwise. C. Cants, Curbs, and Nailers: Preservative treated, dimensions as indicated or required. 3.4 PANEL BOARDS A. Provide panel boards and backings for support of Mechanical and Electrical work. B. Use fire -retardant plywood for Electrical panel boards. C. Oversize panel boards 12 inches beyond mounting requirements 3.5 FASTENERS A. Provide nails, spikes, screws, and bolts as necessary for secure and rigid permanent connections. Conform to IBC Table 2304.9.1 -Fastening Schedule, APA recommendations, and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Anchors: Anchor plates, caps, and wood framing to other construction with anchors spaced 48 inch on center and with each item anchored with at least two anchors. C. Where feasible, drive nails perpendicular to grain of wood in lieu of toenailing. 3.6 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Cuts in Preservative Treated Wood: Field apply wood preservative treatment in accordance with the requirements of Section 060575. B. Allow to dry before erecting members. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conform to testing requirements of Section 014523 and Owner requirements for testing moisture content of lumber and for shear wall nailing. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 26. 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \061000 Permit Set Rough Carpentry.Doc 061000 - 7 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 061643 09819.00 • GYPSUM SHEATHING SECTION 061643 GYPSUM SHEATHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior gypsum wall sheathing board. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 054000 2. Section 061000 3. Section 072500 4. Section 099000 1.2 REFERENCES - Cold -Formed Metal Framing Rough Carpentry - Weather Barriers - Painting and Coating A. Reference Standards: Current edition at time of Bid. B. American Society for 1. ASTM B 1 1 7 2. ASTM C954 3. ASTM C1002 4. ASTM C1177 5. ASTM C1278 6. ASTM C1280 7. ASTM C1396 8. ASTM D779 9. ASTM D828 10. ASTM E136 11. ASTM E84 12. ASTM E.119 13. ASTM E283 14. ASTM E331 Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: - Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from (0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) In Thickness. - Standard Specification for Steel Self -Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Water -Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel. - Standard Specification for Fiber -Reinforced Gypsum Panels. - Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board. - Standard Test Method for Water Resistance of Paper, Paperboard, and Other Sheet Materials by the Dry Indicator Method - Test Method for Tensile Properties of Paper and Paperboard Using Constant -Rate -of -Elongation Apparatus. - Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 Degrees C. - Test Method for Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. - Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. - Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors under Specified Pressure Difference Acting Across the Spectrum. - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential. C. Gypsum Association (GA): GA -253 - Recommended Specifications for Application of Gypsum Sheathing. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \061643 Permit Set RAHS Gypsum Sheathing.Doc 061643 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 061643 09819.00 GYPSUM SHEATHING D. UL Fire Resistance Directory (UL): Fire Resistance Volume 1 Floors, Roofs, Columns, Walls and Partitions. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS - with Hourly Ratings for Beams, A. Fire Resistance: 1. Noncombustible, ASTM El 36. 2. Flame Spread and Smoke Developed: 0, as tested to ASTM E84. 3. One hour Fire Rated system, UL Fire Resistance Directory Labeled, tested to ASTM E119. B. Moisture Resistance: Surface water absorption 0.73, and humidified deflection 1/8 inch, ASTM C1396. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with the requirements of Sections 013300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's descriptive literature indicating material composition, thickness, sizes, and fire resistance for the following. 1. Backing board 2. Fasteners 3. Joint tape 4. Joint compound C. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. D. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit MR 4.1 [ and MR 4.2]: For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives used to laminate gypsum board panels to substrates, including printed statement of VOC content. 1.5 A. B. 1.6 A. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Conform to requirements of Section 014100. Conform to IBC for fire rated assemblies. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Conform to provisions of Section 016600. B. Deliver to jobsite in manufacturer's original, clearly labeled protective packaging. Immediately upon delivery to job site, place materials in area protected from weather. C. Manufacturers' polyethylene wrappers are not sufficient weather protection. Do not expose gypsum sheathing to weather. D. Stack flat above ground on framework or blocking and cover with protective waterproof covering under cover, protected from moisture and weather conditions. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \061643 Permit Set RAHS Gypsum Sheathing.Doc 061643 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 061643 09819.00 GYPSUM SHEATHING E. Handle to prevent breaking of gypsum panels and edges. F. Protect exterior gypsum sheathing from water saturation. Do not encapsulate wet gypsum sheathing. Allow wet gypsum sheathing to dry prior to enclosing into finished construction. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of related Sections for installation of gypsum sheathing work of this Section. B. Section 054000 for coordination of framing members for support of gypsum sheathing. C. Section 072500 for coordination with self -adhered membrane flashing. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Manufacturer's standard minimum 12 month Warranty against damage due to weather exposure. C. Manufacturer's standard minimum 10 year Warranty against manufacturing defects. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. United States Gypsum Co. (USG) 1. CeII (425) 468-9355, Fax (425) 888-5355, Voice Mail (800) 874-8880 Ext 6750, Email sfinlinson@usq.com (Scott Finlinson, Mfrs Rep.). 2. Website http://www.usg.com B. Georgia Pacific Corp. (G -P) 1. Tel (206) 781-6525, Email Michael.Fletcher2@gapac.com (Mike Fletcher) 2. Website: www.gp.com/gypsum 3. Tel (800) 225-6119 Technical C. CertainTeed (CT) (formerly BPB America, Inc. (BPB) 1. CeII (425) 894-7784, Fax (206) 768-3792, Email mark.salmon@bpb-na.com (Mark Salmon, Sales Rep). 2. CeII (206) 852-5307, Tel (206) 768-3776, Email david.moles@bpb-na.cocm (David Moles, Reg Sales Mgr) 3. Website http://www.bpb-na.com D. National Gypsum Company (NGC) 1. Tel (360) 260-4896, Pager (800) 608-4235, Fax (360) 260-0019, Email jaflyr@nationalgypsum.com (Jim Flyr, Sales Rep) 2. Tel (800) 824-4227, Fax (800) 438-6266 (Western Service Sales Area) 3. Tel (800) 628-4662, Fax (800) 329-6421(Technical Assistance, Home Office) 4. Website: www.nationalgypsum.com / www.purplechoice.com E. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 k:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \061643 Permit Set RAHS Gypsum Sheathing.Doc • 061643 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 061643 09819.00 GYPSUM SHEATHING 2.2 GYPSUM WALL SHEATHING BOARD A. Recycled Content: Provide gypsum panel products with recycled content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content constitutes a minimum of 10 percent by weight. B. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C 1177, Type X, 5/8 inch thick with fiberglass mat laminated to both sides and with manufacturer's standard edges. 1. CertainTeed GlasRoc Sheathing, Type X, 5/8 inch thick, meeting or exceeding ASTM C1177. a. Core: Silicone treated water-resistant gypsum. b. Facing: Embedded inorganic glass mat both sides. c. Coating: White colored acrylic on outside face of panel. 2. USG, SECUROCK Glass -Mat Sheathing a. Core: Silicone treated water-resistant gypsum. b. Facing: Inorganic glass mat both sides. c. Coating: Bright green colored, alkali resistant on outside face of panel. 3. GP DensGlas Fireguard Type X Exterior Sheathing, Type X, 5/8 inch thick, meeting or exceeding ASTM C1 177. a. Core: Silicone treated water-resistant gypsum. b. Facing: Inorganic glass mat both sides. 4. National Gold Bond E2XP (Extended Exposure Sheathing), Type X, 5/8 inch thick, meeting or exceeding ASTM C1 177. a. Core: Silicone treated water-resistant gypsum. b. Facing: Embedded inorganic glass mat both sides. c. Coating: Purple colored acrylic on outside face of panel. 2.3 FASTENERS A. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C1002 and C954, self -drilling, minimum 1-1/4 inch long, bugle head, corrosion -resistant polymer coating, conforming to ASTM B117. B. Screws at Steel Framing: Type S, in lengths required to penetrate 3/8 inches beyond steel stud framing. 2.4 GYPSUM WALL SHEATHING ACCESSORIES A. Self -Adhering Membrane Flashing: As specified by Section 072500. 1. Flashing Tape: 40 mil thick, self-adhesive, SBS modified asphalt air -barrier membrane. 2. Primer: Synthetic rubber based adhesive, or as instructed by manufacturer to suit conditions. B. Building Wrap: As specified by Section 072500. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section before beginning. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \061643 Permit Set RAHS Gypsum Sheathing.Doc 061643 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 061643 09819.00 GYPSUM SHEATHING 3.2 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Conform to GA -253, manufacturer's instructions, and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install with long dimensions horizontal. Abut ends of sheathing at center of supports. Stagger end joints. C. Fasten gypsum sheathing board with screws. Space at 8 inch or 6 inch on center at panel perimeters and panel field, conforming to manufacturer's instructions. Set heads flush with sheathing board into solid bearing spaced at maximum 24 inch on center. D. Drive fasteners to bear tightly against and flush with panel surface. Do not countersink. E. Do not locate perimeter fasteners closer than 3/8 inch from panel edges and ends. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \061643 Permit Set RAHS Gypsum Sheathing.Doc 061643-5of5 RAISBECK AVIATION. HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 062000 09819.00 FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 062000 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Finish carpentry lumber, panels, and accessories. 2. Finish carpentry provisions. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 055200 - Metal Railings 2. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry 3. Section 064100 - Architectural Wood Casework 4. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants 5. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating 6. Section 105113 - Metal Lockers 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/ American Hardwood Association (AHA): 1. ANSI.A208.2 - Medium Density Fiberboard. 2. ANSI/AHA A135.4 - Basic Hardboard. D. APA - The Engineered Wood Association (APA): 1. APA - Product Guides: Including Grades and Specifications, Performance Rated Panels, and HDO / MDO Plywood. 2. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood with Typical APA Trademarks United States Product Standard (with American Plywood Association's Grade Trademarks) E. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Program, 8th Edition. Website http:/jwww.awinet.org .. F. [Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) / Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada (AWMAC) and Woodwork Institute (WI):] 1. Architectural Woodwork Standards (AWS) G. Composite Panel Association (CPA): Buyers and Specifiers Guide to North American Particleboard, Medium Density Fiberboard, and Hardboard/Fiberboard Products and Manufacturers. Website http://www.pbmdf.com . Forest Stewardship Council A.C. (FSC), Tel (877) 372-5646, Website http://www.fscus.org FSC accredited certification organizations in USA follow. Refer to FSC Website for additional organizations. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\062000 Permit Set RAHS Finish Carpentry.Doc 062000 - 1 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 062000 09819.00 FINISH CARPENTRY 1. Rainforest Alliance Smart Wood Program, Tel (802) 434-5491, Fax (802) 434- 31 16,Website www.rainforest-aliiance.orq 2. Scientific Certification Systems Forest Certification Program, Tel. (510) 832-1415, Fax (510) 832-0359, http:/ www.scs i .com. I. US Department of Commerce (DOC): 1. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. 2. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. J. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL): UL 723 - Surface Burning Characteristics. K. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB): WCLIB No. 16 - Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber, Latest Edition. L. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA): WWPA - Standard Grading Rules for Western Lumber, Latest Edition. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show materials, profiles, dimensions, fastening methods, jointing details, and adjacent materials. 2. Include scaled drawings at not less than 1 inch to 1 foot for fabricated items. 3. Indicate field finish treatment under work of Section 099000 - Painting. C. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer's product brochures, specifications, characteristics, and limitations as necessary to show conformance with FSC requirements and other specified items. 2. Plastic Laminate: Approved colors on actual materials. 3. Data on fire retardant treatment on materials, where applicable. D. Samples: Panel Clips: For wood veneer wall panel installations. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions, rough -in dimensions, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. F. Certification: Indicate conformance to regulatory requirements for Class 1 Fire Rated panel products. G. Certification: Manufacturer's letter or certification to show that wood products specified meet FSC certification. H. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives and glues used at Project site, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For composite -wood products, documentation indicating that product contains no urea formaldehyde. 3. Certificates for Credit MR 7: Chain -of -custody certificates certifying that products specified to be made from certified wood comply with forest certification requirements. Include evidence that mill is certified for chain of custody by an FSC -accredited certification body. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \062000 Permit Set RAHS Finish Carpentry.Doc 062000 - 2 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 062000 FINISH CARPENTRY a. Include statement indicating costs for each certified wood product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber: Certify by certification organizations accredited by Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) as coming from well managed forests. 1. Indicate certified status of forest of origin. 2. Indicate chain of custody from forest of origin through manufacturing and fabrication. B. Quality Standards: Conform to AWI Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, 8th Edition, for Custom Grade work. "'"Specifying AWI QCP is probably not applicable for th/s section unless there is very special custom finish carpentry being performed in a shop. Fie/o' carpenters are not typically members of AWI. ">4" C. [AWI Quality Certification Program: Certify work under this Section through AWI Quality Certification Program.] 1. [AWI QCP Project No. ]. 2. [Tel (800) 449-8811, Email: troberts@awinet.org (AWI Quality Certification Program Department, Trisha Roberts, Director Quality Certification). 3. Website htto://www.awinet.ord :] D. Forest Certification: For the following wood products, provide materials produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC -accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD -01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship". 1 Interior standing and running trim. 2. Interior [plywood] [hardboard] [board] paneling. 3. Shelving [and clothes rods]. 4. Interior [stairs] [and] [railings]. 5. Interior ornamental wood columns. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator/Installer Qualifications: Minimum 5 years documented experience in production of and installing finish carpentry and millwork in commercial projects. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to regulatory requirements of Section 014100. *Refer to IBC Table 803.5 for Flamespread index for sprinklered and unsprinklered occupancies. B. Flame Spread and Smoke Developed for Composite Wood/Engineered Wood Panels: Conform to IBC, Section 803 for interior panels including medium density fiberboard (MDF) [and medium density fiberboard core plywood]: IBC Class A, B, or C conforming to IBC Table 803.5, as tested to ASTM E84. 1. Class A: Flamespread 0-25; smoke developed 0-450. 2. Class B: Flamespread 26-75; smoke developed 0-450. 3. Class C: Flamespread 76-200; smoke developed 0-450. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\062000 Permit Set RAHS Finish Carpentry.Doc 062000 - 3 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 062000 09819.00 FINISH CARPENTRY 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to requirements of Reference Standards and Section 016600. B. Store materials in ventilated, interior locations. Protect from excessive humidity. Maintain relative humidity of 25 percent to 55 percent before, during, and after installation. C. Store plywood, fiberboard, particleboard, and other sheet products flat. Allow to stabilize before use. D. Cover to protection against dirt and dust. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Building completely enclosed and dry. Moisture generating finish work complete before finish woods are delivered. 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field dimensions with Shop Drawings before beginning fabrications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER MATERIALS A. Woodwork Assemblies: 1. Transparent Finished Woodwork: AWI 100 Grade I material finish. 2. Opaque Finished Woodwork: AWI 100 Grade II material finish. B. Moisture Content of Finish Woods: AWI 100-S-11. 1. Interior Use: Kiln dried or air dried to 5 percent. 10 percent maximum when delivered to site. 2. [Exterior Use: Kiln dried or air dried to 9 percent. 15 percent maximum when delivered to site.] ,.'`'Edit following /umber species and grades to meet project conditions. Following have been used in projects but may not be applicable for all or most projects. °""" C. [Finish Softwood Lumber Trim and Milled Sections for Transparent Finish: Douglas Fir, AWI Section 100 Grade II, WCLIB C & Better, clear, VG, free of heart center.] [Douglas Fir, AWI Grade II, WWPA 10.51 Superior] [ VGor WWPA 10.11 B & BTR Select]VG. D. Finish Softwood and Hardwood Lumber and Milled Sections for [Interior] Painted Finishes: AWI Grade II. 1. Douglas Fir [or Hem -Fir], WWPA 10.52 Prime Grade MG or WWPA 10.12 C Select MG. 2. Idaho White Pine, WWPA 10.12 Choice MG. 3. Yellow Poplar. WWPA 10.12 C Select MG. For interior use only. E. Hardwood Lumber for Transparent Finish: AWI Grade II, [select white maple, plain sawn] [red oak, rift sawn.] F. Edge Bands: Same species as wood panel veneer. ,1 . Wall Panels: Edge band veneer Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\062000 Permit Set RAHS Finish Carpentry.Doc 062000 - 4 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 062000 09819.00 FINISH CARPENTRY 2. Other Locations: Solid wood edge. Minimum 1/8 inch thick where not otherwise detailed. 2.2 MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD (MDF) A. AWI 200, ANSI A208.2 Product Class MD, Industrial Grade, 40 to 50 pound density. 1. Moisture Content: 4 percent to 7 percent. 2. Formaldehyde Content: Manufactured with formaldehyde free binders. Labeled by manufacturer as containing Tess than 0.005 parts per million found occurring naturally in wood. B. Manufacturers: 1. Sierra Pine Ltd. a. Tel (800) 676-3339 / (541) 773-2522, Fax (541) 779-9921 (Jeff Baker). b. Website: http://www.sierrapine.com 2. The CanFibre Group Ltd., AIIGreen a. Tel (888) 355-4733, Fax (416) 681-9992, Email canfibre@direct.ca b. Website http://www.canfibre.com (Timber Products Company, Jerry Singer). 3. FlakeBoard a. Tel (888) 650-6302, (541) 928-3341, Fax (541) 928-4116 b. Tel (916) 663-0619, Cell (916) 768-8763, Fax (916) 663-9601 c. Website: www.flakeboard.com C. [Fire Rated Panels: UL 723, Class I Fire Rated, Formaldehyde Free: Provide at fire -resistive assemblies in accordance with Code. 1. Sierra Pine, Medite FR 2. FlakeBoard, Duraflake FR] 2.3 HARDWOOD VENEER A. Hardwood Veneer: AWI Veneer Face Grade A Select white maple, sapwood, plain sliced. Book match [Slip match] [Balance match] panel flitches. Sequence flitches between adjacent wall panels. 1. [Oak Hardwood Veneer: Red oak [white oak], rift sliced.] 2. [Cherry Hardwood Veneer: American cherry, heartwood, plan sliced.] B. [Wood Face Veneer: Douglas Fir, AWI Grade I, AWI Section 200, Grade I, quarter sliced to approximately 1/50 inch (0.5 mm) thick, slip matched and balanced. ] 2.4 MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD (MDF) CORE PLYWOOD A. Medium Density Fiberboard Core Plywood: Refer to Section 064100. 1. Face and Back Face: Specified hardwood veneer. 2. Core: Medium density fiberboard (MDF). Fire -rated MDF at fire -resistive construction. 3. Thickness: 3/4 inch or as indicated on Drawings. 4. Finish: Transparent finish as indicated Section 099000 - Painting. 2.5 MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY (MDO) PLYWOOD A. APA PS1, MD Overlay, B -B, Group 1, Exterior Classification, minimum 3/4 inch thick by 48 inch by 96 inch panels. Sand smooth and patch holes for smooth seamless surface ready for paint finish. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\062000 Permit Set RAHS Finish Carpentry.Doc 062000 - 5 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 062000 09819.00 FINISH CARPENTRY B. Hardboard Faced Plywood - Exposed Floor: APA PLYRON, Exposure 1, Plywood panel core with smooth tempered or untempered hardboard facing on both sides. Manufactured by Simpson Timber Co., Tel (360) 427-4906. 2.6 ECO RESIN PANELS A. Manufacturer: 1. 3 Form 100 Percent a. Tel (800) 726-0126, fax (801) 977-0491 b. Website: http://www.3-form.com c. Tel (801) 649-2647 (Jo Spigel) d. E-mail: jspigel@3-form.com B. 100 percent post -consumer recycled high density polyethylene (HDPE) resin. 1. ASTM E 84 Class B a. Flame Spread: 40 b. Smoke Density 225 C. Toilet Partitions 1. Panel Thickness (Gauge): As specified in Section 102113. 2. Color: Boulder D. Panels 1. Panel Thickness (Gauge): As specified in Section 102113. 2. Color: Gunmetal 2.7 ACCESSORIES AND HARDWARE A. Glue for Woodwork: Water resistant, AWI Type I or Type II, designed for intended use. B. Fasteners for Finish Carpentry: Provide necessary nails, spikes, screws, and bolts. C. Hot -dipped galvanize rough hardware subject to moisture and as specified Section 061000. D. Use recessed screws, finish, or casing nails and screws for exposed work, except as otherwise indicated. E. [Washer Head Exposed Fasteners: Accepted: 1. Stainless steel screw with finish washer. 2. Integral stainless steel washerhead screw. 3. Square drive or spanner (snake -eye) head. 4. Size, length, and screw threads as suitable for secure penetration into solid bearing.] F. [Panel Clips: Brooklyn Hardware, Panelclip, Tel (503) 232-1 151 (Michael Grant), Website http://www.panelclip.com 1. Interlocking aluminum clip hardware system for mounting panels to walls with no visible fasteners. 2. Sizes, number, and spacing on panels as instructed by manufacturer for condition of use.] 2.8 WOOD HANDRAILS AND GUARDRAILS A. Hardwood Handrails and Guardrails: Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\062000 Permit Set RAHS Finish Carpentry.Doc 062000 - 6 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 062000 09819.00 FINISH CARPENTRY 1. Custom Round: Full round 1-1/2 inch diameter. 2. Profile: OB Williams, OB1704. 3. Species: Select White Maple [Red Oak] 4. Include radius bends, doweled or mitered into straight rails. 5. Smooth sanded finish ready for clear transparent coating under work of Section 099000. 2.9 FABRICATION A. Mill, grade, and fabricate to meet or exceed specified requirements. B. Finish exposed surfaces to be smooth, free from tool and machine marks. C. Use concealed fastenings wherever possible. D. Kerf backs of wood members more than 5 inch wide, or more than 3/4 inch thick. E. Joints: Make tight and form to conceal or reduce exposed shrinkage. 2.10 FINISHES A. Back Priming: Prior to installation, back prime concealed faces of panels, moldings, and other thin wood, plywood, and panel material subject to warping and bowing. Apply 2 coats of sealer, primer, or suitable finish system to balance finish on exposed face. Refer to Section 099000. B. Preparation: Sand, seal, and prepare surfaces to receive uniform coatings free of blotches, inconsistent absorption, irregular sheen, and color variations. C. Factory Finished Wood and Wood Veneer Systems: Submit documentation confirming performance characteristics meeting or exceeding specified finish system. 1. AWI 1500, Conversion Varnish, Transparent Satin Finish. 2. AWI 1500, Acrylated UV Cured Urethane, Transparent Satin Finish. D. Field Finished Wood Trim and Field Fabricated Finished Carpentry: Provide painted and transparent finish systems under work of Section 099000. E. Exposed Hardwood Colors: [ F. Wood Putty Filler: Match color of finished wood. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Take dimensions necessary before fabrication and installation. B. Back prime work scheduled to be painted prior to installation. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\062000 Permit Set RAHS Finish Carpentry.Doc 062000 - 7 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 062000 09819.00 FINISH CARPENTRY C. Protect surrounding areas or surfaces to preclude damage during installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FINISH CARPENTRY A. Conform to AWI Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards and manufacturer's instructions. B. Use finish nails or finish head screws at face of finished installations except where washerhead or other exposed fastener is indicated. Use screws designed for each installation. Set nails and screws, countersink fastenings, and putty recesses, except use blind fastening where indicated or practical. 1. Countersink nails and screws. 2. Fill recessed heads with wood putty. C. Space screws and nails at equal intervals at spacing to fasten permanently and securely in place, except not less than one fastener at each end and at center of each item. D. Install to Detail with tight joints. Miter casings and moldings except where indicated otherwise. Cut butt splices at 30 degree angles. E. Make members and lines level, plumb, and square to line with adjacent construction. F. Select and cut material to exclude damaged, marked, or defective areas. G. Eased Edges: Ease exposed edges of finish work 1/16 inch minimum radius whether indicated or not. H. Close exposed joints, spaces, and openings against adjacent construction with scribes, fillers, and trim pieces of same material and finish as finish carpentry item. 3.4 CLEANING A. Leave clean, premises free of residue and debris resulting from of work of this Section. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect exposed finishes and surfaces from construction damage. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \062000 Permit Set RAHS Finish Carpentry.Doc 062000 - 8 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 068200 09819.00 GLASS -FIBER -REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) SECTION 068200 GLASS -FIBER -REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fiberglass reinforced polyester plastic wall panels (FRP). 2. Accessories including moldings, fasteners, adhesives, and sealants. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM D5319 - Standard Specification for Glass -Fiber Reinforced Polyester Wall and Ceiling Panels. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's literature describing product characteristics and accessories. C. Samples: 1. 3 inch by 4 inch sample chips illustrating color selection from manufacturer's standard colors. 2. 3 inch long samples of each trim profile and trim color required. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to provisions of Section 014100. B. UL listed for Class A, tested ASTM E84. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Store panels on solid flat surface. Do not stack on edges or allow bending. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\068200 Permit Set RAI -IS Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Plastic (FRP).Doc 068200 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL - SECTION 068200 09819.00 GLASS -FIBER -REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Allow panels to acclimate for 24 hours in temperature environment reasonably close to installation space. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Marlite 1. Tel (206) 467-9167 (Cochrane NW). 2. Web Site http://www.marlite.com B. Crane Composites, Kemlite 1. Website: http:I/vwvw.kemlite.com/ 2. Website: www.cranecomposites.com C. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 PRODUCTS A. Marlite, Class A/1 Fire Rated FRP Panels. B. Kemlite, Fire X Glasbord. C. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.3 FRP PANELS A. Fiberglass reinforced polyester panels, complying with ASTM D5319. B. Fire Rating: IBC Class A rated per ASTM E84. C. Thickness: Approximately 3/32 (0.09) inches (2.3 mm). D. Health Department Approval: United States Department of Agriculture Food Safety and Inspection Service (USDA/FSIS). 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Moldings: Manufacturer's standard including division bars, inside corner, outside corner, and cap one or two piece moldings. B. Drive Rivets: Manufacturer's standard nylon drive rivets. C. Adhesive: Structural construction adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. D. Sealant: Silicone sealant as recommended by manufacturer and as specified in Section 079200. 2.5 FINISHES A. Panel Finish: Light dimple finish (embossed). Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print )068200 Permit Set RAHS Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Plastic (FRP).Doc 068200 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 068200 09819.00 GLASS -FIBER -REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) B. Panel Color (FRP-1): As selected by Architect from Manufacturer's standard finishes. C. Trim Color: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer's standard finishes. D. Sealant: Clear. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in conformance to Contract Document provisions and manufacturer's instructions. B. Predrill holes slightly larger for drive rivets. Space at not to exceed 16 inches on center. Install sealant prior to inserting fastener. C. Apply adhesive uniformly to cover panel and wall surface. D. Install moldings allowing space for panel expansion and contraction. E. Install in largest practical panel with no horizontal joints. F. Trim panels and install into bed of sealant at moldings. Apply enough sealant to fill bottom trim to top edge when panel is inserted. G. Allow panels to expand and contract due to temperature and humidity changes. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Repair or replace damaged installed products. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Remove any adhesive or excessive sealant from panel face using solvent or cleaner recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. D. Leave installations clean and premises free from residue and debris from work of this section. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\068200 Permit Set RAHS Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Plastic (FRP).Doc 068200 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 071326 SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING 06SECTION 071326 SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING A. Section Includes: 1. Fully adhered high density polyethylene (HDPE) composite blindside sheet waterproofing system. 2. Self -adhering detailing tape. 3. Fluid -applied liquid membrane waterproofing for detailing work. 4. Composite drainage system. B. Products Specified by Other Sections Installed Under Work of this Section: 1. Section 072113 - Rigid Insulation C. Related Sections: 1. Section 031 100 2. Section 033000 3. Section 072113 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - Concrete Forming - Cast -In -Place Concrete - Rigid Insulation A. Fully adhered high density polyethylene composite sheet waterproofing system on compacted subgrade installed prior to placement of concrete slab -on -grade [concrete topping slab. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM D412 2. ASTM D903 3. ASTM DI 621 4. ASTM D1876 5. ASTM D1970 6. ASTM D3767 7. ASTM D4491 8. ASTM D4716 9. ASTM D5385 10. ASTM E154 Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension. Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds. Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics. Test Method for Peel Resistance of Adhesive (T -Peel Test). Standard Specification for Self -Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials. Standard Practice for Rubber - Measurement of Dimensions. Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity Test Method for Constant Head Hydraulic Transmissivity (In -Plane Flow) of Geotextile Related Products. Standard Test Method for Hydrostatic Pressure Resistance of Waterproof Membranes. Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \071326 Permit Set RAHS Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing.Doc • 071326 - 1 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 071326 SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Details and installation procedures not covered by manufacturer's instructions and Product Data. C. Product Data: Include product literature, specifications, and Spec -Data sheets indicating performance characteristics and limitations. D. Manufacturer Instructions: Include manufacturer's installation instructions, special procedures, details, and conditions requiring special attention. E. Manufacturer Certification: Certify installer as trained and acceptable to manufacturer under quality control provisions of this Section. F. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions 5 year minimum Manufacturer's System Warranty specified by this Section. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company with 10 year minimum experience specializing in waterproofing systems, with locally available representation for technical and inspection support services. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative: Available to attend on-site meetings, make interim observations, work in coordination with Owner's Waterproofing Consultant make recommendations, and perform final inspection and evaluation to verify installation in conformance with manufacturer's Warranty provisions and facilitate issuance of system warranty. C. Applicator: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience. 2. Certified by manufacturer as trained and qualified to perform work of this Section prior to Bid Date, or accepted by Architect and Waterproofing Consultant. 1.6 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Conform to provisions of Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, waterproofing sub -contractor (installer), Owner, Architect, Waterproofing Consultant, manufacturer's technical representative, and other affected parties. C. Meeting Time: Approximately 2 weeks prior to beginning work of this Section and work of related sections affecting work of this Section. D. Review installation procedures, coordination, and scheduling of work of this Section with related work. E. Review conditions, preparation work (e.g., concrete sack and patching, etc.) completed, and that needing to be completed prior to waterproofing application, installation Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Amnon \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \071326 Permtt Set RAHS Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing.Doc 071326-2of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 071326 SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING procedures, weather forecast, provisions necessary to dealing with inclement weather, coordination, and scheduling of work of this Section with related work, including protection of waterproofing, and drainage materials. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver new materials in manufacturer's original containers with legible labels and seals intact. C. Store materials fully protected, undercover, raised above ground, set on pallets without protruding nails or hazards that could damage materials. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Ambient Air Temperature: Not less than 40 degrees F and rising, except as instructed by manufacturer, and as accepted by Architect and Waterproofing Consultant. B. Membrane Waterproofing Weather Exposure: Maximum 30 days. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 312000 for compacted earth subgrade suitable for underslab membrane waterproofing work of this Section. C. Section 071416 for vertical spray -applied waterproofing system interface with horizontal underslab waterproof membrane work of this Section as required to maintain unbroken, continuous waterproofing between two systems. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Manufacturer: Provide standard 10 year materials Warranty and 5 year Systems Warranty to cover any and all defects, problems, and expedite repairs and/or replacement due to failures of waterproofing or installation to resist penetration of water. C. Contractor: Provide 5 year labor and materials Warranty. Provide repairs and/or replacement to/of membrane and system components due defects, problems or failure of waterproofing or installation to resist penetration of water. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Grace Construction Products, specified for type and quality. 1. Tel (253) 638-6649, CeII (206) 890-1651, Fax (206) 260-3992, Email wayne.m.drexler@grace.com (Wayne Drexler CSI). 2. Website http:/Jwww.na.graceconstruction.com Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Pnnt\071326 Permit Set RAHS Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing.Doc 071326 - 3 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 071326 SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING B. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 HORIZONTAL UNDERSLAB WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE A. Manufactured four layer sheet membrane composite: 1. 0.030 inch thick high density polyethylene film. 2. 0.025 inch thick adhesive. 3. 0.001 inch thick protective coating and detackifying surface treatment. 4. Disposable silicone release liner over protective coating. 5. Self adhering sidelaps. 6. Total Thickness: Nominal 0.056 inch, tested ASTM D3767 Method A. 7. Product: a. Grace Preprufe 300R 2.3 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES A. Waterproof Membrane: 1. Peel Adhesion to Concrete: 5.0 Ib per inch of width, tested to ASTM D903 Modified. 2. Lap Adhesion: 3.0 Ib per inch per width, tested to ASTM D1876 Modified. 3. Resistance to Hydrostatic Head: 231 foot, tested to ASTM D5385 Modified. 4. Low Temperature Flexibility: Unaffected at minus 10 degrees F, tested to ASTM D1970. 5. Puncture Resistance: Minimum 100 lbs, tested to ASTM D154. 6. Film Tensile Strength: Minimum 4000 psi, tested to ASTM D412. 2.4 COMPOSITE DRAINAGE SYSTEM MATERIALS A. Composite Drainage System: Needle -punched nonwoven filter fabric adhered to 3/8 inch dimpled high impact polystyrene core. 1. Thickness: 3/8 inch. 2. Compression Strength: 15,000 psf, ASTM D1621. 3. Drain Core Flow: 15 gpm/sf, ASTM D4716. 4. Filter Fabric Flow: 160 gpm/sf, ASTM D4491. 5. Product: a. Grace, Hydroduct 200 Drainage Composite 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Grace Bituthane RB2 Primer. B. Sheet Membrane Detailing Tape: Grace, Bituthene Preprufe Tape and as instructed by manufacturer. C. Rubberized Asphalt Adhesive Tape: Grace, Hydroduct Tape, two-sided, adhesive tape. D. Liquid Membrane: Grace, Bituthene Liquid Membrane, two component polyurethane, elastomeric, cold -applied, trowel -grade. E. Rigid Insulation Board: Extruded polystyrene insulation board, as specified Section 072113. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \071326 Permit Set RAHS Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing.Doc 071326-4of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 071326 SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING F. Termination Bars: 1/8 inch by 1 inch stainless steel or aluminum bar and as instructed by manufacturer. G. Fasteners: As instructed by manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning work. B. Through -Wall Penetrations: Verify rigidly installed, prepared, and sealed in accordance with waterproofing membrane manufacturer's literature: C. Earth Subgrade at Underslab Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: Verify well compacted, sound, even, and free of sharp protrusions and loose aggregate, well drainged and free of standing water. Concrete must be consolidated and free of voids. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Perform work as necessary for sound solid substrate around penetrations to eliminate movemen. B. Where subgrade at underslab installations is unacceptable due to protrusions take corrective action, including protective layer of composite drainage system or as instructed by manufacturer and accepted by Architect. 3.3 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. 3.4 BOARD INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Cut and fit to prevent gaps and voids. B. Fasten to composite drainage system as necessary to prevent displacement during waterproofing and shotcrete applications. 3.5 SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION A. Underslab Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: Install with polyethylene film facing against compacted earth subgrade. B. Remove release liner during installation. C. Sidelaps: Overlap minimum 3 inches along uncoated edge of membrane. Roll firmly to make tight seal. D. Endlaps: Weatherlap minimum 3 inches, seal with membrane waterproofing tape centered over lap. Roll firmly to make tight seal. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \071326 Permit Set RAHS Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing.Doc 071326-5of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 071326 SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING E. Seal with membrane waterproofing tape centered over all lap locations. Roll firmly to make tight seal. Remove release liner. F. Waterproof around tiebacks and other through wall penetrations using liquid membrane and detailing tape. Adhere continuously to blindside waterproofing membrane. G. All repairs must be complete 24 hours prior to concrete placement. 3.6 JOINING VERTICAL AND UNDERSLAB SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING A. Extend horizontal underslab sheet membrane waterproofing vertically minimum 18 inches above elevation of finish floor slab elevation. B. Install vertical sheet membrane waterproofing against rigid insulation on earth retention side and overlap minimum 3 inches with vertical extension of underslab sheet membrane waterproofing. C. Seal with membrane waterproofing tape centered over all lap locations. Roll firmly to make tight seal. Remove release liner. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. Perform inspections during interim and completion of sheet membrane waterproofing by manufacturer's authorized technical representative. 2. Perform final inspection after reinforcing steel is in place, just prior to shotcrete installation. 3. Note deficiencies and promptly make oral and written report to Contractor and Architect. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Make repairs and corrections as necessary to conform to manufacturer's Warranty provisions, instructions, provisions of Contract Documents, and as necessary to maintain waterproof integrity. B. Repair damaged membrane waterproofing with membrane waterproofing tape. Roll firmly to make tight seal. Remove release liner. C. Horizontal Waterproofing: 1. On completion of membrane installation, dam installation area as instructed by Architect in preparation for flood testing. 2. Flood to minimum of 1 inch for 48 hours with clean water. 3. Verify no leaks. 4. Where leaks are found, make repairs, and repeat test. 5. When verified watertight, drain water and remove dam. Immediately cover with protection board. 3.9 CLEANING A. Leave installations clean; premises free from residue of work of this section. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \071326 Permit Set RAHS Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing.Doc 071326-6of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.10 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK SECTION 071326 SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING A. Take precautions prior to placement of concrete shotcrete to protect work of this Section from construction activities that may damage membrane waterproofing system. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \071326 Permit Set RAHS Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing.Doc 071326-7of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 071800 09819.00 TRAFFIC COATINGS SECTION 071800 TRAFFIC COATINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interim -fluid applied non -slip, low odor, advanced acrylic latex emulsion, waterborne pedestrian traffic coating over interior concrete slab. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Interior traffic coating suitable as wearing surface and for waterproofing interior concrete slabs at mechanical spaces and utility areas subject to water exposure. B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Emissions: Maximum 250 grams per liter. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Neogard, Specified for type and quality. 1. Tel (206) 795-7195, Fax (509) 649-2424, Email idelplain@inlandnet.com (Jeffry • Delplain, CSI, Delplain West Consulting). 2. Website http: / /www.neogard.com B. Carlisle Coatings and Waterproofing 1. Cell (253) 670-1510, Tel (253) 946-2436, Fax (253) 941-2635, Email arobertwsimmons@cs.com (R.W. Simmons & Associates, Inc., Bob Simmons, FCSI, CCPR). 2. Website http: / /www.ccwcompanies.com C. Gaco Western, Inc. 1. Cellular (206) 953-4635, Tel (206) 244-3358, Fax (206) 248-5082, Email dhatfi@comcast.net (Dennis Hatfield, CSI, Mfrs Rep). 2. Web Site http: / /www.gaco.com D. LymTal International 1. Cell (206) 484-8236, Tel (206) 282-9759, Fax (206) 281-1251, Email norcoe@msn.com (NORCOE, Inc., Jim Sullivan, CSI) 2. Website http://www.Ivmtal.com/ E. TREMCO 1. Tel (800) 852-9683, (253) 863-1198, CeII (253) 241-8915, Fax (253-270-3700 2. Email jquthrie@tremcoinc.com (Jan Guthrie) 3. Website http: / /www.tremcosealants.com F. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 PRODUCTS A. Interior Pedestrian Traffic Coatings Date Saved: December 23, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \071800 Permit Set RAMS Traffic Coatings.Doc 071800 - 1 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 071800 09819.00 TRAFFIC COATINGS 1. Mechanical Room: Neogard, Peda-Guard M 2. Terraces: Neogard, Peda-Guard FC B. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Primer -Sealer: 1. Two component, 100 percent solids, waterborne epoxy concrete sealer recommended by manufacturer. a. Pore -sealer to prevent pin -holing through base coat. b. Adhesion promoter. B. Reinforcement: Spun bonded polyester fabric. C. Base Coat: As instructed by manufacturer formulation: 1. Interior: a. Formulation: Waterbased Elastomeric Acrylic. b. Tensile Strength: Minimum 2500 psi. c. Elongation Minimum300 percent. d. Color: Neutral. D. Top Coat: As instructed by manufacturer for troweled application top coat application 1. Interior: a. Formulation: Water-based Elastomeric Acrylic. b. Tensile Strength: Minimum 2500 psi. c. Elongation Minimum300 percent. d. Color: As selected from Manufacturer's standard colors. E. Granule: Organic or manufactured inorganic granule, as instructed by manufacturer. 2.4 FINISHES A. Top Coat Finish Color: As selected by Architect from traffic coating manufacturer's selection. END OF SECTION Date Saved: December 23, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \071800 Permit Set RAHS Traffic Coatings.Doc 071800 - 2 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 071910 09819.00 WATER REPELLENTS SECTION 071910 WATER REPELLENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Clear water-repellent sealers and non -sacrificial anti -graffiti coatings. 2. Clear anti -graffiti coatings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers and products listed are for type and quality. 1. Other manufacturers and products will be considered as determined to achieve acceptable results with least change in sheen, color, and shade from original surface. 2. Manufacturer acceptance is based upon conformance to provisions of this Section including determination of actual products from mock-ups and testing results. B. Advanced Chemical Technologies, SIL -ACT 1. Tel (206) 282-9759, Fax (206) 281-1251, Cell (206) 484-8236, norcoe@msn.com (Norcoe, Inc, Jim Sullivan) 2. Website http://www.advchemtech.com C. BASF Construction Chemicals, Hydrozo 1. Tel (425) 392-1876, Cell (206) 369-7351, Fax (425) 392-2781, Email rob@bechtelcoatingsupply.com (Rob Bechtel, CSI, NACE, SPPC, Bechtel Industrial Coating Supply) 2. Website http://www.buildingsystems.basf.com/ D. Evonik (Degussa Corporation) Chemtrete 1. Tel (800) 370-7821, Fax 253-848-6289, Cell (253) 209-0074, Email bob@salleeco.com (Salleeco, Inc., Bob Sallee, CSI). 2. Website http://www.salleeco.com / http://www•protectosil.com/protectosil/en/nafta/ E. Fabrikem, Inc. 1. Direct Line Tel (425) 452-2322, Fax (425) 637-0794, Email bthordardarson@mutualmaterials.com (Mutual Materials, Bill Thordarson, Architectural Rep) 2. Website http://www.mutualmaterials.com / http://www.fabrikem.com F. L&M Construction Chemicals 1. Tel (425) 562-6076, Fax (425) 562-6149, Cell (425) 785-3242, Email bill.pavitt@attbi.com (Bill Pavitt CSI, Mfrs Rep). 2. Website http://www.lmcc.com Date Saved: December 28. 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \071910 Permit Set RAHS Water Repellents.Doc 071910-1 oft RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 071910 09819.00 WATER REPELLENTS G. Professional Products of Kansas, Inc. 1. Cell (206) 498-4075, Tel (425) 487-0953, Fax (425) 487-0953, Email rj.ogden@verizon.net (Ron Ogden, CSI) 2. Tel (800) 676-7346, Fax 316-522-9346, Email vicky@watersealant.com (Vicky Hall, Sales & Mkg Director) 3. Website http: / !www.watersealant.com H. Pro -Seal Products, Inc. 1. Tel (800) 349-7325/(425) 821-0723, Fax (425) 821-1006, Cell (206) 300-2795, Email rweitzman@prosealproducts.com (Rick Weitzman, National Sales Mgr) / (Tal Brammer, Technical Support) 2. Website http://www.prosealproducts.com I. ProSoCo, Inc. 1. Cell (206) 384-8057, Tel (425) 235-7216, Fax 888-434-7091, Email gene.bollinger@prosoco.com (Gene Bollinger). 2. Website: http://www.prosoco.com J. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012513. 1. Acceptance of other manufacturers is based upon results of mock-up testing including visual appearance and RILEM Tube Test results and final verification on site prior to installation, as accepted by Architect. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Product Acceptance: Based upon conformance to provisions of this Section including determination of actual products from mock-ups and testing results. END OF SECTION Date Saved: December 28, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \071910 Permit Set RAHS Water Repellents.Doc 071910 - 2 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 0721 13 09819.00 BOARD INSULATION SECTION 072113 BOARD INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rigid foam roofing insulation board. 2. Rigid insulation below grade and perimeter underslab insulation board. 3. Rigid cavity wall insulation board. 4. Rigid interior wall insulation board on metal furring system. 5. Rigid insulation under walk-in freezers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 2. Section 042200 3. Section 061000 4. Section 061643 5. Section 074113 6. Section 075200 7. Section 076200 8. Section 084413 9. Section 092216 10. Section 092900 11. Section 114000 1.2 REFERENCES - Cast -In -Place Concrete - Concrete Unit Masonry - Rough Carpentry - Gypsum Sheathing - Metal Roof Panels - Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim - Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls - Non -Structural Metal Framing - . Gypsum Board - Foodservice Equipment A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM C177 - Standard Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded -Hot -Plate Apparatus - Standard Test Methods for Breaking Load and Flexural Properties of Block -Type Thermal Insulation. - Test Method for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Structural Sandwich Construction. - Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. - Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. - Specifications for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. - Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board. - Standard Test Method for Estimating the Long -Term Change in the Thermal Resistance of Unfaced Rigid Closed Cell Plastic Foams by Slicing and Scaling Under Controlled Laboratory Conditions. 2. ASTM C203 3. ASTM C272 4. ASTM C423 5. ASTM C518 6. ASTM C578 7. ASTM C1289 8. ASTM C1303 Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation` Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \072113 Permit Set RAHS Board Insulation.Doc 072113 - 1 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 0721 13 09819.00 BOARD INSULATION 9. ASTM D1621 - Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics. 10. ASTM D1622 - Test Method for Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics. 11. ASTM D2126 - Test Method for Response of Rigid Cellular Plastics to Thermal and Humid Aging. 12. ASTM D2842 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics. 13. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 14. ASTM E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 15. ASTM El 08 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings. C. Expanded Polystyrene Molders Association (EPS): http://www.epsmolders.org/ D. Extruded Polystyrene Foam Association (XPAS): http://www.xpsa.com/ E. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA): 4th and 5th Editions of the NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual F. Polyisocyanurate Insulation Manufacturers Association (PIMA): http://www.pima.org/ G. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. UL 790 - Tests for Fire -Resistance of Roof Covering Materials - with Revisions through July 1998. 2. UL 1256 - Fire Tests of Roof Deck Construction - with Revisions through March 2000. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Indicate product characteristics, performance criteria, and limitations. Include aged thermal resistance information. Show conformance to specified requirements. C. Certification: Certify in writing that polyisocyanurate insulation as HCFC free with Zero ODP (Ozone Depletion Potential) and Zero GWP (Global Warming Potential). D. Test Data: UL certified test data for Class A Assembly for roofing systems. E. Shop Drawings: Roof plans showing layout of boards, slopes, cricket locations and fastening patterns. F. Manufacturer's Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. G. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit MR 4.1 and Credit MR 4.2: For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. H. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \072113 Permit Set RAI -IS Board Insulation.Doc 072113 - 2 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072113 09819.00 BOARD INSULATION 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of regulatory agencies specified by Section 014100. B. Conform to IBC Chapter 26 for foam plastic insulation. C. Flame Spread and Smoke Developed Index: Conform to IBC Section 2603. 1. Insulation Used for Roofing: Tested to UL 1256 and as tested to UL 790/ASTM El 08 as part of roof assembly as specified by related roofing sections. 2. Other Uses: Class A as tested to ASTM E84. a. Flame Spread Index: 25 or less, except as otherwise permitted by IBC Section 2603. b. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less. D. Provide thickness and R -Values shown on Drawings. Where not shown, provide in thickness and R -Value as required to conform to Washington State Energy Code. E. Evaluation Report: Conform to ICC ES Legacy ICBG ER -5553 for installation of polystyrene insulation over steel deck at roofing systems. Website http:/!www.icc-es.org/ . 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Polyisocyanurate Manufacturer: Producing member of Polyisocyanurate Insulation Manufacturer's Association (PIMA), as accepted by roofing manufacturer for single source full system Warranty. B. Expanded Polystyrene Manufacturer: Producing member of Expanded Polystyrene Molders Association (EPS), as accepted by roofing manufacturer for single source full system Warranty. C. Extruded Polystyrene Manufacturer: Producing member of Extruded Polystyrene Foam Association (XPAS), as accepted by roofing manufacturer for single source full system Warranty. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600. B. Deliver insulation in original labeled packages. State manufacturer, material, R -Value, thickness, density, and blowing agent indicating no HCFC content, and date of manufacture and verification of proper curing. C. Store materials in clean, dry place, set-up on pallets off of ground. D. Remove plastic cover packaging from insulation to allow ventilation. Cover to protect from moisture and damage. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 312000 and Section 033000 for below grade rigid insulation installation. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Pnnt\0721 13 Permit Set RAHS Board Insulation.Doc 072113-3of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072113 09819.00 BOARD INSULATION C. Section 042114 for installation into cavity space at masonry wall anchor connections through rigid insulation into concrete, concrete masonry, and steel stud framing. D. Section 075200 for coordination with roofing. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide in accordance with Section 017836. B. Polyisocyanurate Insulation: Manufacturers 15 year warranty of Long Term Thermal Resistance (LTTR) values conforming to manufacturers published data as tested to ASTM C1303. C. Extruded Polystyrene (XPS) Insulation: Manufacturer standard 15 year warranty that thermal resistance value (R -Value) of installed insulation will not vary more than 10 percent from published R -Value. D. Expanded polystyrene (EPS) Insulation: Manufacturer standard 20 year warranty that thermal resistance value (R -Value) of installed insulation will not vary from published R - Value. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 POLYISOCYANURATE RIGID FOAM INSULATION BOARD A. Manufacturers / Products: 1. Atlas Roofing Corp. a. Cell (206) 953-4256, Tel (206) 325-2740/(206) 320-8307, Fax (206) 325-5165, Email weller.s@worldnet.att.net (Weller Associates, Inc., Stephen Weller) b. Tel (800) 288-1476 (home office). c. Website http://www.atlasroofing.com 2. Firestone Building Products a. Tel (425) 255-0656, Fax (425) 255-0717, Email wdkemp(a�msn.com (Bill Kemp, Kemp -Northwest Group). b. Website: www,firestonebpco.com 3. Hunter Panels a. Cell (206) 953-4256, Tel (206) 325-2740, Fax (206) 325-5165 (Stephen Weller, Weller Associates) b. E-mail: Wellerassociates@gwest.net c. Website: http:!/www.hpanels.com/ 4. Johns Manville Co. a. Tel (425) 391-0119, Fax 425-391-5999, Email robinsoj@jm.com (John Robinson, Mfrs Rep). b. Website http://www.jm.com 5. Substitution Requests: Submit under provisions of Section 012500. B. Insulation board must be approved by the roof membrane materials manufacturer for installation in mopped hot roofing asphalt. Tapered Insulation: Maintain average thickness not less than one-half inch thickness to achieve stabilized R -Value, except as otherwise accepted by Architect. 1. Atlas Roofing ACFoam II 2. Firestone Building Products: ISO 95+ GL. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \0721 13 Permit Set RAHS Board Insulation.Doc 072113 - 4 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072113 09819.00 BOARD INSULATION 3. Hunter: H -Shield. 4. Johns Manville Co.: Energy" 3 5. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. C. Performance Requirements: 1. Standard Specification: Conform to ASTM C1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2 (20 psi) and as instructed by manufacturer for roofing system. 2. Long Term Thermal Resistance (LTTR) Values: Minimum R of 5.7 per inch of thickness, using ASTM C177 or ASTM C1303 test methods. 3. Dimensions: a. Maximum 4 by 8 feet panels for mechanically fastened installation. b. Maximum 4 by 4 feet panels, for application in hot asphalt. 4 foot by 8 foot panel not accepted per NRCA for hot asphalt. 4. Polyisocyanurate core fully (100 percent) bonded to glass fiber mat on top and bottom face. 5. Density/Overall: Nominal 2.0 lbs per cu ft, ASTM D1622. 6. Compressive Strength: 20 psi, (Grade 2) ASTM C1289. 7. Fire Rating: UL Class B, ASTM E84. a. Flame Spread: 75 or less. b. Smoke Developed: 450 or Tess. 8. Dimensional Stability: 7 days, 158 degrees F, 95 percent Rh with less than 1 percent linear change, ASTM D2126. 9. Tapered Insulation: Provide in 1/8 inch, 1/4 inch, and 1/2 inch taper per foot to meet requirements of installation and where indicated on the Drawings. 2.2 POLYISOCYANURATE RIGID INSULATION BOARD UNDER KITCHEN EQUIPMENT A. Manufacturer: 1. • Dow Chemical Co., Trymer 9501, Tel (206) 622-1094 (Cork Insulation, Inc., Steve Noel). B. For installation under work of Section 114000 - Food Service Equipment. 2.3 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE (XPS) RIGID FOAM INSULATION BOARD A. Manufacturers: 1. DOW Chemical Co.: Styrofoam Square Edge a. Cell (206) 484-4777, Tel (206) 682-9282, Fax (206) 682-2295, Email waft@tekterior.com (Walt Suman, TekTerior Systems). b. Website http://www.tekterior.com / Website http://www.dow.com/styrofoam. 2. Owens Corning, Formular Roofing Insulation: a. Cell (253) 670-1 510, Tel (253) 946-2436, Fax (253) 941-2635, Email arobertwsimmons@cs.com (R.W. Simmons & Associates, Inc., Bob Simmons, FCSI, CCPR). b. Website http://www.RobertWayneSimmonsinc.net 3. Formular Commercial Wall Insulation: a. CeII (509) 799-5279, Tel (503) 590-3757, Email jim.snuggs@ownenscorning.com (Jim Snuggs, Commercial Sales) b. Tel (425) 486-6184, CeII (206) 850-4683, Email mike.w.ellis@owenscorning.com (Mike Ellis, Mechanical and Thermal). c. Tel (800) 438-7465 (Customer Service) d. Website http://www.owenscorning.com Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\0721 13 Permit Set RAHS Board Insulation.Doc 072113-5of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072113 09819.00 BOARD INSULATION 4. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Thermal Resistance: 5.0 per inch aged R -Value at 75 degrees F, ASTM C518. 2. Compressive Strength: ASTM D1621. a. Cavity Walls: 25 psi (ASTM C578 Type IV). b. Foundations: 25 psi (ASTM C578 Type IV). c. Roofs: 25 psi (ASTM C578 Type IV). d. Underslab: 25 psi (ASTM C578 Type IV). 3. Water Absorption: Maximum 0.1 percent by volume, tested to ASTM C272. 4. Water Vapor Permeance: 0.3 to 1.0 perms, tested to ASTM E96. 2.4 EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE (EPS) RIGID FOAM INSULATION BOARD A. Insulfoam, A Carlisle Company 1. Tel (206) 242-9424 / (800) 775-9424, Fax (425) 251-8405. 2. Tel (800) 775-9424, Fax (425) 251-8405, Email rkay@premier-industries.com (Rich Kay). 3. Cell (253) 209-7396, Email dmichels@premier-industries.com (Dan Michels). 4. Website http://www.premier-industries.com B. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. C. Roofing Systems: Expanded polystyrene (EPS), ASTM C578, Type VIII. 1. Density: Minimum 1.15 pcf, ASTM D1622. 2. Thermal Resistance (R -Value): Minimum R-3.8 per inch at 75 degrees F, ASTM D518. 3. Compressive Strength: Minimum 13.0 psi, ASTM D1621. 4. Flexural Strength: Minimum 30 psi, ASTM C203. 5. Water Absorption: Maximum 3.0 percent by volume, ASTM C272. 6. Water Vapor Permeance: Less than 3.5 ASTM E96. 7. Tapered Insulation: Design to suit condition. 8. Tested: UL Class A for roof system over structural steel deck. D. Interior Wall Insulation: Expanded polystyrene (EPS), ASTM C578, Type VIII. 1. Density: Minimum 1.15 pcf, tested to ASTM D1622. 2. Thermal Resistance (R -Value): Minimum R-3.8 per inch at 75 degrees F, ASTM D518. 3. Compressive Strength: Minimum 13 psi, ASTM D1621. 4. Flexural Strength: Minimum 30 psi, ASTM C203. 5. Water Absorption: 3.0 percent by volume, ASTM C272. 6. Permeability of Unfaced Insulation: 3.35, ASTM E96. 7. Surface Burning Characteristics: UL File No. R14313 BRYX. a. Flame Spread: 15. b. Smoke Developed: 1 50 to 300. E. Under -Slab Insulation Systems: Expanded polystyrene (EPS), ASTM C578, Type VII. 1. Density: Minimum 3.3 pcf, tested to ASTM D1622. 2. Thermal Resistance (R -Value): Minimum R-4.60 per inch at 75 degree F, ASTM D518. 3. Compressive Strength: Minimum 60 psi, ASTM D1621. 4. Flexural Strength: Minimum 75 psi, ASTM C203. 5. Water Absorption: 0.1 percent by volume, ASTM C272. 6. Surface Burning Characteristics: UL File No. R14313 BRYX. a. Flame Spread: Less than 15. b. Smoke Developed: less than 450. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \0721 13 Permrt Set RAHS Board Insulation.Doc 072113-6of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072113 09819.00 BOARD INSULATION F. Recycled Content: Minimum 20 percent post consumer content, or minimum 40 percent post industrial content material as required to qualify for US Green Building Council, LEED points. 2.5 INSULATION FURRING STRIPS A. Insulation Furring Strips: Z shape, roll formed 25 gauge, 1-5/8 inch wide galvanized steel furring strip with 1/8 inch ribs and pre -punched holes at 10 inch on center. As specified in Section 092216. B. Pneumatic Mechanical Fasteners: As instructed by manufacturer. 1. Concrete: 0.190 inch by 2-2/4 inch for 3/4 inch penetration. 2. Masonry: 0.144 inch by 3 inch for 1 inch penetration. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Provide miscellaneous and accessory materials, fasteners, adhesives, tools, and equipment as needed for completion of insulation work. B. Construction Tape: 3M or BILD-R-TAPE, nominal 2 inch wide, waterproof, pressure sensitive, UV resistant sealing tape, specified for type and quality. C. Vapor Retarder: As specified in Section 072116. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section before beginning. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Cut and fit rigid insulation to snugly penetrations, projections, conduit, framing, and other construction. 1. Trim boards to minimize gaps. Where insulation is more than one layer, leave between 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch wide gap at adjacent board and adjacent construction. 2. Fill gaps larger than 1/4 inch with rigid insulation cut to fit. 3.3 RIGID INSULATION BOARD OVER ROOF DECKS A. Install rigid foam Insulation under related roofing sections, and as part of roofing manufacturer's specified single source warranted roofing assembly. B. Install rigid insulation board in two or more layers with joints staggered to reduce thermal Toss through insulation joints. C. Install rigid insulation board in thickness to achieve stabilized R -Value shown on Drawings. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \072113 Permit Set RAHS Board Insulation.Doc 072113-7of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072113 09819.00 BOARD INSULATION D. Cut and neatly fit rigid insulation board around penetrations, including electrical conduits and boxes at locations as shown on Drawings. 3.4 RIGID INSULATION BOARD UNDER PERIMETER SLAB -ON -GRADE A. Material: Extruded Polystyrene (XPS) insulation. B. Lay underslab insulation in place over prepared subgrade at perimeter foundations and tape joints prior to placing concrete slabs. C. Extend interior foundation wall insu,ation from underside of perimeter slab to top of footing. D. Extend insulation beneath slab as indicated on Drawings. E. Adhere insulation to waterproofing using mastic or adhesives as instructed by waterproofing manufacturer. 3.5 RIGID INSULATION BOARD AT EXTERIOR SIDE OF FOUNDATION WALLS BELOW GRADE A. Material: Extruded Polystyrene (XPS) insulation. B. Install over prepared exterior face of below grade footings and foundation walls over waterproofing. C. Extend from 2 inches below grade or from underside of floor slab to top of footing. D. Install in larges pieces practicable with tight fitting but joints to completely cover waterproofing and drainage mat. 3.6 RIGID INSULATION ON FURRING STRIPS AT INTERIOR SIDE OF EXTERIOR WALLS A. Material: Expanded polystyrene (EPS) insulation, specified for type and quality. B. Verify walls to be plumb, true, clean, and even in plane before beginning installation. Cut mortar joints flush with masonry face. Remove fins and projections from concrete and masonry. C. Install Z -furring channels, specified Section 092216, insulation furring strips at 16 inch on center and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Space Z -furring channels insulation furring strips mechanical fasteners at 10 inch on center through furring strips into substrate. E. Position additional Z -furring channels furring strips around doors, windows, corners, and as necessary to provide firm attachment for gypsum board finish. F. Cut and fit rigid insulation to accommodate doors, widows, electrical conduit and outlets. Begin at one corner with each board tightly butted to form uninterrupted surface using largest size board available. G. Install rigid insulation with tight butt joints, snugly fitted to framing, free of voids and gaps. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \072113 Permut Set RAHS Board Insulation.Doc 072113-8of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 0721 13 09819.00 BOARD INSULATION H. Tape joints, openings, and tears in polyethylene skinned surface on rigid insulation board as needed for monolithic vapor barrier at room -side of insulation. 3.7 RIGID FOAM CAVITY WALL INSULATION BOARD A. Material: Extruded polystyrene (XPS) foam insulation board, 2 or 4 foot wide by 8 foot long with tongue and groove joints at long edges. B. Install rigid insulation board with tongue side up to shed water. C. Adhere to concrete, concrete masonry and gypsum sheathing using mastic or adhesives as instructed by manufacturer. 1. Seal square edge butt joints and terminations with silicone sealant specified Section. 2. Do not seal tongue and groove edges. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \0721 13 Permit Set RAHS Board Insulation.Doc 072113 - 9 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072116 09819.00 BLANKET INSULATION SECTION 072116 BLANKET INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fiberglass batt and blanket insulation. 2. Mineral wool blanket insulation. 3. Accessories including vapor retarder, insulation hangers, sealing tape, and fasteners. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 053100 - Steel Decking 2. Section 054000 - Cold -Formed Metal Framing 3. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry 4. Section 078400 - Firestopping S. Section 092216 - Non -Structural Metal Framing 6. Section 092226 - Suspension Systems 7. Section 092600 - Veneer Plastering 8. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board 9. Section 098116 - Acoustical Batt Insulation 10. Division 22 - Plumbing 11. Division 23 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning 12. Division 26 - Electrical 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. 2. ASTM C612 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation 3. ASTM C665 - Standard Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 4. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 5. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 6. ASTM El 36 - Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 degree F. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Thermal Insulation: Thermal fiberglass batt and blanket insulation and vapor retarder at exterior walls, floor/ceiling, and roof/ceiling assemblies. B. Mineral Wool Insulation: 1. Fire rated rock or slag wool mineral fiber insulation for use as fire safing at voids and spaces not required to be fire stopped. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \072116 Permit Set RAHS Blanket Insulation.Doc 072116-1 of8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072116 09819.00 BLANKET INSULATION 2. Accepted in lieu of fiberglass batt and blanket insulation where meeting or exceeding specified thermal requirements. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide thickness and R -Values shown on Drawings. B. Thermal Performance for Normal Density Fiberglass Batt and Blanket Insulation: (Not all manufactures make all sizes.) 1. R-8: 2-1 /2 inch thick 2. R-1 1: 3-1/2 inch thick 3. R-13: 3-1/2 inch thick 4. R-19: 6-1 /4 inch. thick S. R-22: 6-1 /2 inch thick 6. R-25: 8 inch thick 7. R-26: 9 inch thick 8. R-30: 9-1 /2 or 10 inch thick 9. R-38: 12 inch thick C. Thermal Performance for High Density Fiberglass Batt and Blanket Insulation: 1. R-1 1: 2-1 /2 inch thick 2. R-15: 3-1 /2 inch thick 3. R-21: 5-1/2 inch thick 4. R-30: 8-1 /4 inch thick 5. • R-38: 10-1/4 inch thick 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: 1. Published R -Value for thickness of batt insulation, product characteristics, performance criteria, and limitations. 2. Accessories including insulation hangers and other specified items. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation requirements, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. D. LEED Submittals: 1 Product Data for Credit MR 4.1 and Credit MR 4.2: For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fiberglass Insulation Binders: Formaldehyde free hinders. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \072116 Permit Set RAHS Blanket Insulation.Doc 072116 - 2 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 0721 16 09819.00 BLANKET INSULATION 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of regulatory agencies specified by Section 014100. B. Conform to Washington State Energy Code, WAC 51-11 WAC. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in manufacturer's original labeled package indicating R -Value, thickness, and density. C. Store in clean, dry place and handle to prevent tearing material. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 033000for installation and installation holder assemblies at concrete slabs. C. Section 054000 and Section 092216 for insulation installation into metal stud framing. D. Section 052119 for insulation and insulation holder assemblies at open web steel joists. E. Section 053100 for insulation and insulation holder assemblies at steel deck. F. Division 22, Division 23 and Division 26 for coordination with mechanical and electrical work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MANUFACTURERS A. CertainTeed 1. Cell (360) 951-5341, Tel (360) 866-6777, Email ben.r.pedersen@saint-gobain.com (Ben Pedersen, Territory Manager). 2. Tel (800) 233-8990 (Technical Support). 3. Website http://www.certainteed.com B. Knauf, EcoBatt Insulation 1. Tel (800) 825-4434 Ext 8337, Fax (503) 639-5635, Email scott.rowe@knaufinsulation.com (Scott Rowe). 2. Cell (206) 391-0835, Tel (425) 488-7600 Ext 111, Fax (425) 488-7827, Email sthompson@service-partners.com (Steve Thompson, Gen Mgr, R -Factor). 3. Tel (800) 825-4434 Ext 8212. 4. Website: www.kanufinsulation.com C. Johns Manville 1. Tel (425) 391-0119, Fax 425-391-5999, Cell (206) 409-5650, Email robinsoj@jm.com (John Robinson CSI, Mfrs Rep). 2. Tel (800) 654-3103 (Information Center). 3. Website http://www.jm.com Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\072116 Permit Set RAHS Blanket Insulation.Doc 072116 - 3 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072116 09819.00 BLANKET INSULATION D. Owens Corning 1. Cell (253) 219-3103, Tel (360) 893-5054, Email jim.spurcieon@owenscorning.com (Jim Spurgeon). 2. Cell (509) 799-5279, Tel (503) 590-3757, Email iim.snuggs@ownenscorninq.com (Jim Snuggs, Commercial Sales) 3. Website http://www.owenscorninq.com E. Thermafiber 1. Tel/Fax (503) 775-0438, Cell (503) 887-3109, Voice Mail (888) 834-2371 Ext 275, Email igiger@thermafiber.com / jimgiger@att.net (Jim Giger, Mfrs Rep). 2. Tel (800) 426-8127 (Home Office). 3. Website http://www.thermafiber.com F. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 BATT AND BLANKET THERMAL INSULATION A. Thermal Resistance Values: Conform to ASTM C518. 1. Provide High Density fiberglass batt and blanket insulations, except Normal Density insulation is accepted in thickness as required to meet Thermal Resistance Values shown on Drawings. 2. Where not shown, conform to State of Washington Energy Code [Seattle Energy Code] for minimum R -Values. B. Dimensional Stability: Linear shrinkage less than 0.1 percent. C. Unfaced Fiberglass Insulation: ASTM C665, Type I, Class A. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E84. a. Flame spread: Maximum 25. b. Smoke Developed: Maximum 50. 2. Combustion Characteristics: Passes ASTM El 36, non-combustible. D. Kraft Faced Insulation: 1. ASTM C665, Type II, Class C, Category I. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: a. Flame Spread: Not rated. b. Smoke Developed: Not rated. 3. Perm Rating: 1.0 tested to ASTM E96. E. Foil Scrim Polyester (FSP) or Foil Scrim Kraft (FSK) Faced Fiberglass Insulation: 1. ASTM C665, Type III, Class A, Category 1. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: As tested ASTM E84. a. Flame spread: Maximum 25. b. Smoke Developed: Maximum 50. 3. Combustion Characteristics: Passes ASTM El 36, non-combustible. 4. Perm Rating: Less than 1.0, tested to ASTM E96. F. Standard Foil Faced Fiberglass Insulation: 1. ASTM C665, Type III, Class B, Category 1. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E84. a. Flame spread: Maximum 75. b. Smoke Developed: Maximum 150. 3. Perm Rating: Less than 1.0, tested to ASTM E96. Date Saved: January 27. 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \072116 Permit Set RAHS Blanket Insulation.Doc 072116 - 4 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 0721 16 09819.00 BLANKET INSULATION 2.3 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Manufacturers: 1. CertainTeed a. CeII (206) 661-0314, Tel (253) 652-8805, Email rich.cleminson@saint-qobain.com (Rich Clemens, District Manager). b. Tel (800) 233-8990 (Technical Support). c. Website http://www.certainteed.com 2. LAMTEC Corporation a. Cell (206) 391-0835, Tel (425) 488-7600 Ext 111, Fax (425) 488-7827, Email thompson@service-partners.com (Steve Thompson, Gen Mgr). b. Tel (800) 445-4264, Fax (425) 488-7827, Email crouch@service-partners.com (Duane Couch/Dave Long). c. Tel (800) 852-6832 / 973-584-5500, Fax 973-584-5178, Email halr@lamtec.com (Hal Robbins, Home Office). d. Website http://www.lamtec.com 3. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. B. Vapor Retarder at Concealed Conditions: Typically in walls between gypsum board and stud: 1. CertainTeed, MemBrain, Smart Vapor Retarder. a. 2 mil thick polyamide (Nylon) sheet. b. Fire Testing: Tested to ASTM E84. 1) Flame Spread Index: 20. 2) Smoke Developed Index: 55. c. Permeance: Tested to ASTM E96 1) 1 perm or less using dry cup method (Procedure A - Desiccant Method). 2) Increases up to 10 perms using wet cup method (Procedure B - Water Method). C. Vapor Retarder at Exposed Conditions: Typically in exposed ceiling areas. 1. LAMTEC Corporation, WMP-VR. a. Film: 0.0015 inch UV stabilized white polypropylene. b. Scrim: Tri -directional fiberglass and polyester yarn. c. Paper: 11 pound Kraft. d. Fire Testing: UL-723/ASTM E84. e. Flame Spread: 1) Film Exposed: 5. 2) Kraft Exposed: 10. f. Smoke Developed 1) Film Exposed: 10. 2) Kraft Exposed: 20. g. Permeance: 0.09 perms (unperforated), tested to ASTM E96, Procedure A - Desiccant Method. 2.4 FASTENERS AND ADHESIVES A. Nails, and Staples: Electroplated steel wire of type and size to suit installation B. Screws: Electroplated Type W for wood and Type S for metal, self -drilling or self -taping and as suitable for purpose. Provide neoprene or EPDM washers where indicated. C. Sealing tape: Ideal, No 375, or as accepted by Architect. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Pnnt\072116 Permit Set RAHS Blanket Insulation.Doc 072116-5of8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072116 09819.00 BLANKET INSULATION D. Insulation Supports: Galvanized 14 gauge wire, 15-1/2 inch and 23-1/2 inch lengths. 1. Simpson Strong -Tie Model, IS16 and IS24. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Insulation Holder Assembly: UL tested FS 25, Class I, polypropylene/scrim/kraft facing on exposed face. Provide as complete assembly as required to obtain fire -resistive rated system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. T -Foil a. Tel (425) 644-3532 (Main Office, Adrian Troutman). b. Tel (800) 875-7289 (R -Factor, Inc, Dave Long). c. Website: http://www.tfoil.com/ B. Impaling pins: 1. Impaling Spindle: Mild steel length to suit insulation thickness with corrosion resistant coating. 2. Base Plate: Minimum 2 inch square, perforated galvanized steel. 3. Self Locking Washers: Galvanized steel. Size and type capable of securely and rigidly fastening insulation in place and supporting insulation weight. Assume 3 pounds maximum weight per hanger assembly. 4. AGM Industries, Inc., TACTOO Insul-Hangers a. Tel (800) 875-7289 (R -Factor, Inc, Dave Long), Tel (800) 25-9895, (Pac-Tech), specified for type and quality. C. Impaling pin Adhesive: 1. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc., MEI Eco -Hanger Grip Adhesive. 2. AGM, TACTOO, Adhesive GPA -72. D. Firestopping: Specified Section 078400. E. Miscellaneous: Accessory materials, methods, tools, and equipment required for completion of insulation work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section. B. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials are dry and ready to receive insulation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install insulation to provide continuity of insulating layer. Completely fill spaces within insulating cavity. Do not compress insulation. C. Install insulation tightly around electrical outlets, switches, and other wall and ceiling penetrations. Seal joints. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \072116 Permit Set RAHS Blanket Insulation.Doc 072116-6of8 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072116 09819.00 BLANKET INSULATION 3.3 FLOOR, ROOF, AND CEILING INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Roof Ventilation: Provide insulation baffles and other means as necessary to prevent blocking of fresh air ventilation into enclosed spaces at insulated attic and roof framing spaces. B. Insulation at Protected Roof/Ceiling Framing: Unfaced insulation. 1. Install between roof/ceiling framing members where gypsum board finish systems are installed directly to underside of framing. 2. Include attic areas where top side of framing is exposed. C. Insulation at Open Roof/Ceiling Framing: Foil scrim kraft (FRK) or foil scrim polyester faced batt insulation. Install at roof/ceiling installations where framing systems and insulation facing will be left exposed to view above suspended ceiling systems. D. Insulation Holder Assembly: Install fire rated system as instructed by manufacturer at all batt and blanket floor, roof, and ceiling insulation. E. Impaling pins: Install at maximum 24 inch on center each way and as necessary to permanently support weight of insulation as instructed by manufacturer. 1. Do not use adhesive backed, except as accepted by Architect. 2. Verify substrate clean, dry, free of oils and bond breakers, and free of spalling and other unstable conditions not suitable for permanent installation. 3. Apply adhesive to perforated base plate, twist, and press firmly into place. 3.4 WALL INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Exterior Walls - Thermal Insulation: Unfaced batt insulation. Friction fit between stud framing. B. If stud thickness is a greater than thickness of insulation, place remaining air space at exterior side of insulation. C. Supplementary Supports: When installed at walls in heights over 8 foot, or when recommended by manufacturer, provide supplementary support to hold unfaced friction fit insulation in place. 3.5 MINERAL WOOL INSULATION A. Tightly pack construction voids at interior wall, floor, and ceiling concealed spaces. B. Tightly pack steel decking flute voids spanning over acoustical and exterior walls. Use in conjunction with metal form closure strips at steel stud construction specified Section 053100. C. Do not use as fire-safing to meet fire -stopping requirements, except as provided under work of Section 078400. 3.6 VAPOR RETARDER A. Install unbroken, continuous vapor retarder over framing on room side of insulation at exterior walls. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\072116 Permit Set RAHS Blanket Insulation.Doc 072116-7of8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072116 09819.00 BLANKET INSULATION B. Install polyamide vapor retarder at roof/ceiling assemblies. C. Run continuously and unbroken around door frames, at intersecting partitions, and other openings and voids on room side of walls and ceilings. D. Lap ends and side flanges of vapor retarder over wall and roof/ceiling framing members. Use double backed tape at each framing member to seal in place at metal framing or screw, nail, or staple in place at 6 inch on center metal framing. E. Use neoprene or EPDM washers where screws and nails are used at overhead installations where vapor retarder is not covered by hard finish material such as gypsum board. Do not use adhesives at exposed overhead installations to adhere vapor retarder, except as accepted by Architect. F. Tape to seal butt ends, lapped flanges, tears, perimeter edges, and other openings in membrane. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \072116 Permit Set RAHS Blanket Insulation.Doc 072116 - 8 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072616 09819.00 BELOW -GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS SECTION 072616 BELOW -GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Underslab vapor retardant sheeting. 2. Prefabricated boots, seaming tape, and accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 031 100 - Concrete Formwork 2. Section 032100 - Reinforcing Steel 3.. Section 033000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete 4. Section 312000 - Earth Moving 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 302.1 R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 2. ACI 302.1 R - Addendum Vapor Retarder Location C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1 ASTM D882 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting. 2. ASTM D1004 - Standard Test Method for Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting. 3. ASTM D1709 - Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Plastic Film by the Free -Falling Dart Method. 4. ASTM D1 790 - Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastic Sheeting by Impact. 5. ASTM D4263 - Standard Test Method for -Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method. 6. ASTM E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 7. ASTM El 54 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover. 8. ASTM El 643 - Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. 9. ASTM El 745 - Standard Specifications for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs. 10. ASTM F710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. 11. ASTM Fi 249 - Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission Rate Through Plastic Film and Sheeting Using a Modulated Infrared Sensor 12. ASTM F1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete.Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride. 1 3. ASTM F21 70 - Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:02:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\072616 PERMIT SET RAHS BELOW -GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS.DOC 072616-1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072616 09819.00 BELOW -GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS 14. ASTM F2420 Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes. Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity on the Surface of Concrete Floor Slabs Using Relative Humidity Probe Measurement and Insulated Hood. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's literature for vapor retarder, seaming, patching materials, and accessories C. Sample: Minimum 8-1 /2 by 11 inch, showing compliance with specified requirements. Include accessory products associated with installation. D. Certified Test Data: Include manufacturer's test data results, certified in writing from independent testing agency. E. Manufacturer Instructions: Installation instructions, special procedures, and perimeter, penetration and other conditions requiring special attention. Include product limitations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Geotechnical Report: Report made available to bidders is for information only. The report is not a Contract Document. Do not follow Geotechnical Report recommendations that differ from Contract Document provisions. 1 .5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with the requirements of Section016600. B. Take precautions to prevent puncturing, tearing and damage to vapor retarder. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Comply with Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 031200 for compacted subgrade under vapor retarder, fully compacted and complete. C. Section 031100, 032100, and 033000 for cast -in-place concrete slab placement directly over vapor retarder. D. Division 22 and Division 26 for penetrations through vapor retarder. 1. Coordinated and Sequenced penetrations through the vapor retarder to allow proper flashing and sealing of all penetrations prior to placement of concrete. 2. Flash and seal penetrations through the vapor retarder prior to placement of concrete. 3. Space utility penetrations through the vapor retarder a minimum of 12 -inches apart. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:02:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \072616 PERMIT SET RAHS BELOW -GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS.DOC 072616 -.2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072616 09819.00 BELOW -GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS. A. STEGO Industries LLC. 1. Cell (949) 212-8000, Tel (206) 212-6918, Fax (206) 212-6515, trevor@stegoindustries.com (Trevor Yost - NW Regional Manager) 2. Website http://www.stego.com B. W.R. Meadows 1. Tel (206) 282-9759, Fax (206) 281-1251, Cell (206) 484-8236, norcoe@msn.com (Norcoe, Inc, Jim Sullivan) 2. Website http://www.wrmeadows.com C. Fortifiber Corp. 1. Tel (800) 773-4777, Cell (949) 300-2821, Voice Mail (800) 732-6464 Ext 611, Email rbeers@fortifiber.com (Ron Beers CSI, Product Mgr). 2. Distributed by Atlas Construction Specialties, Tel (206) 283-2000, Fax (206) 283- 7546 (Jim Rose, Owner). 3. Website http:i /www.fortifiber.com D. Raven Industries 1. Tel (800) 635-3456, Fax (605) 331-0333, Email efd6@ravenind.com (Kathy Kennedy, Sales Service / Mark Olson, Marketing Rep). 2. Website http://www.vaporblock.com E. Reef Industries 1. Tel (800) 231-6074, Fax (713) 507-4295 (Home Office). 2. Direct (713) 507-4262, Email mmcelhany@reefindustries.com Michael McElhany CDT CSI, Griffolyn Division). 3. Website http://www.reefindustries.com F. Viper, Insulation Solutions 1. CeII (253) 670-1510, Tel (253)946-2436, Fax (253) 941-2635, Email arobertwsimmons@cs.com (R.W. Simmons & Associates, Inc., Bob Simmons, FCSI, CCPR). 2. http://www.insulationsolutions.com/products/viper/information.html G. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 VAPOR RETARDER A. Products: 1. STEGO Industries LLC, Stego Wrap 15 -mil Class A 2. W.R. Meadows, Perminator 15 MIL 3. Fortifiber Corp., Moistop Ultra 15 4. Raven Industries, Vapor Block 15 5. Reef Industries, Griffolyn 15 Mil 6. Viper II 15 Mil Class A B. Material: ASTM El 745 Class A, 15 -mil polyolefin vapor retarder. C. Performance Standard: 1. Moisture Vapor Permeance: Maximum 0.01 perms, 0.30 perms required tested to ASTM El 54 2. Tensile Strength: Minimum 45 foot-pounds per inch, tested to ASTM El 54, Section 9, Method ASTM D882. 3. Puncture Resistance: Minimum 2445 grams, tested to ASTM D1709 Method B. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:02:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \072616 PERMIT SET RAI -IS BELOW -GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS.DOC 072616 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072616 09819.00 BELOW -GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS D. Initial Tear Resistance: Minimum 8.0 pounds force in machine direction and transverse direction, tested to ASTM D1004. E. Low Temperature Impact: Pass minus 120 degrees C, tested to ASTM D1790. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Pressure Sensitive Tape, Seam Splice Tape Primer, Boots, and Other Accessories: As instructed by manufacturer for watertight impermeable Underslab barrier. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. 1. Underslab Utilities: Drain lines and utilities of Division 22 and Division 26 properly installed and ready for work of this Section. 2. Through -Slab Penetrations: Ready for work of this Section. B. Verify subgrade free from conditions that may cause puncture or other damage to vapor retarder. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Complete subgrade and subbase prior to before beginning work of this Section. B. Granular Base Course as Capillary Break Under Vapor Retarder: 1. Install minimum 4 inch thick and as required by soil conditions. 2. Install over well compacted rough graded structural subgrade. 3. Fine grade granular base course to tolerance of plus zero inch / minus 1 inch and conduct proof -rolling, conforming to ACI 302 Chapter 4. 4. Survey using rod and level to confirm tolerances by taking measurements at 20 foot intervals, less at elevator pit 5. Repair rutting and pumping of base resulting in depressions exceeding 1/2 inch by raking and then re -compacting repaired areas of base course. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install underslab vapor retarder continuous, with all penetrations, transitions, and perimeters sealed, to fully protect concrete slabs -on -grade from moisture vapor migration into occupied spaces. B. Install and protect vapor retarder in conformance to manufacturer's instructions, ASTM E1643, and provisions of Contract Documents. C. Interior Concrete Slabs -On Grade: Provide vapor retarder as specified this Section whether or not indicated on Drawings. D. Install vapor retarder sheet over compacted granular base course, and where specified over rigid insulation placed over compacted granular base. E. Roll down vapor retarder in widest practical width, parallel with direction of concrete pour, and with minimum number of joints. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:02:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\072616 PERMIT SET RAHS BELOW -GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS.DOC 072616-4of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072616 09819.00 BELOW -GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS F. Lap vapor retarder over footings, turn up to full slab thickness, and seal with pressure sensitive tape to foundation wall. G. Overlap vapor retarder 6 inches minimum at all side and end laps and seal with manufacturer's pressure sensitive tape. Roll tape thoroughly to achieve water vapor - tight performance. H. Fully seal pipe and other penetrations with vapor retarder or prefabricated boots and pressure sensitive tape. Field fabricate boots and other shapes as necessary to seal vapor retarder against vapor penetration. I. Place concrete slab -on -grade directly over installed vapor retarder under work of Section 033000. Do not install granular fill layer over vapor retarder. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect competed installation prior to placing concrete slab -on -grade in accordance with Section 014523. B. Verify vapor retarder installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions with penetrations taped and sealed. C. Verify that vapor retarder has not been penetrated by screed stakes and that base set screed posts are in place. 3.5 ADJUSTMENTS A. Patch penetrations with pressure sensitive tape and make adjustments as necessary to maintain performance of vaporretarder as instructed by manufacturer. Ensure penetrations are fully sealed against vapor migration. B. Repair damaged areas by cutting vapor retarder patches. Overlap tears and holes 6 inch beyond damaged area with patches. Seal patch to installed vapor retarder with pressure sensitive tape or as instructed by manufacturer. C. Promptly patch tears and punctures as they occur. Do not patch or seam when vapor retarder is wet. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect From Penetration: Do not permit use of ground set stakes, screed posts, and other items to puncture vapor retarder. Where punctured, remove penetrating item and patch vapor retarder, as specified this Section, before placing concrete. B. Protect From Damage: After sweeping area clean and free of debris, lay rigid insulation then plywood, or other protection board over installed vapor retarder at areas of traffic and protect from construction loads. Do not stack loose items or any construction materials directly on vapor retarder. END OF SECTION SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:02:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \072616 PERMIT SET RAHS BELOW -GRADE VAPOR RETARDERS.DOC 072616 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072726 09819.00 FLUID -APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS SECTION 072726 FLUID -APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Breathable, spray -applied liquid emulsion air barrier membrane. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 -- Cast -In -Place Concrete 2. Section 042200 - Concrete Unit Masonry 3. Section 061600 - Sheathing 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1 ASTM C836 - Specifications for High Solids Content, Cold Liquid -Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing Course. 2. ASTM D412 - Test Method for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension. 3. ASTM D903 - Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds 4. ASTM D4541 - Standard Test Method for Pull -Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers 5. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 6. ASTM E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 7. ASTM E283 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. 8. ASTM E330 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 9. ASTM E331 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 10. ASTM E2178 - Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Spray -applied vapor permeable air and water barrier for use at masonry and concrete walls receiving mortar placed stone veneer masonry. B. .Spray -applied vapor permeable air and water barrier for over gypsum sheathing at walls receiving veneer masonry metal cladding systems. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Water Vapor Permeance: Not less than 10 perms, tested to ASTM E96 Method B. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation` Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\072726 Permit Set RAHS Fluid -Applied Membrane Air Barriers.Doc 072726 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072726 09819.00 FLUID -APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS B. Air Leakage Permeance: Not more than 0.002 CFM per square foot at 1.6 pound per square foot, tested to ASTM E283 ASTM D2178. C. Air Permeability: No change at 62'.8 per square foot, tested to ASTM E331. D. Low Temperature Flexibility and Crack Bridging: Pass minus 4 degrees F, tested to ASTM C836. E. Tensile Strength: Minimum 270 psi, tested to ASTM D412. F. Elongation: Minimum 150 percent, tested to ASTM D412. G. Peel Adhesion: Tested to ASTM D903. 1. Concrete Masonry: 20 psi. 2. Dens -Glass Gold Gypsum Sheathing: 5 psi (glass face pulls away from gypsum core). 3. USG, FIBEROCK Aqua -Tough Sheathing: 10 psi. 4. BPB America, GlasRoc Sheathing H. Thickness: 40 mils dry film thickness. Property Value Test Method Water Vapor Permeance Minimum 10 [5.7] perms ASTM E 96 - Method B Air Leakage Less than 0.004 cfm/sf at 1.57 psf Less than 0.02 L/s m2 at 75 Pa ASTM E283 / ASTM E2178 J. Surface Burning Characteristics: UL/IBC Class A, tested to ASTM E84. 1. Flame Spread: Less than 25. 2. Smoke Developed: Less than 450. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Product performance characteristics, standard details, and suggested use. Include limitations. B. Test Data: Show compliance to performance characteristics specified by this Section. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation requirements, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Maintain locally available representative to give technical assistance, attend meetings, and inspect installation for conformance to manufacturer's instructions. B. Installer: Able to document acceptance by manufacturer as qualified to perform work of this Section. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\072726 Permit Set RAHS Fluid -Applied Membrane Air Barriers.Doc 072726 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072726 09819.00 FLUID -APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION MEETING A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, installer, Owner, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and those requested to attend. C. Meeting Time: Minimum 2 weeks prior to prior to beginning work of this Section and work of related Sections affecting work of this Section. D. Location: Project Site. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in manufacturer's protective unopened packaging and containers with identifying labels readable and intact. C. Store away from extremes of temperature and at not less than 40 degrees F. Do not allow to freeze. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not install when inclement weather conditions leading to precipitation are predicted within 16 hours following application. 2. Do not install when ambient (air) and substrate temperatures are below 40 degrees F or when temperatures are predicted to fall below 32 degrees F within 48 hours following application. B. Substrate: 1. Free of bond breakers, including grease, dirt, excess mortar, and other contaminants. 2. Frost free. 3. Reasonably flush and smooth. 4. Fill form tie holes, mortar joints, voids, patch spalls. Allow 24 hours after filling. 5. Suitable for application over damp concrete within 16 hours after removal of formwork. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Henry Company 1. Tel (360) '805-0303, Fax (360) 863-8434, Email commdistinc@aol.com , CeII (206) 940-7961 (Mark Gillstrap), CeII (425) 232-3957 (Ben Gardner). 2. Web Site http://www.henry.com B. Grace Construction Products 1 Tel (253) 638-6649, CeII (206) 890-1651, Fax (206) 260-3992, Email wayne.m.drexler@qrace.com (Wayne Drexler CSI, Territory Manager). 2. Web Site http://www.na.qraceconstruction.com Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\072726 Permit Set RAHS Fluid -Applied Membrane Air Barriers.Doc 072726 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072726 09819.00 FLUID -APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS C. ProSoCo 1. Cell (206) 384-8057, Tel (425) 235-7216, Fax 888-434-7091, Email gene.bollinger@prosoco.com (Gene Bollinger). 2. Web Site http://www.prosoco.com D. Sto Corp 1. Tel (253) 638-6649, Voice Mail (800) 628-2738 Ext 6560, Cell (206) 890-1651, Fax (253) 63-86652, Email wdrexler@stocorp.com (Wayne Drexler CSI). 2. Web Site http://www.stocorp.com E. Tremco Sealant/Weatherproofing Division: 1. Tel (800) 852-9683, Fax (253) 270-3700, Email jquthrie@tremcoinc.com Cell (253)241-8915 (Jan Guthrie). 2. Web Site http://www.tremcosealants.com F. Substitution Requests: Submit under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 AIR BARRIER MEMBRANE A. Sprayable, waterborne acrylic or acrylic/latex coating systems. 1. Henry a. Air Block 33, UV stabilized, single component elastomeric spray -applied membrane. b. Air Block 31., single component elastomeric spray -applied membrane. 2. Grace, Perm -A -Barrier VP. 3. ProSoCo, R -Guard. 4. Sto, Sto Guard. 5. Tremco ExoAir 220. 2.3 TRANSITION AND DETAIL MEMBRANE A. Transition Membrane at Joints, Edges, and Openings: Self -adhering, SBS modified bitumen and cross laminated polyethylene film and as specified by Section 06100. 1. Manufacturers: a. Henry, Blueskin SA. b. Grace, Vycor c. Tremco ExoAir 110/110LT. 2. Thickness: 40 mils. 3. Width: 6 inch, 9 inch, and 12 inch, 18 inch, and 36 inch, as instructed by manufacturer to suite application. 4. Air Leakage: 0.001 CFM per square foot at 1.6 pounds per square foot, tested to ASTM E283. 5. Water Vapor Permeance: 0.05 perms, tested to ASTM E96 Method B. 6. Elongation: Minimum 200 percent, tested to ASTM D412. B. Transition Membrane: Henry, Foilskin, UV resistant, self -adhering, SBS modified bitumen and cross laminated glass scrim and aluminum foil face. 1. Thickness: 60 mils. 2. Width: 6 inch, 9 inch, and 12 inch, 18 inch, and 36 inch, as instructed by manufacturer to suite application. 3. Air Leakage: 0.0001 CFM per square foot at 1.6 pounds per square foot, tested to ASTM E283. 4. Water Vapor Permeance: 0.05 perms, tested to ASTM E96 Method B. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\072726 Permit Set RAHS Fluid -Applied Membrane Air Barriers.Doc 072726 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 072726 09819.00 FLUID -APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 5. Elongation: Minimum 200 percent, tested to ASTM D412. C. Primer: As instructed by manufacturer. 2.4 EQUIPMENT A. Airless Spray Equipment: As instructed by manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify substrate surfaces and environmental conditions as suitable before beginning work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Primer: Apply primer over surfaces receiving transition membrane. Re -apply over surfaces not covered during same day. B. Transition Membrane: 1. Tape to seal cracks, construction joints, transition joints between substrates, and at wall openings and holes. 2. Lap minimum 3 inch on both sides of cracks, edges, and joints. C. Air Barrier Membrane: 1. Spray -apply at 18.6 square foot per gallon. a. Wet Film Thickness: 90 mils. b. Dry Film Thickness: 47 mils. 2. Spray -apply in vertical and horizontal strokes to make even and uniform. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Representative: Attend pre -installation meetings, make intermittent site visits, perform technical services, and confirm that application conforms to manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Apply additional coat at areas not uniform in thickness and appearance. 3.5 CLEANING A. Flush equipment using water. Use mineral spirits to remove dried films. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \072726 Permit Set RAHS Fluid -Applied Membrane Air Barriers.Doc 072726 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074113 09819.00 METAL ROOF PANELS SECTION 074113 METAL ROOF PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Site formed, structurally spanning, roll seamed, standing seam metal roofing panels. 2. Roofing accessories including closures, concealed clips, fasteners, sealants, and flashings. 3. Factory finished PVDF (fluoropolymer) coating system over aluminum -zinc alloy base coating. B. Products Specified By Other Sections, Installed Under This Section: Section 072113 - Rigid Insulation. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 051200 - Structural Steel Framing 2. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications 3. Section 076200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 4. Section 077213 - Manufactured Roof Curbs 5. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants 6. Division 23 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning 7. Division 26 - Electrical 1.2 REFERENCES' A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA): 1. AAMA 621 - High Performance Organic Coatings on Coil Coated Architectural Hot.Dipped Galvanized (HDG) and Zinc - Aluminum Coated Steel Substrates. 2. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. 2. ASTM A792 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated by the Hot -Dip Process 3. ASTM El 592 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roofing and Siding Systems by uniform Static it Pressure Difference 4. ASTM El 646 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Metal Roof panel Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. • 5. ASTM El 680 - Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems. 6. ASTM E2140 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Metal Roof Panel Systems by Static Water Pressure Head Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \074113 Permit Set RAHS Metal Roof Panels.Doc 074113-1 of10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074113 09819.00 METAL ROOF PANELS 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. [Standing seam metal panel roofing system installed with concealed clips and field rolled standing seams at exterior canopies, spanning spaced steel framing members, exposed top and bottom face finished with high performance PVDF coating system.] B. [Curved Roof Panel Over Insulated Steel Roof Deck: Standing lock -seam metal panels installed with concealed clips and fasteners over self -adhering waterproof membrane underlayment, rigid insulation board, gypsum roof board, [and vapor retarder] [on structural steel deck. ] C. Roofing System Accessories: Metal flashings, self -adhering waterproof membrane, and accessories required for watertight system. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to i, Chapter 16 and Structural Notes on Structural Drawings. B. Live Load (Snow Load): 25 psf. C. Wind Loads: 90 mph wind speed, Exposure B, Importance Factor III, conforming to IBC Section 1609. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Wind Uplift Rating: UL 580, Class 90. B. Structural Uniform Uplift Load Capacity: Tested ASTM El 592. 1. Safety Factor for Panel and Clip Ultimate Loads: 1.65 with no increase for wind. 2. Safety Factor for Fasteners: 3.0 for single fastener in each connection and 2.25 for 2 or more fasteners in each connection. 3. Deflection: Maximum L/180 [L/360] [L/240] for positive loading. C. Water Penetration: No water penetration tested to ASTM E2140. D. Air Infiltration: Maximum 0.28 cfm per lineal foot of joint at 6.24 psf static pressure difference, tested to ASTM El 680. E. Expansion/Contraction: Engineer panels to permit thermal expansion and contraction using concealed clips and fasteners as necessary to prevent roof panel deflection, warping, and damage. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 1330. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Plan Drawings: Show location, layout, and reference designations for details. 2. Details: Show fastening methods and terminations. Include flashing and junctions to work of other Sections such as structural framing members. 3. Indicate provisions for thermal expansion and contraction. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\0741 13 Permit Set RAHS Metal Roof Panels.Doc 074113 - 2 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074113 09819.00 METAL ROOF PANELS C. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data including product description, load tables, standard details, fasteners, clips, and accessories. Include data on manufacturer's proposal for fall restraint and arrest anchors. D. Test Reports: By independent testing laboratory, showing conformance with performance requirements specified this Section. E. Structural Design Calculations: Stamped and signed by structural engineer registered in State of Washington, verifying load carrying capacities and thermal movement within manufacturer's tolerances with a safety factor of 1.65. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions, installation tolerances, special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. G. Roof Panel Sample: One 12 inch long by full panel width showing metal gauge and profile. H. Color Samples: 2 inch by 5 inch metal chips illustrating accepted finish and color selection. I. Manufacturer's Certification: 1. Certify that roofing system and materials meet specified Design and Performance Requirements. 2. Certify that roofing installer as trained and certified by manufacturer. 3. Review Submittals and certify acceptable to manufacturer. J• Manufacturer's Drag Loading Attachment Schedule, Wind Load Attachment Schedule, and Design Calculations: Stamped and signed by State of Washington licensed structural engineer, designed to resist drag loads induced by specified snow load for fasteners at pin locations. K. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Subscribe to UL Follow Up Service, ensuring continued conformance to UL requirements. B. Single Source Responsibility: 1. Provide system and components for this Section under responsibility of single metal panel manufacturer. 2. Perform metal panel and related flashing and sheet metal work by or under supervision of single installer. C. Foreman: Continuously on site for duration of work of this Section for this Project. D. Insulation Board: Supply in thickness to produce Long Term Thermal Resistance Values (LTTR) R -Value as specified Section 072113. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Minimum 10 years experience in fabricating and supplying metal roofing systems. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \074113 Permit Set RAHS Metal Roof Panels.Doc 074113 - 3 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074113 09819.00 METAL ROOF PANELS 2. Provide single source responsibility for design calculations and technical design services as necessary for watertight structural roof panels conforming to work of this Section. 3. Maintain local technical representative available for inspection and for verifying conformance to manufacturer's instructions and Warranty provisions. B. Installer: 1. Specializing in work of this Section. Able to document, minimum 7 years experience and 5 successful projects, installing manufacturer's standing seam metal roof systems on commercial projects. 2. Certified and trained by metal roofing panel manufacturer prior to Bid Date. 3. Employ job -site foreman, with minimum 3 years experience supervising installation of metal roofing work of this Section, dedicated to Work of this Contract. 1.9 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to provisions of Regulatory Requirements specified Section 01040. B. IBC Chapter 15 and Chapter 16, including Section 1605 - Roof Design. C. Washington State Department of Labor and Industries.WISHA Chapter 296-156 WAC Part C-1 Fall Restraint and Fall Arrest, Web Site http:!/www.ini.wa.gov/wisha 1.10 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, installer, Owner, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and those requested to attend. C. Meeting Time: Minimum 2 weeks prior to prior to beginning work of this Section and work of related Sections affecting work of this Section. D. Location: Project Site. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver panels with strippable protective film coating and protective packaging intact. Do not expose film to extremes of heat or cold and direct sunlight. Remove prior to installation. C. Store panels under cover, in well ventilated space, above ground with one end elevated for drainage. D. Protect against standing water and condensation between adjacent surfaces and contact with substances which may cause a discoloration in the finish during storage. E. Handle panels with non -marring slings in manner to prevent bending, abrasion, and twisting. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \074113 Permit Set RAHS Metal Roof Panels.Doc 074113-4of10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074113 09819.00 METAL ROOF PANELS 1.12 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 051200 for connections to steel framing at canopies. C. Section 053100 for connections to steel roof deck. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Provide Warranties under provisions of Section 017836. B. Manufacturer Coating Perforation Warranty: Non exclusive, 20 year Warranty against rust, rupture, and structural failure of roofing panels due to deterioration of coating systems. C. Manufacturer Fluoropolymer Coating Performance Warranty: 20 year Warranty against fading, color change, chalking, peeling, cracking, or delaminating. D. Manufacturer Weathertightness Warranty: 10 year joint full system material and labor Warranty against leaks in metal panels and flashings due to defects in materials, faulty installation, and normal exposure to the environment. E. Contractor: 2 year labor Warranty for roofing installation, including, flashings, sealants, fasteners, and accessories to remain watertight and weatherproof. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PANEL MATERIAL A. Base Metal: Steel sheet, 22 gauge, ASTM A792. 1. Classification: SS 2. Grade: 50B (Fy = 50 ksi yield strength). 3. Hot -Dipped Aluminum -Zinc Alloy Coating Designation AZ50 (50 percent aluminum - zinc alloy), Zincalume or Galvalume coated both sides. 2.2 FASTENERS AND COMPONENTS A. Bearing Plates: Manufacturer's standard for mounting clips over rigid insulation, as instructed by manufacturer. ASTM A792 G60 hot -dipped aluminum -zinc alloy or ASTM A653 G60 hot -dipped zinc galvanized to provisions of ASTM A924. B. Attachment Clips: UL 90 Labeled. Stainless steel. Designed to allow thermal expansion and contraction of roof system and for concealed fastening of roof to substrate. C. Attachment Clip Fasteners: Construction Fasteners, Inc, Dekfast 14, self drilling, self tapping, non -corrosive fasteners in lengths to penetrate maximum 1 inch beyond top flute but not deep enough to penetrate bottom flute of steel structural deck, and as instructed by manufacturer. D. Exposed Fasteners: Construction Fasteners, Inc., ZAC, No. 14 by 7/8 inch, self drilling, self tapping, non -corrosive fasteners with heads finished to match roofing panels and flashings, gasketed with EPDM washers, and as instructed by manufacturer. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print 10741 13 Permit Set RAI -IS Metal Roof Panels.Doc 074113 - 5 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074113 09819.00 METAL ROOF PANELS E. Concealed Sheet Metal Fasteners: Minimum 3/16 inch stainless steel rivets, No. 10 pancake head screws, No. 14 hex head fasteners with EPDM washer, as instructed by manufacturer. 2.3 FLASHING, FASCIAS, CURBS, AND GUTTERS A. Sheet Steel and Coil: 22 gauge steel. Same material, color, and texture as roof panels and as specified Section 076200. B. Gutters, Scuppers, Conductor Heads and Other Sheet Metal Fabrications: As specified Section 076200. C. Panel and Flashing Closures: Waterproof, semi-rigid, polyethylene closed cell foam, or solid rubber in size and shape to tightly fit panel configuration. Adhesive as instructed by manufacturer to retain permanently in place. D. Flexible Pipe Flashings: EPDM or silicone universal pipe flashing systems with aluminum base and silicone sealant to conform to and seal roof configurations. E. Flexible Flashings at Other Roof Penetrations: Buildex, Flashdek, Tel (800) 284-5339, Hypalon coated polyester sheet flashing with aluminum edging, or approved. 1. Conform to and seal any roof configuration. 2. Sealant and Mechanical Fasteners: In accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Gypsum Roof Board: 1. Georgia Pacific, Dens -Deck Glass Mat Gypsum Roof Board, glass mat sandwich faced, silicone treated gypsum core, 1/4 inch thick. B. Vapor Retarder: 10 mil polyethylene sheet. C. Self -Adhering Waterproof Membrane: Self --Adhered Roofing Underlayment for High Temperature Applications, butyl rubber based adhesive backed by cross laminated polyethylene film, 30 mils thick. 1. Grace Construction Products, Vycor Ultra 2. Polyguard, Deck Guard HT D. Self -Adhering Waterproof Membrane: 40 mils thick, SBS modified rubber adhesive base with cross laminated high density polyethylene (HDPE) carrier film and paper release film. Maximum 30 day exposure limit. 1. Grace, Ice & Water Shield 2. Protecto Wrap, Rainproof TM 3. Polyguard, Deck Guard E. Rigid Insulation Board: Polyisocyanurate as specified Section 0721 13. 2.5 SEALANTS A. Conform to Section 079200 and manufacturer's instructions. 1. Exposed to Ultra -Violet (UV): Silicone sealant. 2. Concealed from UV: Non -skinning butyl or polyurethane. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print1074113 Permit Set RAHS Metal Roof Panels.Doc 074113 - 6 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074113 09819.00 METAL ROOF PANELS B. Field or factory applied tape or gun grade non -skinning butyl mastic at sidelaps and top of clips as instructed by manufacturer to meet Performance Requirements. 2.6 ROOF EQUIPMENT A. Fall Arrest and Fall Restraint System: Meet or exceed Washington State Department of Labor and Industries WISHA requirements. 1. Clamp to roof ribs without penetrating roof. 2. Design to secure to Owner's harness equipment. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Standard Fabrications: Conforming to manufacturer's standard details. B. Panel Configuration: 1. 16 inch panel width. 2. Minimum 2-1 /2 inch high standing seams 3. 2 stiffener ribs equally spaced across each pan or striations across panel width to limit oil canning. C. Panel Length: Fabricate full length. No end laps accepted. D. Custom Metal Fabrications, Flashing, and Shapes: Fabricate to suit conditions, as needed for watertight installation. 2.8 FINISH A. Steel Sheet and Coil: Factory pre -finished coating: 1. Weather Face: Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) coil coating with 70 percent Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 resin content, conforming to AAMA 621, over aluminum -zinc alloy finished sheet steel. a. Primer: UV resistant, 0.20 mil thick epoxy modified acrylic. b. Color Coat: 0.80 mil PVDF. c. Color: As approved by Architect from manufacturer's complete selection of non- metallic colors. 2. Non -Weather Face: 0.50 mil non corrosion -resistant primer and off-white topcoat. a. Primer: 0.15 mil. b. Finish Coat: 0.35 mil. B. Roof Panel Color: As selected by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Verify structural supports securely welded in place, aligned and located, ready for roofing installation. C. PREPARATION D. Field Measurements: Verify prior to fabrication of metal roofing panels and flashings. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\0741 13 Permit Set RAHS Metal Roof Panels.Doc 074113 - 7 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074113 09819.00 METAL ROOF PANELS E. Require shoes worn on roof to be clean soft soled type that will not damage or mar roofing panels. F. Electrolytic Protection:. Treat contacting surfaces of dissimilar metal of different galvanic range with bituminous paint coats, bitumen saturated felts, nonabsorptive tape, gaskets, tinning, or as instructed by manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. 3.3 METAL ROOF PANEL SYSTEM ACCESSORIES A. Mineral Fiber Acoustical Insulation Batts: Install into open steel deck flutes at acoustical structural steel deck, as specified Section 053100. B. Gypsum Roof Board: Install over steel deck with ends bearing over top deck flutes. Screw fasten in place as instructed by manufacturer. C. Vapor Retarder: Install one layer directly over gypsum roof board. Adhere with double stick tape or adhesive as required to hold in place prior to installing rigid insulation. Tape and seal joints and perforations. D. Blocking: Align with top of rigid insulation. 1. • Drag Toad blocking at top or roof slope. 2. Install steel channel attachment blocking bottom and rakes of roof slope. E. Self -Adhering Waterproof Membrane: Install one layer thick at following locations over gypsum roof board as specified under System Description. Overlap and seal seams in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install continuously at curved metal roof systems and as follows at other metal roof systems 1. Eaves: Install up roof slope to 18 inch above wall line. 2. Ridges: Install 36 inch wide centered on ridge line full length of ridge. 3. Built-in Gutters and Roof Slope Transitions: Install 36 inch wide centered on valley line full length of valley. 4. Roof Perimeters and Rakes: Install 18 inch wide continuously at rakes. Extend under metal flashing up 6 inch at sidewalls and parapets. 3.4 METAL ROOFING PANEL INSTALLATION A. Attachment Clips and Clip Fasteners: 1. Install attachment clips on bearing plates over rigid insulation. 2. Install attachment clip fasteners in lengths and locations to penetrate minimum 3/8 inch into top flute of steel deck. Do not penetrate through bottom flute. B. Exposed and Concealed Fasteners at Other Locations: Install using neoprene washers and fastener types as required for watertight installation. C. Roofing Panels: 1. Locate panels in place with standing seams lapped away from direction of prevailing winds. 2. Secure panels, full length of roof, free of warp and deflection. 3. Mechanically seam after verifying alignment and position. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\074113 Permit Set RAHS Metal Roof Panels.Doc 074113-8of10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074113 09819.00 METAL ROOF PANELS D. Sealant: Seal joints and Install other products as instructed by manufacturer. E. Metal Flashing: Make allowance for thermal movement. 1. Notch and fold down flashing running parallel to panel ribs to fit into space between ribs. 2. • Make overlaps minimum 6 inches and in accordance with Section 076200. F. Flexible Flashing Systems: Install weathertight closures and stops in profiles to match roofing configuration for penetrations. G. Cutting and Fitting: Neat, square, and true. Saw cut, de -burr edges, and clean filings from adjacent surfaces. No torch cutting permitted. H. Panel Closures: Install weathertight closures and stops in profiles to match roofing configuration. I. Snow Fence: Locate continuous horizontal fence across standing ribs of roofing at locations where internal gutters are indicated. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspections and Testing: Conform to 014216 - Roofing Inspection Services. B. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. Progress Inspections: Provide field representative to make job -site inspections and reports on quality of installation. Confirm that metal roof panels are designed and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Final Inspection: Confirm that roofing system is in conformance with manufacturer's design requirements and meets specified Warranty provisions. 3. Promptly notify Architect where roof panel installation does not conform to provision of Contract Documents. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Correct identified defects and irregularities. B. Replace damaged, soiled, or discolored work. 3.7 CLEANING A. Wipe down roofing panels with soft cloth as each area is completed. Do not allow fasteners, cuttings, filings, and scraps to accumulate on finished surfaces. B. Sweep and clean panels and gutters to maintain free from soiling and debris. C. Leave installation clean and free from residue and debris from work of this Section. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Take measures to protect roofing installation from construction activities for duration of Project. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 . K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \074113 Permit Set RAHS Metal Roof Panels.Doc 074113-9of10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074113 09819.00 METAL ROOF PANELS B. Do not permit activities which may result in gouging, scratching or denting metal panels and flashing. C. Do not allow traffic on completed roof or, if required, provide cushioned walk boards and soft soled shoes. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\0741 13 Permit Set RAHS Metal Roof Panels.Doc 074113 -10 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074200 09819.00 SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS SECTION 074200 SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Solid phenolic single -skin panels for wall cladding system, exterior soffit panel and fascias. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 051200 2. Section 054000 3. Section 061643 4. Section 076000 5. Section 081113 6. Section 084313 7. Section 084413 8. Section 089100 - Structural Steel Framing - Cold -Formed Metal Framing - Gypsum Sheathing - Flashing and Sheet Metal - Steel Doors and Frames - Aluminum Framed Storefronts - Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls - Louvers 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid, except as otherwise specified. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM D792 2. ASTM E84 3. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity (Relative Density) of Plastics by Displacement - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials C. European National Standards (EN): 1. EN 438-2 - Decorative High -Pressure Laminates (HPL) Sheets Based on Thermosetting Resins. Determination of Properties. D. Deutches Institut fur Normung e. V. (German Standards Institute) (DIN). E. National Fire Protection 1. NFPA 259 2. NFPA 268 3. NFPA 285 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Association (NFPA): - Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials. - Standard Test Method for Determining Ignitibility of Exterior Wall Assemblies Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source Standard Fire Test Method for Evaluation of Fire Propagation Characteristics of Exterior Non -Load -Bearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components A. Performance Requirements: Provide panels that have been manufactured, fabricated and installed to maintain performance criteria stated by manufacturer without defects, damage or failure. SAVE DATE: 1/26/2010 2:31:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\074200 PERMIT SET RAHS SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS.DOC 074200- 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074200 09819.00 SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit product data, including manufacturer's SPEC -DATA. product sheet, for specified products. 1. Recycled Content: Indicate recycled content; indicate percentage of pre -consumer and post -consumer recycled content per unit of product. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing layout, profiles and product components, including edge conditions, panel joints, fixture location, dimensioned anchorage locations, accessories, finish colors, patterns and textures. D. Samples: Submit selection and verification samples for finishes, color and textures. E. Test Data and Calculations: Submit certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties. F. Certificates: 1. Qualification Certificates: Submit certificate indicating compliance with qualification requirements in Quality Assurance article. 2. Product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and physical requirements. G. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions, special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. H. Qualification Statements: 1. Manufacturer producing product in ISO 9001 certified facility, capable of providing field service representation during fabrication and approving application method. a. Obtain from a single manufacturer.. I. Fire Testing: 1. Exterior Wall Panel System and Associated Components: Meet fire testing requirements in accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA 259, NFPA 268, and NFPA 285 as required by SBC. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Conform to provisions of Section 017700 - Closeout Procedures. B. Maintenance and Operating Data and Instructions to Owner's Personnel: Conform to Section 017823 - Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Project Record Documents: Conform to provisions of Section 017839 - Project Record Documents. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented manufacturing experience. B. Installer: SAVE DATE: 1/26/2010 2:31:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\074200 PERMIT SET RAHS SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS.DOC 074200- 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074200 09819.00 SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS 1. Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience of comparable scope. 2. Currently trained and certified by manufacturer as qualified for installing work of this Section, or accepted by Architect prior to Bid Date. 1.7. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to provisions of Section 014100. 1.8 MOCK-UPS A. Provide under provisions of Section 014300. B. Locate complete system as instructed by Architect. C. Provide minimum 16 square foot mock-up and as required to illustrate each system. D. Include all system components including. E. Verify mock-up as conforming to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. Make adjustments as needed for waterproofing / air barrier system. F. Do not begin work of this Section until after inspection by envelope consultant and manufacturer's representative is complete and system is acceptance by Architect. G. Protect and maintain accepted mock-up as standard of quality for work of this Section. H. Do not incorporate accepted mock-up into work of this Section. 1.9 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119 - Project Meetings. B. Attendance: Contractor, installer, Owner, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and those requested to attend. C. Meeting Time: Minimum 3 weeks: prior to prior to beginning work of this Section and work of related Sections affecting work of this Section. D. Location: Project Site. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016500 - Product Storage and Handling Requirements, and manufacturers instructions. B. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions, at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by manufacturer. SAVE DATE: 1/26/2010 2:31:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\074200 PERMIT SET RAHS SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS.DOC • 074200- 3 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074200 09819.00 SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS 1.11 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions: Field Measurements: Verify actual measurements/openings by field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate field measurements and fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid construction delays. 1.12 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements before beginning fabrication. 1.13 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 - Project Coordination for coordination with work of other Sections. 1.14 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836 - Warranties. B. Manufacturer: Submit, manufacturer's standard 10 warranty document executed by authorized company official against color loss and Toss of manufacturer's physical and mechanical properties. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Trespa North America, Trespa Meteon, specified for type and quality. 1. Tel (425) 949-2998, Fax (206) 299-9315, Email b.smithl@trespa.com (Bryan E. Smith, Sales Representative). 2. Website www.trespa.com B. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012513 - Substitution Procedures. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Materials: Solid phenolic panel flat panel based on thermosetting resins, homogeneously reinforced with cellulose fibers and manufactured under high pressure and temperature. The panels have a pigmented resin, decorative surface that is electron -beam cured for superior chemical and dirt resistance. B. Panel Core: Standard black core C. Panel Sizes: As indicated on Drawings and necessary to complete work. D. Panel Thickness: 3/8 inch. E. Modulus of Elasticity: 1,200,000 psi (8000 N/mm sq) minimum per DIN 53457. F. Tensile Strength: 13,000 psi (90 N/mm sq) per DIN 53455 G. Flexural Strength: 16,000 psi (1 10 N/mm sq) minimum per DIN 53452. SAVE DATE: 1/26/2010 2:31:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\074200 PERMIT SET RAHS SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS.DOC 074200- 4 of 6 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074200 09819.00 SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS H. Surface Impact Resistance: 9 Ibf (40N) index minimum per EN 438-2. (1 1) I. Scratch Resistance: 0.79 Ibf (3.5N) index minimum per EN 438-2 (14). J. Fire Performance: 1. Flame Spread: Maximum index of 5 per ASTM E84 2. Smoke Development Index:.5 K. Acceptable for use as exterior finish of exterior or interior walls rated. L. Fire Rating: One hour per ASTM El 19. M. Water Absorption: Less than 1.0% per EN 438-2 (7). N. Porosity: Non porous surface and edges. O. Microbial Characteristics: Will not support micro organic growth. P. Clean ability: Resists dirt pickup. Easily cleaned. Q. Color Stability: 4-5 grey scale per ISO 105 A02-87 (3000 hr xenon lamp test). 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Panel Corner Profile: As indicated on Drawings. B. Secondary Framing: Aluminum subframing, black painted. C. Installation Materials: Provide Extruded aluminum trim, Color matched, stainless steel and vandal resistant screws required to suit project conditions. Vent (insect) screen angles with black factory finish. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate solid phenolic wall panels and accessory items in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and approved submittals. 2.5 FINISHES A. Colors and Finish: Finish one side. As selected by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins, product catalog installation instructions and product carton instructions for installation 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section before beginning. SAVE DATE: 1/26/2010 2:31:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\074200 PERMIT SET RAHS SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS.DOC 074200- 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074200 09819.00 SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS 3.3 PREPARATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Install solid phenolic wall and soffit panels plumb and level and accurately spaced in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and approved submittals. B. Fasten solid phenolic wall and soffit panels to supporting substrate with fasteners approved for use with adjoining construction. C. Accessory Items: Install corner profiles, and trim insect screens. with fasteners and adhesive appropriate for use with adjoining construction as indicated on drawings and as recommended by manufacturer. 3.5 REPAIR A. Repair or replace damaged installed products. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide manufacturer's field service consisting of periodic site visits for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Inspect and make adjustments after installation. B. Repair or replace defective installations. 3.8 CLEANING A. Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. B. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to Owner's acceptance. C. Remove construction debris from project site. 3.9 PROTECTION A. Protect installed product and finish surfaces from damage during construction. END OF SECTION SAVE DATE: 1/26/2010 2:31:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\074200 PERMIT SET RAHS SOLID PHENOLIC EXTERIOR WALL PANELS.DOC 074200- 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074243 09819.00 COMPOSITE WALL PANELS SECTION 074243 COMPOSITE WALL PANELS , PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum faced, thermoplastic core, composite wall panel system. 2. Accessories including attachments, clips, sub girts, shims, and fasteners 3. Factory applied coating system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Hunter Douglas Contract, QuadroClad 200 Metal Facade Panels, specified for type and quality. 1. Steve Mork, Creative Design Concepts Facades Washington, Email: steve@mork.com 2. Tel: (206) 789-9500, fax: (206) 789-3160 3. Website: http://www.hunterdouglascontract.com/facadesimetal_facade jsp B. Alusuisse Composites, Inc., ALUCOBOND Wall Cladding. 1. Voice Mail (800) 254-2284 Ext 2238, Tel (916) 427-8811 (Jim Vann CSI). 2. • Tel (800) 626-3365 (Head Office) 3. Website http://www.alusuisse-comp.com C. Mitsubishi Chemicals America Inc., ALPOLIC Composite Materials Division. 1. Tel (425) 454-6250, Fax (425) 454-6538, Cell (425) 985-2408, Email asirepx@aol.com (Architectural Systems, Inc, Gene Robinson, CSI, CDT). 2. Website http://www.alpolic.com . D. Reynolds .Metal Company, Reynobond FR Aluminum Composite Material, 1. Tel (925) 362-0365, Fax (925) 362-0368, Email frank.meehan@alcoa.com (Frank. Meehan). 2. Website http://www.rmc.com / http://www.aluminum- panels.com/products/plReynoBond.asp E. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 COMPOSITE WALL PANEL MATERIALS A. Face Sheets: ASTM 8209, 3105 aluminum alloy, H14 temper. 1. Exterior Skin: 0.037 inch thick. 2. Interior Skin: 0.02 inch thick. B. Aluminum Honeycomb Core: Manufacturer's standard 0.003 inch thick, commercial grade aluminum with maximum 3/4 inch cell size. C. Physical Characteristics: Resistance to delamination. 1. Bond Strength: Minimum 1,500 psi, tested to ASTM C297. 2. Peel Strength: minimum 22.5 inch -pound per inch, tested to ASTM D1781. Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \074243 Permit Setrahs Composite Wall Panels.Doc 074243 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074243 09819.00 COMPOSITE WALL PANELS D. Fire Rating: Tested to ASTM E84. 1. Flame Spread: 10. 2. Smoke Developed: Maximum E. Panel Thickness: 3/16 inch (4mm). 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Attachments, Clips, and Girts: As instructed by manufacturer. Furring channels: Cold roll - formed galvanized 20 gauge hat channels, 2-9/16 inch wide by 7/8 inch deep, and as instructed by manufacturer to meet loading and deflection tolerances. B. Pop Rivets: Stainless steel and as instructed by manufacturer to prevent galvanic action. C. Screw Fasteners: Type S, self drilling, self tapping framing screws, stainless steel with carbide head, an as instructed by manufacturer to suit application. D. Shims: As instructed by manufacturer. E. Joint Sealant: Sealant and backer rod as specified Section 079200, and as instructed by manufacturer to contact metal to metal and metal to masonry.. F. Isolation Accessories: Isolation tape, pads, or coatings as necessary to prevent galvanic action between dissimilar metals. G. Vapor Barrier Tape and Building Paper: As specified Section 072500. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate composite wall panels in sizes and joint configurations to accommodate field installation tolerances. Reinforce with stiffeners where applicable to meet design requirements. B. Shop fabricate curved panels to uniform radius free of irregularities. C. Where final dimension cannot be established by field measurements, make allowances for field adjustment. D. Form panel lines, breaks, and angles with routed back -cut break form corners for sharp edges in one continuous panel return, free from warp and buckle, and with no displacement of aluminum sheet or protrusion of core. E. Encapsulate panel edges with mitered aluminum edging with hairline joints matching finish of face panel. Exposed fasteners at panel edge and face not accepted. F. Fabricate panels with gutter system to weep moisture out of panel system at each horizontal panel joint. G. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. Date Saved: January 5. 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Pont \074243 Permit Setrahs Composite Wall Panels.Doc 074243 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 074243 09819.00 COMPOSITE WALL PANELS 2.5 FINISHES A. Exposed Aluminum: PPG Megaflon or PPG Duranar, PVDF, minimum 70 percent Kynar 500, or Hylar 5000 resin content, factory applied baked -on finish, meeting or exceeding AAMA 2605 performance criteria. B. Uncoated exposed metal not accepted. Touch up uncoated metal for smooth, finished appearance matching color and gloss level of adjacent finish. C. Field Touch-up Paint: PPG Coraflon ADS, air-dry system, fluorocarbon resin coating matching color and texture of finish coating. D. Wall Panel Color: As selected by Architect. E. Sheen: 30 percent. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\074243 Permit Setrahs Composite Wall Panels.Doc 074243 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 075200 09819.00 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING SECTION 075200 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fully adhered modified bitumen membrane roofing system. 3. Related Sections: 1. Section 024100 2. Section 072113 3. Section 077233 4. Section 077236 5. Section 077213 6. Section 076200 7. Section 079200 8. Division 22 9. Division 23' 1.2 A. B. REFERENCE STANDARDS - Demolition - Rigid Insulation Board - Roof Hatches - Smoke Vents - Manufactured Roof Curbs - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim - Joint Sealants - Plumbing - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM C728 2. ASTM C1278 3. ASTM C1289 4. ASTM D41 5. ASTM D312 6. ASTM D3019 7. ASTM D4586 8. ASTM D4601 9. ASTM D4610 10. ASTM D6152 11. ASTM D6163 12. ASTM E84 13. ASTM El 36 Specification for Perlite Insulation Board. Standard Specification for Fiber -Reinforced Gypsum Panel. Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board. Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing Dampproofing and Waterproofing. Specifications for Asphalt Used in Roofing. Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-Fibered, Asbestos-Fibered, and Non- Asbestos-Fibered. Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos - Free Standard Specification for Asphalt -Coated Glass Fiber Base Sheet Used in Roofing. Standard Specification for Asphalt -Coated Glass Fiber Base Sheet Used in Roofing. Standard Specification for SEBS-Modified Mopping Asphalt Used in Roofing Standard Specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Using Glass Fiber Reinforcements. Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical. Tube Furnace at 750°C. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 6:19:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\075200 PERMIT SET RAHS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING.DOC 075200 - 1 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 075200 09819.00 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING 14. ASTM E 1980 - Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low -Sloped Opaque Surfaces. 15. C. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA): Roofing and Waterproofing Manual. D. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Roofing Materials and Systems Directory. E. Western States Roofing Contractor's Association (WSRCA): WSRCA Roofing Details and Applications Manual. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Roofing System Over Insulated Steel Deck: 1. Three ply, SBS modified bitumen roofing including mineral granule faced cap sheet, interply sheet, and base sheet. 2. Perlite coverboard. 3. Rigid insulation. 4. Vapor retarder sheet over steel deck. B. System Accessories: Expansion control, base flashings, cants, fasteners, and as necessary to make watertight. C. Application Method: Hot mopped system. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 012500. B. Shop Drawings: Membrane flashing details, expansion joints, and junctions with other construction. C. Product Data: Roofing system components and materials. Include physical characteristics and limitations. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Installation instructions. Include procedures and conditions requiring special attention for this project. E. Samples: Roofing System Membranes: 8 inch by 10 inch sample of each membrane, including base sheet, interply sheet, cap sheet, flashing membranes. •F. Color Samples: 8 inch by 10 inch mineral cap membrane selections, for acceptance by Architect G. Manufacturer Certificate: Roofing subcontractor as qualified, trained, and certified by manufacturer to perform roofing work of this project. H. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain roofing foreman continuously on Project site for duration of roofing work. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 6:19:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\075200 PERMIT SET RAHS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING.DOC 075200 - 2 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 075200 09819.00 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING B. Install sheet metal work at flashings and roof penetrations to avoid metal directly under roof membrane system. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Company specializing in manufacturing specified membrane roofing systems with minimum 10 years documented experience. 2. Able to document list of manufacturer trained and certified roofing subcontractors, local storage of roofing materials, and local product representation and technical field support for jobsite inspections. B. Installer: 1. Trained and certified by roofing manufacturer as qualified to perform work of this Section prior Bid date. 2. Roofing job superintendent or job foreman with minimum 2 successful projects installing manufacturer's system. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Regulatory Requirements of Section 014100. B. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or Warnock Hersey (WH): Minimum Class B Fire Hazard Classification. 1.8 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, installer, Owner, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and those requested to attend. C. Meeting Time: Minimum 3 weeks prior to beginning work of this Section and work of related Sections affecting work of this Section. D. Location: Project Site. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver materials in original unbroken packages bearing manufacturer's labels. Verify undamaged condition. C. Do not open packaging until ready for installation. D. Store materials off ground, protected from direct sunlight, weather, and damage. E. Store roll goods in upright position. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 6:19:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\075200 PERMIT SET RAHS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING.DOC 075200 - 3 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 075200 09819.00 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING 1.10 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: In accordance with manufacturer's instructions during extremes of temperature, humidity, and moisture. 1. Do not install below 40 degrees F except as approved by manufacturer. 2. Do not install during rain, probability of rain, or on wet surfaces. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with related work of other Sections in accordance with Section 013113. B. Arrange work sequence to prevent walking, storage of materials, or movement of equipment on unprotected roofing membrane. C. Coordinate with work of Division 22 - Plumbing and 23 - HVAC for roof penetrations and roof drains. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Manufacturer: 1. Standard 10 year Roofing Warranty, no dollar limit, covering full replacement value of labor and materials for roofing system. 2. Furnish option to extend warranty for additional 5 years subject to inspection and acceptance by manufacturer's representative. C. Contractor: Special 2 year Warranty covering costs for failure of roofing to resist water penetration. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Siplast, Inc. 1. Cell (425) 985-4852, Tel (425) 391-6893, Voice Mail (800) 922-8801 Ext 252, Pager (800) 731-4127, Email usbvi@icopal.com or bviles@sipiast.com Brad Viles, District Manager). 2. Website http://www.sipiast.com B. Soprema, Inc. 1. Tel (206) 409-2421, Fax (206) 274-4951, Email ken.stilwell@verizon.net (Ken Stilwell, D -Seven, LLC). 2. Website http:J/www.soprema.us/ C. Substitution Requests: Submit for accepted under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 ROOFING MATERIALS - HOT MOPPED A. Modified Base Sheet: ASTM D4601, UL rated G2, SBS modified, glass fiber reinforced. 1. Siplast Parabase or Parabase Plus 2. Soprema Modified Sopra G SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 6:19:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\075200 PERMIT SET RAHS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING.DOC 075200 - 4 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 075200 09819.00 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING B. Interply Membrane: ASTM D6163 Type!, Grade S, SBS modified, glass fiber or polyester reinforced base membrane, sanded, minimum 60 pounds per square. 1. Siplast Paradiene 20 2. Soprema Elastophene C. Cap Sheet: ASTM D6163, Type I, Grade G, SBS modified bitumen, glass fiber or polyester fiber reinforced mineral granule faced cap sheet, fire retardant stabilizer, minimum 92 pounds per square. 1. Siplast Paradiene 30 2. Soprema Elastophene FR GR D. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D41, and as instructed by manufacturer. 1. Siplast PA -1 125 Primer 2. Soprema E. Asphalt Primer (Low VOC): ASTM D41, Low VOC content and as instructed by manufacturer. 1. Siplast PA -917 LS Primer 2. Soprema F. Asphalt: ASTM D312, Provide in 100 pound cartons or 50 pound melt packages. Indicate equiviscous temperature (EVT), finished blowing temperature (FBT), and the flash point (FP) on each shipping ticket. 1. Dead -Level Roofs: Do not exceed 1/4 in 12 slope: ASTM D3.12 Type I. 2. Flat Roofs: Do not exceed 1/2 in 12 slope: ASTM D312 Type II. 3. Steep Roofs: Do not exceed 3 in 12 slope: ASTM D312 Type III. 4. Special Steep Roofs: Do not exceed 6 in 12 slope: ASTM D312 Type IV. 5. Products: a. Siplast PA -100 Asphalt b. Soprema G. Modified Asphalt: ASTM D61 52, Provide in 100 pound cartons or 50 pound melt packages. Indicate equiviscous temperature (EVT), finished blowing temperature (FBT), and the flash point (FP) on each shipping ticket. 1. Dead -Level Roofs: Do not exceed 1/4 in 12 slope: ASTM D312 Type I. 2. Flat Roofs: Do not exceed 1/2 in 12 slope: ASTM D312 Type II. 3. Steep Roofs: Do not exceed 3 in 12 slope: ASTM D312 Type III. 4. Special Steep Roofs: Do not exceed 6 in 12 slope: ASTM D312 Type IV. 5. Products: a. Siplast PA -1000 Polymer Modified Mopping Asphalt b. Soprema 2.3 TEMPORARY ROOF/VAPOR RETARDER A. Vapor Retarder at Primed Concrete Decks and on Barrier Board: 1. Siplast Irex 40, hot mopped asphalt. 2. Soprema Elastophene SP 2.2, hot mopped asphalt. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Membrane Base Flashing - Torch Applied: 1. Reinforcing Ply Membrane: SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 6:19:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\075200 PERMIT SET RAHS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING.DOC 075200 - 5 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 075200 09819.00 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING a. Siplast Paradiene 20 TG b. Soprema Supralene Flam 180 2. Flashing Cap Sheet: a. Siplast Parafor 5OLT b. Soprema Supralene Flam 250 FR GR B. Plastic Cement: ASTM D4586, Type II, Fiber reinforced asphalt cutback, and as instructed by manufacturer. 1. Siplast PA -1021 Plastic Cement 2. Soprema 2.5 ROOFING SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Vapor Retarder: 16 mil polyethylene, or as instructed by manufacturer Sarnafil, Sarnavap, 10 mil thick polyethylene. B. Cant Strips: Perlite conforming to ASTM C728, conforming to ASTM C728. 3 inch by 3 inch by 4 inch, as indicated on Drawings. [Pressure treated wood.] C. Lead Sheet: 30 inch square, 4 pound sheet at roof drains. 3 pound sheet for use at soil stacks, sumps, and scuppers and as instructed by manufacturer. Pre -prime with asphalt primer. D. Traffic Walk Pads: 3/8 inch thick, chopped rubber particles and synthetic binders in, designed for application into hot asphalt, 100 pounds per square. 1. Siplast Trafbloc 2. Soprema Soprawalk E. Splash Pads: Same as traffic pads, except 2 foot by 3 foot size, located at water outfall onto roofing system. 2.6 GYPSUM ROOF COVERBOARD AND THERMAL BARRIER BOARD A. Manufacturers 1. United States Gypsum Corp. (USG) a. Cell (425) 468-9355, Voice Mail (800) 874-8880 Ext 6750, Email sfinlinson@usg.com (Scott Finlinson). b. Website: www.usg.com 2. Georgia Pacific Corp. (G -P) a. Tel (206) 781-6525, Email Michael.Fletcher2@gapac.com (Mike Fletcher) b. Website: www.gp.com/gypsum c. Tel (800) 225-6119 Technical 3. Substitution Requests: Submit for accepted under provisions of Section 012500. B. Thermal Barrier Board: 5/8 inch thick, ASTM C1 177, Non-structural glass mat faced, silicone -treated gypsum core panel. 1. Fire -Resistance: ASTM E84 a. Flame Spread and Smoke Developed: 0. b. Non -Combustible: As tested ASTM El 36. c. Smoke Developed: 0 • 2. Moisture and Mold: 10 per ASTM D3273 3. Products: SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 6:19:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\075200 PERMIT SET RAHS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING.DOC 075200 - 6 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 075200 09819.00 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING a. G -P DensDeck Fireguard Type X Roof Board b. USG SECUROCK Brand Roof Board C. Roof Cover Board: 1/2 inch thick, ASTM C1177, Non-structural glass mat faced, silicone - treated gypsum core panel. 1. Fire -Resistance: ASTM E84 a. Flame Spread and Smoke Developed: 0. b. Non -Combustible: As tested ASTM El 36. c. Smoke Developed: 0 2. Moisture and Mold: 10 per ASTM D3273 3. Products: a. G -P DensDeck Prime Roof Board b. USG SECUROCK Brand Roof Board 2.7 RIGID INSULATION BOARD A. Rigid Insulation Board: Tapered and untapered, as specified Section 072113. B. Rigid Insulation: Polyisocyanurate board conforming to ASTM C1289, as specified Section 0721 13. 1. Untapered Insulation: 2 two separate layers in thickness to achieve stabilized R -Value. 2. Tapered Insulation: Provide in 1/8 inch and 1/4 inch taper per foot to meet to meet requirements of installation. Maintain average thickness not less than one-half thickness to achieve. stabilized R -Value, except as otherwise accepted by Architect. 2.8 ROOFING AND INSULATION ADHESIVES A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing membrane. 1. Liquid -type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Adhesives and sealants that are not on the exterior side of weather barrier shall comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L. b. Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L. c. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L. d. Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L. e. Contact Adhesive: 80 g/L. f. Other Adhesives: 250 g/L. g. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L. h. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 1. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. B. Polyurethane Foam Adhesive For Roofing Insulation: Dual -component, low-rise, reaction - cure, polyurethane foam spray adhesive system, specified for type and quality. 1. Flexible Products Company, Insta-Stik a. Tel (425) 235-6948 (Dale Tanner, Rep) b. Website: http://www.fiexibleproducts.com 2. Olympic Manufacturing Group (OMG), OlyBond a. Website http://www.olyfast.com 3. Soprema HVIII Adhesive SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 6:19:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \075200 PERMIT SET RAHS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING.DOC 075200-7of12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 075200 09819.00 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING 4. Siplast Parastick Insulation Adhesive 2.9 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS A. Insulation Fasteners: As instructed by manufacturer. 1. Minimum No. 12 diameter threaded fasteners and stress plate assembly designed for insulation attachment to steel roof decks. B. Wood Nailers: 2 x solid lumber, free from warp and deterioration, preservative treated as specified Section 060575. 210 ACCESSORIES A. Joint Sealants: Specified Section 079200, and as instructed by manufacturer. B. Roof Hatches and Smoke Vents: As specified by Section 077233. C. Roof Curbs: Prefabricated, as specified by Section 077213. D. Roof Drains: As specified by Division 22 - Plumbing. E. Other Accessories: As necessary for watertight installation, as instructed by manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section. B. Roof Penetrations: Verify in place and ready for roofing. C. Environmental Conditions: Verify temperature and moisture conditions, suitable for roofing installation in accordance with manufacturer=s instructions. D. Sheet Metal: Verify sheet metal not installed directly under roofing membrane. E. Concrete Deck: Verify smooth and dry, free of dust, efflorescence, and film forming curing agents. 3.2 ROOFING DEMOLITION A. Conform to demolition requirements, specified Section 024100. B. Demolish and dispose of existing roofing under work of this Section as roofing work proceeds. C. Take measures to prevent weather and moisture intrusion into building during roofing demolition and re -roofing. D. Do not remove more roofing than can be covered and protected during each working day. E. Dispose of roofing materials conforming to provisions of Section 01.7419. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 6:19:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\075200 PERMIT SET RAHS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING.DOC 075200 - 8 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 075200 09819.00 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING 3.3 PREPARATION A. Make provisions for roof penetrations, vents, and equipment specified under Division 22, Division 23 and Division 26. B. Provide crickets, cant strips, and construction as necessary for positive slope of water to roof drains. C. Sweep or vacuum roof deck prior to roofing installation to make clean surface suitable for roofing installation. D. Remove protrusions and irregularities from roof deck 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer=s instructions for complete watertight roofing and flashing system under manufacturer=s single system Warranty provisions. 3.5 BOARD INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Install with edges bearing on steel decking flutes. B. Install tapered rigid insulation board in thickness to achieve R -Value per inch as specified Section 072113 and as shown on Drawings. C. Install rigid insulation where possible in not Tess than 2 layers deep. D. Mechanical Fastener Installation: Install first layer of rigid insulation with fasteners in pattern as instructed by manufacturer. 1. Temporarily hold insulation board in place with construction adhesive or other means acceptable to manufacturer prior to through -fastening into place. 2. Steel Deck: a. Mechanically fasten into steel decking only through top flange of steel deck. b. Penetrate steel deck minimum 3/4 inch. E. Fully Adhered (Mopped) Installation: 1. Lay rigid insulation into full/solid mopping of hot asphalt over primed concrete deck in accordance with NRCA, insulation manufacturer's instructions, and roof manufacturer's instructions. 2. Mop at a rate of 33 pounds asphalt per square, except as otherwise accepted by Architect. F. Adhesively Adhered Installation: 1. Lay rigid insulation into cold -applied adhesive over primed concrete deck in accordance with NRCA, insulation manufacturer's instructions, and roof manufacturer's instructions. 2. Installed at a rate of as recommended by manufacturer, except as otherwise accepted by Architect. G. Install second layer of rigid layer over top of first layer using [hot mopped asphalt] [cold - applied adhesive]. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 6:19:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\075200 PERMIT SET RAI -IS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING.DOC 075200 - 9 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 075200 09819.00 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING H. Stagger joints between insulation board layers reduce thermal drift. I. Cut and tightly fit rigid insulation to penetrations, projections, and other construction. 1. Leave between 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch wide gape at adjacent board and construction. 2. Fill gaps larger than 1/4 inch with rigid insulation cut to fit. J. Install tapered or feathered insulation to form crickets, slopes to roof drains, and sumps around roof drains. K. Slope and align edges and meeting joints to make smooth transitions and tight meeting joints. L. Install to prevent telegraphing of joints thorough membrane. M. Install no more rigid insulation than can be covered by completed membrane roofing during single day and before onset of inclement weather. 3.6 COVERBOARD INSTALLATION A. Install over rigid insulation using [hot mopped asphalt] [cold -applied adhesive] application method. B. Prime coverboard as recommended by manufacturer. 3.7 MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING HOT MOPPED INSTALLATION A. Asphalt Application Temperature For Mopped Installations 1. Minimum 400 degrees F. 2. Do not heat above FP and FBT temperatures, or 25 degrees F above or below EVT. 3. Equip kettles and tankers with accurate, readable thermometers. B. Installation Over Uninsulated Concrete Deck: 1. Prime concrete deck with asphaltic primer at rate of 1 gallon per square and as instructed by manufacturer. Allow to dry before beginning roofing installation. 2. Siplast: Loose lay venting base sheet. Set non -venting base into mopping of hot - asphalt application over top of sheet. 3. Soprema: Adhere thermally adhered venting base sheet over primed concrete deck by mopping hot -asphalt application over top of sheet. 4. Lay interply sheet and cap sheet into unbroken coverage of hot asphalt moppings, at maximum 25 pounds per square for each mopping. C. Installation Over Insulated Steel Deck: 1. Install modified base sheet over perlite coverboard. 2. Lay interply sheet and cap sheet into unbroken coverage of hot asphalt moppings, at maximum 25 pounds per square for each mopping. D. [Install one additional base membrane at roof slope transitions. Lap 18 inches each side.] E. Lay roofing membrane with staggered end laps and with side laps at right angles to slope of roof SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 6:19:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\075200 PERMIT SET RAHS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING.DOC 075200 - 10 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 075200 09819.00 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING F. Install with membranes fully bonded to substrate, free of wrinkles, creases, fishmouths, and air pockets. G. Seal membrane around roof penetrations and protrusions with hot asphalt moppings H. Sprinkle mineral granules, matching color of cap membrane, to cover over -runs. I. At end of each working day, or when precipitation is imminent, provide waterproof cut-off at roof terminations. Remove cut-offs before resuming roofing. 3.8 MEMBRANE FLASHINGS AND ACCESSORIES A. Extend membrane roofing up cants. 1. Overlap roofing and install membrane flashings minimum 8 inch up vertical surfaces. 2: Where less than 6 inch vertical surface is available, verify condition with manufacturer and Owner's roofing consultant. B. Install over back side of parapet walls and under metal cap flashing at parapet walls. C. Install membrane flashings to be terminated and covered by sheet metal counter flashings, specified Section 076200. Install metal flashings into reglets set into mortar joints under terracotta copings. D. Install prefabricated expansion joints and other expansion control measures to limit thermal expansion and to maintain watertight integrity: 1. Isolate Targe roofing areas and junctions with adjacent construction. 2. Break L and T shapes in roofing field into rectangular shapes. E. Install traffic pads and splash pads by setting into hot asphalt or plastic adhesive. 1. Where not shown on Drawings, verify locations with Architect. 2. Install splash pads at each out flow of water onto roofing surface to prevent washing away of mineral granules on face of cap sheet. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Inspections: Conform to provisions specified Section 014325 for roofing inspection and testing services by Owner's roofing consultant. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: 1. Perform technical field inspection services intermittently during and following roofing installation. 2. Determine conformance to manufacturer=s instructions and Warranty provisions. 3. Promptly notify Contractor, Owner's roofing consultant, and Architect of non- conforming work. 3.10 ADJUSTING A. Correct deficiencies and irregularities as necessary to achieve watertight installation. B. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 619:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS \FILES READY TO PRINT\075200 PERMIT SET RAHS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING.DOC 075200 - 1 1 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 075200 09819.00 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING 3.11 CLEANING A. Where finished surfaces are soiled by work of this Section, consult with manufacturers of soiled surfaces and conform to manufacturers= cleaning instructions. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Take measures to protect finished surfaces and vegetation from work of this Section. B. Protect roofing against foot traffic, storage of materials, and moisture as work proceeds. A. Lay down cover board or traffic membrane where subject to foot traffic over finished surfaces. END OF SECTION SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 6:19:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\075200 PERMIT SET RAHS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING.DOC 075200-12of12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 076200 09819.00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM SECTION 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sheet steel and coil for sheet metal flashings, copings, and trim. 2. Gutters, copings, conductor heads, and other sheet metal fabrications. 3. Pipe downspouts and connections. 4. Manufactured and shop fabricated reglets and counterflashings. 5. Coping and fascia units. 6. Factory prefinished coating systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL A. Steel Sheet and Coil: Minimum 24•gauge, ASTM A792, Grade 40 [50] (Minimum Fy = 40 [50] ksi yield strength), Hot -Dipped Aluminum -Zinc Alloy Coating Designation AZ50 (50 percent aluminum -zinc alloy) coated both sides. B. Aluminum Sheet Metal: ASTM B209, 5005 or 3003-H14 aluminum alloy, clear anodized or mil finished. Where aluminum sheet thickness is not indicated, provide 0.0201 inch thickness. C. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, stainless steel, 24 gauge unless otherwise indicated. Stainless steel sheet metal is to be used for all shop -fabricated, soldered flashings. D. [Sheet Lead: Standard 0.062 inch thick lead sheet weighing 4 pounds per square foot, arsenicalantimonial and pig lead alloy meeting the requirements of ASTM B29. Use sheet lead or tubing for flashing of vent pipes and other penetrations of the roof.] E. Solder: Grade A meeting requirements of ASTM B32, composed of 50 percent pig lead and 50 percent block tin, warranted pure. Use an approved brand of soldering flux for the type of metal or muriatic acid neutralized with zinc. 2.2 FASTENERS A. Exposed Fasteners: Construction Fasteners, Inc., ZAC, No. 12 to 14 by 7/8 inch, self - drilling, self -tapping, corrosion -resistant fasteners with heads finished to match flashings, gasketed with EPDM washers. B. Concealed Sheet Metal Fasteners: No. 12 to 14, panhead, self -drilling, self -tapping, corrosion -resistant fasteners, and as instructed by manufacturer. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Single Pipe Flashing at Roofing Systems: Neoprene [EPDM or silicone] with 4 inch flange, and as accepted by manufacturer for type of roof system. [Lead flashing not accepted.] 1. [Manufacturer: Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \076200 Permit Set RAHS Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim.Doc 076200 - 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 076200 09819.00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM a Asphalt -Shingle Roofing: Oatey, #1 1878, All -Flash, No -Calk, Color -Flash roof flashing, Tel (800) 321-9532, Website http://www.oatey.com , specified for type and quality b. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500.] B. Solder: Conform to ASTM B32, commercial quality, type suited to material to be soldered. C. Solder: Grade A meeting requirements of ASTM B32, composed of 50 percent pig lead and 50 percent block tin, warranted pure. 1. Flux: Approved brand of soldering flux for the type of metal or muriatic acid neutralized with zinc. D. Plastic Cement: ASTM D4586, Type I. E. Electrolytic Protection: Bituminous paint, tape, or other isolation treatments as accepted by Architect. F. Miscellaneous: Incidental and accessory materials, methods, tools and equipment to complete work of this Section. G. Joint Sealers: As specified Section 079200. 1. Exposed to Ultra -Violet (UV): Silicone sealant. 2. Concealed from UV: Non -skinning butyl. 2.4 REGLETS AND COUNTERFLASHINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Fry Reglet, Springlok a. Tel (800) 290-8846, Fax (503) 682-5925 (Dick Blenkinsop, CSI) b. Website http://www.fryregiet.com. 2. MM Systems a. Tel (206) 368-9722, Fax (206) 368-7790, Email fritz@anderson-specialties.com (Anderson Specialties, LLC, Fritz Anderson, CSI) b. Website http://www.mmsystemscorp.com. 3. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. B. Manufactured types suitable for watertight installations. 1. Brick and Concrete Masonry: a. [MM, RC -7 Masonry b: Fry Reglet, MA Masonry Reglet] 2. Cast -In -Place Concrete: a. [MM, RC -4 Cast -In -Place b. Fry Reglet, CO Concrete Reglet] 3. Portland Cement Plaster: a. [MM, RC -6 Stucco b. Fry Reglet, STX Stucco] 4. Other: As suited for purpose and as accepted by Architect. Include fitted and sealed end conditions, and inside and outside mitered corners. C. Shop Fabricated Reglet and Counter Flashing Systems: 24 gauge galvanized or ASTM A792 zinc -aluminum alloy -coated steel with factory applied PVDF finish conforming to AAMA 661. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\076200 Permit Set RAHS Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim.Doc 076200 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 076200 09819.00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM D. Shop fabricated types suitable for watertight installations. 1. Shop -fabricated S -lock reglet receivers. 2. Shop -fabricated counterflashing with hemmed drip edge, inserted into receivers, bayonet jointery, and attached with high -dome washered, EPDM gasketed, color - finished, stitch screws. 3. Concrete Masonry (CMU wall): a. Through -wall flashing type reglet receivers at CMU veneer. b. Raggle joint type reglet receivers at single-wythe CMU, where necessary. c. Surface Mounted Reglet Types: Not accepted. 2.5 GUTTERS A. [Custom Gutters: Prefinished sheet steel, 22 gauge minimum, and as shown on Drawings.] B. Continuous Gutters: 1. [Manufactuerer a. Industrial Gutter Sales (Northshore Sheet Metal), specified for type and quality b. Tel (425) 487-1111 (Jeff Meyer/Brian Elbert), Website http://www.guttersales.com / http://www.northshoresheetmetal.com 2. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500.] C. Prefinished 22 gauge sheet steel, matching flashing and metal panel finish. D. Free floating, gutter on continuous 24 gauge eave hanger.. E. Field roll form gutters in continuous 50 foot lengths. F. Suspend from gutter cleat system without penetrating gutter. G. Gutter Straps: 16 gauge, 2 inches wide at 18 inches on center. H. [Gutter Brackets: Conform to SMACNA Table 1-8 for recommended size for girth of gutter, and as shown on Drawings.] I. Front Edge of Gutter: Fabricate minimum 1 inch below back of gutter and as necessary for overflow water to spill over face of gutter. J. Expansion Joints: Locate at equal distance between downspouts. Do not exceed 50 foot length of gutter without expansion joint. K. Seams and Ends: Watertight. L. Gutter Outlets: Size to fit minimum 4 inch deep into downspout. M. [Stand-offs: Fabricate of same gauge and finish as gutter and as necessary to hold gutters plumb and true off fascias.] 2.6 DOWNSPOUTS A. Galvanized Steel Pipe Downspouts: Schedule 10 [(approximately 11 BWG gauge)] ASTM A500 or Schedule 40. ASTM A53, Type E (electric resistance welded), Grade A or ASTM A135, Grade A, hot -dipped galvanized inside and out. Provide shop assemble units with welded joints. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \076200 Permit Set RAHS Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim.Doc 076200 - 3 of 6 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL . SECTION 076200 09819.00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1. Size: 3-1 /2 inch OD [Size as indicated on Drawings] B. Downspout Hangers and Straps: 1/8 inch (0.125 inch) thick steel bent plate design as shown on Drawings. [1/8 inch (0.125 inch) thick aluminum plate T -hangers with 3 inch standoffs and flanges.] Fabricate to hold downspouts tight to wall C. Fasteners For Mounting Downspouts to Walls: 1. New Construction: AISI Type 302/304, stainless steel. 2. Restoration Construction: ASTM Al 53, Class C or D hot -dip galvanized steel. D. Downspout Cleanouts: ASTM A123 hot -dip galvanized steel plate, 3 inch square or as detailed, attach with 4 stainless steel threaded bolts, over 2 inch by 3 inch opening located at 12 inch from bottom of downspout. E. Downspout Boots: Neoprene downspout coupler boot with stainless steel clamp. F. Downspout Strainers: Profiled to suit gutter and downspouts. G. Cast Aluminum Dome Strainers: 1. [Manufacturer: a. Marathon Roofing Products Inc. Tel (425) 885-9332 360-376-3661, Fax (425) 882-3587, Cell (206) 972-1112 (Paul Turner CSI), Website http://www.marathondrains.com 2. Profiled to suit gutter, conductor head, drain or downspouts. 3. Scissor expansion anchor fitting into drain or downspout. 4. Size to suit condition of installation 5. Wire strainers not accepted. H. Adjustable Drain Guard: Size and profiled to suit scupper and/or gutter nipple opening, and downspout opening, with scissor expansion anchor that fits into downspout. I. Splash Pans: Fabricate of pre -finished sheet steel of same color and gauge as sheet metal on project. Fabricate to SMACNA Figure 1-36 and verify with Architect. 1. Provide at downspouts terminating above roof surfaces. 2. Include elbow at downspout to direct water away from building. J. Splash Pans and Corrugated Splash Block, with Pads: Fabricate of pre -finished sheet steel of same color and gauge as sheet metal on project. Fabricate to SMACNA Figure 1-36. 1. Provide at downspouts terminating above roof surfaces. 2. Include elbow at downspout to direct water away from building. 3. Pre -cast Splash Blocks, set on Membrane Protection Pads a. Siplast Trafbock or as approved. K. Downspout Shoes: 1. New Shoes at New Construction: a. [Manufacturer: b. Neenah Foundry Company 1) Tel (800) 558-5075, Email constsales@nfco.com, Website http://www.nfco.com c. [Offset Model R-4929-05 Downspout Shoe, except provide Straight Model R- 4929-53 Downspout Shoe at seismic joint cover.] d. Size for 4 inch by 5 inch downspouts, cast gray iron ASTM A48 Class 35B. e. Include opening for cleanout cover plate fabricated under work of this Section. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \076200 Permit Set RAHS Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim.Doc 076200-4of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 076200 09819.00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 2.7 CONDUCTOR HEADS, SCUPPERS, AND COPINGS A. Custom fabricate from prefinished steel sheet, 24 [22] gauge minimum, and as shown on Drawings. B. Fabricate conductor heads with built-in overflow openings and with top of conductor not Tess than 1 inch below scupper. C. [Salvaged Conductor Heads: Copper conductor heads, as specified Section 129300. Coat interior with bituminous paint or other coating as accepted by Architect to protect aluminum downspouts from galvanic action.] 2.8 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Conform to SMACNA, NRCA, WSRCA design and installation provisions and provision of Contract Documents. B. Fabricated flashings from stainless steel where in contact or embedded in masonry and concrete. C. Form true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. D. Fabricate cleats and starter strips of same material as sheet, in widths required by SMACNA to interlock with sheet. E. Form pieces in longest practical lengths. F. Provide expansion joints not exceeding 40 foot intervals, except where shorter intervals are shown on Drawings or indicated by SMACNA. G. Hem exposed edges on underside 3/4 inch. Miter, seam seal corners not intended to be soldered. H. Form material with cover plate type seam. I. [Solder and seal copper or galvanized metal joints. After soldering, remove flux. Wipe and wash solder joints clean.] J. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs. Seam for rigidity and seal with sealant. K. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 3/4 inch and hemmed to form drip. L. Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend 2 inch over roofing. Return and hem edges. M. Accessories and Miscellaneous: Provide as necessary. Items of same materials as items to which applied. N. Provide end dams at window door, louver or other opening flashing to prevent moisture dripping off the end. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\076200 Permit Set RAHS Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim.Doc 076200 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 076200 09819.00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 2.9 FINISHES *A. Steel Sheet and Coil: Factory pre -finished coil coating: 1. Weather Face: Polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) finish coating with 70 percent Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 resin content, conforming to AAMA 621, over aluminum -zinc alloy base coated sheet steel. 2. Non -Weather Face: 0.50 mil minimum non corrosion -resistant primer and off-white topcoat. a. Primer: 0.15 mil minimum. b. Finish Coat: 0.35 mil minimum. 3. Include strippable protective film for protection of prefinished steel finish. B. Sheet Metal Colors: [As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.] 1. [SM -1: Color Name]. 2. [SM -2: Color Name]. C. Steel Pipe Downspouts [and Hangers]: Shop prime with zinc -rich primer, conforming to Section 055000, and field paint under work of Section 099000 [Section 099713]. D. Prefinished Downspouts: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. E. Extruded Aluminum Plate and Tube: Shop pre -finish and prime conforming to Section 055000. Factory finished polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) coating with 70 percent Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 resin content, conforming to AAMA 2605. F. Stainless Steel: Mill finish where concealed; AISI No. 4 satin finish where exposed to view G. Colors: Match finish of metal systems used in conjunction with flashing and sheet metal fabrications and as selected by Architect. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \076200 Permit Set RAHS Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim.Doc 076200 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078123 09819.00 INTUMESCENT MASTIC FIREPROOFING SECTION 078123 INTUMESCENT MASTIC FIREPROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior spray -applied thin film intumescent fire -resistive material (TFIFRM) as coatings for exposed structural steel framing, custom color coated, or ready to receive paint finish. 2. Exterior spray -applied intumescent fire -resistive coatings for exposed structural steel framing, ready to receive special coating finish. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 051200 - Structural Steel Framing 2. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications 3. Section 078129 - Mineral -Fiber Cementitious Fireproofing 4. Section 099000 - Painting and Coating 5. Section 099713 - Steel Coatings 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. 4 B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM E84 - Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM El 19 - Test Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3. ASTM E605 - Standard Test Methods for Thickness and Density of Sprayed Fire -Resistive Material (SFRM) Applied to Structural Materials. C. Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries International (AWCI): 1. AWCI Technical Manual 12-B - Standard Practice for the Testing and Inspection of Field Applied Thin -Film Intumescent Fire -Resistive Materials; an Annotated Guide. 2. Website http://www.awci.orq D. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL) 1. UL - Fire Resistive Directory, ANSI/UL 263 - Fire Resistance Ratings. 2. Online Certifications Directory, Website http://www.ul.com E. Intertek Testing Services Inc (ITS) (WHI): Website http://www.etlsemko.com 1. Directory of Listed Products and online Directory of Listed Products, F. Omega Point Laboratories, Inc. (OPL): Website http://www.opl.com 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Field -applied thin film intumescent fire -resistive material (TFIFRM), spray -applied in coating thickness to achieve fire -resistance construction at interior structural steel beams Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \078123 Permit Set RAHS Intumescent Mastic Fireproo(ing.Doc 078123 - 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078123 09819.00 INTUMESCENT MASTIC FIREPROOFING and columns and at exterior structural steel construction including beams supporting steel deck. Assume thermally unrestrained structural framing unless indicated otherwise. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Resistive Rating: 2 hour As shown on Drawings B. Surface Burning Characteristics: IBC Class A, tested to ASTM E84. 1. • Flame Spread: Less than 25. 2. Smoke Developed: Less than 450 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations and fire -resistive system design. C. Product Data: Published system description, performance characteristics, and limitations. D. Test Reports: UL, WHI, or OPL fire test reports with design data for intumescent fire - resistive coating systems over material to receive fire -resistive coating. Indicate design as whether tested for interior or exterior use by Independent Testing Laboratory. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include application instructions, including special requirements, procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. F. Manufacturer Certification: Written statement certifying that: 1. Applicator has been trained by and is acceptable to manufacturer. 2. Testing laboratory test reports by UL, WHI, OPL, or other independent testing laboratory acceptable to Building Authority having jurisdiction. 3. Manufacturer's representative has inspected completed intumescent fire -resistive coating and verified conformance to manufacturer's instructions. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section. 2. Able to document at least 5 years experience manufacturing products conforming to requirements of this Section, or accepted by Architect. B. Applicator: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section. 2. Able to document at least 3 consecutive years and 3 successful applications of similar scope and quality as specified for work of this Project. 3. Trained and qualified with approved applicator certificate from manufacturer for work of this section prior to Bid, or accepted by Architect. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply provisions of Section 014100 B. Conform to IBC and building code authorities have jurisdiction for spray -applied fire -rated protective coating over unprotected structural steel framing. Date Saved:January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \078123 Permit Set RAHS Intumescent Mastic Fireprootiny.Doc 078123 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078123 09819.00 INTUMESCENT MASTIC FIREPROOFING C. Independent Inspection: 1. Specified Section 014523 for special inspections and testing services, required for work of this Section. 2. Verify conformance to required fire -resistive ratings based upon random dry film thickness measurements as specified under PART 3 - Field Quality Control. D. Fire -Resistance Tests by Independent Laboratories: Tested and certified to ANSI/UL263 (ASTM El 19). Listed by UL, WHI, OPL, or other independent testing laboratory acceptable to Code Authority having jurisdiction. E. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: Less than 450 grams per liter, conforming to US EPA for fire retardant opaque coatings. 1.8 MOCK-UPS A. Provide under provisions of Section 014300. B. Provide mock-ups as needed to obtain acceptance at job site. C. Locate mock-up where instructed by Architect in size and configuration to illustrate system. D. Illustrating interior and exterior intumescent fire -resistive coating for architectural quality, thickness, texture, and finish. E. Protect accepted mock-up as standard of quality for work of this Section. F. Architect accepted mock-up may be included in Work of this Contract. 1.9 PRE -INSTALLATION MEETING A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, installer, Owner, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and those requested to attend. C. Location: Convene at Project Site minimum 4 weeks before beginning work of this Section and prior to beginning work of related Sections affecting work of this Section. D. Agenda: Discuss installation requirements including environmental, shop priming of steel to receive fire -resistive intumescent coating, and coordination and sequencing of fire - resistive coatings with work of related Sections. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver material in manufacturer's sealed undamaged containers with manufacturer's labels and seals intact. C. Store in dry place, above 50 degrees F, off ground, and away from dampness and moisture contamination. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 k:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \078123 Permit Set RAHS Intumescent Mastic Fireproofing.Doc 078123 - 3 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078123 09819.00 INTUMESCENT MASTIC FIREPROOFING 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to site conditions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather protection, conforming to AWCI Technical Manual 12-B and manufacturer's instructions. B. Air and Substrate Temperature: Minimum 50 degrees F for 72 hours before, during, and after application and as instructed by manufacturer. Minimum 5 degrees above dewpoint during application. C. Ventilation of Enclosed Spaces: Minimum 4 complete air exchanges per hour during and 24 hours after application. D. Relative Humidity: Maximum 75 percent during application and drying period, except where higher humidity is accepted by manufacturer. 1.12 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 055000 for shop primed coating of structural steel, free of oils, and other bond breakers. Verify that primers exceed bond strength of intumescent fire -resistive coating. C. Coordinate intumescent fire -resistive coating in areas prior to installation of ducts, equipment, structural steel erection, and other construction where such work will make areas to be fireproofed inaccessible. D. Coordinate installation of clips, hangers, and penetrations to determine sequence. E. Section 078129 for installation of spray -applied fireproofing material at steel decking and structural steel interfacing work of this Section. F. Section 099000 for final top coat painting of intumescent fireproofing. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Following manufacturers are accepted upon ability to conform to specified provisions for interior and exteriorintumescent fire -resistive coating. B. Albi Manufacturing, Division of StanChem, Inc. 1. Tel (949) 720-0997, Fax (949) 720-0993, Email edetmers@albi.com (Ernest Detmers, Western Regional Sales Manager). 2. Website http://www.albi.com/albi.html C. Carboline Protective Coatings and Linings 1. Tel (503) 703-7228, Fax (503) 296-2833, Email bmitchell@.carboline.com (Bruce Mitchell CSI CDT, Specification Consultant). 2. Tel (206) 295-8659, Fax (253) 927-5779, Email selwell@carboline.com (Stephan Elwell, Sales Rep) 3. Websites http://www.carboline.com D. Isolatek International Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \078123 Permit Set RAHS Intumescent Mastic Fireproofing.Doc 078123 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL • SECTION 078123 09819.00 INTUMESCENT MASTIC FIREPROOFING 1. Tel (206) 546-8645, Fax (206) 546-8645, Email twildeboer@isolatek.com (Terry Wildeboer CSI), 2. Website http://www.cafco.com E. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012513. 2.2 PRODUCTS A. Interior 1. Albi AlbiClad TF 2. Carboline A/D FIREFILM III 3. Isoltek Cafco SprayFilm WB3 4. B. Exterior 1. AlbiClad 800 2. Carboline Nullifire S605 (solvent -based) 3. Carboline Nu -Chem Thermolag 3000 (two component epoxy) 4. Isolatek Cafco SprayFilm WB4 2.3 FINISHES A. Primers: As specified in Section 051200 and as approved by intumescent mastic fireproofing manufacturer. B. Intumescent Fire -Resistive Coating Finish: Architectural quality, smooth finish to light orange peel texture, as approved from mock-up. Back -roll, trowel, and sand as necessary to achieve acceptable finish. C. Topcoat Color: As specified Section 099000 for interior work and Section 099713 for exterior work, or provide integral color matching colors as accepted by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section. B. Verify steel substrate free of oil, grease, loose mill scale, dirt, paint primer, and other substances that may impair adhesion, conforming to AWCI Technical Manual 12-B and manufacturer's instructions. C. Verify that areas to receive intumescent fire -resistive coating are accessible. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide protective means, including drop cloths, to prevent overspray, and fallout on surfaces not designated for fire -resistive coating. Remove bond -impeding materials such as dust, loose rust, and oil, and other substances. Tight mill scale is permitted. Date Saved: January 25. 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \078123 Permit Set RAMS Intumescent Mastic Fireproofing.Doc 078123-5of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078123 09819.00 INTUMESCENT MASTIC FIREPROOFING 3.3 APPLICATION A. Mix and spray apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Apply fire -resistive coating in thicknesses to achieve specified fire -resistive rating for each size and type of exposed structural steel framing members. C. Control thicknesses, utilizing a workable depth gauge to meet required minimums. D. Make as many passes as necessary to achieve monolithic covering of uniform texture. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Conform to provisions of Section 014100 for testing and inspections by Owner's Special Inspector. B. Testing: 1. Determine dry -film thickness hardened spray applied intumescent fire -resistive coating, conforming to IBC Section 1704.1 1, AWCI Technical Manual 12-B, ASTM E605. 2. Inspect applied fire -resistive coating for integrity of fire protection using non- destructive thickness gauges, conforming to AWCI Technical Manual 12-B. 3.5 PATCHING AND ADJUSTING A. Remove, patch, and repair non -conforming and damaged applications. B. Leave application surfaces ready for painting of Section 099000 for fire -resistive coating over interior steel and for special coating of Section 099713 for fire -resistive coating over exterior steel. 3.6 TOP COATING A. Paint over the top of intumescent in accordance with Section 099000. 3.7 CLEANING A. Leave premises clean, free of debris and residue resulting from work of this Section. B. Clean surfaces contaminated by fire -resistive coating material. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \078123 Permit Set RAHS Intumescent Mastic Fireproofing.Doc 078123 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078129 09819.00 MINERAL -FIBER CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING SECTION 078129 MINERAL -FIBER CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Gypsum based or Portland cement based spray -applied fire -resistive material (SFRM) for fireproofing structural steel framing and steel decking. 2. Installation includes requirements for concealed and exposed locations. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 051200 - Structural Steel Framing 2. Section 053100 - Steel Decking 3. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications 4. Section 078124 - Intumescent Fire -Resistive Coatings 5. Section 078400 - Firestopping 6. Division 22 - Plumbing 7. Division 23 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning 8. Division 26 - Electrical Work 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1 ASTM E84 - Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM El 19 - Test Method for Fire. Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3. ASTM E605 - Thickness and Density of Sprayed Fire -Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members. 4. ASTM E759 - Test Method for Effect of Deflection on Sprayed Fire - Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members. 5. ASTM E760 - Test Method for Effect of Impact on Bonding of Sprayed Fire -Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members. 6. ASTM E761 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Sprayed Fire - Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members. 7. ASTM E736 - Test Method for Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire - Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members. 8. ASTM E859 - Standard Test Method for Air Erosion of Sprayed Fire - Resistive Materials (SFRMs) Applied to Structural Members 9. ASTM E937 - Test Method for Corrosion of Steel by Sprayed -Fire Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members. C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): UL - UL Fire Resistive Directory, Fire Hazard Classifications. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. SFRM: Sprayed fire -resistive material. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To,Pnnt\078129 Permit Set RAMS Mineral -Fiber Cemenutious Fireproofing.Doc 078129 - 1 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078129 09819.00 MINERAL -FIBER CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING B. Concealed: Fire -resistive materials applied to surfaces that are concealed from view behind other construction when the Work is completed. C. Exposed: Fire -resistive materials applied to surfaces that are exposed to view when the Work is completed, and that are identified as exposed on Drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show locations, details, thickness, density, and classification for spray -applied fire - resistive material on structural steel framing members and steel deck. 2. Note non-standard configurations and assemblies required to clarify Code compliance and approval. C. Design Data: ICC ES Evaluation Report or ICBG Legacy Evaluation Report and findings. Include other design data, as applicable, to conform to fire -resistive ratings, Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). D. Product Data: Published performance characteristics, limitations, and system description. E. Test Reports: Independent laboratory tests indicating that product meets or exceeds specified performance requirements. F. Applicator Written Certification: State that spray -applied fire -resistive material has been installed as specified to meet fire -resistance ratings and thickness requirements. G. Manufacturer's Application Instructions: Include application requirements, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. H. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Gypsum based and Portland cement based spray -applied fireproofing types are accepted. B. Slag based fireproofing is not accepted. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Able to document 5 years successfully producing and supplying spray -applied fireproofing conforming to provisions, type, and quality specified by this Section. 2. Maintain local qualified technical manufacturer representation. B. Applicator: 1. Able to document at least 5 consecutive years and 5 successful applications of spray - applied fire -resistive material specified under work of this Section. 2. Trained and approved by manufacturer as qualified for type and scope of work for this Project, prior to Bid. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \078129 Permit Set RAHS Mineral -Fiber Cementrtious Fireproofmg.Doc 078129-2of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078129 09819.00 MINERAL -FIBER CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING C. Manufacturer: Able to document at least 5 years experience manufacturing products conforming to requirements of this Section. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to provisions of Section 014100 B. Conform to IBC Section 721.5.2.2, IBC Section 1704.1 1, and provisions of Section 014523. C. Conform to additional provisions by Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) for spray -applied fire -resistive materials (SFRM). D. Fire Resistance Classification: Listed by UL Fire Resistance Directory, tested ASTM El 19. 1.8 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, installer, Owner, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and those requested to attend. C. Meeting Time: Minimum 3 weeks prior to prior to beginning work of this Section and work of related Sections affecting work of this Section. D. Location: Project Site. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver material in original packages bearing proper UL labels. Verify undamaged condition. C. Store in dry place, off ground, and away from material subject to sweating or other dampness. D. Rotate material periodically and use before expiration date. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Temperature: Maintain air and substrate minimum temperature of 40 degrees F for 24 hours before and after application. B. Ventilation: Provide during and 24 hours after application, minimum complete air exchange rate'of 4 changes per hour, to properly dry material in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Moisture: Protect installed fireproofing from rain and other direct water contact. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of separate Sections under provisions of Section 013113. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \078129 Permit Set RAHS Mineral -Fiber Cementitious Fireproofing.Doc 078129 - 3 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078129 09819.00 MINERAL -FIBER CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING B. Work of related Sections including Section 055000, Section 051200, and Section 053100 to prevent coating of structural steel and steel decking with primers, paints, oils, and other bond breakers where spray -applied fire -resistive materials are applied, except as otherwise accepted by fireproofing manufacturer in writing. C. Section 078124 for intumescent fire -resistive coatings interfacing work of this Section. D. Section 078400 for firestopping interfacing work of this Section including head of wall conditions. E. Section 099000 for painting of fireproofing. F. Division 22, Division 23 and Division 26 to schedule installation of clips, hangers, pipes, ducts, electrical conduit, fire -sprinkler systems, and other suspended equipment before application of fire -resistive material. Where ductwork,'equipment, and other work may interfere with coverage, schedule for installation after fireproofing work is complete. G. WARRANTY H. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by Contractor and by Installer, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace SFRMs that fail in materials or workmanship within 2 year warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, cracking, flaking, spalling, or eroding in excess of specified requirements; peeling; or delaminating of SFRM from substrates. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Grace Construction Products 1. Tel (253) 638-6649, Cell (206) 890-1651, Fax (206) 260-3992, Email wayne.m.drexler@grace.com (Wayne Drexler CSI). 2. Website http://www.na.graceconstruction.com B. Isolatek International, Calco 1. Tel (206) 546-8645, Fax (206) 546-8645, Email twildeboer@isolatek.com (Terry Wildeboer CSI). 2. Website http://www.isolatek.com/ C. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 PRODUCTS A. Concealed Locations: Standard Density, Gypsum Based. 1. Gra ce Monokote MK-6, MK-6/HY, MK -6s. 2. Isolatek Cafco 300, 300SB B. Exposed Wall and Ceiling Locations over 8 Foot High: Medium Density, Portland Cement Based. 1. Grace Monokote Z-106, Z -106G, Z-106/HY 2. Isolatek Cafco 400 Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \078129 Permit Set RAHS Mineral -Fiber Cementitious Fireproofing.Doc 078129 - 4 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078129 09819.00 MINERAL -FIBER CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING C. Exposed Wall and Ceiling Locations below 8 Foot High: High Density, Portland Cement Based. 1. Grace Monokote Z-146, Z -146T 2. Isolatek Fendolite M -II D. Due to lack of adhesion, Isolatek Blaze -Shield II and Blaze -Shield HP is not accepted. E. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Cementitious Fireproofing: Portland cement or gypsum based fire -resistive material. Factory -mixed, asbestos free, blended for uniform texture for wet spray application. B. Mineral Fiber Fireproofing: Not accepted. C. Dry Density (ASTM E605) and as required by UL test data. 1. Standard Density: Minimum 15 pcf. 2. Medium Density: Minimum 22 pcf. 3. High Density: Minimum 40 pcf. D. Deflection (ASTM E759): No cracking or delamination. E. Bond Impact (ASTM E760): No cracking or delamination from application surface. F. Bond Cohesion/Adhesion Strength (ASTM E736): 1. Standard Density: Minimum 339 psf. 2. Medium Density: Minimum 2000 psf. 3. High Density: Minimum 10,000 psf. G. Air Erosion (ASTM E859): 0.000 gm/ft2. H. Compressive Strength (ASTM E761). 1. Standard Density: Minimum 1440 psf. 2. Medium Density: Minimum 12,740 psf. 3. High Density: Minimum 17,967 psf. I. Corrosion Resistance (ASTM E937): Does not contribute to corrosion of steel. J• Surface Burning Characteristics (ASTM E84). 1. Flame Spread: 0. 2. Smoke Developed: 0. K. Mold Inhibitor: Formulate into products at time of manufacturing. L. Water: Clean and potable. 2.4 EQUIPMENT A. Spray Machine: Designed for this purpose, as instructed by manufacturer. B. Temporary Enclosures: As instructed by manufacturer and as required to prevent spray drift beyond application areas. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \078129 Permit Set RAMS Mineral -Fiber Cementitious Fireproofing.Doc 078129-5of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078129 09819.00 MINERAL -FIBER CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning installation. B. Verify steel to be free of oil, grease, paints, primers, loose mill scale, dirt, and other substances which may impair bonding in accordance to manufacturer's instructions. C. Verify that clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items required to penetrate fireproofing are in place. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove bond -impeding materials such as dust, loose rust, oil, paint, primers, and accumulations. Tight mill scale is permitted. B. Provide protective means to prevent overspray, dusting, and fallout on surfaces not designated for fireproofing. Close off and seal ductwork in affected areas. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Mix and spray apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Where in conflict with provisions of Contact Document verify with Architect before beginning work. B. Apply fireproofing to thickness as necessary to achieve required fire -resistive rating for each condition and type of structural steel framing and steel decking for locations within concealed spaces. C. Apply medium density cementitious fireproofing specified this Section at exposed ceilings and walls above 8 feet high and not covered by other construction. D. Apply high density cementitious fireproofing specified this Section at exposed ceilings, and walls below 8 feet high and not covered by other construction. E. Control thickness, utilizing a workable depth gauge to meet required minimums. F. Make as many passes as necessary to achieve monolithic covering of uniform density and texture. G. Perform work as necessary to leave spaces between joist members open at completion of spray -applied fireproofing application. H. Paint over fireproofing in accordance with Section 099000. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Conform to provisions of Section 014523 for testing and inspections by Owner's Special Inspector. B. Sample fireproofing material. Test and verify thickness and density of spray -applied fireproofing, conforming to provisions of IBC Section 1704.11 and special provisions of Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \078129 Permit Set RAHS Mineral -Fiber Cementitious Fireproofing.Doc 078129 - 6 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078129 09819.00 MINERAL -FIBER CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 1. Thickness: As tested to ASTM E605. 2. Density: As tested to ASTM E736. C. Inspect installed fireproofing for integrity of fire protection. Reinspect to verify compliance before concealment of work. 3.5 PATCHING AND ADJUSTING A. Remove, patch, and repair non -conforming and damaged installations. Include damage by other trades. 3.6 CLEANING A. Remove equipment and clean floors and exposed finished surfaces contaminated by fireproofing material, after approval of spray fireproofing. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \078129 Permit Set RAHS Mineral -Fiber Cementitious Fireproofing.Doc 078129-7of7. RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078400 09819.00. FIRESTOPPING SECTION 078400 FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Firestopping systems designed and tested to maintain fire -resistance rated assemblies, conforming to provisions of IBC. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Firestopping systems from following manufacturers conforming to specified requirements are accepted for work of this Section. B. Specified Technologies, Inc. (STI) 1. Cell (360) 791-7915, Tel (360) 866-2722, Fax (360) 866-8184, Email jhurley@stifirestop.com (John Hurley, US Western Regional Re 2. 3. p). 4. Tel (360) 403-9933, Cell (425) 876-1766, Fax (360-403-4933, Email smisales@wavecable.com (Tom Smith, Pacific Northwest Regional Rep). 5. Website http:!/www.stifirestop.com C. 3M Fire Protection Products 1. Tel (888) 400-9687, Tel (425) 290-5124, Cell (206) 396-6580, Email certainr@aol.com (Rane Certain, Mfrs Rep). 2. Website http: / /www.3m.com!firestop D. Hilti, Inc. 1. Tel (206) 330-8055/(800) 879-60000 ext 7527, Email timothy.nordstrom@hilti.com (Tim Nordstrom, PE, LEED AP, Field Engineer - Seattle, Portland, Alaska). 2. Tel (800) 879-8000, Tel (800) 879-8000, Cell (206) 321 0100, Email kolbgar@us.hilti.com (Gary Kolbeck, Senior Regional Mgr, NW/SE Alaska / John Moodie, Sales Rep). 3. Tel (206) 624-6798 (Hilti Store). 4. Website http:!/www.us.hilti.com E. Grace Construction Products, Grace Flamesafe 1. Tel (206) 623-4697, Cell (206) 769-2152, Email dmcnuttnw@ msn.com (Doug McNutt CSI) / CeII (206) 769-2283, Email chris.kessel@atlassupply.com (Chris Kessel, CSI Ext 1 17) / (Jeff Van Wagoner CSI, Ext 110, Inside Sales). 2. Website http://www.graceconstruction.com / http:{/www.atlassupply.com F. Tremco, Inc. 1. Tel (800) 852-9683, Fax (253) 270-3700, Email jguthrie@tremcoinc.com Cell (253)241-8915 (Jan Guthrie). 2. E-mail: jquthrie@tremcosealants.com 3. Website: www.tremcofirestop.com G. Nelson Firestop Products Date Saved: December 28. 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\078400 Permit Set RAHS Firestopping.Doc 078400 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078400 09819.00 FIRESTOPPING 1. Tel (800) 969-3113, (317) 899-9100, Fax (317) 899-0775, Email rebholz12@msn.com (Jeff Rebholz, Jeff -Co Sales & Marketing). 2. Cell (317) 459-2008, Email qcr2@msn.com (Greg Rebholz, Jeff -Co Sales & Marketing) 3. Website http://www.nelsonfirestop.com H. Rectorseal Corporation, Metacaulk / Bio Fireshield 1. Tel (206) 762-5450, Fax (206) 767-6804, Email canw@seanet.com (Construction Agents Northwest, Brad Mackey, Mfrs Rep). 2. Website http://www.rectorseal.com / http://www.biofireshield.com I. USG, Firestop Systems 1. Cell (425) 468-9355, Fax (425) 888-5355, Voice Mail (800) 874-8880 Ext 6750, Email sfinlinson@usg.com (Scott Finlinson, CSI). 2. Website http: //www.usq.com J. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Firestopping System Materials and Characteristics: Conform to specified provisions of this Section including Design Requirements, Performance Requirements, and IBC requirements. B. Provide components including mortars, sealants, putties, collars, wrap strips, mineral wool fire safing, devices, and accessories as required to complete each firestopping system, conforming to manufacturer's instructions and provision of Contract Documents. C. Firestopping Warning Label: Minimum 3 inch by 5 inch label. Red color or with red colored type. Adhesive backed or other means for permanent attachment. "WARNING" written in bold type. Identify or include spaces for following information: 1. Name of manufacturer. 2. Name of installer. 3. Date firestopping was installed. 4. Firestopping Assembly Reference Number included in O&M Manual specified Section 017823 5. Firestopping UL, WHI, or OPL number or manufacturer's engineered design number. 6: F Rating and T Rating. D. VOC Content: Provide penetration firestopping that complies with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. 2.3 FILL MATERIALS A. Cast -in --Place Firestop Devices: Factory -assembled devices for use in cast -in-place concrete floors and consisting of an outer metallic sleeve lined with an intumescent strip, a radial extended flange attached to one end of the sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and a neoprene gasket. B. Latex Sealants: Single -component latex formulations that do not re -emulsify after cure during exposure to moisture. Date Saved: December 28, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\078400 Permit Set RAI -IS Firestopping.Doc 078400 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 078400 09819.00 FIRESTOPPING C. Firestop Devices: Factory -assembled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with intumescent material sized to fit specific diameter of penetrant. D. Intumescent Composite Sheets: Rigid panels consisting of aluminum -foil -faced elastomeric sheet bonded to galvanized -steel sheet. E. Intumescent Putties: Nonhardening dielectric, water-resistant putties containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds. F. Intumescent Wrap Strips: 'Single -component intumescent elastomeric sheets with aluminum foil on one side. G. Mortars: Prepackaged dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic cement, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar. H. Pillows/Bags: Reusable heat -expanding pillows/bags consisting of glass -fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral -fiber, water -insoluble expansion agents, and fire - retardant additives. Where exposed, cover openings with steel -reinforcing wire mesh to protect pillows/bags from being easily removed. I. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone -based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. J• Silicone Sealants: Single -component, silicone -based, neutral -curing elastomeric sealants of grade indicated below: 1. Grade: Pourable (self -leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces, and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and sloped surfaces, unless indicated firestopping limits use of nonsag grade for both opening conditions. 2.4 MIXING A. For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with penetration firestopping manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. END OF SECTION Date Saved: December 28, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\078400 Permit Set RAHS Firestopping.Doc 078400-3of3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Elastomeric joint sealants and backer material. 2. Accessories. B. Related Sections: Joint sealants specified by this Section are required for Work of this Contract, except as specified by other Sections. C. Joint Sealants and Sealers Specified By Other Sections: 1. Section 033000 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: For interior polyurea and epoxy sealants. 2. Section 078400 - Firestopping: For fire -stopped joints and penetrations. 3. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board: For acoustical sealants. 4. Section 093000 - Tiling: For sealants specified for joint and perimeter sealants 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM C717 - Standard Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants. 2. ASTM C719 - Standard Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle). 3. ASTM C834 - Specification for Latex Sealing Compounds. 4. ASTM C919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. 5. ASTM C920 - Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 6. ASTM C1 193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 7. ASTM C1248 Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants. 8. ASTM C1330 - Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid Applied Sealants. 9. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 10. ASTM D2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Durometer Hardness. 11. ASTM D5893 - Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Pavements. 12. ASTM E90 ; - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To. Print \079200 Permit Set RAHSJoint Sealants.Doc 079200 - 1 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS C. Sealant, Waterproofing & Restoration Institute (SWRI), Tel (816) 472-7979. Fax: (816) 472- 7765, Email info@swrionline.org / Web Site http:%/www.swrionline.org 1. Sealants: The Professionals' Guide. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Exterior and interior joint sealant systems installed with pressure gun. B. Backer rod as required for hourglass shaped geometry at open joints subject to water penetration. Not required at bedding for thresholds, sheet metal lap seams, paintable interior joints using latex sealants, concealed sealants at gypsum board. C. Precompressed foam joint sealant backup sealant at masonry and other rainscreen weather joints. D. Sealing of vertical and horizontal construction joints, making air and watertight. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Joint Sealant: Includes terminology including "joint sealer", "joint sealant", and "caulking Regardless of terminology used by Contract Documents, use specified sealer continuously to seal entire area and assembly. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Joint sealant and backer material types, chemical characteristics, performance criteria, limitations, and color availability. C. Cohesion and Adhesion Test Reports for Exterior Sealants: Test reports with test results for joints between adjacent assemblies of construction materials specified for this project. 1. Test to ASTM C719 by SWRI independent testing laboratory, or lab as approved by Owner and Architect. 2. Indicate whether primers are required for successful, long-term, watertight seal. 3. Where test data is unavailable for specific substrates, submit letter from manufacturer representative with procedures required to confirm suitability. D. Color Samples: 1. Manufacturer's standard selection: Submit on joint sealer material. Reproductions not accepted. 2. Custom color samples: Submit additional custom color samples as instructed by Architect. E. [Samples: 1. Backer Materials: Backer rod and precompressed foam joint sealant. 2. Bond -Breaker Materials: Compatible tapes, and other materials as appropriate for bond breakers.] F. [Manufacturer's Certification: Written certification, signed by authorized manufacturer's representative. Indicate that exterior joint sealants have been reviewed by manufacturer and are suitable for intended use and conditions of use.] Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\079200 Permit Set RAHS Joint Sealants.Doc 079200 - 2 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS G. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation requirements, limitations, compatible materials, and joint types suitable for each product. H. [Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section.] I. LEED Submittal: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system, including.printed statement of VOC content. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company with trained personnel specializing in work of this Section with minimum 5 years continuous documented experience for commercial quality joint preparation, backing, priming, and sealant work comparable to Project scope. B. Single Source Responsibility: Provide field -installation of exterior joint sealers specified by this Section under responsibility of a single installer. C. Manufacturer:. Make tests determining compatibility of exterior silicone sealants with substrates as necessary to conform to manufacturer's Warranty provisions. 1.7 MOCK-UPS A. Provide under provisions of Section 014300. B. Conduct mock-ups of joint sealing systems specified by this Section as part of system mock-ups for [precast concrete systems,] [masonry mock-up walls,] [wall cladding,] [roofing and waterproofing systems,] [window systems,] and as specified by related sections for purpose of verifying visual appearance, water and air infiltration testing, conducting pull tests to determine correct use of cleaning, primers, backers, bond breakers and to aid in determining general adequacy of system design. C. Include system components including backing materials and bond breakers. D. Verify need for primers and other pre -installation preparation for each surface. E. Inspect mock-ups after 14 days and perform pull test under supervision of manufacturer's representative to determine suitability and primer requirements. F. Make adjustments as needed for acceptance conforming to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. G. Protect accepted mock-ups, including in-situ mock-ups, as quality standard for work of this Section. 1.8 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, Sub -contractor (i.e., Installer), Owner, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and those requested to attend. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\079200 Permit Set RAHS Joint Sealants.Doc 079200 - 3 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS C. Meeting Time: Minimum 2 weeks prior to beginning work of this Section and work of related Sections affecting work of this Section. D. Location: Project Site. E. Agenda: Verify extent of work, colors, and other requirements of Contract Documents. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Store and handle to protect from freezing and contamination. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temperature: Do not install sealants when the temperature is 40 degrees F or below, except where manufacturer's instructions permit lower temperatures. B. Moisture: Do no work when moisture is present or when surfaces to be sealed are wet. C. Do not install solvent curing joint sealants in enclosed building spaces. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Conform to provisions of Section 013113. B. Coordinate, schedule, and sequence work of this Section as necessary to install joint sealant systems required for work of related Sections. C. Coordinate with work of Section 078400 for firestopping at fire -resistive construction, assemblies, and occupancy separations. D. Coordinate with casework, gypsum board, windows, door frames, and other new and existing construction to fill and seal, back, prime as needed, construction joints at intersecting materials. 1.12 WARRANTIES A. Conform to Warranty provisions of Section 017836. B. Manufacturer: 1. Exterior Vertical Joint Sealants: Standard 20 year materials warranty against failure, except 5 years for polyurethane joints at horizontal paving. 2. Interior Joint Sealants: Standard 5 year Warranty against failure of material. C. Contractor: 5 year labor Warranty of exterior joint sealants against failure, except joints at horizontal paving. PART 2, PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Joint Sealants: Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\079200 Permit Set RAHS Joint Sealants.Doc 079200-4of13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS 1. DOW Corning: a. Cell (425) 736-8897, Tel (425) 338-2212, Fax (425) 338-2218, Email I.andruasiak@dowcorning.com (Lorne Andrusiak, Account Mgr) b. Tel (206) 623-4697 Ext 118 /(800) 347-5.767, Fax (206) 382-9319, Email todd.bennett@atlassupply.com (Atlas Supply, Todd Bennett). c. Web Site: http://www.dowcorning.com / Web Site http://www.at(assupply.com 2. Pecora Corporation: a. Tel (206) 624-4574, Fax (206) 624-8509 (Sealant Specialists). b. Cell (425) 387-9393, Email calanwl @msn.com (Frank Calabrese, Western Regional Sales Mgr) c. Cell (206) 459-5418, Email paulvongoedertl@juno.com (Paul Von Goedert, Divisional Sales Mgr). d. Web Site http://www.pecora.com 3. Tremco Sealant/Weatherproofing Division: a. Tel (800) 852-9683, (253) 863-1198, Cell (253) 241-8915, Fax (253) 270-3700 b. Email iguthrie@tremcoinc.com (Jan Guthrie) c. Web Site http://www.tremcosealants.com 4. Sika: a. Cell (425) 210-9602, Tel (425) 486-5916, (Thad Brown Project Sales), b. Tel (206) 623-4697, (800) 347-5767 (Atlas Supply, Jeff Van Wagner). c. Web Site http://www.sika.com 5. Sonneborn Division of Degussa: a. Cellular (206) 390-8162, Tel (253) 265-2467, Fax (253) 265-2530, Email bobhaun@chemrex.com (Bob Haun, Sales Manager). b. Web Site http://www.chemrex.com 6. GE Silicones: a. Tel (425) 881-8397, Fax (425) 881-1161, Email glassguys@msn.com (Gary Towndrow/Greg Towndow, RGA Architectural Sales). b. Web Site http://www.glassguys.com / http://www.gesilicones.com B. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside the weatherproofing system that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: Not more than 250 g/L. 2. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L. 3. Single -Ply Roof Membrane Sealants 450 g/L. 4. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: Not more than 250 g/L. 5. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: Not more than 775 g/L. 6. Modified Bituminous Sealant Primers: 500 gr L. 2.3 EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS - VERTICAL A. Porous Materials Adhered to Porous Materials, Weatherproofing Sealant, Non-Paintable: 1. Reference Standard: a. ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Use T, NT, M, G, A, and O. b. ASTM C1248, Non Staining Response Characteristics, Sealant is tested to be non- staining to porous substrates. 2. Single Component, Moisture Cure, Low Modulus Silicone: a. Dow Corning 790 Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \079200 Permit Set RAHS Joint Sealants.Doc 079200 - 5 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS b. GE, SilPruf LM SCS2700 c. Pecora 890 d. Sika, SikaSil-C990. e. Tremco, Spectrem 1 3. Joint Movement Capabilities: 100 percent extension and 50 percent compression in accordance with ASTM C719. B. Non -Porous Materials Adhered to both Porous and Non -Porous Materials, Weatherproofing Sealant, Non-Paintable. Neutral curing. 1. Reference Standard: a. ASTM C920, Type S, M, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT, M, G, A, and O. b. ASTM C1248, Non Staining Response Characteristics, Sealant is tested to be non- staining to porous substrates. 2. Single Component, Neutral Cure, Medium Modulus Silicone: a. Dow Corning 791, Dow Corning 795, or Dow Corning 756 SMS b. GE, Silpruf SCS2000 c. Pecora 895 or Pecora 865 d. Sika, SikaSil-C995. e. Tremco, Spectrem 2 or Tremco, Spectrem 3, Spectrem 4TS 3. Joint Movement Capabilities: 50 percent extension and 50 percent compression in accordance with ASTM C719. C. Non -Porous Materials Adhered to Non -Porous Materials, Structural Sealant, Non-Paintable: Includes glass.to glass and glass to metal at aluminum curtain wall. 1. Reference Standard: a. ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 50 Use NT, M, G, A, and O. b. ASTM C1248, Non Staining Response Characteristics, Sealant is tested to be non- staining to porous substrates. 2. Single Component, Neutral Cure, Silicone: Type S a. . Dow Corning 795 or Dow Corning 995, accepted at glass to non -porous materials. b. GE, UltraGlaze SSG 4000, Silpruf SCS 2000, UltraGlaz SSG 4000AC c. Pecora 895 d. Tremco, Spectrem 2, Proglaze SSG 3. Two Component Silicone: Type M a. Dow Corning 983 b. GE SSG4400 c. Tremco Proglaze II 4. Joint Movement Capabilities: 50 percent extension and 50 percent compression in accordance with ASTM C719. D. Joints and Cracks Receiving Painted Coating Over Sealant: 1. Reference Standard: a. ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, G, A, and O. b. ASTM C1248, Non Staining Response Characteristics, Sealant is tested to be non- staining to porous substrates. 2. Single Component Polyurethane Sealant: Type S a. GE SCS7000 b. Sitka, Sikaflex 15LM c. Tremco, Dymonic FC 3. Reference Standard: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, G, A, and O. 4. Single -Component, Neutral Cure, Silicone Sealant: Type S a. GE Silpruf NB SCS9000 b. Dow Corning 756 SMS Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\079200 Permit Set RAHS Joint Sealants.Doc 079200 - 6 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS c. Tremco, Spectrem 3, Spectrem 4TS 5. Joint Movement Capabilities: a. Polyurethane: Minimum 100 percent expansion and 50 percent compression in accordance with ASTM C719. b. Silicone: Minimum 50 percent extensions and 50 percent compression in accordance with ASTM C719. 6. Verify compatibility with coating system. • 2.4 EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS - HORIZONTAL A. Recessed Joint Fillers: Asphalt impregnated joint filler and as specified Division 2 for paving and other horizontal surfaces. Exterior Paving Joint Sealant Over Joint Filler: 1. Reference Standard: ASTM C920, Grade P, Class 25, Use T. 2. Single Component Silicone Sealant: Type S, ASTM D5893 a. Dow Corning 890 SL; Parking Structure SL b. Tremco Spectrem 800-900SL 3. Tremco Parking Structure Sealant SL (Self -Leveling). Two Component Polyurethane Paving Joint Sealant: Type M. a. Sika, Sikaflex-2c SL b. Sonneborn, Sonolastic SL 2 c. Tremco, THC 900 or THC 901 4. Single -Component, Pourable, Traffic -Grade, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, for Use T. a. Pecora Corporation; Urexpan NR -201. b. Sika Corporation. Construction Products Division; Sikaflex - 1 CSL. c. Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 45 SSL. 2.5 EXTERIOR BEDDING SEALANT AT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL JOINTS A. Bedding and Threshold Sealants Concealed from UV: 1. Non -Skinning Butyl Bedding Sealant: a. Sika Sikalastomer 511 b. Tremco Curtainwall Sealant Butyl Sealant 2. Consistency for use with gun or knife without paint finish, light gray color. 2.6 INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS A. Exposed Joint Sealants - General Use: 1. Reference Standard: ASTM C834. 2. Paintable Siliconized Acrylic Latex Joint Sealant: a. GE RCS20 or GE SCS 7000 b. Pecora AC -20 + Silicone Acrylic Latex c. Sonneborn, Sonolac, acrylic latex d. Tremco Tremflex 834 B. Joint Sealants - Bathrooms/Showers: 1. Reference Standard: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25, Use T, M G, A, and O. 2. Mildew Resistant Silicone: a. Dow Corning 786 or Dow Corning Tub and Tile b. GE Sanitary SCS 1700 c. Tremco Tremsil 200 Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \079200 Permit Set RAHS Joint 5ealants.Doc 079200 - 7 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS C. Acoustical Sealant at Concealed Joints: 1. Synthetic Rubber Joint Sealant: Single component, non -skinning, non -hardening, 90 percent solids, acoustical properties conforming to ASTM C919 and ASTM E90. a. Pecora, BA -98 b. Tremco, Acoustical Sealant 2. Water Based Siliconized Acrylic Latex: a. Pecora, AIS -919 b. USG, SHEETROCK, Acoustical Sealant 3. [Fire and Temperature Rated Acoustical Sealant: UL Classified for up to 2 hour assemblies a. Pecora AC -20 FTR b. USG Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant] 4. Install 2 beads under steel stud framing channel and wood plates and into 1/2 inch space between top of floor and bottom of gypsum board and plaster systems. D. Horizontal Cementitious Joints: 1. Refer to Section 033000 for epoxy and polyurea sealant at saw -cut contraction joints, isolation joints, and expansion joints at interior concrete slabs. 2. Reference Standard: ASTM C920, Grade P, Class 25, Use T. 3. Single Component Polyurethane Joint Sealant: Type S a. Sonneborn Sonolastic SL 2 4. Two Component Polyurethane Joint Sealant: Type M a. Sika, Sikaflex-2c SL b. Tremco, THC -900/901 2.7 JOINT FILLERS AND SEALERS AT CONCRETE A. Exterior Recessed Joint Fillers: ASTM D1751, preformed asphalt impregnated joint filler. B. Interior Joint Sealant: Industrial quality, two component, semi-rigid epoxy or polyurea, USDA approved, ASTM D2240, minimum Shore A 75-85, matching approximate color of natural concrete finish. Specified for type and quality: 1. Epoxy Sealant: a. W.R. Meadows, Rezi-Weld Flex b. Vexcon, Power Coat Epoxy Flexible Joint Sealant c. US MIX, US SPEC SR 50 EJF d. Dayton Superior, Poxy Fil 0-52) e. Edoco Burke, Reflex Joint Filler 2. Polyurea Sealant: a. VersaFlex, SL/75 b. L&M Construction Chemicals, Joint Tite 750 c. Dayton Superior, Joint Fill. d. Edoco Burke, JointFill. C. Backer Rod: As instructed by manufacturer. 2.8 JOINT SEALANTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Refer to Related Sections, including 1. Section 033000 for polyurea and epoxy sealants 2. Section 078400 for firestopping sealers 3. Sections 092900 and 092117 for acoustical sealants 4. Section 093000 for tile joint sealants. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\079200 Permit Set RAHS Joint Sealants.Doc 079200 - 8 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS 2.9 BACKER ROD MATERIAL A. Backer Rod: Non -adhering, skinned open cell polyethylene foam or extruded polyolefin (soft rod) and as instructed by joint sealant manufacturer. 1. Standard: ASTM C1330, Type B - bicellular. 2. Diameter: 1/3 greater than width of joint where it is to be installed. 3. Polystyrene foam and open cell rods not accepted. 4. Products: a. Skinned Open Cell: Namaco Sof Rod / Dual Rod. b. Closed Cell: Namaco HBR / Green Rod. B. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape/plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer, as needed to prevent bonding of joint sealant to substrate where backer rod cannot be used, e.g., select fillet joints, etc. 1. Products: a. Pecora 531 Bond Breaker Tape 2.10 PRECOMPRESSED FOAM A. Precompressed Foam Joint Sealant: 1. Emseal Joint Systems, Inc. a. Tel 425-210-2779, Fax 425-379-0691, Email despecpro@msn.com (Dan Elliot Spec Products). b. Tel (206) 623-4697 Ext 118, (800) 347-5767, Fax (206) 382-9319, Email todd.bennett@atlassupply.com (Atlas Supply, Todd Bennett). c. Web Site http://www.emseal.com 2. Polytite Manufacturing Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company. a. Tel (800) 333-8877, Cellular (206) 459-5418, Email paulvongoedertl @juno.com (John Latta Associates/ Sealant Specialists, Paul Von Goedert). b. Web Site http: / /www.polytite.com 3. Sandell Manufacturing Co, Inc. a. Tel (800) 283-3888 (Home Office). b. Web Site http://www.sandellmfg.com/sealant.html c. Tel. (800) 438-0684, Email dlindhol@illbruck.com d. Web Site http:/Jwww•willseal.com B. Precompressed Foam Joint Sealant: Self expanding, polyurethane foam tape joint sealant. Size as appropriate for plus and minus 50 percent elongation and compression of joint. 1. Emseal Joint Systems, Inc., BACKERSEAL, acrylic impregnated urethane foam. 2. Polytite Manufacturing Corporation, Polytite B, polyurethane foam impregnated with a waterproof polymer sealing compound and have a release agent on the exposed surface. 3. Sandell Manufacturing Co, Inc., Polyseal. 4. Tremco illmod 600. C. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500 2.11 ACCESSORIES A. Joint Cleaner: As recommended by joint sealant manufacturer for joint surfaces. B. Joint Primers: Non -corrosive and non -staining type, as recommended by joint sealant manufacturer, for joint surface conditions encountered. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\079200 Permit Set RAHS Joint Sealants.Doc 079200 - 9 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS 2.12 COLORS AND FINISHES A. Colors of Integrally Colored Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect, including following: 1. Joints Separating Materials of Same Color. 2. Joints Separating Materials of Different Color. 3. Joint Sealants between Glass and Non -Porous Materials. 4. Structural Sealant between Glass and Glass and between Glass and Metal. 5. Joint Sealants between Natural / Unfinished Metals. 6. Sanded Sealants at Masonry and Concrete Joints. 7. Colors of Joint Sealants to be painted. B. Sanded Finish at Concrete and Masonry joints: Apply sand of color, appearance, and texture matching mortar sand. Completely cover joint sealant. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section, conforming to manufacturer's instructions, before beginning. B. Verify surfaces clean, dry, and of appropriate temperature before proceeding. C. Verify joint size and substrate suitable for joint sealant. D. Verify that back-up material and release tapes are compatible with joint sealant. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates, conforming to ASTM C1 193 and as instructed by manufacturer. B. Thoroughly clean joints to remove loose debris, foreign matter, contaminants and other bond breaking materials. C. Prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, prior to installation of backer rod, precompressed foam sealant, and bond breaking tapes. D. Remove lacquers and protective films from metal surfaces. E. Take measures to prevent intrusion of dust, moisture, and other harmful substances into joints during installation. F. Apply masking around joints to protect adjacent surfaces from defacement and staining during sealing operations. G. Existing Joints: Remove existing debris and joint sealant, clean with solvent, and prime for new joint sealants as necessary to achieve permanent bonding of new joint sealant as instructed by manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Conform to ASTM C1 193, manufacturer's instructions, and provisions of Contract Documents. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\079200 Permit Set RAHS Joint Sealants.Doc 079200 - 10 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS B. Seal interior joints to make watertight and exterior joints to make watertight and weathertight. Refer to requirements of individual Sections. Include: 1. Around windows, relights, doors, wall louvers, and other openings in walls. 2. Joints between dissimilar materials. 3. Horizontal joints, including exterior paving joints over joint filler. 4. At joints in sheet metal, flashing, and trim. 5. At joints in concrete, precast concrete, and cast stone. 6. Expansion joints and control joints at masonry and concrete. Moving cracks and joints subject to movement, except where firestopping is required as specified Section 078400. 3.4 BACKER ROD AND PRECOMPRESSED FOAM JOINT SEALANT INSTALLATION A. Backer Rod Joint Depth Ratio: Force backer rod into joint to proper depth for sealant as instructed by manufacturer. Where not otherwise instructed, conform to following: 1. Where more than 3/4 inch wide install backer to within 1/2 inch of surface. 2. Where less than 1/2 inch wide install backer to within 1/4 inch of surface. 3. Where less than 1/2 inch deep, apply bond breaker tape to bottom of joints to prevent adhesion of sealant to bottom of joint. B. Precompressed Foam Joint Sealant: Install behind backer rod and joint sealant at exterior joints. Install in sizes to expand and tightly fit joint. C. Install backing materials in continuous lengths as long as practicable. 1. • Use suitable tools for installation that will not damage backing material. Do not insert with sharp objects. 2. Do not puncture backer material. D. Bond Breaker Tape: Where backer rod cannot be installed behind joint sealant, install bond breaker tape 1. As necessary to prevent joint sealant from adhering to backing, forming three sided adhesion. 2. As separator over backing materials subject to bleed -through. 3. As separator over asphalt impregnated joint compound and other conditions, where backer rod is not applicable for sealant conditions. 3.5 JOINT SEALANT INSTALLATION A. Joint Sealant Width to Depth Ratio - General Sealant: Verify following with manufacturer's instructions 1. Joint Sealant Bite: Install between 1/4 inch and 1/2 inch deep, except minimum 1/2 width of joint. 2. Narrowest Dimension at Joint Sealant Profile: Minimum 1/8 inch thick at center of profile. B. Joint Width to Depth Ratio - Concrete Traffic Joint Sealant. Conform to sealant manufacturer's instructions. 1. Install asphaltic joint compound under work of paving Sections. 2. Install bond breaker tape over joint compound. 3. Do not install joint sealant less than 3/8 inch deep and no more than 5/8 inch deep. C. Tool joint sealant into joints to make neat, smooth, concave configuration. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\079200 Permit Set RAHS Joint Sealants.Doc 079200 - 1 1 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS D. Take measures to provide positive contact of joint sealants both sides of joint surface. Seal joints before final coat of finish is applied to adjacent surfaces. E. Sanded Joints at Exposed Masonry and Concrete: 1. Apply silicone joint sealant and tool over specified backer. 2. Before skin -over, apply sand to cover sealant by shaking, tossing, or blowing over surface. 3. Lightly depress sand, maximum 1/16 inch into sealant surface with tool or finger. 4. Dust loose particles from surface, after sealant has completely cured. 3.6 BEDDING SEALANT AND THRESHOLD SEALANT AT CONCEALED JOINTS A. Install one or two beads of sealants to make watertight joints at flashing and other metal overlaps. B. Install two beads under metal thresholds prior to setting in place. 3.7 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Apply in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply 1/4 inch minimum 1/2 inch maximum bead of sealant to seal perimeter of sound - rated partitions. C. Seal sound -rated partitions 1. on both sides where facings abut dissimilar materials 2. around perimeter, in the angle formed by panels and abutting dissimilar materials 3. at all intersections 4. at all panel terminations in door and window frames 5. at control joint locations before attaching the control joint to the panels. D. Apply continuous beads of sealant around all openings formed for outlets, lights, etc. Completely butter the outside of electrical boxes. E. Cut gypsum panels with 1/8 inch maximum relief at perimeter to receive sealant. Install before sealant skins. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Remove and replace joint sealant where determined by Architect to be non -conforming or otherwise defective. B. Remove and replace joint sealant from joints where joint sealant is not fully adhered and where joint sealant contains bubbles, foreign matter, and where other defects are evident. 3.9 CLEANING A. Remove excess joint sealant material. B. Remove and dispose of masking materials. C. Leave installations clean and free from residue and debris from work of this Section. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\079200 Permit Set RAHS Joint Sealants.Doc 079200 - 12 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 079200 09819.00 JOINT SEALANTS 3.10 PROTECTION A. Take measures to protect sealed joints during initial set-up and cure, minimum 12 hours. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\079200 Permit Set RAHS Joint Sealants.Doc 079200 - 13 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081113 09819.00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 081113 HOLLOW METAL AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Hollow metal frames for doors, sidelights, transoms, and window assemblies. 2. Rated and non -rated systems. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 079200 2. Section 081416 3. Section 081433 4. Section 087100 5. Section 088000 - Joint Sealants - Flush Wood Doors - Stile and Rail Wood Doors - Door Hardware - Glazing 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. AAMA (American Architectural Manufacturers Association) 1. AAMA 501.2 - Field check of metal curtain walls for water leakage. C. American National Standard Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI Al 15 - Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation. 2. ANSI A250.4 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for - Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames, Frame Anchors and Hardware Reinforcings. 3. ANSI A250.6 - Hardware on Standard Steel Doors (Reinforcement - Application) - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (formerly SDI 100). - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames (formerly SDI 105). 4. ANSI A250.8 5. ANSI A250.11 D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM A366 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold - Rolled, Commercial Quality. 2. ASTM A568 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon and High - Strength Low Alloy, Hot -Rolled Sheet and Cold -Rolled, General Requirements for. - Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum, Percent), Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial Quality. - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Electrolytic Zinc - Coated, for Light Coating Weight [Mass] Applications - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. 3. ASTM A569 4. ASTM A591 5. ASTM A653 E. [National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (HMMA) - Hollow Metal Manual. 1. HHMA 802 - Manufacturing of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \081113 Permit Set RAHS Hollow Metal Doors & Frames.Doc 081113-1 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081113 09819.00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 2. HHMA 810 3. HHMA 820 4. HMMA 840 5. HMMA 841 6. HMMA 850 7. HMMA 860 - Hollow Metal Doors - Hollow Metal Frames - Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames - Tolerances and Clearances for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames - Fire Rated Hollow Metal Doors and Frames - Guide Specifications for Commercial Hollow Metal Doors and Frames] F. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Control Door Assemblies. G. Steel Door Institute (SDI): 1. SDI 100 2. SDI 117 3. SDI 118 4. SDI 122 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames - Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames - Basic Fire Door Requirements. - Installation and Troubleshooting Guide for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. H. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies - with Revisions through November 2001. 2. UL 1784 . - Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Relights / Relites: Where used on Drawings or Specifications, indicates an interior window. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with requirements of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Include following. 1. Door and Frame Schedule: Match reference numbers shown on Drawings. 2. Frame Type Details: Include glass stops, and other accessories. 3. Door Type Elevations, minimum 3/8 inch per foot scale. 4. Conditions at Openings: a. Show floor threshold conditions and clearances required to clear flooring material. 5. Door Hardware: Cut-outs, preparation, locations, reinforcement, clearances, and other installation requirements. 6. Anchorage and accessory items. 7. Preparation, primer, and paint finishes. C. Product Data: Describe configurations, standard details for cut-outs and hardware reinforcement, door reinforcement and construction, and primer. Include documentation illustrating conformance to provisions of this Section. D. Manufacturer's Certificates: 1. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Certify that products conform to or exceed provisions of Contract Documents and that manufacturer agrees to replace non - Date Saved: January 26. 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \081113 Permit Set RAHS Hollow Metal Doors & Frames.Doc 081113-2of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081113 09819.00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES conforming doors and frames at no additional cost to Owner. 2. Primers: Certify that specified priming procedures, methods, and products have been followed. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. Transmit one copy of instructions to Installer. F. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: 1. Company specializing in manufacture of steel doors and frames. 2. Able to document minimum 10 years experience. 3. Member of Steel Door Institute (SDI) or Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (HMMA). B. Provide steel doors and frames from single manufacturer. C. Supplier: 1. Steel doors supplied by a recognized steel door supplier who has been furnishing doors and frames in the same area as the project for a period of not Tess than 10 years. 2. Factory direct, authorized, and stocking distributor. 3. Employ a Certified Door Consultant, certified by the Door and Hardware Institute. D. Installer: 1. Trained by steel door manufacturer or local trade union jurisdiction in procedures required for a successful installations, conforming to manufacturer's instructions. 2. Able to document 5 years or more years experience upon request by Architect. E. Provide steel doors and frames from a local stocking distributor. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to provisions of Section 014100. B. Testing Agencies: Independent third party agency, approved by building code authority having jurisdiction. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600. B. Deliver in manufacturer's protective packaging. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. C. Store under cover in building in protected, upright position. Set on wood sills. Protect doors, frames, and finish to prevent rust and damage. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Door Manufacturer: Include reinstallation costs due to repair or replacement of defective Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \081113 Permit Set RAHS Hollow Metal Doors & Frames.Doc 081113-3of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081113 09819.00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES doors where defect was not apparent prior to hanging. 1. Steel Doors: Standard 1 year Warranty. Replace doors that have warped, bowed, cupped, twisted, telegraphed core construction, rusted, or not complied with specified tolerances. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Curries Company (Assa Abloy Company) 1. Cell (425) 941-0175, Email dough@dsspnw.com. (Doug Holderman, AHC CSI CDT, Assa Abloy Rep). 2. Website http://www.curries.com B. CECO Doors Products (Assa Abloy Company) 1. Cell (425) 941-0175, Email douqh@dsspnw.com. (Doug Holderman, AHC CSI CDT, Assa Abloy Rep). 2. Tel (206) 281-3741 (Builders Hardware, Bill Sarenson) 3. Website: www.cecodoor.com C. Substitution Requests: Comply with provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Hot -Rolled Steel Sheets and Strips: Commercial Quality pickled and oiled carbon steel, conforming to ASTM A569 and ASTM A568. B. CoId-Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, conforming to ASTM A366 and ASTM A568. 2.3 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glass in Steel Doors and Frames: Specified Section 088000. 1. Interior Doors: 1/4 inch thick tempered safety glazing, except tempered fire rated glass as required by Code. 2. Interior Frames: 1/4 inch float glass, except tempered safety glass and fire rated glass at doors and frames where required by Code. 3. Exterior: One inch double glazed insulating glass units with 1/4 inch tempered safety glass each side. B. Fixed Glazing Stops: Standard, non -removable steel. 1. Locate (inside) at room side of doors and frames, unless other wise indicated. 2. Locate outside of room side of doors and frames, for lites that have horizontal louvered blinds. C. Removable Glazing Stops: 1. 14 gauge steel, countersunk Number 8 corrosion -resistant steel sheet metal screws. 2. Locate at inside face of doors and frames, unless other wise indicated. 3. Use tamperproof screws on outside glazing stops. 2.4 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS A. Exposed Fastener Heads: Spanner head. Other tamper-resistant heads, as accepted by Architect/Owner. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \081113 Permit Set RAHS Hollow Metal Doors & Frames.Doc 081113-4of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081113 09819.00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES B. Other Inserts, Bolts, Supports, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. 2.5 PROVISION FOR HARDWARE A. Hardware Reinforcement: Conform to Section 087100, ANSI Al 1 5 And ANSI A250.6. Factory reinforce, drill and tap doors and frames to receive mortised hinges, locks, latches, flush bolts, and concealed door closers. B. Use hardware templates furnished by hardware manufacturer. C. Hardware Reinforcing: Steel, meet or exceed following: 1. Hinge Rail and Reinforcement: a. Doors: U -channel running full door height, continuously welded to face sheets. Refer to door fabrication specified in this Section. b. Frames: 7 gauge, spot welded. 2. Lock Rail and Reinforcement: Refer to door fabrication specified in this Section. 3. Surface Closers: a. Doors: 12 gauge by 5-1 /4 inch wide U -Channel reinforcement welded to door end channels. Flat reinforcements not accepted. b. Frames: 12 gauge plate reinforcements welded to frames according to type of door closer installations. 4. Hold Open Arms: Door reinforcement 12 gauge U -Channel. 5. Panic Devices: Door reinforcing 14 gauge U -Channels at fastening positions. 6. Floor Check Hinges and Pivots: 7 gauge. D. Door Silencers: Drill door frame stops to receive 3 silencers at each door swing. Insert plastic plugs to keep holes open during painting and construction activities. E. Plaster Guards: Provide at silencers, strike pockets, and hinge reinforcements. F. Door Hardware Locations: Refer to Section 087100 - Door Hardware. G. Field Tapping and Drilling: Accepted at surface -applied hardware. 2.6 FABRICATION DOORS A. Fire Rated Doors: Conform to NFPA 80. Provide 20 minute, 45 minute, 60 minute, and 90 -minute doors to meet Code. B. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. C. Exterior Doors - Steel Stiffened: 1. Standard: ANSI A250.8/SDI-100, Level 4 (Maximum Duty), Model 2 (Seamless Design). Passing ANSI A250.4 Acceptance Criteria, Level A (1 million cycles). 2. Fire Rated: up to 3 hours. 3. Face Skins: 14 gauge steel. 4. Core Design: Fiberglass or mineral wool insulation, 0.75 pound density, minimum 2.5 R -Value. Kraft paper honeycomb type cores are not accepted. 5. Vertical Internal Stiffeners. 20 gauge steel channels, space minimum 6 inches on center, spot weld to skins. 6. Vertical Edge Reinforcement: One piece, continuously arc welded full length to face sheets. a. Lock Channel: Full height, 14 gauge steel, beveled 1/8 inch in 2 inch. b. Hinge. Channel: Full height, 12 gauge steel extruded to 7 gauge equivalent, Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \081113 Permit Set RAHS Hallow Metal Doors & Frames.Doc 081113 - 5 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081113 09819.00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES formed and tapped for hinges. 7. Top and Bottom Channel: 18 gauge steel. 8. Top Rail Closure Channel: 16 gauge steel with flush channel filler cap sealed against water penetration. a. Snap in caps are not accepted. D. Exterior Doors - Thermal: 1. Standard: ANSI A250.8/SDI-100, Level 4 (Maximum Duty), Model 2 (Seamless Design). Passing ANSI A250.4 Acceptance Criteria, Level A (1 million cycles). 2. Fire Rated: up to 3 hours. 3. U -Value: Maximum 0.36 U -value for entire door assembly. 4. Face Skins: 14 gauge steel. 5. Core Design: a. Polystyrene / Polyurethane / Polyisocyanurate b. Kraft paper honeycomb type cores are not accepted. 6. Vertical Edge Reinforcement: One piece, continuously arc welded full length to face sheets. a. Lock Channel: Full height, 14 gauge steel, beveled 1/8 inch in 2 inch. b. Hinge Channel: Full height, 12 gauge steel extruded to 7 gauge equivalent, formed and tapped for hinges. 7. Top and Bottom Channel: 18 gauge steel. 8. Top Rail Closure Channel: 16 gauge steel with flush channel filler cap sealed against water penetration. a. Snap in caps are not accepted. E. Interior Doors: 1. Standard: ANSI A250.8/SDI-100, Level 3 (Extra Heavy Duty), Model 2 (Seamless Design). Passing ANSI A250.4 Acceptance Criteria, Level A (1 million cycles). 2. Fire Rated: up to 3 hours. 3. Face Skins: 16 gauge steel. 4. Core Design: Polystyrene (Polyurethane optional). 5. Vertical Edge Reinforcement: One piece, continuously arc welded full length to face sheets. a. Lock Channel: Full height, 14 gauge steel, beveled 1/8 inch in 2 inch. b. Hinge Channel: Full height, 12 gauge steel extruded to 7 gauge equivalent, formed and tapped for hinges. 6. Top and Bottom Channel: 18 gauge steel. 7. Top Rail Closure Channel: 16 gauge steel with flush channel filler cap sealed against water penetration. a. Snap in caps are not accepted. F. Interior Doors - Temperature Rise: 1. Standard: ANSI A250.8/SDI-100, Level 4 (Maximum Duty), Model 2 (Seamless Design). Passing ANSI A250.4 Acceptance Criteria, Level A (1 million cycles). 2. Fire Rated: up to 3 hours. 3. Face Skins: 16 gauge steel. 4. Core Design: Mineral core, UL rated to provide 450 degrees F temperature differential. 5. Vertical Edge Reinforcement: One piece, continuously arc welded full length to face sheets. a. Lock Channel: Full height, 14 gauge steel, beveled 1/8 inch in 2 inch. b. Hinge Channel: Full height, 12 gauge steel extruded to 7 gauge equivalent, formed and tapped for hinges. 6. Top and Bottom Channel: 18 gauge steel. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \081113 Permit Set RAHS Hollow Metal Doors & Frames.Doc 081113-6of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081113 09819.00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 7. Top Rail Closure Channel: 16 gauge steel with flush channel filler cap sealed against water penetration. a. Snap in caps are not accepted. G. Vertical Door Edges: Bevel 1/8 inch in 2 inch (or as shown on Draings) at both strike and hinge side vertical edges. Bevel 1/8 inch in 2 inch at strike side vertical edges and square at hinge side. H. Door Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate and weld into place. Include concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, and moldings fabricated from either cold -rolled or hot -rolled 16 gauge steel. I. Exposed Joints at Doors and Frames: Arc weld continuously, full length. Grind, dress, and make smooth for flush, seamless appearance at edges and joinery. J. Welded Construction: Weld door skins to perimeter channels. Glued channels not accepted. K. Provisions for Persons with Disabilities: Fabricate location of jamb stops to accommodate complete closing of door by automatic door closer without exceeding maximum allowable pressure of 5 to 8.5 pounds. L. Electrical Boxes: Provide at door and frames receiving magnetic security monitors, specified Section 087100. 2.7 FABRICATION - FRAMES A. Steel Frames: Pressed steel frames with 1 inch face, 1/2 inch returns, unequal double rabbet with 5/8 inch stop at doors and windows. 1. Standard: ANSI A250.8/SDI-100 Level 4. 2. Frames at Doors, Sidelights, and Window Assemblies: 14 gauge cold -rolled steel. B. Masonry Anchors: Minimum 3/16 inch diameter, non -corrosive coated steel wire, or as accepted by Architect. C. Welded Construction: Miter and weld corners and other joinery. Continuously weld inside miters and face of frames. Grind faces and finish smooth for seamless joint. Knock -down frames not accepted. D. Welded Face Frames: Weld and grind face frame smooth and join inside miters of frames together using slots and tabs. E. Plaster Guards: Weld 16 gauge steel plaster guards or mortar boxes to frame at back of door hardware cutouts where finish materials might obstruct hardware operation. F. Glazing stops: Manufacturer's standard for field assembly with countersunk oval screws spaced not more than 16 inches on center. 2.8 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Measure clearances from the pull side of the door. B. Clearance between Doors and Frames at Heads and Jambs: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \081113 Permit Set RAHS Hollow Metal Doors & Frames.Doc 081113-7of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081113 09819.00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES C. Clearance between Meeting Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1. Fire Rated Doors: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch 2. Non -Rated Doors: 1/4 inch maximum D. Clearance between Door and Stop: 1/16 inch. E. Clearance between Door and Sill: 1. At Doors with no Thresholds: Maximum 3/4 inch, except 1/4 inch above carpeting 2. At Doors with Thresholds: Maximum 3/8 inch 2.9 FINISH A. Thoroughly clean and chemically treat for maximum adhesion. B. Exterior Doors and Frames: Compatible with finish paint specified Section 099000. 1. Galvanizing: ASTM A653, A60 galvannealed. a. Wipe coat galvanized steel (WCGS) (A40) coating systems and ASTM A591 systems are not accepted. 2. Shop Primer: ANSI A224.1 factory applied, baked -on epoxy ester shop primer, or Tnemec Series N69F High Build Epoxoline II a. Color: Light gray. • b. Not accepted as coating over hot -dipped galvanized. C. Interior Doors and Frames: Compatible with finish paint specified of Section 099000. 1. Baked -On Shop Primer: ANSI A224.1. a. Doors: Manufacturers standard alkyd base primer. b. Frames: factory applied baked -on epoxy ester. c. Color: Light gray. 2. Air Dried Shop Primer: As specified Section 055000 for interior metal, including Tnemec N69F High Build Epoxoline II. a. Color: Light gray. 2.10 GALVANIC PROTECTION/CONTACTING DISSIMILAR METALS A. Coat or otherwise isolate dissimilar metals as necessary to prevent galvanic action. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify frame dimensions, hardware, and clearance requirements for flooring materials and thresholds. B. Adjust dimensions as necessary to achieve specified clearances. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with provisions of ANSI A250.1 1, Contract Documents, and manufacturer's instructions. B. Steel Frames: Conform to ANSI A250.1 1 and NFPA 80 for fire rated frames. C. Set frames accurately in place, plumb, aligned, and securely braced. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \081113 Permit Set RAHS Hollow Metal Doors & Frames.Doc 081113-8of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081113 09819.00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES D. Install minimum 3 wall anchors at hinge and strike side of each jamb, and not Tess than one anchor for each 30 inch of frame height. E. Install sealant between door frames and wall in accordance with Section 079200. F. Glazing: Install with stops and accessories for installation work of Section 088000. G. Door Installation: Fit hollow metal doors accurately into frames within clearances specified in ANSI A250.8. Conform to NFPA 80 for fire -labeled doors. H. Door Hardware: Install hardware specified Section 087100. Field tap and drill for installation of surface applied hardware not applicable for factory installation. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Inspect and repair frames and doors, conforming to SDI 122 and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Make final fittings, touch-up, and adjustment of individual components and assemblies for optimal performance prior to acceptance by Owner. C. Replace units when repair is unsatisfactory or impractical. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces. Sand scarred and rusty areas smooth and touch-up with compatible primer to shop primer and finish paint coating specified Section 099000. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \081113 Permit Set RAMS Hollow Metal Doors & Frames.Doc 081113 - 9 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081416 09819.00 FLUSH WOOD DOORS SECTION 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior, non -rated, solid core, flush wood doors for installation into steel frames. B. Related Sections: 1 Section 062000 2. Section 079200 3. Section 081113 4. Section 081433 5 Section 087100 6. Section 088000 1.2 REFERENCES - Finish Carpentry - Joint Sealants - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames - Stile and Rail Wood Doors - Door Hardware - Glazing A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM E90 - Measurements of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. C. APA - The Engineered Wood Association: 1. PS1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood (with Typical APA Trademarks), reproduced from Office of Standards Services, National Institute of Standards and Technology. D. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) / Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada (AWMAC) and Woodwork Institute (WI): 1. Architectural Woodwork Standards (AWS) Edition 1 E. Forest Stewardship Council A.C. (FSC), Tel (877) 372-5646, Website http: Iwww.fscus.orq FSC accredited certification organizations in USA follow. Refer to FSC Website for additional organizations. 1. Rainforest Alliance Smart Wood Program, Tel (802) 434-5491, Fax (802) 434- 31 16,Website www.rainforest-alliance.org 2. Scientific Certification Systems Forest Certification Program, Tel. (510) 832-1415, Fax (510) 832-0359, http:/ /www.scsl .com. F. G. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association: 1. NEMA LD3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminate. Window and Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA): www.wdma.com 1. WDMA I.S. 1-A - Industry Specification for Architectural Wood Flush Doors 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \081416 Permit Set RAHS Flush Wood Doors.Doc 081416- 1 of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081416 09819.00 FLUSH WOOD DOORS B. Shop Drawings: Indicate door openings, elevations, dimensions, types, swings, undercuts, beveling, cutouts, vertical door edge details, wood species, and special blocking for hardware. C. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer's published literature. Include description of door core materials and construction. 2. UV Cured Finishes: Performance characteristics, chemical characteristics, test data, number of coatings, final coating thickness, and steps required for refinishing damaged surfaces. D. Samples 1. Door Sample: Corner section of each door construction type illustrating door construction. Include edge treatment and vision frames complying with specifications. 2. Color Samples: Manufacturers standard transparent finishes. Submit additional, custom, finishes where requested by Architect. 3. Final Color Samples: Finished face panel material 6 inches square. Illustrate finished edge treatment and approved finish color and gloss level. Submit after initial color approval. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions, special procedures, and protection to finishes required. F. Templates: Submit one copy for each type of hardware. G. Sample Warranty: Submit Warranty meeting or exceeding provisions specified this Section. H. Certification: Manufacturer's letter or certification to show that wood products specified meet FSC certification. I. LEED Submittals: 1. Certificates for Credit [MR 6] [MR 7]: Chain -of -custody certificates certifying that wood products specified to be made from certified wood comply with forest certification requirements. Include evidence that door manufacturer is certified for chain of custody by an FSC -accredited certification body. Include statement indicating costs for each certified wood product. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For adhesive and composite wood materials, documentation indicating urea formaldehyde content. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Furnish wood doors from single manufacturer for Work of this Contract. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody by an FSC -accredited certification body. C. Forest Certification: Provide doors made from wood products obtained from forests certified by an FSC -accredited certification body to comply with STD -01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship." Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \081416 Permit Set RAHS Flush Wood Doors.Doc 081416 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081416 09819.00 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600, manufacturer's instructions, and WDMA I.S.1-A 1A, Appendix - Care and Installation at Job Site. B. Deliver in Manufacturer's original unopened poly -wrapped protective packaging, clearly labeled with manufacturer's name, brand name, size, thickness, and identifying symbol. C. Store in condition of average prevailing relative humidity where there will be no great variation of heat and humidity. D. Stack flat to permit ventilation and supported at both ends and across centers. Cover tops and bottom of stack with kraft paper, plywood, or corrugated cardboard. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Door Manufacturer: Include reinstallation costs due to repair or replacement of defective doors where defect was not apparent prior to hanging. Replace doors that have warped, bowed, cupped, twisted, telegraphed core construction in face veneers, or not complied with specified tolerances. 1. Interior Doors: Warrant for life of original installation. C Contractor: Replace or refinish doors where determined by Architect that installation has contributed to rejection or to voiding of manufacturer's Warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Vancouver Door 1. Tel (800) 999-3667, (253) 845-9581, Fax (253) 845-3364, Email vancdoor@aol.com (Dave Morgan National Sales Mgr.; Gary Bishop, Tech Coordinator). 2. Website http://www.vancouverdoorco.com B. VT Industries 1. Tel (360) 671-1453, Fax (360) 647-1067, nciost@comcast.net (Norm Jost, Mfrs Rep). 2. Website http: / /www.vtindustries.com/doors C. Lynden Door 1. Tel (800) 631-3667/ (360) 354-5676, Fax (360) 354-3738, Cell (360) 280-5198, Email dick.moreno@Ivndendoor.com (Dick Moreno, Architectural Sales). 2. Website http://wwwiyndendoor.com D. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Low -Emitting Materials: Provide doors made with adhesives and composite wood products that do not contain urea formaldehyde. B. Flush Wood Doors: Solid core construction, 5 or 7 ply cross bands. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \081416 Permit Set RAHS Flush Wood Doors.Doc 081416-3of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081416 09819.00 FLUSH WOOD DOORS C. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. D. Grade: WDMA I.S. 1-A, Custom Grade. E. Door Core Construction: 1. Non -Rated: a. WDMA SCLC -5 or SCLC -7 - Veneer, Structural Composite Lumber Core, Bonded. Trus Joist, Timberstrand LSL Core. b. WDMA SLC -5 or SLC -7 - Veneer, Stave Lumber Core, Bonded. 2.3 FLUSH DOOR FACING A. Hardwood Face Veneer for Transparent Finish: WDMA 1.5 1-A. 1. Veneer Face Thickness: Minimum 1 /50th inch (0.5 mm). 2. Grade: Grade A. 3. Species: Select White Maple 4. Slicing: Plain Sliced 5. Matching: Book Matched 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Glue: WDMA I.S.1A S-7, Type 1, for bonding stiles and rails to core and bonding face veneers to core, to stiles, and to rails. Adhesives shall not contain urea formaldehyde. 2.5 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Door Glass: 1. Non rated safety glass: 1/4 inch thick tempered safety glass as required by code. Conform to provisions of Section 088000. B. Metal Vision Frames Non -Rated: 1. Air Louvers, Inc, Woodlite, Low Profile Beveled Vision Lite, Website http://www.AirLouvers.com , specified for type and quality. a. Wood Veneer: Match transparent wood door face species and color 2. Metal Vision Frames Non -Rated Doors: WDMA I.S. 1-A, Option M4, Metal Vision Frames, primed for field painting. 3. Through bolt vision frames. Screws or clips not accepted. C. Glass Stops 1. Non -Rated: Wood, WDMA I.S. 1-A, Option M3: Lip Molding, mitered corners. 2.6 FLUSH WOOD DOOR FABRICATION A. Fabricate in accordance. with WDMA I.S.1-A. B. Stiles, Rails, and Hardware Blocking: Securely bond to core and face veneers with Type I glue. Before applying face veneer, abrasively plane glued unit smooth, both sides. C. Vertical Edges at Hardwood Faced Doors: 1. 1 inch, hardwood edge band or hardwood lumber edge matching face veneer species and color. Ease edges. Veneer edge is not accepted. 2. No visible edge joints, finger joints, exposed crossband, or exposed back veneer accepted. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \081416 Permit Set RAHS Flush Wood Doors.Doc 081416 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081416 09819.00 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 3. Beveled or Square edge at hinge side and beveled edge at strike side. D. Construction: 1. Wide Stile: 2 inch. 2. Top Edge: 1 inch. 3. Bottom Edge: 1-3/4 inch. E. Hardware Blocking (Reinforcement): Provide following WDMA I.S. 1-A, Blocking (Reinforcement) Options: 1. Structural Composite Core: Not required. 2. Mineral Board Core Doors: a. 5 inch top, middle, and bottom rails HB -1, HB -2, and HB 6. b. 5 inch by 24 inch hardware blocking HB -4 at both stiles. 3. Other as required by hardware installations. F. Mill doors to accommodate hollow metal frames specified Section 081 1 13. G. Telegraphing of edges or bleeding through of glue face veneers will result in rejection of door. 2.7 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Bevel doors 1/8 inch in 2 inch at lock and hinge side edge. B. Machine for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. C. Ease edges of doors and stops to approximately 1/16 inch radius. D. Cut and fit stops. Install with screws. E. Clearances Doors: 1. Door to frame at head and jamb: 1/8 inch. 2. Door to stop at lock edge: 1/8 inch. 3. Between meeting edges of pair of doors: 1/8 inch (1/16 inch per leaf). 4. Door bottom to noncombustible floor without threshold: 3/4 inch maximum. 5. Door bottom to top of threshold on noncombustible floor: 3/8 inch maximum. 6. Door bottom to rigid floor tile: 5/8 inch. 7. Door bottom to decorative floor covering: 1/2 inch. 2.8 FINISHES A. Sealing: Apply one or two coats of a sanding sealer to exposed wood surfaces against moisture intrusion, including: 1. Exposed faces and vertical edges prior to application of factory -applied finish systems. 2. Unfinishe'd top and bottom rails. 3. Hardware cutouts prior to installation of hardware. B. Finish doors after preparation of door hardware. C. Doors: Transparent Factory Finish: Satin finish 1. WDMA I.S. 1-A, Finish Selections: TR -6 Catalyzed Polyurethane, Satin finish. 2. AWI Section 1500 Finish Systems: Acrylated UV Curable Epoxy, Polyester, or Urethane finish. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready.To Print \081416 Permit Set RAHS Flush Wood Doors.Doc 081416 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 081416 09819.00 FLUSH WOOD DOORS D. Metal Vision Frames: 1. Wood Veneered Metal Vision Frames: Factory finish wood veneer matching wood door veneer finish. 2. Painted Vision Frames: Shop prime, ready for work of Section 099000. E. Colors and Gloss Level: Satin finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION FOR DOOR HARDWARE A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions, WDMA I.5 1-A, NFPA 80, and UL or WHI requirements. B. Install doors and hardware specified by Division 8 under work of this Section. Conform to specific requirements of Division 8 related Sections including Section 081113, Section 081416, and Section 087100 and conform to unique requirements for those Sections. C. Verify solid backing as required to secure items to walls, such as wall stops, bumpers, and magnetic hold opens. D. Hardware Placement: Prepare doors in accordance with Section 087100 for location dimensions. E. Fastening Devices: As needed to secure or anchor hardware and conforming manufacturer's instructions. Self -tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable. F. Cutting and Fitting: Mortise, cut, and fit doors so that that hardware is accurately fitted flush with finish surfaces. G. Door Closers: Prepare doors for through -bolt door closers. Through -bolt door closers through wood doors 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Remove and replace warped doors, doors that show telegraphing of cores in face veneers or do not conform to specified tolerances. 3.3 CLEANING A. After installation, clean door surfaces and hardware interior and exterior surfaces of mortar, paint, and other contaminants. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \081416 Permit Set RAHS Flush Wood Doors.Doc 081416 -6of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 083113 09819.00 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Fire rated and non -rated access door and frame units at interior finished walls and ceilings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 054000 2. Section 092216 3. Section 092226 4. Section 092900 5. Section 099900 6. Division 22 7. Division 23 8. Division 26 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - Cold -Formed Metal Framing - Non -Structural Metal Framing - Suspension Systems - Gypsum Board - Painting and Coatings - Plumbing - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning - Electrical A. Manufactured outward opening metal doors and metal frame construction of types required to accommodate drywall and other finishes as applicable. 1. Provide as means to access motors, equipment, valves, dampers, and controls behind finished wall and ceiling construction. 2. Provide fire rated access doors as required to maintain fire -resistive construction. 3. Verify exact sizes and locations with related Sections and with Architect prior to beginning work or this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings or Copies of Manufacturer's Data: 1. Show locations, dimensions, types, finishes, and details of construction, including adjoining work. 2. Include coordinated reflected ceiling plan showing locations in relationship to architectural, mechanical, and electrical features and systems. 3. Product Data may be substituted for standard fabrication of manufactured items. C. D. E. F. Product Data: Manufacturer's publications including specifications and installation instructions pertinent to each installation. Test Files Numbers: Provide UL, Warnock Hersey, or other approved testing laboratory test file numbers confirming fire ratings of access doors in conformance to Code and as required to maintain fire -resistive construction. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation requirements, rough -in dimensions, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. Sample Warranty: Submit Warranty meeting or exceeding provisions specified this Section. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K: \ Raisbeck'Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \083113 Permit Set RAHS Access Doors And Frames.Doc • 083113-1 of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 083113 09819.00 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to provisions of Section 014100 for referenced Codes, B. Conform to UL, Warnock Hersey (WHI), or other approved design, for fire rated wall and ceiling assemblies. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Coordinate with Division 22, Division 23, and Division 26 for access doors required for work of those Sections. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Babcock -Davis, (Formerly Cierra Products Company) 1. Tel (425) 867-1953, Fax (425) 867-1833 (L.J. Cappa & Associates, Eric Peterson/Dean Peterson AHC) 2. Email info@babcock-davis.com 3. Website http://babcock-davis.com B. J.L. Industries (JL) 1. Tel (800) 554-6077, Fax (952) 835-2218 (Home Office). 2. Website http://www.jlindustries.com C. Karp Associates, Inc., 1. Tel (206) 682-6270, Fax (206) 682-3204 (Nolan Northwest). 2. Tel (425) 828-0570, Fax (425) 828-3939 (Grabber). 3. Website http://www.karpinc.com D. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. 1. Tel (425) 438-8655, Fax (360) 629-9580, CeII (206) 947-3732, Email debbie@austinspecialties.com (Debbie Shay, Austin Specialties). 2. Tel (425) 742-7878 (Little Chief Specialties). 3. Tel (800) 527-7367 (Home Office, Gene Bergman). 4. Website http://www.larsensmfg.com E. Nystrom, Inc. ' 1. Tel (888) 446-9740, Email: tthoma@nystrom.com (Todd Thomas). 2. Website http://www.nystrom.com F. The Williams Bros Corp. 1. Tel (888) 255-7366, Fax (775) 827-1560 2. Website http://www.wbdoors.com G. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \083113 Permit Set RAHS Access Doors And Frames.Doc 083113-2of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 0831 13 09819.00 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 2.2 FIRE RATED WALL/CEILING ACCESS DOORS A. Conform to Fire Rating as required for fire resistive assemblies and occupancy separations as shown on Drawings or required by Code. B. Construction 1. Size: Manufacturer's standard size of 22 inch by 30 inch and as required for access and maintenance, except as otherwise shown on Drawings. Smaller sizes where adequate, as accepted by Architect. 2. Fire Rating: UL 1-1/2 hour, Class B, Maximum 250 degrees F temperature rise. 3. Frame: 16 gauge galvanized steel. 4. Doors: 20 gauge galvanized steel. 5. Hinge: Continuous hinge of 16 gauge steel with stainless steel pin. 6. Latch: Flush mounted, key operated with interior release lever.handle. 7. Door Closure: Automatic Type. 8. Insulation: Fire retardant mineral or glass fiber. 9. Finish: Manufacturer's shop primer. C. Fire Rated Access Doors with Exposed 1 Inch Flanges: 1. Babcock Davis, B -IT 2. JL, FD 3. Karp, KRP-1 50FR 4. Larsen's, L-FRAP 5. Nystrom, IT 6. Williams, WB -FR D. Fire Rated Access Doors with Drywall Flanges: 1. Babcock Davis, B -IW 2. JL, FDWB 3. Karp, KRP-350FR 4. Larsen's, L-FRAP with optional drywall bead 5. Nystrom, IW 6. Williams, WB -FR with drywall bead 2.3 NON -FIRE RATED, WALL ACCESS DOORS A. Construction 1. Size: Manufacturer's standard size of 22 inch by 30 inch and as required for access and maintenance, except as otherwise shown on Drawings. Smaller sizes where adequate, as accepted by Architect. 2. Frame: 16 gauge cold rolled steel. 3. Doors: 14 gauge cold rolled steel with pan style construction. 4. Hinge: Concealed spring loaded pin hinge. 5. Latch: Flush mounted, key operated with interior release lever handle. 6. Finish: Manufacturer's shop primer. B. Flush Access Doors with Exposed 1 inch Flanges: 1. Babcock Davis, B -NT 2. JL Industries, TM 3. Karp, DSC -214M 4. Larsen's, L -MPG 5. Nystrom, NT 6. Williams, WB -GP Date Saved: January 27, 2010 \Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \083113 Permit Set RAHS Access Doors And Frames.Doc 083113-3of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 083113 09819.00 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES C. Flush Access Doors with Drywall Flanges: 1. Babcock Davis, B -NW 2. JL Industries, WB 3. Karp, KDW 4. Larsen's, L-DWC 5. Nystrom, NW 6. Williams, WB -DW 2.4 NON RATED GYPSUM BOARD. CEILING ACCESS DOORS A. Construction 1. Size: Manufacturer's standard size of 24 inch by 24 inch for access and maintenance, except as otherwise shown on Drawings. 2. Door: 16 gauge galvanized steel, recess to accept 5/8 inch drywall inset. 3. Frame: 16 gauge galvanized steel. 4. Gasketing: Flame retardant polyurethane. 5. Locks: Key operated cylinder. 6. Hinge: Concealed pivot with controlled action device. 7. Finish: Manufacturer's shop primer. B. Access Doors For Gypsum Board Ceilings with inset Gypsum Board Panel: 1. Babcock Davis, C -RW 2. Karp, Type RDW/CAD, 3. JL Industries, CT 4. Karp, RDW 5. Larsen's, LCPA 6. Nystrom, RW 7. Williams, WB -RDW 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate units on continuous welded steel construction. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. B. Provide attachment devices and fasteners of the type required to secure access doors to the types of support shown. C. Touch up shop primer and prepare for field paint finish coat. 2.6 FINISH A. Field paint to match wall or ceiling surfaces as specified in Section 099000. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify that rough openings for access door frames are of the correct size and location. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \083113 Permit Set RAHS Access Doors And Frames.Doc 083113-4of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 083113 09819.00 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Provide access as required by work of other Sections to suit conditions of installation. C. Coordinate with individual Sections, including Division 22, Division 23, and Division 26 for access doors, as needed, for access to heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, and other equipment. D. Position units to provide convenient access to concealed work requiring access. E. Install plumb, level, and true to adjacent construction. Install securely and rigidly in place. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\083113 Permit Set RAI -IS Access Doors And Frames.Doc 083113-5of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 083313 09819.00 COILING DOORS SECTION 083313 COILING DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior coiling doors 2. Hardware and accessories. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Overhead Door Company, 599 Thermacore Door Systems, specified for type and quality 1. Tel (206) 632-0533 (The Cressy Door Co, Inc, Rick Witters). 2. Tel (360) 413-7922, Voice Mail (800) 636-2735, Email lames-rea@overheaddoor.com (Jim Rea, Mfrs Rep.). 3. Website http://www.overheaddoor.com B. Specialty Door, Inc. 1. Tel (425) 483-6875, Fax (425) 402-3001, Email bssi@bssionline.com / todd@bssionline.com (Todd Parker/Building Specialty Systems, Inc). 2. Website http:!/www.ducharmedoor.com C. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. Cookson, McKeon, Cornell Iron Works not accepted. 2.2 FABRICATION AND COMPONENTS A. Curtain: 1. Coiling Door: Interlocking flat -faced 22 gauge steel slats 2. Counter Shutter: ASTM A666 type 304 stainless steel, satin finish [Steel, galvanized ASTM A653 G40, factory prime painted.] [with electrostatic powder coat porcelain enamel finish.] B. Bottom Bar: 1. Matching bottom bar angle complete with vinyl astragal. 2. Fabricate sloped bottom bar to accommodate cross sloped paving and to make closure at grade. C. Guides: 1. Coiling Door: Galvanized ASTM A653 G40 steel, factory prime painted. 2. Counter Shutter: 12 gauge Type 304 stainless steel, satin finish. 3. Mount with 3/8 inch bolts at 18 inch maximum spacing conforming to UL and FM approved details for face mounted assemblies. 4. Trim matching material and finish of guides to eliminate exposed fasteners. D. Counterbalance Shaft Assembly: 1. Steel pipe capable of supporting curtain load of 0.03 inch per foot of width. 2. Helical torsion spring assembly designed to balance door and to limit effort to lift door to 15 pounds. Date Saved: December 23, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \083313 Permit Set RAHS Coiling Doors.Doc 083313 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 083313 09819.00 COILING DOORS E. Brackets: Steel plates no less than 1/8 inch thick to support counterbalance assembly, form end closures, and provide mounting assembly for hood. 2.3 HOODS A. Coiling Door: 24 gauge steel galvanized ASTM A653 G40, factory prime painted. B. Supporting steel framework of same material as hood to prevent deformation. 2.4 MOTOR OPERATION A. Electric Motor Operator. Compact power unit, housed in NEMA Type 1 enclosure to protect against damage, dust, and moisture. 1. Adjustable screw-type limit switch to break the circuit at termination of travel. 2. High efficiency planetary gears running in oil bath. 3. Centrifugal governor. 4. Spring -set solenoid -operated brake. 5. Fail-safe magnetic release device. 6. Integral overload protection device to protect against damage to motor windings by breaking power circuit. B. Motor: 1. Enclosed fan cooled, continuous duty, thermally protected, ball bearing type with a Class A insulation. 2. • Capacitor start single phase or squirrel cage induction polyphase. 3. Horsepower: As required by size and weight of curtain. Minimum 1/3 [1/2] HP. 4. Voltage: 1 1 5 [230] volt, single phase [___ volt three phase], 60 Hz. C. Starter: 1. Magnetic reversing starter. 2. Across line type with mechanical and electrical interlocks. 3. Current: 10 amp continuous rating. 4. Voltage: 24 volt control circuit. D. Reducer: 1. Planetary gear type. 2. Minimum 90 percent efficiency. 3. 77:1 reduction. E. Brake: 1. Double shoe type, continuous duty, solenoid activated. 2. Integral within the operator housing. F. Control Station: One key operated control switch per operator. G. Electric Interlock: Designed to prevent motor from operating when door is locked. H. Motor Cover: Match door hood. 2.5 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Reversing Safety Edge at Motorized Coiling Doors. Date Saved: December 23, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \083313 Permit Set RAHS Coibng Doors.Doc 083313-2of3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 083313 09819.00 COILING DOORS 1. Immediately reverse, return to the open position, momentarily stop, and then begin to self -close again when meeting an obstruction during the self-closing operation. 2. Continue operation as long as electrical power is provided to motor operator. 3. Take-up reel for power supply cord. Coil cords not accepted. B. Lift Handles: Mount on face mounted bottom bar of manually operated shutters. C. Cylinder Locks at Manual Doors: Furnish without cylinders for keying into Owner's system under provisions of Section 087100. Locate locks at each jamb side of door, operable from room side. 2.6 FINISHES A. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin finish. B. [Porcelain Enamel Finish Color: Custom as selected by Architect.] C. [Primed Steel: Shop primed in accordance with Section 055000 for painting under work of Section 099000.] END OF SECTION Date Saved: December 23, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \083313 Permit Set RAFIS Coiling Doors.Doc 083313 - 3 of 3 SEATTLE FIRE STATION 17 SECTION 083614 06759.00 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS SECTION 083614. SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior, glazed, overhead steel framed sectional door. 2. Automatic operation, hardware, supports, and weatherstripping. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Overhead Door Company, Thermacore Series 599 1. Tel (206) 394-3300, Fax (206) 575-6688, Email marks@enq-prod-inc.com (Mark Smith, Engineered Products). 2. Web Site http:!/www.overheaddoor.com B. Raynor 1. http://www.raynor.com C. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel: 0.016 inch or 20 gauge ASTM A653 galvanized, smooth texture or ribbed texture. 16 gauge end stiles. B. Steel Sections and Fabrications: ASTM A123 hot -dip galvanized. 2.3 STILES AND RAIL FRAMED PANELS A. Extruded Aluminum Wall Thickness: Minimum 0.60 inch. B. Frame Thickness: Minimum 2 inch. C. R -Value: 17.50 D. Air Infiltration: 1. 15 mph: .08 cfm 2. 25 mph .08 cfm E. Face Dimensions: 1. Top rail: 3-1 /2 inch. 2. Meeting Rails Combined: 3-1 /2 inch. 3. End Stile: 3-1 /2 inch. 4. Center Stiles: 2 1/2 inch. F. Construction: Box type, joined together with self tapping screws, rabbeted weather joints at meeting rails. 083614 - 1 of 4 SEATTLE FIRE STATION 17 SECTION 083614 06759.00 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 2.4 DOOR A. Door Profile: Smooth flush panel. B. Windows: Aluminum Sash section with DSB glazing. 2.5 GLASS, INFILL PANELS, AND GLAZING A. Glass: 1. Insulated Glass Units: 1/2 or 5/8 inch thick, solar control insulating units with two 1/8 inch minimum thickness tempered glass panes and as specified in Section 088000. 2. Size: 36 inches by 17-1/2 inches. 3. Glazing U -Value: 0.038 maximum. 4. Glazing SHGC: 0.25 maximum. B. Steel Infill Panels: 1-5/8 inch thick. 1. Sheet aluminum face sheets, 0.050 inch thick, smooth surface finish. 2. Thermoplastic polyurethane or solid polyisocyanurate rigid insulated board core, CFC - and HCFC -free, as thermally separating face sheets. 3. Panel U -Value: 0.070 maximum. C. Glass and Infill Panel Size: Full stile and rail panel width. D. Glazing System: Rigid vinyl molding, sealed with closed cell foam tape on exterior side of glass. 2.6 TRACK A. Lift Type: Standard Vertical lift track operation with horizontal track assembly at ceiling, graduated to provide wedge type closing action seal with bracket, continuous reverse angle mounting on steel jambs. B. Track, Angles, and Brackets: 12 gauge galvanized steel, 3 inch wide continuous one piece track at each jamb side. Reinforce track with angle of sufficient length and gauge to prevent deflection and establish rigid installation. 2.7 DOOR JAMB A. Jambs: 2 inch steel B. Lift Clearance: 4-1 /2 inches. 2.8 HINGE AND ROLLER ASSEMBLIES A. Bottom Corner Brackets: Steel, designed to support dead load equal to 3/4 of balanced weight of door. B. Hinges: Heavy duty, steel, fully gusseted commercial type. C. Rollers: Ten 1/4 inch, floating hardened stainless steel ball bearings with hardened steel inner braces. D. Top Fixtures: Fully adjustable for aligning top Section with jamb and head. E. Lifting Handles: manufacturer's standard, centered at bottom of door. 083614 - 2 of 4 SEATTLE FIRE STATION 17 SECTION 083614 06759.00 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS F. Steel Struts: As required to meet wind Toad standards, conforming to ANSI/NAGDM 102. 2.9 COUNTERBALANCE ASSEMBLY A. Springs: Torsion spring type, low stress, helical wound, oil -tempered spring wire, ASTM A229, providing 50,000 cycles of use on continuous steel shaft. B. Spring Liftings and Drums: Die Cast, high strength aluminum. C. Lifting Cables: Aircraft cable, braided stainless steel to provide minimum 5:1 safety factor. 2.10 WEATHERSTRIPPING A. Weatherstripping: Continuous at door perimeter, full length of head, jambs, and sill. B. Properties: Material designed to retain sealing properties in subfreezing and high heat. Maintain full length contact when door is in closed position. C. Head and Jambs: Flexible cold weather vinyl weatherstripping. D. Bottom Seal: U-shaped cold weather vinyl astragal insert into bottom rail extrusion or one- piece, compressible vinyl bulb, fitted to bottom of door panel, full length contact when the door is in a closed position. E. Panel Joint Weatherstripping: Weatherstripping tape between each sectional door panel. 2.1 1 OPERATING HARDWARE A. Emergency Manual Chain hoist operation with 3:1 reduced drive. 2.12 LOCK A. Side mounted, adjustable keeper, spring activated slide bolt with feature to retain in locked and retracted position, interior handle operation. B. Master key cylinders, keyed to Owner's system. Supply under work of Section 087100. 2.13 DOOR OPERATORS A. Motor: Overhead door MD B. Type: Jackshaft with manual chain hoist or Trolley. C. Motor Horsepower Rating: Continuous 3/4 HP or as otherwise recommended by manufacturer to move door in either direction at not less than 2/3 foot per second nor more than 1 foot per second. D. Electrical Requirements: 115 volt single or 460 volt three phase. E. Duty Cycle: 30 cycles/hour under large constant load. F. Control System: Heavy duty reversing contactor, electrically and mechanically interlocked with 24 VAC three -button open/close/stop control that allows for constant or momentary contact door open and door close functions. Include provisions for connection of safety 083614 - 3 of 4 SEATTLE FIRE STATION 17 SECTION 083614 06759.00 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS edge to reverse, and external three -wire radio control hook-up. Three button momentary contact "open -close -stop". G. Special Operation: 1. Photocell operation; 2. Door timer operation; 3. Remote control operation. Provide complete Inovonics system including: a. Inovonics Receiver #FAR; b. Inovonics Transmitters, 2 -button remotes FA214, one per door; c. Altronix timerboard 12-24VDC Multipurpose timer; d. IEI plug-in transformer low voltage system to convert from 120V to 12VDC; e. 12V 72 hour battery backup, 12x12 NEMA box BLI 12124SC - NK Box; f. 1/2 inch conduit, low voltage wire 18/4 strand JKT SC Grey. 2.14 FINISHES A. Door Finish: 1. Primer: Manufacturer's standard, factory -applied gray oxide primer. 2. Finish Coat: Semi gloss Fire Door Red color as specified in Section 099000. END OF SECTION 083614 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084313 09819.00 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS SECTION 084313 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Extruded aluminum storefront glazing system. 2. Operable vents. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Aluminum tubular aluminum sections with supplementary internal support framing as necessary to meet engineering loads. B. Fabricated interior of storefront systems to weep moisture out at bottom of system. C. Complete thermal isolation between interior and exterior frames. Slotted and other partial thermally broken systems not accepted. D. Related flashings, anchors, and attachment devices. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Testing and Performance Requirements: Conform to ANSI/AAMA 101 requirements and the following: B. Thermal Movement Design of Storefronts: Capable of withstanding thermal movements resulting from ambient temperature range of 120 degrees F that could cause a surface temperature range of 180 degrees F within the framing system. C. Air Infiltration Test: 1. Test: ASTM E283 at static air pressure difference of 6.24 psf. 2. Air Infiltration: Maximum 0.06 cfm per square foot of fixed wall area. D. Water Resistance Test: 1. Test: ASTM E331 at a static test pressure of 8 psf. 2. Uncontrolled Water Leakage: None. E. Water Resistance Test of Installed Assembly in Field: 1. Test: AAMA 503 and ASTM El 105. Static pressure of 8 psf. 2. Field test a minimum of 4 units of 1% of installed fenestration products. Perform tests at full specified test pressure of 8 psf. (Do not allow one-third deduction from test pressure, per AAMA 503, paragraph 4.9.) 3. No water leakage at 8 psf according to test methods. F. Uniform Load Structrual Deflection Test: 1. Test: ASTM E330 test unit at positive and negative static air pressure difference conforming to 1.5 times design pressure difference at 10 seconds, conforming to IBC Section 1605 and as defined by Structural Notes. Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \084313 Permit Set BARS Aluminum -Framed Storefronts.Doc 084313 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084313 09819.00 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS 2. Load Deflection Under Design Load: Do not exceed L/175 of glass edge length or 3/4 inch whichever is Tess, under design loads when subjected to larger of combined positive or negative design loads, conforming to IBC Section 2403. 3. Test Conclusion: No glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, nor other damage which would cause the storefront to be defective. 1.5 Condensation Resistance Test (CRF): 1. Test: AAMA 1502.7. 2. Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF): Not Tess than 59. B. Thermal Transmittance Test: ['"'verify with energy calculations for project. '''r1 1. [Maximum 0.45 [0.55] [0.63] BTU /hour/ degree F/ SF for 1 inch clear insulating units with 1/4 inch thick glass, tested to AAMA 1503.] 2. Maximum [0.45] U -Factor as determined, certified, and labeled in accordance to NFRC 100 by independent agency licensed by NFRC. Meet or exceed Washington State Energy Code [Seattle Energy Code] and provisions of Contract Documents. """Coordinate U -Factor with Mechanical Engineer to determine performance requirements needed for U -Value based upon window opening areas verses prescriptive requirements required by Energy Code ' '"" C. Washington State Non -Residential [Seattle] Energy Code: 1. Maximum 0.45 [0.55] U -Value for Low E double glazed storefronts, tested to National Fenestration Rating Council, NFRC 100. 2. Energy Performance Rating: NFRC tested and certified by independent agency. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Kawneer Co., Inc., 451T specified for type and quality. 1. Cell (253) 229-4542, Tel (253) 435-1979, Fax (253) 872-8428, Email Skip.Dill@alcoa.com (Skip Dill, Commercial Account Mgr). 2. Tel (877) 767-9107, Fax (877) 767-9102 (Arch. Services Team). 3. Website http://www.kawneer.com B. EFCO Corporation, a Pella Company 1. Cell (206) 941-1798, Tel (425) 778-2050, Fax (425) 778-3476, Email lou@windowtechinc.com (Window Tech, Inc., Lou Novak CSI / Chris Rogstad CSI / Travis Glick CSI). Website www.windowtechinc.com 2. Cell (360) 600-0804, Fax (360) 834-3872, Email bud@windowtechinc.com (Bud Henson, Mfrs Rep). 3. Website: http:!iwww.efcocorp.com C. United States Aluminum Commercial Products Group 1. Cell (425) 273-4591, Tel (888) 889-3899 Ext 304, Fax (888) 647-5557, Email davidchatburn@usalum.com (Dave Chatburn, Architectural Sales). 2. Website http://www.usalum.com D. Vista Wall Architectural Products 1. Tel (206) 282-3044, Fax (206) 282-3528 (Pat Boucher CSI, Mfrs Rep). 2. Tel (800) 521-8742 (Home Office, Fred Schoenfeldt, Dave Elfe, Factory Rep.). 3. Website http://www.vistawall.com Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K. Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \files Ready To Print \084313 Permit Set RAHS Aluminum -Framed Storefronts.Doc 084313 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084313 09819.00 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS E. Substitution Requests: Submit for consideration under provision of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS/COMPONENTS A. Store Front Framing: 1. Sightline: 2-1 /4 inch 2. Depth: 4-5/8 inch 3. Glazed: Outside and Inside 4. Thermally broken 5. Construction: Screw Spline B. Aluminum: Extruded aluminum, 6063-T5 or 6063-T6 alloy, tempered as required for installation. C. Aluminum Wall Thickness: Aluminum vertical and horizontal extrusions: 1. Hardware Fastener Locations: Minimum 0.125 inch thick. 2. Non -Fastener Locations: Minimum 0.080 inch thick. D. Structural Thermal Barrier: Poured -in-place two part polyurethane into pre -finished cavity and debridged. 1. Minimum 3/8 inch wide clear separation. 2. Non-structural thermal barriers and extruded PVC used as an applied thermal isolator not accepted. E. Anchors: Aluminum or steel perimeter and floor anchors. Isolate steel anchors from aluminum to prevent galvanic action. F. Fasteners: Aluminum, stainless steel, or zinc plated steel, coated where exposed to match finish. G. Aluminum Cladding Covers: Aluminum sheet brake shapes matching storefront finish. H. Sill Subframe: High performance type with approximately 1-3/4 inch high upturned leg at interior side. I. Extruded Aluminum Sill Covers: Extruded aluminum matching storefront finish provide below fill subframes at storefront openings and below exterior wall panels to cover top of brick veneer and concrete stem walls. Provide sealed end caps at exposed ends. Provide end returns to support sealant and backer rod. Provide extrusions in typical 24 foot lengths with sealed concealed brake -shape aluminum splice plates. Gap sill cover extrusions as require for thermal movement. K. Joint Sealants: 1. Field Installed, as specified Section 079200. a. Storefront System Exterior Perimeter and Wall Substrate: Silicone sealant. 2. Storefront System Interior Perimeter and Wall Substrate: Polyurethane sealant. 3. Factory Installed Storefront System Internal Components: Manufacturer's recommended sealant. 4. Closed -cell backer rod. Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \084313 Permit Set RAHS Aluminum -Framed Storefronts.Doc 084313-3of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084313 09819.00 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS 2.3 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glass and Glazing: Insulating glass units as specified in Section 088000. B. Tempered Safety Glass: As specified Section 088000. Conform to Code for installation of tempered safety glass into insulating glass units. C. Glazing: Dry glazed with interior and exterior preset neoprene/elastomeric extruded gaskets. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Mechanically fasten framing members by means of screw splines. B. Cut and fit stick members under shop conditions and tolerances. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Metal Spandrel Panels: As specified in Section 074243. B. [Semi -Rigid Fiberglass Spandrel Insulation: As specified Section 0721 14.] C. [Firestopping: As specified Section 078400.] D. Silicone Sealant, Backer Rods, and Pre -Compressed Foam Backer: As specified Section 079200. 2.6 FINISHES A. Exposed Aluminum: 1. [Aluminum: Clear anodized, AAMA 611 Anodized Finish Class I, Designation A41, Clear, high performance anodic finish.] B. Exposed Aluminum: 1. Superior Performing Organic Coating, factory applied, baked -on finish with minimum 70 percent Kynar or Hylar resin content conforming to AAMA 2605. 2. [High Performance Organic Coating, factory applied, baked -on finish with minimum 50 percent Kynar or Hylar resin content conforming to AAMA 2604.] a. Color: As Selected By Architect. C. Uncoated metal not accepted on exposed portions of storefronts. Touch up uncoated metal for smooth, finished appearance matching color and gloss level of adjacent finish. D. [Joint Sealant Color: To match storefront color.] PART 3 EXECUTION 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conform to provisions of Section 014300. B. Field Quality Control Testing Service: AAMA accredited testing agency accepted by Architect retained by Owner. Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \084313 Permit Set RAHS Aluminum -Framed Storefronts.Doc 084313-4of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084313 09819.00 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS 1. [Qualified Envelope Diagnostics, Inc (QED), Tel (206) 768-0110, CeII (206). 793-0046, Fax (206) 768-1312, Email mike@ gedlab.com (Mike Henry), Website http://www.qedlab.com. 2. Other AAMA accredited testing agency, as accepted by Architect.] C. Perform in-place testing of a minimum of 4 installations, or 1 percent of the total number of openings, at locations selected by Architect to verify conformance to performance requirements specified by this Section. D. Water Penetration Resistance Test: Conform to AAMA 503 Test Method B as evaluated and tested to ASTM El 105 testing procedures at full test pressure specified by Performance Requirements E. Air Infiltration Test: Conform to AAMA 503 Test Method B as evaluated and tested to ASTM E783 testing procedures. F. Where initial test results do not conform to performance requirements: 1. Test additional installations. 2. Make corrections to failed installations. 3. Retest to verify conformance to performance requirements. 4. Contractor shall pay for costs of retesting. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \084313 Permit Set RAHS Aluminum -Framed Storefronts.Doc • 084313-5of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084413 09819.00 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS SECTION 084413 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Extruded aluminum, thermally improved, curtain wall tube framing systems. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Self-supporting thermally improved curtain wall systems: 1. Vertical and horizontal mullions with pressure plates, covers, and retainage legs. 2. Thermally improved members. 3. Water drainage system to move water to exterior of system at horizontal mullions and silicone compatible zone dams at framing intersections. 4. Pressure plates, covers, and retainage legs. 5. Double glazed insulating units, panels, closure plates, and trim dry glazed into system with silicone compatible gaskets. 6.- Inside replacement of glazing with outside glazing option for spandrel reglazing. 7. Structural steel and aluminum framing and reinforcing as required for supporting and reinforcing system. 8. Flashing, composite wall panels, aluminum cladding, backpans, joint sealant, closures, copings, vents, bellows, and trim as necessary to join systems together, equalize pressure, and maintain watertight integrity of Building. 9. Firestopping of construction joints conforming to Section 078400. 10. Concealed fasteners. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Testing and Performance Requirements: Conform to ANSI/AAMA 101 requirements and the following: B. Thermal Movement: Design capable of withstanding thermal movements resulting from ambient temperature range of 120 degrees F that could cause surface temperature range of 180 degrees F within the framing system. C. Air Leakage Test: Less than 0.6 cfm per square foot of fixed wall area at static air pressure difference of 6.20 psf, meeting test criteria of ASTM E283. D. Static Water Resistance Test: No uncontrolled water leakage at 15 psf static test pressure, tested to ASTM E331. E. Dynamic Water Resistance Test: No uncontrolled water leakage at 15 psf dynamic test pressure, conforming to AAMA 501 and meeting test criteria of AAMA 503. F. Water Resistance Test of Installed Assembly in Field: 1. Test: AAMA 503 and ASTM El 105. Static pressure of 10 psf. 2. Field test for water penetration resistance a minimum of 4 units of 1 percent of fenestration products. Perform water penetration resistance tests at full specified test pressure of 10 PSF. 3. No water leakage at 10 PSF according to test methods. Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \084413 Permit Set RAHS Glazed Aluminum Curtain WalIs.Doc 084413 - 1 of.4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084413 09819.00 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS G. Uniform Load Deflection Test: Conform to AAMA TIR-Al 1 tested to ASTM E330. 1. Maximum 3/4 inch deflection at individual glass lights under design load. 2. Maximum L/175 deflection of clear span. H. Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF): Minimum CFR Class C55, tested to AAMA 1502.7 [in conformance and labeled to NFRC 500]. I. Conductive Thermal Transmittance Test: 1. Maximum 0.45 [0.55] BTU /hour/ degree F/ SF for 1 inch [1-1/2 inch] clear insulating units with 1/4 inch thick glass, tested to AAMA 1503. 2. Maximum 0.45 [0.55] U -Factor as determined, certified, and labeled in conformance and labeled to NFRC 100 [Seattle Energy Code RS -31] by independent agency licensed by NFRC. Meet or exceed Washington State Energy Code [Seattle Energy Code] and provisions of Contract Documents. J• Reduction of Glass Edge Bite Due to Deflection: 1. Horizontal and Vertical Members: Do not exceed 1/8 inch at mid span due to member deflection. 2. Parallel -to -Wall and Corner Mullion Deflection: Do not exceed 75 percent of glass edge bite or 3/8 inch whichever is Tess. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Kawneer Co., Inc., System 5500 1. CeII (253) 229-4542, Tel (253) 435-1979, Fax (253) 872-8428, Email Skip.Dill@alcoa.com (Skip Dill, Commercial Account Mgr). 2. Tel (877) 767-9107, Fax (877) 767-9102 (Arch. Services Team). 3. Website http://www.kawneer.com B. EFCO Corporation, a Pella Company 1. CeII (206) 941-1798, Tel (425) 778-2050, Fax (425) 778-3476, Email lou@windowtechinc.com (Window Tech, Inc., Lou Novak CSI / Chris Rogstad CSI / Travis Glick CSI). 2. Website www.windowtechinc.com / http://www.efcocorp.com C. United States Aluminum Commercial Products Group 1. CeII (425) 273-4591, Tel (888) 889-3899 Ext 304, Fax (888) 647-5557, Email davidchatburn@usalum.com (Dave Chatburn, Architectural Sales). 2. Website http://www.usalum.com D. Vistawall Architectural Products 1. Tel (206) 282-3044, Fax (206) 282-3528 (Pat Boucher CSI, Mfrs Rep), Tel (800) 521-8742 (Home Office, Fred Schoenfeldt, Dave Elfe, Factory Rep.). 2. Website http://www.vistawall.com E. Substitution Requests: Submit under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Curtain Wall Framing: 1. Sightline: 2-1 /2 inch Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \084413 Permit Set RAHS Glazed Aluminum Curtain WaIIs.Doc 084413 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084413 09819.00 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 2. Depth: 8-1 /8 inch and 7-1 /4 inch 3. Glazed: Outside 4. Thermally broken B. Extruded Aluminum, ASTM B221 6063-T5, 6005-T5, or 6061-T6 alloy and temper. C. Structural Thermal Barrier: Poured -in-place two part polyurethane into pre -finished cavity and debridged. 1. Minimum 3/8 inch wide clear separation. 2. Non-structural thermal barriers and extruded PVC used as an applied thermal isolator not accepted. D. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM 8209, 3003 or 5005 alloy, H1 5, H16, or H34 temper. E. [Concealed Sheet Steel: ASTM A653 G90 galvanized.] F. Internal Steel Structural Sections: ASTM A36. ASTM A123 galvanized to Grade 85 (2.0 once per square foot). 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Thermal Separators: Silicone compatible elastomer that will adhere to silicone. B. Anchors: Aluminum or steel perimeter and floor anchors. Isolate steel anchors from aluminum to prevent galvanic action. C. Fasteners: Aluminum, stainless steel, or zinc plated steel. Coat exposed fasteners to match finish of aluminum curtain wall frames. D. Sill Subframe: Aluminum with upturned leg at interior side and extended leg to form sloped sill with drip edge beyond face of wall. Make provision for watertight end dams and sealant/backer rod installation. E. Aluminum Plate Closures, Covers, Backpan, and Other Components: Aluminum sheet matching curtain wall finish. 2.4 GLASS AND GLAZING A. Glass: Sealed dual glazed thermal units as. specified Section 088000. B. Dry Glazing: 1. Dry glaze interior and exterior with neoprene gaskets, setting blocks, and shims as specified by Section 088000, and as suitable for installation. 2. Wet seal installation to achieve air barrier, vapor retarder seal to glazing frame, and pressure equalized glazing space. 3. Seal WRB of adjacent wall cladding system(s) to glazing frame. 4. Provide for watertight backer rod and sealant joint and/or wind -proof, watershedding flashing at transitions to adjacent wall cladding system(s) 2.5 OPERABLE VENTS A. Vent Sash: Outward projecting, thermally broken, low sash profile, aluminum framed, compatible with curtain wall framing system. Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \084413 Permit Set RAHS Glazed Aluminum Curtain WaIIs.Doc 084413 - 3 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084413 09819.00 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS B. Operating Arms: Four -bar, stainless steel. C. [Concealed Curtain Wall Vent: Friction hold-up arm, stainless steel.] D. Locking Device: Cam type handles and spanner lock, bronze alloy. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Fabricate extruded aluminum vertical and horizontal frame members at minimum 0.125 inch wall thickness. B. Mechanically fasten framing members by means of extruded aluminum shear blocks or screw splines attached to vertical mullions. C. Cut and fit stick members under shop conditions and tolerances. 2.7 FINISH A. [Exposed Aluminum: AAMA 611, Anodized Finish Class I, Designation A41, Clear, high performance anodic finish.] B. Exposed Aluminum: 1. Superior Performing Organic Coating, factory applied, baked -on finish with minimum 70 percent Kynar or Hylar resin content conforming to AAMA 2605. 2. [High Performance Organic Coating, factory applied, baked -on finish with minimum 50 percent Kynar or Hylar resin content conforming to AAMA 2604.] 3. Touch up uncoated metal for smooth, finished appearance matching color and gloss level of adjacent finish. C. Curtain Wall System Color: As selected by Architect. D. Uncoated exposed metal not accepted. Touch up uncoated metal for smooth, finished appearance matching color, gloss and performance level of adjacent finish. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \084413 Permit Set RAHS Glazed Aluminum Curtain WalIs.Doc 084413 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084523 09819.00 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES SECTION 084523 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Translucent composite sandwich panels with translucent fiberglass skins, insulation, and structural aluminum interlocking grid framework. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 061000 2. Section 074113 3. Section 076200 4. Section 079200 1.2 REFERENCES - Rough Carpentry - Metal Roof Panels - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim - Joint Sealants A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Architectural 1. AAMA 501 2. AAMA 611 3. AAMA 1503 4. AAMA 2604 5. AAMA 2605 Manufacturer's Association (AAMA): - Quality Assurance and Diagnostic Water Leakage Field Check of Installed Storefronts, Curtain Walls, and Sloped Glazing Systems. - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. - Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections. - Voluntary Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. - Voluntary Specification Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube - Test Method for Steady -State thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box. - Tension Test of Flat Sandwich Constructions in Flatwise Plane. - Standard Specification for Cellular Elastomeric Performed Gaskets and Sealing Materials. - Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers. 2. ASTM B221 3. ASTM B429 4. ASTM C236 5. ASTM C297 6. ASTM C509 7. ASTM C864 Date Saved: January 27, 2010 k:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \084523 Perma Set RAHS Fiberglass -Sandwich -Panel Assemblies.Doc 084523 - 1 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084523 09819.00 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES 8. ASTM D635 9. ASTM D1002 10. ASTM D1037 11. ASTM D1435 12. ASTM D1494 13. ASTM D2244 14. ASTM E72 15. ASTM E84 16. ASTM E283 17. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Self -Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position. - Strength Properties of Adhesive in Shear By Tensile Loading - Test Method for Evaluating the Properties of Wood -Based Fiber and Particle Panel Materials. - Standard Practice for Outdoor Weathering of Plastics - Standard Test Method for Diffuse Light Transmission Factor of Reinforced Plastics Panels - Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. - Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction. - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. - Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Difference Across the Specimen. - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors By Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. D. National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC): Tel (301) 589-1776, E-mail: info@nfrc.orq ;Website http://www.nfrc.org E. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): UL 723 - Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. Website http://www.ui.com/ 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Combined Design Loads: Design and size members to withstand live and dead loads, pressure and suction wind acting on glazing as calculated according to IBC. B. Live load: 25 lbs psf. C. Concentrated Load: 300 pound point load at spanning aluminum support members. D. Total Perpendicular Wind Load: 90 mph, minimum, IBC exposure B, and as specified by Structural Notes. E. Seismic Loads: Design and size components to IBC exposure 8, Importance Factor III, and Seismic Category D, and as shown on Structural Drawings. F. Deflection: Limit to L/60. G. Beam Bending'Strength Tests: 1.9 inch in 10 foot at 30 psf without a supporting frame for maximum 3.27 inch panel deflection and with 0.065 set defection of 4 by 12 foot panel, tested to ASTM E72. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Heat and Light Transmission of Panel: Top and Bottom Sheet. 1. Light Transmission: 30 percent, as tested to ASTM D1494. 2. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.27 or less. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\084523 Permit Set RAHS Fiberglass -Sandwich -Panel Assemblies.Doc 084523 - 2 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084523 09819.00 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES 3. Thermal Transmittance: a. Maximum 0.29 overall U value for system as determined, certified, and labeled in accordance to NFRC RS -31 by independent agency licensed by NFRC, tested to ASTM C236. b. Meet or exceed Washington State Energy Code and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Interior Sheet Fire Rating: 1 UL Class B, ICC ES Report Class II. 2. Flamespread: Less than 50, ASTM E84. 3. Smoke Developed: Less than 250, ASTM E84 / UL 723. 4. Burn Extent: Maximum 1 inch per minute, ASTM D635, CC -1. C. Weather Resistance of Exterior Panel Face Sheet: Fabricate and treatchemically and to protect against deterioration due to surface erosion, extreme weather conditions, and sunlight. 1. Permanent Erosion Barrier: Applied during manufacturing process and Integral to panel face to resist surface erosion, fiber bloom, abrasion, and color change due to environmental exposure and ultra -violet radiation. 2. Color Fast Resins: Full thickness of sheet. 3. Color Fastness: Show no more than 4 CIE Lab Units of color difference after 12 years or 3 Delta E after 5 years of outdoor weathering in south Florida, tested ASTM D2244, at 5 degree angle facing south conforming to ASTM D1435. D. Water Penetration: No leakage at 15 psf static pressure when water applied to entire surface, tested to ASTM E331 and AAMA 501. E. Air Infiltration Through Perimeter Framing: 0.01 cfm per sf of panel perimeter at 6.24 psf air pressure (49 mph wind), tested ASTM E283. F. Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF): Minimum 80, measured on the I-beam, tested to AAMA 1503. G. Adhesive: Heat and pressure type engineered for structural sandwich panel use. 1. Tensile Strength: 750 psi, ASTM C297, under aging conditions prescribed under ASTM D1037. 2. Shear Strength: 700 psi, ASTM D1002. H. Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in framing system, or migrating moisture occurring within system, to the exterior by a weep drainage network. I. Structural Supporting Framework: As designed by manufacturer to meet or exceed design requirements specified by this Section. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system dimensions, framed opening requirements and tolerances, anticipated deflection under load, affected related Work, weep drainage and gutter network, and expansion and contraction joint location and details. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\084523 Permit Set RAHS Fiberglass -Sandwich -Panel Assemblies.Doc 084523 - 3 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084523 09819.00 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES C. Product Data: Provide framing member structural and physical characteristics, component dimensions, describe components within assembly, anchorage and fasteners, panel configuration, and internal drainage details. D. Samples: Panel section showing panel skin color and Tight transmittance and aluminum finish. E. Design Calculations: Signed and stamped by licensed structural engineer. F. Test Reports: Submit substantiating engineering data, certified test results of previous tests by independent laboratory meeting performance requirements. G. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions, special installation procedures, and perimeter flashing requirements. H. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State of Washington. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Specializing in manufacturing translucent panel systems with minimum 10 years documented experience. 2. Maintain engineering, design, and technical support services to facilitate successful fabrication and installation of work of this Section. B. Installer: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience installing commercial quality work of comparable scope. 2. Trained and authorized by manufacturer prior to Bid, or accepted by Architect. 1.8 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, installer, Owner, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and those requested to attend. C. Meeting Time: Minimum 3 weeks prior to prior to beginning work of this Section and work of related Sections affecting work of this Section. D. Location: Project Site. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver translucent panels in manufacturers protective crates, shrink wrapped or otherwise packaged to protect from damage. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\084523 Permit Set RAHS Fiberglass -Sandwich -Panel Assemblies.Doc 084523 - 4 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084523 09819.00 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES C. Store panels on long edge, several inches above ground, blocked to prevent bending, and under cover. 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Coordinate with Section 061000, Section 074113, and Section 076200, for roof curbs, metal roofing, and flashing for installation on curbs at metal roof system. C. Section 077213 for manufactured roof curb for support of translucent skylights specified by this Section 1.12 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Standard 5 year Warranty against defective design, materials, and fabrication of sandwich panels. 2. 25 year fiberglass face sheet Warranty against fiberbloom and delamination from core. C. Contractor Warranty: 2 year labor and materials installation Warranty against moisture intrusion and leakage. D. Special Aluminum -Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components on which finishes fail within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include normal weathering. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, checking, crazing, peeling, chalking, and fading of finishes. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Kalwall Corporation, specified for type and quality. 1. Tel (206) 352-9466/ (877) 599-5500, Fax (206) 352-9469, Email mcasper@deamor.com (Mark Casper, DeaMor Associates, Inc. 2. Website http://www.kalwall.com / http://www.deamor.com B. Major Industries, Inc. 1. Tel (503) 977-2996, Fax (503) 977-2373 (Gary Stella, Architectural Solutions) 2. Website http://www.majorskylights.com C. Substitutions: Submit under provisions of Section 012500. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \084523 Permit Set RAHS Fiberglass -Sandwich -Panel Assemblies.Doc 084523 - 5 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084523 09819.00 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES 2.2 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM 8221, 6063-T5 or 6061-T6 alloy and temper. B. Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209, of alloy and temper to suit application. C. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B429. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Fiberglass Face Sheets: Translucent shatterproof sheets with smooth surface, free of ridges, wrinkles, air bubble clusters, and pin holes. Fabricated to uniform strength and thickness. 1. Exterior Face Sheet: Minimum 0.070 inch thick. 2. Interior Face Sheet: Minimum 0.045 inch thick. B. Aluminum I -Beam Core: Mechanically interlocking, extruded aluminum beams with 7/16 wide flanges, machined to 0.002 inch tolerance, free of high and low intersections to maintain continuous contact with face sheets. C. Perimeter Closure System: Thermally broken, extruded aluminum battens, cover strips, cover plates, and integral flashings to suit location and application; sized to rigidly retain panels in place. D. Perimeter Sill Flashing: Sheet aluminum, minimum 0.062 inch thick, secured by concealed fastening method. Formed with upturned leg at interior side to prevent moisture intrusion under sill. E. Weather Seals and Adhesives: To suit application, non-bleeding, non -staining EPDM or neoprene dry glazed gasketed system. F. Mechanical Fasteners: Stainless steel, type 401 where in contact with aluminum. 1. Screws, Lag Bolts, And Other Fasteners And Anchors: As instructed by manufacturer to suite installation. 2. Exposed Fasteners: Not accepted at exterior surfaces of skylight panel system. G. Perimeter Joint Sealant and Backing Materials: Silicon Sealant specified in Section 079200. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Factory fabricate permanently bonded fiberglass panel facing to both sides of structural extruded aluminum interlocking I-beam grid. 1. Panel Thickness: 2-3/4 inch. 2. Grid Pattern: 12 by 24 inch. 3. Panel Dimensions: To suite installation. Field verify prior to beginning fabrication. B. Employ gaskets, adhesives, seals, and joinery to maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout panel assembly. C. Fabricate to conform to Design Requirements and Performance Requirements specified by this Section. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \084523 Permit Set RAHS Fiberglass -Sandwich -Panel Assemblies.Doc 084523 - 6 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084523 09819.00 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES D. Fabricate system components with minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation and dynamic movement of perimeter seal. E. Accurately fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints flush and hairline. F. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchors where necessary for installation. G. Arrange fasteners and attachments to be concealed from view. Exposed fasteners not permitted at exterior surfaces. H. Reinforce framing members as necessary to meet design loads. 2.5 FINISHES A. Panel Face Sheets: 1. Exterior Sheet: Kalwall Crystal SW. 2. Interior Sheet: Kallwall Crystal S-171. B. Exposed Aluminum: 1. AAMA 611, Anodized Finish Class I, finish. 2. AAMA 2605 factory applied finish accepted. 3. Uncoated exposed metal not accepted. Touch up uncoated metal • appearance matching color and gloss level of adjacent finish. a. Color: As accepted by Architect. Designation A41, Clear, high performance anodic for smooth, finished PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify dimensions, tolerances, opening sizes and methods of attachment to wood curbs. C. Verify base flashings at curbs in place and ready for installation work of this Section. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install sill flashing under panel with mechanical fasteners into roof curb. C. Mechanically anchor to steel framework to permit sufficient adjustment to accommodate construction tolerances, irregularities, and panel expansion and contraction. D. Install using attachments, fasteners, and shims to perimeter structure as necessary for secure and permanent system. E. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 k:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\084523 Permit Set RAHS Fiberglass -Sandwich -Panel Assemblies.Doc 084523 - 7 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 084523 09819.00 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES F. Pack fiberglass insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. G. Install perimeter sealant at'sill flashing and perimeter framing as necessary to prevent air and water intrusion, conforming to Section 079200. 3.3. TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/16 inch in each 3 foot non -cumulative. B. Maximum Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 1/32 inch. 3.4 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Provide field surveillance by manufacturer's qualified representative on routine bases as installation work progresses. B. Monitor and report unacceptable conditions to Contractor and Architect, and make tests and recommendations as needed to conform to requirements of work of this Section. C. Perform final inspection at completion of work of this Section. Confirm conformance with manufacturer's instructions and acceptability of work in accordance with manufacturer's Warranty provisions. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Make adjustments, repair, or replace work out not conforming to provisions of Contract Documents and manufacturer's instructions, as instructed by Architect. B. Readjust work not in alignment with adjacent work or otherwise out of acceptable plumb or tolerances. 3.6 CLEANING A. Remove protective material from prefinished aluminum surfaces. B. Wash down surfaces with a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. C. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Nes Ready To Prutt\084523 Permit Set RAHS Fiberglass -Sandwich -Panel Assemblies.Doc 084523 - 8 of 8 Raisbeck Aviation High School 09819.00 SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Work under t 's Quantities list not specifically matching the ite section includes the complete finish hardware requi ents for the project. are for the Contractor's convenience only and are of guaranteed. Items entioned, but necessary to complete the work - 'all be furnished, specified in quality and finish. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Sect! . "Hollow Metal Doors and Fram 2. Division 08 Sectio "Flush Wood Doors" 3. Division 08 Section Iuminum-Framed Entran and Storefronts" 4. Division 26 - Electrica 5. Division 28 - Electronic .fety and Security C. Electronic Hardware Coordinati systems specified under Division and installation for complete and stated. 1.3 REFERENCES : Coordin. Work of this Section with the requirements of 6 and :, as required to provide materials, fabrication, o •ra g system meeting the operational requirements A. Standards: Current edition at d e of bid. 1. ADAAG - Americans wit isabilities Act, ' ccessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities" 2. ANSI/BHMA A156.18 Materials and Finishe 3. NFPA 80 - Standar. or Fire Doors and Windo 4. Underwriters Lab. .tories - Building Materials ►'rectory 5. UL 10C - Unde iters Laboratories, "Positive Pre ure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies". 6. ICC/ANSI Al 1 - "Accessible and Usable Buildin• nd Facilities" B. Codes: 1. WashingtState Building Code, Chapter 51-50 WAC, . amended by the City of Seattle. 1.4 SUBMITTS A. Gener. Requirements: Submittals shall be in accordance with Division 01 "Submittal Proc ures". B. uct Data: Submit Six (6) copies of manufacturer's data for each item of finish hardware. C. ardware Schedule: Submit Six (6) copies of a detailed Finish Hardware Schedule. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 1 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE 1. The submitted Finish Hardware Schedule shall indicate the complete designation of every item required for each door or opening. 2. Furnish cover sheet listing title of project as shown on the Contract Documents, name, address, phone and fax numbers of Owner, Architect, Contractor, and Supplier, name of Certified Hardware Consultant, and date of submittal. 3. List each opening individually under separate headings in the same order as the door schedule. Do not group like or similar doors under a.single heading. Do not continue headings on separate pages. 4. Each heading shall indicate opening location, handing, degree of opening, door size, type, fire rating, and Door and Frame material. 5. Indicate product Manufacturer and incorporate cross-reference to symbols used in Article 2.1 5 Hardware Groups. 4 6. Include an index indicating door, heading, and page numbers and locking function for each openin 7. Locations shal .e included and miscellaneous hardware items. 8. A cross referen for abbreviations or symbols used shall be 'ncluded. 9. Schedules in cod- or horizontal format are unacceptable 10. Submittals not con ming to these requirements will b eturned without review, for re -submittal. Follow' • is an example of the required'.rmat: 1 Sgl. Door #104 - Rece. 'on 100 to Office 104 HW -2 3-0 x x 1-3/4" x 20 Min e x Type C LH 90° SC WD x HMF 3 Each Butts MA HG -305 x " x US32D x AdjustaScrews x 1 /2MS 1 Lockset BE 45H7INL M 630 LH 1 Door Closer LCN 041-E►`A Alum x STB 1 Kick Plate TI B KP 10 x 34.5 - US32D x B4E x CTSK 1 Wall Stop TR 12 ' ' -SV US26D (626) 1 Set Gasket PE 588 ' 17' per Set 11. Processing: Hardware schedules wi not . reviewed by the Architect until they have been reviewed and approved by C tractor. 12. Revisions: The Finish Hardware S •mittal sha be kept current throughout the project duration. Revisions incorporate • hall be subm ted in accordance with the above requirements. Submit only cov: sheet and revis. a pages. Clearly identify changes from previous submittal cont: t. D. Samples: If requested by the Ar' itect, submit one (1) sa ' ple of each exposed hardware category, finished as required, d tagged with full descrip on for coordination with the hardware schedule. Samples II be reviewed, by the Archit- t, for design and finish only, compliance with other require ents is the responsibility of th, Contractor. Units which are acceptable and remain undaged through submittal procedu s may be used on the project. E. Color Samples: Submit Si (6) set of color charts and physical samp s of each product requiring color selection F. Keying Schedule: After ompletion of the Key meeting indicated under Paragraph 2.14 C., submit four copies of . key schedule indicating the complete project key system for approval. G. Wiring Diagrams and Risers: SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS \FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 2 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School 09819.00 SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 1. Submit Six (6) copies of electronic hardware system riser and terminal -to -terminal wiring diagrams for each Electronic Hardware application, cross-referenced to the Finish Hardware Submittal and Door Schedule. 2. Include voltage, wire quantity and gauge requirements along with product data and installation instructions. 3. Indicate connection points to equipment provided under Divisions 26 and 28. 4. Wiring Diagrams must be produced by the product manufacturer, or prior approved firms. H. Operations and Maintenance Data. 1. Submit Operations and Maintenance Manuals under the provisions • ' Section 017823, Project Close Out. 2. Manuals shall contain final copy of the Finish Hardware Submi , Product Data, Parts Lists and Diagrams, Key Schedule, Installation Instructions, ;"d.Warrantees. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier: 1. Finish ha •ware shall be supplied by a recognize • •uilders' hardware supplier who has been furni • l ing hardware in the same area as t ; project for a period of not less than five (5) year 2. Factory direct, • uthorized, and stocking dis `• utor of the Exit Devices, Locksets and Door Closers. 3. Employ an Archit- tural Hardware Cons ant, certified by the Door and Hardware Institute. B. Approved Suppliers: The b Alternative suppliers must be Substitution Procedures. Other successfully completed projects w listed s re -app rop r Benson Industries Builders Hardware & Supply Co Contract Hardware, Inc. Evergreen Construction Spe Krause and Scheelar, Inc. Washington Architectural pliers are approved for use on this project. ved in accordance with Division 1 Section, ed suppliers must submit a resume of similar rior approval. Ities, Inc. ardware Co. Tacoma, WA Seattle, WA Seattle, WA Kent, WA edmond, WA coma, WA C. Source: Obtain each k' d of Hardware (Butts, L from only one manuf. turer. (253) 474-5356 (206) 281-3700 (206) 298-4770 (253) 395-9933 (425) 883-1243 (253) 471-9150 cksets, Exit Devices, Door Closers, etc.) D. Installer: Finish h. .ware shall be installed only by perienced tradesmen in compliance with trade union risdictions, either at the door and ' : me fabrication plant or at the project site. E. Automatic 0. rators: 1. The Op: ators and Accessories shall be installed by fact• authorized and trained perso el and certified in compliance with American Asso ation of Automatic Door Manu':cturers (AAADM) requirements. 2. The elow listed installers are approved for use on this project. Alternative installers mu be pre -approved by procedure for "substitutions" described in Division 1 Section, Pr' . uct Requirements and Substitutions. Other proposed installers must submit a re ume of similar successfully completed projects for prior approval: SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION \ PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 3 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE C-4 Products Auburn, WA (800) 383-1650 Commercial Hardware Services Auburn, WA (253) 638-8684 Western Entrance Technology Monroe, WA (360) 863-9382 3. Pre -installation Conference: Prior to commencement of electrical work, provide for local factory representatives of the Automatic Operators to attend a pre -installation conference to review rough in and installation requirements with representatives of the General Contractor, Electrical Contractor, Finish Hardware Supplier, Automatic Operator and Finish Hardware Installers. 4. Certificates: Prior to substantial completion, provide certification from the local manufacturers representative of the Automatic Operators that all Operator applications are installed in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. Submit certification in writing to the Owner in care of the Architect. F. Pre -Installation Con -rence: Provide for Lockset, Exit Device, and Doi Closer Manufacturer's local tory representative to consult and instruc ; e installers in preparation and installa '.n requirements. Include substantial c pletion inspection and written acceptance of inst::lation. Include two (2) separate vis, up. to eight hours each. G. Templates: Furnish hardwar- emplates for each fabrica, rof doors, frames and other work to be factory prepared fo . he installation of har• are. Upon request, check the shop drawings of such other work to nfirm that provisi. is will be made for the proper installation of hardware. H. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with applicable local and 2. Accessibility: Conform to IBC Chap 11 Amendments. 3. Fire and Smoke Rated Door and Fra a. Tested and listed by recogniz required. b. Provide Door Closers, Auto atic self astragals, or other comp .%ents if re rent building codes. , ICC/ANSI Al 17.1, and WAC 51-50, Chapter ssemblies: ng agency for the types and sizes of doors 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STI : AGE tching bolts, coordinators, gasketing, qui -d to conform to label requirements. A. Packaging: Each item or pa .'.ge is to be separately final hardware schedule. mplete installation instru packages. B. 1.7 A. B. gged with identification related to the ons shall be included in the Storage: Provide a Ioc d room at the jobsite for the stor `•e of the hardware. WARRANTY Submittal: Submi arrantees in accordance with Section 01 36, Warrantees. Finish hardware s all be guaranteed against defects in workma . hip and operation for a period of one (1) year, backed by a factory guarantee of the har• are manufacturer. The following products shall be guaranteed for periods beyond one (1 Year: 1. Locks - Two (2) Years 2. Door Closers - Ten (10) Years 3. Panic Devices - Three (3) Years SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100-4of27 Raisbeck Aviation High School 09819.00 SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 1.8 MAINTENANCE A. Furnish the following extra materials, which shall be delivered directly to the Owner prior to substantial completion, in accordance with Division 01 Section "Project Close Out". B. Provide one set of Special Tools required for installation and adjustment C. Extra Hardware: Quantity Two Two Two Two One Hundred PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Description Locksets Exit Devices Exit Devices oor Closers ximity Cards Factory Number 45H7INL15M 2103 x 1703A FL2108 x V4908A 4041 -EDA VPA-HID A. Manufacturers: Products m be furnished by the r: nufacturers listed under "As Specified" below, or equivalent product' •f type, grade, des. ; , and function from manufacturers listed under "Acceptable Subst tions". Reques or products not listed must be made in accordance with Division 01 Sec •n "Substitutes -n Procedures". Product Continuous Hinges Locksets, Cylinders, and Keying Panic Hardware Door Closers Wiring Diagrams Automatic Operators Actuator. Switches Automatic Flush Bolts Door Pulls Push and Pull Plates Kick & Mop Plates Wall and Floor Stops Pipe Stop and Holders Electro -magnetic Doo. Releases Weatherstrip & Thre olds Key Cabinet 2.2 FINISH S•ecif" A). Bes Prec a n (PR) LC (L . ) k Tho pson Co. eane Mo ' :•e (KM) MS Sedco ( Door Controls • C) Tice Industries ) Trimco (TR) Trimco (TR) Trimco (TR) ABH (ABH) Rixson (RI) Pemko (PE) Telkee Acce•table Substitutions None None None None None None Larco, Curran None Rockwood, Trimco Rockwood, Tice Rockwood, Tice Pre -approved equal Specware DynaLock National Guard, Reese one A. Finish in gen .I shall be: US26D, Satin Chrome Plated, except: 1. Continu us Hinges, Locksets, Exit Devices, Push Plates, Door Pulls, and Overhead Stops: S32D, Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630) 2. Door losers and Removable Mullions: Painted Aluminum (BHMA 689). 3. Kick ates: .050 US32D, Satin Stainless Steel (BHMA 630) 4. Smo e Gasketing: As Selected. 5. Thr hold, Weatherstrip & Door Bottoms: As listed SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 5 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE 2.3 CONTINUOUS HINGES A. All Doors shall have Continuous Hinges. B. Quantity (per Leaf): one each. C. Sizes: Coordinate Power Transfer locations with Door and Frame manufacturer. 2.4 LOCKSETS AND CYLINDERS A. Furnish Lever Handle Locksets and Latches in 15M Design. B. Backset: 2-3/ C. The Locksets and ..tchsets shall be listed with Underwriter Laboratories for A label and lesser class doors. D. Cylinders: 1. Provide Small Format -y Removable Interchange Cores. 2. Provide appropriate cyli . er type, length, collar ,, and cam type to operate specified Locksets and Exit Devices E. Classroom Doors shall have doub locking func F. Provide Best V Series Battery Powered . rd Re • .er Lockset at IDF and MDF Rooms. G. Provide Curved Lip Strikes with adequate :, •,lection to protect door trim. Provide flat, flush lip strikes for pairs of doors with overlappi Astragals. H. Provide manufacturers standard wrough :r pl:`.tic strike boxes. 2.5 EXIT DEVICES A. Size Exit Devices in accordance with e manufacture ecommendations. B. Provide U.L. Listed Fire Exit Hardwa at rated openings. C. Wood Doors: Furnish Sex Nuts a + Bolts at Wood Composi Core Door applications. D. Lever Trim: 1. Precision V4900 Series Va •aI Resistant Lever Trim for inter .r doors requiring Lever Handles. 2. Exit Device Lever Trim s : II match design specified under 2.4. E. Removable Mullions: Provi Mullion Spacer Blocks No. 822-04 for installation in narrow stop frames. F. Provide Glass Bead Kits w ere interference with Door vision frames occurs. G. Precision ELR Electric La h Retraction Exit Devices at entry doors requiring Card Access. H. Electronic Hardware: Coordinate location, rough -in, and wiring requirements'with Electrical Contractor. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 6 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE 2.6 DOOR CLOSERS A. Drop Plates: Furnish drop plates where doors have insufficient height top rails. B. Wood Doors: Furnish Shoulder Through Bolts at Wood Composite core applications. C. Provide special closer mounting as required where interference with weatherstrip or sound seals occurs. D. Furnish d weather fluid, at exterior & vestibule doors. Furnish non-,': mmable fluid at fire rated . -nings in conformance with UL Test Standard 10C. E. Furnish Spacer ' ocks and/or shoe supports where frame stop •F:'es not provide for adequate suppor or the parallel arm soffit shoe. SECTION 087100 F. Furnish Fifth Hole Spers or Shoe Supports where requir by Frame configuration. 2.7 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPER ORS AND ACCESSORIES A. Locate Wall Plate Actuators a Key Switch as not-,.:` in the Architectural Drawings or as directed by Architect. B. All System Wiring shall be concealein the W •' I and Door Frame. C. Submit Wiring Diagrams in accordance i;>�paragraph 1.4 G. D. Coordinate locations, rough -in, voltag;'a wiring requirements with Electrical Contractor. E. Provide blocking for void spaces be een Ope : or Back Plate and frame face where required. 2.8 KICK, MOP, AND ARMOR PLAT A. Kick and Armor Plates shall '/- applied to the Push Side . the Door, Mop Plate applied to the Pull Side. B. Plates shall be beveled f,' r edges (B4E) and countersunk for ews. C. Height: Kick Plates, , Mop Plates 10", Armor Plates 34". D. Plates shall be fur hed with width as required to provide 1/4" clearce at sides of doors, stops, sound sea or weatherstrip. 2.9 STOPS AND HDERS A. Overhead S p and Holders are unacceptable. B. Where w stops are not applicable, furnish floor stops 1215CKU'Series if required. C. Rated Iassroom Doors and selected Storage Rooms shall have Magnetic Holders. D. Coordinate location, rough -in, and wiring requirements for Magnetic Holders with Electrical Contractor. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100-7of27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE 2.10 THRESHOLDS A. Fasteners: Furnish Thresholds with 'A" - 20 x 2" Flat Head Sleeve Anchors. 2.1 1 WEATHERSTRIP AND GASKETING A. Furnish weatherstrip and gaskets for complete perimeter of opening, including mullions, and astragals. Furnish weatherstrip at sill of Four (4) sided frames. 2.12 DOOR SILENCERS A. Furnish Rubber Door Silencers for openings not specified to have Smoke Gasketing or Weatherstrip. B. Quantity: Fu 'ish three (3) for each single door frame, and ur (4) for each pair of door frames. C. Type: 1229A. 2.13 MISCELLANEOUS HARARE REQUIREMENTS A. Key Cabinet: Provide one =-ch Telkee Model AW -1505, 150 Key Capacity. Locate as directed by the Architect. B. Padlocks: Provide Ten each Best ' 16722T wi PS2152 Stamping. 2.14 KEYING A. The keyed operated products specified der the Section shall be keyed to the existing Best 7 Pin Interchangeable Core Key Syste B. Provide Brass Construction Cores an' Keys f• Exterior and Interior Locksets and Cylinders during the construction period. Pla c Constr ion Cores are unacceptable. C. Permanent Keying: 1. The Owner shall provide th 2. Provide two copies of corre Construction Master and ermanent keying hedule directly to Best Lock. ed Finish Hardware hedules along with two each ntrol Keys, 90 days prl, to substantial completion to: Highline School District o. 401 Facilities Services 17810 8th Avenue So , Building C Burien, WA 98148-1 :8 Attention: John E. B f D. The Permanent Cores, hange Keys, and Control Keys, prepared according to the approved keying schedule, sha be transmitted directly to the Owner, prior to substantial completion. The Owner shall re ve the construction cores and install the permanent cores. All Construction Cores hall be returned by the Owner to the local Best Lock Service Center. E. The Permanent Cores and Keys shall be sent direct from the lock manufacturer via Registered Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the Owner. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100-8of27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE F. Stamp Keys "Do not Duplicate" and with change designation as directed. G. Furnish: 1. Four Building Grand Master Keys 2. Four Master Keys per set. 3. Two change keys per Lockset or Cylinder. 4. Two Control Keys 5. Tw. Construction Control Keys 6. Six . nstruction Keys 2.15 HARDWARE ' OUPS HW- 1 Doors #1000-1, 131 `-1 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Electric Latch Retraction Exit 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Exit Device 1 Key Removable Mullion 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Power Supply 1 Power Transfer 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 2 Pipe Stops 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 1 Door Sweep 2 Pcs. Weatherstrip (Mullio Card Reader HW- 2 Doors #1000-2, 1 ► 4 1-2 2 Continuous Hin 2 Exit Devices 1 Key Removab Mullion 1 Rim Cylinder 2 Door Close 2 Kick Plate 2 Pipe Sto 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 2 Door Sweeps 2 Pcs. Weatherstrip (Mullion) MA MA evice PR BE PR PR LCN TI TR PE PE PE PE PE MA PR PR BE LCN TI TR PE PE PE PE PE HG -3 HG ' 05 x CTP E -2103 x 1703A 72 102 x 1702A KR822 1E72 ELR-151 EPT-10 4041 -EDA xST1944 4EKP 1 9H As , -r detail 2891 290AS 31 5CN 31.9CN By Division HG -305 2102 x 1702A KR822 1E72 4041 -EDA xST1944\ B4EKP 1209HA As per detail 2891AS 290AS 31 5CN 319CN SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100-9of27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 3 Door#1001-1 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Electric Latch Retraction Exit Device 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Exit Device 1 Key Removable Mullion 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Power Supply 1 Power Transfe 1 Automatic Ope or 1 Push Button Swit (Outside) 1 Wall Plate Activatio Switch 1 Key Switch 1 Mortise Cylinder 1 Door Closer 1 Overhead Stop 2 Kick Plates 1 Pipe Stop 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 1 Door Sweep 2 Pcs. Weatherstrip (Mullion) Card Reader Daytime: Rotation of Key Switch to clockwis active leaf Exit Device latch is retracted, a outside or inside Wall Plates initiates Aut Nighttime: Rotation of Key Switch to c indicates that active leaf Exit Device I Depressing inside Wall Plate will se Automatic Operator opening cycle Exit Device latch and enable Outs Automatic Operator opening cy MA HG -305 MA HG -305 x CTP PR ELR-2103 x 1703A BE 1E72 PR 2102 x 1702A PR KR822 BE 1E72 PR ELR-151 VO EPT-10 ' KM 2100 Push x FW REES 01371-412, MS 59 -HSS ACSI 1310-2 x aintained Contact BE 1E74 LCN 4041- iA x ST1944 GJ 100A' -S Series TI B4E' • TR 1 9HA PE • . per detail PE 891AS PE 290AS PE 315CN 319CN By Division 28 pos outsi atic Op on (Green LED on Key Switch Lights) indicates Wall Plate Actuator is active. Depressing tor opening cycle. nter clockwis ch is retracted a entially retract the ctivating Card Reader e Wall Plate. Depressing Door automatically re-loc osition (Red LED on Key Switch Lights) outside Wall Plate is disabled. tive leaf Exit Device latch and initiate ill sequentially retract the active leaf tside Wall Plate initiates at end of cycle. SAVE DATE: 1 /27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 10 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 4 Doors #1001-3 2 Continuous Hinges 1 Electric Latch Retraction Exit Device 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Electric tch Exit Device 1 Key Remo . ble Mullion 1 Rim Cylind 1 Power Supply 1 Power Transfer 1 Automatic Opera 2 Jamb Activation Sw . hes 1 Door Closer 2 Kick Plates 2 Floor Stops 4 Silencers HW- 5 Door #1001-4 2 Continuous Hinges 2 Electric Latch Exit Devices 1 Key Removable Mullion 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Power Supply 1 Power Transfer 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 2 Floor Stops 4 Silencers HW- 6 Door #1002 1 Continuous Hin 1 Classroom Intr. der Lockset 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers MA PR BE PR PR BE PR VO KM MS LCN TI TR BE PR VO LCN TI TR MA BE TI TR HG -305 x CTP ELR-2103 x 1703A 1E72 ELR2102 x 1702A KR822 1E72 ELR-152 EPT-10 2100 Push x FW 619 -HSS 4041 -EDA 1944 B4EKP 1215CK HG -305 x CTP ELR2102 x 1702A KR822 E72 R-152 E -10 404 EDA x ST1944 B4EK 1215C HG -305 45H7INL15M B4EKP 1270CX-SV SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 1 1 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 7 Doors #1002, 2170, 3310, 3511, 4130, 4210 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Storeroom Lockset 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 1 Set Gasket HW- 8 MA HG -305 BE 45H7D15M LCN 4041 -EDA TI B4EKP TR 1270CX-SV PE S88D Doors #1100, '0, 3100, 3500 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 x P 1 Exit Device * PR FL2201 BR x Special Stenciling "For E , rgency Use Only Alar c will Sound" 1 Exit Device PR FL ' 01 x LBR 1 Power Transfer VO EP -10 1 Exit Device Touch Pad Switch ACSI ; ' 1500 -2200 -AE 1 Power Supply ACSI• .t 400-6100 1 Key Switch and Horn " CSI 1310-5-2 1 Mortise Cylinder 1 E74 2 Door Closers Lr, 4041 -EDA 2 Kick Plates T B4EKP 1 Set Gasket 88D 1 Astragal : 'E 7SP x S88D 2 Magnetic Holders RI F s 97 *North Leaf, Door 1 100 and 3100, Sout Leaf Doors 230 and 3500 HW- 9 Door #1110, 1120, 2120, 2 0, 3110, 3120 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Lockset BE 45H7R15M 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Mop Plate TI B4EMP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX-SV 3 Silencers SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100- 12of27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 10 Doors #1130, 2341, 3312, 3551 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Electronic Lockset 1 Powe Transfer 1 Door • ser 1 Kick Pla 1 Wall Stop 1 Floor Stop 3 Silencers Card Reader HW- 11 Doors #1140, 1 1 50, 115 Continuous Hinge Classroom Intruder Lockset Kick Plate Wall Stop Set Gasket HW- 12 Door #1170 2 Continuous Hinges 1. Storeroom Lockset 2 Flush Bolts 1 Dust Proof Strike 1 Door Closer (Active Le 2 Kick Plates 2 Wall Stops 1 Set Gasket 1 Astragal 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HW- 13 Doors #1 1 ' 4, 1 181 Continu- s Hinge Exit D ice Door loser Kic late Wa Stop Flo r Stop Set Gasket MA BE VO LCN TI TR TR HG -305 x CTP 45H7EWEU15M EPT-2 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1270CX 121 5CKU (Door:: 130) By Division 1152, 1160, 1161 MA -305 BE 45H7INL15M TI B4EKP T• 1270CX-SV S88D MA H. 305 BE 45 'D15M TR 391 12" TR 3911 LCN 4041-E TI B4EKP TR 1270CX-S PE S88D PE 355CS MA HG -305 PR 2103 x 4903A x Knurled Outside Lever LCN 4041 -EDA TI B4EKP TR 1270CX-SV TR 1215CKU (Door #1 18i ) PE S88D SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 13 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 14 Doors #1 190, 2330, 3540 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Storeroom Lockset 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 1 Set Gasket HW- 15 Door #1210 MA HG -305 BE 45H7D15M LCN 4041 -H -EDA TI B4EKP TR 1270CX-SV PE S88D 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 x CTP 1 Electronic Lockset BE 45H7EWEU1 5 1 Power Transfer VO EPT-2 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Floor Stop TR 1215C 1 Set Gasket PE S88D Card Reader By D ision 28 HW- 16 Doors #1220, 1230, 1240, 1820-2, 1 1, 510, 2520, 2530 1 Continuous Hinge M • HG -305 1 Classroom Lockset B' SH7R1 5M 1 Wall Stop ' 70CX-SV 1 Set Gasket HW- 17 Doors #1250, 1630, 1800-2, 1 .20-1, 2310, 2320, ' 80, 2500, 3130, 3140, 3150, 3160, 3170, 3180, 3200-2, 3 0, 3530, 3590 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Intruder Locks- BE 45H71NL1 5M 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -H -EDA 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX-SV 1 Floor Stop TR 1215CKU (Door #3 60) 1 Set Gasket PE S88D SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 14 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 18 Door #1300-2 SECTION 087100 2 Continuous Hinges 2 Exit Devices 2 Rim Cylinders 1 Removab : Mullion 1 Rim Cylinde 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 2 Floor Stops 2 Sets Gasket HW- 19 Door#1310 2 Continuous Hinges 1 Classroom Lockset 1 Flush Turn 2 Flush Bolts 1 Dust Proof Strike 1 Door Closer (Active Leaf) 2 Kick Plates 2 Wall Stops 1 Set .Gasket 1 Astragal HW- 20 Doors #1400-1, 1 700-1 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Electric Latch Retraction 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Power Supply 1 Power Transfer 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Pipe Stop 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip ead) 2 Weatherstrip ambs) 1 Door Swee Card Rea• r MA PR BE PR BE LC N TI TR PE HG -305 FL2108 x V4908A 1E72 FL-KR822 1E72 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1215CKU S88D MA HG -3 BE 45H. '• 15H x Less Outside Lever and Rose TR 1 i,':.SM x Adapted for 45H7R15H R .17- 12" 911 L 4041 -EDA TI B4EKP T." 1270CX-SV 8D PE 3 SP x S88D MA it Device PR BE PR VO LCN TI TR PE PE PE PE HG -305 x , TP ELR-2103 x 703A 1 E72 ELR-151 EPT-10 4041 -EDA x ST19 B4EKP 1209HA As per detail 2891AS 290AS 315CN By Division 28 SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 15 of 27 . Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 21 Door #1400-2, 1700-2, 2400, 2700-1, 2700-2, 3200-1, 3400, 3700-1, 3700-2 Continuous Hinge Exit Device Rim Cylinder Door Closer Kick Plate Wall Stop Floor Stop Set Gasket HW- 22 Doors #1500-1, ' 80 2 Continuous Hinges 1 Classroom Lockset 2 Flush Bolts 1 Dust Proof Strike 1 Door Closer (Active Leaf) 2 Kick Plates 1 Wall Stop 1 Floor Stop 1 Set Gasket 1 Astragal HW- 23 Door #1500-2 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Electronic Lockset 1 Power Transfer 2 Flush Bolts 1 Dust Proof Strike 1 Door Closer (Active Lea 2 Kick Plates 2 Floor Stop & Holders 1 Threshold 1 Set Weatherstrip 2 Door Bottoms 1 Astragal Card Reader MA PR BE LCN TI TR TR PE HG -305 FL2108 x V4908A 1E72 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1270CX-SV 1215CKU (Door #3200-1) S88D MA HG -305 BE 45H7R M TR 3917. 12" TR 391 LCN 4 1 -EDA TI EKP TR 270CX-SV TR 1215CKU S88D 355CS MA MA BE VO TR TR LC N TI TR PE PE PE PE -305 x CTP H OS 45 WEU15M EPT- 3917 3911 4041 -RA B4EKP 1263 As per detai 290AS 2221AV 357SP x S88D By Division 28 11 SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION \ PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 16 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 24 Doors #1 510, 3311, 4110, 4120, 4400, 4700 Continuous Hinge Storeroom Lockset Door Closer Kick Plate Wall Stop Floor Stop Set Gasket HW- 25 Door #1520-1 Continuous Hinge Storeroom Lockset Door Closer Kick Plate Wall Stop Threshold Set Sound Seal Automatic Door Bottom HW- 26 Door #1520-2 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Electronic Lockset 1 Power Transfer 2 Flush Bolts 1 Dust Proof Strike 1 Door Closer (Active . af) 2 Kick Plates 2 Pipe Stop and Hol rs 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (H . d) 2 Weatherstrip mbs) 2 Door Sweep 1 Astragal Card Rea MA BE LC N TI TR TR PE HG -305 45H7D1 5M x Knurled Outside Lever 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1270CX-SV 1215CKU (Door 41 10) S88D MA HG 05 BE 4 7D15M x Knurled Outside Lever LCN 041 -EDA x Special Template TI B4EKP TR 1270CX-SV PE 154A P' 379CR 430CRL MA HG -305 x CTP MA G-305 BE 7EWEU15M VO EP 2 TR 391 - 12" TR 3911 LCN 4041-.'A x ST1944 TI B4EKP ABH 1804 PE As per deta PE 2891AS PE 290AS PE 31 5CN PE 357SPxS88Dx By Division 28 SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 17of27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 27 Door#1530 Continuous Hinge Storeroom Lockset Kick Plate Floor Stop Threshold Set Weatherstrip Door Bottom HW- 28 Door#1540 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Storeroom Lockset 1 Lock Astragal 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Pipe Stop 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 1 Door Sweep HW- 29 Door#1600 2 Continuous Hinges 1 Exit Device 1 Rim Cylinder 1 Exit Device 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 1 Set Gasket 2 Meeting Stile Seals 2 Magnetic Holders HW- 30 Doors #1601, 2 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Storeroom Lockset 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers MA BE TI TR PE PE PE MA BE TR LC N TI TR PE PE PE 2160 MA PR BE PR LC N TI PE PE RI MA BE TI TR HG -305 45H7D15M B4EKP 1214CKU As per detail 290AS 2221AV HG -305 45H7D15 5000T 4041 DA x ST1944 B4E 1 i9HA per detail 891AS 290AS 315CN H 05 FL2 : x V4908A x LBR 1E72 FL2201 LBR 4041 -ED B4EKP S88D 18041CNB FM998 HG -305 45H7D15M B4EKP 1270CX-SV SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 18 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 31 Doors #1610-1, 2350-1, 2350-2, 3560-1, 3560-2, 3580-1, 3580-2 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Exit Device PR LD2108 x V4908A 1 Rim Cylinder BE 1 E72 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 1 Kick Plat- TI B4EKP 1 Wall Stop TR 1270CX-SV 1 Set Gasket PE S88D HW- 32 Door #1610-2 2 Continuous Hinge MA HG- . ' 5 2 Exit Devices PR LD / 08 x V4908A 2 Rim Cylinders BE 1,'�� 2 1 Removable Mullion PR ,' R822 1 Rim Cylinder BE ,r'` 1 E72 2 Door Closers LC 4041 -EDA 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 2 Wall Stops 1270CX-SV 1 Set Gasket S88D 2 Set Mullion Seals s PE 319CN HW- 33 Doors #1610-3, 1620-2, 16 All Hardware by Door Manufactur HW- 34 Door #1611 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Locks BE 45H7R1 5M 1 Door Closer LCN 4041 -EDA 1 Armor Plate TI B4EAP 1 Floor Stop TR 121 5CKU 1 Set Gasket PE S88D SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 19 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 35 Door #1620-1 2 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 2 Exit Devices PR LD2108 x V4908A 2 Rim Cylinders BE 1 E72 1 Removable Mullion PR KR822 1 Rim Cylinder BE 1 E72 ., 2 Door Closers LCN 4041 -EDA x Special Template 2 Kick Plates TI B4EKP 2 Wall Stops TR 1270CX-SV 1 Set Sound Seal PE 379CR 2 Automatic Dot Bottoms PE 430CRL 2 Mullion Seals PE 319CN HW- 36 Doors #1620-3, 2200-2, 200-4, 2200-5 Cylinder (s) BE Typ- and quantity as required C••rdinate with Door Manufacturer Balance of Hardware by Door Manufactur HW -37 Door#1621 2 Continuous Hinge /A 305 1 Classroom Lockset " : E 45 R15M P 2 Flush Bolts J TR 391 12" 1 Dust Proof Strike ' TR 3911 2 Armor Plates TI B4EAP 2 Floor Stops TR 121 5CKU 1 Astragal PE 355CS 4 Silencers HW- 38 Door #1622 1 Continuous Hinge MA HG -305 1 Classroom Lockset BE 45H7R15M 1 Kick Plate TI B4EKP 1 Floor Stop TR 1215CKU 3 Silencers SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 20 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE 1 1 1 1 1 HW- 39 Doors #1640-1, 1800-1, 2360-1, 3510, 3570-1 Continuous Hinge Classroom Intruder Lockset Door Closer Kick Plate Wall St Set Gask HW- 40 Doors #1810, 1 MA BE LC N TI TR PE HG -305 45H71NL15M 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1270CX-SV S88D 11, 2380-2, 2540, 3181, 3591 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Classroom Lockset 1 Wall Stop 1 Floor Stop 3 Silencers HW- 41 Door #1822 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Privacy Lock 1 Mop Plate 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers HW- 42 Door #2000-1 2 Continuous Hinges 1 Deadlock 1 Mortise Cylinder 2 Sets Push/Pulls 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 2 Floor Stops 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstri 2 Weatherst 2 Door Sw 2 Meetin (Head) p (Jambs) ps tile Seals MA HG- "1 5 BE 45,=` 7R1 5M TR 1 70CX-SV TR 215CKU (Doors #1810-1, 2380-2, 3591) MA BE TI MA AR BE TR LCN TI TR PE PE PE PE PE HG -305 45H0L15M B4EMP 1270CX-SV HG- 5 MS18 Nx4016 1E74 1738 4041 -EDA T1944 B4EKP 1233 As per detail 2891AS 290AS 315CN 18041CNB SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 21 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 43 Door #2110-1 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Continuous Hinge 2 Exit Devices 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 1 Set Gasket 1 Astragal 2 Magnetic Holders HW- 44 Door #21 10-2 Continuous Hinge Continuous Hinge Exit Device * 1 Exit Device 1 Exit Device Touch Pad Switch 1 Power Supply 1 Key Switch and Horn 1 Mortise Cylinder 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 1 Astragal 2 Magnetic Holders 4 Silencers *North Leaf HW- 45 Door #2140-1 2 Continuous Hinges 2 Exit Devices 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 1 Set Gasket 1 Astragal 2 Magnetic Holders MA MA PR LC N TI PE PE RI HG -305 -WT HG -305 FL2201 x LBR 4041 -EDA B4EKP S88D 357SP x S88D FM997 MA HG -305 MA HG -305 -WT CE -4 PR LD2201 x : R x Special Stenciling "For Em: gency Use Only Alarm ill Sound" PR LD2 ' 1 x LBR ACS! VR 00 -2200 -AE ACSI 1<I0-6100 CSI 10-5-2 1E74 L 4041 -EDA TI B4EKP 357SP x S88D M997 MA PR LCN TI PE PE RI HG -305 FL2201 x LB 4041 -EDA B4EKP S88D 357SP x 588D FM997 SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 22 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School 09819.00 HW- 46 Door #2140-2 • Continuous Hinge Continuous Hinge Exit Device * 1 't Device 1 Po - Transfer 1 Exit D- 'ce Touch Pad Switch 1 Power Su ...Iy 1 Key Switch d Horn 1 Mortise Cylin:. r 2 Door Closers 2 Kick Plates 1 Astragal 2 Magnetic Holders 4 Silencers SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE MA HG -305 -WT MA HG -305 x CTP PR . LD2201 x LBR x Special > enciling "For Emergency Use 0 y Alarm will Sound" PR LD2201 x LBR VO EPT-10 ACSI VR1 500-220,' AE ACSI 1400-6100 ACSI 1310 -5 - BE 1E74 LCN 4041 TI B4E PE 35 P x S88D RI E % 997 *North Leaf HW- 47 Doors #2200-1, 2240 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Classroom Lockset 1 Kick Plate 1 Mop Plate 1 Floor Stop 3 -, Silencers HW- 48 Door #2210 1 Continuous Hi %e 1 Classroom Lo set 1 Armor Plate 1 Floor Stop 3 Silencers TI TI TR HG -305 45H7R15M B4EKP B4EMP 1215CKU MA HG -305 BE 45H7R15 TI B4EAP TR 1215CKU SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 23 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 49 Door#2251 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Privacy Lock 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Mop Plate 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers 1 1 1 1 HW- 50 MA HG -305 BE 45H0L15M LCN 4041 -EDA TI B4EKP TI B4EMP TR 1270CX Door #2360-2, 2 0-3, 3570-2, 3570-3 Continuous Hinge Communicating Lock Door Closer Kick Plate Floor Stop Set Gasket HW- 51 Doors #2370-1, 2370-2, 3210 Continuous Hinge Exit Device Rim Cylinder Door Closer Kick Plate Wall Stop Set Gasket HW- 52 Door #3000-1 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Communicating Lock 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Floor Stop 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 1 Door Sweep MA HG -305 BE 45H7G15 LCN 4041-E TI B4EKP TR 1215 PE S88 HG -305 108 x V4908A 1 2 LCN 40 -H-EDA TI B4E TR 1270 , SV PE S88D MA BE LCN TI TR PE PE PE PE HG -305 45H7G15M 4041 -EDA xST194 B4EKP 1233 As per detail 2891AS 290AS 315CN SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 24 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE HW- 53 Door#3101 SECTION 087100 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Staff Restroom Lockset 1 Occupancy Indi tor 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Floor Stop 3 Silencers HW- 54 Doors #3131, 3211 Continuous Hinge Classroom Lockset Door Closer Kick Plate Wall Stop Set Gasket HW- 55 Doors #4100-2, 4200-1 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Communicating Lock 1 Door Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 1 Threshold 1 Weatherstrip (Head) 2 Weatherstrip (Jambs) 1 Door Sweep HW- 56 Door #4200-2 Continuous Hinge Passage Set Door Closer Kick Plate Set Gasket MA BE TI LC N TI TR HG -305 45H7HJ1 5H Type C 4041 -EDA B4EKP 1215CKU MA HG -305 BE 45H7R15M LCN 4041 -EDA TI B4EKP 1270C S88D HG 05 45H 15M CN 4041- A x ST1 944 TI B4EKP TR 1270CX PE As per det PE 2891AS PE 290AS PE 315CN MA BE LCN TI PE HG -305 45H0N1SM 4041 Spring-CUSH B4EKP S88D SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 25 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 09819.00 DOOR HARDWARE PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examination: Examine Doors, Frames, and related items for conditions that would prevent the proper application and operation of the Doors and Finish Hardware. Do not proceed until defects are corrected. B. C. Provide solid blocking for wall mounted components. 'Fasteners: C eck conditions and use fastening devices as needed to securely anchor the hardware as p manufacturer's published templates. Self -tapping eet metal screws are not acceptable. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mo for Architectural Hardwar Hardware Institute, except installed in accordance with 1. Hinges: a. Top Hinge: 7-1 /4", Top b. Bottom Hinge: 12-1/4", c. Intermediate Hinges: Cente 2. Mortise Lock Strikes: 40", botto 3. Wall Stops: Locate Wall Stops inte Devices at the Centerline of the Spi 4. Deadlocks: 48", bottom of frame to 5. Push and Pull Plates: 42", bottom of 6. Automatic Operator Wall Switches: 7. Key Switches: 48" from finish floo 8. Wall Stop and Holders for Dutch t units at heights as recommend for Standard Steel Doors and indicated below. Product e manufacturer templa f frame ra tom of F d, equ of fra ed in "Recommended Locations ames (2001)" by Doors and of specifically covered shall be s and instructions. bbet t• centerline of hinge. ram;• to centerline of hinge al s acing between top and bottom hinges. to centerline of Strike. f %r use with Lever Handle Locksets and Exit or Pull. terline of Cylinder. e to centerline of Plate. m finish floor to centerline of switch. nt:. line of switch. 4" m top of upper leaf, 4" from latch edge. o ce oors: B. Install each hardware item in comp . nce with man acturer's instructions. 1. Cutting and Fitting: Wherever cutting and fittin• . re required to install hardware surfaces which will be paint=,`i or finished at a lat• time, install each item completely and then remove and store, a secure place. Afte ompletion of the finishes, re- install each item. 2. Finishes: Do not install s. rface-mounted items until ishes have been completed on the substrate. 3. Install Fire Rated Open gs to comply with NFPA 80. 4. Trim Exit Devices to p,'•vide 1-1/2" clearance between En Cap and hinge jamb stop face and/or stop ap• • ed weatherstrip. 5. Door Closers shall located to allow maximum degree of o ening that project conditions will alto . Door Closers shall not be used to stop t , - door, except for models equipped ith an integral stop -on -the -arm feature. 6. Overhead Stops: urnish Overhead Stop and Holders with maxi' um degree of opening that project co r itions will allow. 7. Floor Stops: L• ate Floors Stops at maximum degree of opening t .t project conditions wil . flow. Do not locate Floor Stops where they create a azardous condition. St• •s should be located no more than 1/3 Door width from the latch edge of the Door. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100 - 26 of 27 Raisbeck Aviation High School SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 09819.00 8. Thresholds: Set exterior Thresholds in a bed of butyl rubber sealant in conformance with Division 7 requirements. Remove excess sealant. Caulk edges and joints to exclude moisture. 9. Smoke Gasket: Thoroughly clean frame and install smoke gasketing is accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 10. Weatherstrip: Mount and adjust Rigid Jamb Weatherstrip prior to mounting Parallel Arm Door Closers. Weatherstrip shall be installed to provide a continuous seal at head and jambs. Do not notch Weatherstrip for Door Closer shoe. Provide Parallel Arm 5th hole spacer of increased thickness to allow for revised location. C. Adjus . nd check each operating item of hardware and - . ch door to insure proper operatio • or function of every unit. Replace units whi cannot be adjusted to operate freely and oothly. 3.3 ADJUSTMENT A. Wherever hardwa installation is made mor •,. han one (1) month prior to acceptance or occupancy, make a 'nal check and adjust nt of hardware during the week prior to acceptance or occup. icy. Clean and lubr,' ate operating items as necessary to restore proper function and fi h of hardware d doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final op ation of hea r. g and ventilating equipment. B. Door Closer Adjustment: Closers to comply with folio WAC 51-50 and the 2006 Int 1. Closing Speed: Door Clo degrees, the time requir 5 seconds minimum. 2. Opening Force: The aximumzorce for pushing or pulling a door open shall be as follows: (these forc do not ap: , to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other d / ices securing e door. a. Fire Doors: T/. minimum ope g force allowable by the appropriate administrate; - authority. b. Exterior Drs: 10.0 Ibf. (44.4N) c. Interior D 4. rs: 5.0 Ibf. (22.2 N) d. Automa : Doors: Comply with ICC/ 3. Adjust bac wall. anical systems have been balanced, adjust Door C/ANSI Al 17.1 - 2003 requirements, as modified by tional Building Code: shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 move the door to an open position of 12 degrees shall be SI Al 17.1, 404.3. heck to prevent damage to tcloser, hardware, door and frame, and C. Instruct Ow ' is Personnel in proper adjustment a'.• maintenance of hardware and hardware f ishes END OF SECTIO SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 3:22:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \087100 PERMIT SET 01-27-10 AVIATION HS.DOC 087100=27 of 27 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 088000 09819.00 GLAZING SECTION 088000 GLAZING 'PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glazing for window, storefront, curtain wall, vision light, skylight, and other glazed assemblies. 2. Sealed insulating glass units and Low E coatings. 3. .Setting and glazing materials and accessories. 4. Fire rated glazing and wall assemblies. 5. Glazing Type Schedule follows this Section. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants 2. Section 081113 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 3. Section 081416 - Flush Wood Doors 4. Section 081433 - Stile and Rail Wood Doors and Frames 5. Section 084313 - Aluminum Framed Storefronts 6. Section 084213 - Aluminum Entrance Doors 7. Section 0851 13 - Aluminum Windows 8. Section 086310 - Aluminum Framed Skylights 9. Section 088300 - Mirrors 10. Section 084413 - Glazed Aluminum Curtain Wall 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI Z 97.1a - Glazing Materials Used in Buildings, Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Testing. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM C864 - Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers 2. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass 3. ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat Treated Flat Glass -Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass 4. ASTM C1 172 - Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass 5. ASTM C1349 - Standard Specification for Architectural Flat Glass Clad Polycarbonate 6. ASTM El 19 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 7. ASTM E773 - Standard Test Method for Accelerated Weathering of Sealed Insulating Glass Units 8. ASTM E2010 - Standard Test Method for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Window Assemblies. 9. ASTM E2074 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, Including Positive Pressure Testing of Side -Hinged and Pivoted Swinging Door Assemblies 10. ASTM F1233 Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \088000 Permit Set RAHS Glazing.Doc 088000 - 1 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 088000 09819.00 GLAZING D. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC): 1. CPSC 16 -CFR -1201- Safety Glazing. E. Glass Association of North America: 1. GANA - FGMA Sealant Manual 2. GANA - Glazing Manual 3. GANA - Laminated Glass Design Guide F. Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (IGMA): Website http://www.igmaonline.org/publications 1. TM -3000-90(04) - North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Interior and exterior glazing such as glass in doors, aluminum framed windows and storefronts, curtain walls and hollow metal frames and relights. B. Repair and replacement glass damaged during construction. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Glass types and glazing compounds. Include performance charts showing transmittance and shading characteristics. C. Samples: Glass Types: Each type including single light, insulating units, safety, obscure glass, colored glass, and as specified for Project. Make samples not less than 8 inch square; obtain approval before proceeding. D. Certificates: 1. Glass, Glazing, and Low E Products: Certify in writing by manufacturer that products conform to specified requirements. 2. Solar -Control Low E Glass: Document that glass unit manufacturer is certified by Low - E coating manufacturer. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Installation instructions and requirements, special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention for fire -rated glazing systems. F. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For glazing sealants used inside of the weatherproofing system, including printed statement of VOC content. G. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Glazer Qualifications: Able to document 5 years experience in cutting and installing glass for similar type and scope of work. B. Allowable Tolerances: Thickness of glass specified are nominal. Provide glass manufactured to tolerances listed in GANA - FGMA Manual. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raabeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\088000 Permit Set RAHS Glazing.Doc 088000 - 2 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 088000 09819.00 GLAZING C. Perform Work in accordance with GANA- FGMA Glazing Manual, GANA Sealant Manual, and GANA Laminated Glass Design Guide for glazing installation methods. D. Quality and Dimensional Requirements: ASTM C1036, ASTM C1048, Q3 Glazing, Select Quality, or Better. E. Low E Coatings: 1. Products: Supply from single coating manufacturer. 2. Glass Unit Manufacturer: Certified by coating manufacturer. 3. Color Rendition: No apparent difference in reflectivity, hue, shade, and visible light transmittance when viewed from outside and inside building. F. Safety / Fire Rated Glass: Provide manufacturer's identification as to type and thickness. Permanently etch Identification for glazing so as to be visible after glass has been installed. G. Non Safety and Non Fire Rated Glass: Provide removable labels in lieu of etched labels. H. Identification: Label each pane of glass and glass unit with type, thickness, quality, and color of glass and with manufacturer's trade name. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Regulatory Requirements specified by Section 014100. B. Safety Glazing: Conform to IBC 2406 - Safety Glazin, for locations within doors, windows, and other openings specified by Sections related to work of this Section. C. Shading Coefficients and U -Factors: Conform to Washington State Non -Residential Energy Code. 1.7 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not install glazing when ambient temperature is Tess than 50 degrees F. B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during, and for 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide Warranties under provisions of Section 017836. B. Float and Heat Treated Glass: Provide manufacturer's 10 year Warranty against manufacturing defects such as visual defects and performance defects such as inclusions. C. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Provide manufacturer's 10 year Warranty against failure of hermetic seal, including interpane dusting or misting, other than through glass breakage. D. Laminated Glass: Manufacturer 10 year warranty against delamination. 1. Replace units failing to comply at no additional cost to the Owner, including labor and materials, within 45 working days after receipt of written notice. E. Fire Rated Glazing: Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\088000 Permit Set RAHS Glazing.Doc 088000 - 3 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 088000 09819.00 GLAZING 1. Provide manufacturer's 5 year limited warranty against manufacturing defects such as visual defects and performance defects such as inclusions. 2. IGU 10 year PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLOAT GLASS MANUFACTURERS A. Viracon, specified for type and quality 1. Tel (360) 263-4875, E -Mail ibauman@viracon.com (Janda Bauman, Regional Rep). 2. Website http://www.viracon.com B. Guardian Industries Corp. 1. Tel (360) 794-9560, Fax (360) 805-9504, Cell (206) 818-7845, E-mail bcoady@guardian.com (Bill Coady CSI CCPR) 2. Website http://www.guardian.com C. PPG 1. Tel (800) 266-5143 Voice Mail Box 5236, Cell (360) 607-8644, Tel (360) 576-1737, Email raynicholson@ppq.com (Ray Nicholson, CSI, Architectural Rep) 2. Website: www.ppgglazing.com D. Substitution Requests to Specified Products: Conform to provisions of Section 012500 2.2 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Clear Float Glass (GI -1): ASTM C1036, Type 1 transparent flat, Class 1- clear, Quality q3 - glazing select. B. Tempered Safety Glass (GL -2): 1. Tempered Glass: 1/4 inch thick, clear tempered with horizontal tempering conforming to ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16 CFR -1201, Category II. C. One -Way Mirror Glass (GL -3): 1. Viracon, Transparent Mirror, laminated glass consisting of 1/8 inch thick clear glass with reflective inner coating, 1/4 inch gray glass, and polyvinyl butyl (PVB) inner layer. a. Light Ratio: 10:1 preferred 5:1 acceptable. b. Visible Light Reflectance: 51 percent c. Visible Light Transmittance: 8 percent D. Laminated Safety Glass: 1. Glass Thickness: a. Vertical Glass: 1/8 inch thick clear float glass, laminated to 1/8 inch thick clear float glass. Nominal 1/4 inch total thickness. b. Vertical Glass: 1/4 inch thick clear float glass, laminated to 1/8 inch thick clear float glass. Nominal 5/8 inch total thickness. c. Horizontal Glass: Two layers 1/4 inch thick clear float glass. Nominal 1/2 inch total thickness. 2. Plastic Interlayer: Polyvinyl butyral conforming to ASTM C1 172, Kind LHS, Safety Rated, ,CPSC 16 CFR -1201 Category II. a. Vertical Glass: Minimum 0.030 inch thick. b. Horizontal Glass: Minimum 0.060 inch thick. 3. Exposed Edges: Poured resin, polished. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\088000 Permit Set RAHS Glazing.Doc 088000 - 4 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 088000 09819.00 GLAZING 2.3 FIRE -RATED GLASS AND FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES A. Fire -Rated Glass Manufacturers 1. Technical Glass Products (TGP) a. Tel (800) 426-0279, (425) 396-8220, Fax (800) 451-9857, Email: samb@firelgass.com (Sam Berg, TGP) b. Website: www.fireglass.com 2. Pilkington, Pyrostop a. Website www.pilkington.com 3. Vetrotech Saint - Gobain Glass Solutions (SGG)) a. CeII (425) 922-2436, Tel (425) 881-8397, Fax (425) 881-1161, Email: qlassguys@msn.com / Gregtowndrow@hotmail.com (RGA Architectural Sales, Greg Towndrow) b. Website: www.glassquys.com / www.vetrotech.com 4. Safety and Fire Technology International (SAFTI). a. Tel (888) 653-3333 / (503) 977-2996, Fax (503) 997-2373, Email gsstella@comcast.net (Gary Stella, Architectural Solutions) b. Website www.safti.com 5. Substitution Requests to Specified Products: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. B. Fire -Rated, Laminated Safety Glass (Ceramic) (GL -7 and GL -8): For use in door lites, relites, interior windows and other impact rated areas. 1. Products: a. TGP Firelite Plus b. SGG Keralite FR -L 2. Surface: Two layers clear, polished with inner layer of 3M Scotchshield Ultra Film. 3. Thickness: 5/16 inch (8 mm). 4. Fire Rating: 45 and 90 minute UL Label. Tested ASTM E2074 and ASTM E2010. 5. UL Hose Stream Test: Passes. 6. Radiant Heat Barrier: No. 7. Impact Rating: ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16FR.1201 Category I and II. 8. Cutting: Field cuttable. 2.4 SEALED GLASS INSULATING ASSEMBLIES A. Insulating Glass Units: 1. Dual sealed (polyisobutylate primary seal and silicone secondary seal), double glazed units with air space, filled with moisture absorbing desiccant, between two panes of clear float glass or safety glass as required for installation with specified Low E vacuum deposition coating. 2. Spacer bars of clear anodized aluminum or stainless steel, mitered and spigoted corners, conforming to IGMA recommendations. 3. Spacer bars conforming to PPG Intercept warm edge technology, accepted. B. Light Diffusing Translucent Insulating Glass Units: 1. Manufacturer: a. Okalux 1) Tel (206) 285-5870, Fax (206) 284-2254, Email wtech@gwest.net (Window Tech, Inc., Lou Novak CSI / Chris Rogstad CSI / Travis Glick CSI), Email info@okalux.de 2) Website http://www.okalux.de 2. Dual sealed (butyl primary and silicone secondary seal), double glazed units with air space, filled with moisture absorbing desiccant. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\088000 Permit Set RAHS Glazing.Doc 088000 - 5 of 1.1 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 088000 09819.00 GLAZING 3. Spacer bars of clear anodized aluminum or stainless steel. 4. Outer glass of 1/4 inch annealed glass with Low E vacuum deposition coating (softcoat) on number 2 surface. 5. Glass fiber tissue and capillary honeycombed interlayer. 6. Inner 3/8 inch laminated glass (two layers of 3/16 inch glass separated by 0.030 polyvinyl butyral interlayer). 7. ASHRAE Winter U -Value: 0.29. C. Insulated Clear Float Glass (GL -4): 1. Construction a. Pane: 3/8 inch VRE1-59 #2 b. Airspace: 3/4 inch c. Pane: 1/4 inch clear d. Interlayer: 0.060 inch clear pvb e. Pane: 1/4 inch clear 2. Characteristics: a. Transmittance 1) Visible Light: 49 percent 2) Solar Energy: 23 percent 3) Ultra -Violet: less than 1 percent b. Reflectance 1) Visible Light -Exterior: 29 percent 2) Visible Light -Interior: 17 percent 3) Solar Energy: 30 percent c. U -Value: 1) Winter: 0.30 2) Summer: 0.22 d. Shading Coefficient: 0.36 e. Solar Factor (SHGC): 0.31 f. Relative Heat Gain: 75 per square foot D. Insulated Clear Tempered Safety Glass (GL -5): 1. Construction a. Pane: 3/8 inch VRE1-59 #2 b. Airspace: 3/4 inch c. Pane: 3/8 inch clear tempered 2. Characteristics: a. Transmittance 1) Visible Light: 2) Solar Energy: 3) Ultra -Violet: b. Reflectance 1) Visible Light -Exterior: 2) Visible Light -Interior: 3) Solar Energy: c. U -Value: 1) Winter: 2) Summer: d. Shading Coefficient: e. Solar Factor (SHGC): f. Relative Heat Gain: E. Insulated Laminated Safety Glass (GL -6): Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \088000 Permit Set RAHS Glazing.Doc 088000 - 6 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 088000 09819.00 GLAZING 1. Construction a. Pane: 3/8 inch VRE1-59 #2 b. Airspace: 3/4 inch c. Pane: 1/4 inch clear d. Interlayer: 0.060 inch clear pvb e. Pane: 1/4 inch clear with V175 #6 2. Characteristics: a. Transmittance 1) Visible Light: 2) Solar Energy: 3) Ultra -Violet: b Reflectance 1) Visible Light -Exterior: 2). Visible Light -Interior: 3) Solar Energy: c. U -Value: • 1) Winter: 0.30 2) Summer: 0.22 d. Shading Coefficient: e. Solar Factor (SHGC): f. Relative Heat Gain: F. Insulated Clear Float Glass (GL -9): 1. Construction • a. Pane: 1/4 inch VRE1-59 #2 b. Airspace: 1/2 inch c. Pane: 3/8 inch clear 2. Characteristics: a. Transmittance 1) Visible Light: 51 percent 2) Solar Energy: 26 percent 3) Ultra -Violet: 15 percent b. Reflectance 1) Visible Light -Exterior: 30 percent 2) Visible Light -Interior: 19 percent 3) Solar Energy: 38 percent c. U -Value: 1) Winter: 0.30 2) Summer: 0.27 d. Shading Coefficient: 0.38 e. Solar Factor (SHGC): 0.33 f. Relative Heat Gain: 80 per square foot G. Insulated Clear Float Glass (GL -10): 1. Construction a. Pane: 1/4 inch VRE1-59 #2 b. Airspace: 1/2 inch c. Pane: 3/8 inch clear with V175 #4 2. Characteristics: a. Transmittance 1) Visible Light: 2) Solar Energy: 3) Ultra -Violet: Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\088000 Permit Set RAHS Glazing.Doc 088000 - 7 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 088000 09819.00 GLAZING b. Reflectance 1) Visible Light -Exterior: 2) Visible Light -Interior: 3) Solar Energy: c. U -Value: 1) Winter: 0.30 2) Summer: 0.27 d. Shading Coefficient: e. Solar Factor (SHGC): f. Relative Heat Gain: 2.5 SOLAR -CONTROL LOW EMISSIVITY COATINGS (LOW E) A. Low emissivity sputtered vacuum deposition coating (softcoat) on number 2 surface, clear 1/4 inch thick glass, separated by 1/2 inch airspace at sealed insulating glass units. B. Viracon, Solar Screen 2000 VE1-2M, Clear 1. Transmittance: a. Visible: 70 percent b. Solar: 32 percent c. UV: 10 percent 2. Reflectance: a. Visible Light - Exterior: 11 percent b. Visible Light - Interior: 12 percent 3. Solar Energy: 31 percent 4. ASHRAE U -Value: a. Winter Night: 0.29 BTU / (hr per square foot per degree F) b. Summer Day: 0.28 BTU / (hr per square foot per degree F) 5. Shading Coefficient (SC): 0.43 6. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): 0.37 7. Relative Heat Gain: 90 BTU/hr per square foot 8. Light to Solar Gain (LSG) Ratio: 1.89 2.6 SETTING AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene blocks; 80 to 90 Shore A Durometer hardness, length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch by width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch by height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. B. Spacer Shims: Neoprene, 50 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness, minimum 3 inch long by one half the height of the glazing stop by thickness to suit application, self adhesive on one face. C. Glazing Gaskets: ASTM C864 Option II, resilient neoprene extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot, 50 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness, one piece with molded corners, black color. D. Glazing Tape: Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing device, 10 to 15 Shore A durometer hardness, coiled on release paper, size and thickness as required for conditions of installation, black color. Butyl glazing tape not accepted in fire -rated glass installations. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\088000 Permit Set RAHS Glazing.Doc 088000 - 8 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 088000 09819.00 GLAZING E. Glazing Splines: Resilient polyvinyl chloride extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot, black color. F. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type. G. Silicone Glazing Sealant: Single component, chemical curing, capable of water immersion without loss of properties, non -staining, cured Shore A hardness of 15-25, compatible with insulating unit edge seal, and as specified Section 079200. 2.7 GLAZING COMPOUND FOR FIRE -RATED GLAZING MATERIAL A. Glazing Tape: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride (PVC) foam, coiled on release paper over adhesive on two sides. Maximum water absorption by volume of two percent. B. Glazing Compound: DAP 33 Glazing Putty, knife grade, premixed, specified for type and quality. C. Silicone Sealant Glazing Sealants: Single component, neutral curing silicone, medium modulus sealant. Type S; Grade NS; Class 25 with addition movement capability of 50 percent in both extension and compression (total 100 percent; Use (exposure) NT; Uses (substrates) G, A, and 0 as applicable. Color: Black unless otherwise noted. 1. Dow Corning 795. 2. General Electric Silglaze-II 2800 3. Tremco Spectrem 2 D. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, EPDM, or silicone; tested for compatibility with glazing compound; of 70 to 90 Shore A Durometer hardness. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Verify and coordinate glass and related glass and glazing materials with performance requirements of each assembly and installation with recommendations of applicable glass and gasket manufacturers. C. Verify and document: 1. Type, size, thickness, and design of glass units. 2. Include dimensions, tolerances, glazing pockets, jamb and seismic blocking, glass edge clearance, and frame lap. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Measure actual installation before cutting and fabricating. B. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. 3.3 GLAZING INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\088000 Permit Set RAHS Glazing.Doc 088000 - 9 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 088000 09819.00 GLAZING 3.4 GLASS CUTTING A. Cut to accurate sizes and shapes as required; allow edge clearances and tolerances in accordance with GANA recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Glazing may be factory installed, as practical. B. Float, Laminated, and Wire Glass: Cut for clean, accurate edges. Grind and polish edges indicated to be mitered C. Tempered Glass: Provide factory -cutting and factory -formed edges, including drilled holes, notches, and other special fabrication and finishing techniques. 3.5 FIRE RATED GLAZING SYSTEMS A. Install per manufacturer's instructions to provide.a rated system for the whole assembly. 3.6 GLAZING A. Glazing Options: Conform to following, except as otherwise specified or where conflicting with manufacturer's instructions. B. Exterior Dry Method (Tape and Gasket Spline Glazing): 1. Cut glazing splines to length and install on glazing pane. Seal corners by butting tape and sealing junctions with compatible butyl sealant. 2. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inch distance from corners. 3. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against fixed stop with sufficient pressure to attain full contact. 4. Install removable stops without displacing glazing spline. Exert pressure for full continuous contact. 5. Trim protruding tape edge. 6. Take measures for other glazing systems as necessary achieve air barrier, vapor retarder seal to glazing frame, and pressure equalized glazing space. C. Exterior - Wet/Dry Method (Preformed Tape and Sealant): 1. Cut glazing tape to length and set against stops 3/16 inch below sight line. Seal corners by butting tape and dabbing with butyl or silicone sealant. 2. Apply heel bead of butyl or silicone sealant along intersection of stop with frame making full perimeter seal between glass and frame [and completing continuity of air and vapor seal]. 3. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inch distance from corners. 4. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape and heel bead of sealant with sufficient pressure to attain full contact at perimeter of pane of glass unit. 5. Install removable stops, with spacer strips inserted between glazing and applied stops, 1/4 inch below sight line. 6. Fill gap between glazing and stop with silicone [polyurethane] sealant to depth equal to bite of frame on glazing, but not more than 3/8 inch below sight line. 7. Apply cap bead of silicone sealant along void between the stop and the glazing, to uniform line, flush with sight line. Tool or wipe sealant surface smooth. D. Exterior - Wet Method (Sealant and Sealant): 1. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points and install glazing unit. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Avianon\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \088000 Permit Set RAHS Glazing.Doc 088000 - 10 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 088000 09819.00 GLAZING 2. Install removable stops with glazing centered in space by inserting spacer shims both sides at 24 inch intervals, 1/4 inch below sight line. 3. Fill gaps between glazing and stops with silicone sealant to depth of bite on glazing, but not more than 1/3 inch below sight line to ensure full contact with glazing and continue the air and vapor seal. 4. Apply sealant to uniform line, flush with sight line. Tool or wipe sealant surface smooth. E. Interior - Dry Method (Tape and Tape): 1. Cut glazing tape to length and set against stops, projecting 1/16 inch above sight line. 2. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inch distance from corners. 3. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of pane or unit. 4. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described above. 5. Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. 6. Knife trim protruding tape. F. Interior - Wet/Dry Method (Tape and Sealant): 1. Cut glazing tape to length and install against stops, projecting 1/16 inch above sight line. 2. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inch distance from corners. 3. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape to ensure full contact at perimeter of pane of unit. 4. Install removable stops, with spacer shims inserted between glazing and applied stops at 24 inch intervals, 1 /4 inch below sight line. 5. Fill gaps between pane and applied stop with silicone sealant to depth equal to bite on glazing, to uniform and level line. 6. Trim protruding tape edge. G. Interior - Wet Method (Compound and Compound): 1. Install glazing resting on setting blocks. Install applied stop and center pane by use of spacer shims at 24 inch centers, kept 1/4 inch below sight line. 2. Fill gaps between glazing and stops with glazing compound until flush with sight line. Tool surface to straight line. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Replace glass damaged during construction period at no additional cost to Contract Sum. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \088000 Permit Set RAHS Glazing.Doc 088000 - 11 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 089100 09819.00 LOUVERS SECTION 089100 LOUVERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Standard fixed drainable blade, extruded aluminum wall louvers. 2. Storm -resistant fixed blade extruded aluminum wall louvers. 3. Exterior storm -resistant, horizontal fixed blade louvered penthouse enclosure. 4. Blank -off panels for inactive louvers, bird screening, and other accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 042200 2. Section 054000 3. Section 076200 4. Section 079200 5. Division 23 - Concrete Unit Masonry - Cold Formed Metal Framing - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim - Joint Sealants - Heating, Ventilating, & Air -Conditioning 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA): 1. AAMA 2605 - Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. 2. AAMA 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. C. Air Movement and Control Association International (AMCA): 1. AMCA 500-L - Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating 2. AMCA 501 - Application Manual for Air Louvers 3. AMCA 511 - Certified Ratings Program- Product Rating Manual for Air Control Devices 4. AMCA CRP - Certified Rating Program D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process 2. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate 3. ASTM B221 - Specifications for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Wire, and Tubes. 4. ASTM D1187 - Standard Specification for Asphalt -Base Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal E. Building Services Research and Information Association (BSRIA), Website http:!/www.bsria.com / Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \089100 Permit Set RAHS Louvers.Doc 089100 -.l of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 089100 09819.00 LOUVERS F. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Association (SMACNA) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual - 6th Edition, Available Western Washington Sheet Metal Employers Association, Seattle, Washington. Tel (206) 285-4144, Website http://www.smacna.org/. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Design characteristics, maximum recommended air velocity, design free area (based on 16 square foot louver), materials, and finishes. C. Shop Drawings. 1. Louver layout plan, elevations, opening and clearance dimensions, tolerances. 2. Head, jamb, and sill details. 3. Blade configuration, screens, blank -out panel areas, and frames. D. Samples: Color samples illustrating specified finish. E. Test Data for Storm -Resistant Louvers: Certified test data showing published test results for effectiveness ratio and free area based AMCA 500-L / AMCA 511. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions, rough -in dimensions, special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. G. Certification: Proof of AMCA's Certified Ratings Seal licensed product. H. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to AMCA Certification Ratings Program for Certified Ratings Seal. B. Weather Resistance of Louvers: Wind driven rain performance tested to AMCA 500 and certified by AMCA 511 or BSRIA, HEVAC Laboratory Testing and Rating of Weather Louvers When Subjected to Simulated Rain. C. Structural Design of Louvers: Engineer louver to resist wind load specified by Structural Notes and IBC Section 1609 for Wind Load and Exposure. 1 5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Member of AMCA, producing tested standard and storm rated louvers conforming to with provisions of this Section. B. Product: AMCA's Certified Ratings Program (CRP), licensed to bear AMCA's Certified Ratings Seal. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\089100 Permit Set RAHS Louvers.Doc 089100 - 2 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 089100 09819.00 LOUVERS 1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field dimensions before beginning fabrication. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 054000 for cold formed steel stud framing systems. C. Section 074113 for installation of wall louvers into metal wall panel system. D. Section 076200 [and Section 075323] for coordination with [roofing and] metal flashing systems as required for watertight installations into wall systems. E. Mechanical - Division 23 for duct sizes, locations, and other installation requirements. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Provide Warranties under provisions of Section 017836. B. Manufacturer Coating Perforation Warranty: Non exclusive, 20 year Warranty against rust, rupture, and structural failure of metal panels due to deterioration of coating systems for factory -applied coating. C. Manufacturer Coating Warranty: 20 year Warranty against fading, color change, chalking, peeling, cracking, chipping, and delaminating for factory -applied coating. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Construction Specialties, Inc., C/S Louver Systems 1. Tel (425) 455-5044, Fax (425) 455-8357, Cell (425) 765-1200, Email et@rtbcompany.com (Erl Thorgalsen CSI). 2. Website: http://www.c-sgroup.com / http://www.rtbcompany.com B. Ruskin Company 1. Tel (206) 767-2600, Fax (206) 767-4815, Email mike@air-commodities.com (Air Commodities, Inc., Mike Otani). 2. Website http://www.ruskin.com / http://www.air-commodities.com C. Airolite 1. Tel (206) 368-9722, Fax (206) 368-7790, Email: eric@anderson-specialties.com / fritz@anderson-specialties.com (Anderson Specialties, LLC, Fritz Anderson CSI /Eric Peterson CSI/ Brice Williams). 2. Website http://www.airolite.com / http://www.anderson-specialties.com D. Greenheck 1. Tel (206) 633-1005, Fax: (206) 632-3086, Email jharding@qwest.net (Dorse Architectural, Jim Harding). Email info@greenheck.com 2. Website http://www.greenheck.com Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \089100 Permit Set RAHS Louvers.Doc 089100 - 3 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 089100 09819.00 LOUVERS E. Industrial Louvers Inc. 1. Tel (425) 392-5363, Fax (425) 391-1164 Email ddefurnwa@aol.com / mizaddv@aol.com (Northwest Associates, Inc., Don Defur). 2. Tel (763) 972-2981, Email mikel@IndustrialLouvers.com (Michael Lanners, Vice President, Sales & Mktg) 3. Website http://www.industriallouvers.com F. Wonder Metals Corporation 1. Tel (800) 366-5877 / (530) 241-3251, Fax (530) 241-3289, Email info@wondermetals.com / Brandon@wondermetals.com (Brandon Long, Project Mgr /Chris McLaughlin, Sales Mgr). 2. Website http://www.wondermetals.com G. United Enertech 1. Tel (360) 210-7929, Fax (360) 210-5428, Email: dano@air-associates.com (Dan Otto) 2. Website: http://www.unitedenertech.com/ H. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221, AIIoy 6063-T5, T-52 or T-6. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, AIIoy 3003 or 5005 with temper as required for forming, or as otherwise recommended by metal producer for required finish. C. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, AIIoy 319. D. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) zinc coating, mill phosphatized. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions. B. First option in first subparagraph below specifies flush heads; second specifies raised heads. 1. Use hex -head or Phillips pan -head screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 2. For fastening aluminum, use aluminum or 300 series stainless-steel fasteners. 3. For fastening galvanized steel, use hot -dip -galvanized steel or 300 series stainless- steel fasteners. 4. For fastening stainless steel, use 300 series stainless-steel fasteners. 5. For color -finished louvers, use fasteners with heads that match color of louvers. C. Postinstalled Fasteners for Concrete and Masonry: Torque -controlled expansion anchors, made from stainless-steel components, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 4 times the loads imposed, for concrete, or 6 times the Toad imposed, for masonry; as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. D. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \089100 Permit Set RAHS Louvers.Doc 089100 - 4 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 089100 09819.00 LOUVERS 2.4 HORIZONTAL BLADE - EXHAUST LOUVERS A. Drainable Blade Exhaust Louvers: Following manufacturers are specified for type and quality. B. C/S Louver Model A4097. 1. Mullions 4 inch deep extruded aluminum. 2. Free Area: 50 percent. C. Airolite, Louver Model K6774. 1. Mullion Depth: 4 inch deep, extruded aluminum 2. Free Area: 50 percent. D. Industrial Louver Model 458XP. 1. Mullions 4 inch deep extruded aluminum. 2. Free Area: 55 percent. 2.5 VERTICAL BLADE - STORM -RESISTANT LOUVERS A. C/Siouver, RS -4600. 1. Frame Depth: 4 inch. 2. Effectiveness Ratio: AMCA Class A 99 percent effective at 30 MPH wind velocity and 3 inch per hour rainfall rate. 3. Intake Core Velocity: Maximum 574 FPM. 4. Intake Free Area Velocity: Maximum 1262 FPM. 5. Intake Capacity: 6,145 CFM. 6. Intake Pressure Drop: 0.86 inch WG at 1000 FPM. 7. Free Area: 43 percent (6.89 SF for 4 x 4 foot louver). B. Ruskin, EME4625 1. Mullion Depth: 4 inch. 2. Effectiveness Ratio: AMCA Class A, 100 percent effective at 29 MPH wind velocity and 3 inch per hour rainfall rate. 3. Intake Core Velocity: 687 FPM. 4. Intake Free Area Velocity: 1551 FPM. 5. Intake Capacity: 10,095 CFM 6. Pressure Drop: 0.20 inch WG at 1000 FPM. 7. Free Area: 41 percent (6.51 SF for 4 by 4 foot louver). 8. Intake Capacity: 6,145 CFM. 9. Intake Pressure Drop: 0.19 inch WG at 1000 FPM. 10. Free Area: 42.5 percent (6.80 SF for 4 x 4 foot louver). C. Airolite, Louver Model SCV6. 1. Frame Depth: 6 inch. 2. Effectiveness Ratio: AMCA Class A, 100 percent effective at 29 MPH wind velocity and 3.0 inch per hour rainfall. 3. Intake Core Velocity: 666 FPM. 4. Intake Free Area Velocity: 1222 FPM 5. Intake Capacity: 10,668 CFM. 6. Intake Pressure Drop: 0.22 -inches WG at 1000 FPM. 7. Free Area: 55 percent (8.73 SF for 4 x 4 foot louver). D. Greenheck, EVH-602' Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \089100 Permit Set RAHS Louvers.Doc 089100 - 5 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 089100 09819.00 LOUVERS 1. Frame Depth: 6 inch. 2. Effectiveness Ratio: AMCA Class A at 29 mph simulated wind velocity and 3 inch per hour rainfall rate. 3. Intake Core Velocity: 689 FPM. 4. Intake Free Area Velocity: 1557 FPM 5. Intake Capacity: 9157 CFM 6. Pressure Drop: 0.12 inch WG at 1000 FPM. 7. Free Area: 37 percent (5.88 SF for 4 x 4 foot louver). E. Industrial Louvers Inc, SP -437V. 1. Mullion Depth: 4 inch. 2. Effectiveness Ratio: AMCA Class A, 99 percent effective at 29 MPH wind velocity and 3.0 inch per hour rainfall. 3. Intake Core Velocity: 478 FPM. 4. Intake Free Area Velocity: 993 FPM WG. 5. Intake Capacity: 5,146 CFM. 6. Intake Pressure Drop: 0.410 inch WG at 1000 FPM. 7. Free Area: 45 percent (7.190 SF for 4 x 4 foot louver). 2.6 HORIZONTAL DRAINABLE BLADE - STORM -RESISTANT LOUVERS (5 Inch Depth) A. C/S Louver, RS -5300 1. Frame Depth: 5 inch. 2. Effectiveness Ratio: AMCA Class A at 29 MPH wind and 3 inch per hour rainfall rate. 3. Maximum Intake Core Velocity: 294 FPM. 4. Maximum Intake Free Area Velocity: 542 FPM. 5. Intake Capacity: 3163 CFM. 6. Intake Pressure Drop: 0.12 inch WG at 1000 FPM. 7. Free Area: 47.3 percent (7.56 SF for 4 x 4 foot louver). B. Ruskin, EME520DD. 1. Frame Depth: 5 inch. 2. Effectiveness Ratio: AMCA Class A (99.3 percent effective) at 29 MPH wind velocity and 3.0 inch per hour rainfall rate. 3. Intake Core Velocity: 588 FPM 4. Intake Free Area Velocity: 1,139 FPM. 5. Intake Capacity: 6,207 CFM 6. Pressure Drop: 0.20 inch WG at 1000 FPM. 7. Free Area: 44 percent (6.99 SF for 4 x 4 foot louver). C. Airolite, Louver Model SCH501. 1. Frame Depth: 5 inch. 2. Effectiveness Ratio: AMCA Class A, 99 percent effective at 29 MPH wind velocity and 3.0 inch per hour rainfall. 3. Intake Core Velocity: 479 FPM 4. Intake Free Area Velocity: 1,125 FPM 5. Intake Capacity: 10,338 CFM 6. Intake Pressure Drop: 0.20 inch WG at 1000 FPM D. Greenheck, EHH-501. 1. Frame Depth: 5 inch. 2. Effectiveness Ratio: AMCA Class A Walter Penetration Classification at 29 mph and 3 inch per hour rainfall rate. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \089100 Permit Set RAHS Louvers.Doc 089100 - 6 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 089100 09819.00 LOUVERS 3. Intake Core Velocity: 689 FPM. 4. Intake Free Area Velocity: 1,250 FPM. E. Industrial Louvers Inc, SP -537. 1. Mullion Depth: 5 inch. 2. Effectiveness Ratio: AMCA Class A 99 percent effective at 29 MPH wind velocity and 3.0 inch per hour rainfall. 3. Intake Core Velocity: 484 FPM. 4. Intake Free Area Velocity: 854 FPM 5. Intake Capacity: 5,208. CFM. 6. Pressure Drop: 0.180 inch at 1,000 FPM. 7. Free Area: 50 percent (8.001 at 4 x 4 foot louver). 2.7 HORIZONTAL BLADE - STORM -RESISTANT LOUVERS (4 Inch Depth) A. C/S Louver, RS -4300 1. Frame Depth: 4 inch. 2. Effectiveness Ratio: AMCA Class A at 29 MPH wind and 3 inch per hour rainfall rate. 3. Intake Core Velocity: 98 FPM. 4. Intake Free Area Velocity: 189 FPM. 5. Intake Capacity: 1059 CFM. 6. Pressure Drop: 0.01 inch WG at 1000 FPM. 7. Free Area: 47.3 percent (7.56 SF for 4 x 4 foot louver). B. Airolite, Louver Model SCH401. 1. Frame Depth: 4 inch. 2. Effectiveness Ratio: AMCA Class A, 99 percent effective at 29 MPH wind velocity and 3.0 inch per hour rainfall. 3. Intake Core Velocity: 479 FPM 4. Intake Free Area Velocity: 1,125 FPM 5. Intake Capacity: 10,338 CFM 6. Intake Pressure Drop: 0.20 inch WG at 1000 FPM 7. Free Area: 42 percent (6.27 SF for 4 foot by 4 foot louver). 2.8 HORIZONTAL BLADE - STORM -RESISTANT WALL LOUVERS - THIN WALL A. C/S Louver, RS -2300 1. Mullion Depth: 2 inch 2. Free Area: 42.3 percent B. Greenheck ESD -202 1. Mullion Depth: 2 inch 2. Free Area: 6.01 SF (4 x 4 panel) C. United Enertech, FL -D-2 1. Mullion Depth: 2.162 inch 2. Free Area: 8.66 SF (4 x 4 panel) 2.9 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Aluminum or stainless steel. B. Flashings: Same material and appearance as louver. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \089100 Permit Set RAHS Louvers.Doc 089100 - 7 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 089100 09819.00 LOUVERS C. Joint Sealers: In accordance with Section 079200. D. Bird Screen at Wall Louvers: 1/2 inch square aluminum wire mesh. Mount to 12 B&S gauge extruded aluminum, folded and crimped frame with reinforced corners. 2.10 WALL LOUVER FABRICATION A. Corners: Miter and securely mechanically fasten or weld. B. Louver Blades: Fixed, extruded aluminum. Provide drainable blades at horizontal louvers. Designed and configure to drain water to sill. 1. Exhaust Louvers: Minimum 0.080 inch thick. 2. Storm Resistant Louvers: Minimum 0.060 inch thick,. C. Frames: Minimum 0.080 inch thick extruded aluminum D. Intermediate Mullions: Minimum 0.080 inch thick aluminum, sliding interlock type. Concealed where shown on Drawings. E. Sill Drain Pan at Storm Rated Louvers: Minimum 0.05 inch thick aluminum sheet, full depth and width of louver sill, 4 inch high side panels, welded joints. F. Blank -Off Panels: Locate at inactive louvers. Mechanically secure to back side of louver. Include gaskets, seals, and sealant to make weathertight. Design to drain water to outside of building 1. Louvers Backed by Solid Wall: Aluminum sheet, 0.050 inch thick. 2. Louvers with Exposed Interior Face: Aluminum faced insulated composite sandwich panel, 1 inch thick, finished to match louver finish. G. Other: Attachments, accessories, supports, and as required for complete installations. 2.11 FINISHES A. Exposed Aluminum: 1. AAMA 611, Anodized Finish Class 1, Designation A41, Clear, high performance anodic finish. 2. Conforming to AAMA 2605 Superior Performing Organic Coating, 70 percent Kynar 500/Hylar 5000 fluoropolymer resin extrusion coating. B. Louver Colors As accepted by Architect. C. Louver Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard color line. D. Joint Sealant Color: To match louver color. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify ready to receive work of this Section before beginning work. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \089100 Permit Set RAHS Louvers.Doc 089100 - 8 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 089100 09819.00 LOUVERS 3.2 PREPARATION A. Verify field measurements for rough openings. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install louvers continuously at outside face of wall with exposed mullions in manner to present uniform appearance. C. Install storm louvers behind exhaust louvers at intake air conditions. D. Isolate dissimilar contacting metals to prevent galvanic action. E. Install exterior louvers to shed water to exterior of building. F. Securely position installations plumb and true to line. G. Install sealant at perimeter joints conforming to Section 079200. H. Install blank -off panels at inactive wall louvers. I. Install insulated blank -off panels where exposed to interior of building. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Repair or replace wall louvers that have damaged components and finishes. 3.5 CLEANING A. Leave wall louver installations clean, installation area free from debris and residue resulting. from work of this Section. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \089100 Permit Set RAHS Louvers.Doc 089100 - 9 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092117 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES SECTION 092117 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Interior, vertical and horizontal shaft wall systems with metal framing, gypsum liner panels, and gypsum board face panels to provide fire -resistance rated chase spaces. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 054000 - Cold -Formed Metal Framing 2. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry 3. Section 078400 - Firestopping 4. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants 5. Section 092216 - Non -Structural Metal Wall Framing 6. Section 092600 - Veneer Plastering 7. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board 8. Section 142400 - Hydraulic Elevators 9. Division 23 - Heating, Ventilating, & Air Conditioning 10. Division 26 - Electrical 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. 2. ASTM C473 - Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum Panel Products. 3. ASTM C1396 - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board. 4. ASTM C1658 - Standard Specifications for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels. 5. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. 6. ASTM D3274 - Standard Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Surface Disfigurement of Paint Films by Microbial (Fungal or Algal) Growth or Soil and Dirt Accumulation. C. Gypsum Association (GA): GA - 600 - Fire Resistance Design Manual. D. UL Fire Resistance Directory (UL): Fire Resistance Volume 1 - with Hourly Ratings for Beams, Floors, Roofs, Columns, Walls and Partitions. E. Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau (NWCB) - Recommendations and Specifications 1. Tel (206) 524-4243 (Bob Drury and Mark Fowler). Email: info@nwcb.org, 2. Website http: Jwww.nwcb.org Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \092117 Permit Set RAHS Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies.Doc 092117 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092117 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Resistance Rating: Minimum 1 hour rated system, conforming to IBC Chapter 707.4. B. STC Rating: Minimum 45 STC. C. Deflection: L/360 at vertical systems and L/240 at horizontal systems at 7.5 psf pressure loading except 15 psf loading where air movement is not enclosed by mechanical ductwork. Coordinate with Division 23. D. Water Absorption of Shaft Liner: Maximum 5 percent, tested to ASTM C473. E. Design: Framing size and type as determined by manufacturer's load and deflection tables following manufacturer's instructions. Engineer non-standard designs by structural engineer licensed in State of Washington. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Show detail at floors, ceilings, and penetrations. Indicate firestopping, framing sizes, and attachments. Include methods to prevent sound leakage and to maintain air pressure. C. Product Data: System, components, limiting heights tables, and design properties showing conformance to Code for fire -resistance construction. 1. Shaftliner 2. Studs D. Details and data showing that shaft wall system is compatible with specified elevator manufacturer's doorframe openings. E. Design Tables: Manufacturers limiting height and deflection tables. F. Engineering Calculations: Design shaft wall systems to accommodate building dynamics. G. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate for each condition of installation. Indicate control and edge trim instructions where differing from that specified Section 092900 due to design requirements. Include special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. H. LFED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives and sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Product Data for Credit MR 4,1[ and Credit MR 4.2]: For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content, a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content, 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: 1. Company with minimum 5 years documented experience. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K. \Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \092117 Permit Set RAHS Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies.Doc 092117-2of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092117 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 2. Able to supply complete and tested systems conforming to code. B. Installer: 1. Company and employees specializing in work of this Section. 2. Minimum 5 years documented experience installing commercial quality work of comparable scope. 3. . Recommended installer by NWCB prior to submitting Bid, or approved by Architect. C. Provide complete tested system assembly by single manufactured. Do not mix components not tested under manufacturer's system. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of Section 014100 for referenced Codes, ordinances, and other regulatory requirements. B. Conform to following for tested fire -resistance rated system assemblies. 1. GA -600, Fire Resistance Design Directory. 2. UL Fire Resistance Directory or Intertek Testing Services (ITS) Warnok Hersey (WHI). 3. IBC Section 707. 4. ICC ES Evaluation Reports. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver materials in original unbroken containers or bundles bearing name of manufacturer and brand: C. Verify products undamaged before acceptance at job site. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Temperature, Ventilation, and Moisture: As specified Section 092900. B. Mold Resistance: Tested score of 10 on ASTM D3273. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Coordinate with work of related Sections, including Division 22, 23 and 26 for interfacement with building construction, built-in ductwork and other items, and shaft wall penetrations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. United States Gypsum Co. (USG) 1. Cell (425) 468-9355, Fax (425) 888-5355, Voice Mail (800) 874-8880 Ext 6750, Email sfinlinson@usg.com (Scott Finlinson CSI). 2. Website http://www.usg.com Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \092117 Permit Set RAHS Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies.Doc 092117-3of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092117 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES B. Georgia Pacific Corp. (G -P) 1. Tel (206) 781-6525, Email Michael.Fletcher2(cigapac.com (Mike Fletcher) 2. Website: www.gp.com/gypsum 3. Tel (800) 225-61 19 Technical C. CertainTeed (CT) (formerly BPB America, Inc. (BPB)) 1. Cell (425) 894-7784, Fax (206) 768-3792, Email mark.saimon@bpb-na.com (Mark Salmon, Sales Rep). 2. Cell (206) 852-5307, Tel (206) 768-3776, Email david.moles@bpb-na.cocm (David Moles, Reg Sales Mgr) 3. Website: www.bpb-na.com D. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 SHAFTWALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Recycled Content: i . Panel Products: Provide gypsum panel products with recycled content such that. postconsumer recycled content plus one --half of preconsumer recycled content constitutes a minimum of 10 percent by weight. Z. Recycled Content: Provide steel sheet with average recycled content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconstirner recycled content Fess than 25 percent, B. Framing: ASTM A653, hot -dip galvanized steel. 1. 20 gauge C-H/C-T type metal studs, track, J -runner, and other system components. 2. 2-1 /2 inch, 4 inch, and 6 inch deep configurations. 3. Designed for shaftliner and wallboard systems to be installed from room side of shaft wall. 4. Products a. C -H studs shall only be used with tested USG shaftwall systems. b. C -T studs shall only be used with tested Georgia Pacific shaftwall systems. c. Dietrich C -T or I studs shall only be used with tested CertainTeed shaftwall systems. d. Other systems or mixed systems are not accepted. C. Gypsum Shaft Liner: ASTM C1396 or C1658, 1 inch thick, Type X, beveled edges, 24 inch wide by lengths required to meet code for fire -resistance construction. 1. Products a. USG SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Liner Panels b. Georgia Pacific DensGlass Ultra Shaftliner Panels c. CertainTeed ProRoc Shaftliner Type X D. Gypsum Shaft Liner at Elevator Shafts and Where Subject to Moisture Exposure: ASTM C1396, 1 inch thick, Type X, beveled edges, 24 inch wide by lengths required to meet code for fire -resistance construction. 1. Moisture resistant core and facers. 2. Tested to ASTM D3273 for resistance to microbial growth with visual Rating of 10 on Rating Scale of 1 to 10, as defined by ASTM D3274. 3. Products a. USG SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Liner Panels Mold Tough b. Georgia Pacific Dens -Glass Ultra Shaftliner Panels c. Certain Teed ProRoc Sheating Treated Core Type X Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \092117 Permit Set RAHS Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies.Doc 092117-4of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 0921 17 09819.00 • GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 4. Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396, 5/8 inch Type X at room side face. 5. Single or double layer, as listed by GA -600, to meet UBC fire -resistance ratings. 6. Conform to Section 092900 for finish system and other requirements, except where conflicting with tested assembly. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: As instructed by manufacturer and required by tested system. B. Hanger Wire for Horizontal Systems: 12 gauge and as instructed by manufacturer. C. Acoustic Sealant: Specified Section 09290. D. Firestopping: Specified Section 078400. E. Other Sealants: Specified Section 079200. F. Trim Accessories: Specified Section 092900 and as required by tested system. G. Screws and Runner Fasteners: Specified Section 092900. H. Backing for Support of Wall Mounted Items: As specified by Section 09221. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify completion of ductwork and other conditions complete, inspected, and ready to be closed in before beginning work. C. To prevent shaft wall getting wet, do not start work until building is enclosed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect area and surrounding surfaces from soiling, spatter, and damage. Use cover cloths. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents to provide tested system assemblies. B. Install vertical and horizontal systems in sizes and configurations, conforming to manufacturers limiting height and deflection tables and as shown on Drawings. C. Conform to provisions of Section 092900 for general requirements including Level of Finish. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \092117 Permit Set RAHS Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies.Doc 092117-5of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092216 09819.00 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING SECTION 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Formed steel stud interior wall framing not subject to bearing and axial loads. 2. Formed steel studs and resilient channels and clips use for framing of gypsum board ceiling with resilient attachment. 3. Deflection track. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 054000 2. Section 053100 3. Section 061000 4. Section 072116 5. Section 072113 6. Section 078129 7. Section 078400 8. Section 081113 9. Section 083113 10. Section 092226 11. Section 095300 12. Section 092900 13. Division 23 14. Division 26 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: B. American Society for 1. ASTM A568 2. ASTM A6 5 3 3. ASTM A792 4. ASTM A875 5. ASTM C645 6. ASTM C754 7. ASTM C1002 8. ASTM E1966 - Cold -Formed Metal Framing - Steel Decking - Rough Carpentry - Batt and Blanket Insulation - Rigid Insulation: Furring strips - Mineral -Fiber Cementitious Fireproofing - Firestopping - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames - - Access Doors and Frames - Suspension Systems - Acoustical Ceiling Suspension Assemblies - Gypsum Board - Heating, Ventilating, & Air Conditioning - Electrical Current edition at date of Bid. Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: - General Requirements for Steel, Sheet, Carbon and High - Strength, Low-AIIoy, Hot -Rolled and Cold -Rolled - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron AIIoy-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum -Zinc AIIoy-Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -5% Aluminum AIIoy-Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw -Attached Gypsum Panel Products - Specification for Steel Self -Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs. - Standard Test Method for Fire -Resistive Joint Systems. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\092216 Permit Set RAHS Non -Structural Metal Framing.Doc 092216 - 1 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092216 09819.00 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING C. International Code Commission (ICC) Evaluation Services, Website http: / !www.icc- es.orq/Evacuation Reports D. Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau (NWCB), Tel (206) 524-4243 (Bob Drury, Mark Fowler), Website: http: / /www.nwcb.orq 1. NWCB 200-100 - Screws. 2. NWCB 200-104 - Framing Tolerance. 3. NWCB 200-103 - Friction Fitting and Gap Tolerance of Metal Studs. 4. NWCB 200-500 - Non -Load Bearing Partitions and Lay -In Acoustical Ceilings. E. Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA): Product Technical Information, Website http://www.ssma.com 1. SSMA ICC -ES Legacy Report ER -4943P, Revised Aug 2003 after revision. 2. SSMA Product Technical Information. F. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): UL 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System: Interior metal stud framing systems, plenums, furred ceilings, and soffits used in conjunction with sound insulation, and gypsum board systems. B. Maximum Allowable Deflection: Design and size components for L/360 deflection at 5 psf loading. C. Accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearance of intended openings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Sections 013300. B. Details: Framing components, lateral bracing, framed openings, bearing points, anchorages, welds, screw fasteners, anchorage devices, splices, slip channels, backing for wall mounted items, and accommodation for wall mounted windows, doors, and hardware. C. Product Data: Published product information, code approvals accepted by ICC Evaluation Services, specifications, and standard framing details. D. Design Data: Published Load table and criteria indicating section properties, height of wall limitations, combined axial and lateral load limitations, load and deflection criteria, and allowable loads for fasteners and welds. E. Fire and Acoustical Assemblies: 1. Demonstrate equivalency to ICC, UL, GA, WH, and FM tests indicated by Contract Documents. 2. Include ICC Evaluation Services acceptance for fire rated deflection track systems. F. Manufacturers Instructions: Include installation instructions, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. G. LEED Sub Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \092216 Permit Set RAHS Non -Structural Metal Framing.Doc 092216 - 2 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092216 09819.00 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 1. Product Data for Credit MR 4.1 [and Credit MR 4.21: For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsurner recycled content. a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Member of Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA). B. Installer: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience in commercial quality work of comparable scope. 2. Recommended as qualified to perform work of this Project by Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau (NWCB), or accepted by Architect. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to regulatory requirements of Section 014100. B. Design and Structural Properties: Conform to IBC Chapter 22, IBC Section 1632, AISI/NASPEC standards referenced by IBC, and SSMA ICC -ES Legacy Report ER -4943P as published by SSMA Product Technical Information. C. Fire -Resistive Assemblies: Conform to Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) or other tested design reports acceptable to building code regulatory authority having jurisdiction. D. Fire -Resistive Deflection Track and Joint System: Conform to IBC Chapter 7 including Section 702 and Section 713 for fire -resistive joint system as tested to UL 2079 or ASTM E1966. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in unopened containers or bundles, clearly labeled with manufacturer's name, brand, type, gauge/thickness, and grade. Verify undamaged conditions. C. Store off the ground in dry well -ventilated space to protect from rusting and damage. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements with dimensions shown on Shop Drawings and manufacturer's instructions. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 0131.13 for coordination with related Sections. B Section 054000 for load bearing metal wall framing C. Section 087100 for accommodating electric door strikes and other hardware items. D. Section 078129 for spray -applied fireproofing at steel deck and structural steel framing. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \092216 Permit Set RAHS Non -Structural Metal Framing.Doc 092216 - 3 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092216 09819.00 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING E. Section 078400 for firestopping installations prior to installation of gypsum board systems. F. Section 092226 for suspended gypsum board ceiling systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Light Gauge Steel Framing: 1. Member of Steel Stud Manufacturers Association. 2. Accepted upon condition of satisfactory submittals referencing design requirements and showing conformance to referenced ICC evaluation reports. B. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 FRAMING MATERIALS A. Refer to Section 054000 for Toad bearing members 20 gauge and over. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with averae p recycled content: of steel products such that postconsurner recycled content plus one-half o preconsurner recycled content is not less than 25 percent. C. Non -Load Bearing - Light Gauge Framing Members: 1. ASTM C645, formed from steel meeting requirements of ASTM A568, ASTM A653 Grade 33. 2. Galvanized ASTM A653, G40 for interior conditions, except G60 where subject to moisture exposure and exterior walls. 3. Listed by ICC for structural design properties. D. Steel Studs: 1. Minimum 27 mils (22) gauge. Provide higher gauge studs for greater design loads conforming to manufacturer's load tables. 2. Flanges: 1-1/4 inch, with 90 -degree angle return leg 5/16 inches long. 3. Webs: Punched for mounting electrical conduit and cold rolled channel reinforcement. E. Runners: Minimum 27 mils (22) gauge, minimum 1-1/4 inch flange, except as otherwise indicated for top runners. F. Reinforcement for Metal Stud Framing Faced with Gypsum Board on One Side Only: 54 mils (16 gauge) minimum, 3/4 inch cold rolled channel, weighing 300 pounds per 1000 lineal feet, or 1-1/2 inch cold rolled channel, weighing 475 pounds per 1000 lineal feet. G. Furring Channels: 1. Hat Channels: Minimum 18 mils (25 gauge) 1-3/8 inches wide, 7/8 inches deep, hot- dip galvanized steel. 2. 2 -Furring Channels: Minimum 18 mils (25 gauge), 1-1/2 inches deep, unless otherwise specified, hot -dipped galvanized steel. H. [Insulation Furring Strips: Roll formed 18 mils (25 gauge), 1-5/8 inch [2 inch] [5-1 /2 inch] wide galvanized steel furring strip with 1/8 inch ribs and pre -punched holes at 10 inches on center.] Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\092216 Permit Set RAHS Non -Structural Metal Framing.Doc 092216 - 4 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092216 09819.00 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING I. Sheet Metal Flat Strap Backing: For light loads such as toilet accessories. Not acceptable for heavy Toads. J• Sheet Metal Clipped Track Backing: For heavy loads such as grab bars, handrails, wall hung cabinets. 1. Minimum 30 mils (20 gauge), 6 inches wide with 1-1/2 inch legs, notched and continuous between studs designed for wall -supported items. 2. Minimum 54 mils (16 gauge) steel backing channel at Toads exceeding 250 pounds vertical point loading per fastener and as required for permanent support for heavier loads or loads where moment loads or torque is likely. K. Fireblocking / Draftstopping /Backing 1. Manufacturer: Perfect Wall 2. Product: 3 In One 3. 20 guage primed steel 4. Tested to 250 pounds 5. Replaces wall backing, bridging, blocking. 2.3 FIRE RATED DEFLECTION TRACK A. Manufacturers: 1. Brady Innovations, Inc., SlipTrack Systems, SLPTRK a. Tel (888) 475-7875, Fax (530) 662-2865 Email bobqrant@bradyinnovations.com (Bob Grant) • b. Website http://www.bradyinnovations.com 2. Fire Track Corporation, Fire Trak a. Tel (800) 290-8846 / (503) 682-4575, Fax (503) 682-5925, (Dick Blenkinsop, Blenkinsop Sales Co.) b. Website http://www.firetrak.com 3. The Steel Network (TSN), Inc., Veri-Trak a. Tel (888) 474-4876, Fax (919) 845-1028, Email hsajecki@steelnetwork.com (Howard Sajecki) b. Website http://www.steelnetwork.com B. Deflection Track: Fire Rated Top Runner System: 1. Self-adjusting, top track systems allowing for both upward and downward movement of building structure without adversely affecting positive attachment of framing members. 2. Steel: 54 mils (16 gauge), ASTM A653, Grade 50, hot -rolled steel with minimum yield point of 50 ksi. 3. Non -Fire Rated Nested Top Runner: Minimum 30 mils (20 gauge) with minimum 2 inch deep flange and as required for deflection of roof and ceiling systems above light gauge steel framed wall systems. 2.4 SOUND ISOLATION CHANNELS A. Resilient Channels (RC -1): 1. 30 mils (25 gauge), 1/2 inch deep, hot -dip galvanized steel. 2. Pre -punched slotted fastener holes in flange 3/8 inch wide, 3 inch long, spaced 4 inch on center. 3. Products: a. Dietrich RC -Deluxe Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\092216 Permit Set RAHS Non -Structural Metal Framing.Doc 092216 - 5 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092216 09819.00 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 2.5 FASTENERS A. Screw Fasteners: ASTM C1002, self -drilling, self -tapping framing screws, designed for type and gauge of framing. B. Anchorage Devices: Fasteners as required to transfer design loads. Powder actuated fasteners not permitted at overhead installations. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Section 092900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. B. Verify that rough -in utilities are in proper location. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Meet at project site with the installers of related work including for hollow metal frames, mechanical, and electrical work. Review areas of potential interference and conflicts. Coordinate layout and make provisions for interfacing work. B. Protect installed finish work of other trades and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Conform to ASTM C754 for installation of metal studs to receive gypsum board and other drywall systems. C. At acoustic separation walls, place two beads of acoustical sealant between runners and substrate, studs and adjacent construction. D. Isolation of Stud Systems from Structure: Where stud systems abut horizontal or vertical structural elements, isolate as required to prevent transfer of structural loads to Tight gauge framing systems. E. Head of Wall Deflection Track: Install system designed to accept 1 inch deflection to prevent loading of non -load bearing wall framing. 1. Install at top of wall under structural steel deck and other systems and framing systems subject to deflection. 2. Firestop or fireproof openings at fire -resistive construction under provisions of Section 078400 or 078129 to close wall/ceiling penetrations through fire -resistive construction. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\092216 Permit Set RAHS Non -Structural Metal Framing.Doc 092216 - 6 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092216 09819.00 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING F. Nested Top Runner Systems: Accepted at non -fire resistive construction, based on Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau recommendations. Provide system as necessary to prevent sound transmission through acoustical wall systems. G. Runner Tracks: 1. Layout and align tracks accurately at base and top of metal stud wall framing to make plumb and true to line. 2. Butt runner tracks at partition corners and intersections, except leave clearance where base course of gypsum board is to run through. Steel Stud Wall Framing: 1. Erect studs not over 16 inch on center, unless otherwise indicated. Install additional studs at partition intersections, corners, and as necessary to provide solid bearing for fasteners. 2. Construct corners using minimum three studs. I. Door Openings: Install double boxed stud framing at openings. J• Control and Expansion Joints: Install back to back studs. Conform to manufacturer's and industry standards for control joints at fire rated walls. Coordinate with Section 092900 - Gypsum Board for locations of control joints. K. Shimming and Bracing: 1. Shim metal furring to provide true and level surface for application of wallboard. 2. Cross brace chase partitions as recommended by manufacturer or accepted by Architect. 3. Laterally brace metal studs to meet lateral design loads that have finish systems on one side only or where finish systems do not run to full height of studs. L. Install runner tracks and intermediate jack studs above and below wall openings to align with full -height wall stud spacing. M. Bridging: Install lateral bridging as necessary to provide resistance to rotation and axial bending. Refer to NWCB requirements and SSMA Technical Note 2. 1. Walls supporting vertical (axial) loads and/or cladded only on one side: a. Walls up to 10 feet height: Install two rows of bridging equally spaced. b. Walls over 10 feet height: Install bridging spaced 40 inches maximum. N. Sheet Metal Backing: Install continuous flat strap, steel channel or stud backing, notched between studs. Coordinate with requirements for support of wall mounted items including, casework, plumbing fixtures, mechanical equipment, door hardware, visual display surfaces, audio-visual equipment, and other items included in the Work. O. Supplementary Framing: Install as necessary to accommodate loading conditions. P. [Resilient Channels] [Resilient Sound Isolation Clips]: 1. Install per manufacturer's instructions. 2. Fasten with 1-1/4 inch Type W screws for wood and 1-1/4 Type S screws for metal framing systems. Do not fasten with nails. 3. Overlap and nest [channels] [clips] and drive fasteners through both channel flanges into support framing. Do not butt channels. 4. Walls: a. Install with attachment flange facing down. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Pnnt\092216 Permit Set RAF1S Non -Structural Metal Framing.Doc 092216-7of8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092216 09819.00 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING b. Locate within 2 inch of floor and 6 inch from ceiling at 16 inch on center. 5. Ceilings: a. Install at right angles to framing system. b. Hold 1 inch clear of wall systems. c. Install into each framing member. Q. Sound Retardant Partitions: Install acoustical sealant, between top and bottom runner tracks and adjacent material. R. Install rubber closed cell closure strips between top of stud partitions and preformed metal floor and roof deck as indicated to provide sound barrier between rooms. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From True Position: 1/8 inch in 10 foot. B. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 foot. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \092216 Permit Set RAHS Non -Structural Metal Framing.Doc 092216 - 8 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092226 09819.00 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS SECTION 092226 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. interior suspended ceiling framing systems for support of screw attached interior gypsum board ceilings. 2. [Exterior suspended metal framing systems for support of gypsum soffit panel finishes] [and exterior Portland cement plaster ceiling finishes]. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Steel Channel Ceiling Suspension System: As specified this Section. B. Pre -Engineered Tee Bar Ceiling Suspension System: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Drywall Grid Systems a. Cell (206) 919-0438, Voice Mail (877) 276-7876 Option 8 Ext 8143, Fax (253) 862-4775, Email tchamilton@armstrong.com (Tim Hamilton CSI). b. Website http://www.armstrong.com 2. USG Corporation, Drywall Suspension System a. Cell (425) 468-9355, Fax (425) 888-5355, Voice Mail (800) 874-8880 Ext 6750, Email sfinlinson@usg.com (Scott Finlinson), b. Website http://www.usg.com 3. BPB Celotex, Drywall Grid System: a. Cell (253) 219-5725, Tel (360) 893-1 514 (Home), Tel (800) 523-4684, Voice Mail (866) 8721, Fax (360) 893-1 514, Email bobsagehorn@bpb.com (Bob Sagehorn, CSI). b. Website www.celotex.com / www_bpb,com 4. Chicago Metallic Corp., Drywall Grid System a. Tel (425)277-0631, Fax (425) 277-5446, Email ands@div-9.com (Schwarz & Associates, Andy Schwarz / Cell (206) 218-3489, Email Jerald@div-9.com Jerald Schwarz) b. Website http://www.chicagometallic.com C. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold Rolled Steel: ASTM C645, conforming to ASTM A568 Grade 33 or ASTM A653 Grade 33. 1. Typical: Galvanized ASTM A653 G40. 2. Exterior Installations: Galvanized ASTM A653 G 60. 3. Swimming Pool Areas and other High Humidity Areas: Galvanize ASTM A653 G90. 2.3' STEEL CHANNEL CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Main Support Carrying Channels: Cold -rolled steel, 16 gauge (0.053 inch) by 1-1/2 inch deep. Date Saved: December 23, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\092226 Permit Set RAHS Suspension Systems.Doc 092226 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092226 09819.00 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS B. Intermediate Lateral Support Runners: Cold -rolled steel, 16 gauge (0.053 inch) by 3/4 inch deep. C. Furring Channels: Hat channels, 2-9/16 inch wide by 7/8 inch deep, 25 (0.018 Inch) [20 (0.033 inch)] gauge, rolled formed steel, and as required by loading and deflection tolerances [, except 20 gauge minimum at exterior installations]. 2.4 TEE BAR CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Straight Main Tees: 1-1/2 inch face width, 1-1/2 inch high by 144 inch long. Integral reversible splice with knurled face. B. Cross Tees: 1-1/2 inch high, 48 inch long, 1-1/2 wide face. Integral reversible splice with knurled face. Quick release for positive locking and removal without need for tools. C. Furring Channels (as applicable): 7/8 inch high, 48 inch ling, 1-7/16 inch face. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Hanger Wire: 1. Minimum 12 gauge galvanized soft annealed wire, as accepted by ICBO Evaluation Report ER -4071 and NWCB 400-200 recommendations. 2. Minimum 9 gauge galvanized soft annealed wire at double layer gypsum board, equipment loading, and as required to limit deflection to L/360. B. Tie Wire: 18 gauge galvanized soft annealed steel wire. C. Furring Channel Clips: Manufacturer's standard galvanized wire, designed to attach furring channels to 1-1/2 inch cold rolled channels. D. L -Type Runners: Minimum 24 gauge, 1 inch by 1 inch cold rolled galvanized steel. E. Channel Molding: Minimum 24 gauge, 1-1/2 inch by 1 inch cold rolled galvanized channel. F. Fastening Devices at Ceiling for Suspension: Conform to ASTM C754 and as instructed by manufacturer and NWCB. G. Screw Type Fasteners: ASTM C1002 and C954, self -drilling, self -tapping framing screws, designed for gauge of framing. H. Extruded Aluminum Trim: Extruded aluminum channel trim profiles, factory applied custom color coating. 1. Armstrong Axiom. 2. USG Compasso. 2.6 ACOUSTICAL ISOLATION HANGERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Target Enterprises, ARH-1 a. Tel (425) 828-6761, (800) 228-6761, Cell (206) 396-4097, Fax 42486-3438, Email bphipps@gtsdrywall.com (Bruce Phipps, Sales Mgr / Sepia Interiors). b. Website http://www.gtsinteriorsupplv.com . 2. Mason, W30 Date Saved: December 23, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\092226 Permit Set RAHS Suspension Systems.Doc 092226 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092226 09819.00 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS a. Tel (206) 789-1600, Fax (206) 789-1604 (C. M. Hoskins Co., Don Hansen). b. Website http://www.mason-industries.com 3. Kinetics Noise Control, SRH a. Cell (206) 818-8840, Tel (425) 497-0660, Fax (425) 867-5542, (David Forrest, Seattle Sound and Vibration) b. Website: www.seavib.com / http://kineticsnoise.com B. Acoustical Isolation Hangers: Spring and neoprene, suspended ceiling isolation hanger unit with 1.0 inch static deflection!'" . � _ , ;. Designed to separate and isolate hanger wires between structural ceiling and suspended ceiling support system. END OF SECTION Date Saved: December 23, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\092226 Permit Set RAHS Suspension Systems.Doc 092226 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092800 09819.00 BACKING BOARDS AND UNDERLAYMENTS SECTION 092800 BACKING BOARDS AND UNDERLAYMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Underlayment to interior ceramic tile wall systems a. [Glass matt faced gypsum backing board b. Fiber -cement backing board c. Glass -fiber reinforced cement backing board] PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS MATT FACED GYPSUM BACKING BOARD A. Georgia Pacific, Corp. (G -P), Dens -Shield Tile Backer 1. Tel (206) 781-6525, Email Michael.Fletcher2@gapac.com (Mike Fletcher) 2. Website www.gpgypsum.com 3. Technical Services: (800) 225-6119 B. U. S. Gypsum Co. (USG), Fiberock Aqua Tough Interior Panel 1. Cell (425) 468-9355, Fax (425) 888-5355, Voice Mail (800) 874-8880 Ext 6750, Email sfinlinson@usq.com (Scott Finlinson CSI, Mfrs Rep). 2. Website www.usg.com C. CertainTeed (CT) (formerly BPB America, Inc. (BPB)), Backer Board Type X 1. Cell (425) 894-7784, Fax (206) 768-3792, Email mark.salmon@bpb-na.com (Mark Salmon, Sales Rep). 2. Cell (206) 852-5307, Tel (206) 768-3776, Email david.moles@bpb-na.cocm (David Moles, Reg Sales Mgr) 3. Website: www.bpb-na.com D. Glass Matt Faced Gypsum Backing board: Conforming to ASTM C1 178. 1. Non -Fire Rated: 1/2 inch thick [5/8 inch thick as required to flush out with gypsum board]. 2. Fire Resistant: 5/8 inch thick, Type X, tested to ASTM El 19, UL Classified. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Trim: Sheet Steel zinc coated by hot -dip process and as specified Section 092900. B. Screw Fasteners: ASTM C1002, self embedding bugle head and corrosion resistant coating, and as instructed by manufacturer. 1. Length: As required to penetrate minimum [3/8 inch into steel framing] [and] [1-1/4 inch into wood framing.] 2. Wood Framing: Type W. 3. 20 Gauge Metal Framing: Type S 4. 18 Gauge or Heavier Metal Framing: Type S-12. [Type 5-12 with Type S point]. C. Filler: Pre -sanded dry -set or latex Portland cement mortar. Date Saved: December 23, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\092800 Permit Set RAHS Backer Boards & Underlayments.Doc 092800 - 1 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092800 09819.00 BACKING BOARDS AND UNDERLAYMENTS D. Joint and Corner Tape: Self adhesive, 2 inch wide, polymer -coated, open alkali -resistant glass -fiber mesh and as instructed by manufacture. Paper tape not accepted. 1. BPB Marco Fiberglass Drywall Mesh Tape E. Joint Compound: Chemically curing type. Drying type joint compound not accepted. 1. Georgia Pacific, Speed Set 2. USG Sheetrock Easy Sand or Durabond 3. Beadex, Silver Set 4. BPB Profin Lightweight Setting Compound F. Adhesives/Mortar Products: Latex Cement Mortar: ANSI Al 18.4 and as instructed by manufacturer for condition of use. G. Joint Sealant: As specified Section 079200 and TCA El 17. END OF SECTION Date Saved: December 23, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\092800 Permit Set RAHS Backer Boards & Underlayments.Doc 092800 - 2 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092900 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 092900 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Gypsum board wall and ceiling systems. 2. Trim accessories, Joint compound, control joints, fasteners, reveal moldings, and sealants. 3. Level of finish for gypsum board surfaces. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05.4000 2. Section 061643 3. Section 062000 4. Section 072116 5. Section 078400 6. Section 079200 7. Section 092216 8. Section 092226 9. Section 092600 10. Section 092800 11. Section 092117 12. Section 097200 13. Section 099000 1.2 REFERENCES A. B. American Society for Testing 1. ASTM C475 - Cold -Formed Metal Framing - Gypsum Sheathing - Rough Carpentry - Blanket Insulation - Firestopping - Joint Sealants - Non -Structural Metal Framing - Suspension Systems - Veneer Plastering - Backer Boards and Underlayment - Gypsum Board Shaft Wall - Wall Coverings - Painting and Coatings Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. 2. ASTM C834 3: ASTM C840 4. ASTM C919 5. ASTM C954 6.. ASTM C1002 7. ASTM C1047 8. ASTM Cl 278 9. ASTM C1396 10. ASTM C834 11. ASTM C840 SAVE DATE: January 26, 2010 and Materials (ASTM) International: Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board. Standard Specification for Latex Sealants Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications.. Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness Standard Specification for Steel Self -Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs. . Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base. Standard Specification for Fiber -Reinforced Gypsum Panel. Standard Specification for Gypsum Board. - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 092900 - 1 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092900 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD 12. ASTM E90 C. Gypsum Association 1. GA -201 2. GA -214 3. GA -216 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. GA -226 GA -235 GA -236 GA -238 GA -600 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. (GA): Website http:/jwww.gypsum.orq/ - Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. - Recommended Levels of Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. - Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. - Application of Gypsum Board to Curved Surfaces. - Gypsum Board Typical Mechanical and Physical Properties. - Joint Treatment under Extreme Weather Conditions. - Guidelines for Prevention of Mold Growth on Gypsum Boar - Fire Resistance Design Manual. d. D. Northwest Wall and Ceiling Bureau (NWCB), Tel (206) 524-4243 (Bob Drury and Mark Fowler) Email: info@nwcb.org, Website http://www.nwcb.org . 1. NWCB 300-100 - Guide Specification for Gypsum Wallboard. 2. NWCB 300-101 - Recommended Applications of Gypsum Board. 3. NWCB 300-102 - Installation of Gypsum Board for Fire Rated Partitions. 4. NWCB 300-103 - Field Technical Information - Gypsum Wallboard and Winter Weather. - Installation of Control Joints in Interior Construction. - Installing Corner Trim for Gypsum Wallboard or Veneer Plaster. - Recommended Procedure for judging Gypsum Wallboard. - Recommended Levels for Finishing of Gypsum Board. 5. NWCB 300-104 6. NWCB 300-105 7. NWCB 300-300 8. NWCB 300-301 E. UL Fire Resistance Directory (UL): Fire Resistance Volume 1 - with Hourly Ratings for Beams, Floors, Roofs, Columns, Walls and Partitions. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's published descriptive literature for gypsum board types, trim accessories, and control joints pertinent to this Section. 1. Recycled Content: Indicate recycled content; indicate percentage of pre -consumer and post -consumer recycled content per unit of product. 2. Indicate location of manufacturing facility; indicate distance between manufacturing facility and the project site. C. Test Data: UL or WHI Design for each proprietary fire -resistive wall and ceiling assembly listing manufacturers and products. Unlisted manufacturers and products not accepted. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4.2: For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsurner recycled content. a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives used to laminate gypsum board panels to substrates, including printed statement of VOC content. SAVE DATE: January 26, 2010 092900 - 2 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092900 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: 1. Company specializing in work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience in commercial quality work of comparable scope. 2. Recommended as qualified installer by NWCB prior to Bid, or accepted by Architect. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform with Section 014100 for code compliance requirements related to this Section. B. Conform to requirements for tested fire rated assemblies. 1. GA 600, Fire Resistance Design Directory. 2. UL, Fire Resistance Directory, or Intertek Testing Services (WHi). 3. IBC Chapter 25, including Section 2506, 2508, 2509 and related tables. 4. ICC Evaluation.Reports and Standards. 1.6 MOCK-UPS A. Provide in accordance with Section 014300. B. Install 100 square foot minimum mock-ups of each gypsum board finish and control joints. C. Approved mock-ups may be incorporated into Work and become standard for approved workmanship and finishes. 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119 two weeks prior to beginning work of this Section. B. Walk job and determine full extent level of quality for work. C. Coordinate gypsum board pre installation conference with veneer plaster pre installation conference as specified in Section 092600. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 016600, GA -238, and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver materials in original unbroken containers or bundles bearing name of manufacturer and brand. C. Verify products undamaged before acceptance at Project Site. Do not use products with visible signs of mold growth and damage. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Temperature, Ventilation and Moisture: Conform to NWCB 300-103 and manufacturer's instructions. Maintain temporary controls to regulate heating, ventilating, moisture, and humidity levels. Do not begin taping and finishing until following conditions are achieved. 1. Building: Fully enclosed and free of standing water. Watertight roofing and wall envelope systems in place. 2. Temperature: Between 50 and 95 degrees F for minimum 48 hours. SAVE DATE: January 26, 2010 092900 - 3 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092900 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD 3. Relative Humidity: Less than 65 percent. 4. Gypsum Board Moisture Content: 0.4 percent on gypsum scale (12 percent on wood scale). 5. Wood Substrate Moisture Content: Maximum 16 percent. B. Lighting: Sufficient temporary lighting to perform work to achieve specified finishes. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Coordinate with Wall Type Schedule, Section 061643 for gypsum sheathing, Section 092600 for plaster backer boards, Section 092800 for backer boards, and Section 092117 for shaft walls, and for gypsum board systems used in conjunction with work of this Section. C. Coordinate with Section 092216 for nonstructural metal framing and Section 092226 for suspension systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 2.2 MATERIALS A. Recycled Content: Provide gypsum panel i roducts with recycled content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content constitutes a minimum of 10 percent by weight. B. Fire Rated Gypsum Board (GWB-1 designation for ceiling types): ASTM C1396, tapered edges, 5/8 inch, Type X core. 1. Meet or exceed Type X. UL labeled and ICC ES approved for fire resistive systems. 2. Recycled Content: Minimum 10 percent. 3. Products: a. USG Sheetrock Firecode Core b. G -P ToughRock Fireguard Type X c. CT ProRoc Type X Evenwall Type X d. NG Gold Bond Fire -Shield Wallboard e. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. C. Abuse -Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396, 5/8 inch thick, tapered edge, Type X core. 1. USG Sheetrock Abuse Resistant, ASTM C1278 2. G -P ToughRock Fireguard Type X Abuse Guard 3. CT ProRoc Abuse -Resistant Type X 4. NG Hi -Abuse XP Wallboard 5. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. D. Interior Abuse and Moisture Resistant Panels (GWB-2 designation for ceiling types only): Type X, 5/8 inch thick, meeting or exceeding ASTM C1278. Unfaced homogeneous fiber - reinforced synthetic gypsum panel with water -repellant coating on both surfaces. 1. USG FIBEROCK Aqua -Tough Sheathing Interior Panels 2. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. SAVE DATE. January 26, 2010 092900 - 4 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092900 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD E. High Impact Gypsum Board: Plastic film laminated to back side for greater resistance to through -penetration (impact resistance). ASTM C1396, 5/8 inch thick, tapered edge, Type X core. 1. USG Fiberock Very High Impact (VHI), ASTM C1278 2. G -P Dense Armor Plus High Impact 3. CT ProRoc Extra Abuse Type X Gypsum Board with M2Tech 4. NG Hi -Abuse XP Wallboard 5. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. F. Ceramic Tile Backer Board: As specified Section 092800. G. Perforated Acoustical Gypsum Board (GWB-3 designation for ceiling types only): 1. Manufacturer: Danoline (www.danoline.com ) 2. Pattern: Globe Perforations 6mm circular 3. Product: Design Panel 900 4. Perforation: Gl F 5. Size: 900 x 2700 6. Perforation Percent: 10.18 7. Edge Distance: A: 60.0 mm 8. Section Size: B: 780 mm 9. Section Distance C: 120 mm 2.3 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C475 and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for intended purpose. B. Joint Tape: 1. Paper Tape: Manufacturer's standard 2 inch wide 2. Fiberglass Tape: Not accepted for gypsum board products specified in this section. C. Joint Compound: Manufacturer's standard powder or premix drying type regular or light weight. D. All Purpose Compound: 1. Conform to GA -201 and GA -216 for reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive, and water. 2. Do not use topping compounds for embedding tape or as first coat over trims and fasteners. 3. Products a. USG; Sheetrock Brand All Purpose Joint Compound Ready -Mixed or Sheetrock Brand Lightweight All Purpose Joint Compound Ready -Mixed (Plus 3) b. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Thermal insulation: As specified Section 072116. B. Joint Sealant at Exposed Joints: Paintable, Non -setting, non -staining, and as specified Section 079200. C. Acoustical Sealant at Exposed Joints: [As specified in Section 079200.] 1. Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex sealant conforming to ASTM C834. Tested to ASTM E90 for reduction of airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and SAVE DATE: January 26, 2010 092900 - 5 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092900 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD openings in building construction at representative assemblies. Specified for type and quality: D. Acoustical Sealant at Concealed Joints: [As specified in Section 079200.] 1. Synthetic Rubber Joint Sealant: Single component, non -skinning, non -hardening, 90 percent solids, acoustical properties conforming to ASTM E90. 2. Water Based Siliconized Acrylic Latex: 3. Install 2 beads under steel stud framing channel and wood plates and into 1/2 inch space between top of floor and bottom of gypsum board and plaster systems. E. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. i . Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 cl!L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), F. Firestopping and Smoke Sealants: As specified Section 078400. 2.5 TRIM A. Manufacturers: 1. United States Gypsum Co. (USG). a. Cell (425) 468-9355, Fax (425) (888) 5355, Voice Mail (800) 874-8880 Ext 6750, Email sfinlinson@usg.com (Scott Finlinson). b. Website http://www.usq.com B. Provide trim shapes as required to cover and make neat edges. C. Paper Faced Metal Bead and Trim: ASTM C1047, electro -galvanized steel with paper face and flanges, 1. Outside corner beads 2. inside corners. 3. L -type edge trim. 4. J-shaped edge trim D. Metal Trim Shapes: ASTM C1047, USG specified for type and quality. 1. Galvanized steel Expanded Flange Corner Bead, L -Trim, and J -Trim 2. Galvanized one-piece L -Trim, and J -Stop. 3. Zinc Control Joint No. 093. 2.6 HANGING TRACK MOLDINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Pittcon Softforms LLC B. Reveal Moldings: Aluminum 6063 T5 alloy with chemical conversion coating. C. Hanging Track SWR -050 -HT Hanging Track. 2.7 FASTENERS A. Screws conforming to ASTM C1002 and C954. Bugle or pan head, and lengths as required for securing materials in place. Minimum 3/4 inch penetration at wood and steel studs. 1. Wood Framing and Backing: Type W. 2. Light Gauge Metal Framing: Type S. SAVE DATE: January 26, 2010 092900 - 6 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092900 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD 3. 18 Gauge or Heavier Metal Framing: Type S-12 and conforming to ASTM C954. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify framing systems, including backing, insulation, vapor barriers, work of Division 21, 22, 23 and 26, and other systems ready for work of this Section. C. Verify work of Section 054000, Section 072116, Section 092216, and Section 092226 for metal framing, insulation installation, and vapor barrier requirements prior to beginning work of this Section. D. Verify building fully enclosed and dry. 1. Do not begin work until building envelope is fully enclosed and temperature, ventilation, and humidity are controlled. 2. Do not begin work under conditions that gypsum board installation may be exposed to water contact. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage. B. Avoid soiling, spatter, and damage to work of other trades. Use cover cloths, or other means of protection. Remove, clean, and repair soiled or damaged work. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Conform to ASTM C840, GA -216, NWCB 300-101, NWCB 300-102, NWCB 300-103, NWCB 300-105 and manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 BOARD INSTALLATION A. Panel Joints: 1. Layout: Design to reduce joints to minimum. 2. Install board in maximum lengths to minimize horizontal and vertical joints. 3. Start installation of panels at exterior wall to position butt joints as far away from exterior wall as possible. 4. Place edges in contact and fit neatly, without forcing into place. 5. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions and on same side of wall surface at adjacent joints. 6. Maintain 1/2 inch clearance from bottom of wall panel and top of floor. Seal with acoustical sealant. 7. In order to prevent wicking of moisture, do not let gypsum board rest on floor after installation. B. Single Layer Systems: Install in accordance with ASTM C840. Where modified, amended, or required by fire resistive or sound isolation system, conform to the requirements of the manufacturer's tests, as approved. SAVE DATE: January 26, 2010 092900 - 7 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092900 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD C. Double Layer Systems: Install in accordance with ASTM C840, including System VIII for double layer gypsum wallboard installations applied with screws. Conform to required fire resistance standards. D. Ceramic Tile Backerboard: Install under provision of Section 092800 behind ceramic tile wall installations. Moisture resistant (green board) gypsum board is not accepted as backer for ceramic tile. E. Joint Sealant and Acoustical Sealant: Install to completely fill void between wallboard edges and adjacent surface. 3.5 PERFORATED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING INSTALLATION: A. Install perforated gypsum board on ceiling framing or suspension members with screw fasteners. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, this Section and Section C. Apply tape and joint compound. Do not fill decorative perforations in perforated gypsum board. D. Apply at latex paint as specified in Section 099000. Use roller to apply paint. Do not spray paint. Apply paint before installing batt insulation. E. Install black duct liner batt insulation above perforated gypsum board ceiling. Refer to Section 3.6 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Apply in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply 1/4 inch minimum 1 /2 inch maximum bead of sealant to seal perimeter of sound - rated partitions. C. Seal sound -rated partitions 1. on both sides where facings abut dissimilar materials 2. around perimeter, in the angle formed by panels and abutting dissimilar materials 3. at all intersections 4. at all panel terminations in door and window frames 5. at control joint locations before attaching the control joint to the panels. D. Apply continuous beads of sealant around all openings formed for outlets, lights, etc. Completely butter the outside of electrical boxes. E. Cut gypsum panels with 1/8 inch maximum relief at perimeter to receive sealant. Install before sealant skins. 3.7 Firestopping and Smoke Sealants: Install in accordance with Section 078400. A. Mechanical and Electrical: Coordinate with Division 21 through Division 28. Provide for installations and penetrations of ductwork, equipment, receptacles, and other work. SAVE DATE: January 26, 2010 092900 - 8 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092900 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD 3.8 TRIM INSTALLATION A. Corner Trim: Reinforce external corners with specified corner beads. B. Edge Trim: Install square edged metal trim bead at exposed edges and boundaries of areas and where abutting dissimilar materials. C. Reveal Trim: 1. Install with screws at 12 inch on center in 10 foot lengths, except where shorter lengths are sufficient for dimension of wall plane. 2. Make butt joints tight and in alignment. 3. Miter corners. 4. Promptly remove excess joint compound. D. Other Trim: Install as indicated or required for complete and finished installation. 3.9 CONTROL JOINT INSTALLATION A. Control Joints: Conform to NWCB 300-104 and GA -234, except as otherwise indicated. Verify that required double framing is in place before installing control joints. 1. Door and Relite Openings: Install control joints at each side of door and relite opening and at both sides of wall, except alcoves and similar wall configurations. 2. Continuous Wall Planes: Not to exceed 30 lineal foot. Area not to exceed 300 square feet. 3. Ceilings: Not to exceed 50 lineal foot. Area not to exceed 2500 square foot. 4. Joints with Other Materials: Install where gypsum board meets other materials such as masonry, concrete, plaster, and veneer plaster, except where joint is concealed under horizontal chair rail or other trim. 5. As indicated at other locations on Drawings. 3.10 TRIM AND JOINT FINISHING A. Joints and Interior Angles: Embed tape in joint compound and apply three separate coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Tool joint compound smooth and free of tool marks and rides. 1. Center reinforcing tape over joint and coat into compound leaving approximately 1/64 inch to 1/32 inch under tape to provide proper bond. 2. Follow with skim coat to embed tape, but not to function as second coat. 3. Allow embedding coat to thoroughly dry prior to application of second coat. 4. Allow second coat to thoroughly dry. 5. Apply third coat evenly over and extending beyond second coat on joints, feathering to smooth uniform finish. B. Beads, Trim, Fastener and Joint Depressions: 1. Cover with three coats of taping and joint compound. Apply in different directions making smooth transitions with adjacent surfaces. 2. Allow sufficient drying time between coats. 3. Leave depressions flush with surface plane. 3.1 1 LEVELS OF FINISH A. Conform to NWCB 300-301, GA -214, ASTM C 840, and provisions of Contract Documents. SAVE DATE: January 26, 2010 092900 - 9 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092900 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD B. Level 0 Finish: Accepted at walls not required to be fire -resistive construction at unfinished spaces. Apply to temporary construction. 1. No taping, finishing, or accessories required. C. Level 1 Finish: Apply to fire -resistive wall construction in unfinished spaces as shown on Drawings. 1. Fire tape by embedding tape in joint compound at joints and angles. 2. Tool and ridge marks are accepted. D. Level 2 Finish: Not used. E. Level 3 Finish: Apply to mechanical and electrical utility areas not scheduled for paint finish. Apply to walls where heavy -weight wall coverings will be installed. 1. Fire tape by embedding tape in joint compound at joints and angles. 2. Apply two separate applications over taped joints and fastener heads. 3. Apply one coat over accessories. 4. Surfaces free of excess compound. 5. Tool and ridge marks not accepted. F. Level 4 Finish: Apply to small rooms receiving paint finish and not subject to critical light reflection. Include classrooms, offices, restrooms, utility areas, mechanical, electrical, and custodial rooms. Apply to walls where Tight -weight wall coverings will be installed. 1. Sand between coats and after final coat, do not scuff paper, repair blemishes and joint ridges. 2. After final sanding, wipe drywall surfaces with a damp sponge to remove dust and particles. 3. Finish uniformly smooth, ready for paint finish or as substrate for other finishes. No wall texturing is to be applied. G. Level 5 Finish: Apply to public areas and large rooms receiving paint finish and not scheduled for veneer plaster. Include corridors, lobbies, gymnasiums, and multi-purpose rooms. Over surface of Level 4 Finish: 1. Trowel apply thin skim coat of joint compound, USG Tuff -Hide Primer -Surfacer, or other material labeled by manufacture for purpose of achieving Level 5 Finish. 2. Sand between coats and as needed for smooth finish. 3. Do not scuff paper. 4. Repair blemishes and joint ridges. 5. After final sanding, wipe surfaces with damp sponge removing dust and particles. 6. Leave areas finished uniformly smooth, free of tool marks and ridges, ready for work of Section 099000. 3.12 TOLERANCES A. Shim panels as necessary to conform to tolerances. B. Between Board Faces: 1/16 inch offset. C. Plane, Level, Warp, and Bow: 1/8 inch in 8 foot. 3.13 ADJUSTING A. Remove and replace following gypsum board installations: 1. Board in contact with water for over 18 hour time period. 2. Gypsum core exhibiting dampness or water intrusion. SAVE DATE January 26, 2010 092900 - 10 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 092900 09819.00 GYPSUM BOARD 3. Facing paper exhibiting delamination. 4. Facing or core exhibiting mold growth or turning black. 5. Board sagging or warped. 6. Board directly exposed to water determined to be contaminated. 3.14 CLEANING A. Clean beads, screeds, metal base, metal trim, mechanical and electrical items, and other work. B. Wipe clean, leaving work ready for finish specified under other Sections. C. As work is completed in each space, clean all rubbish, utensils, and surplus materials from the space. Leave floors broom -clean. SAVE DATE: January 26, 2010 END OF SECTION 092900 11 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 093000 09819.00 TILE SECTION 093000 TILE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ceramic tile interior wall and floor installations. 2. Ceramic tile bases, and trim shapes. 3. Mortar, grout, joint sealants, and other accessories. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE MANUFACTURERS A. Royal Mosa, distributed by United Tile. 1. Tel (425)-251-5290, Fax (425) 251-5047, Email mollyf@unitedtile.com (Molly Frank). 2. Website: http:/iwww.royalmosa.com B. Crossville Color Blox 1. Tel (925) 216-5581 Martha Vega, Email mvega@crossvilleinc.com 2. Website: http: %/www.crossvilleinc.com! C. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 CERAMIC TILE MATERIALS A. Ceramic Tile: Meet or exceed ANSI 137.1. B. Floor Tile (CT -1) 1. Manufacturer: Crossville 2. Product: Color Blox EC 3. Color: El 1 1 7 See the Moon 4. Size: 12" x 24" C. Wall Tiles (CT -2, CT -3, CT -4) 1. Manufacturer: Royal Mosa 2. Product: Mosa Colors 3. Colors: 4. CT -2: Color to be selected. 5. CT -3: Color to be selected. 6. CT -4: Color to be selected. 7. Size: 6" x 6" D. WaII Trim: Manufacturer's standard: 1. Inside Corner Base and Field Trim. 2. Outside Corner Base and Field Trim. 3. Top and Side 1/4 inch Bullnose Trim. 2.3 SETTING MATERIALS, GROUTS, WATERPROOFING, SEALERS, AND ACCESSORIES MANUFACTUERS: Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\093000 Permit Set RAHS Tile.Doc 093000 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 093000 09819.00 TILE A. Durabond / Hydroment (Bostik Findley) 1. Tel (503) 466-9405, Email portmans@bostik.com (Scott Portman Territory Sales Mgr), 2. Website http://www.bostik.com B. Custom Building Products 1. Tel (800) 246-5177 / (206) 762-6620, Direct Line (206) 767-2265, Fax (206) 768- 2816, Pager (800) 730-1145, Email chuck.hill@daltile.com (Chuck Hill, Mfrs Rep). 2. Cell (209) 518-1153, Fax (209) 477-6752, Email Johng@cbpmail.net (John Gallup, Reg Tech Sales Rep). 3. Cell (206) 250-4675, Fax (425) 254-9262, Email robm@cbpmail.net (Bob McCall, CTC, NW Territory Mgr), 4. Website http:!/www.custombuildingproducts.com • C. LATICRETE International, Inc. 1. Tel (800) 243-4788 X 235 / (203) 393-0010, Fax (203) 393-1948, Cell (203) 464- 5341, Email rmwernerg?laticrete.com (Mike Werner, CCTS) 2. Website http://www.laticrete.com D. MAPEI, Corporation. 1. Cell (360) 921-9518, Email mpiazza@mapei.com (Mike Piazza). 2. Website http:j/www.mapei.com E. TEC, Specialty Construction Brands (Subsidiary of H.B. Fuller Company). 1. Website http: / lwww.tecspecialty.com F. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. G. Crack and Control Joint Bridging/Water Proof Sheet Membrane/ Sound Isolation Membrane: 1. Noble Company a. Tel (800) 246-51 77 / (206) 762-6620, Direct Line (206) 767-2265, Fax (206) 768-2816, Pager (800) 730-1145 (Chuck Hill, Dal -Tile). b. Tel (253) 752-2494, Fax (253) 752-2559, Email boothassc@aol.com (Dean Booth, Mfrs Rep). c. Website http://www.noblecompanv.com 2. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.4 MORTAR A. Conform to TCNA for Heavy Performance Level. B. Thin -Set Bond Coat: One -part polymer -fortified thinset mortar conforming to ANSI Al 18.4 and ANSI Al 18.1 1. 1. LATICRETE 254 Platinum. C. Thin -Set Bond Coat: Two-part mortar conforming to ANSI Al 18.4 with high -polymer, liquid acrylic Latex additive used in place of water. 1. Bostik Hydroment, Tile -Mate 760 with Hydroment 447 Flex-A-Lastic Mortar Admixture 2. Custom Building Products, Versabond Flex Fortified Thin -Set Mortar 3. LATICRETE a. LATICRETE 211 Crete Filler Powder with LATICRETE 4237 Latex Thin -Set Mortar Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\093000 Permit Set RAHS Tile.Doc 093000 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 093000 09819.00 TILE D. Additive, or LATICRETE 254 Platinum b. LATICRETE 317 Thin -Set Mortar with LATICRETE 333 Super Flexible Mortar Admixture 4. MAPEI, KERABOND Dry Set Mortar with MAPEI 300 KERALASTIC Liquid Polymer Additive. Medium Bed Mortar: 1. Custom Building Products, Medium Bed 2. LATICRETE 220 Medium Bed Mortar mixed with LATICRETE 3701 Mortar Admix or LATICRETE 255 MultiMax. E. Medium Bed Mortar for Large Format Tiles and Natural Stone: 1. Custom Building Products, Marble & Granite Fortified Premium Mortar F. Portland Cement Mortar (Thick Set) at Floors: ANSI Al 08.2, thickness 1-3/8 inch minimum to 4 -inch thick, as required to slope to floor drains and to align with other subflooring systems. 1. Reinforcing: 2 x 2 mesh, 16/16 gauge welded wire fabric or as accepted by Architect. 2. Portland Cement Mortar: Conform to ANSI Al 08.1A 3. Mortar Admixture: a. Bostik Hydroment Multi -Purpose Acrylic Latex Mortar Admixture with Hydroment 425, Grout Additive b. Custom Building Products - CustomFloat w ThinSet Mortar Additive • c. LATICRETE 226 Thick Bed Mortar Mix with LATICRETE 3701 Mortar Admix or LATICRETE 3701 Fortified Mortar Bed d. MAPEI PRP 309 PLANICRETE 50 Multi -Purpose Latex Additive G. Organic Adhesives / Mastic (ANSI Al 36.1): Not accepted for any conditions. 2.5 GROUT A. Unsanded Grout - Walls Joints Under 1/8 inch Wide: Colored, mildew resistant grout conforming to ANSI Al 18.7. 1. Bostik Hydroment Dry Tile Grout with Hydroment 425 Acrylic Latex Multi -Purpose Mortar Admixture and Grout Additive used in place of mixing water, conforming to ANSI 118.4 2. Custom Polyblend Non -Sanded Tile Grout, polymer modified 3. LATICRETE 1600 Series Unsanded Grout with LATICRETE 1776 Grout Enhancer 4. MAPEI Keracolor U, Unsanded Polymer -Modified Portland Cement Tile Grout B. Sanded Grout -Tile Joints 1/8 inch or Wider: Polymer modified, colored grout, conforming to ANSI 118.7 with 2 part epoxy emulsion conforming to ANSI Al 18.8. 1. Bostik Hydroment Ceramic Tile Grout Joint Filler with Hydroment 425 Acrylic Latex Multi -Purpose Mortar Admixture and Grout Additive used in place of mixing water, conforming to ANSI 118.4 2. Custom Polyblend Sanded Tile Grout, polymer modified 3. LATICRETE PermaColor Grout 4. MAPEI Ultracolor Ultra/Color C. Epoxy Grout - Kitchen and Restroom Floors: Colored, two -component epoxy resin, mold, chemical, stain, and shock resistant compound conforming to ANSI Al 18.3. Suitable for horizontal tile joints 1/16 inch to 1 inch wide, and vertical tile joints 1/16 inch to 3/8 Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\093000 Permit Set RAHS Tile.Doc 093000 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 093000 09819.00 TILE inch wide. 1. Bostik Hydroment Color-Poxy, 100 percent Solids, Colored Epoxy Setting and Grouting System. 2. Custom Building Products: a. CEG -2000 100% Solids Commercial Epoxy Grout b. 100% Solids Epoxy Grout (water cleanup) 3. LATICRETE a. SpectraLOCK PRO Grout for restroom areas 4. MAPEI Inc., KERAPDXY, Epoxy Grout 2.6 MEMBRANES A. Uncoupling/Waterproofing/Drainage Membrane System: Membrane, Metal Divider Trim, and Control/Transition Edge Trim Systems: 1. Schluter Systems. a. Cell (206) 412-5203, Fax (877) 685-0583, Email kvaughn@schluter.com (Kevin Vaughn). b. Tel (800) 472-4588 (Home Office). c. Website http:!/www.schluter.com 2. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. B. Membrane: Schluter-DITRA, polyethylene membrane, vacuum formed into 1/8 inch thick grid of square dovetail cavities, laminated to anchoring fleece on bottom side. C. Accessories: Include Schluter-KERDI-BAND (waterproofing tape), Schluter-KERDI-FLEX (flexible waterproofing tape), and Schluter-KERDI-KERECK (preformed corners), Schluter- KERDI-KM (pipe collar), and as instructed by manufacturer to make complete uncoupling/waterproof drainage system. D. Waterproof and Anti -Fracture Membrane: Conform to ANSI Al 18.10. 1. LATICRETE 9235 Waterproofing Membrane or LATICRETE Hydro Ban E. Liquid Trowel Applied Waterproof Membrane and Anti -Fracture Membrane: Conform to ANSI Al 18.10 an Al 18.12. VOC content of 65 gr L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 1. Bostik Hydroment, Ultra -Set 2. Custom RedGuard Waterproofing and Crack Prevention Membrane 3. LATICRETE 9235 Waterproofing Membrane or LATICRETE Hydro Ban 4. MAPEI, Mapelastic PRP 315 5. TEC Hydraflex - Waterproofing Crack Isolation Membrane F. Self -Adhering Waterproof Membrane: 40 mil fabric coated modified bitumen sheet with disposable silicone coated release film. 1. Polyguard Products Inc., Tileguard a. Tel (425) 562-6070 (Bill Pavitt, Mfrs Rep) b. Website http://www.e-polyguard.com G. Cleavage Membrane: ASTM D4397, 10 mil polyethylene sheeting, or as accepted by Architect. 2.7 EXPANSION AND ISOLATION JOINTS A. Interior Expansion Joints, Joint Sealant, and Backer Material: Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\093000 Permit Set RAHS Tile.Doc 093000 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 093000 09819.00 TILE 1.. Conform to TCNA, EJ171. Match colors and textures of grout (sanded and unsanded). 2. Joint Sealants: Silicone sealant and backer as specified Section 079200. 3. Vertical Joints: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, M, & G, mildew -resistant silicone or polyurethane or mildew -resistant silicone, single or multi-component. 4. Horizontal Joints: ASTM C920, Grade P, Class 25, Use T, M, & G, ASTM D2240 Durometer Hardness 35 or greater, polyurethane or mildew -resistant silicone, single or multi-component. 2.8 TRIM A. Metal Divider and Edge Trim: Schluter Systems, solid metal edge protection trim in lengths, sizes, and types to align top edge with ceramic tile floor surface and conforming to ADA requirements. 1. Sloped Transition to Lower Surface: a. Hard Surface Transitions: Schluter -RENO -T b. Carpet Transitions: Schluter -RENO -TK 2. Finish: B. Level Transitions, Expansion Joints, and Control Joints: Schluter-SCHIENE-M. 1. Inside Corner Wall to Wall and Wall to Floor Transition Control Joints: Schluter- DILEX-EKE. 2. Floor Expansion Joints: Schluter-DILEX-KS. 3. End Conditions: Schluter Dilex-BWA 4. Over Expansion Joints: Schluter Dilex-BWS 2.9 SEALERS A. Ceramic Tile Penetrating Sealer: Two coat application: 1. Aqua Mix Inc., Sealer's Choice Gold, water-based penetrating sealer 2. Bostik, CeramaSeal, Silox 8, penetrating oil and water repellant. 3. Custom Building Products, TileLab Grout & Tile Sealer 4. TEC Guard All - Invisible Penetrating Sealer. B. Other Materials: Conform to TCNA Standard Specifications. 2.10 FINISHES A. Ceramic Tile: As specified in this Section. B. Wall Grout Color: As accepted by Architect. C. Floor Grout Color: As accepted by Architect. D. Metal Divider and Edge Trim: Clear Anodized Aluminum. E. Rubber and Thermoplastic Filler at Metal Trim: Schluter Color as selected by Architect. F. Sealant Color: Match grout color and texture. END OF SECTION Date Saved: December 29, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Pnnt\093000 Permit Set RAHS Tde.Doc 093000 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 0951 13 09819.00 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS (ACP) SECTION 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS (ACP) PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Section Includes: 1. Suspended sound -absorbing mineral fiber and glass fiber acoustical ceiling panels. 2. Suspended sound -diffusing ceiling panels. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 095300 - Acoustical Ceiling Suspension Assemblies 2. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board 3. Division 21 - Fire Suppression 4. Division 23 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning 5. Division 26 - Electrical 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1: ASTM C423 - Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. 2. ASTM E413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation. 3. ASTM El 264 - Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products 4. ASTM El 414 - Test Method for Airborne Sound Attenuation Between Rooms Sharing a Common Ceiling and Plenum. C. Ceiling and Interior Systems Contractors Association (CISCA): Acoustical Ceiling/Use and Practice. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data for each product. C. Shop Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans. 1. Indicate grid layouts, dimensions, and profiles, and items to be installed on or with ceiling. 2. Include junctions and interactions with other finishes, systems, and mechanical and electrical items. 3. Show conformance with Code requirements. 4. Coordinate with coordination shop drawings specified in Section 013113. D. Samples: Submit samples of each panel type illustrating color and range of appearance. E. Certificate: Manufacturer's written certification showing compliance with specifications, including UL Design Number for one-hour fire rated assemblies. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \0951 13 Permit Set RAHS Acoustical Panel Ceilings (ACP).Doc 095113 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 095113 09819.00 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS (ACP) F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation requirements, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. I...FED Submittals: I . Product Data for Credit MR 4.1 and MR 4,2: for products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weicjht of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ 4,1: For sealants, including printed statement of VOC content. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience installing commercial quality work of comparable scope. B. Single Source Responsibility: Sections 095300 and 095113. 1. Perform work by or under direct supervision of same installer. 2. Provide tee bar ceiling grid and mineral fiber sound -absorbing acoustical ceiling panels by same manufacturer. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply provisions of Section 014100. B. Fire Rated Assemblies: Conform to UL Fire Resistance Directory and Building Material Directory for manufacturer's tested assembly. C. Surface Burning Characteristics: UL Labeled Class A Rated, Flamespread 0-25, tested to ASTM El 264. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600. B. Deliver materials in original, unopened, protective packaging with manufacturer's labels indicating brand name, pattern, size, and thickness attached and legible. C. Store cartons and bundles at required temperature and humidity. D. Do not begin installation until sufficient materials are received to complete the space. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not begin installation until gypsum board, painting, and other wet work is dry. B. Install under standard occupancy conditions, between 60 degrees F and 85 degrees F, not more than 80 percent relative humidity, building fully enclosed. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \095113 Permit Set RAHS Acoustical Panel Ceilings (ACP).Doc 095113 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 0951 13 09819.00 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS (ACP) B. Coordinate with Section 095300 for installation with suspension system. C. Division 21 for sprinkler system heads located at acoustical ceilings. D. Division 23 for mechanical penetrations and locations, including grilles and diffusers. E. Division 26 for electrical penetrations and locations including lighting fixtures, fire detection equipment, and exit signs 1.9 WARRANTIES A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Mineral Fiber Acoustical Ceiling Panels: Manufacturer standard 15 year Warranty against sag, warping, and mold. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Sound -absorbing Acoustical Ceiling Panel Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries. a. Cell (206) 919-0438, Fax (253) 862-4775, Email tchamilton@armstrong.com (Tim Hamilton CSI). b. Website http:/!www.armstrong.com/ 2. USG Interiors, Inc. a. Cell (425) 468-9355, Fax (425) 888-5355, Email sfinlinson@usg.com (Scott Finlinson). b. Website http://www.usg.com. 3. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Recycled Content: Provide acoustical panels with recycled content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content constitutes a minimum of <Insert number> percent by weight. 2.3 SOUND -ABSORBING MINERAL FIBER ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS A. Acoustical Ceiling Panel (ACP -2): 1. Products: a. Armstrong, Georegian 898 2. Edge Style: Square Edge, Lay -In 3. Size: 24 by 48 by 5/8 Inch 4. For Grid Size: 15/16 inch 5. Basic Compliance Standard: ASTM El 264, Type III, Form 2, Pattern C E. 6. Acoustical Performance: a. Noise Reflectance Coefficient (NRC) Range: 0.55, tested to ASTM C423. 7. Light Reflectance: 0.85 minumum 8. Recycled Content: Minimum 20 percent B. Acoustical Ceiling Panel (ACP -4): 1. Products: Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \095113 Permit Set RAHS Acoustical Panel Ceilings (ACP).Doc 095113-3of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 095113 09819.00 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS (ACP) a. Armstrong, Optima Open Plan with Silhoutte 9/16 inch bolt slot 1/8 inch reveal 2. Edge Style: Square Edge, Lay -In 3. Size: 12 by 48 and 12 by 24 by 5/8 Inch 4. For Grid Size: 9/16 inch 5. Basic Compliance Standard: ASTM El 264, Type III, Form 2, Pattern C E. 6. Acoustical Performance: a. Noise Reflectance Coefficient (NRC) Range: 0.55, tested to ASTM C423. 7. Light Reflectance: 0.85 minumum 8. Recycled Content: Minimum 20 percent 2.4 FIBER GLASS ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS A. Acoustical Ceiling Panel (ACP -1): 1. Products: a. Armstrong, Optima Open Plan 3151 2. Edge Style: Square Edge, Lay -In 3. Size: 24 by 48 by 3/4 Inch 4. For Grid Size: 15/16 inch 5. Basic Compliance Standard: ASTM El 264, Type XIII, Form 2, Pattern E. 6. Acoustical Performance: a. Noise Reflectance Coefficient (NRC) Range: 0.90, tested to ASTM C423. 7. Light Reflectance: 0.90 minimum 8. Recycled Content: Minimum 20 percent B. Acoustical Ceiling Panel (ACP -3): 1. Products: a. Armstrong, Optima Capz 3933 2. Edge Style: Square Edge, Pin Mounted 3. Size: 48 by 96 by 7/8 Inch 4. Recycled Content: Minimum 70 percent. C. Acoustical Ceiling Panel (ACP -4): 1. Products: a. Armstrong, Optima Open Plan 2. Edge Style: Square Edge, Lay -In 3. Size: 12 by 48 and 12 by 24 by 5/8 Inch 4. For Grid Size: 9/16 inch 5. Basic Compliance Standard: ASTM El 264, Type III, Form 2, Pattern C E. 6. Acoustical Performance: a. Noise Reflectance Coefficient (NRC) Range: 0.55, tested to ASTM C423. 7. Light Reflectance: 0.85 minumum 8. Recycled Content: Minimum 20 percent 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Suspension System: As specified in Section 095300. B. Panel Retention Clips: Impact -resistant acoustical ceiling panel installations. : 1. Armstrong, 414. 2. USG Interiors, 20428. C. As necessary to complete installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print )095113 Permit Set RAHS Acoustical Panel Ceilings (ACP).Doc 095113-4of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 0951 13 09819.00 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS (ACP) 2.6 FINISHES A. Exposed Panel Surface Color: As specified in this Section. 1. Typical: Manufacturer's standard white, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Where Scheduled: Flat Back. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify fire sprinklers system, mechanical ductwork, and electrical lighting, wiring, fire detection, and other equipment ready for work of this Section. C. Verify interfacements in place between acoustical suspension system and adjacent construction. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF LAY -IN ACOUSTIC PANELS A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions, CISCA, and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install in suspended exposed tee grid systems specified Section 095300. C. Install continuously at entire ceiling areas designated for acoustical ceiling panels, except for where mechanical, electrical, and other penetrations, finishes, or treatments are indicated. D. Fit units in place in manner to be free from damaged edges, soiled surfaces, and other defects to appearance and function. E. Fit border units neatly against abutting surfaces leaving no gaps, exposed or cut edges. F. Install level, in uniform plane, free from twist warp, and dents. G. Tegular Edges: Neatly field cut new tegular edges into panels that are cut to less than full size so that panels lay flat and level in grid suspension system. Buttons and other shimmed panel methods not accepted. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Remove and replace damaged, soiled, and discolored materials and work not conforming to Contract Documents. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\0951 13 Permit Set RAHS Acoustical Panel Ceilings (ACP).Doc 095113-5of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 095300 09819.00 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SUSPENSION ASSEMBLIES SECTION 095300 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SUSPENSION ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Suspended metal tee grid ceiling system and perimeter trim for lay -in acoustical ceiling panels. 2. Acoustical isolation hangers. 3. Provisions for mechanical and electrical penetrations and installations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Armstrong World Industries, 1. Cell (206) 919-0438, Voice Mail (877) 276-7876 Option 8 Ext 8143, Fax (253) 862- 4775, Email tchamilton@armstronq.com (Tim Hamilton CSI). 2. Website http:!/www.armstronq.com B. USG Interiors, Inc., 1. Cell (425) 468-9355, Fax (425) 888-5355, Voice Mail (800) 874-8880 Ext 6750, Email sfinlinson@usg.com (Scott Finlinson, CSI). 2. Website http://www.usq.com C. Substitution Requests: Submit under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 'PRODUCTS A. Nonrated Suspension Systems 15/16 inch 1. Armstrong, Prelude XL 15/16" Exposed Tee 2. USG, Nonrated: DX26 Heavy Duty B. Nonrated Suspension Systems 9/16 inch 1. Armstrong, Silhouette 9/16" Bolt Slot Sytems a. 1/8 inch reveal 2.3 SUSPENDED TEE BAR GRID SYSTEM A. Grid Materials: ASTM A653 G30 minimum, commercial quality cold -rolled electro- galvanized steel. B. Main -Tees: 15/16 inch exposed flange with rolled cap, minimum 1-1/2 inch deep. C. Cross -Tees: 15/16 inch exposed flange with rolled cap, minimum 1-1/2 inch deep [1 inch deep to meet installation requirements]. 1. Extended Web: Forming positive interlock. 2. Lower Flange: Extended and offset. Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\095300 Permit Set RAMS Acoustical Ceiling Suspension Assemblies.Doc 095300 — 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 095300 09819.00 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SUSPENSION ASSEMBLIES 2.4 WALL MOLDINGS A. Angle Moldings for 15/16 inch Grid: Nominal 1 inch vertical and 2 inch horizontal legs. 1. Armstrong: 7812 2. USG: M20 Seismic Wall Mold B. Shadow Molding for 15/16 inch Grid: 3/4 inch reveal with 2 inch horizontal leg. 1. Armstrong 7823 2. USG MS -274 - Seismic Shadow Molding C. Angle Moldings Clips for 15/16 and 9/16 Grid: 1. Armstrong: BERC2 with 7/8 inch molding 2. USG: AC -M7 CLIP with molding D. Angle Moldings for 15/16 inch Grid: Nominal 1 inch horizontal and vertical legs. 1. Armstrong: 7800 2. USG: MC1 1 A 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Hanger Wire: Conform to NWCB 400-401, CISCA, and ASTM C 636. 1. 12 gauge supported at 4 foot centers. Other spacing as supported by stamped structural calculations. 2. Galvanized soft -annealed, mild steel. 3. Pre -stretched, yield stress load of at least 3 times design load. B. Lateral Seismic Force Bracing: Conform to NWCB 400-401 and CISCA Guidelines for Seismic Restraint for Direct -hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies (Zone 3-4), in Seismic Category D, E, and F. C. Perimeter Trim: Extruded aluminum profiles, factory applied color coating same as grid system, nominal 8 inches high by 3/4 inch deep channel. 1. Armstrong Axiom Classic Trim 2. USG Compasso D. Perimeter Pocket: Extruded aluminum profiles, factory applied color coating same as grid system, as dimensioned on the Drawings. 1. Armstrong Axiom Perimeter Pocket E. [Acoustical Isolation Hangers: Mason, W30, Tel (206) 789-1600, Fax (206) 789-1604 (C. M. Hoskins Co., Don Hansen), specified for type and quality. 1. Spring and neoprene, suspended ceiling isolation hanger unit with 1.0 inch static deflection. 2. Designed to separate and isolate hanger wires between structural ceiling and suspended ceiling support system.] F. Seismic Separation Joint: Commercial quality cold rolled hot dipped galvanized steel, stamped, unfinished, two piece unit w/slots. 1. Armstrong SJC Seismic Joint Clip 2.6 FINISHES A. Exposed Tee Bar Grid Finish: Low -gloss factory -applied paint finish. Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\095300 Permit Set RAHS Acoustical Ceiling Suspension Assemblies.Doc 095300 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 095300 09819.00 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SUSPENSION ASSEMBLIES B. Color: Match color of acoustical panels specified Section 0951 13. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 5, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\095300 Permit Set RAHS Acoustical Ceiling Suspension Assemblies.Doc 095300 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 095423 09819.00 LINEAR METAL CEILINGS SECTION 095423 LINEAR METAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Modular metal ceiling panels. 2. Acoustical sound blanket insulation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 072116 2. Section 092226 3. Section 092900 4. Division 23 5. Division 26 1.2 REFERENCES - Batt and Blanket Insulation - Ceiling Suspension Systems - Gypsum Board - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning - Electrical A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Linear metal panels, mechanically fastened to ceiling suspension system B. Semi-rigid acoustical sound blanket. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Section 013300 for Submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Reflected ceiling plan indicating location of mechanical and electrical components, acoustical treatment, perimeter conditions, attachments, and suspension system. C. Product Data: Product brochures, specifications, materials, component profiles and dimensions, design and performance characteristics and limitations. D. Sample Panels: Minimum 12 inch by 12 inch or size as needed to illustrate each system illustrating components and finish. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions, tolerances, special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum 5 year documented experience manufacturing and supplying work of this Section. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\095423 Permit Set RAHS Linear Metal Ceilings.Doc 095423 - 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 095423 09819.00 LINEAR METAL CEILINGS B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum 3 year documented experience installing work of similar type and quality. Accepted by manufacturer as qualified to perform this work prior to bid, or accepted by Architect. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Regulatory Requirements specified by Section 014100. B. Seismic Requirements: Design system to conform to IBC Seismic Category D. C. Fire Performance of Wood Ceiling Slats: UL Class A/UBC Class I, tested to ASTM E84. 1. Flame Spread: Less than 20. 2. Smoke Developed: Less than 450. 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, installer, Owner, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and those requested to attend. C. Meeting Time: Minimum 2 weeks prior to prior to beginning work of this Section and work of related Sections affecting work of this Section. D. Location: Project Site. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in manufacturer's protective packaging with manufacturer=s labels intact. C. Store indoors in controlled environment within protective packaging or covering. D. Protect from moisture, soiling, and other damage. Do not expose to greater than 80 degree temperature. Maintain humidity between 35 percent and 55 percent. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Building: Completely enclosed, and thoroughly dry. Moisture generating finish work complete before finish wood products are delivered. 1 10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field dimensions with Shop Drawings before beginning fabrications. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 092226 for attachment and suspension systems. C. Section 072116 for acoustical insulation above ceiling. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\095423 Permit Set RAHS Linear Metal Ceilings.Doc ' 095423 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 095423 09819.00 LINEAR METAL CEILINGS D. Division 23 and 26 for installation of mechanical and electrical components PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Ceilings Plus, Inc. 1. Tel (323) 724-8166, Fax (323) 724-8249, Email info@ceilingsplus.com 2. Website www.ceilingsplus.com B. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Ceiling Type (MTL-1): Interior Curved Vault 1. Product: Ceilings Plus "Illusions" 2. Perforations: Staggered profile. 3. Openness: 5 percent 4. NRC: 0.75 5. Panel Width: 1'-0" 6. Panel Length: 8'-0" 7. Finish: Silvermica B. Ceiling Type (MTL-2): Exterior Flat Soffits 1. Product: Ceilings Plus "Illusions" 2. Perforations: Staggered profile. 3. Openness: 5 percent 4. NRC: 0.75 5. Panel Width: 1'-0" 6. Panel Length: 8'-0" 7. Finish: White C. Ceiling Type (MTL-3): Exterior Flat Soffits 1. Product: Ceilings Pius "Radians" 2., Perforations: Staggered profile. 3. Openness: 5 percent 4. NRC: 0.75 5 Panel Width: 1'-8" 6. Panel Length: 10'-0" 7. Finish: Silver Mica 2.3 FABRICATION A. Manufacture panels from single sheets of aluminum selected for surface flatness, smoothness and freedom from surface blemishes where exposed to view in a finished unit. Do not use material where the exposed surface exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, or variations in flatness exceeding those permitted by referenced standards for stretcher -leveled aluminum alloy sheets. B. Panels are to be die formed with a minimum 1 1/4 inch integral return edge on each of the four panel sides. Steel clips that locate and align panels to the grid with torsion springs, are to be factory machine riveted to the return edge of the panels using counter sunk rivet holes that allow the flat heads of the counter sunk rivets to be flush the face of the panel Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\095423 Permit Set RAHS Linear Metal Ceilings.Doc 095423 - 3 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 095423 09819.00 LINEAR METAL CEILINGS return. No fasteners of any kind shall be visible on exposed face surfaces of ceiling panels or support tees. Down Tight openings and other ceiling penetrations shall be factory precision cut whenever viable. C. Panel material shall be primed aluminum sheet type 3105 series alloy that has a minimum 70 percent recycled content. It shall be machine stretcher -leveled and a minimum of .032 inch thickness, or greater if required, so that the panel deflection does not exceed L/360. D. The panel finish shall be: Polyester "Painted" finish - 3105 alloy E. Panel sizes as per drawings. Field cut panels at non modular perimeter conditions, at column interfaces or as detailed or specified. F. Edge Profile: Panel joints are butt condition (concealed tee - as per ASTM A 1264) both directions (as per drawings) unless specified otherwise. G. Perforation shall be selected by the Architect from Ceilings Plus' standard patterns. Panels to have solid non -perforated borders along each of the four sides. H. Sound -Absorptive Fabric Layer: Provide manufacturer's acoustic pads sized to fit concealed surface of panel. Material shall be both non-flammable and sound -absorptive. 1. Fire Class shall be Class A , with surface -burning characteristics for flame -spread rating of 25 or less and smoke developed rating of 50 or less.. Provide independent accredited lab test results showing compliance with Class A rating as per ASTM E 84. 2. Achieve absorption value of not less than .70- .80 NRC. Provide independent accredited laboratory test results illustrating compliance with acoustical requirements as per ASTM C 423. 3. Acoustical metal panel ceilings to provide recycled cotton, "Ultrasorb" in sufficient thickness to adhesive NRC rating specified. 4. Acoustical metal panel ceilings to provide recycled "Soundtex" fiber fleece. 5. Permanently laminate fleece (Install acoustical pads) to the backside of the perforated panels, unless otherwise directed by the Architect. I. The plenum shall be 100% accessible. Every panel must be removable. Progressive panel access is not acceptable. Heavy duty torsion springs and steel clip assemblies to be mounted to every panel for downward access, without potential for damage to panel face or hinge assembly. Hinge assembly shall be mounted to every panel with minimum two flush to face, counter sunk chamfered fasteners. Attaching torsion spring directly to panel with fastener will not be acceptable. J. Fire Tests: Complete system test including suspension, primed aluminum and finish shall meet ASTM E 84 Class A. K. Provide and install matching finish trim on each side of each suspended area (or as specified). Profile of trim to be minimum 4' " tall @ floating conditions or as detailed. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Exposed Panel Fasteners: No 8 flat head or finish head Tek screw, galvanized or corrosion resistant coating, and as instructed by manufacturer. 1. Tee Bar Suspension System: Type S. 2. Wood Framing: Type W. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs Files Ready To Print\095423 Permit Set RAHS Linear Metal Ceilings.Doc 095423 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 095423 09819.00 LINEAR METAL CEILINGS B. Suspended Tee Bar Ceiling System: As specified under work of Section 092226. C. Attachment Clips: Manufacturer's standard for attaching wood ceiling system to suspended tee -bar system. D. Acoustical Sound Blanket Insulation: As specified Section 072116. 2.5 FINISHES A. Color: Powder coated. B. Cross Framing: Paint or stain flat black. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Framing and Suspension Systems: Suitable layout and spacing for installation work of this Section. C. Mechanical and Electrical Work above Ceiling: Complete, operational, and ready for work of this Section. • D. Acoustical Insulation Above Ceiling: Verify complete. E. Field Measurements: Verify actual construction to be as shown on shop drawings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install black acoustical sound blanket above linear wood panel systems. Conform to provision of Section 072116 for additional installation requirements. C. Install panels with screw fasteners spaced in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Where exposed, set screw heads and putty to make invisible to view. D. Install to suspension systems specified Section 092226 making secure, permanent mechanical. attachments. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/16 inch in 8 foot, non -accumulating. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces of dust and other soiling using water and light detergent. Wipe clean with damp cotton rag. B. Leave installation clean and free from debris and residue resulting from work of this Section. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\095423 Permit Set RAHS Linear Metal Ceilings.Doc 095423 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 095423 09819.00 LINEAR METAL CEILINGS END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \095423 Permit Set RAF1S Linear Metal Ceilings.Doc 095423 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096513 09819.00 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Long roll type wall base. 2. Floor reducer and transition strips. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 064100 - Custom Casework 2. Section 092600 - Veneer Plaster 3. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board 4. Section 096519 - Resilient Tile Flooring 5. Section 096566 - Resilient Sheet Sports Flooring 6. Section 096800 - Carpet 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): ASTM F 1861- Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Published product characteristics, performance data, and specifications. C. Samples: Provide sample illustrating selected colors. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Installation instructions, installation requirements, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. E. LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 5 years experience installing commercial quality work of comparable scope and quality specified for work of this Project. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600. B. Packaging: Deliver in original labeled carton. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \096513 Permit Set RAHS Resilient Base & Accessories.Doc 096513 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096513 09819.00 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Maintain room temperature at not Tess than 70 degrees F for 24 hours prior to, during, and following installation. B. Material Acclimation: Allow resilient base to acclimate for 24 hours before installation in room area conforming to environmental requirements. 1.7 MAINTENANCE A. Submit under provisions of Section 017823. B. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's cleaning and maintenance instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Roppe 1. Tel (425) 776-8359, Fax (425) 771-5388, CeII (206) 227- 8035, Email ovaniuenen@aol.com (Olaf Vanluenen, CSI, Mfrs Rep). 2. CeII (206) 310-7504, Tel (800) 562-2857 / (206) 282-3770 Ext 1102, Fax (206) 281- 7612, Email jilts@tasupply.com (T&A Supply, Jill Shaw). 3. Website http://www.tasupply.com / http://www.roppe.com B. Johnsonite 1. CeII (206) 409-3870, Tel (253) 395-6287 #1685, Fax (253) 872-9022, Email norav@pacmat.com (Pacific Mat, Nora Vivarelli CSI). 2. Website http://www.pacmat.com. 3. Website http://www.johnsonite.com C. Armstrong World Industries 1. Tel (800) 356-9301 Ext. 8975, Email bkshrader@armstronq.com (Kim Shrader, Mfrs Rep). 2. CeII (206) 409-3870, Tel (253) 395-6287 Ext 1685, Fax (253) 872-9022, Email norav@pacmat.com (Nora Vivarelli CSI) 3. Website http://www.pacmat.com / http://www.armstrong.com D. BurkeMercer 1. Tel (253) 796-3528 / (800) 878-6800, Pager (206) 917-1156, Cell (253) 219-3460 (Cronin Company, Greg Madsen). 2. Website http://www.burkemercer.com E. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 RESILIENT BASE - GENERAL A. Long Roll: Minimum 100 foot continuous base. No short lengths. B. Height: 4 inch, except where 6 inch is shown on Drawings. C. Gauge: 1/8 inch (0.125). Thinner 0.080 gauge not accepted. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \096513 Permit Set RAHS Resilient Base & Accessories.Doc 096513. - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096513 09819.00 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES D. Toe Types: 1. Style B - Coved toe at both resilient flooring and carpet installations. 2. Style A - Straight (toeless) at carpet installations. 3. Style B - Coved toe at resilient flooring. 2.3 RUBBER/VINYL COMPOSITE BASE A. Extruded resilient base conforming to ASTM F 1861 Type TP - Rubber, Thermoplastic. 1. Matt finish with solid color throughout material. 2. Type TV - Vinyl, Thermoplastic base not accepted. B. Products: 1. Roppe, Series 700 TPR Base. 2. Johnsonite, Duracove Rubber Wall Base. 3. Armstrong, Color -Integrated Rubber Wall Base. 4. BurkeMercer, RubberMyte Wall Base. 2.4 FLOOR REDUCER AND TRANSITION ADAPTER STRIPS A. Carpet Reducer Strips to Resilient Flooring: Removable snap -down vinyl reducer adapter with single flange track. Use between cushion backed carpet and other cushion backed flooring and Resilient Flooring: 1. Roppe, 1 77 - Tile Carpet Joiner. 2. Johnsonite, CTA -XX -H. 3. Armstrong, 4. BurkeMercer, 152 -Carpet to Resilient Transition. B. Carpet Reducer Strips to Ceramic Tile: Vinyl reducer adapter 1. Roppe, 1 54 - Snap -Down Edging (1-9/16 inch wide) with 155 - Single Flange Track. 2. Johnsonite, CE -XX -A Carpet to Tile Adapter (1-1/16 inch wide) with CDB -00-A Track Base. 3. Armstrong, VT -703, (1-1/2 inch wide) with VT -253 Single Flange Track. 4. BurkeMercer: 940 Standard Edge T (1-1/4 inch wide) with 970 Single Flange Vinyl Track. C. Other Conditions: Suitable for purpose, as instructed bymanufacturer and as accepted by Architect. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Sealers, Fillers, Primers: Water-resistant type, as instructed by manufacturer. B. Adhesives: As instructed by manufacturer. 1. Porous Surfaces: White acrylic cove base adhesive. 2. Non -Porous Surfaces: Contact bond adhesive. C. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Use adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. Cove Base Adhesives: Not more than 50 g/L. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \096513 Permit Set RAHS Resilient Base & Accessones.Doc 096513 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096513 09819.00 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES D. Other Materials: Provide incidental and accessory materials, tools, methods and equipment required for completion of resilient covering installations. 2.6 FINISHES A. Resilient Base Color (RB -1): As accepted by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. B. Reducer/Transition Strip Color: Match base or as accepted by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify wall substrate installations free of voids and gaps, as necessary to provide solid backing behind resilient base installation. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove grease, dust, dirt, and other foreign substances.. Follow manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work as necessary under work of Section 092216, Section 092600, and Section 092900 to provide solid backing as substrate for work of this Section. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. 3.4 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Install resilient base at wall perimeters of rooms and spaces to receive resilient flooring, carpeting, and other floors as indicated. B. Provide around entire perimeter of rooms, including kick spaces at fixed casework. C. Uncoil wall base 24 hours ahead of installation at room temperature to allow acclimation in the flat condition. D. Install from ends toward center. Avoid stretching. E. Using approved adhesives, cement directly to solid backing. Bond fully and tightly to wall and floor surfaces. F. Fit joints for tight vertical joints. Maintain minimum measurement of 18 inch between joints for resilient base and full length for resilient stringers where possible. G. Install with no joints on a single wall less than 30 feet apart. H. Corners: 1. Internal Corners: Mark, miter, and fold resilient base at corner. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \096513 Permit Set RAHS Resilient Base & Accessories.Doc 096513 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096513 09819.00 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 2. External Corners: Mark and cut V into 2/3 thickness, and wrap resilient base around corner. 3. Make relief cuts as necessary for smooth, even appearance. 4. Adhere with adhesive to hold permanently in place. 5. Premolded corner base are not accepted. I. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. 3.5 REDUCER AND TRANSITION STRIPS A. Reducing Strips: Install at terminations and unprotected or exposed edge transitions between out -of -plane finish flooring transitions. B. Install in longest possible lengths with no length Tess than 4 foot long at single doors and 6 feet at double doors. C. Fit with tight hairline joints between adjoining strips. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Replace wall base not uniformly adhered to wall, out of alignment, out of plumb, and where showing gaps, bulges and other installation defects. 3.7 CLEANING A. After bases and reducer strips have set sufficiently, wash with neutral cleaner as recommended by manufacturer. B. Leave surfaces smooth and clean, free of defects. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \096513 Permit Set RAHS Resilient Base & Accessories.Doc 096513 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096517 09819.00 LINOLEUM FLOORING SECTION 096517 LINOLEUM FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Linoleum sheet flooring. 2. Adhesives, welding rods and accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 061000 2. Section 033000 3. Section 035416 4. Section 096405 5. Section 096519 Rough Carpentry Cast -in -Place Concrete Hydraulic Cement Underlayment Resilient Wood Flooring Resilient Tile Flooring 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM C1028 2. ASTM E84 - 3. ASTM E648/NFPA 253 - 4. ASTM E662/NFPA 258 - 5. ASTM F710 - 6. ASTM F1869 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamometer Pull -Meter Method Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials. • Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's published literature including installation instructions and specifications. C. Samples: 1. Sheet: 6 inch by 6 inch samples of each color specified. 2. Tile: Standard tile samples of each color specified. 3. Termination trim. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Installation instructions, requirements, and finishing procedures. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \096517 Permit Set RAHS Linoleum Flooring.Doc 096517-1 of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096517 09819.00 LINOLEUM FLOORING E. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 017700 and 017823. B. Maintenance Data: Instructions for cleaning general care. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Perform adhesion test as necessary to determine substrate suitability to receive flooring work this Section in accordance with manufacturer's Warranty provisions. Where substrate is not acceptable, notify Architect. 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction: Provide flooring materials with the following values as determined by testing according to ASTM C1028: 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6. 2. Ramp Surfaces: Minimum 0.8. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience installing commercial quality work of this Section. 2. Certified by manufacturer as qualified installer of manufacturer's product prior to Bid. 1.8 MOCK-UPS A. Conform to provisions specified Section 014300. B. Provide 64 square foot mock-up showing color, pattern and joint treatment. Locate where instructed by Architect C. Mock-up with acceptable joint layout, acceptable to Architect, may be incorporated into the Work 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in original labeled cartons. C. Store materials in dry place maintained at temperature not Tess than 65 degrees F, for 48 hours before installation. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Building must be fully enclosed with permanent HVAC system operating. B. Room Temperature: Maintain minimum 70 degrees F for 48 hours before and during installation. Temperature should never be allowed to fall below 55 degrees F. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \096517 Permit Set RAHS Linoleum Flooring.Doc 096517-2of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096517 09819.00 LINOLEUM FLOORING C. Ventilation: Remove toxic air contamination. Conform to manufacturer's product warning labels and instructions. D. Work Space Illumination: Do not work under Tess than 30 foot candles measured 3 feet above the floor. E. . Ensure that Concrete floor is in the range of 5 to 9 PH scale. 1.11 SITE ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES A. Waste Management: As specified in Section 017419 - Construction Waste Management and as follows: 1. Scrap linoleum with jute backing may be shredded and composted on site. 1.12 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Coordinate with Section 033000 for concrete slabs and topping slabs. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Manufacturer: Standard 5 year warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LINOLEUM MANUFACTURERS A. Armstrong 1. Cell (425) 466-2449, Tel (800) 356-9301 #8975, Email bkshrader@armstrong.com (Kim Shrader). 2. Cell (206) 409-3870, Tel (253) 395-6287 #1685, Fax (253) 872-9022, Email norav@pacmat.com (Pacific Mat, Nora Vivarelli CSI). 3. Website http://www.pacmat.com. 4. Website http:!/www.armstronq.com B. Forbo Industries, Inc. 1. Tel (206) 325-2000, (800) 342-0604 Ext 497, FAX (206) 842-0889, Email mlkorslund@msn.com (Martha Korslund, Mfrs Rep). 2. Tel (800) 342-0604 Ext 437,.Email qbery@forbo-industries.com (Gene Berg, District Mgr). 3. Website www.forbolinoleumNA.com. C. Tarkett Linoleum 1. Cell (206) 459-3443, Tel (206) 824-8916 / (800) 886-8094, Fax (206) 592-8057, Email mruda@compass-concepts.com (Compass Concepts, Inc., Mark Ruda CSI). 2. Website http://www.domco.com / http://www.compass-concepts.com D. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \096517 Permit Set RAHS Linoleum Flooring.Doc 096517 - 3 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096517 09819.00 LINOLEUM FLOORING 2.2 PRODUCTS A. Sheet Flooring: 1. Armstrong, Marmorette 2. Forbo Industries, Inc., Marmoleum Real 3. Tarkett Linoleum 2.3 MATERIAL A. Linoleum Flooring: Natural material consisting of linseed oil, cork, wood flour, rosin binders, dry pigments, mixed and calendared into natural jute backing. Pattern and color extending through the wear layer. 1. Sheet Width: 2 meters (79 inches). 2. Sheet Length: 32 meters (105 linear feet). 3. Gauge: 2.5 mm (0.100 inch) 4. Fire Rating: • a. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 watts per sq cm or greater, tested ASTM E648 and NFPA 253 for Class 1 Rating. b. Smoke Developed: Less than 450, tested ASTM E662 and NFPA 258. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesives: Low VOC and as instructed by manufacturer. B. Sealers, Fillers, Primers: Water-resistant type, as instructed by manufacturer. C. Chemical Seam Welding: As instructed by manufacturer. D. Linoleum Sheet Heat Welding Rod: As instructed by manufacturer, matching floor color. E. Reducers Strips: Specified Section 096513. F. Cleaner: Neutral type as instructed by manufacturer for conditions of use. G. Other materials: Provide all incidental and accessory materials, tools, methods and equipment required for completion of resilient floor installation. 2.5 FINISHES A. Sheet Linoleum Color: As selected by Architect B. Pattern: As shown on Drawings. C. Welding Rod Color: Match linoleum color. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Concrete Surface: Smooth and flat, tolerances as specified Section 033000. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \096517 Permit Set RAHS Linoleum Flooring.Doc 096517 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 09651 7 09819.00 LINOLEUM FLOORING C. Adhesion Tests: Verify results, as specified by this Section, conforming to manufacturer's Warranty provisions. D. Verify substrate to be free of dirt, dust, or particles that may telegraph through sheet flooring. E. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. Bring conflicts and omissions in Contract. Documents promptly to Architect's attention for interpretation and direction. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrate in accordance with ASTM F710 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Remove grease, dirt, and other foreign substances and particles from concrete slab substrate. Abrade surface if needed or otherwise prepare substrates for proper adhesion. Follow manufacturer's instructions. C. Fill cracks less than 1/16 inch wide and depressions Tess than 1/8 inch deep with crack filler as instructed by manufacturer. D. Wider Cracks, Moving Joints, and Slabs Out of Specified Tolerance: Correct under provisions of Section 035416. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install using specified adhesive and seam sealer for monolithic flooring surface. C. Reducing Strips: Apply at terminations and change of flooring material, as applicable. D. Seam edges by heat welding, using welding rods to obtain a monolithic sheet flooring system. E. Seam edges by chemical welding to obtain a invisible seam monolithic sheet flooring system. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Adhesion Tests: Perform testing to verify acceptable substrate conditions, conforming to manufacturer's Warranty provisions, prior to installing work of this Section. 1. Moisture'Emissions of Concrete Substrate: Test to ASTM F1869. a. Maximum 3 pounds in 24 hours per 1000 square foot area. b. Maximum 5 pounds n 24 hours per 1000 square foot area, under conditions acceptable to manufacturer 2. Alkalinity of Concrete Substrate: Verify pH factor within range as specified Section 033000 and as acceptable to manufacturer. 3. Notify Architect in the event of moisture emissions exceeding 3 pounds per 1000 square foot in 72 hours, and alkalinity levels above or below 7 pH to 9 pH. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \096517 Permit Set RAHS Linoleum Flooring.Doc 096517 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096517 09819.00 LINOLEUM FLOORING 3.5 CLEANING A. After floor covering have set sufficiently, wash with neutral cleaner. Damp mop surfaces. Do not allow free water on floor covering. B. Follow additional manufacturer's instructions for cleaning, protective coatings, and maintenance. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Foot Traffic: Restrict to minimal for first 8 hours after installation. B. Rolling Loads: Cover traffic areas with plywood or hardboard for first 48 hours after welding seams, and as instructed by manufacturer. C. Cover flooring with undyed, untreated kraft paper. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \096517 Permit Set RAHS Linoleum Flooring.Doc 096517 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096613 09819.00 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING SECTION 096613 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Poured -in-place Portland cement terrazzo flooring. 2. Precast terrazzo units. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 2. Section 035416 1.2 REFERENCES Cast -In -Place Concrete Hydraulic Cement Underlayment A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Project Manual, except as otherwise specified. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM C307 Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Chemical - Resistant Mortar, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings 2. ASTM C413 - Standard Test Method for Absorption of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes 3. ASTM C531 Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes 4. ASTM C579 Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes 5. ASTM C580 Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity of Chemical -Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes 6. . ASTM C1028 Standard Test Method for Determining the Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamometer Pull -Meter Method 7. ASTM D635 Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position 8. ASTM D2047 Standard Test Method for Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish -Coated Flooring Surfaces as Measured by the James Machine 9. ASTM D2240 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property—Durometer Hardness 10. ASTM D4060 Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the Taber Abraser 11. ASTM D4226 - Standard Test Methods for Impact Resistance of Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Building Products 12. ASTM D4541 Standard Test Method for Pull -Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \096613 Permit Set RAI -IS Portland Cement Terrazzo Flooring.Doc 096613 - 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096613 09819.00 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Published literature shown performance characteristics, physical properties, and limitations. Include typical details and solutions for joints, cracks, and C. Samples: Actual materials approximately 6 inch square illustrating full range of colors and appearance. D. Certificates: Installer as trained and authorized to install manufacturer's system. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions, special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. F. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Conform to provisions of Section 017700. B. Maintenance Instructions to Owner's Personnel: Conform to Section 017823 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented manufacturing experience. B. Installer: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience of comparable scope. 2. Trained and authorized by manufacturer prior to Bid Date. 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction: Provide flooring materials with the following values as determined by testing according to ASTM C1028: 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6. 2. Ramp Surfaces: Minimum 0.8. 1.7 MOCK-UPS A. Provide under Quality Assurance provisions of Section 014300. B. Locate minimum 8 square foot mock-up as instructed by Architect and as required to illustrate system. C. Verify mock-up as conforming to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \096613 Permit Set RAHS Portland Cement Terrazzo Flooring.Doc 096613.- 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096613 09819.00 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING D. Remove mock-ups that are not accepted, and protect and maintain accepted mock-up as standard of quality for work of this Section. E. Incorporate accepted mock-up into work of this Section. 1.8 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, installer, Owner, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and those requested to attend. C. Meeting Time: Minimum 3 weeks prior to prior to beginning work of this Section and work of related Sections affecting work of this Section. D. Location: Project Site. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturers instructions. B. Deliver to project site in manufacturer's protective packaging with identifying labels intact and legible. C. Store with an enclosed space at temperatures between 60 to 80 degrees F. Protect from moisture, dampness, direct UV radiation, freezing, and construction activities. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temperature of Substrate and Material: Maintain between 60 and 85 degrees F. Do not install where floor temperatures will exceed 140T on a continuous basis. B. Moisture: Do use water or steam in vicinity during application. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 033000 and Section 035416 for concrete slab tolerances and repair of concrete substrates out of tolerance. 1.12 WARRANTIES A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Provide 5 -year manufacturer's warranty. Warrant its material and labor to ensure the treated surface will remain sealed, hardened, dustproof, abrasion resistant, moisture vapor resistant and free from excessive structural cracking. Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \096613 Permit Set RAHS Portland Cement Terrazzo Flooring.Doc 096613 - 3 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096613 09819.00 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Decopour, Raeco, Inc. 1. CeII (206) 321-3448, Tel (206) 763-1335/(877) 763-1330, Fax (206) 768-0175, Email david@raecoinc.com (David Landrey) 2. Website http://www.raecoinc.corn B. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Poured In Place: Polymer enhanced cementitious overlay. Physical Characteristics Test Method Compressive Strength Flexural Strength 2900 psi after 24 hours 4500 psi after 7 days 6200 psi after 28 days ASTM C109 Mod ASTM C348 1500 psi after 28 days Abrasion Resistance 0.032 after 30 minutes 0.065 after 60 minutes ASTM C779 Procedure A B. Precast Terrazzo Units: Minimum 3/4 -inch thick, reinforced, Portland cement terrazzo units. Comply with NTMA's written recommendations for fabricating precast terrazzo units in sizes and profiles indicated. Reinforce units as required by unit sizes, profiles, and thicknesses and as recommended by manufacturer. Finish exposed -to -view edges and reveals to match face finish. Ease exposed edges to 1 /8 -inch radius. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Mixing and Application Equipment: Conform to manufacturer's instructions. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Primers and Sealers: As instructed by manufacturer. B. Patching and Fill Material: Resinous product as instructed by manufacturer for specific application. C. joint Sealant: As instructed by manufacturer for exposed control, isolation, and expansion joints. 2.5 FINISHES A. Colors: As accepted by Architect from manufacturer's standard selection. Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \096613 Permit Set RAHS Portland Cement Terrazzo Flooring.Doc 096613 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096613 09819.00 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTED INSTALLERS A. Harvey Construction, Inc. 1. Tel (360) 668-2218, Fax (360) 668-7727, Email decopourt:verizon.net (Jim Harvey). 2. Website: http://www.decopour.com 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Concrete Substrate Surface: 1. Dry and free of all wax, grease, oils, fats, soil, loose or foreign materials, and Iaitance. 2. Open pores throughout and have a sandpaper texture. C. Temperature of Substrate and Flooring Ingredients: Verify in conformance to provisions of this Section and manufacturer's instructions. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Protection: B. Substrate Preparation: 1. Provide broom finish where possible. 2. Remove Iaitance and unbonded cement particles using mechanical methods, including abrasive blasting or diamond grinding. 3. Remove bond breakers and other contaminants by scrubbing with a heavy-duty industrial detergent and rinsing with clean water. C. Crack Treatment materials: Isolate and reinforce concrete substrate floor cracks 1/8 inch or greater, conforming to manufacturer's instructions and details. D. Priming: Conform to manufacturers instructions. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Mixing: Mix Part A and Part B ingredients for 1 minute and until consolidated, and then add Part C aggregates and mix for another minute. C. Apply immediately after mixing and during published working time before mixture begins to set up. D. Trowel and finish to 3/8 inch uniform thickness. E. Hand tool edges and confined areas. Hand screed material at 3/8 inch. Make smooth uniform surface free of trowel marks and ridges. F. Conform to manufacturer's details and instructions for treatment of construction joints. Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \096613 Permit Set RAHS Portland Cement Terrazzo Flooring.Doc 096613 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096613 09819.00 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING G. Form 4 inch integral cove base to seal at joint between floor and wall. H. Thoroughly clean mixing tools and containers before reusing to remove particles from previous application. I. Cure Rate: 1. 8 hours for foot traffic at 77 degrees F. 2. 24 hours for moderate wheeled operations. 3. 48 hours for common industrial spillages and heavy traffic. 4. 72 hours for strong chemical spillages. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Attend meetings and make interim and final inspections to verify conformance of installation as conforming to manufacturer instructions. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Inspect and make adjustments after installation. B. Repair or replace defective work. 3.7 CLEANING A. Leave installations clean and premises free from residue and debris from work of this Section. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Take measures to protect flooring system from damage due to construction activities prior to Substantial Completion. B. Cover flooring with plywood in areas subject to impact and rolling loads.. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \096613 Permit Set RAHS Portland Cement Terrazzo Flooring.Doc 096613 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096800 09819.00 CARPET SECTION 096800 CARPET PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 A. SUMMARY Section Includes: 1. Broadloom carpet. 2. Carpet adhesives and accessories. 3. Carpet reducer transition strips. 4. Carpet Data Sheets. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 2. Section 035416 3. Section 096513 4. Section 096519 1.2 REFERENCES Cast -in -Place Concrete Hydraulic Cementitious Underlayment Resilient Base and Accessories Resilient Tile Flooring A. Reference Standards: Most current edition as of date of Bid. B. ASTM International: 1. - ASTM D418 2. ASTM D2859 3. ASTM D5116 4. ASTM D5417 5. ASTM D 13 3 5 6. ASTM E648 7. ASTM E662 8. ASTM F1869 C. American Association of http://www.aatmorq 1. AATCC 20 2. AATCC 16E 3. AATCC 134 4. AATCC 138 5. AATCC 189 6. AATCC 171 (HWE) 7. AATCC 175 - Methods of Testing Woven and Tufted Pile Floor Covering. - Test Method for Flammability of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials Generated by Solid Materials. - Standard Guide for Small -Scale Environmental Chamber Determinations of Organic Emissions from Indoor Materials/Products. - Standard Practice for Operation of the Vettermann Drum Tester. - Test Method for Tuft Bind of Pile Floor Coverings. - Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. - Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke. Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride. Textile Chemists and Colorists (AATCC): Website - Fiber Analysis: Qualitative - Colorfastness to Light - Electrostatic Propensity of Carpets - Cleaning: Washing of Textile Floor Coverings - Fluorine Content of Carpet Fibers - Carpets: Cleaning of, Hot Water Extraction Method - Stain Resistance: Pile Floor Coverings D. Federal Specifications (FS): 1. DOC FF -1 - Carpeting Flammability Standards for Carpets and Rugs. E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): Save Date: January 26, 2010 096800 Permit Set Rahs Carpet 096800 - 1 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096800 09819.00 CARPET 1. NFPA 258 - Standard Research Test Method for Determining Smoke Generation of Solid Materials. F. The Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI): Website http://www.carpet-ruq.com 1. CRI Green Label - Indoor Air Quality Testing and Labeling Program 2. CRI TM -101 - Texture Retention 3. CRI 104 - Standard for Installation of Commercial Carpet. G. US Department of Energy (DOE): 1. DOE -STD -3020-97 - Specification for HEPA Filters used by DOE Contractors, Website: http://tis.eh.doe.gov/hepai H. US Green Building Council (USGBC), Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED): 1. LEED Reference Guide, Version 2.0, and USBGC Project Calculation Spreadsheet. Website http: / /www.usgbc.orq. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Carpet Fiber: Type 6,6 branded nylon, solution or yarn dyed, anti -microbial processing, permanent static control, and soil resistant technology. 1. Gauge: Minimum 1/10. 2. Total Stitches per Square Inch: 100. 3. Yarn Density: Minimum 600 4. Yarn Weight: Between 20 and 26 ounce. B. Secondary Backing: 1. Thermoplastic Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC). 2. Thermoplastic Polyvinyl Co -Polymer (PVC). 3. Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO). 4. Urethane Foam. 5. Other, as accepted by Architect. C. Flame and Smoke Resistance Standards: Conform to following standards or comparable standards, as accepted. Pill Test: Pass test for flammability, ASTM D2859 or DOC FF -1. 1. Floor Radiant Panel Test (FRPT): Critical Radiant Flux of 0.45 watts/cm2 (Class 1) or better, for burning under varying radiant energy levels, ASTM E648. 2. NBS Smoke Density Chamber Test: Less than 450 for density of smoke generated in radiant heat chamber with and without flame, ASTM E662. D. Colorfastness: 1. To Light: AATCC 16E, 180 AFU, International Gray Scale. Color Change, Rating Minimum 4. 2. To Atmospheric Contaminants: AATCC 129 for 2 cycles, International Gray Scale for Color Change, Rating Minimum 4. E. Stain Resistance: AATCC 138 for 5 washings to simulate removal of topical treatments by hot water extraction (HWE). Follow with AATCC 175, minimum Level 8. F. Soil Resistance: AATCC 189. 1. Minimum 500 parts per million Initial Fluorine Level. 2. Minimum 400 parts per million after two hot water extractions (HWE) conforming to AATCC 171. Save Date: January 26, 2010 096800 Permit Set Rahs Carpet 096800 - 2 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096800 09819.00 CARPET G. Static Control: AATCC 134, static generation below 2.0 kV at 20 percent Relative Humidity and 70 degrees F using anti -static filaments without chemical treatment. H. Appearance Retention Rating: CRI TM -101, Heavy to Severe Classification, minimum 3.0 to 4.0 at 22,000 cycles conforming to ASTM D5417, Vetterman Drum Test. I. Indoor Environmental Quality: Conform to Section 013456. Test to ASTM D51 16. 1. Total VOC Emissions for Carpet, Adhesives, and Sealers: Maximum 0.05 mg/m2 per hour. 2. 4 Phenyl Cyclohexene (4 -PC) Particulate Emissions for Carpet: 1 part per billion. 3. Total Particulate Emission Rate Levels: 50 ug/m3. 4. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Emissions: Free of compounds known to affect indoor air quality. j. Recycled Content: Percent Post Industrial or Post Consumer by Weight. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Minimum, same scale as Contract Drawings, showing broadloom carpet locations and layout. 2. Broadloom Carpet: Show carpet types, directions, locations and methods of joining seams, and locations and types of edge strips. 3. Show columns, doorways, enclosing walls/partitions, built-in cabinets and locations where cutouts are required in carpet. C. Product Data: Manufacturer's published technical product data for each type of carpet and accessory item. D. Manufacturer Compliance Certification: Submit letter stating that carpet materials furnished conform to specified requirements with certified signature and name of legally authorized officer of manufacturing plant. 1. List mill register numbers for carpet furnished. 2. Support for certified laboratory test data indicating that carpet meets or exceeds specified test requirements. 3. Include CRI Green Label Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Control Category and Registration Number. 4. Include carpet fiber and backing post consumer/post industrial recycled content percent by total weight of carpet. Include backup data or certification from independent third party or officer of manufacturing company. E. Samples: 18 inch square broadloom carpet samples for specified carpet style and color with manufacturer's label and data sheet permanently attached. F. Strike -Offs: As requested to obtain color and pattern, acceptable to Architect. 1. It is understood that cost associated with providing strike -offs are responsibility of manufacturer. 2. Costs charged to Owner and Architect for strike -offs will not be accepted. G. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation requirements, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. Save Date: January 26, 2010 096800 Permit Set Rahs Carpet 096800 - 3 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096800 09819.00 CARPET H. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Carpet General Terminology: As published by Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI). B. Provide broadloom carpet from same dye lot. C. Recycled Carpet Content: Minimum 20 percent post consumer or 40 percent post industrial for combined backing and fiber as required to meet US Green Building Council LEED criteria for recycled content. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section. Able to document minimum 10 years experience. 2. CRI Certified Green Label. 3. Manufacturing carpet conforming to requirements specified by this Section. B. Installer: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section. . 2. Minimum 5 years documented experience installing commercial carpet. 3. Trained and authorized by manufacturer as qualified to perform work of this Section • prior to Bid, or accepted by Architect. 1.7 MOCK-UPS A. Provide under provisions of Section 014300. B. Lay up approximately 12 foot by 12 foot area of each [carpet tile and] broadloom carpet over substrate illustrating general appearance, including seam appearance. C. Locate where instructed by Architect. D. Do not begin carpeting prior to acceptance of mock-up by Architect. E. Remove mock-up following review by Architect. Do not install into Work. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600, and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver carpet materials in manufacturer's protective packaging with labels, intact, identifying mill register numbers. C. Do not remove protective packaging and identifying labels until ready for installation. D. Arrange for suitable storage inside Building, in well ventilated area, protected from weather, moisture and soiling. E. Store carpet and adhesive at minimum 68 degrees F temperature for 72 hours prior to installation. Save Date: January 26, 2010 096800 Permit Set Rahs Carpet 096800-4of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096800 09819.00 CARPET 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Installation Space: Maintain room and subfloor temperature not less than 65 degrees F for 24 hours prior to, during, and following installation. Maintain 58 degrees F minimum temperature thereafter. B. Preconditioning Broadloom Carpet: Acclimate carpet on site for 48 hours prior to installation at minimum 65 degree temperature and between 35 percent and 65 percent relative humidity. C. Concrete Slab: Allow sufficient time after placement of slab to allow concrete to reach acceptable moisture emission levels before installing carpet. Guideline: After slab is protected by watertight roof, allow for 3.0 pounds moisture emissions in 1000 square foot area in 24 hours for 4 inch thick, 4,000 psi concrete slab at 73 degrees F air temperature, 50 percent relative humidity, with undamaged underslab vapor barrier: 1. 0.40 Water/Cement Ratio: 42 days. 2. 0.50 Water/Cement Ratio: 82 days. 1.10 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Sequence carpeting installation to minimize possibility of damage and soiling of carpet during remainder of construction period. C. Section 096519 for resilient tile flooring and Section 096513 for resilient bas. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified under Section 017836. B. Manufacturer: Standard Warranty against edge ravel, delamination of secondary back adhesion, not less than 11 pound tuft bind, and no more than 10 percent face yarn loss by weight of carpet. C. Collins Aikmen warranty requirements 1. Wear Warranty: 20 year. 2. Backing Delamination Warranty: 20 years. 3. Edge Ravel: 20 year. D. Mannington warranty requirements 1. Wear Warranty: 20 year. 2. Backing Delamination Warranty: Life. 3. Edge Ravel: 20 year. 1.12 MAINTENANCE A. Submit to Owner at Contract closeout. Obtain receipt. B. Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's instructions for maintenance procedures, maintenance products, and cleaning schedule. C. Extra Carpet Materials: 1. Broadloom Carpet: One 12 foot by 80 foot roll of each style and color. Save Date: January 26, 2010 096800 Permit Set Rahs Carpet 096800 - 5 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096800 09819.00 CARPET 2. Furnish from same mill run as installed carpet. 3. Package in manufacturer's protective plastic wrapping. 4. Include manufacturer's identifying label and product data sheet identifying product, style, color, pattern, and physical characteristics. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Mannington Commercial 1. Cell (206) 920-7866, Fax (206) 285-1912, Email lulie_tonning@mannington.com (Julie Tonning, rep). 2. Cell (206) 714-4443, Voice Mail (800) 241-2262 Ext 8526, Fax (206) 542-0261, Email roberta_dillan@mannington.com (Roberta DiIlan). 3. Website http://www.mannington.com B. Collins & Aikman 1. Tel (425) 641-1958, Fax (425) 643-8185, Cell (206) 295-3862, Voice Mail (800) 241- 4902 Ext 1652, Email dwtpowerbondrs@hotmail.com , Email dwtpowerbondrs@hotmail.com (Dennis Turnbull/Randy Johnson, Mfrs Rep). 2. Website http://www.powerbond.com C. Substitution Requests: Submit under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Products: Refer to Carpet Data Sheet following this Section. B. Carpet Adhesive/Primer or Attachment Method: 1. Low VOC, as instructed by carpet manufacturer. 2. Fully adhered, water-resistant, and non -staining. 3. Conform to flammability requirements for installed carpet. C. Broadloom Carpet Seam Sealer: As instructed by manufacturer. D. Miscellaneous Materials: In accordance with carpet manufacturer's instructions and as required for complete and finished installation. 2.3 CARPET REDUCER STRIPS A. As specified Section 096513. 2.4 FINISHES A. Carpet: Refer to Carpet Data Sheet following this Section. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify substrate free of debris, deposits, oil, dirt, paint, curing compounds, waxes, surface moisture, and other bond breaking conditions that may affect adhesion. Save Date. January 26, 2010 096800 Permit Set Rahs Carpet 096800 - 6 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096800 09819.00 CARPET C. Verify substrate free of ridges, bumps, and depressions that may telegraph through carpet. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove debris and clean floor in conformance with manufacturer's instructions B. Repair subfloor ridges and bumps. 1. Fill minor holes and cracks over 1/8 inch thick with polymer -modified cementitious underlayment. 2. Fill depressions and low spots where floor is not level using cementitious underlayment specified Section 035416 or subfloor filler. 3. Grind ridges or rough areas that may telegraph through carpet. C. Feather substrate with cementitious underlayment or do such work as necessary for carpet to carpet transition alignment at top surface. D. Clear debris and deposits from surfaces. Remove adhesives and contaminants from existing concrete floors. Vacuum substrate immediately prior to carpet installation. E. Apply floor adhesive as instructed by manufacturer to seal concrete surface and make suitable for carpet adhesion. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, CRI 104, and provisions of Contract Docu ments. 3.4 CARPET LAYOUT AND FITTING A. Install carpet from same dye lot within each continuous carpet floor area. Remove and replace carpet within continuous areas differing in appearance. B. Lay out and fit to maintain pattern, texture, and direction of pile within each floor area prior to installation. C. Extend carpet to cover complete flooring area of each room, including alcoves and closets, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install under open -bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, and furnishings. 2. Center broadloom edges and seams under doors at door jambs. D. Make cutouts and terminations as needed for complete and finished appearance. E. Cut carpet evenly and accurately to fit neatly at walls, columns, and projections. F. Cut and join carpet ends in serpentine pattern as necessary to conceal carpet pattern. G. Do not bridge building expansion joints with continuous carpeting. 3.5 BROADLOOM CARPET SEAMING A. Place seams according to accepted layout. Maintain straight seams, running true with the lines of the building, inconspicuous to visual inspection. B. Lay out to enable future replacement along traffic paths. Save Date: January 26, 2010 096800 Permit Set Rahs Carpet 096800 - 7 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096800 09819.00 CARPET C. Locate seams in areas of least traffic flow. Run parallel to and adjacent to major traffic flow areas. No seams permitted in direction of traffic at passageways and perpendicular to doorway openings, except as indicated for accent carpet inserts. 1. Seams at Door jambs: Center seam directly under closed door, parallel to door jambs. 2. Cross Seaming: Not permitted in drops of 40 feet or less. 3. Carpet Width: Not permitted less than 12 inches wide. 3.6 CARPET INSTALLATION A. Broadloom Carpet: 1. Permanently adhere to substrate. Apply adhesive uniformly to concrete substrate, conforming to manufacturer's instructions. 2. Butt joints tightly together to form seams without gaps and to produce tightest joint without distortion. 3. Roll carpet after seaming with 100 pound roller to eliminate air pockets and uniformly bond adhesive. 4. Adjust carpet, trim and secure edges, and re -roll carpet following day of installation for complete transfer of adhesive. B. Seam Sealer: 1. Chemically weld backing or use contact adhesive to permanently bond backing, as instructed by carpet manufacturer. 2. Promptly remove adhesive and seaming cement from face of carpet. C. Carpet Reducer Strips: Install at carpet edges transitioning to hard flooring surfaces. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Adhesion Tests: Perform testing to verify acceptable substrate conditions, conforming to manufacturer's Warranty provisions, prior to installing work of this Section. 1. Moisture Emissions of Concrete Substrate: Test to ASTM F1869 for 72 hours. a. Maximum 3 pounds per 1000 square foot area in a 24 hour period. b. Maximum 5 pounds per 1000 square foot area in a 24 hour period, under conditions acceptable to manufacturer. 2. Alkalinity of Concrete Substrate: Verify pH factor within range as specified Section 033000 and as acceptable to manufacturer. 3. Notify Architect in the event of moisture emissions exceeding 3.0 pounds per 1,000 square foot in 24 hour period, and alkalinity levels above or below 7 pH to 9 pH. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Remove mismatched, non-uniform, and damaged carpet and replace with new matching adjacent carpe. B. Remove spots, soiling, and stains or replace with new carpet where carpet cannot be put back into new condition. C. Remove protruding face yarn using sharp scissors. 3.9 CLEANING A. Remove and dispose of debris and unusable scraps. Save Date: January 26, 2010 096800 Permit Set Rahs Carpet 096800 - 8 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 096800 09819.00 CARPET B. Vacuum carpet using HEPA filter vacuum cleaner. Replace and dispose of vacuum bags when bag is half full. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Take measures to protect carpet from soiling and damage prior to Owner occupation. B. Replace permanently soiled or damaged carpet. END OF SECTION Save Date: January 26, 2010 096800 Permit Set Rahs Carpet 096800 - 9 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 097200 09819.00 WALL COVERINGS (WC) SECTION 097200 WALL COVERINGS (WC) PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Field applied fabric wall covering. 2. Installation and accessories. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Maharam 1. Tel (206) 624-2230, (800) 645-3943 Customer service, Fax (206) 625-0673, Email vzuber@maharam_,_co_m (Vicki Zuber, Manufac. Rep). 2. Website htth //www maharam.com B. Knoll C. Carnegie D. Substitution Requests: Submit under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Acoustically Porous Fabric Facing: 100 percent polyolefin, acrylic backed, ,Teflon treated, 54 inch wide. 1. Maharam, Tek -Wall 1000 B. Backing 1. Wall Covering on Walls: Paper backing. 2. Wall Covering on Acoustical Panels: Acrylic backing. C. Primer/Sealer: As instructed by manufacturer. D. Adhesive: As instructed by manufacturer. 2.3 FINISHES A. Pattern and Color: As accepted by Architect from manufacturer's full color and pattern selection. END OF SECTION Date Saved: December 30, 2009 K-\ Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \097200 Permit Set RAHS Wall Coverings (WC).Doc 097200 - 1 of 1 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 097713 09819.00 STRETCHED -FABRIC WALL SYSTEMS SECTION 097713 STRETCHED -FABRIC WALL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Field fabricated acoustical stretched fabric wall system secured by retention clips. B. Related Sections 1. Section 054000 2. Section 092216 3. Section 092600 4. Section 092900 5. Section 099000 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Cold -Formed Metal Framing - Non -Structural Metal Framing - Veneer Plastering - Gypsum Board - Painting and Coatings A. Stretched Fabric System: Acoustically porous fabric locked in place and wrapping edges of concealed vinyl retention channels. B. Subsurface: 1. • Acoustical: Semi-rigid fiberglass panels. 2. Tackable Acoustic: Semi- rigid fiberglass core with high density fiberglass face. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Acoustical Fabric Wall Systems - Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): 1. Tested ASTM C423 with Type A mounting. 2. Minimum NRC 0.80, 1 inch thick semi-rigid fiberglass, or other accepted acoustical subsurface. 3. Minimum NRC 0.95 for 2 inch thick semi-rigid fiberglass, or other accepted acoustical subsurface. 1.4 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E84 2. ASTM C423 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials - Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorptive Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Wall elevations with proposed locations of fabric seams and fabric panel layout and dimensions. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \097713 Permit Set RAHS Stretched Fabric Wall Systems.Doc 097713 - 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 097713 09819.00 STRETCHED -FABRIC WALL SYSTEMS C. Product Data: Manufacturer's product specifications and data as required to show compliance with Contract Documents. Include Edge details. D. Samples: System components, including semi-rigid vinyl retention channel, fiberglass core, fiberglass facing,attachment devices, and other system components. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation requirements, special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. F. [LEED Submittals: 1. Product Data for Credit MR 4.1 [ and MR 4.2]: For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. Include statement. indicating cost for each product having recycled content. 2. Certificates for [Credit MR 6] [Credit MR 7]: Chain -of -custody certificates indicating that wood -based products used in stretched -fabric systems comply with forest certification requirements. Include statement indicating cost for each certified wood product. 3. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For installation adhesives, documentation including printed statement of VOC content. 4. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For composite wood products used in stretched -fabric systems, documentation indicating that product contains no urea formaldehyde. 5. Laboratory Test Reports for Credit EQ 4: For [adhesives] [composite wood products] [and] [stretched -fabric systems], documentation indicating that products comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."] 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience. 2. Authorized installer licensed by manufacturer prior to Bid Date. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to provisions of Section 014100. B. Fire Rating: IBC / UL Class A, tested ASTM E84, including for components. 1. Fire Hazard Classification Class A. 2. Flame Spread Rating: 0 - 25. 1.8 MOCK-UPS A. Install mock-up as instructed by Architect. B. Show seaming and reveal between panels. C. If approved mock-up may remain in place. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \097713 Permit Set RAHS Stretched Fabric Wall Systems.Doc 097713 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 097713 09819.00 STRETCHED -FABRIC WALL SYSTEMS 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 01651. B. Store materials off ground and protect from dirt and dust of construction operations. C. Handle materials in a manner that will protect them from damage and soiling. 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install stretched -fabric systems until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work at and above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. B. Temperature Range: Between 60 degrees F and 80 degrees F. C. Relative Humidity: Not more than 80 percent. D. Lighting: Do not install stretched -fabric systems until a permanent level of lighting a lighting level of not less than 50 foot candles is provided on surfaces to receive stretched - fabric systems. E. Air -Quality Limitations: Protect stretched -fabric systems from exposure to airborne odors such as tobacco smoke, and install systems under conditions free from odor contamination of ambient air. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 01311 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 054000 and 092216 for metal framing systems C. Section 092900 for gypsum board substrate D. Section 099000 for primer sealer and painting of adjacent finishes. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of stretched -fabric systems that fail in performance, materials, or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Acoustical performance. b. Fabric sagging, distorting, or releasing from panel edge. c. Warping of core. B. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. Date Saved- January 27, 2010 Ki Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \097713 Permit Set RAHS Stretched Fabric Wall Systems.Doc 097713 - 3 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 097713 09819.00 STRETCHED -FABRIC WALL SYSTEMS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. FabricMate Systems Inc., specified for type and quality. 1. Tel (866) 622-2996 / (805) 642-7470, Fax (805) 642-3154 2. Website: http://www.fabricmate.com B. Snap -Tex Northwest Inc. 1. Tel (206) 789-2413, Fax (206) 789-3699, Email ken@snaptex.com (Ken Huber CSI / Alvin Wolberg). 2. Website http://www.snaptex.com C. Fabri-Trak Systems, Inc. 1. Tel (206) 634-1166 Ext 108, Fax (206) 632-1989, Cell (206) 251-4604, Email Sonja@fabricpanels.com (Sonja Horn, Architextures) 2. Website http://www.fabricpanels.com / http://www.fabritrak.com/ D. Substitution Requests to Specified Products: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Retention Channels: One piece, rigid PVC, fire rated, rigid vinyl channels with pressure retention or interlocking action as framework for stretched fabric 1. • Dimensions: Approximately, 1 inch deep, 3/4 inch face, 1 inch flange, and 0.055 inch thick. 2. Profiles: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Edge Shape: As indicated on Drawings] As accepted by Architect from manufacturer's complete selection. B. Acoustical Substrate: 1. Fiberglass: ASTM C612, 6 pcf density semi-rigid fiberglass insulation, maximum flame spread of 25 and smoke developed 50. 2. [Re -Core: 100 percent polyester fiber with 65 percent post consumer content. Semi- rigid, Class A, tested ASTM E84.] 3. [Cotton: 4-1 /2 pound, 100 percent recycled content, Class A fire rated, cotton batting. AcoustiCotton , White [Charcoal Gray] color, Website: www.acousticotton.com C. Tackable Acoustic Sub -Surface: 1. 7/8 inch thick, 6 to 8 pcf density semi-rigid fiberglass insulation in thickness as needed to conform to NRC performance requirements. 2. 1/8 inch thick, 18 to 20 pcf density, smooth sanded, semi-rigid fiberglass face. D. Tackable Non -Acoustical Sub -Surface: 1. Manufacturer's standard fire retardant, mineral fiber panel 3/8 inch thick, 1/2 inch thick, or as necessary to obtain flush surface with locking channel. E. Acoustically Porous Fabric Facing: 1. 100 percent polyester [polyolefin], unbacked, Class A tested ASTM E84, 54 inches wide. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \097713 Permit Set RAHS Stretched Fabric Wall Systems.Doc 097713 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 097713 09819.00 STRETCHED -FABRIC WALL SYSTEMS 2.3 FINISHES A. Acoustical Fabric (AWP -1): [As selected by Architect] 1. Manufacturer: [ 2. Pattern: [ ] 3. Color: [ PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning work. B. Do Not Begin Installation before: 1. Building has been enclosed and is weathertight. 2. Wet work has been completed and is dry. 3. Painting is completed and wall base and floor covering are installed. 4. Other work generating moisture or dust has been completed, and room is dry and clean. 5. Adjacent and related work of other trades has been completed including ceilings, doors, and windows. 6. Ambient temperature and humidity are in accordance with Environment Requirements specified this Section, and are continuously maintained at values indicated for final acceptance of building or occupancy of space. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field measure each wall area to establish exact layout of units as shown on Drawings. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Rigid Vinyl Retention Channels: Fasten to perimeters of wall areas to receive fabric. 1. Secure in place with manufacturer's approved heavy duty, 1 inch diverging staples located at not more than 2 inches on center, or as instructed by manufacturer and approved by Architect. 2. Install be plumb, straight and in proper alignment. C. Acoustical Semi -Rigid Fiberglass Subsurface: 1. Install continuous and flush against edge of retention channel for tight continuous joints. 2. Install continuous, unbroken, and flush to top of retention channel framework and back side of fabric. D. Tackable Mineral Board Sub -Surface: 1. Install tightly against edge of locking channel for tight continuous joints. 2. Rabbet edges of board to fit over flange of locking channel and to fit tightly against gypsum board substrate. 3. Install continuous, unbroken, and flush with top of locking channel framework and back side of fabric. E. Fabric: Date Saved. January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \097713 Permit Set RAHS Stretched Fabric Wall Systems.Doc 097713 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 097713 09819.00 STRETCHED -FABRIC WALL SYSTEMS 1. Cut from roll to maintain sequence of pattern and direction of weave for sequential, uniform appearance. 2. Install into jaws of rigid vinyl retention channels according to manufacturer's instructions. 3. Stretch taught and smooth, free of wrinkles and other defects. 4. Install fabric grain plumb, vertically and horizontally aligned. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Inspect and correct fabric not aligned or otherwise not presenting uniform appearance as instructed by Architect. B. Replace fabric installations damaged or soiled during course of construction. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of fabric wall system. Trim and remove loose threads. B. Remove surplus materials, rubbish, and debris resulting from installation and leave areas of installation in a neat, clean condition. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Cover fabric wall system with drop cloth or other protective covering as approved if site conditions warrant. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27. 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Prim \097713 Permit Set RAHS Stretched Fabric Wall Systems.Doc 097713 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 098116 0981 9.00 ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION SECTION 098116 ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Acoustical wall cavity fiberglass batt insulation. 2. Acoustical ceiling grid fiberglass batt insulation. 3. Theater ceiling sound blanket above linear metal ceilings and perforated gypsum board. B. Related Sections: 1 Section 061000 2. Section 072116 3. Section 092216 4. Section 092900 1.2 REFERENCES - Rough Carpentry - Blanket Insulation - Non Structural Metal Studs - Gypsum Board A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C665 - Standard Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 2. ASTM C423 - Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. 3. ASTM C1338 - Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings. 4. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 5. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 6. ASTM E795 - Standard Practices for Mounting Test Specimens During Sound Absorption Tests. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Acoustical Insulation: Fiberglass batt and blanket insulation used at acoustical interior partition walls and floor/ceiling assemblies. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Published performance characteristics and properities showing conformance to this Section. 1. Sound Absorptive Coefficient for fiberglass sound blanket. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation requirements, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \098116 Permit Set RAHS Acoustical Batt Insulation.Doc 098116 - 1 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 098116 09819.00 ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in manufacturer's original labeled package indicating R -Value, thickness, and density. C. Store in clean, dry place and handle to prevent tearing material. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MANUFACTURERS A. Johns Manville 1. Tel (425) 391-0119, Fax 425-391-5999, Cell (206) 409-5650, Email robinsoj@jm.com (John Robinson CSI, Mfrs Rep). 2. Tel (800) 654-3103 (Information Center). 3. Website http://www.jm.com B. Knauf Fiber Glass 1. Cell (360) 907-5185, (360) 834-4932, Email francis.cloudt@knaufusa.com (Francis Cloudt, Area Manager). 2. Cell (206) 391-0835, Tel (425) 488-7600 Ext 111, Fax (425) 488-7827, Email sthompson@service-partners.com (Steve Thompson, Gen Mgr, R -Factor). 3. Tel (800) 825-4434 Ext 8212. 4. Website http:J/www.knaufusa.com C. Owens Corning 1. Tel (425) 497-0660, Fax (425) 867-5542, (Seattle Sound and Vibration, Dave Forrest Cell (206) 396-6885), Website http://:www.forrestsound.com 2. Voice Mail (800) 773-1551 Maylene Hugh, Marketing Development Mgr), Website http://www.owenscorning.com D. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 BATT AND BLANKET ACOUSTICAL INSULATION A. Unfaced, friction fit glass fiber batt insulation is accepted for sound insulation with tested NRC coefficients. Provide in thickness to fill full width of studs at interior partitions, except where otherwise indicated by Wall Type Schedule. 2.3 FIBERGLASS SOUND BLANKET A. Wall Cavity Insulation: Johns Manville, ComfortTherm, Poly -Encapsulated Fiber Glass Acoustical Insulation, Formaldehyde Free. 1. Insulation: ASTM C665, Type II, Class A, Category 1. 2. Film Permeability: ASTM E96. a. Facer Film: 0.5 perms. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \0981 16 Permit Set RAHS Acoustical Batt Insulation.Doc 098116-2of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 098116 09819.00 ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION b. Perforated Backer Film: 25 perms. 3. Thickness: 3-1 /2 inch. 4. Width: 16 inch. 5. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): 0.90, ASTM E795, Type E-405 Mounting. B. Acoustical Grid Insulation: Johns Manville, Gird -Shield Rx, Poly -Encapsulated Fiber Glass Acoustical Insulation, Formaldehyde Free. 1. Insulation: ASTM C665, Type II, Class A, Category 1. 2. Film Permeability: ASTM E96. a. Facer Film (Bottom): 0.5 perms. b. Perforated Backer Film (Top): 25 perms. 3. Thickness: 6 inch. 4. Width by Length: 24 inch by 48 inch. 5. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): 0.90, Type E-405 Mounting. C. Theater Sound Blanket at Ceiling:. 1. Inorganic glass fiber blanket with black mat facing, specified for type and quality. 2. Products: a. Owens Corning SelectSound Theater Blanket, specified for type and quality b. Owens Corning Sound Attenuation Blankets, specified for type and quality c. Knauf Black Acoustical Insulation 3. Acoustical Properties: Tested to ASTM C423, using ASTM E795 Type A Mounting. Product Density Thickness 125 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz 1K Hz 2K Hz 4K Hz NRC Sound Attenuation 1.5 pcf 3.5 inch 0.48 1.00 1.12 1.03 0.97 0.96 0.55 Batts 2.5 inch 0.21 0.62 0.93 0.92 0.91 1.03 0.80 SelectSound 150 1.5 pcf 1 inch 0.15 0.25 0.45 0.68 0.79 0.81 0.55 2.0 inch 0.20 0.53 0.79 0.94 0.95 0.97 0.80 SelectSound 200 2.0 pcf 1 inch 0.11 0.28 0.49 0.70 0.81 0.86 0.55 2.0 inch 0.20 0.55 0.87 1.00 0.95 0.95 0.85 SelectSound 200+ 2.0 pcf 1 inch 0.14 0.38 0.73 0.93 0.98 0.92 0.75 2.0 inch 0.28 0.74 1 .02 1.12 1.02 1 .05 1.00 4. Fungal Resistance: Meets requirements of ASTM C1338. 5. Fire Resistance: UL 723/CAN ULC -5102-M Class A / IBC, Class A. a. Flame Spread: 25 b. Smoke Developed 50 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Wall Cavity Insulation: 1. Install friction fit unfaced batt insulation to completely fill width of stud and furring system space, except as otherwise indicated by Wall Type Schedule. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \098116 Permit Set RAHS Acoustical Batt Insulation.Doc 098116 - 3 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 098116 09819.00 ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION 2. Install insulation to provide continuity of insulating layer. Completely fill spaces within insulating cavity. Do not compress insulation. 3. Install insulation tightly around electrical outlets, switches, and other wall and ceiling penetrations. Seal joints. 4. When installed at walls in heights over 8 foot, provide supplementary support to hold unfaced friction fit insulation in place. C. Acoustical Ceiling Grid Insulation: 1. Lay insulation to cover acoustical ceiling grid over acoustically insulated partition walls. 2. Extend to minimum 48 inch over grid centered on both sides of wall. 3. Fit insulation batts for complete coverage with no gaps or open spaces between batts. 4. Lay over acoustical ceiling panels with perforated backer film facing up. D. Fiberglass Sound Blanket 1. Cut and join board to fit snugly with no gaps or voids. 2. Install with mechanical fasteners to solid framing so that black mat facer is visible from room side. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \098116 Permit Set RAHS Acoustical Batt Insulation.Doc 098116 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING SECTION 099000 PAINTING AND COATING PART 1 GENERAL SUMMARY Section Includes: 1. Surface preparation. 2. Field applied primers and sealers. 3. Field applied coatings and paints. 4. Schedule at end of this Section. Shop Preparation and Primers for Metal: Specified Section 055000 - Metal Related Sections include 1. Section 033000 2. Section 042200 3. Section 051200 4. Section 053100 5. Section 055000 6. Section 055100 7. Section 055200 8. Section 062000 9. Section 078400 10. Section 079200 11. Section 081113 12. Section 083113 13. Section 083313 14. Section 092900 15. Section 061643 16. Section 092117 17. Section 09971 3 18. Section 104413 19. Division 22 20. Division 23 21. Division 26 1.2 REFERENCES but are not limited to following: - Cast -In -Place Concrete - Concrete Unit Masonry - Structural Steel Framing - Steel Deck - Metal Fabrications - Metal Stairs - Metal Railings - Finish Carpentry - Firestopping - Joint Sealants - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames - Access Doors and Frames - Coiling Counter Doors - Gypsum Board - Gypsum Sheathing: Soffits - Gypsum Board Shaft Wall - Steel Coatings - Fire Extinguisher Cabinets - Plumbing - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning - Electrical A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. Fabrication. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)International: 1. ASTM D523 - Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss. 2. ASTM D6763 - Standard Guide for Testing Exterior Wood Stains. 3. ASTM D5324 - Standard Guide for Testing Water -Borne Architectural Coatings. 4. ASTM D6386 - Standard Practice for Preparation of Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coated Iron and Steel Hardware Surfaces for Painting. C. Society for Protecive Coatings (SSPC) - Systems and Specifications: http: r" /www.sspc.org l 1. Surface Preparation Standards and Specifications: Date Saved, January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 1 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING a. SSPC-SP 1: Solvent Cleaning b. SSPC-SP 2: Hand Tool Cleaning c. SSPC-SP 3: Power Tool Cleaning d. SSPC-SP 6: Commercial Blast Cleaning e. SSPC-SP 10: Near White Blast Cleaning D. United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): 1. EPA 40 CFR Part 59 (AD-FRL-6149-71 RIN 2060 - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings, Final Rule, Federal Register/Vol. 63, No.176, September 11, 1998/Rules and Regulations. 2. Website http://www.epa.govittaluatw/183e/airnifrl 191.txt 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. DFT: Dry Film Thickness. B. MSDS: Material Safety Data Sheet. C. WFT: Wet Film Thickness. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Submit complete list of manufacturers and products including Product Data Sheets and MSDS. Arrange in same format as scheduled this Section. Include performance characteristics, limitations, and volatile organic compounds (VOC) emissions information. C. Color Samples: Size not less than 8 inch by 10 inch draw -down for each color selected for final acceptance prior to beginning work. 1. Label back of each drawdown with manufacturer, product, color name and number, and gloss level. 2. Furnish additional samples as required for acceptance of colors, finishes, and textures. 3. Retain approved samples for reference. D. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Conform to provisions of Section 017700. B. Maintenance Data: Product data sheets, manufacturer's application instructions, MSDS, product color name and number, cleaning instructions, and touch-up and repaint instructions. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Supply primers, intermediate, and finish coats for each paint and coating system from single manufacturer, except as otherwise specified. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 2 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING B. Product Listings: Acceptance based upon Approved Product List and as specified by this Section to make complete product line for each manufacturer. Where no product is listed for accepted manufacturer, verify with Architect before proceeding. C. Surface Preparation: Conform to SSPC, manufacturer's instructions, and work as needed to prepare substrates to be free of conditions that may impair adhesion and uniformity. 1. Remove bond breakers, dust, foreign matter, and surface irregularities. 2. Prepare to prevent bleed -through of substrate material. D. Paint System Application: Conform to manufacturer's instructions. 1. Paint Grade: Conform to Premium Grade, except as otherwise specified. a. Minimum one primer coat and two finish coats, except as otherwise specified. b. Additional coats as necessary to cover with no holidays or other surface imperfections. 2. Dry film thickness (DFT) and wet film thickness (WFT), as instructed by manufacturer. E. Painting Inspection: 1. Painting Inspection Agency: Acceptable to Owner. a. Attend preconstruction meeting, make inspection of substrates prior to application of paints and coatings, make intermittent inspections, and make final inspection based on requirements of manufacturer's instructions. b. Make report to Architect indicating defects and action required where inspection indicates non-compliance. 2. Contractor: Notify Painting Inspection Agency one week prior to beginning work and bear costs for inspection services. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Employ full time locally available technical field representative, testing equipment, and services as necessary to perform inspections and to determine compliance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Applicator: 1. Able to document minimum 10 years continuous experience in commercial quality projects of similar type and scope. 2. Member of Painting and Decorating Contractors of America (PDCA), Master Painters Institute (MPI), or accepted by Architect. 3. Employ qualified journeymen painters with apprentices under direction of qualified journeymen, conforming to trade regulations. 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to provisions of Section 014100. B. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) Emissions: Conform to Green Seal Standard GS -1 1 http:!]www.greenseal.or91standards/paints.htm and US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). I_.ED NC 2.2 LC. 4.2 1.9 MOCK-UPS A. Provide under provisions of Section 014300. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 3 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING B. Apply paint minimum 10 square foot area mock-ups for each accepted color and substrate type. C. Install mock-ups after acceptance of submittals. D. Located mock-ups as accepted by Architect. E. Protect and retain accepted mock-ups as standard of quality for work of this Section. F. Accepted mock-up may be incorporated into finished work. 1.10 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange under provisions of Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, painting subcontractor, Owner, Architect, manufacturer's technical representative, [Painting Inspection Agency], and others as requested to attend. C. Meeting Time: Minimum 2 weeks before beginning work of this Section and work of related Sections affecting work of this Section, as required to meet Project Schedule. D. Location: Project Site. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in unopened, sealed containers, bearing manufacturer's original labels with manufacturer's brand name, product name and number, 'color designation, surface preparation, mixing and reducing instructions, coverage, drying time, clean-up instructions, MSDS, and VOC content. C. Store and utilize paint in original containers bearing manufacturer's label for ease of identification. Do not put paint in containers bearing labels for other products. D. Store at ambient temperature between 45 degrees F and 90 degrees F. Store and mix material outside building. E. Take special safety precautions against hazards from toxic and flammable materials. F. Place paint and solvent contaminated cloths and materials, subject to spontaneous combustion, in containers and remove from job site each day. 1 12 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Do no apply paints and coatings at surface and air temperatures below 40 degrees F. B. Weather: Do not apply exterior coatings when precipitation is predicted or is imminent. C. Ventilation: Maintain continuous air exchange ventilation. Move moisture, odors, and fumes from painting to outside of building. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 -•4 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING D. Illumination: Maintain lighting level of 50 foot candles measured at mid height at substrate surfaces. 1.13 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Manufacturer: 5 year materials Warranty. C. Contractor: 100 percent 2 year maintenance bond with Warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Benjamin Moore 1. Tel (800) 642-5678 Ext 221 7, Fax (503) 263-3849, CeII (503) 318-8046 Email rtessman@canbY.com (Randy Tessman, Architectural Rep). 2. Website http//www.benjaminmoore.corrm. B. Kelly -Moore Paint Company / RPM Company, Rust-Oleum 1. Tel (800) 669-1015 Ext 301 / Tel (206) 763-0300 Ext 301, Fax (206) 767-2251, Email bkei k?kellymoore.com (Brian Keil, CSI, CCPR). 2. Tel (888) 677-2468 (Technical Hot Line). 3. Website http::/www.kellymoore.com C. ICI Dulux Paints 1. CeII (206) 354-0179, Fax (425) 413-2835, Email tdecker306comcast.net / terry_decker4ici.com (Terry Decker, CSI, Architectural/Engineering Representatives). 2. Website http: / /www.icipaintstores.com D. PPG Industries, Inc/ Pittsburgh Paints 1. Tel (800) 266-5143 Voice Mail Box 5236, CeII (360) 281-9834, Tel (360) 576-1737, Email raynicholsonCa)ppg.com (Ray Nicholson CSI, Architectural Rep). 2. Tel (888) 774-7732 (A&E Group). 3. Website http: iwwwpittsburghpaints,com E. Rodda Paint Company/Cloverdale Paint 1. CeII (206) 396-7074, Tel (206) 652-0445, Fax (206) 652-0565, Email jmcintyre@)roddapaint.com (Jeff McIntyre, CSI, CDT Architectural Sales Rep). 2. Website htt ,_,/_/www.rrodciapaint_cpm F. Sherwin-Williams Company 1 Tel (800) 321-8194 (Technical Hot Line). 2. CeII (509) 994-6394, Tel/Fax (509) 465-8426, Voice Mail (888) 731-7379, Email ed.stein`sherwin.com (Ed Stein CSD. 3. Website http ]www.sherwin-williams.com G. Substitution Requests: Submit for acceptance under provisions of Section 012500. Indicate that manufacturer will conform to specified Qualifications, including requirement for manufacturer to employ and maintain full time technical field representatives and testing equipment. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K'. \Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Dor 099000 - 5 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING 2.2 MATERIALS A. Painting and Coating Schedule: Refer to Schedule at end of this Section for products specified for specific finishes. B. Surfaces Not Scheduled for Paints and Coatings: Where unscheduled surfaces are discovered following Bid, assume premium commercial quality paint or coating and as instructed by manufacturer's technical representative. Submit to Architect for acceptance prior to beginning work. C. Coatings: Ready mixed, except catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to consistency for uniform and homogeneous coatings, good flow and brushing qualities, drying or curing free of streaks and sags. 2.3 GLOSS AND SHEEN LEVELS A. Conform to Gloss and Sheen Levels as tested in accordance with ASTM D523, regardless of that stated by manufacturer product data and shown on paint containers. GLOSS AND SHEEN LEVELS GLOSS @ 60 DEGREES SHEEN @ 85 DEGREES Gloss Level 1 Matt or Flat Maximum 5 Units Maximum 10 Units Gloss Level 2 Low Sheen Maximum 10 Units 10 to 35 Units Gloss Level 3 Eggshell 10 to 25 Units 10 to 35 Units Gloss Level 4 Satin 20 to 35 Units Minimum 35 Units Gloss Level 5 Semi -Gloss 35 to 70 Units (N/A) Gloss Level 6 Gloss 70 to 85 Units (N/A) Gloss Level 7 High Gloss More than 85 Units (N/A) 2.4 FINISHES AND COLORS A. Field Painting Product Systems and Gloss Levels: As scheduled in this Section. B. Paint and Stain Colors: Listing of paint manufacturer's color does not constitute acceptance of paint manufacturer or product. 1. P-1: Paint Manufacturer, Color Number, Color Name. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning work. B. Arrange for adequate lighting, temporary heat, and ventilation. C. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: Conform to manufacturer's instructions. Perform tests using commercial quality electronic moisture meter. Where exceeding following values, promptly notify Architect and obtain direction before beginning work. 1. Concrete: 12 percent. Cured minimum 28 days. 2. Concrete Slab -On -Grade: Perform calcium chloride test over 24 hour period or other test acceptable to manufacturer. Verify acceptable moisture emissions and pH levels. 3. Clay and Concrete Masonry: 17 percent 4. Exterior Wood: 19 percent. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 k:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\099000 Permit Set RAMS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 6 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING 5. Interior Wood: 15 percent. 6. Interior Finish Detail Woodwork, Including Trim, and Casework: 10 percent. 7. Plaster and Gypsum Materials: 17 percent. 3.2 MATERIALS TO BE PAINTED A. Prepare and finish all surfaces of materials, except as specifically excluded or otherwise specified. B. Include Structural, Mechanical, and Electrical Items in rooms and spaces scheduled for painting. Paint out conduit and other such items to match color of adjacent surfaces. C. Field paint exposed features and elements, including pre -finished items, such as conduit, ductwork, hangers and seats, structural steel, panels, grilles, and surfaces visible through vents and louvers, whether indicated or not, except where specifically excluded by Contract Documents. 3.3 MATERIALS NOT TO BE PAINTED A. Refer to Finish Schedule for rooms or areas not required to be field painted. B. Metals: Brass, bronze, copper, stainless steel, pre -finished metal, and plated metals other than galvanized metal, except as specifically indicated. C. Plastic laminate, melamine, and other finished plastic surfacing. D. Roofing, masonry, stone, and concrete, except as otherwise indicated. E. Glass and clear plastic, except as otherwise indicated. F. Substrates with specified factory -applied colored finishes and normally unfinished substrates: 1. Includes: Door hardware, electrical switch plates, fabrics, tackboards, porcelain enameled metal fabrications, and lighting fixtures. 2. Exception: Wire mold and other normally prefinished items mounted on surfaces receiving coatings: Paint out to match and blend with field surface. G. Inaccessible materials permanently enclosed behind building construction and structural components. 3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION UNDER WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS A. Field Substrate Preparation Specified Under Work of Related Sections: Crack free, finished, clean, and as needed to make substrates suitable for primers and finished coats specified for work of this Section, except minimal spot filling, spackling, and other preparation normally performed by work of this Section. B. Shop Preparation and Primers for Metal Fabrications: Specified under work of Section 055000, except for spot priming and touch-up of shop primers prior to applying finish coats specified under this Section. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 7 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING 3.5 SURFACE PREPARATION PROCEDURES A. Conform to: 1. SSPC- Surface Preparation Procedures. 2. Manufacturer instructions. 3. Contract Document provisions. B: Mildew removal: 1. Do not use bleach to remove mold from carbon -based materials. These include paper, cellulous, wood, sucrose (sugar), gypsum board, and materials that are considered food for mold. 2. Contact Owner and Architect for remediation method for mold contamination of carbon -based materials. 3. Proceed with methods to remove stains as specified by manufacturer for non -carbon based materials. C. Concrete, Portland Cement Plaster and Concrete Unit Masonry Receiving Opaque Finish: 1. Remove dirt, loose material, sand particles, loose mortar, scale, latence, powder, stains, rust, oil, grease, efflorescence, grease, and other bond breakers. 2. Test plaster and masonry surfaces to verify cured and dry. 3. Point, fill, and repair minor cracks, holes, and other surface imperfections. D. Steel and Iron: Put in condition to receive paint. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt, and dust. Use prime paints compatible with finish coats. Conform to Section 099713 for exterior metal except as specified this Section. 1. Field Welded or Abraded Spots: Power tool, clean, and prepare, conforming to SSPC- SP-3. Spot prime by end of same day. 2. Surfaces Shop Primed Conforming to Section 055000: Solvent clean free of oil and grease before coating, conforming to SSPC-SP-1. 3. Surfaces Shop Primed with Alkyd Coatings and Coatings not Conforming to Section 055000: a. Machine clean to SSPC SP -3. b. Hand tool clean to SSPC SP -2 as required for removal of rust and scaling at difficult to reach locations. c. Solvent clean free of oil and grease before coating, conforming to SSPC-SP-1. 4. Surfaces Not Previously Shop Primed: a. Remove Rust and Scale: Power tool clean and prepare, conforming to SSPC-SP-3. Apply prime coat when thoroughly dry and before forming of visible rust. b. Oil and Grease: Solvent clean, conforming to SSPC-SP-1, before applying finish coat. E. New Preprimed and Prefinished Metals: Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC-SP-1. F. Uncoated, Ungalvanized, and Existing Ferrous Metals: Power tool clean and prepare in accordance with SSPC-SP-3. Prime by end of same work day and before forming of visible rust. 1. Remove oil, grease, and other foreign substances by lacquer thinner, conforming to SSPC SPC -1. 2. Lightly scuff sand with 120 grit paper to break surface sheen without scratching or scaring surface. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 8 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING G. Hot -Dipped Galvanized Steel Treatment: Conform to ASTM D6386 for preparation of galvanized surfaces prior to application of primers and other coatings directly to galvanized surfaces. 1. Newly Galvanized Steel: a. Within 48 hours of galvanizing, and before zinc oxide or zinc hydroxide formations on surface, clean surfaces of oil and grease. b. Smooth high spots and rough edges by sanding or sweep blasting. c. Apply zinc -phosphate treatment or other acceptable adhesion promoter. 2. Partially weathered Galvanized Steel: a. Test for and remove chromatic conversion coatings that may have been applied at factory. b. Clean surfaces of oil and grease. Smooth high spots and rough edges by sanding or sweep blasting. c. Remove wet storage stain using a mild ammonia solution, rinse with water, and air blow dry. d. Apply paint coating within 30 minutes before zinc oxides begin to reform or apply zinc -phosphate treatment or other acceptable adhesion promoter. 3. Weathered Galvanized Steel: a. After 1-1/2 to 2 years following formation of a hard zinc -carbonate surface, clean surfaces of oil, grease, and loose particles. b. Smooth high spots and rough edges by sanding or sweep blasting. c. Scuff and brighten using 3M metal finish pad to remove zinc oxidation. d. Clean to remove surface contamination, conforming to SSPC-SP-1 Solvent Cleaning and Manufacturer's priming instructions. 4. Verify preparation with manufacturer. H. Zinc Coat Galvanized Ferrous Metal for Dryfall Coatings and Dryfall Paint at Interior Overhead Ceilings: 1. Rust -Inhibitive, Low -Temperature Cure Dryfall Coatings: No preparation required over dust -free and dry surfaces. 2. Dryfall Paint (None Rust -Inhibitive): Conform to preparation surface preparation methods including solvent cleaning, test for chromate passivation, and etching cleaner. I. Wood Products Receiving Opaque Finishes: 1. Clean to remove dirt, bond breakers, and material that is not suitable for paint adhesion to substrate. 2. Wipe off dust and minor grit prior to applying prime coat. 3. Fill fastener holes and fine cracks after primer has dried. 4. Sand smooth and level with surface, ready for finish coat. 5. Maintain surface condition for subsequent finish coats. 1• Wood Products Receiving Transparent Finishes: 1. Preparation: Sand, seal, and prepare surfaces to receive uniform coatings free of blotches, inconsistent absorption, irregular sheen, and color variations. 2. Remove stains, discolorations, marks, and other surface inconsistencies through sanding, bleaching, and other applicable methods. 3. Clean to remove dirt, bond breakers, and material not suitable for transparent finish adhesion to substrate. 4. Wipe off dust and minor grit prior to applying prime coat. 5. Fill fastener holes and fine cracks with woody putty matching wood species. 6. Apply sanding sealer. 7. Sand smooth and level with surface, ready for finish coat. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 9 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING 8. Maintain surface condition for subsequent finish coats. K. Priming Wood: 1. Prior to installation, prime all sides of wood, including concealed faces of panels, moldings, siding, and other thin wood, plywood, and panel material subject to warping and bowing. 2. Prime cut ends of wood elements prior to installation. 3. Apply 2 coats of sealer, primer, or suitable finish system to balance finish on exposed face. L. Gypsum Board, Plaster, and Veneer Plaster Surfaces: 1. Repair and remove minor irregularities, contaminations, dust, and dirt. 2. Where surface defects appear after prime coating, repair defects under work of appropriate Section, and reprime over repaired areas. 3. Do not begin surface preparation on gypsum board and veneer plaster board materials that have been saturated by water. Notify Owner and Architect. M. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from metal and insulating coverings. N. Surfaces Not Specified by SSPC, or Manufacturer's Instructions: Verify with Architect for surface preparation procedures. 3.6 RECOATING SURFACE PREPARATION A. Prepare existing coated substrates as needed to make suitable for work of this Section. Proceed as for new work following initial preparation conforming to SSPC- Surface Preparation Procedures, manufacturer instructions, and Contract Document provisions. B. Concrete and Masonry: 1. Remove old paint, chalking, laitance, and efflorescence down to bare substrate. 2. Fill holes and cracks with suitable filler. 3. For substrates not being recoated, match coloration of material being filled. C. Metal: 1. Remove deteriorated painted surfaces. 2. Feather edges to prevent telegraphing of surface blemishes through painted surface. 3. Conform to this Section and Section 099713 for rust removal and touch-up primer. 4. Prime as necessary to prevent bleed -through of rust. D. Wood, Prior to Recoating: 1. Remove and clean existing deteriorated painted surface down to sound substrate, suitable for new coatings. 2. Sand thick and sharp edges to make feather edge transitions needed to prevent telegraphing through finished paint surface. 3. Fill and patch checks, blemishes, and deteriorated surfaces. E. Wood, Prior to Staining: 1. Proceed as for Recoated Wood, except strip down to bare wood free of coatings and foreign matter. 2. Touch up to restore uniformity of color. Bleach stained and watermarked surfaces. 3. Lightly sand without changing uniform color and character of surface. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 10 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING F. Gypsum Board, Veneer Plaster, and Gypsum Based Products: 1. Fill, sand, and spot prime. 2. Remove unsound coatings and bond breakers. 3. Apply bonding agent where patching compound overlaps existing painted surfaces. 4. Sand and feather edge transitions to eliminate photographing through finished paint surface. 5. Remove excessive paint build-up to make sharp corners and edges. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Take measures to protect surfaces not receiving work of this Section including protection from overspray, adjacent surfaces and down wind surfaces. 1. Provide drop cloths, shields, and protective equipment. 2. Repair or replace damaged surfaces caused by failure to provide suitable protection. B. Remove or mask electrical outlets and switch plates, mechanical diffusers, escutcheons, registers, surface hardware, fittings, fastenings, and other items not receiving coating system. C. Correct minor defects and clean substrate surfaces included under work of this Section. D. Remove coatings that exhibit surface defects or unsuitable surface adhesion. 3.8 APPLICATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Conform to Premium Grade, including application of two finish coats over prepared and primed substrates. C. Apply as many additional coats for complete coverage and for acceptable finished appearance, free of holidays and color irregularities. D. Apply primer and each finish coat in slightly different hue as means to verify multiple coat coverage. E. Conform to manufacturer's instructions for wet film and dry film thickness of coatings. 1. Apply coatings at manufacturers' specified application rates. Do not thin coatings. 2. Verify wet film thickness (WFT) by use of wet film gage during application. 3. Test dry film thickness (DFT) using Tooke or other accepted measuring device. 3.9 PATCHING A. Repair surfaces damaged during construction activities. Touch-up and refinish as necessary for finished appearance prior to Substantial Completion and Owner occupancy. 3.10 REPLACEMENT OF HARDWARE AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Reinstall items previously removed for painting, including hardware, electrical plates. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\ Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 11 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING 3.1 1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Field Inspection and Testing: Conform to Quality Assurance provisions specified this Section, and provisions of Section 014324 for Painting Inspection Services. B. Manufacturers Field Services: Conduct inspection services by manufacturer's local technical field representative. 1. Attend Pre -Construction Conference, view mock-ups, make intermittent site visits, make final site visit at project completion. 2. Verify conformance to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents for products and procedures. 3. Provide technical assistance to help achieve high quality results. a. Verify mil thickness with wet film gauge, in selected locations. b. Test surfaces with Tooke or approved dry film gauge, for total DFT in selected areas. 4. Promptly notify Architect of suspected non -conforming work and other irregularities. 3.12 ADJUSTING A. Take measures as necessary and as instructed by Architect to repair, prepare, and recoat systems not conforming to Contract Document provisions. 3.13 CLEANING A. As Work proceeds, promptly remove spilled, and splattered paint and coating products so as not to damage surfaces. B. Maintain premises free from unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris. C. At conclusion of work, thoroughly clean paint and coatings from surfaces not designated to be painted. 1. Do not scratch or damage surfaces. 2. Verify chemical compatibility of cleaners to materials to be cleaned. D. Leave premises neat, clean and free from debris and residue from work of this Section. E. Do not dump paint, stains, chemicals and clean/wash painting equipment anywhere in the landscaping around the building, site, or property, including the adjoining property. F. Control and dispose of unused painting and coating system products and waste as require by environmental laws. 3.14 EXTERIOR PAINTING AND COATING SCHEDULE A. Exterior Asphalt and Concrete - Traffic Marking/Game Lines: Water based latex type pigmented coating for interior and exterior. Color: White or Yellow as selected by Architect: 1. Benjamin Moore, Safety & Zone Marking Latex, M58. 2. ICI Dulux Paints, Traffic Paint Water Reducible Acrylic, 4800. 3. Kelly -Moore, Mark Right Latex Traffic Paint, 1450. 4. PPG, Traffic Marking Latex, 11-53. 5. Rodda, Professional Maintenance, Driveline - White/Yellow, 7341 /2. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 12 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING 6. Sherwin-Williams, Setfast Acrylic Waterborne Traffic Marking Paint, TM226/TM227. B. Exterior Concrete: Water based latex type pigmented coating for interior and exterior concrete. 1. Benjamin Moore, Super Spec 100% Acrylic Exterior Flat 183 2. ICI Dulux Paints, Dulux Professional, Ext. Acrylic, 2200-0100. 3. Kelly -Moore, COLOR SHIELD 2000 Exterior 100% Acrylic Flat Finish, 1200. 4. PPG, Sun -Proof, Exterior Flat Latex, 72-45 Series. 5. Rodda, Rodda Paint, AC 911 Velvet Flat Exterior 100% Acrylic Latex, 51 1 101. 6. Sherwin-Williams, A-100, Exterior Latex Flat, A6W16. C. Exterior Galvanized and Shop Primed Ferrous Metal: Include interior and exterior surfaces of doors and frames at exterior walls, handrails, and other galvanized metal surfaces. 1. Pre -Treatment, Preparation, and Shop Primers for Ferrous Metals and Aluminum: As specified under work of Section 055000 and pre -primed metal under work of related Sections. 2. Pre -Treatment for Steel Doors and. Frames: As specified Section 081113. 3. Field Applied Etching Cleaner: Use in lieu of SP -1 Solvent Cleaning, specified under preparation. a. ICI Devoe Dev Prep 88 WB Heavy Duty Cleaner Concentrate b. Diamond Vogel, Great Lakes Laboratories, Clean 'n Etch. c. PPG, Porter Galvaprep 5. d. Sherwin-Williams, Sherwin-Williams, Clean & Etch. e. Rodda Paint, Henkel Amchem Galvaprep. f. Spectra -Tone CGI, Jasco, Metal Etch, 0700-0703. 4. Primer: Do not apply alkyd primers or coatings directly to galvanized surfaces. a. Benjamin Moore, Benjamin Moore Industrial, Universal Metal Primer, M07. b. ICI Paints, Devoe Coatings, Devguard All Purpose Metal Primer, 4120 or 4160 Devoe 4020 Devflex WB Acrylic DTM Primer Finish c. Kelly Moore, KEL-GUARD Acrylic Metal Primer, 1725. d. PPG, Porter Coatings, Alkyd Zinc Dust Coating, 299. e. Rodda Paint, Metal Master WB Acrylic Primer, 508901 x/508998x. f. Sherwin-Williams, Industrial & Marine, Galvite HS, B5OWZ30. 5. Two Coat, Acrylic Semi -Gloss Finish (Level 5): a. Benjamin Moore, DTM Acrylic Latex, M28-08. b. ICI Dulux, Devoe, Devflex, High Performance Waterborne Acrylic, 4216-0100. Devoe Devflex 4206 QD WB Acrylic Semi -Gloss c. Kelly -Moore, ACRY-SHIELD Exterior Semi -Gloss Acrylic Finish, 1250. d. PPG Pitt -Tech Int/Ext Satin DTM Industrial Enamel, 90-474 Series. e. Rodda Paint, Metal Master DTM Acrylic Enamel 55890xx. f. Sherwin-Williams, Industrial & Marine, Sher-Cryl HPA Semi -Gloss, B66-350. D. Exterior Factory Pre -Coated Aluminum - Paint Finish: Verify with manufacturer for coatings over fluoropolymer coating systems. 1. Acrylic Primer: a. Benjamin Moore, Acrylic Metal Primer, M04. b. ICI, Prep -N -Prime, 100% Acrylic Latex Primer, 2000-1200. 3210 Gripper Multi Purpose c. Kelly -Moore, Rust-Oleum / Mathys Pegalink. d. PPG Seal Grip Int/Ext Acrylic Satin Blocking Primer, 17-921 Series. e. Rodda Paint, X -I -M, UMA Bonder and Primer Sealer. f. Sherwin-Williams, Prep Rite Bonding Primer, B51 W50. 2. Two Coat, Acrylic - Semi -Gloss Finish (Level 5): Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 13 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING a. Benjamin Moore, DTM Acrylic Latex, M28-08. b. ICI Dulux, Devoe, Hi Performance Waterborne Acrylic, 4216-0100. c. Kelly -Moore, DURA-PDXY + Semi -Gloss Acrylic Enamel, 1685. d. PPG Pitt -Tech Int/Ext Satin DTM Industrial Enamel, 90-474 Series. e. Rodda Paint, Metal Master DTM Acrylic Enamel 55890x. f. Sherwin-Williams, Industrial & Marine, Sher-Cryl HPA Semi -Gloss, B66-350. g. Sherwin Williams, A-100, Exterior Latex Flat, A6W16. E. Exterior Elastomeric - Flat Finish Coating for Portland Cement Plaster and Gypsum Soffit Sheathing: 1. Benjamin Moore a. Coat 1: Acrylic Masonry Sealer (066), 1 mil DFT b. Two Coats: Moorlastic 055 Acrylic Elastomeric Finish, 8.8 mils DFT per coat 2. ICI: a. Coat 1: Ultra -Hide Aquacrylic Gripper, 3210. b. Coat 2: Decra-Flex, Elastomeric Coating, 2260 Smooth. 3. Kelly -Moore: a. Coat 1: CHEM -GUARD Acrylic Masonry Primer, 247. b. Coat 2: ELASTAKOTE 100% Acrylic Elastomeric Coating, 1 1 18. EMC Elastomeric 9905 4. Rodda: [10 year material Warranty. a. Coat 1: Rodda, Surf -Bond II, Acrylic Emulsion Coating 501801, adhesion promoter, 1 mil DFT. b. Two Coats: Rodda, Super Roflex Elastomeric Coating 511301, 7.5 to 8 mils DFT each coat.] 5. PPG Industries, Inc. a. Primer: PPG Perma-Crete Int/Ext Acrylic Alkali 'Resistant Primer, 4-603. b. Two Coats: PPG Pitt -Flex Exterior Acrylic Elastomeric Masonry Coating, 4-110. 6. Sherwin Williams: a. Coat 1: Loxon Acrylic Primer, A24. b. Two Coats: Sherlastic A5W151. 7. Tnemec: a. Coat 1: Tnemec, Elasto-Grip FC, Waterborne Modified Polyamine Epoxy, Series 151 b. Coat 2: Tnemec, Enviro-Crete, Modified Waterborne Acrylate, Smooth Finish, Series 156. 3.15 INTERIOR PAINTING AND COATING SCHEDULE A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions, and provisions of Contract Documents. Where in conflict, assume requirements that are more stringent and verify with Architect. B. Interior Concrete Floors: Two Coat Semi-Gloss/Eggshell Acrylic Finish (Level 3-5). 1. Benjamin Moore, Moore's Latex Floor & Patio Enamel (122). 2. Columbia Paint, Inst -X Tuff Trax Concrete Floor Coating. 3. ICI Dulux, Ultra -Hide, 3018. 4. Kelly -Moore, Dura-Poxy+100% Acrylic Porch & Floor, Gloss Enamel, K -M 1789. 5. Tnemec, Tneme-Tread, Series 287, acrylic epoxy. 6. PPG, Floor, Porch & Deck Satin Latex, 3-510 Series. 7. Rodda Paint, Rodda, Inst -x Trax Floor Coating. 8. Sherwin-Williams, Armorseal Tread-Plex, 100 percent Water Based Floor Coating, B90 Series. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \099000 Permit Set RAI -IS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 14 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING C. Interior Concrete Masonry Walls - Epoxy Finish: 1. Latex Block Filler: a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Supercraft Latex Block Filler (285). b. ICI Dulux 3010 Prep N Prime Block Filler or BloxFil 4000 Heavy Duty Acrylic Block Filler c. Kelly -Moore: Acrylic Block Filler, 521. d. PPG, Pitt -Glaze Int/Ext Latex Block Filler, 16-90. e. Rodda Paint, Sprayable Smooth Block Filler, 501901x for new block only First Coat Acrylic Primer 501601 for smotth masonry or previously painted concrete. f. Sherwin-Williams: Heavy Duty Block Filler, B42W46. 2. Two Coat, Waterborne Epoxy Finish: a. Benjamin Moore, Super Spec Acrylic Epoxy Coating (256). b. ICI Dulux, Devoe, Tru -Glaze WB, 4408 Gloss. c. Kelly -Moore, ENVIRA-PDXY, 7100. d. PPG, Aquapon WB Waterborne Semi -Gloss Epoxy Coating, 98-1 Series. e. Rodda Paint, Cloverdale Ecologic WB Epoxy, 70503. f. Sherwin-Williams, Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B70 Series. D. Interior Concrete and Normal Face Concrete Masonry Unit Walls - Latex Enamel Finish: 1. Acrylic Block Filler: Thickness as necessary to eliminate pinholes. a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Supercraft Latex Block Filler (285). b. ICI, Ultra -Hide, Latex Block Filler, 3010-1200 or Bloxfil 4000 HD 100 percent Acrylic Block Filler. c. Kelly -Moore, Acrylic Block Filler, 521. d. PPG, Speedhide Int/Ext Latex Masonry Bock Filler, 6-7. e. Rodda Paint, Sprayable Smooth Block Filler, 501901x for new block only First Coat Acrylic Primer 501601 for smotth masonry or previously painted concrete. f. Sherwin-Williams, PrepRite Block Filler, B25W25. 2. Two Coat Acrylic Eggshell Finish (Level 3): a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel (276). b. ICI Dulux Professional, Interior Latex Semi -Gloss, 1406 Series. c. Kelly -Moore, Professional Interior Acrylic, Semi -Gloss Enamel, 1050. d. PPG, Speedhide Interior Eggshell Latex Enamel, 6-411 Series. e. Rodda Paint, Master Painter Semi -Gloss, 543101x. f. Sherwin-Williams, ProMar 200 Eggshell B20. E. Interior Ferrous Metal - Paint Finish: 1. Shop Primer Coat: Refer to Section 055000 for metal shop fabrications. 2. Touch -Up / Field Primer: White or Gray.color. Red primer not accepted. a. Benjamin Moore, Acrylic Metal Primer, M04. b. ICI, Devflex DTM Flat Int/Ext WB Primer/Finish, 4020. c. Kelly -Moore, KEL-GUARD Acrylic Metal Primer, 1 725. d. PPG, Pitt -Tech Int/Ext Industrial DTM Primer/Finish Enamel, 90-712 Series. e. Rodda Paint, Metal Master Primer, 508901 x/508998x. f. Sherwin-Williams, DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish, B66W1. 3. Two Coat, Acrylic Semi -Gloss Finish (Level 5): a. Benjamin Moore, Latex, M28-08. b. ICI Dulux, Devoe, Hi Performance Waterborne Acrylic, 4216-0100. c. Kelly -Moore, DURA-PDXY + Semi -Gloss Acrylic Enamel, 1685. d. PPG Pitt -Tech Int/Ext Satin DTM Industrial Enamel, 90-474 Series. e. Rodda Paint, Unique II 100% Acrylic Enamel Semi Gloss 542001. f. Sherwin-Williams, Industrial & Marine, Sher-Cryl HPA Semi -Gloss, B66W351. 4. Two Coat, Acrylic High Gloss Finish (Level 7): Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 15 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING a. Benjamin Moore, Benjamin Moore, Super Spec Acrylic Latex Semi -Gloss 281 b. ICI Paints, Devoe Devflex WB QD Acrylic Gloss, 4208. c. Kelly -Moore, DURA-PDXY+ Gloss Acrylic Ename1,1680 d. PPG, Pitt -Tech Int/Ext Gloss DTM Industrial Latex Enamel, 90-374. e. Rodda Paint, Unique II 100% Acrylic Enamel Gloss, 552001X. f. Sherwin Williams, ProClassic, Waterborne Interior Gloss Enamel, B21 W51. g. Enduratone, HDP Acrylic Polymer, Gloss, Series 1028 VOC Content: No more than 94 grams/Litre F. Interior Non -Ferrous Metal - Paint Finish: 1. Shop Preparation and Shop Primer: Specified Section 055000. For factory coated aluminum, refer to paint manufacturer instructions for bonding primer. 2. Touch-up / Field Primer: Color: White or light gray., a. Benjamin Moore, Acrylic Metal Primer M04 b. ICI, Deveflex, DTM Flat Waterborne Primer and Finish, 4020. c. Kelly -Moore, KEL-GUARD Acrylic Metal Primer, 1725. d. PPG Seal Grip Int/Ext Acrylic Satin Blocking Primer, 17-921 Series. e. Rodda Paint, Metal Master Primer, 508901 x/508998x. f. Sherwin-Williams, DTM Primer/Finish, B66W1. 3. Two Coat Acrylic Semi -Gloss Finish (Level 5): a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel (276). b. ICI, Dulux Professional, Interior Latex Semi -Gloss, 1406 Series. c. Kelly -Moore, PROFESSIONAL Interior Acrylic, Semi -Gloss Enamel, 1050. d. PPG, PPG, Speedhide Interior Semi -Gloss Latex Enamel, 6-500 Series. e. Rodda Paint, Unique II 100% Acrylic Enamel Semi Gloss 542001. f. Sherwin-Williams, ProMar 200 Semi -Gloss B31 W200. 4. Two Coat Acrylic High -Gloss Finish (Level 7): a. Benjamin Moore, DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel, M28. b. ICI, Devoe 4208 Devflex WB QD Acrylic Gloss. c. Kelly -Moore, DURA-PDXY+ Gloss Acrylic Enamel, 1680. d. PPG, Pitt -Tech Int/Ext Gloss DTM Industrial Latex Enamel, 90-374 Series. e. Rodda, Metal Master Acrylic DTM Enamel 55890xx. f. Sherwin Williams, Pro Classic Waterborne Enamel, B21-20 Series. G. Interior Dry -Fall Coating at Interior Exposed -to -View Overhead Steel Surfaces (Including Decking and Framing): One coat application, self -priming, dry -fall, rust and corrosion resistant coating system. Apply additional coats as required to cover for uniform finish with no holidays. 1. Pre -Treatment and Primers: Not required. 2. Dryfall Coating: a. I>-!1; n n M,o tt= 1,:r 1; top r,)1,1,. i I d F:1;_:.I� b. Devoe Unigrip 4382 Modified Epoxy Egg Shell Dry Fall, 4380 Primer Finish Flat White or Black. c. PPG, Speedhide Super -Tech Interior Dry -Fog Flat Epoxy Ester 6-157. d. Tnemec, Tnemec, Uni-Bond DF, Self -Crosslinking Waterborne Acrylic, Series 115, VOC Content: No more than 140 grams/litre e. Rodda Paint, 100% Acrylic Dry Fall Coating 513801. f. Sherwin-Williams, Opti -Bond, Rust -Inhibitive Solvent Born Coating. H. Interior Dry -Fall Paint at Interior Exposed to View Overhead Surfaces not Exposed to Surface or Ambient Temperatures Below 50 degrees F: One coat application, waterborne, dry -fall paint system. Apply additional coats as required to cover for uniform finish with no holidays. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 16 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING 1. Pre -Treatment at Galvanized Surfaces / Field Applied Etching Cleaner: Use in lieu of SP -1 Solvent Cleaning, specified under preparation. a. ICI Devoe Dev Prep 88 WB Heavy Duty Cleaner Concentrate. b. Diamond Vogel, Great Lakes Laboratories, Clean 'n Etch. c. PPG, Porter Galva -Prep 5. d. Sherwin-Williams, Sherwin-Williams, Clean & Etch. e. Rodda Paint, Henkel Amchem Galvaprep f. Spectra -Tone CGI, Jasco, Metal Etch, 0700-0703. 2. Ungalvanized Ferrous Metal Primer: Conform to manufacturer's instructions. 3. One or Two Coat Dryfall Paint: a. Benjamin Moore, Sweep -Up Spray Latex Flat (M53) or Semi -Gloss (M53S). b. ICI, Spraymaster Pro, Uni-Grip-WB Aquacrylic Dryfall Semi -Gloss Primer and Finish 1486 Series. c. Kelly -Moore, Latex Dry Fog Maintenance Finish, 480. d. PPG, Speedhide Super Tech Semi -Gloss Acrylic Latex Dry Fog, 6-724. e. Rodda Paint, 100% Acrylic Dry Fall Coating 513801. f. Sherwin-Williams, Waterborne Acrylic Dry Fall, B42W2. I. Interior Paint Finished Wood and Hardboard: 1. Acrylic Primer: a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer (253). b. ICI, Dulux 3210 Gripper Multi Purpose Primer. c. Kelly -Moore ACRY-PLEX Interior Latex Enamel Undercoat, 975. d. PPG, Seal Grip Int/Ext Acrylic Satin Blocking Primer. e. Rodda, Unique II 100% Acrylic Enamel Undercoater 502001. f. Sherwin-Williams, PrepRite Classic B28W100. 2. Two Coat Acrylic Flat Finish (Level 1): a. Benjamin Moore, Super Spec Flat Latex, 275. b. ICI, Dulux Professional, Interior. Latex Matte Flat, 1200. c. Kelly -Moore, PROFESSIONAL Acrylic Flat Finish, 1009. d. PPG, Speedhide, Interior Flat Latex Enamel, 6-70. e. Rodda Paint, Unique II 100% Acrylic Enamel Semi Gloss 542001. f. Sherwin Williams, Interior Latex Flat, B3OWQ8151. 3. Two Coat Acrylic Semi -Gloss Finish (Level 5): a. Benjamin Moore, Super Spec 100% Acrylic Semi -Gloss Enamel, 281. b. ICI, Dulux 1406 Professional, Acrylic Semi Gloss. c. Kelly -Moore, STYRO-COTE Interior Latex Semi -Gloss Finish, 1009. d. PPG, Speedhide Interior Semi -Gloss Latex Enamel, 6-500 Series. e. Rodda, Master Painter, Interior Latex Flat, 513101. f. Sherwin Williams, Pro Classic Waterborne Enamel B31 Series. J. Interior Clear Transparent Finished Wood - Semi -Gloss: Three -Coat Finish. Sanding sealer and Stain as instructed by manufacturer to match Architect's sample. 1. Satin (Level 4) a. Benjamin Moore Stays Clear, Satin, 423 b. Kelly -Moore, KEL-THANE II, 2097. c. PPG, Olympic Interior Water Based Polyurethane Clear Finish, 42786. d. Rodda, Varathane WB Polyurethane Series 2002 Satin. e. Sherwin-Williams, Wood Classics, Waterborne Polyurethane, A68F90. 2. Semi -Gloss (Level 5) or Gloss (Level 6) a. Benjamin Moore Stays Clear, Satin, 423-00. b. ICI Dulux, Wood Pride Aquacrylic WB Gloss varnish, 1808. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 17 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING c. KeIIy-Moore, KEL-THANE II, 2094. d. PPG, Olympic Interior Water -Based Polyurethane Clear Finish, 42784. e. Rodda, Varathane WB Polyurethane Series 2001 Semi -Gloss. f. Sherwin-Williams, Minwax, Polycrylic Semi -Gloss, CO3010002. ] K. Interior Wood Panels for Electrical and Data Backboards - Paint Finish 1. MPI INT 6.4P Pigmented fire retardant coating, Gloss Level 1 (Matt) (ULC rated). 2. Two Coats: a. Benjamin Moore, 220 Latex Fire Retardant Coating. b. ICI, Safecoat, Interior Flat Intumescent Fire Retardant. c. PPG Speedhide, Fire Retardant Flat Coating. d. Rodda Paint, Heavy Bodied Scotseal, 507801x. e. Sherwin Williams, Flame Control, Flat Intumescent Fire Retardant. L. Interior Gypsum Board, Plaster, and Primed Wood - Low Odor (Low VOC) Paint: 1. Flat (Level 1): a. Benjamin Moore, Pristine Eco Spec Int. Latex Eggshell Enamel 223. b. Columbia Paint, CGI Purecoat Low Odor Acrylic Eggshell 05 -575 -WB. c. ICI Dulux, Life Master 9100 Low Odor / 0 VOC Flat. d. KeIIy-Moore, Enviro-Cote Interior Acrylic Flat Wall Paint (Low VOC), 1 500. e. PPG, Pure Performance Interior Eggshell Latex 9-100. f. Rodda Paint, Horizon Interior Zero VOC Satin 523501. g. Sherwin-Williams Harmony Interior Latex Eg-Shel B9W951. 2. Satin (Level 3): a. Benjamin Moore h. Columbia Paint c. ICI Dulux Life Master 9300 Low Odor / 0 VOC Eggshell. d. K -Hy, -Moore e. PPG, Pure Performance Interior Eggshell Latex 9-300. f. Rodda Paint g. Sherwin-Williams 3. Semi -Gloss (Level 5): a. Benjamin Moore Pristine Eco Spec Int. Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel 224 b. ICI Dulux Life Master 9200 Low Odor / 0 VOC Semi Gloss. c. KeIIy-Moore, ENVIRO-COTE Interior Acrylic Semi -Gloss Enamel (Low VOC), 1520. d. Columbia Paint, CGI Purecoat Low Odor Acrylic Semi -Gloss 05-572. e. ICI Paints Lifemaster 2000 Interior Semi -Gloss LM 9200. f. Kelly -Moore Enviro-Cote Int. Acrylic Semi -Gloss 1520. g. PPG Pure Performance Interior Semi -Gloss Latex 9-500. h. Rodda Paint, Horizon Interior Zero VOC Semi -Gloss 543501 i. Sherwin-Williams, Harmony Interior Latex Semi -Gloss B10W951. M. Interior Gypsum Board - General Use: 1. Acrylic Primer: a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer (253) b. ICI, Ultra -Hide, PVA Primer/Sealer, 1030. or Prep N Prime Hi Hide 1000 c. Kelly -Moore, Pre -Coat, Wallboard and Masonry Primer, 95-100. d. PPG Speedhide Interior Latex Primer Sealer, 6-2. e. Rodda Paint, Heavy Bodied Acrylic Scotseal, 507801x. f. Sherwin Williams, PrepRite 200. 2. Two Coat Acrylic Velvet Finish (Level 2): a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Eggshell Enamel (274). Date Saved: January 26,.2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 18 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING b. ICI, Dulux Professional Velvet Matt Finish, 1200. c. Kelly -Moore, STYRO-COTE Interior Latex Eggshell Enamel, 1007. d. PPG Speedhide Interior Eggshell Latex Enamel, 6-411 Series. e. Rodda Paint, Master Painter Pearl, 563101. f. Sherwin Williams: ProMar 200 EgShel B20W200. 3. Two Coat Acrylic Eggshell Finish (Level 3): a. Benjamin Moore, Super Spec Latex Eggshell Enamel 274 b. ICI Dulux Professional 1402 Acrylic Eggshell c. Kelly -Moore, STYRO-COTE Interior Latex Eggshell Enamel, 1007. d. PPG Satin Latex Interior Acrylic, 6-3511. e. Rodda Paint, Master Painter Satin 523101. f. Sherwin Williams, Interior Latex Egg Shell, B20W8521. N. Interior Gypsum Board - Gymnasium Walls: 1. Acrylic Primer: a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer (253) b. ICI, Dulux, PVA Primer/Sealer, 1030. or Prep N Prime Hi Hide 1000 c. Kelly -Moore, Pre -Coat, Wallboard and Masonry Primer, 95-100. d. PPG Speedhide Interior Latex Primer Sealer, 6-2. e. Rodda Paint, Heavy Bodied Acrylic Scotseal, 507801x. f. Sherwin Williams, PrepRite 200. 2. Two Coat Acrylic Satin Finish (Level 4): a. Benjamin Moore, Super Spec Latex Pearl Finish 277 b. ICI Dulux, Professional Acrylic Egg Shell, 1402. c. Kelly -Moore, PROFESSIONAL Interior Acrylic Satin Enamel, 1040. d. Parker, Pro Velvet, 9525. e. PPG Interior Satin Acryllic Latex 6-3511 Series. f. Rodda Paint, Unique II 100% Acrylic Enamel Low Gloss 532001. g. Sherwin Williams: ProMar 200, Interior Latex Semi -Gloss. O. Interior Gypsum Board - Utility Areas: Includes walls and ceilings of areas subject to moisture such as toilet rooms, janitor closets, and other utility areas subject to moisture. 1. Acrylic Primer: a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer (253) b. ICI, Dulux PVA Primer/Sealer, 1030. or Prep N Prime Hi Hide 1000 c. Kelly -Moore, ACRY-PRIME Interior Latex Primer/Sealer, 971. d. PPG Speedhide Interior Latex Primer Sealer, 6-2. e. Rodda Paint, Heavy Bodied Acrylic Scotseal, 507801x. f. Sherwin Williams, PrepRite, Interior Latex Primer, B28W200. 2. Two Coat Acrylic Semi -Gloss Finish (Level 5): a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel (276) b. ICI, Dulux Professional, Interior Latex Semi -Gloss 1406 Series. c. Kelly -Moore, PROFESSIONAL Interior Acrylic Semi -Gloss Enamel, 1050. d. PPG Speedhide Interior Semi -Gloss Latex Enamel, 6-500 Series. e. Rodda Paint, Master Painter Semi -Gloss, 543101x. f. Sherwin-Williams, ProMar 200 Semi -Gloss B31 W200. P. Interior Gypsum Board - Utility Areas (Tile -Like Finish): Includes walls and ceilings of areas subject to moisture such as toilet rooms, janitor closets, and other utility areas subject to moisture. 1. Acrylic Primer: Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 19 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL . SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer (253) b.. ICI, Dulux PVA Primer/Sealer, 1030or Prep N Prime Hi Hide 1000 c. Kelly -Moore, ACRY-PRIME interior Latex Primer/Sealer, 971. d. PPG Speedhide Interior Latex Primer Sealer, 6-2. e. Rodda Paint, Heavy Bodied Acrylic Scotseal, 507801x. f. Sherwin Williams, PrepRite, Interior Latex Primer, B28W200. 2. Two Coat, Waterborne Epoxy Finish: a. Benjamin Moore, Super Spec Acrylic Epoxy Coating 256 b. ICI Dulux, Devoe, Tru -Glaze WB, 4408 Gloss. c. Kelly -Moore, ENVIRA-PDXY, 7100. d. PPG, Aquapon WB Waterborne Semi -Gloss Epoxy. Coating, 98-1 Series. e. Rodda Paint, Cloverdale Ecologic WB Epoxy, 70503. f. Sherwin-Williams, Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, B70 Series. Q. Interior Gypsum Board - Walls to Receive Wall Coverings and Visual Display Surfaces: One Coat: Waterborne Primer/Sealer, Vapor Barrier, perm rating less than 1.0. 1. Primer: a. Benjamin Moore, Super Spec Vapor Barrier Primer 260 b. ICI Dulux, 1060 Prep N Prime Vapor Barrier c. Kelly -Moore, Vapor -Shield Wallboard & Masonry Primer/Sealer, 95-500 d. PPG ,Seal Grip Interior Wall Covering Primer 17-971. e. Rodda Paint, Vapor Block 507901. f. Sherwin-Williams, Vapor Barrier, B72W00001. 3.16 EXPOSED MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK IN FINISHED SPACES A. Ferrous Metal Ducts, Exposed Piping, and Conduit (Except Stainless Steel): As specified this Section for ferrous metal - paint finish. B. Exposed Galvanized Ducts, Piping, and Conduit: 1. Acrylic Primer: Gray color. Red primer not accepted. a. Benjamin Moore, Acrylic Metal Primer (M04). b. ICI Dulux, Ultra -Hide, Aquacrylic Gripper stain Killer Primer -Sealer; 3210-1200 or Deveflex DTM Flat Waterborne Primer and Finish, 4020. c. Kelly -Moore, K -M 1725 KEL-GUARD Acrylic Metal Primer. d. PPG, Int/Ext Seal Grip Acrylic Latex Stain Blocking Primer, 17-921. e. Rodda Paint, First Coat 100% Acrylic Primer, 501601x. f. Sherman -Williams, DTM Primer/Finish, B66W1. 2. Two Coat Acrylic Semi -Gloss Finish (Level 5): a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel (276). b. Kelly -Moore, PROFESSIONAL Interior Acrylic Semi -Gloss Enamel, 1050. c. ICI Dulux Professional, Interior Latex Semi -Gloss, 1406 Series. d. PPG, Speedhide, Interior Semi -Gloss Latex, 6-500. e. Rodda Paint, Master Painter, Interior Semi -Gloss Latex, 543101. f. Sherwin Williams, Quali-Kote, Interior Semi -Gloss Latex, A26WQ8001. 3. Two Coat Acrylic High -Gloss Finish (Level7): a. Benjamin Moore, Impervex Latex High Gloss Metal & Wood Enamel (309). b. ICI, Devoe 4408 Tru Glaze WB Epoxy Gloss c. Kelly -Moore, Dura-Poxy+ Gloss Acrylic Enamel, 1680. d. PPG, Pitt -Tech Int/Ext Gloss DTM Industrial Latex Enamel, 90-374 Series. e. Rodda, Unique II High Gloss 100% Acrylic Enamel 55200xx. f. Sherwin Williams, Pro Classic Waterborne Enamel, B21-20 Series. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 20 of 21 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 099000 09819.00 PAINTING AND COATING C. Exposed Cloth Insulation Coverings for Pipes and Ductwork: 1. Undercoat: Drywall joint compound thinned with Latex Sealer to working consistency. 2. Acrylic Primer: a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer (253). b. ICI, Dulux Prep N Prime 1000 Hi Hide Primer Sealer. c. Kelly -Moore, PRE -COTE, Wall and Masonry Primer, 95-100. d. PPG, Seal -Grip Interior Latex Enamel Undercoater, 17-955. e. Rodda Paint, First Coat 100% Acrylic Primer, 501601x. f. Sherwin Williams, PrepRite Classic, B28W101. 3. Two Coat Acrylic Eggshell Finish (Level 3): a. Benjamin Moore, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex, Pearl Enamel (277). b. ICI, Dulux Professional, Interior Latex Eggshell, 1402 Series. c. Kelly -Moore, PROFESSIONAL Interior Acrylic Eggshell Enamel, 1010. d. PPG, Speedhide Interior Eggshell Latex Enamel, 6-411 Series. Ultra -Hide, Acrylic Eggshell Enamel, 1412. e. Rodda Paint, Master Painter Pearl, 563101x. f. Sherwin Williams, ProMar 200 EgShel B20W200. D. Inside of Ducts, Where Visible from Room: 1. Same treatment as specified for galvanized and ferrous metal surfaces. 2. Two Coat Acrylic Flat Finish: As specified this Section for each materials. Dull black color. E. Exposed Registers, Grilles, Exposed Conduit, Electric Cabinets, and Unfinished Portions of Cast-iron Fixtures Exposed to View: 1. Same treatments as specified for applicable materials. 2. Acrylic Finish Coat: As specified this Section for each materials. Match adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\099000 Permit Set RAHS Painting & Coating.Doc 099000 - 21 of 2.1 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101 100 09819.00 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS SECTION 101100 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Porcelain enamel markerboards for use with liquid type colored marker pens. 2. Linoleum.tackboards and tackstrip inserts in maprails. 3. Aluminum frames and accessories. 4. Mounting systems for markerboards and tackboards. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 061000 2. Section 062000 3. Section 054000 4. Section 092216 5. Section 092900 6. Section 099000 7. Section 101146 surface. - Rough Carpentry - Finish Carpentry - Cold -Formed Metal Framing - Non -Structural Metal Framing - Gypsum Board - Painting and Coatings - Visual Display Fabrics: Field installed tackboard wall 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM A424 - Specification for Steel Sheet for Porcelain Enameling 2. ASTM 8221 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate wall elevations, dimensions, joint locations, and anchoring details. Indicate finishes and accessories. C. Product Data: Published descriptive literature for each specified visual display board type. D. Color Samples: Include for porcelain enameled steel markerboards, tackboard linoleum, and accessories on actual material. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include mounting instructions, limitations, and conditions requiring special procedures. F. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. G. Closeout Submittals: 1. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's cleaning and maintenance instructions covering both routine (daily or weekly) and long-term (yearly or longer) operations. 2. Warranty: Executed copy of manufacturer's warranty. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 101 100 Permit Set RAHS Visual Display Units.Doc 101 100 - 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101 100 09819.00 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS H. LEED Submittals: 1. • Product Data for Credit EQ 4.4: For composite wood products, documentation indicating that the product contains no urea formaldehyde. 2. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: For adhesives, including printed statement of VOC content and chemical components. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in work of this Section with not less than 3 years documented experience. B. Provide work of this Section under direction of a single manufacturer, supplier, or fabricator. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE. AND HANDLING A. Conform to provision of Section 016600. B. Deliver in protective packaging, clearly labeled with manufacturers name and product. C. Do not deliver until building is fully enclosed and environmentally conditioned. D. Store boards in edge and in manner to prevent warp and to protect from moisture. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Coordinate with Section 061000 and Section 092216, for solid continuous wall backing behind gypsum board finishes to support work of this Section. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Manufacturer: Full repair or replacement warranty for life of original installation, against color fading, crazing, cracking, and flaking of markerboard surface. 1.8 MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Section 017823. B. Manufacturer's instructions for proper care and cleaning. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MARKER BOARD MANUFACTURERS A. PolyVision, 500 Series, or 210 Series specified for type and quality, as supplied by PBS Supply. 1. Tel (253) 395-5550 / (206) 623-5460, Fax (253) 395-5575/ (206) 623-9831, Email info@pbssupply.com (David Strecker / Brett Barkus / David Sanchez). 2. Website http://www.pbssupply.com / http://www.polyvision.com Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 101100 Permit Set RAHS Visual Display Units.Doc 101100 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101 100 09819.00 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS B. Claridge Products and Equipment Inc., Series 1 1. Tel (510) 351-8183 (Western Division, Reg Davidson). 2. Website http://www.claridgeproducts.com C. ADP / Lemco Inc. 1. Tel (801) 280-4000, Fax (801) 280-4040, Email cs@adplemco.com (Ron Bryce, Ext 214). 2. Website http://www.adp-lemco.com D. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of 012500. 2.2 LINOLEUM MANUFACTURERS A. Forbo Industries, Inc., Bulletin board. 1. Tel (206) 325-2000, (800) 342-0604 Ext 497, FAX (206) 842-0889, Email mlkorslund@msn.com (Martha Korslund, Mfrs Rep). 2. Tel (800) 342-0604 Ext 437, Email qberv@forbo-industries.com (Gene Berg, District Mgr). 3. Website www.forbolinoleumNA.com. B. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of 012500. 2.3 MARKERBOARDS (MB) A. Markerboard Face Sheet: PolyVision, Alliance Ceramicsteel P3, specified for type and quality. 1. Base metal: 24 gauge pre -cleaned and treated enameling grade steel, conforming to ASTM A424. 2. Ground Coat: Ceramic frit fused to both sides of metal in firing operation 3. Color Coat: Ceramic frit fused to one side in firing operation of between 700 degrees F to 800 degrees F. 4. Texture: Smooth writing surface, suitable for use with felt tipped, dry marker pens. B. Core: 1/2 inch thick, 40 psf density industrial grade particleboard, made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde. C. Backing Sheet: Moisture retardant aluminum foil or other low perm sheeting. 2.4 TACKBOARDS (TB) AND VISUAL DISPLAY RAILS (VDR) A. Linoleum Tack Surface: Forbo, Bulletin Board Linoleum. B. Linoleum: 1/4 inch thick self healing composition consisting of cork granules, oxidized linseed oil, and pine resin with homogenous coloring throughout and burlap backing. C. Core: 1/2 inch or 3/8 inch thick, 40 psf density industrial grade particleboard or 1/4 inch thick, tempered hardboard D. Backing Sheet: 0.005 inch moisture proof aluminum foil, except at adhesive applied. installations. E. Tackboards with Exposed Edges: Make smooth even edges, fill voids, and make smooth finished particleboard edge suitable for transparent finish. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 101 100 Permit Set RAHS Visual Display Units.Doc 101100-3of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101 100 09819.00 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 2.5 ALUMINUM ACCESSORIES A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221, 6063 alloy, T5 or T6 Temper. B. Perimeter Trim: Extruded aluminum, 3/4 [1.25] inch wide, 0.062 inch minimum thickness, wrapped and mitered corners, reinforced corner clips, no exposed fasteners on face. Place butt joint at the top of the display board. C. Eraser Tray: 1. Extruded aluminum, box -type tray with slanting face and marker pen grooves. 2. Enclose with cast aluminum end caps. Plastic not accepted. 3. Extend full length of each markerboard with no intermediate joints. 4. Provide eraser tray cut to length at all markerboard locations. Do not install an eraser tray at markerboard locations in the gym. D. Visual Display Rails (VDR): 1. Markerboards and Tackboards: Aluminum channel units with 1 inch wide tackstrip insert at top frame. 2. Walls: Aluminum channel units with 2-3 inch wide tackstrip insert. Continuous units mounted to walls, as shown on Drawings. E. Cast Aluminum Visual Display Rail Accessories: 1. End Stop: Both ends of each visual display rail. 2. Clips or Brackets: Two pair for each 4 feet of visual display rail. 3. Flag Holder: One for each classroom and lab. 2.6 MOUNTING SYSTEMS A. Mounting Accessories: Concealed, no exposed fasteners on face of frame. 1. Top: Wall mounted hanger clips or mounting rail, panel mounted hanger clips. 2. Bottom: Angle clips or J -clips. B. Mounting Accessories for Portable Boards: PBS, E-797 continuous wall mounted hanging rail, board mounted hanging hooks, pressure plate with machine screws at top, and rubber bumper at bottom of unit, allowing for removal and relocating boards at different locations. Designed to mount securely and rigidly place without movement. C. Fasteners: Screws with square drive heads. Type S, or as suitable for fastening into metal studs and sheet metal backing channel specified under Section 092216. D. Adhesive: Mildew -resistant, nonstaining adhesive, for use with specific tack wall panels and substrate application, as recommended in writing by visual display surface manufacturer, and with a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.7 FABRICATION A. Factory assemble markerboard and tackboard units, and visual display rails / tackstrip units. B. Bond facing to backing as necessary for rigid permanent panel units. C. Miter joints and corners to a neat hairline closure. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 101 100 Permit Set RAHS Visual Display Units.Doc 101100 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101 100 09819.00 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS D. Fabricate with minimum number of joints, balanced around center of board, with no joint less than longest standard,fabricated length, except provide joints where shown on Drawings. 2.8 FINISHES A. Aluminum: Clear anodized, satin finished. B. Markerboards: PolyVision, Alliance Ceramicsteel, 6100H -White High Gloss. Verify selection with Owner prior to fabrication. C. Tackboards: As selected by Architect. 1. Forbo, Color No. D. Exposed Edges at Unframed Tackboard: Transparent polyurethane sealer. No stain. E. Fasteners and accessories: Match aluminum finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify installation of wood or sheet metal backing for support of visual display boards: C. Verify substrate surfaces structurally sound, smooth, clean and dry. 3.2 FIELD ASSEMBLED TACKBOARD A. Field assemble tackable wall surfaces and boards too long or otherwise unsuitable for factory assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Tackboard Linoleum: Maintain at room temperature for 24 hours prior to installation. Unroll linoleum and lay flat on floor or other flat surface overnight before installation. C. Cutting Linoleum: 1. Lay linoleum face up (burlap backing down) on top of protective covering to avoid cutting damage to floor. Cut with razor sharp utility knife, using metal straight edge for guide. 2. Where linoleum is fits against side walls, cabinets, and other surfaces, cut slightly oversized to give tight fit at edges. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install continuous wall mounted mounting rails or clips, and bottom clip angles with screws into solid backing. Locate as necessary to prevent bowing or sagging of panels. C. Set plumb, level and true and in alignment with other units and adjacent construction. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 101100 Permit Set RAHS Visual Display Units.Doc 101100-5of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101100 09819.00 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS D. Hang markerboards and tackboards from wall mounted mounting rail or clip. Fasten bottom of frame into leg of angle. Do not fasten into face of frame. E. Hang portable markerboards and tackboards on mounting rail system, securely in place, and as necessary to allow for ease of removal and relocation to other locations. 3.4 CLEANING A. Upon completion, clean markerboard, tackboard, and tackstrip surfaces. Leave free form defects at time of final acceptance. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Reinstall makerboards, tackboards and visual display rails out of alignment, or not plumb. 3.6 BREAKING -IN WRITING BOARDS A. After cleaning, break-in writing board surface in accordance with manufacturer's directions. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 101 100 Permit Set RAHS Visual Display Units.Doc 101100 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101 146 09819.00 VISUAL DISPLAY FABRICS SECTION 101146 VISUAL DISPLAY FABRICS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Field installed dry erase wall coverings. 2. Field installed tackable wall surfaces. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry 2. Section 062000 - Finish Carpentry 3. Section 054000 - Cold Rolled Metal Framing 4. Section 092216 - Non -Structural Metal Wall Framing 5. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Published descriptive literature for each specified visual display surface type. C. Samples: 6 inch by 6 inch samples of each type and color specified. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include mounting instructions, limitations, and conditions requiring special procedures. E. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in work of this Section with not Tess than 5 years documented experience. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE. AND HANDLING A. Conform to provision of Section016600. B. Deliver in protective packaging, clearly labeled with manufacturers name and product. C. Do not deliver until building is fully enclosed and environmentally conditioned. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 101 146 Permit Set RAHS Visual Display Fabrics.Doc 101146 - 1 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101 146 09819.00 VISUAL DISPLAY FABRICS 1.6 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Coordinate with Section 092216 for gypsum board finishes to support work of this Section. C. Coordinate with Section 09900 for paint finishes of this Section. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Dry Erase Wall Covering: 5 years not to crack, chip, check, or peel; to resist staining and yellowing; and to show no appreciable fade when used with the appropriate dry erase markers and properly cleaned and maintained. C. Tackable Wall Surface: Full repair or replacement warranty for life of original installation, against color fading, crazing, cracking, and flaking of markerboard surface. 1.8 MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Section 017823. B. Manufacturer's instructions for proper care and cleaning. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DRY ERASE WALL COVERING MANUFACTURER A. Walltalkers, Erase -Rite 1. Tel (800) 820-9255. Donna Nealy (KoroSeal) 2. Website: www.walltalkers.com B. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of 012500. 2.2 TACKABLE WALL SURFACE MANUFACTURER A. Forbo Industries, Inc., Bulletin Board 1. Tel (206) 325-2000, (800) 342-0604 Ext 497, FAX (206) 842-0889, Email mlkorslund@msn.com (Martha Korslund, Mfrs Rep). 2. Tel (800) 342-0604 Ext 437, Email gbery@forbo-industries.com (Gene Berg, District Mgr). 3. Website www.forbolinoleumNA.com. B. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of 012500. 2.3 DRY ERASE WALL COVERING A. Physical Properties 1. Total Weight: 11 ounces per square yard 2. Fabric Weight: 11 ounces per square yard 3. Vinyl Weight: 8 ounces per square yard 4. Roll Width: 49/50 inch Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 101146 Permit Set RAHS Visual Display Fabrics.Doc 101146 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101 146 09819.00 VISUAL DISPLAY FABRICS 5. Laminate Thickness: 12 mils (average) 6. Tensile: 50 x 50 pounds 7. Elmendorf Tear: 25 x 20 scale (average) 8. Fabric: Non -Woven or Adhesive 9. Flammability Testing Class A, Tested to ASTM E84 2.4 TACKABLE WALL SURFACE A. Linoleum: 1/4 inch thick self healing composition consisting of cork granules, oxidized linseed oil, and pine resin with homogenous coloring throughout and burlap backing. 1. Sheet Width: 48 or 72 inches 2. Sheet Length: 10 lineal feet 3. Gauge: 1/4 inch 4. Fire Rating: a. ASTM E84 (Fuel Contribution) Class B b. NFPA 255 (Critical Radiant Flux) Class II 2.5 MOUNTING SYSTEMS A. Dry Erase Wall Covering Adhesives: As recommended by wall covering manufacturer. B. Tackable Wall Fabric Adhesives: Linoleum paste, waterborne, as recommended by manufacturer. 2.6 FINISHES A. Dry Erase Wall Coverings: As selected by Architect. B. Tackable Wall Surfaces: As selected by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify substrate surfaces structurally sound, smooth, clean and dry. C. Verify that gypsum board has been prepared to a Level 4 Finish in accordance with Section 092216. 3.2 DRY ERASE WALL COVERINGS A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Reverse roll installation at a minimum of 1 hour before installing to prevent memory curl. C. Vertical joints should not occur less than 6 inches from the outside and inside corners. D. Do not stretch the material to butt seams. E. Do not install wall covering unless the temperatures in the working and storage areas are at least 55 degrees F. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 101 146 Permit Set RAHS Visual Display Fabrics.Doc 101146-3of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101 146 09819.00 VISUAL DISPLAY FABRICS F. Do not puncture air bubbles under the surface. 3.3 TACKABLE WALL SURFACE A. Field assemble linoleum tackable wall surfaces and boards too long or otherwise unsuitable for factory assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Maintain linoleum at room temperature for 24 hours prior to installation. Unroll linoleum and lay flat on floor or other flat surface overnight before installation. C. Cutting Linoleum: 1. Lay linoleum face up (burlap backing down) on top of protective covering to avoid cutting damage to floor. Cut with razor sharp utility knife, using metal straight edge for guide. 2. Where linoleum is fits against side walls, cabinets, and other surfaces, cut slightly oversized to give tight fit at edges. 3. Bevel perimeter edges and edges at joints. 3.4 CLEANING A. Upon completion, clean dry erase wall coverings and tackable wall surfaces. Leave free form defects at time of final acceptance. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 101 146 Permit Set RAHS Visual Display Fabrics.Doc 101146-4of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101416 09819.00 PLAQUES SECTION 101416 PLAQUES PART 1 GENERAL SUMMARY Section Includes: Commemorative plaque located at building interior. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 2. Section 034500 3. Section 042114 4. Section 042200 1.2 SUBMITTALS - Cast -In -Place Concrete - Precast Architectural Concrete - Brick Veneer Masonry - Concrete Unit Masonry A. Submit under provision of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Show layout, dimensions, letter font and style, materials, finishes, mounting details, anchoring methods, support systems, components, fittings, and parts required for complete installation. C. Product Data: Include published literature to describe manufactured products and components. Include installation instructions where applicable. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions including instructions for concealed mounting to wall surfaces for cast aluminum signs. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sign Fabricator Qualifications: 1. Company with employees specializing in work of this Section, regularly engaged in the fabrication and installation of cast plaques, skilled in lettering and letter spacing for consistent and optically correct appearance. 2. Able to document minimum 5 years experience performing work of this Section. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 034500 for plant precast concrete copings at concrete masonry unit site sign. C. Section 042200 for installation of stud mounting rods into concrete masonry wall systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Gemini, Inc. 1. Tel (800) 538-8377, Fax (800) 421-1256, CeII (209) 483-7198, Email billm- gemini@att.net (Bill Melton, Field Tech Specialist). 2. Website http://www.signletters.com. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\101416 Permit Set RAHS Plaques.Doc 101416 - 1 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101416 09819.00 PLAQUES B. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 COMMEMORATIVE PLAQUE A. Cast aluminum free from pits, blow holes, and other imperfections. B. Letters: Clean cut, accurately spaced, and aligned. C. Layout and Profile: As shown on Drawings. D. Letters, Boarders, Numbers, and Ornament: Hand chased and satin finished. E. Background: Acid etched to a dark contrasting color, as accepted by Architect. F. Concealed Mounting: Stainless steel threaded studs for mechanical attachment to wall. 2.3 SIGN MESSAGES AND LAYOUT A. Refer to Drawings for complete layout and message for each sign. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare mounting attachment holes into walls from manufacturer's template. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Conform to sign fabricator's instructions. B. Install level, plumb, at optimal letter spacing, and at indicated heights and locations. C. Cast Aluminum Commemorative Plaque: Mount on concrete wall with concealed stainless steel threaded stud fasteners. Set threaded studs into drilled holes defined by manufacturer's template, cement in place, and seal with silicone sealant. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged signs and finishes for no evidence of corrective work or replace with new. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 101416 Permit Set RAHS Plaques.Doc 101416-2of2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101419 09819.00 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE SECTION 101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast aluminum sign letters flush mounted on Building exterior. 2. Precast concrete site sign with recessed letters. . B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 - Cast -In -Place Concrete 2. Section 034500 - Precast Architectural Concrete 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provision of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Show layout, dimensions, letter font and style, materials, finishes, mounting details, anchoring methods, support systems, components, fittings, and parts required for complete installation. C. Product Data: Include published literature to describe manufactured products and components. Include installation instructions where applicable. D. Samples: 1. Removable Acrylic Letter for Cast Concrete Site Sign: One full size letter of specified font and size. Approved sample letters in good condition may be used in the work. 2. Aluminum Letter Samples: Full size letter of specified font, and finish. Approved sample in good condition may be used in the work. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions including instructions for concealed mounting to wall surfaces for cast aluminum signs. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sign Fabricator Qualifications: 1. Company with employees specializing in work of this Section. 2. Full service sign company, regularly engaged in the fabrication and installation of specialty signs, skilled in lettering and letter spacing for consistent and optically correct appearance. 3. Able to document minimum 5 years experience performing work of this Section. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Cast -In -Place Plastic Letters: Coordinate with Section 033000 to include supervising signage layout and installation into concrete forms and for removal of plastic cast -in letters. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \101419 Permit Set RAHS Dimensional Letter Signage.Doc • 101419-1 oft RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101419 09819.00 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE C. Cast Aluminum Letters: Coordinate backing in metal stud wall framed construction required under Section 05410 for exterior Building letters mounted on exterior wall panels. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CAST ALUMINUM SIGNS A. Exterior Aluminum Letters Mounted on Building: Manufactured letters, cast from aluminum alloy B. Style: Flat faced, square edged, 1/2 inch deep. C. Finish: Factory applied baked -on electrostatic powder coat or enamel coating for high build finish of ceramic appearance and hardness. D. Font: As shown on Drawings E. Concealed Mounting on Wall: Flush mounted, using stainless steel threaded studs and expansion fittings with 1/4 inch hold -offs. Coat back of sign letters to protect aluminum from corrosion due to contact with concrete. F. Message: As shown on Drawings, and as accepted by Owner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. 3.2 _ PREPARATION A. Prepare mounting attachment holes into walls from manufacturer's template. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with sign fabricator's instructions, Codes, and Contract Documents. B. Install level, plumb, at optimal letter spacing, and at indicated heights and locations. C. Cast Aluminum Letters: 1. Mount on exterior walls with concealed fasteners. 2. Set threaded studs into expansion anchors set into drilled holes defined by manufacturer's template, cement in place, and seal with silicone sealant to prevent water intrusion. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged signs and finishes for no evidence of corrective work or replace with new. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 F:\ Raisbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs\ Files Ready To Print\ 101419 Permit Set RAHS Dimensional Letter Signage.Doc 101419 - 2 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101424 09819.00 LAMINATED PLASTIC PANEL SIGNAGE SECTION 101424 LAMINATED PLASTIC PANEL SIGNAGE GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Engraved laminated plastic access signs. 2. Fasteners and accessories. 3. Signage Schedule, following this Section. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 042200 - Concrete Unit Masonry 2. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board 3. Section 092600 - Veneer Plastering 4. Section 099000 Painting and Coatings 5. Division 21 - Fire Suppression 6. Division 22 - Plumbing 7. Division 23 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning 8. Division 26 - Electrical 9. Division 32 - Exterior Improvements 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. International Code Council (ICC) / American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ICC/ANSI Al 17.1 Standard on Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities C. US Department of Transportation (US DOT): FHWA Color Tolerance Chart. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Full scale•drawings for each sign type, illustrating construction, dimensions, and kerning of text and Braille. C. Product Data: Published descriptive data indicating materials, signage fabrication, and limitations. D. Samples: One full size sample of each sign type specified in colors selected by Architect. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide plastic signs by or under responsibility of single manufacturer or fabricator. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 101424 Permit Set RAHS Laminated Plastic Panel Signage.Doc 101424 - 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101424 09819.00 LAMINATED PLASTIC PANEL SIGNAGE 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer/Fabricator: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 5 years experience manufacturing commercial quality signs of comparable type and scope as work of this Project. 2. Maintain sufficient production capacity to produce signs in timely manner to meet construction schedule. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of regulatory agencies specified by Section 014100. B. Accessibility Requirements: 1. State of Washington, WAC 51-50-1100, Chapter 11 Accessibility. 2. US DOT requirements. 1.7 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver signs packaged to prevent damage and loss and labeled as to type, style, and use. C. Store in secure areas, protected from damage and adverse conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Engraving Plastic: High impact acrylic, matte, engraving plastic. Two-ply factory laminated with clear lamination over integral colored lamination, 1/8 inch thick, UV stable (suitable for outdoor use), fire -retardant. 1. Rowmark, Ultra -Mattes. 2. Hermes, 2-Plex Matte. B. Cast Acrylic Sheet: Methyl methacrylate monomer plastic sheeting in sizes indicated, 1/8 inch thick, satin (non glare) finish. C. Applique Plastic for Tactile Text and Numbers: Modified acrylic, integral color throughout, adhesive backed, 1/32 inch thick. 1. Rowmark, ADA Applique. 2. Hermes, Gravo-Tac. D. Braille: Raster Braille, Rasters Brite -Dot, clear, Grade 2. 2.2 PLASTIC SIGN FABRICATION A. Fabricate signs of engraving plastic with tactile text and Braille, conforming to ICC/ANSI Al 17.1. B. Accessible Signs - Tactile Text and Pictograms: 1. 1/32 inch raised text on engraving plastic. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \101424 Permit Set RAHS Laminated Plastic Panel Signage.Doc 101424 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101424 09819.00 LAMINATED PLASTIC PANEL SIGNAGE 2. Colored applique plastic, adhesive or chemically applied to engraving plastic, and rotary engraved. a. Edges: Smooth, slightly beveled, free of burrs and flaws. b. Corners: Radiu. c. Text: Aligned and evenly spaced. C. Accessible Signs - Tactile Braille: 1. 1/32 inch raised, 1/2 inch high text and Braille on engraving plastic. 2. Mechanically and adhesively set into engraving plastic. 3. Match Braille message to tactile sign text. D. Permanent Non -Tactile Text, Graphics, and Illustrations (Directional and informational signs not required to be tactile such as maximum occupant load signs): 1. Reverse Engraved Signage: Reverse engrave through colored engraving plastic back ply and back paint text color so that image appears through clear face ply. 2. Silk-screened Signage: Apply silkscreen color to back ply of clear acrylic sheets. Apply text either subsurface or colored applique over silkscreen. E. Window Slots for Temporary Non -Tactile Text on Paper: 1. Sign Field: Acrylic sheet, silkscreened on backside. 2. Window: Clear acrylic. 3. Paper Insert: Size and depth sufficient to fit Owner supplied text message on 65-80 pound slip -in paper card stock. F. Margins and justification: Center justified, evenly spaced, and as shown on Drawings. 2.3 LETTERS AND NUMBERS A. Font: Sans Serif 1. Helvetica Light. B. Font Size: 1. Text Letters: 5/8 inch minimum to 2 inch high maximum, as indicated on Drawings. 2. Room Numbers: Minimum 1-1/2 inch high, as indicated on Drawings. Height above Floor to Baseline of Character Horizontal Viewing Distance Minimum Character Height 3-'4" to 5'-10" Less than 6 feet 5/8 inch 3-'4" to 5'-10" 6 feet and greater 5/8 inch plus 1/8 inch per foot of viewing distance above 6 feet Greater than 5'-10" to 10-0" Less than 15 feet 2 inches Greater than 5'-10" to 10-0" 15 feet and greater 2 inches plus 1/8 inch per foot of viewing distance above 15 feet Greater than 10'-0" Less than 21 feet 3 inches Greater than 10'-0" 21 feet and greater 3 inches plus 1/8 inch per foot of viewing distance above 21 feet Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \101424 Permit Set RAHS Laminated Plastic Panel Signage.Doc 101424-3of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101424 09819.00 LAMINATED PLASTIC PANEL SIGNAGE C. Font Width to Height Ratio: Between 3:5 and 1:1 width to height ratio and between 1:5 and 1:10 stroke width to height ratio. D. Font Case: 1. Tactile Text: Upper case. 2. Non -Tactile Text: Can be upper case or lower case with initial capitals. Refer to signage schedule. E. Sign Width to Height Ratio: Stack letters as necessary to optimize height to width ratio and to fit location space on walls and doors. 2.4 PICTOGRAMS A. Accompany with equivalent verbal description placed directly below pictogram. B. Provide International Symbol of Accessibility at accessible rooms. C. Pictogram: 1. Height of Field: Minimum 6 inches high. 2. Height of Pictogram: Minimum 4 inches high. D. International Symbol of Accessibility: Face to the right. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Double Backed Tape: 3M Structural Adhesive Tape, or as instructed by manufacturer for best results. B. Backer Plates for Mounting Signs on Glass: Same size and color as sign, for mounting on reverse side of glass. C. Fasteners: 1. Screws: Self -tapping, square drive or spanner drive, pan head, #8 screws with black oxide finish. 2. Anchors: Toggler Anchor System, A6/AF6 - 1/4 inch, Alligator Solid -Wall Anchors. D. Adhesive: Neutral cure silicone, as instructed by manufacturer. E. Other: As necessary for secure and permanent mounting, including mounting to non- uniform surfaces, and as instructed by manufacturer. 2.6 FINISH AND COLOR A. Engraving Plastic Finish: Smooth, non -glare, matte texture. B. Cast Acrylic Sheet: Smooth, non -glare, matte texture. C. International Symbol of Accessibility Signs: White letters and blue field, conforming to Washington State Accessibility requirements 1. Field Color: Rowmark, Ultra -Mattes, NO. 342-541 Matte/Blueberry. 2. Letter and Pictogram Color: Rowmark, ADA Alternative, No. 311-204 Matte/White. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 101424 Permit Set RAHS laminated Plastic Panel Signage.Doc 101424 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101424 09819.00 LAMINATED PLASTIC PANEL SIGNAGE D. Other Signs: Refer to Section 099000 for "P" number colors. 1. Field Color: P-__. 2. Letter and Pictogram Color: P-__. 3. Top Border Color: P-__. 4. Bottom Border Color: P-__. E. Color Contrast: US DOT FHWA Color Tolerance Chart Guidelines, minimum 70 percent between field surfaces and letters and pictograms. F. Braille Rasters: Clear. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready before beginning work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify that signs will fit locations. Notify architect of discrepancies before fabrication. C. Verify actual wall surface prior to installation. Suggest alternative method of mounting, for acceptance by Architect, where surface is not appropriate for specified methods. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Verify clearance, anchorage method, and final location for each sign before installation. B. Clean and remove dust, dirt, soiling from surfaces to receive signs. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Mounting Location and Height of Signs: As shown on Drawings and as required by Code and Building Department. Conform to ICC/ANSI A117.1 guidelines. C. Mounting Signs on Doors: Where not shown on Drawings 1. Single Leaf Doors: Mount on wall adjacent to latch side of door, 60 inches above finished floor to the centerline of the sign, and 3 inches from door. 2. Pair of Doors with Active Leaves: Mount sign to adjacent wall. 3. Pair of Doors with One Inactive Leaf: Mount sign to inactive leaf. 4. Where there is no wall space on latch side of door or on the right side of the double doors, mount sign on nearest adjacent wall. D. Assume reasonable adjustment of location as part of basic work, at no additional cost. E. Install level, plumb, securely mounted, and in alignment with adjacent signs and construction. F. Coordinate with work of other Sections to schedule installation of sign units to finish surfaces. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \101424 Permit Set RAHS Laminated Plastic Panel Signage.Doc 101424 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101424 09819.00 LAMINATED PLASTIC PANEL SIGNAGE G. Mount signs with double backed adhesive tape or silicone adhesive on glass. Mount backer plates on opposite side of glass, aligned with signs. H. Mechanically mount signs with exposed fasteners with square head drives. 1. Secure at each corner of plastic signs through factory drilled holes. 2. Notify Architect where substrate is unsuitable for secure and permanent attachment. I. Occupant Load Signs: Locate over each door of rooms having occupant load of 50 or more and as shown on Drawings. Install in same manner as plastic signs. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect signs from abrasion and other damage during construction period. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Replace or repair damaged signs prior to Owner occupancy. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 101424 Permit Set RAHS Laminated Plastic Panel Signage.Doc 101424 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101463 09819.00 ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGNAGE SECTION 101463 ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Exterior aluminum reader board mounted on concrete pedestal base. B. Related Sections: 1 Section 031000 - Concrete Forming 2. Section 033000 - Cast -In -Place Concrete 3 Section 042200 - Concrete Unit Masonry 4. Section 055000 - Metal Fabrications 5. Section 087100 - Door Hardware 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM A36 - Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM Al 23 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coating on Iron and Steel Products 3. ASTM A500 - Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 4. ASTM A501 - Specification for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. 5. ASTM B209 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 6. ASTM B221 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 7. ASTM B241 - Specifications for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Tube, Extruded, Seamless. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Exterior sign cabinet framework of extruded aluminum channel frames and flush aluminum panel face. Lockable case with plastic glazing and aluminum hinged front. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provision of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Dimensioned elevations, framing layout, and details, illustrating, components, joints, fastening, anchoring, finishes, lettering layout, graphics, and as necessary for completion. C. Product Data: Published literature describing physical characteristics of manufactured materials and products. D. Plastic Letter Samples: Full size letter of specified font, and finish. Accepted sample in good condition may be used in work. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 2:55:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\101463 PERMIT SET RAHS ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGNAGE.DOC 101463 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101463 09819.00 ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGNAGE E. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide manufacturing, fabrication, and installation under single source responsibility. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Sign Manufacturer/Fabricator/Installer: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section, regularly engaged for minimum 5 year period in fabrication site signs of type and scope specified by this Section. 2. Accomplished technician skilled in sign graphics and letter design as necessary to achieve consistent and optically correct appearance. 1.7 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Conform to manufacturer's/fabricator's instructions. B. Do not deliver to site until immediately prior to installation. C. Deliver sign in protective packaging bearing identifying labels as to manufacturer/fabricator and contents. D. Store and handle away from construction activities and as necessary to prevent marring, staining, denting, and other damage. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 01311 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 055000 for structural steel framing for support of exterior readerboard. C. Section 03300 for cast -in or built-in anchors and mounting hardware cast into concrete foundation. Provide templates to locate anchor bolts and mounting hardware by other Sections. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 01778. B. Manufacturer/Fabricator: Provide 5 year Warranty against defective workmanship and installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Daktronics, Inc. 1. Tel (866) 625-1298 / (206) 763-6434, Fax (206) 763-9160, Email mjones@daktronics.com (Daktronics, Inc. / Kyle Williams / Mario Jones). 2. Website http://www.daktronics.com B. Nevco Scoreboard Company SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 2:55:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \101463 PERMIT SET RAHS ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGNAGE.DOC 101463 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101463 09819.00 ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGNAGE 1. Tel (800) 851-4040 ext 150, Fax (618) 664-0398, Emial: jbone@nevco.com (Jeff Bone) 2. Website: http://www.nevcoscoreboards.com C. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Panel: ASTM B209, 5052 alloy, H14 or H34 temper, 0.125 inch thick, bendable, weldable. B. Aluminum Channel Frame Extrusions: ASTM B221, 6063 alloy, T5 or T6 temper, 0.125 inch thick, square corners. C. Steel Angle and Plate: ASTM A36., D. Steel Framing and Plate: ASTM A123 galvanized. E. Tubular Steel: ASTM A500, cold formed or ASTM A501, hot formed. F. joint Sealants: DOW 795 at non -porous to non -porous surfaces, and as specified Section 07900. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Conform to Contract Document provisions. Where fabricator's methods may differ from that specified, verify with Architect, and obtain acceptance before beginning work. B. Fabricate sign in largest practical sizes for job site delivery, to minimize field fabrication. C. Fabricate interior framework of 1-1 /2 inch by 1-1 /2 inch steel tube or steel angle with welded joints. D. Make provisions for mounting pedestal base to base plate at cast in anchor, as necessary for secure permanent attachment. Predrill holes for anchor bolt connection at foundation pedestal. E. Conceal fasteners and welded connection at exposed surfaces where possible. F. Fabricate sign perimeter channel frame, aluminum tube posts, and flush face panels as necessary for frameless appearance with hairline joints, true and aligned with sign components. G. Fabricate sign panel connections to permit removal and replacement without damaging or dismantling sign. H. Fill joints with silicone joint sealant to make interior of sign watertight. 2.4 GLAZING A. Polycarbonate Glazing: ANSI Z97.1, plastic compound, clear, untinted. • SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 2:55:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\ 101463 PERMIT SET RAHS ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGNAGE.DOC 101463 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101463 09819.00 ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGNAGE B. Polycarbonate Sheet: 0.236 inch gauge sheet for vertical glazing, silicone abrasion resistant coating both sides, UV resistant coating. 1. Lexan MR10. 2. Sheffield Hyzod AR. 2.5 HARDWARE A. Padlock: 6 pin tumbler locks keyed to building system. Refer to Section 08710. B. Hinges: Continuous piano stainless steel hinges with stainless steel pins. 2.6 FINISHES AND COLORS A. Exposed Aluminum and Steel: 1. Pre-treatment: Clean and pre -treat as instructed by manufacturer for optimal adhesion. 2. Primer: PPG 48, epoxy automotive primer. 3. Finish Coat: Single stage acrylic polyurethane, two coats, 4 mil wet film thickness, high gloss finish. 4. Paint Color: As selected by Architect. B. Letter Color: Black. C. Joint Sealant: Black or same color as sign face, as accepted by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with provisions of Contract Documents. Where in conflict with more suitable methods, verify with Architect before beginning work. B. Install level, plumb, aligned with adjacent construction, and as indicated for height and location. C. Make welded connections, except where mechanical or other connections are necessary. 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Sign Face Panel and Exposed Components: Free of warps, buckles, distortions, opening up of joints, and signs of stress at welds and connections. B. Installation: Plumb, level, and true. Maximum to 1/8 inch variation between top and bottom of sign. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Repair damaged signs and finishes to conceal evidence of corrective work, or replace with new, as instructed by Architect. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 2:55:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \101463 PERMIT SET RAHS ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGNAGE.DOC 101463 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 101463 09819.00 ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGNAGE B. Make repairs and adjustments for fabrication not conforming to specified requirements as instructed by Architect. 3.5 CLEANING A. Leave premises clean, free from residue due to work of this Section. B. Clean sign face and exposed components using water, soft cloth, mild detergent to prevent scratching and damage to finish. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect signs from damage during Work of this Contract, prior to Owner occupancy. END OF SECTION SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 2:55:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \101463 PERMIT SET RAHS ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGNAGE.DOC 101463 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL. SECTION 102113 09819.00 SOLID PLASTIC (HPDE) TOILET COMPARTMENTS SECTION 102113 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS (HDPE) PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Floor mounted, overhead braced, solid high density polyethylene (HDPE) plastic toilet compartments. 2. Wall mounted solid high density polyethylene (HDPE) urinal screens. 3. Heavy duty institutional quality hardware and fasteners. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 092216 - Non -Structural Metal Framing 2. Section 092117 - Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies 3. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board 4. Section 093000 - Tile 5. Section 102813 - Toilet Accessories 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American National Standards (ANSI): ICC/ANSI Al 17.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. 2. ASTM D256 - Test Methods for Determining the Pendulum Impact Resistance of Notched Specimens of Plastics. 3. ASTM D635 - Test Method for Rate of Burning and /Or Extent and Time of Burning of Self-supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position. 4. ASTM D746 - Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. 5. ASTM D638 - Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastic. 6. ASTM D1505 - Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density -Gradient Technique. 7. ASTM D1822 - Standard Test Method for Tensile -Impact Energy to Break Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 8. ASTM D1929 - Test Method for Determining Ignition Properties of Plastic. 9. ASTM D2843 - Test Method for Density of Smoke from the Burning or Decomposition of Plastics. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Include fabrication and erection drawings showing partition plan, elevations, dimensions, wall and floor anchorage, partition connections, and edge treatment. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \102113 Permit Set RAHS Solid Plastic Toliet Compartments (HPDE).Doc 102113-1 of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102113 09819.00 SOLID PLASTIC (HPDE) TOILET COMPARTMENTS C. Product Data: Include technical data and illustrations for partition construction, hardware, and accessories. D. Recycled Content: Indicate recycled content; indicate percentage of pre -consumer and post -consumer recycled content per unit of product. E. Color Samples: 1. Submit full range of manufacturer's standard colors for Architect's information. 2. Submit 6 inch square samples of selected colors on same substrate specified for panels. 3. 12 inch by 12 inch sample of panel showing finished edges and core construction. F. Hardware Samples: 1. Door hinge. 2. Door strike and keeper. 3. Door latch and housing. 4. Door pull and stop. 5. Coat hook and bumper. G. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include erection instructions, backing requirements, templates, and locations of hardware and fasteners. H. Manufacturer's Certificate: Submit letter certifying HDPE panels conformance to fire - resistive requirements of UBC as accepted by local Building Official. I. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer and Installer: Company specializing in work of this Section. Able to document minimum 5 years experience performing commercial quality work of this Section. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of Section 014100. B. ADA Requirements: Conform to ICC/ANSI Al 17.1 and Washington State Building Code Chapter 11. C. Fire Ratings: Conform to requirements of International Building Code (IBC). 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVER, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in manufacturer's original unopened protective plastic covering and packaging, clearly labeled as to brand name, contents, color, stock number, and order number on each package. C. Verify undamaged condition before acceptance at Site D. Store material, flat, dry, well ventilated, under protective cover and in original packaging. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print 102113 Permit Set RAHS Solid Plastic Toliet Compartments (HPDE).Doc 102113-2of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102113 09819.00 SOLID PLASTIC (HPDE) TOILET COMPARTMENTS • 1.7 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 092216 for backing and solid framing for support of work of this Section. C. Section 102813 for products specified under other Sections. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Manufacturer: Standard 15 year Warranty against breakage, corrosion, warping of panels, and manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221, 6463 alloy, T-5 Temper. B. Doors, Panels, and Pilasters: Refer to Section 0621000. 2.2 FASTENERS AND CONNECTORS A. Material: Stainless steel. Chromium plated fasteners not accepted. B. Heads: Phillips head at concealed locations and tamper-resistant security heads at exposed locations, except as otherwise specified. C. Screws: No. 12 by 1-1/2 inch, and as needed for secure permanent connections. D. Sex Bolts: Threaded one-way sleeves and inserts. No. 10 by 1 inch, No. 10 by 1-1/2 inch, and as needed for through -bolted panel and pilaster connections. Torque Head Screws: No. 14 by 3/4 inch or as needed for secure connections. E. Other: Anchors, lag bolts, and other connectors as necessary for secure, rigid, permanent connections. 2.3 HARDWARE AND MOUNTING ACCESSORIES A. Hinges: Integral with top nylon pins and bottom adjustable cam action system nylon pin with stainless steel core. Secure nylon pins in place with stainless steel securing pins. 1. Lift up and off action or other provision for emergency access. 2. Preset at factory for 5 percent swing -in action, except swing -out action at accessible compartments. B. Door Strike and Keeper: Heavy duty extruded aluminum. Minimum 5/32 inch wall thickness. 1. Keeper with wrap-around flanges. 2. Six inch long strike. 3. Black vinyl bumper. 4. Surface mount and through -bolt to pilaster with sex -bolts. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \102113 Permit Set RAHS Solid Plastic Toliet Compartments (HPDE).Doc 102113-3of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102113 09819.00 SOLID PLASTIC (HPDE) TOILET COMPARTMENTS C. Door Latch Housing. Heavy-duty extruded aluminum 1. Slide latch and button. 2. Surface mount and through -bolt to door with sex -bolts. D. Door Pull and Door Stop: Stainless steel or extruded aluminum. Stop tipped with black vinyl. Provide at outswing accessible compartments. E. Pilaster Shoes: Solid, one-piece, integrally colored HDPE plastic. Concealed anchors and screw fasteners as necessary for secure connections into concrete slab. F. Brackets: Full length, solid colored plastic U-shaped channels with double or single side flanges as suitable for installation. Factory drilled fastening holes. 1. Panel to Pilaster Connections: Though -bolt with sex bolts. 2. Pilaster to Wall and Panel to Wall Connections: Fasten with screws or torque screws at 13 inch on center, full length of bracket. 3. Wall Connections: Locate screws directly behind vertical panel edge. Set into solid backing or wall framing. G. Headrail Bracket: 18 gauge stainless steel. H. Bottom Edge Strips: Heavy-duty extruded aluminum, acting as heat sink. Mount to bottom of toilet compartments and urinal panels with vandal resistant stainless steel fasteners. Partition Mounted Toilet Accessories: Specified Section 102813. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Conform to following and ICC/ANSI 117.1 for ambulatory accessible and wheelchair accessible compartments. B. Mounting Type: Overhead braced, floor mounted, wall attached. C. Panels, Doors, and Pilasters: 1. Doors: 1 inch thick 2. Panels: 3/4 inch to 1 inch thick 3. Pilasters: 3/4 inch to 1 inch thick 4. Edges: Machine to 0.250 inch radius. 5. Exposed Surfaces: Free of tool marks. D. Toilet Panel and Door Heights: Mounting 1. Bottom of Panel: 14 inch above floor. 2. Top of Panel: 70 to 72 inch above floor. E. Pilaster Height: 82 inch. F. Toilet Compartment Doors: Minimum 24 inch wide, swing -in, except minimum 36 inch wide swing -out doors at accessible compartments. Design in -swing doors to stand slightly ajar when not in use and for out -swing doors to close completely. G. Toilet Compartment Width: As shown on Drawings, except no Tess than 34 inches on center. H. Urinal Screens: 18 inch wide by 42 inch high panels, mounted 14 inch above floor. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print 102113 Permit Set RAHS Solid Plastic Toliet Compartments (HPDE).Doc 102113 -.4of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102113 09819.00 SOLID PLASTIC (HPDE) TOILET COMPARTMENTS 2.5 FINISHES A. Partition, Door, and Pilaster Color: Refer to Section 062100. B. Stainless Steel: Type 304, satin finish. C. Aluminum: Clear Anodized, except black anodized at slide -bolts and buttons. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions readyto receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Check for correct height and spacing of support structures and plumbing fixtures that may affect quality and execution of work. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Verify field measurements on job before beginning work. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install toilet partitions and urinal screens rigid, plumb, and level. Provide shims as needed to maintain plumb installations at wall tile and gypsum board transitions. C. Adjust pilaster shoes to fit flush with finish floors. D. Install headrails extending full length and rigidly braced to provide stable support and prevent movement. E. Install hardware and exposed connections with tamper-resistant one-way security head fasteners. F. Conceal evidence of drilling into finished surfaces. G. Support urinal screen panels and anchor toilet compartment panels to walls with channel brackets fastened into solid backing with one-way security head screws. 3.4 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Door Clearances, Top to Bottom: Uniform. Maximum 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Variation From True Position: Maximum 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Variation From Plumb: Maximum 1/8 inch. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Remove and replace damaged components and hardware. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 102113 Permit Set RAHS Solid Plastic Toliet Compartments (HPDD.Doc 102113 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102113 09819.00 SOLID PLASTIC (HPDE) TOILET COMPARTMENTS B. Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edge of doors. C. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. D. Adjust hinges to position in -swing doors in partial opening position when unlatched. Return out -swinging doors to closed position. E. Adjust adjacent components for consistency of line and plane. 3.6 CLEANING A. After completion of installation, clean and polish exposed compartment surfaces and touch up minor scratches. B. Leave work clean and free from defects. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print 102113 Permit Set RAHS Solid Plastic Toliet Compartments (HPDE).Doc 102113 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102123 09819.00 CUBICLE TRACK AND CURTAIN SECTION 102123 CUBICLE TRACK AND CURTAIN PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Surface ceiling mounted cubicle curtain tracks. 2. Cubicle curtains including carriers and components for complete assembly. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry (blocking/backing) 2. Section 092216 - Non -Structural Metal Framing 3. Section 092226 - Suspension Systems 4. Section 095300 - Acoustical Ceiling Suspension Assemblies 5. Section 0951 13 - Acoustical Panel Ceilings 6. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D. American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (AATCC). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Reflected ceiling plan view of curtain track, track suspension points, track attachment details, and curtain sizes. C. Product Data: Curtain track characteristics and features, track type, and accessories including carriers, hangers, stops, hooks, and color options. D. Curtain Samples: Accepted colors and patterns on actual material from manufacturer's selection. E. Cloth Mesh Samples: Colors, patterns, and opening sizes.. F. Curtain Track and Anchor Sample: Approximately 6 inch long samples illustrating finish. G. Fire Retardant Tests: Include test reports for UL or other testing agency. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 017700. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \102123 Permit Set RAHS Cubicle Track And Curtain.Doc 102123 - 1 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102123 09819.00 CUBICLE TRACK AND CURTAIN B. Curtain Fabric: Manufacturer's care and cleaning instructions. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply provisions of Section 014100. B. Conform to UL, NFPA, and IBC for flame retardant curtain. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in manufacturers unopened protective packaging with manufacturers identifying labels intact. C. Do not deliver until building is fully enclosed, dry, and ready for installation. D. Store products in original containers in environmentally controlled space away from moisture, dampness, and direct sunlight. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Coordinate with work of related Sections for support of track at suspended ceiling systems and other framing systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. InPro Corporation, Clickeze. 1. Cell (425) 891-3897, Tel (425) 337-1 121, Fax (425) 337-7245, Email imcginnis@inprocorp.com (Jim McGinnis, Mfrs Rep.) 2. Tel (800) 222-5556 Ext 334, Email ejcarlso@inprocorp.com (EJ Carlson, Home Office). 3. Website http://www.inprocorp.com B. General Cubicle. 1. Tel (425) 455-5044, Fax (425) 455-8357, Email et@rtbcompany.com (RTB Company, Erl Thorgalsen CSI/Debora Tomlinson/Melissa Maher). 2. Website http://www.rtbcompany.com / http://www.generalcubicle.com C. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 TRACK MATERIALS A. Track: 1. InPro, No. CE800007-AN (7 foot section) Ultra Cube. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\102123 Permit Set RAHS Cubicle Track And Curtain.Doc 102123 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102123 09819.00 CUBICLE TRACK AND CURTAIN 2. General Cubicle, Hospital IV Tree and Track Systems, 17500 Twist -Lock I.V. Carriage. B. Carriers: 1. InPro, CE9025 - Solid hook carrier. 2. General Cubicle, 975, nylon hook and carrier. C. Drop Hook Chain: 1. InPro, (Not necessary with solid hook carrier and mesh). 2. General Cubicle. D. Other Accessories: End caps, splices, brackets, and as required for installation 2.3 CURTAIN MATERIAL A. Curtain: 100 percent Trevira flame retardant polyester, 13.5 ounce per linear yard, washable to 160 degrees F, preshrunk, not requiring ironing. B. Open Cloth Mesh: Open weave flame retardant nylon mesh. C. Flame Retardant: IBC Class A, tested ASTM E84/NFPA 255. D. Light Fastness: Exceed 40 hour NAFM Requirement, Test Method AATCC-18A. E. Grommets: No. 0 hook grommets at approximately 6 inch on center at top of curtain. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Curtain: 1. Fullness: Add 20 percent to width of curtain beyond width of opening. 2. Hem: Double hem curtain edges, 1-1/2 wide. 3. Seams: Serge together and sew flat. 4. Open Cloth Mesh: Include at top 20 inches of curtain for light and ventilation. 2.5 FINISHES A. Track: Clear anodized aluminum. B. Curtain: As accepted by Architect from manufacturer's complete selection. C. Open Cloth Mesh: As accepted from manufacturer's complete selection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify that ceiling support system is ready to receive work of this Section. C. Verify dimensions prior to fabrication with field measurements. Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 102123 Permit Set RAHS Cubicle Track And Curtain.Doc 102123 - 3 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102123 09819.00 CUBICLE TRACK AND CURTAIN 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install curtain track secure and rigid true to ceiling line. C. Install curtain and accessories. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Make adjustments as required for smooth operation. 3.4 CLEANING A. Leave installation area clean and free of residue and debris resulting from work of this Section. B. Clean curtain and track surfaces conforming to manufacturer's cleaning instructions. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \102123 Permit Set RAHS Cubicle Track And Curtain.Doc 102123-4of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 103226 09819.00 OPERABLE PARTITIONS SECTION 102226 OPERABLE PARTITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manually operated acoustical folding panel partitions. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Specified manufacturers are accepted subject to manufacturing and furnishing tested folding panel partitions conforming to specified requirements. B. Hufcor, Inc. 1. Cell (3OG)42]-3S3O.Tel (42S)]60-3OZO.Fax (425) 368-0465, Email carv@bdap.corn (Barclay Dean Architectural Products, Cary Jenkins) 2. Website http://vvvvvv.hufcor.conn [, K1odernfnW, Inc., specified for type and quality. 1. Tel (206) 447-3005. Email bryan.thonnson@inlcrior-tcchcnrrb (Bryan Thornson, Interior-Tech/yNndernfu|d Northwest) D. Moderco }. Tel (425) 82l -2]U0. Fax (425) 820-0295. Email (Lair Swanson, Inc. Jeff Lar). 2. Website E. Kwik Wall Company 1. Tel (42S)967-4444'Fax (43S)776-7697'Email bryce@nvv-ao.conn(Bryce Williams, Northwest Architectural Products, Inc.). 2. Website: www.nw-ap.com • 3. Website http://www.kwik-wall.com F. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 PRODUCTS A. Continuously Hinged Panels 1. Modernfoid 932 2.3 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221, 6063 alloy, T6 temper. B. RoII-Formed Steel Plate: ASTM A36. C. Sheet Steel: ASTM A653, G40 galvanized, or A40 galvannealed. Date Save : January 25, 2010 x.\xmsbemAviation \ Permit Set Specs \ Files Ready To Print 1ooePermit Set RAMS Operable Partitions.Doc 102226 - 1 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102226 09819.00 OPERABLE PARTITIONS ' D. Gypsum Board Sound Deadening / Stiffening Panels: Conform to provisions of Section 092900. 1. Type X gypsum board for substrate for wall covering. 2. [USG Fiberock VHI, Abuse -Resistant Gypsum Fiber Panel for painted finish.] 2.4 PANEL CONSTRUCTION A. Classroom Partition Panels: 1. Panel Core: Rigid steel framing, stiffeners, reinforcing, and sound attenuating material. 2. Panel Face: Minimum 20 gauge roll -formed electro -galvanized sheet steel mechanically fastened to frame [, and continuously backed or faced with tackable stiffening and sound -deadening panels]. 3. Panel Finish: a. [Vinyl fabric. Not accepted as tackable finish] b. [Tackboard, 1/4 inch thick linoleum tackboard, as specified Section 101000. Install over full face of each panel. c. [Paint finish, as specified Section 099000.] B. Commons/Stage Partition Panels: 1. Panel Core: Rigid steel framing, stiffeners, reinforcing, and sound attenuating material. 2. Panel Face Options: a. Minimum 16 gauge roll -formed electro -galvanized sheet steel fusion -welded to frame and reinforced with stiffeners. b. Minimum 20 gauge electro -galvanized sheet steel mechanically fastened to frame. [Continuously faced with tackable stiffening and sound -deadening panels (gypsum board or wood fiber composite) on the outside of the panel]. 3. Panel Finish: a. 1/4 inch thick linoleum bulletin tackboard, as specified Section 101000. Install over full face of each panel. b. [Vinyl fabric] c. [Factory -applied powdercoat enamel.] C. Frames: 1. Minimum 16 gauge steel or 0.125 inch thick extruded anodized aluminum. 2. Welded corners. D. Panel Core: Rigid construction with stiffeners, reinforcing, and sound attenuating material, meeting or exceeding tested STC acoustical performance requirements. E. Hinges for Hinged Panel Systems: Recessed, projecting maximum 3/8 inch from face of panel. F. Panel Thickness: Nominal 3 inches. G. Panel Width: Maximum 48 inch. H. Panel Weight: Maximum 12 pounds per square foot. I. [Fasteners: Not visible when wall is in extended position.] 2.5 PANEL SOUND SEALS Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 102226 Permit Set RAHS Operable Partitions.Doc 102226 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102226 09819.00 OPERABLE PARTITIONS A. Horizontal Retractable Bottom Seals: Also accepted for top seals in lieu of vinyl sweeps. 1. Retractable, exerting constant pressure when extended 2. Operating clearance in raised position of 1 inch to 2 inch nominal. 3. [Simultaneous operation in hinged paired panels and continuous hinged panels.] 4. Hand crank operated [or automatic drop seal] at manually operated partitions and automatic at electrically operated partitions. B. [Automatic Seals and Vinyl Sweep Seals: Not accepted.] C. Horizontal Top Sweeps: Fixed, extruded vinyl, twin -finger sweeps, maintaining continuous contact. Design to be flexible and field -replaceable. D. Vertical Sound Seals: 1. Establish complete closure and exert positive pressure to eliminate flanking sound. 2. Design for minor wall irregularities. E. Vertical Sound Seals Between Panels: Interlocking, tongue and groove configuration consisting of extruded aluminum or steel astragals incorporating vinyl acoustical seals. Mechanically operating horizontally expanding panel, exerting minimum 250 pound lateral force between panels. F. Vertical Sound Seals at Wall: Expandable jamb establishing complete closure at partition ends, exerting positive pressure to seal against wall in closed position, and conforming to minor wall irregularities. G. Wall Jamb at Meeting Edge: Interlocking, tongue and groove configuration similar to vertical sound seals between panels. 2.6 TRACK AND TROLLEY SYSTEM A. Track: Extruded aluminum alloy or cold rolled steel. 1. Establish complete closure and sound sealing of sound through plenum. 2. Allow for adjustment of track height. 3. Provide for interface between finished ceiling systems under work of other Sections. Provide drop header trim where applicable. B. Trolleys: Trolley assembly, steel ball bearing wheels, designed for top supported panel system. [Plastic and rubber wheels not accepted.] C. Track Joints: Aligned by concealed dowels or as necessary for tight, hairline joints. D. Threaded Down -Rods: As instructed by manufacturer for connection to structural steel support provided under work of Section 051200. E. Threaded Down -Rod Holes at Steel Beam: Drill threaded holes through bottom flange of beam using manufacturer's template. F. [Beam Saddles at Glue Laminated Beams: U-shaped saddle brackets. 1. Fabricated from 1/4 inch thick by 2 inch by 2 inch steel angle with welded connections. 2. Locate 2 holes for threaded down rods at bottom flange using manufacturer's template. 3. Fabricate two holes through each vertical leg for through -bolting at support beam Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 102226 Permit Set RAHS Operable Partitions.Doc 102226 - 3 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102226 09819.00 OPERABLE PARTITIONS neutral axis. 4. Provide two 1/2 inch diameter bolts or threaded rods with nuts and washers at each vertical leg.] G. Steel Beams: Drill threaded down rod holes through bottom flange using manufacturer's template. 2.7 ACCESSORIES A. Personnel Swing Door: Manufacturer's standard ADA compliant swing door complete with door closer, lockset, hinges, sound seals and applicable door hardware. 1. Finish: Finish to match the finish of the partition and inconspicuous when closed. 2. Acoustical Properties: Door to have the same acoustical properties as the surrounding panel partition. 3. Size: 3'-0" x 7'-0". B. Floor Plate: Pemko Plate 191D with Pemko Cork 197, specified for type and quality. 1. Two, clear anodized extruded aluminum plates, 3 inch wide by 1/4 inch thick with 1/2 wide rubberized cork expansion joint between plates. 2. Predrill holes at 6 inch on center, staggered between each side of expansion joint. Inset screw holes for screw installation on flat side of threshold, fluted side down. 3. Provide applicable flathead concrete anchors or screws with 2 inch sleeves for anchoring into concrete. Match finish to threshold. 2.8 PANEL FINISHES A. Steel: Factory prime painted ready to have field applied paint per Section 099000. B. Factory Applied Finishes: Conform to ASTM E84 for Class A rated materials. C. Linoleum Panel Face: Match color specified for tackboards specified Section 101000. D. Exposed Aluminum and Steel: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard epoxy paint finish. [Manufacturer's custom epoxy paint finish]. E. Exposed Hardware: Plated to match panel edge trim. F. Tackable Vinyl Fabric Finish: [Hufcor, No. 201, Off White, accepted for type and quality.] G. [Tackable Vinyl Fabric Finish: 1. [Hufcor 219 Sierra Tan, heavy embossed vinyl fabric, or as accepted by Architect. ] 2. [RJF International Corp., Koroseal 5821-11 Ivory, Koroseal West, Tel (206) 282- 3635, Fax (206) 282-3767 (Koroseal Wall Protection Systems, Craig Cody CSI).] H. [Markerboard 'Colors: As selected for work of Section 101 100.] END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 25, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 102226 Permit Set RAHS Operable Partitions.Doc 102226 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102613 09819.00 CORNER GUARDS SECTION 102613 CORNER GUARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Stainless steel wall corner guards. 2. Clear plastic wall corner guards. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. The C/S Group, Acrovyn 1. Tel (425) 455-5044, Fax (425) 455-8357, Email et@rtbcompany.com (RTB Company, Erl Thorgalsen CSI/Debora Tomlinson/Melissa Maher). 2. Website http:!/www.rtbcompany.com / http://www.c-sgroup.com B. Pawling Corporation 1. Tel (206) 368-9722, Fax (206) 368-7790, Email eric@anderson-specialties.com / fritz@anderson-specialties.com (Anderson Specialties, LLC, Eric Peterson CSI / Fritz Anderson CSI). 2. Website http://www.anderson-specialties.com / http://www.pawling.com C. Koroseal, Korogard Wall Protection Systems 1. CeII (206) 660-4913, Fax (206) 517-9305, Email olsndsgn@aol.com (Vicki Olson, Mfrs Rep) 2. Tel (425) 338-9973, Fax (425) 338-9983, CeII (206) 406-9911, (Craig Cody, Sales Mgr) 3. Website http://www.korogard.com D. Balco, Inc. 1. Tel (206) 624-6360, Fax (360) 659-2653, Email Info@balcousa.com (Enos Company, Bob Enos). 2. Website http://www.balcousa.com/ E. InPro Corporation 1. Tel (425) 868-4588, Fax (425) 868-0365, Email jcarvaja@inprocorp.com (Joe Carvajal, Territory Mgr). 2. Website http://www.inprocorp.com/ F. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS A. ASTM A666, type 304, 16 gauge stainless steel, 2 inch by 2 inch, 1/8 inch radius edge, 90 degree corners. Provide in lengths to extend full height from finish flooring to butt underside of ceiling; except, at walls having chair rails, extend from finish flooring to underside of rail. B. Adhesive, Fasteners and Accessories: As instructed by manufacturer for installation. Date Saved: December 30, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \ 102613 Permit Set RAHS Corner Guards.Doc 102613 - 1 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102613 09819.00 CORNER GUARDS C. Products: 1. The C/S Group, CO -8 2. Pawling Corporation, Pro -Tek CG -50 3. Koroseal, Stainless Steel 4. Balco, Inc., Stainless Steel 5. InPro Corporation, 180 2.3 CLEAR PLASTIC CORNER GUARDS A. Pre -drilled., surface mounted, clear rigid polycarbonate (Lexan), 2-1 /2 inch by 2-1 /2 inch wing dimension by 4 foot long with radius edge, 90 degree corners. B. Fasteners and Accessories: As instructed by manufacturer for installation. C. Products: 1. The C/S Group, LG -250 2. Pawling Corporation, Pro -Tek 166, Style CG -25 3. Koroseal, Lexan Corner Guard 4. InPro Corporation, 421290 2.4 FINISHES A. Stainless Steel Corner Guards: No. 4 brushed satin finish. B. Clear Plastic Corner Guards: Clear. END OF SECTION Date Saved: December 30, 2009 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Pont\102613 Permit Set RAHS Corner 6uards.Doc 102613 - 2 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102813 09819.00 TOILET ACCESSORIES SECTION 102813 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Toilet room accessories 2. janitorial accessoriesProducts Installed this Section, Furnished by Other Sections: Refer to Section 011100 - Summary of Work for Owner Furnished Products.] B. Related Sections: 1 Section 061000 2. Section 054000 3. Section 092216 4. Section 092117 5 Section 093000 6. Section 092900 1.2 REFERENCES - Rough Carpentry - Cold -Formed Metal Framing - Non -Structural Metal Wall Framing - Gypsum Board Shaft Wall - Tile - Gypsum Board A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM Al 53 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 2. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium - Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror. 3. ASTM B456 4. ASTM Cl 503 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Indicate physical characteristics and limitations for each product item. Include configurations, materials, gauges, dimensions, options, and finishes. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Installation instructions, diagrams, templates, setting drawings, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. D. Sample Warranty: Show conformance to provisions specified by this Section. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. • Conform to requirements of Section 014100. B. ADA Requirements: Conform to IBC Chapter 11, ICI /ANS Al 17.1, and provisions of regulatory authority having jurisdiction. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 102813 Permit Set RAHS Toilet Accessories.Doc 102813-1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102813 09819.00 TOILET ACCESSORIES 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in original unopened protective packaging. Maintain protective covers on accessories until installation is complete. C. Store in original protective packaging to prevent soiling, physical damage, and wetting. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 092216 for required backing at wood and steel stud framing. Coordinate backing for grab bars capable of supporting minimum 300 pound load. C. Section 011100 for items furnished by Owner and installed by Contractor (FOIC). Obtain receipt for items delivered by Owner for installation. D. Division 26 for electrical power supply for electric hand dryer. 1.7 WARRANTIES A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Mirrors: 15 year warranty against visible silver spoilage and defects of mirror glass. C. Toilet Accessories: Standard 3 year limited parts Warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc. 1. Tel (206) 763-2850, Fax (206) 763-0842, Email carolmiller@alliancesalesnw.com (Carol Miller, Architectural Rep, Stone-Drew/Ashe & Jones). 2. Website: http://www.bobrick.com B. American Specialties, Inc. (ASI) 1. Tel (425) 402-4242, Fax (425) 487-9909, Email i.simms@verizon.net (Jeff Simms, AHC, Northwest Hardware Consultants). 2. Website: http://www.americanspecialties.com C. Bradley Corp. 1. Tel (425) 821-8863, Fax (425) 821-8385, Email peterw@prospec-ahc.com (Peter Walker AHC /Email smithb@dsspnw.com (Bob Smith) / debbiem@dsspnw.com (Debbie Meyer), Pro -Spec Agency. 2. Email bryan.mullett@bradleycorp.com (Brian Mullett, Reg Sales Mgr, Home Office). 3. Website: http://www.bradleycorp.com D. Gamco products not accepted. E. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval in accordance with Section 012500. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 102813 Permit Set RAHS Toilet Accessories.Doc 102813 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102813 09819.00 TOILET ACCESSORIES 2.2 MATERIALS A. Stainless steel: ASTM A666, Type 304,.Satin No. 4 finish, 0.031 inch minimum thickness. B. Galvanized -Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM Al 53, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. C. Chrome Plating: ASTM B456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service). D. Phenolic: Solid phenolic with matte finish, melamine surfaces and black phenolic resin core. E. Aluminum: Heavy duty cast aluminum, satin finish. F. Mirrors: ASTM Cl 503, Mirror Glazing Quality, clear -glass mirrors, 6.0 mm thick. G. Mounting Devices: Manufacturer's standard, concealed or tamperproof. 2.3 PAPER CUP DISPENSER A. Owner Furnished Contractor Installed (OFCI) 2.4 HAND SANITIZER DISPENSERS A. Owner Furnished Contractor Installed (OFCI) 2.5 SOAP DISPENSERS A. Owner Furnished Contractor Installed (OFCI) 2.6 SOAP DISH A. 2.7 MIRRORS A. Channel Frame Mirror (MIR): Furnish and install by Contractor B. Channel Frame Mirror with Shelf (MIR W/S): Furnish and install by Contractor 2.8 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS A. Owner Furnished Contractor Installed (OFCI) 2.9 WASTE RECEPTACLES A. Owner Furnished Contractor Installed (OFCI) 2.10 BABY CHANGING STATION A. Surface -Mounted Baby Diaper Changing Stations: Furnish and install by Contractor 2.1 1 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER Date Saved: January 27. 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \ 102813 Permit Set RAHS Toilet Accessories.Doc 102813 - 3 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102813 09819.00 TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Owner Furnished Contractor Installed (OFCI) 2.12 TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSERS A. Owner Furnished Contractor Installed (OFCI) 2.13 TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS A. Owner Furnished Contractor Installed (OFCI) 2.14 SANITARY NAPKIN WASTE RECEPTACLES A. Owner Furnished Contractor Installed (OFCI) 2.15 GRAB BARS A. Grab Bars - General: Furnish and install by Contractor. 2.16 SHOWER ROOM SEATS A. Folding Shower Seat (FSS): Stainless steel frame and mounting brackets, water-resistant solid phenolic slat seat. Left and right handed, as shown on Drawings. Left and right handed, as required for installation. Color: Ivory. 1. Bobrick B-5181 (field reversible) 2. • ASI 8206-R / 8206-L 3. Bradley 9564 (Right) / 9565 (Left) B. Shower / Dressing Area Seat: Stainless steel frame and mounting brackets, water- resistant solid phenolic slat seat. Color: Ivory. 1. Bobrick B-5191 2. ASI 8203 3. Bradley 9558 2.1 7 SHOWER CURTAINS AND ACCESSORIES A. Shower Curtain Rod with Concealed Mounting (SCR): Furnish and install by Contractor. B. Shower Curtain (SC): Furnish and install by Contractor. C. Shower Curtain Hooks Furnish and install by Contractor. 2.18 CLOTHES HOOK A. Robe/Clothes Hook (CH -1): Furnish and install by Contractor 2.19 JANITORS CLOSET EQUIPMENT A. Shelf with Mop and Broom Holders and Hooks: Furnish and install by Contractor B. Mop and Broom Holders and Hooks: Furnish and install by Contractor C. Stainless Steel Shelf: Furnish and install by Contractor Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \ File s Ready To Print\ 102813 Permit Set RAFIS Toilet Accessories.Doc 102813-4of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102813 09819.00 TOILET ACCESSORIES 2.20 ACCESSORIES A. Provide mounting hardware, concealed wall plates, stainless steel lock screws, and hardware as needed for installations. 2.21 FABRICATION A. Construct accessories of stainless steel, unless otherwise specified. B. Locking Hardware: Key alike to other toilet equipment. C. Templates and Concealed Anchor Plates: Furnish to applicable trades as required for each accessory together with location and mounting height. D. Backing: Establish required backing for installations under work of Section 061000 and Section 092216, as applicable. Design grab bars for 300 pound minimum load. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify proper anchor plates, framing, and backing for accessories. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field verify correct dimensions. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage during work of this Section. C. Verify plumbing fixture spacing affecting accessory installations D. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage during work of this Section. E. Field verify correct dimensions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install in accordance to Drawings for mounting heights, locations, and sizes not indicated. Where not given, locate as instructed by Architect. C. Secure equipment with concealed fasteners into solid framing or backing at walls and partitions at toilet compartments. Where exposed fasteners are required secure with tamperproof heads. D. Grab Bars: Install on specified concealed anchor plate welded or screwed with self threading screws to studs. Meet structural strength requirements for 300 pound minimum bending stress, shear stress, shear force, and tensile force in accordance to WAC -51-20-3106. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 102813 Permit Set RAMS Toilet Accessories.Doc 102813 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 102813 09819.00 TOILET ACCESSORIES E. Mirrors: Install to concealed wall hanger with theft resistant mounting screwed into blocking or backing at stud walls with manufacturer's approved fasteners. No visible fasteners permitted. F. Other Items including FOIC items: Install in accordance to manufacturer's instructions with approved concealed fasteners into backing support at walls, to toilet partitions, and as indicated or required to complete installations. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Make adjustments for smooth operation and clean exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print 102813 Permit Set RAHS Toilet Accessories.Doc 102813 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 104413 09819.00 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS SECTION 104413 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fire extinguisher cabinets for recessed, semi -recessed, and surface mounted installations. 2. Brackets for fire extinguishers. 3. [Portable fire extinguishers.] B. [Owner Furnished and Installed Items: Fire extinguishers.] C. Related Sections: 1. Section 042200 - Concrete Unit Masonry 2. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry 3. Section 078400 - Firestopping 4. Section 092216 - Non -Load Bearing Metal Wall Framing 5. Section 092600 - Veneer Plaster 6. Section 092900 - Gypsum Board 7. Section 099000 - Paints and Coatings 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA): 1. NFPA 10 - Portable Fire Extinguishers: 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Include locations and details. Include recessed and semi -recessed installation requirements to maintain fire -resistive wall construction. C. Product Data: 1. Cabinets: Include dimensions, rough -in measurements, physical characteristics, and accommodations for fire extinguisher types and sizes. 2. Portable Fire Extinguishers: Indicate performance characteristics, recommended use, code conformance, and size suitable for cabinets. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to provisions of Section 014100. B. Cabinets: 1. Conform to IBC for cabinet construction and installation to maintain fire resistive construction. 2. Warnock Hersey or UL labeled for 1 -hour rated construction. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \104413 Permit Set RAHS Fire Extinguisher Cabinets.Doc 104413 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 104413 09819.00 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Verify cabinets undamaged prior to acceptance at Site. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 042200 for installation of fire extinguisher cabinets into concrete masonry walls. C. Section 092216 for installation of fire extinguisher cabinets into stud framed walls. D. Section 078400 for firestopping requirements at fire -resistive wall construction. E. Section 092900 and Section 092600 for installation of fire extinguishers into fire -resistive gypsum board systems at fire -resistive wall construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Larsen's Manufacturing Co., 1. Tel (425) 438-8655, Fax (360) 629-9580, CeII (206) 947-3732, Email debbie@austinspecialties.com (Debbie Shay, Austin Specialties). 2. Tel (206) 364-1244, Fax (206) 364-1344, Email ken@lilchief.com (Lit'I Chief Specialties, Ken Williams). Website http://www.lilchief.com 3. Tel (800) 527-7367 (Home Office, Gene Bergman Regional Sales Director). 4. Website http://www.larsensmfg.com B. J.L. Industries 1. Tel (206)633-1005, Fax: (206) 632-3086, Email ihardinq@gwest.net (Dorse Architectural, Jim Harding). 2. Website http://www.Jlindustries.com C. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 PRODUCTS A. Recessed Cabinets (Fire -Rated Walls): 1. Size: 9-1 /2 inch (W) by 24 inch (H) by 5 inch (D). 10-1/2 inch (W) by 24 inch (H) by 5- 1/2 inch (D) 2. Products: a. Larsen's, Architectural Series with LARSEN-LOC Door Style Option FS -2409-R1. b. J.L. Industries, Ambassador with SAF-T-LOK Door Style Option, FIRE -FX 1815. B. Recessed Cabinets (Non Fire -Rated Walls): 1. Size: 9-1 /2 inch (W) by 24 inch (H) by 5 inch (D). 10-1/2 inch (W) by 24 inch (H) by 5- 1/2 inch (D) 2. Products: a. Larsen's, Architectural Series with LARSEN-LOC Door Style Option 2409-R1. b. J.L. Industries, Ambassador with SAF-T-LOK Door Style Option 1815. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 104413 Permit Set RAHS Fire Extinguisher Cabinets.Doc 104413 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 104413 09819.00 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS C. Semi -Recessed Cabinets (Fire -Rated Walls): 1. Size: 9-1 /2 inch (W) by 24 inch (H) by 5 inch (D) with outside rolled edge trim. 10- 1/2 inch (W) by 24 inch (H) by 5-1 /2 inch (D) with outside rolled edge trim. 2. Products: a. Larsen's, Architectural Series with LARSEN-LOC Door Style Option FS -2409-R3. b. J.L. Industries, Ambassador with SAF-T-LOK Door Style Option FIRE -FX 1817. D. Semi -Recessed Cabinets (Non Fire -Rated Walls): 1. Size: 9-1 /2 inch (W) by 24 inch (H) by 5 inch (D) with outside rolled edge trim. 10- 1/2 inch (W) by 24 inch (H) by 5-1 /2 inch (D) with outside rolled edge trim. 2. Products: a. Larsen's, Architectural Series with LARSEN-LOC Door Style Option 2409-R3. b. J.L. Industries, Ambassador with SAF-T-LOK Door Style Option 1817. E. Surface Mounted Cabinets (Non Fire -Rated Walls): a. Size: 13 Inch (W) by 27-1 /2 inch (H) by 6 inch (D). 13 inch (W) by 26-1 /2 inch (H) by 6-5/8 inch (D). 2. Products: a. Larsen's, Architectural Series with LARSEN-LOC Door Style Option 2409 -SM b. J.L. Industries, Ambassador with SAF-T-LOK Door Style Option 1013. 2.3 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Fabricate to install into 3-1 /2 [5-1 /2] inch deep steel stud space and to accommodate a minimum 5 pound, 2-A:10-B:C and Class K fire extinguisher (4-1/2 inch overall diameter). B. Door Design: Flush face, full glass view window, and vertical black letters, "FIRE EXTINGUISHER", on clear glass. C. Glazing: 1/4 inch clear tempered glass. [Full break glass.] D. Box Construction: Cold -rolled steel, double wall construction, fire -resistive core material at fire rated walls. E. Trim: 1. Recessed Cabinets: Flat trim. 2. Semi -Recessed Cabinets: 2-1 /2 inch rolled edge trim. pull handle is a better option than break glass type fire extinguisher cabinets with key locks on doors. Breaking glass is expensive to repair and fire -extinguishers are seldom stolen. '`"' F. [Locks: Keyed cylinder, keyed alike.] G. Pull Handle: Steel cam lock design permitting opening of cabinet door by pulling sharply on handle. H. Hinge: Continuous piano hinge. I. Surface Mounting Brackets: Provide for wall mounting of Class K fire extinguishers in. kitchen areas. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \104413 Permit Set RAHS Fire Extinguisher Cabinets.Doc 104413-3of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 104413 09819.00 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 2.4 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. [Fire Extinguishers: Provided by Owner.] B. Provide one fully charged typical ABC fire extinguisher for each cabinet. C. Fire Extinguisher Types: 1. Typical: UL -rated 2-A:10-B:C, 4-1/2 inch diameter, 5 pound nominal capacity with monoammonium phosphate base multipurpose dry chemical in steel container. 2. Kitchen Areas: UL K (Class K) rating, 7 inch diameter, 6 liter capacity low pH potassium acetate solution in steel container. Designed to create saponification foam blanket for suppressing liquid cooking media fires. D. Safety Release Handle: Design to prevent accidental discharge E. Meter: Design to indicate level of charge. F. Metal Plate: Embossed with description of performance, indicating code and UL conformance. 2.5 FINISH A. Cabinet Steel Door, Trim, Frame, and Inside of Box: Manufacturer's standard baked white acrylic enamel, ready for paint finish under work of Section 099000 to match adjacent wall color. B. Fire Extinguisher Color: Safety red enamel paint. C. Hardware: Zinc plated steel, satin finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify that rough openings that rough openings for cabinets are correctly sized and located. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Anchor cabinets firmly into solid bearing, set plumb and square to adjacent materials. C. Mounting Height: Limit top of cabinets to maximum 60 inch above the floor. D. Install mounting brackets for Class K fire extinguishers in kitchen areas and as indicated on Drawings. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print 104413 Permit Set RAHS Fire Extinguisher Cabinets.Doc 104413-4of5 RAISBECK AVIATION .HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 104413 09819.00 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 3.3 CLEANING A. Leave installations clean, free from residue and soiling from work of this Section, ready for field painting under work of Section 099000. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \104413 Permit Set RAHS Fire Extinguisher Cabinets.Doc 104413 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 105113 09819.00 METAL LOCKERS SECTION 105113 METAL LOCKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Two-tier knock down wardrobe lockers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. DeBourgh Manufacturing Co. 1. Cell (206) 940-5073, Tel (800) 643-3512 / (206) 762-7688, Fax (206) 762-4480, Email james.mcdowalll �t-saxtonbradley.com (Saxton, Bradley, Inc., James McDowall). 2. Website http://www.debourgh.com_. B. List Industries, Inc. 1. Cell (206) 321-7864, Tel (206) 297-6303, Fax (206) 297-3633, Email judsonpreece@listindustries.com (Judson Preece, Mfrs Rep). 2. Tel (206) 547-081 1, Fax (206) 547-0802, Email nse_dennis@hotmail.com (Northwest School Equipment, Dennis Martin 3. Website httpl/www.listindustries.com C. Lyon Workspace Products 1. Tel (206) 682-6596, Fax (206) 682-4995 (Engineered Products, Bob Roche), Website http:./ /www.eng-prod-inc.com 2. Voice Mail (800) 545 -5752 -Ext 673, Pager (888) 6190-0883, Fax (425) 432-5105 (David Miles Mfrs Rep). 3. Website: http1Lwww.Iyonworkspace.com D. Penco Products, Inc: 1. Tel (206) 394-3300, Tel (206) 682-6596, Fax (206) 682-4995 (Engineered Products, Bob Roche), Email bobr@eng-prod-inc.com_ 2. Website http://www.e_r_ig-prod-inc.com 3. Tel (206) 933-0345, Fax (206) 933-0345 (Curt Web, Penco District Sales Mgr). 4. Website http:L/www.pencoproducts.com E. Republic Storage System Co., Inc. 1. Tel (425) 255-0500. 2. Website: http:/Jwww.republicstorage.comilockers/recommendations.aspx F. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel: Prime grade, mild cold rolled and leveled. Flat and smooth without warp, dents, or distortion, capable of taking high grade enamel finish. 2.3 METAL LOCKER COMPONENTS A. Construction: Knock down (KD) unit locker bodies and all -welded face frames. SAVE DATE: 1/14/2010 11:48:00 AM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \105113 PERMIT SET RAHS METAL LOCKERS (KD).DOC 105113-1 of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 105113 09819.00 METAL LOCKERS B. Two Tier Wardrobe Lockers Unit Dimensions: 12 inch wide by 15 inch deep by 72 inch high. Riveted or bolted fasteners. C. Locker Face Frames: Minimum 16 gauge cold formed steel. 1. Uprights: One inch deep channel, continuous top to bottom, or integral welded frame and side member. 2. Cross Frames at Tiered Lockers: One inch deep channel located at top, bottom, and between doors at each tier. D. Locker Compartment Body: KD or multi -unit construction. Minimum 16 gauge cold formed steel. Solid side panels, back panels, and end panels. E. Upright Frames: Minimum 1 inch by 1 inch by 12 gauge steel angle or 16 gauge cold formed steel channel riveted or bolted to locker unit panel and integral to locker door panel. F. Door Strike Flanges: Include additional flange to provide continuous door strike. G. Bottom Reinforcing at Single and Double Tiered Wardrobe Lockers: As necessary to keep locker bottom panel from torquing or bending out of plane. Accepted: 1. 16 gauge steel channel stiffener welded to center of locker bottom. 2. 18 gauge steel channel stiffeners welded to each side of locker bottom. H. Doors: Steel panels with right angle flange on each side. Minimum 14 gauge cold. formed steel, 1. Solid flush face, punched, louvered ventilator holes. 2. Full height stiffening at inside face of door to prevent damage due to torquing. Accepted: a. Minimum 18 gauge vertical steel formed stiffener panel welded to hinge side of door. b. Integral 14 gauge stiffener formed into hinge side and latch side of door. 2.4 HARDWARE A. Latching System: Stainless steel recessed cup handle. Single point latching system with latch hooks with provision for padlock. No projections beyond face of door. Install cover plates over pre -punched lock holes. B. Combination Padlocks: [Master No. 1525], key controlled combination padlock, and control chart with lock serial numbers and combinations. 1. Key alike. Include 4 master keys. 2. Furnish one padlock for each corridor wardrobe locker and each box locker. Do not furnish locks for athletic wardrobe lockers. [Provide 10 percent extra locks to Owner.] C. [Combination Padlocks: Provided by Owner.] D. Hinges: Rivet, weld, or bolt to door and frame. 1. Minimum 16 gauge or 18 gauge double, spun to 13 gauge equivalent. 2. Minimum 2 inch 5 knuckle butt hinges or full length piano hinge. E. Silencers: Rubber or nylon. Minimum 2 at each single and double tiered locker door. Securely fasten to strike side of frame or door with bolts or rivets. SAVE DATE: 1/14/2010 11:48:00 AM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \105113 PERMIT SET RAHS METAL LOCKERS (KD).DOC 105113-2of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 105113 09819.00 METAL LOCKERS 2.5 LOCKER ACCESSORIES A. Sloped Tops: Continuous, 16 gauge steel. B. Steel Filler Panels: As required for closure at joints and wall junctures. C. Coat Hooks: 3 single wall hooks and 1 double prong ceiling hook. Cadmium plated steel. Minimum two fasteners each. Locate at each locker unit. D. End Panels at Athletic Lockers: 16 gauge sheet. No holes except as necessary for rivets. E. Boxed End Caps: Minimum 16 gauge steel. Install to fit over locker ends with no exposed fasteners at outside face and sides of lockers. F. Number Plates: One aluminum plate with 3/8 inch high black filled numbers. Mount on each locker door in sequence as directed by Owner. G. Shelves: 16 gauge cold formed steel with right angle flange at each side. Provide one at each single tiered wardrobe locker. H. Channel Base: Manufacturer's standard 4 inch high recessed 16 gauge steel zee channel closed bases at exposed faces, finished to match lockers suitable for installation of resilient base specified Section 096513. I. Concrete Curb: Provide 4 inch high by 6 inch wide under work of Section 033000. 2.6 LOCKER BENCHES A. Bench Tops: Laminated maple, 1-1/4 inch thick by 9-1 /2 inches wide by lengths as shown on Drawings. B. Pedestal: 1-1/2 inch pipe, approximately 16 to 17 inches high with bell shaped flange and concrete anchors for installing overexisting concrete slab. 2.7 FACTORY APPLIED FINISH A. Galvanized Sheet Steel:. Galvannealed iron -zinc alloy to ASTM A525 or electrolytic zinc - coated galvanize to ASTM A591, Class B, for smooth surface without spangle and other imperfections, capable of taking high grade baked enamel finish. 1. Athletic Lockers: Fully galvanize. 2. Corridor Lockers: Galvanize top shelves and bottom panel. B. Pretreatment: Clean and treat with iron phosphate rust and corrosion treatment. C. Finish Coat: Manufacturer's standard electrostatically applied, baked -on enamel or epoxy finish system. D. Colors: As selected from manufacturer's full line of colors. E. Inside Locker Cabinet: Manufacturer's standard color. F. Exterior Locker Cabinet and Both Sides of Door: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer's standard selections. SAVE DATE: 1/14/2010 11:48:00 AM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT\ 105113 PERMIT SET RAHS METAL LOCKERS (KD).DOC 105113-3of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 105113 09819.00 METAL LOCKERS G. Maple Bench Tops: Clear water white finish as specified 099000, except as approved from manufacturer standard treatment. END OF SECTION SAVE DATE: 1/14/2010 11:48:00 AM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \1051 13 PERMIT SET RAHS METAL LOCKERS (KD).DOC 10511.3-4of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 107500 09819.00 FLAGPOLES SECTION 107500 FLAGPOLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum groundset flagpole with exterior halyard, set in concrete foundation. 2. Accessories including foundation sleeves, centering wedges, foundation plate with lighting ground spike, metal base or flash collar for complete installation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standar •' Current edition at date of Bid. - Cast -in -Place Concrete: For foundation. B. American Society for sting and Materials (ASTM) Inter 1. ASTM B241 - Specifications for AIu Pipe and Seamless C. American National Standards stitute (ANSI): for Design Loads of Metal Fla. ,oles D. National Association of Architectu 1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA tional: um and Aluminum -Alloy Seamless ruded Tube. I/NAAMM FP 1001 - Guide Specifications Manufacturers (NAAMM): Metal Flagpole Manual A. Flagpole and Anchorage: Design withs d 100 mph wind velocity when flying two 4 foot by 5 foot flags, conformin • • ANSI/N M FP 1001. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions • Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Show mplete installation requiremen including following. 1. General layout, i luding foundation details, fully di nsioned for ground -set poles. 2. Accessories, fin'. hes, and installation requirements. C. Product Data: De ription of pole and accessories, specificatio and installation instructions. D. Design Calcu .tions: Stamped by structural engineer, employed by anufacturer to meet design crite E. Manufact er's Instructions: Include installation instructions and details. 1.5 QUALICATIONS A. M. ufacturer and Installer Qualifications: Specializing in work ofthis Section. Able to document minimum 3 years experience. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 107500 Permit Set RAHS Flagpoles.Doc 107500 - 1 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 107500 09819.00 FLAGPOLES 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Spiral wrap new flagpole with protective covering and pack in protective shipping tubes or containers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Bolander and S. s, Inc. 1. Tel (206) 6 -6360, Fax (360) 659-2653, Email EnosColnc@cs. om (Enos Company, Bob Enos). B. Concord Industries, I 1. Tel (425) 861-866 2. Website htt•: /www. xt 109, Fax (425) 869-1675 (Fost oles.com C. Eder Flag Manufacturing Co any, Inc. 1. Tel (800) 866-6199, Tel ( 6) 387-2791, Fax (20 783-3985 (Park & Playground Products, Doug Lybeck). 2. Website http://www.ederflaq. ray, Kevin Bray). D. Morgan Francis Co. 1. Tel (425) 392-5363, (425) 391-11 2. Website http:!/www.morgan-francis. E. Pole -Tech Co., Inc. 1. Tel (253) 661-7069, Fax (253) 661-2 Construction Services, Greg Varney). 2. Website http://www.poletech.com (Nor est Associates, Don Duffer). m ell (253) 297-5515 (Ptarmigan F. Substitution Requests: Submit for app •val under pro sions of Section 012500. 2.2 ALUMINUM FLAGPOLE A. Operation: Exterior Halyard with gle sheave pulley on re ving, non -fouling truck. B. Pulleys of metal or nylon constr tion. C. Pole: One piece seamless ext ded aluminum pole of 6063-T6 al`: and in accordance with ASTM B241. Suitable for wo 4 foot by 5 foot flags. D. Finish: Brushed satin, fine ; rain, maintenance free. E. Overall length: 44 foot. F. Exposed length: 40 fo G. Diameter: 1. Butt: 7 inch OD. 2. Top: 3.5 inch OD. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 107500 Permit Set RAHS Flagpoles.Doc 107500 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 107500 09819.00 FLAGPOLES H. Wall thickness: Minimum 0.156 inch. I. Shaft: Uniformly cone tapered approximately 1 inch into each 66 inch of shaft J. Ball: 8 inch diameter gold anodized spun aluminum ball with flush seams. K. Halyard: Polyester rope. L. Foundation Sleeve: Hot dip, corrugated, galvanized steel. ti M. Lightin• Ground Spike: 3/4 inch diameter by 18 inch steel ground spike welded to steel base plat N. Exterior Haly. • Accessories: Swivel snaps, cleat, collar, lockable cleat cover, standoff directly above ver for adjusting tension, and as ins cted by flagpole manufacturer to • meet conditions • installation. O. Concrete foundation. Minimum 4,000 psi concr e and as specified Section 033000. P. Miscellaneous: Provide rdwood wedges, a asphalt paint as instructed by flagpole manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive ork of this Section before beginning. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Where not factory applied, a up factory applications at b ow grade e • 'osed metal and metal in contact with dissimilar materials. ly bitum ous paint to below grade surfaces of poles. Touch 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Conform to NAAMM I etal Flagpole Manual and 'anufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate installon requirements with requiremis of Section 033000. C. Electrically grou flagpole base with steel ground spi welded to steel base plate. D. Install pole in . corrugated steel foundation sleeve in con to foundation and set in place with center' • wedges and dry sand tamped into place for a ignment of not more than 1 inch variati ' from plumb. E. Slope to, of slab to drain. Align flush with top of adjacent slab at construction joint. F. Install : luminum flash collar at base and all fittings and attachments for complete and smo• h operation. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \107500 Permit Set RAHS Flagpoles.Doc 107500 - 3 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 107500 09819.00 FLAGPOLES 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Make adjustments as required to complete installation for completely operable flagpole. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 107500 Permit Set RAHS Flagpoles.Doc 107500 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 111616 09819.00 SAFES SECTION 111616 SAFES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Recessed wall security safe. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 064100 1.2 SUBMITTALS Architectural Wood Casework A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed product data, specifications, installation instructions, and as applicable to completely describe product as pertinent to requirements of Project for full and complete installations. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in manufacturer's protective, labeled packaging. C. Store, handle, and install to protect from damage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. American Security Products, BWB4025, specified for type and quality. 1. Tel (800) 421-6142 2. Website: http://www.amsecusa.com B. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 WALL SAFE A. Construction: 1/2 inch thick steel door and 3/16 inch thick all -welded steel body. B. Combination Lock Mechanism: U.L. listed Group II key changeable combination lock with over 1 million possible combinations. C. Outside Dimensions: 40 inch (H) by 25 inch (W) by 25 inch (D) outside dimensions. D. Shelves: 3 Adjustable E. Weight: 390 pounds Date Saved: January 18, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \11 1616 Permit Set RAHS Safes.Doc 111616 - 1 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 111616 09819.00 SAFES 2.3 FINISH A. Manufacturer's painted face and interior finish. B. Color as approved by Architect from manufacturer's standard selection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install plumb, level, secure, with manufacturer's recommended fasteners metal framing systems under work of Section 05410 or 092216. C. Install to flush out with gypsum board finish specified Section 092900. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Leave installation free from defects. B. Adjust operation as accepted by Architect. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 18, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \111616 Permit Set RAHS Safes.Doc 111616-2of2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 112428 09819.00 FALL RESTRAINT & FALL ARREST SYSTEMS SECTION 112428 FALL RESTRAINT & FALL ARREST SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rooftop fall arrest and fall restraint anchors. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 2. Section 050523 3. Section 051200 4. Section 053100 5. Section 061000 6. Section 074113 7. Section 076200 8. Section 079200 - Cast -In -Place Concrete - Welding - Structural Steel Framing - Steel Decking - Rough Carpentry - Metal Roof Panels - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim - Joint Sealants 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM A36 - Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless. 3. , ASTM Al 23 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dipped) Galvanized Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 4. ASTM Al 53 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 5. ASTM A276 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 6. ASTM A492 - Standard Specification for. Stainless Steel Rope Wire. 7. ASTM A1011 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy and High - Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability. 8. ASTM D1056 - Specifications for Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. 9. ASTM D2000 - Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. 10. ASTM F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs 11. ASTM F594 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts. 12. ASTM F887 - Standard Specifications for Personal Climbing Equipment C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI Z53.1- Safety Color Code for Marking. 2. ANSI Z359.1 - Safety Requirements for Personal Fall Arrest Systems, Subsystems, and Components Physical Hazards. 3. ANSI Al 0.14 - Requirements for Safety Belts, Harnesses, Lanyards, and Lifelines for Construction and Demolition Use. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\I 12428 Permit Set RAHS Fall Restraint & Fall Arrest Systems.Doc 112428 - 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 112428 09819.00 FALL RESTRAINT & FALL ARREST SYSTEMS D. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. AWS D1.1 2. AWS D1.2 3. AWS D1.3 - Structural Welding Code -Steel. - Structural Welding Code -Aluminum. - Specifications for Welding Sheet Steel in Structures E. Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act ( WISHA), Chapters: Website http:J/www.lni.wa.govj`wisha/ 1. WAC 296-155 Part C-1 Fall Restraint and Fall Arrest. 2. WAC 296-24-880 Powered Platforms for Exterior Building Maintenance F. Occupational and Safety Health Administration (OSHA) Standards: 1. OSHA Rule on Fall Protection in General Industry (29 CFR 1910 Subpart I). 2. OSHA Rule on Safety Standards for Fall Protection in the Construction Industry, (29 CFR 1910 and 1926, Subpart IV). 1.3 A. B. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Conform to WISHA for fall arrest and fall restraint systems. Fall Arrest and Fall Restraint Anchors: Permit free movement of persons over entire roof while attached by full body harness, tether, and retractable life line through D -ring or eye at each fall arrest anchor sing quick release attachments. C. Upright Anchors: As instructed by manufacture in design acceptable to Architect. D. Pullout Force: Design fall arrest anchors and connections to resist 5,000 pound pullout force without damage to roof construction. 1. Include reinforcement as required to prevent damage to roof deck. 2. Include attachments to supporting structural framing as required to transfer pullout force into roof structural framing. E. Arrest Force: Limit to 1,800 pound or less. F. Free Fall Distance: Limit to 6 foot. G. Owner has opted to purchase harnesses, tethers, and lines separately from work of this Section. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show rooftop locations of fall arrest anchors, configurations, dimensions, attachment details, and components required for complete fall arrest system conforming to provisions of this Section. 2. Show interfacement with adjacent materials. 3. Bear seal and signature of professional structural or civil engineer, employed by manufacturer, licensed in State of Washington, responsible for design. C. Product Data: Descriptive product literature with relevant data highlighted. Include physical characteristics, performance data, and limitations. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 112428 Permit Set RAHS Fall Restraint & Fall Arrest Systems.Doc 112428-2of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 112428 09819.00 FALL RESTRAINT & FALL ARREST SYSTEMS D. Structural Calculations: 1. Design to safety factor conforming to WISHA for structural connections and components. 2. Design connections and reinforcement as required to resist specified pull out and arrest forces. 3. Bear seal and signature of structural or civil engineer, employed by manufacturer, licensed in State of Washington, responsible for design of anchors and attachments required to accept specified pullout forces without causing substantial damage to roof deck and structural framing. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include Installation Instructions, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. F. Certification: Written statement signed by manufacturer's authorized representative. Certify: 1. System: Engineered and designed to accommodate roof deck, roofing type, structural requirements, and watertight seal at roofing system. 2. Installer: Certified as authorized by manufacturer. G. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Drawings: Submit under provisions of Section 017839. Show location of each fall arrest anchor as installed. B. Submit 4 copies of reduced plastic laminated drawing of roof plan, for posting near roof access points, showing anchor locations and details. C. Maintenance and Operating Data: Submit under provisions of Section 017823. Include manufacturer's maintenance procedures, safety inspection log book for yearly inspections, and manufacturer's videotape illustrating on-site instructions to Owner's personnel in use of equipment. D. Accessory Equipment: Submit to Owner product data, manufacturer's instruction, and test data for life lines and other accessory equipment. Submittal does not imply purchase by Owner 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience. 2. Employing complete engineering and technical personnel needed to engineer, design, and perform work of this Section. B. Installer: 1. Manufacturer or certified by manufacturer as qualified to perform work of this Section. 2. Able to document minimum 3 years experience in successful installations of manufacturer's fall arrest and fall restraint systems. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \ 112428 Permit Set RAHS Fall Restraint & Fall Arrest Systems.Doc 112428-3of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 112428 09819.00 FALL RESTRAINT & FALL ARREST SYSTEMS 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to provisions of Section 014100. B. Conform to Washington State Department of Labor and Industries WISHA Chapter 296-155 WAC Part C-1 Fall Restraint and Fall Arrest. C. Conform to additional requirements of OSHA - Occupational and Safety Health Administration Standards, except where in conflict with adopted WISHA regulations. 1. OSHA Rule on Fall Protection in General Industry (29 CFR 1910 Subpart I). 2. OSHA Rule on Safety Standards for Fall Protection in the Construction Industry, (29 CFR 1926, Subpart IV), Aug 5, 1992. D. OSHA Rule on Safety Standards for Fall Protection in the Construction Industry, Aug 5, 1992. E. Welding: Conform to Section 050523. Perform welding by welding operators currently certified by WABO. 1.8 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Conform to provisions of Section 013119. B. Arrange between Contractor, roofing and deck subcontractors, Owner, Owner's roofing maintenance supervisor, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and others as requested to attend. C. Meet within time period needed to coordinate work of related Sections with work of this Section. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturers instructions. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 051200 for connections to distribute loads into structural steel framing. 1.11 MAINTENANCE A. Manufacturer's Warranty Maintenance Service: 1. Inspect and test installed equipment at least two times at approximately 6 month intervals during first year following Substantial Completion. 2. Submit written reports to Owner and Architect. 3. Document deficiencies noted and recommendations for making corrections. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL PLATE AND ANCHOR MATERIALS A. Steel Pipe Upright Anchors: ASTM A53 Schedule 80, Type F. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \112428 Permit Set RAHS Fall Restraint & Fall Arrest Systems.Doc 112428 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 112428 09819.00 FALL RESTRAINT & FALL ARREST SYSTEMS B. Steel Plate: ASTM A1011 Grade 45, 42 KSI yield strength. C. Steel D -Ring Eyelets: ASTM A276 Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel, 5000 pound proof load, 3/8 thick by 2 inch inside diameter, and as required for attachment of life line. 2.2 FASTENERS A. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Type 304 or 316, stainless steel. 1. Bolts and Washers: ASTM F593. 2. Nuts: ASTM F594. B. Exposed Fasteners: As designed by manufacturer to accommodate deck type, structural framing, and design loads. 2.3 FLASHING AND SEALING MATERIALS A. Non -Expanding Sealing Gaskets: Pre-cut and predrilled, 40 durometer, 1/8 inch, solid neoprene rubber meeting or exceeding ASTM D2000. For sealing under anchor bases. B. Expanding Compression Gaskets: Neoprene rubber meeting or exceeding ASTM D1056 Type I (Closed Cell), Class B or C (Petroleum Resistant). C. Joint Sealants: Non -skinning butyl sealant or neutral curing silicone sealant as specified Section 079200. Polyurethane sealant not accepted. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Connections: Weld and grind smooth. Conform to Section 050523, AWS D1.1, AWS D1.2, and AWS D1.3 as applicable. B. Fabricate engineered fall restraint and fall arrest system suitable for roof and deck mounting with welded steel base plate and steel pipe uprights. C. Provide D -rings at steel pipe uprights, suitable for attachment of life lines. D. Size uprights for minimum 8 inch exposure above roof. E. Fabricate to install at below roof peaks with welded attachments to structural steel roof framing as specified by Section 05120. F. Pre -drill holes for fasteners at bolted baseplates. 2.5 FINISHES A. Steel Pipe Uprights, and Base Plates: Carbon steel, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Galvanize carbon steel to following standards: 1 Pipe: ASTM A53 2. Plate: ASTM A123 3. Galvanizing Repair Compound: 95 percent zinc cold galvanizing compound, as specified Section 055000. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \112428 Permit Set RAHS Fall Restraint & Fall Arrest Systems.Doc 112428 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 112428 09819.00 FALL RESTRAINT & FALL ARREST SYSTEMS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify layout of roof fall arrest anchors and structural connections suitable for work of this Section. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Lay out fall arrest system according to Architect reviewed shop drawings. C. Install upright fall arrest anchors to structural framing and construction designed to transfer and accept imposed loads generated by fall restraint and fall arrest system D. Make welded or mechanical connections. E. Do not make connections that impose loads on roof deck. F. Make watertight. G. Isolate dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic action. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Repair or replace defective installations not conforming with provisions of Contract Documents. B. Field touch up damaged galvanizing surface finishes with galvanized finish with galvanizing repair compound. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \112428 Permit Set RAHS Fall Restraint & Fall Arrest Systems.Doc 112428-6of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL ECTION 113100 09819.00 APPLIANCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Kitchen appliances. 2. Laundry appliances. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 064100 2. Section 114000 3. Division 22 4. Division 26 SECTION 113100 APPLIANCES - Architectural Wood Casework - Food Service Equipment - Plumbing - Electrical 1.2 REFERENCES A. US Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy: http://www.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance standards B. Unite States Environmental Protection Agency: http://www.epa.gov/ 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's specification data sheet showing dimensions, clearances, and installation requirements. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation requirements, rough -in dimensions, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. D. LEED Submittal: 1. Product Data for Credit EA 1 .4 For appliances, documentation indicating that products are ENERGY STAR rated. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 017700. B. Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Energy Ratings: Provide residential appliances that.carry labels indicating energy -cost analysis (estimated annual operating costs) and efficiency information as required by the FTC Appliance Labeling Rule. 1. Provide appliances that qualify for the EPA/ DOE ENERGY STAR product labeling program. Date Saved: January 18, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \113100 Permit Set RAI -IS Appliances.Doc 113100-1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL ECTION 113100 09819.00 APPLIANCES 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not deliver to site until ready for installation. C. Verify free from damage before acceptance. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 064100 for casework openings for undercounter refrigerators, ranges, and other built-in appliances. C. Division 22 and Division 26 for Mechanical and Electrical connections and power. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval in accordance with Section 012500. 2.2 APPLIANCES A. Refrigerator: GE Hotpoint, Model CSX2OBA, side by side freezer and cooler, ice maker. B. [Undercounter Refrigerator: GE, Model TAX6SNX, Compact, 34-1 /4 inch height by 23-5/8 inch wide.] C [Whirlpool Compact Refrigerator, Model ELO5CCXFW with automatic ice maker.] D. [Upright Freezer: GE, Model FUF2ODA, Frost -Free.] E. [Ice Maker: Manitowoc, Q -Model Series 1000 Ice Cube Machine on S-570 Bin, 770 pounds ice in 24 hours. Locate at Concession Room 151A.] F. [Ice Maker: Manitowoc, Q -Model Series 1300 Ice Cube Machine on S-970 Bin 1,030 pounds ice in 24 hours. Locate at Training Room 175.] G. [Microwave Oven: GEJES1290BJ/WJ, 1.2 Cu Ft Countertop Convection Microwave Oven, 22 inch Wide by 13-1/2 inch high by 20-1 /4 inch deep.] H. [Range: GE Hotpoint, Model RB525.] I. [Range Hood: General Electric Profile 30 inch high performance range hood, JV636HSS, Stainless Steel finish.] J. [Dishwasher: GE, Model GSD2200.] K. [Clothes Washer: GE, Model WCXR1070T.] L. [Clothes Dryer: GE, Model DCXR453EV.] Date Saved: January 18, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \113100 Permit Set RAHS Appliances.Doc 113100 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL ECTION 113100 09819.00 APPLIANCES M. Commercial Kitchen Food Service Equipment: Refer to Section 116600. 2.3 FINISHES A. Appliances Color: White. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Verify casework specified Section 064100 for clearances and tolerances 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate roughed -in plumbing and electrical connections with work of Division 22 - Plumbing and Division 26 - Electrical. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install electrical appliances in accordance with provisions of Contract Documents and manufacturer's instructions. Where in conflict, verify with Architect before beginning work 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Make adjustments as need to make appliances fully operational. B. Repair of replace damaged or otherwise inoperable appliances including appliances with damaged finishes 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean appliances free of dust, soiling, marks, and other foreign substances. Leave clean and ready for operation. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 18, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs Files Ready To Print 113100 Permit Set RAHS Appliances.Doc 113100-3of3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT SECTION 114000 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Foodservice equipment. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Refer to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and applicable provisions of Division 1 for additional instructions. B. Refer to Division 22 & 23 - Mechanical; for applicable provisions and sections regarding mechanical services, including, but not limited to, rough -ins, grease traps, steam traps, drain traps, atmospheric vents, valves, pipes and pipe fittings, ductwork, and other materials necessary to complete final connections to individual items as specified in this Section; not work of this Section. C. Refer to Division 26 - Electrical; for applicable provisions and sections regarding electrical services, including, but not limited to, rough -ins, wiring, disconnects and other materials necessary to complete final connections to individual items as specified in this Section; not work of this Section. D. Refer to Division 6 - Wood and Division 9 - Finishes; for applicable provisions and sections regarding finish carpentry and interior woodwork related to counter fabrication and requirements for food service equipment. E. Work included in other Sections - Provision of all wall, floor, and/or ceiling/roof openings, recesses, sleeves, and/or conduits; and equipment pads, as required for installation of items included in this section. Also sealing of these openings, recesses, sleeves, etc., after installation of the equipment items, as required. Not work of this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS: A. Furnish - Supply and deliver to Project Site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. B. Install (set in place) - Operations at Project Site including actual unloading, unpacking, assembly, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations; ready for final utility connections by other Sections as appropriate. C. Contractor - All references to the Contractor in this Section 11 4000, shall refer to the Kitchen Equipment (Sub-) Contractor. Reference to any other Contractor, shall be specific; such as Plumbing (Sub-) Contractor, Electrical (Sub-) Contractor, Architect designated, etc. D. Provide - Furnish and install complete, ready for intended use. 114000 - 1 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 1.4 LAWS, ORDINANCES AND STANDARDS: A. STANDARDS: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following standards as applicable to the manufacture, fabrication, and installation of the work of this Section: 1. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (A.R.I): Comply with the applicable regulations and references of the latest edition of standards for remote refrigeration system(s), components and installation. 2. American Gas Association (A.G.A.): Comply with A.G.A. standards for gas heated equipment, and provide equipment with the A.G.A. seal. Automatic safety pilots to be provided on all equipment, where available. (Canadian Gas Association or alternate testing lab's seals may be accepted if acceptable to local code jurisdictions.) 3. American National Standards Institute (A.N.S.I.): Comply with A.N.S.I. Z21 -Series standards for gas -burning equipment, and provide labels indicating name of testing agency. 4. American National Standards Institute (A.N.S.I.): Comply with A.N.S.I. B57.1 for compressed gas cylinder connections, and with applicable standards of the Compressed Gas Association for compressed gas piping. 5. American National Standards Institute (A.N.S.I.): Comply with A.N.S.I. A40.4 and A40.6 for water connection air gaps and vacuum breakers. 6. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (A.S.H.R.A.E.): Comply with the applicable regulations and references of the latest edition of standards for remote refrigeration system(s), components and installation 7. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (A.S.M.E.): Comply with A.S.M.E. Boiler Code requirements for steam generating and steam heated equipment; provide A.S.M.E. inspection, stamp and registration with National Board. 8. American Society for Testing and Materials (A.S.T.M.): Comply with A.S.T.M. C1036 for flat glass. 9. American Society for Testing and Materials (A.S.T.M.): Comply with A.S.T.M. C1048 for heat-treated flat glass - Kind HS, Kind FT coated and uncoated glass. 10. American Welding Society (A.W.S.): Comply with A.W.S. D1.1 structural welding code. National Electric Code (N.E.C.): Comply with N.F.P.A. Volume 5 for electrical wiring and devices included with foodservice equipment, A.N.S.I. C2 and C73, and applicable N.E.M.A. and N.E.C.A. standards. 12. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (N.E.M.A.): Comply with N.E.M.A. LD3 for high-pressure decorative laminates. 114000 - 2 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 13. National Fire Protection Association (N.F.P.A.): Comply with the applicable sections of the N.F.P.A. for exhaust hood, ventilators, duct and fan materials, hoods fire suppression systems, construction and installation; as well as, local codes and standards. 14. National Sanitation Foundation (N.S.F.): Comply with the latest Standards and Revisions established by N.S.F. Provide N.S.F. Seal of Approval on each applicable manufactured item, and on items of custom fabricated work. (UL Sanitation approval and seal may be accepted if acceptable to local code jurisdictions.) 1 5. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association (S.M.A.C.N.A.): Comply with the latest edition of S.M.A.C.N.A. guidelines for seismic restraint of kitchen equipment, and the applicable local regulatory agencies requirements. 16. Underwriters Laboratories (U.L.): For electrical components and assemblies provide either U.L. labeled products or, where no labeling service is available, "recognized markings" to indicate listing in the UL "Recognized Component Index". (Canadian Standards Association or alternate testing lab's seals may be accepted if acceptable to local code jurisdictions.) 17. UL 300 Standard: Wet chemical fire suppression systems for exhaust hoods/ventilators shall comply with these requirements. 18. American with Disabilities Act (ADA): Comply with requirements, as applicable to this Project. 19. Refrigeration Service Engineers Society (R.S.E.S.): Comply with the applicable regulations and references of the latest edition of standards for remote refrigeration system(s), components and installation; and the 1995 requirements of the Montreal Protocol Agreement. 20. All refrigerants used for any purpose shall comply with the 1995 requirements of the Montreal Protocol Agreement, and subsequent revisions and amendments. No CFC refrigerants shall be allowed on this Project. 21. All refrigeration components installation, repairs, and/or associated work on any refrigeration system, self-contained or remote, shall be performed by a Certified Refrigeration Mechanic. 22. Comply with all applicable local codes, standards and regulations and any special local conditions (example only: City of Los Angeles Testing Lab requirements). 23. Backflow prevention assemblies must be applied per WAC 246-290-490. 24. Backflow prevention equipment will be applied as required in UPC 603.4.13 and devices will be required to be from the current list of approved devices for use in Washington State. 114000 - 3 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 25. The UPC states that integral air gaps or vented backflow assembly be installed. An integral air gap is preferred. However if a backflow assembly is installed it must be a reduced pressure backflow assembly per AWWA Cross Connection Control Manual as cited under WAC 246- 290-490 and installed so that it can be tested annually. If this is an integral assembly, Equipment supplier must provide information as to how it can be tested annually. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATIONS: A. In addition to requirements of Related Sections 1.02.A submit evidence of compliance with the following qualifications and conditions. 1. Five (5) years minimum continuous operation under the same company name and ownership. 2. Evidence of Company financial stability, and financial ability to complete this Project without endangering that stability. 3. List of comparable size and scope projects completed in the last five (5) years, with Owner's contact name and telephone number. 4. Have manufacturer's authorization to purchase, distribute, and install all items specified with this Project. 5. Maintain a staff or have access to personnel with a minimum of five (5) years experience in the installation of comparable size and scope projects. 6. Maintain or have access to a fabrication shop meeting NSF standards and labeling requirements. (UL Sanitation approval and seal may be accepted if acceptable to local code jurisdictions.) If other than the Contractor's own fabrication shop, they shall have five (5) years minimum experience in the fabrication of comparable size, scope, and level of quality projects; and the Contractor shall submit their company name and credentials to the Architect, which shall have the right of approval or disapproval. 7. Maintain a staff or have access to personnel experienced in the preparation of professional style shop drawings and submittals. 8. Maintain or have access to manufacturer's authorized service personnel together with readily available stock of repair and replacement parts. B. Any sub -contractor employed by this Contractor, for this Project, shall comply the same qualification requirements. 1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Submit bids for the specific manufacturer and model, size, capacity and accessories, as specified or shown on the drawings. 114000 - 4 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT B. Requests for substitutions must be submitted and approved in writing by the Architect. All substitutions and request for substitutions shall comply with conditions and requirements as stated in Section 012513. C. If custom fabricated items are submitted and accepted as a substitute to standard manufactured items, these items shall meet the specifications of the specified manufactured items, and in general, the fabrication sections which follows. 1.7 DISCREPANCIES: A. Where discrepancies are discovered between the drawings and the specifications, regarding quality or quantity, the higher quality or the greater quantity shall be included in the Bid Proposal. Notify the Architect, in writing, of any discrepancies discovered; and await clarification prior to proceeding with the items or areas in question. 1.8 SUBMITTALS: A. Rough -In Drawings: 1. Submit two (2) sets for approval. After approval, reproduce and supply the required number of corrected distribution prints for record and construction purposes. 2. Submit 1/4 inch scale rough -in drawings for approval. These drawings shall be dimensioned; showing location of ducts, stubs, floor and wall sleeves, for ventilation, plumbing, steam, electrical, refrigeration lines, and concrete base and curb dimensions as required for equipment so supported. 3. Site -verify mechanical, electrical and ventilating rough -in and sleeve locations. 4. Maintain one record set with any related corrections, revisions, additions, deletions, changes, etc. noted during construction and installation; and provide an "as -built" set in reproducible transparency form at the completion of this phase of the Project. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the information on their submittals. 6. In the event rough -ins have been accomplished before award of this contract, the Contractor shall check the existing facility and make adjustments to their equipment to suit building conditions and utilities, where possible. If not possible, so state in a letter with reasons, and an alternate method and pricing, to the Owner, Architect and JLR Design Group. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit two (2) sets for approval. After approval, reproduce and supply the required number of corrected distribution prints for record and construction purposes. 114000 - 5 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2. Submit shop drawings for items of custom fabrication included in this contract. Shop drawings shall be submitted at 3/4 inch and/or 1-1/2 inch scale and shall show dimensions, materials, details of construction, installation and relation of adjoining work requiring cutting or close fitting. Shop drawings shall also indicate reinforcements, anchorage and related work required for the complete installation of fixtures. 3. Before proceeding with the fabrication of any item, the Contractor shall be responsible for verifying and coordinating all dimensions and details, with site dimensions and conditions. C. Product Data Manuals: 1. Submit six (6) bound sets of manufacturer's specifications sheets with complete and specific information; including model numbers, options and accessories provided, exact utility requirements, and similar information on all items of standard manufacture. Distribute one additional copy of installation and start-up instructions to the Installer. Mark each data sheet with the applicable project equipment item number. Each data sheet to include N.E.M.A. plug and receptacle configuration for applicable items, where applicable. D. Architect's/Consultant's review of drawings, shop details, product data brochures, and service and parts manuals is for general conformance with the design concept and contract documents. Markings or comments shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from compliance with the contract documents, or departures therefrom. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly, and for performing their work in a safe, satisfactory, and professional manner. 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA MANUALS: A. Service And Parts Manuals: Three (3) bound sets of service and parts manuals shall be furnished for items of standard manufacture before final acceptance of installation by Owner. Manuals to be in alphabetical order, according to manufacturer. B. Service Agency List: Submit, with the service and parts manuals, a complete list of local service agencies for included manufacturers, complete with telephone numbers. C. Provide video tapes for maintenance, training, operation, etc where available from the manufacturer. 1.11 SCHEDULE: A. General: Time is of the essence in this agreement and acceptance constitutes a guarantee that the Contractor can and will obtain materials, equipment and manpower, upon notice to proceed, to permit overall completion of the entire building project on schedule. The Contractor shall coordinate their work with the progress schedule, as prepared and updated periodically by the General Contractor or Construction Manager. 114000 - 6 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT B. Unanticipated delays, not within the realm of control of the Contractor, shall be noted in a written notification to the Foodservice Consultant and the Architect, immediately upon the Contractor's realization that delays are imminent. C. Failure of manufacturers to meet promised delivery dates will not grant relief to the Contractor for failure to meet schedules; unless the Contractor can establish, in writing, that orders were received by the manufacturer, with reasonable lead times. D. Extra charges resulting from special handling or air shipment in order to meet the schedule will be paid by the Contractor if insufficient time was allowed in placing factory orders. 1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. Delivery Of Materials: Deliver materials (except bulk materials) in manufacturer's containers fully identified with manufacturer's name, trade name, type, class, grade, size, color and item number. B. Storage Of Materials, Equipment And Fixtures: Contractor is responsible for receiving and warehousing of equipment and fixtures, until ready for installation. Store materials, equipment and fixtures in sealed containers. Store off the ground and under cover, protected from damage. C. .Handling Materials And Equipment: Verify and coordinate conditions at the building site, particularly door and/or wall openings, and passages, to assure access for all equipment. Pieces too bulky for existing facilities shall be hoisted or otherwise handled with apparatus as required. All special handling equipment charges shall be arranged for and paid for by the Contractor. 1.13 PRODUCT PROTECTION: A. The Contractor is responsible, during the progress of the project, to protect their equipment against theft or damage, until final acceptance by the Owner. B. Use all means reasonable to protect the materials of this Section before, during, and after installation; and to protect the associated work and materials of the other trades. C. Pre -fabricated walk-in boxes, on-site and installed in advance of the rest of the equipment, are not to be available for or used as general storage by other trades; and should be locked before leaving the site. Damage and theft resulting from the failure to secure boxes shall be repaired or replaced at Contractor's own expense. 114000 - 7 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 1 14000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 1.14 WARRANTY: A. Unless otherwise noted in this Section, items furnished shall be fully guaranteed against defects in workmanship and material(s) for one full year after issue of Substantial Completion, or the equivalent. Should a Temporary Certificate of Substantial Completion be issued for partial completion of work, the items furnished within that designated area shall be under warranty from the date of issue of that Certificate. Repairs and replacements will be made by the Contractor or their service agent without charge to the Owner, and within a reasonable time. B. Additional Warranty: Refrigeration systems shall include start-up and one-year service and maintenance contract, in addition to the regular one-year warranty as stated above; plus additional four-year warranty on sealed portions of condensing units, including refrigerant lost. This shall include all refrigerators, ice cream makers and cabinets, ice makers, freezers, dispensers, walk-in coolers/freezers compressors, and/or any other items with refrigeration system(s). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT: A. Equipment schedule: Refer to schedule on Foodservice Drawings and Part 6 Itemized Specifications for equipment included in this Section. 2.2 MATERIALS: A. Metals: 1. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, hardest workable temper, No.4 directional polish. 2. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A526, except ASTM A527 for extensive forming; ASTM A525, G90 zinc coating, chemical treatment. a. Where painted finish is indicated, provide mill phosphatized treatment in lieu of chemical treatment. 3. Steel Sheet: ASTM A569 hot -rolled carbon steel. 4. Galvanized Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 or ASTM A120, welded or seamless, schedule 40, galvanized. 5. Steel Structural Members: Hot rolled or cold formed, carbon steel unless stainless steel is indicated. a. Galvanized Finish (G.I.): ASTM A123 hot -dipped zinc coating, applied after fabrication. 114000 - 8 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 6. Aluminum: ASTM 6209/B221 sheet, plate and extrusions (as indicated); alloy, temper and finish as determined by manufacturer/fabricator, except 0.40 -mil natural anodized finish on exposed work unless another finish is indicated. B. Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD3, Type 2, 0.050" thick, except Type 3, 0.042" for post- forming smooth (non -textured). Color and texture as selected by the Architect. 1. Comply with N.S.F. No. 35. 2. Veneered with approved waterproof and heatproof cement. Rubber base adhesives are not acceptable. 3. Applied directly over close grained plywood, such as solid Mahogany or solid Birch, of selected, smooth, sanded stock to ensure a smooth ripple -free laminated surface. 4. Exposed faces and edges shall be faced with 1/8 inch (1.6mm) thick edge banding of same material as exposed face. Corresponding backs are to be covered with approved backing and balancing sheet material. No unfinished exposed substrate will be acceptable C. Hardwood Work Surfaces: Laminated edge grained hard maple (Acer saccharum), NHLA First Grade with knots, holes and other blemishes culled out, kiln dried at 8 percent or less moisture, waterproof glue, machined, sanded, and finished with N.S.F. approved oil -sealer. D. Insulation: 1. For low temperature applications, such as ice bins, cold pans, or fabricated under counter freezers, use urethane, rigid board foam or foamed -in-place; not less than 2 inches (50mm) thick, except that vertical surfaces of cold pans and ice bins may be 1 inch (25mm) thick. Insulation shall be bonded at joints, to prevent condensation on exterior. 2. For refrigerated applications such as fabricated under counter refrigerators, use urethane rigid board foam or foamed -in-place, or styrofoam rigid board foam 2 inches (50mm) thick, bonded at joints. 3. For heated type applications, such as plate warmers, use block type rock wool, minimum 1 inch (25mm) thick. 4. At counter tops, subject to heat from cooking equipment and refrigeration compressors, use 1 inch (25mm) thick B&Z Products (1- 800-999-0890) Marinite I, or equal, to insulate underside of top. 5. Marinite material shall be added between freezer or refrigerator, and 14 gauge (2.0) stainless steel top. 6. All insulation shall be fully encased or enclosed. E. Joint Materials: 114000 - 9 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 1. Sealants: 1 -part or 2 -part, polyurethane or silicone based, liquid elastomeric sealant, non -solvent release type, Shore A hardness of 30, except 45 if subject to traffic. 2. Backer Rod: For 3/8 inch or larger joints, shall be polyurethane rod stock, larger than joint width. 3. Gaskets: Solid or hollow (but not cellular) neoprene or polyvinyl chloride; light grey, minimum of 40 Shore A hardness, self-adhesive or prepared for either adhesive application or mechanical anchorage. F. Paint And Coatings: 1. Provide the types of painting and coating materials which, after drying or curing, are suitable for use in conjunction with foodservice, and which are durable, non-toxic, non -dusting, non -flaking, mildew resistant, and comply with governing regulations for foodservice. 2. Galvanize Repair Paint: MIL -P-21035. 3. Bituminous Paint: Sound deaden internal surfaces of metal work, and underside of metal counters and tables between work top and underbracing. 4. Pretreatment: SSPC-PT2 or PT3, of FS TT -C490. 5. Primer Coating for Metal: FS TT -P-86, type suitable for baking, where indicated. 6. Enamel for Metal: Synthetic type, FA TT -P-491, type suitable for baking, where indicated. 2.3 FABRICATED PRODUCTS: A. Hardware: 1. General: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than ANSI 156.9 Type 2 (Institutional), satin finish stainless steel or dull chrome finish on brass, ,bronze, or steel. 2. Hinged Door Hardware: Hinged doors shall be mounted with heavy duty N.S.F. approved hinges with Component Hardware Group, Model No. P62-1010 pulls, or equal. Catches shall be heavy-duty magnetic type, except as otherwise indicated.. 3. Drawer Hardware: Slides to be 200 pounds minimum capacity per pair, 300 series stainless steel, full extension, side -mounting, self-closing type, with stainless steel ball -bearings and positive stops; Component Hardware Group Series S52, or equal. Pulls shall be Component Hardware Group, Model No. P62-1012, or equal. 114000 - 10 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 4. Sliding Door Hardware: Sliding doors shall be mounted on large, quiet ball bearing rollers in 14 -gauge (2.0mm) stainless steel overhead tracks, and be removable without the use of tools. Bottom of cabinet shall have stainless steel guide -pins and not channel tracks for doors. 5. All hardware shall be identified with manufacturer's name and number, so that broken or worn parts may be replaced. B. Casters: 1. Type and size as recommended by caster manufacturer, N.S.F. approved for the type and weight of equipment supported; but not Tess than 5 inch (127mm) diameter heavy-duty, ball-bearing, solid or disc wheel with non -marking grease proof rubber, neoprene or polyurethane tire; unless otherwise specified. Minimum width of tread shall be 1-3/16 inch (30mm). Minimum capacity per caster shall be 250 pound (11 3.4kg), unless otherwise noted in itemized specifications. 2. Solid material wheels to be provided with stainless steel rotating wheel guard. 3. To be sanitary, have sealed wheel and swivel bearings and polished plated finish per N.S.F. 4. Unless otherwise indicated, equip each item with two (2) swivel -type casters and two (2) fixed casters. Provide foot brakes on two (2) casters on opposite corners of equipment. 5. Unless equipment item is equipped with another form of all-around protective bumper, provide circular rotating bumper above each caster, 5 inch (127mm) diameter tire of light grey synthetic rubber (hollow or closed -cell) on cadmium -plated disc. C. Plumbing Fittings, Trim And Accessories: 1. General: Where exposed or semi -exposed, provide bright chrome plated brass or polished stainless steel units. Provide copper or brass where not exposed. 2. Vacuum Breakers: Provide with foodservice equipment as listed in the itemized specifications. 3. Water Outlets: At sinks and at other locations where water is supplied (by manual, automatic or remote control), furnish commercial quality faucets, valves, dispensers or fill devices, of the type and size indicated, and as required to operate equipment and fixtures as indicated. 4. Waste Fittings: Except as otherwise indicated, furnish 2 inch (50mm) remote -lever waste valve, and 3-1 /2 inch (89mm) strainer basket. 1 14000 - 1 1 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT D. Electrical Materials: 1. General: Provide standard materials, devices and components as recommended by the manufacturer or fabricator, selected and installed in accordance with N.E.M.A. standards and recommendations; and as required for safe and efficient use and operation of the foodservice equipment, without objectionable noise, vibration and sanitation problems. 2. Before ordering equipment, confirm with the serving electrical utility, pertinent electrical requirements, such as actual voltages available, number of phases and number of wires in the system. 3. Electrical work for fabricated equipment shall be completely wired to a junction or pull box, wholly accessible, mounted on the equipment. Wiring shall be labeled for outlet or item served. Verify local requirements for U.L. Listing on complete assembly, and provide if required. 4. Components shall bear the U.L. label or be approved by the prevailing authority. 5. Custom fabricated refrigerator units shall be provided with vapor tight light receptacles, shatterproof lamps and automatic switches. Wiring shall be concealed. 6. Controls and Signals: Provide recognized commercial grade signals, on-off push buttons or switches, and other speed and temperature controls as required for operation; complete with pilot lights and permanent signs and graphics to assist the user of each item. Provide stainless steel cover plates at control and signal electrical boxes. Controls and switches are to be located out of heat zones, easily accessible, and in locations that preclude accidental contact by employees. 7. Internal Wiring of Fixtures and Equipment: a. The Contractor shall be responsible for internal wiring of electrical devices, built into or forming an integral part of fabricated equipment items. Wiring to be in metal conduit, to an accessible pull -box, tagged for intended use. Refer to Section 16 Specifications for color coding of wiring. b. Each standard item shipped in sections, shall be properly connected internally, and verified by the Contractor. c. Furnish dish washers and conveyors internally wired to junction box or distribution panel as specified; including push button switches, motors, immersion heaters, solenoids, etc. 114000 - 12 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT d. Where light fixtures are specified or detailed as part of counters, cases or fixtures; light fixtures, lamps and shields shall be furnished and installed. Warm white lamps shall be provided, unless otherwise specified. If fluorescent light fixtures are specified, ballasts shall be provided and shields shall be included. Shields shall be provided for all light fixtures. e. Exposed flexible steel conduit on kitchen equipment, shall be neoprene jacketed Seal-Tite conduit equal to Anaconda type "UA". U.L. approved, complete with approved liquid -tight connectors on each end; designed to provide electrical grounding continuity. f. Exposed electrical conduit used in kitchen wet area applications, except for flexible connections, shall be rigid galvanized steel. Thinwall conduit (EMT) shall not be permitted for wet areas. Exposed outlet boxes shall be liquid -tight type, with threaded hubs. 8. Convenience and Power Outlets: a. Make cutouts and install appropriate boxes or outlets in fabricated fixtures, complete with wiring, conduit, outlet and stainless steel cover plate. b. Outlets and plugs shall conform to N.E.M.A. standards. c. Electrical outlets and devices shall be first quality "Specification Grade". d. GFCI outlets shall be furnished in all kitchen areas. e. All electrical outlets for specified equipment shall not be GFCI outlets. 9. Plugs and Cords: Where cords and plugs are provided, they shall comply with National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (N.E.M.A.) requirements. Indicate N.E.M.A. configuration for each applicable item. 10. Heating Equipment: a. Electric and heating equipment shall be so installed as to be readily cleanable or removable for cleaning. 11. ' Motors: Totally enclosed type, except drip -proof type where not exposed to a dust or moisture condition; ball bearings, except sleeve bearings on small timing motors; windings impregnated to resist moisture; horse -power and duty -cycle ratings as required for the service indicated. 12. Power Characteristics: Refer to Section 16 Specifications for project power characteristics. Also, refer to individual equipment requirements, for loads and ratings. 114000 - 13 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2.4 FABRICATION OF METALWORK: A. General Fabrication Requirements: 1. Remove burrs from sheared edges of metalwork, ease the corners and smooth to eliminate cutting hazard. Bend sheets of metal, at not less than the minimum radius required to avoid grain separation in the metal. Maintain flat, smooth surfaces, without damage to finish. 2. Reinforce metal at locations of hardware, anchorages and accessory attachments; wherever metal is Tess than 14 gauge (2.0mm), or requires mortized application. Conceal reinforcements to the greatest extent possible. Weld in place, on concealed faces. 3. Exposed screws or bolt heads, rivets and butt joints made by riveting straps under seams and then filled with solder, will not be accepted. Where fasteners are permitted, provide Phillips head, flat or oval head machine screws. Cap threads with acorn nuts, unless fully concealed in inaccessible construction; and provide nuts and Iockwashers unless metal for tapping is at least 12 gauge (2.5mm). Match fastener head finish with finish of metal fastened. 4. Where components of fabricated metal work are indicated to be galvanized, and involve welding or machining of metal heavier than 16 gauge (1.6mm), complete the fabrication and provide hot -dip galvanizing of each component, after fabrication, to the greatest extent possible (depending upon available dip -tank sizes). Comply with ASTM A123. 5. Welding And Soldering: a. Materials 18 -gauge (1.27mm), or heavier, shall be welded. b. Seams and joints shall be shop welded or soldered as the nature of the material may require. c. Welds must be ground smooth and polished to match original finish. d. Where galvanizing has been burned off, the weld shall be cleaned and touched up with high grade aluminum paint. 6. Provide removable panels for access to mechanical and electrical service connections, which are concealed behind or within foodservice equipment, but only where access is not possible and not indicated through other work. 7. Closures: Where ends of fixtures, splashbacks, shelves, etc., are open, fill by forming the metal, or welding sections, if necessary, to close entire opening flush to walls or adjoining fixtures. 8. Rolled Edges: Rolled edges shall be as detailed, with corners bullnosed, ground and polished. 114000 - 14 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 9. Coved Corners: Stainless steel foodservice equipment shall have 1/2 inch (13mm) or larger radius coves in horizontal and vertical corners, and intersections, per N.S.F. standards. B. Metal And Gauges: 1. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate exposed metalwork of stainless steel; and fabricate the following components from the gauge of metal indicated, and other components from not less than 20 gauge (0.8mm) metal: a.Table and counter tops: 14 gauge. b.Sinks and drainboards: 14 gauge. c.Shelves: 16 gauge. d.Front drawer and door panels: 18 gauge (double -pan type). e.Single pan doors and drawer fronts: 16 gauge. f.Enclosed base cabinets: 18 gauge. g.Enclosed wall cabinets: 18 gauge. h.Exhaust hoods and ventilators: 18 gauge. i.Pan-type insets and trays: 16 gauge. j.Removable covers and panels: 18 gauge. k.Skirts and enclosure panels: 18 gauge. I.Closure and trim strips over 4" wide: 18 gauge. m.Hardware reinforcement: 12 gauge. n.Gusset plates: 10 gauge. C. Work -Surface Fabrication: 1. Fabricate metal work surfaces by forming and welding, to provide seamless construction; using welding rods matching sheet metal, grinding and polishing. Where necessary for disassembly, provide waterproof gasketed draw -type joints with concealed bolting. 2. Reinforce work surfaces 30 inches on center both ways, with galvanized or stainless steel concealed structural members. Reinforce edges which are not self -reinforced, by formed edges. 114000 - 15 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT D. Metal Top Construction: 1. Metal tops shall be one-piece welded construction, including field joints. Secure to a full perimeter galvanized steel channel frame cross -braced not farther than 2'-6" (760mm) on center. Fasten top with stud bolts or tack welds. If hat sections are used in lieu of channels, close ends. 2. Properly designed draw fastening, trim strip, or commercial joint material to suit requirement shall be used, only if specified. E. Structural Framing: 1. Except as otherwise indicated, provide framing of minimum 1 inch (25mm) pipe -size round pipe or tube members, with mitered and welded joints and gusset plates, ground smooth. Provide 14 gauge (2.0mm) stainless steel tube for exposed framing, and galvanized steel pipe for concealed framing. 2. Where indicated, flange rear and end edges up to form splashes integrally with top, with vertical and horizontal corners coved of not Tess than 1/4 inch (6mm) radius, die formed. Turn back splashes 1 inch to wall across top and ends with rounded edge on break, unless otherwise specified. 3. For die -crimped edges, use inverted "V" 1/2 inch (13mm) deep inside and 2 inch (38mm) deep on outside, unless otherwise shown. For straight down flanges, make 1-3/4 inch (45mm) deep on outside. For bullnose edges, roll down 1-3/4 inch (45mm). 4. Edges: die -formed, integral with top. For rounded corners, form to 1 inch radius, weld, and polish to original finish. F. Field Joints: For any field joint required because of size of fixture; butt -joint, reinforce on underside with angles of same material, bolt together with non -corrosive bolts and nuts, field weld, grind and polish. G. Pipe Bases: Construct pipe bases of 1-5/8 inch (41 mm) diameter 18 gauge (1.2mm) stainless steel tubing. Fit legs with polished stainless steel sanitary adjustable bullet feet to provide for adjustment of approximately 1-1/2 inch (38mm), without exposing threads. Space legs to provide ample support for tops, precluding any possibility of buckling or sagging, and in no case more than 6'-0" centers. H. Legs And Crossrails 1. Equipment legs and crossrails shall be 1-5/8 inch (41 mm), 16 -gauge (1.59mm) stainless steel tubing. 2. Welds at cross rails shall be continuous and ground smooth. Please note; tack welds are not acceptable. 3. Bottom of legs shall be swedged inward and fitted with a stainless steel bullet -type foot with not less than 2 inch (50mm) adjustment. 114000-16 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 4. Free standing legs shall be pegged to floor with 1/4 inch (6mm) stainless steel rod. 5. Components: a. Stainless Steel Gusset: Stainless steel exterior to fit 1-5/8 inch (41 mm) tubing, with alien screw for fastening and adjustment. Not less than 3 inches (76mm) diameter at top and 3-3/4 inch (95mm) long. Outer shell 16 -gauge (1.6mm) stainless steel, reinforced with 12 -gauge (2.5mm) mild steel insert welded interior shell, or approved equal. b. Stainless Steel Low Counter Legs: Stainless steel exterior 5-3/4 inch (146mm) minimum, 7 inch (178mm) maximum length with stainless steel 3-1 /2 inch (89mm) square plate with four counter -sunk holes, welded to top for fastening. c. Stainless Steel Adjustable Foot: Stainless steel 1-1/2 inch (38mm) diameter tapered at bottom to 1 inch (25mm) diameter, fitted with threaded cold rolled rod for minimum 1-1/2 inch (38mm) diameter x 3/4 inch (19mm) threaded bushing plug welded to legs, or approved equal. Push -in foot not acceptable. 6. Legs shall be fastened to equipment with gussets, as follows: a. Sinks: Reinforced with bushings and set screw. b. Metal Top Tables and Dish Tables: Welded to galvanized steel channels, 14 -gauge (1.98mm) or heavier, anchored to top with screws through slotted holes. c. Wood Top Tables: Welded to stainless steel channels, 14 -gauge (1.98mm) or heavier, anchored to top with screws through slotted holes. Shelves: 1. Construct solid shelves under pipe base tables of 16 gauge stainless steel, with 1-1/2 inch turned down and under edges on exposed sides, and 2 inch turn up against walls or equipment. Fully weld to pipe legs. 2. In fixtures with enclosed bases, turn up shelves on back and sides with 1/4 inch (6mm) (minimum) radius and feather slightly to ensure a tight fit to enclosure panels. ). Sinks: 1. Construct sinks of 14 gauge stainless steel with No.4 finish inside and outside. 2. Form back, bottom and front of one piece, with ends and partitions welded into place. Partitions: double thickness, 1 inch minimum space between walls. Multiple compartments shall be continuous on the exterior, without applied facing strips or panels. 114000 - 17 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 3. Cove interior vertical and horizontal corners of each tub not less than 1/4 inch radius, die formed. Outer ends of drainboards to have roll rim risers not less than 3 inches high. 4. Drill faucet holes in splashes 2-1 /2 inches below top edge. Verify center spacing with faucet specified. 5. Sink insets shall be deep drawn of 16 -gauge (1.59mm), or heavier, polished stainless steel. Weld into sink drainboards with 1-1/2 inch x 1-1/2 inch x 14 gauge stainless steel angle brackets; securely welded to sinks and galvanized cross angles spot welded to underside of drainboards to form an integral part of the installation. 6. The bottom of each compartment shall be creased such as to ensure complete drainage to waste opening. Slope bottom of sink bowls toward outlet. K. Drains, Wastes and Faucets: 1. Furnish and install Fisher model 22322 stainless steel rotary drain assembly with connected overflow assembly, in die -drawn inset type sinks and bain marie sinks. 2. Other custom fabricated sinks shall be furnished with Fisher model 22322 stainless steel rotary drain assembly, with S/S cap nut over overflow outlet. Waste connection shall have 2 inch (50mm) external thread size, with 1-1/2 inch (38mm) internal thread size. 3. Rotary Handle: Of sufficient length to extend to front edge of sink. No riveting, screws or soldering permitted to fit drains to sinks, with all parts of drains easily removable for servicing and replacement. 4. Water pans for steam tables shall be fitted with 1 inch (25mm) drains with chrome -plated brass stand pipes. 5. All faucets furnished with equipment included in this Section shall be lead free and comply with NSF Standard #61, Section #9; such as manufactured by Fisher, or T&S. Where the itemized specifications list a faucet by manufacturer and model, the Contractor shall verify that the listed faucet complies with this requirement. If the listed faucet does not comply, the Contractor shall submit a similar model which does comply, from the same manufacturer where available; or from one of the above manufacturers. L. Workmanship: 1. Best quality in the trade. Field verify dimensions before fabricating; conform all items to dimensions of building; neatly fit around pipes, offsets and other obstructions. 2. Fabricate only in accordance with approved shop drawings, showing pipes, obstructions to be built around, and location of utilities and services. 114000 - 18 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT M. Enclosures: 1. Provide enclosures, including panels, housings, and skirts for service lines, operating components and mechanical and electrical devices associated with the foodservice equipment, except as specifically indicated to be "open". 2. Where equipment is exposed to customer view, provide enclosure of service lines, operating components and mechanical and electrical devices. N. Casework: 1. Enclosure: except as otherwise indicated, provide each unit of casework (base, wall, overhead and free-standing) with a complete -enclosure metal cabinet, including fronts, backs, tops, bottoms, and sides. 2. Bases shall be made of 18 -gauge (1.27mm) stainless steel sheets reinforced by forming the metal. 3. Ends, partitions and shelves are stainless steel. 4. Unexposed backs and structural members are galvanized. 5. Vertical ends and partitions are single wall, with a 2 inch (50mm) face. 6. Sides and through partitions are flush with bottom rail, welded at intersections. 7. Shelves: Provide adjustable standards for positioning and support of shelves in casework; except bottom shelf of cabinet mounted on legs or as specified. Turn back of shelf units up 2 inches, and hem. Turn other edges down to form open channel. Reinforce shelf units to support 40 pounds per square foot loading, plus 100 percent impact loading. 8. Bottom front rail of bases set on masonry platform shall be continuously closed and sealed to platform. O. Doors: 1. Metal doors shall be double -cased stainless steel. Outer pans shall be 18 -gauge (1.27mm) stainless steel with cornerswelded, ground smooth and polished. Inner pan shall be 20 -gauge (.95mm) stainless steel fitted tightly into outer pan with a sound -deadening material such as Celotex or styrofoam used as a core. The two pans shall be tack welded together and joints solder filled. Doors shall finish approximately 3/4 inch (19mm) thick, and be fitted with flush recessed type stainless steel door pulls. 2. Wood doors shall be fabricated as detailed. If formica or other plastic surfaces are used, sides and backs must be laminated. 114000 - 19 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 3. Hinged doors shall be mounted on heavy-duty N.S.F. approved hinges, or as noted on plans or specifications. P. Drawer Assemblies: 1. Assemblies shall consist of removable drawer body mounted in a ball bearing slide assembly with fully enclosed housing. 2. Slide assembly consists of one pair of 200 pound stainless steel roller bearing extension slides, with side and back enclosure panels, front spacer angle, two drawer carrier angles, secured to slides and stainless steel front. 3. Drawer bodies for general storage are to be 20 inches x 20 inches (508mm x 508mm), with 18 gauge stainless steel or Royalite containers. 4. Drawers intended to hold food products shall be removable type with 12 x 20 (305mm x 508mm) stainless steel food pans, in a stainless steel assembly. 5. Drawer fronts are double cased, 3/4 inch (19mm) thick, with 18 gauge (1.27mm) stainless steel welded and polished front pan. Steel back pan is tightly fitted and tack welded. Sound deaden with rigid insulation material. 6. Provide drawers with replaceable soft neoprene bumpers; or for refrigerated drawers, a full perimeter soft gasket. Closed Base: Where casework is indicated to be located on a raised -floor base, prepare casework for support without legs, and for anchorage and sealant application, as required for a completely enclosed and concealed base. R. Support from Floor: Equip floor supported mobile units with casters, and equip items indicated as roll-out units, with manufacturer's standard one -directional rollers. Otherwise, and except for closed -base units, provide pipe or tube legs, with adjustable bullet -design feet for floor supported items of fabricated metalwork. Provide 1-1/2 inch adjustment of feet (concealed threading). S. Shop Painting: 1. Clean and prepare metal surfaces to be painted; remove rust and dirt. Apply treatment to zinc coated surfaces, which have not been mill phosphatized. Coat welded and abraded areas of zinc coated surfaces, with galvanize repair paint. 2. Apply 1.5 mil (dry film thickness) metal primer coating, followed by 2, 1.0 mil (dry film thickness) metal enamel finish coatings. 3. Bake primer and finish coatings in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions for a baked enamel finish. 114000 - 20 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT T. Sound Deadening: 1. Sound deaden underside of metal tops, drainboards, undershelves, cabinet interior shelves, etc., above the underbracing/reinforcing/framing only. 2.5 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT: A. General: 1. Furnish either single or multiple compressor units, as specified or recommended by the manufacturer for the sizes and variations between connected evaporator loads as indicated. 2. Furnish units of the capacities indicated, arranged to respond to multiple- evaporator thermostats and defrosting timers. Include coils, receivers, compressors, motors, motor starters, mounting bases, vibration isolation units, fans, dryers, valves, piping, insulation, gauges, winter control equipment and complete automatic control system. 3. Refrigerant: Precharge units with type or types recommended by manufacturer for services indicated, with quick -disconnect type connections where specified, ready to receive refrigerant piping runs to evaporators and (where remote) to condensers. All refrigerant and associated components shall comply with the 1995 requirements of the Montreal Protocol Agreement. No CFC refrigerants or associated components shall be allowed on this Project. HFC refrigerants and components shall be used where available. HCFC refrigerants and components, with a minimum 2010 phase-out date, and intermediate replacement refrigerants are to be used only when HFC refrigerants are not available. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with manufacturers. 4. The minimum outdoor operating ambient temperature for design of units is -10 degrees Fahrenheit, or as applicable for extreme low local conditions. The maximum indoor design temperature for operation of compressor units is 95 degrees Fahrenheit. The maximum outdoor ambient design temperature shall be determined with prevailing conditions at mounting location(s) of compressor(s), such as sun exposure, limited ventilation, high fences/walls, roof color and materials, local climatic extremes, etc.; but in no case shall it be less than 100 degrees Fahrenheit. B. Components: 1. Coils: Coils for fabricated refrigerators shall have vinyl plastic coatings, stainless steel housings; and shall be installed in such a manner as to be replaceable. 2. Expansion Valves: Remote refrigeration system shall be complete with thermostatic expansion valves at the evaporator. 3. Thermometers: 114000 - 21 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT a. Fabricated refrigerated compartments to be fitted with flush dial thermometers, with chrome plated bezels. b. Thermometers shall be adjustable, and shall be calibrated after installation. c. Thermometers shall have an accuracy of ± 2 degrees Fahrenheit (1 degree Centigrade). 4. Hardware: a. Refrigerator hardware for fabricated refrigerator compartments shall be heavy-duty components. b. Self closing hinges. c. Latches to be magnetic edge mount type, unless specified or detailed otherwise. 5. Locks: Doors and drawers for walk-in coolers/freezers, and reach -in refrigerated compartments, both fabricated and standard, shall be fitted with cylinder locking type latches, and provided with master keys. C: Cold Pans: Ice pans, refrigerated pans and cabinets shall be provided with breaker strips, where adjoining top or cabinet face materials, to prevent transfer of cold. D. All open top mechanically cooled custom fabricated or standard buy-out refrigerators and/or cold pans shall comply with NSF Standard #7 requirements, as of April 1, 1998. The Contractor shall verify that the specified unit complies with this requirement; or shall submit a similar model, which does comply, from the same manufacturer where available. E. Ventilation Of Refrigerated Equipment: 1. Adequate ventilation shall be provided for custom fabricated equipment with integral refrigeration condensing units, both built-in and drop-in. If flow through ventilation cannot be provided, provide flow direction partitions and an additional fan capable of cooling the condensing unit. 2. If, in the opinion of the Contractor, additional room ventilation is required to ensure correct operating temperatures of standard buy-out, custom fabricated, or remote refrigeration condensing units, or compressor rack assemblies, they shall so state in a letter to the Architect, for evaluation and decision. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND FABRICATION: A. Nameplates: Whenever possible, locate nameplates and labels on manufactured items, in accessible position, but not within customer's normal view. Do not apply name -plates or labels on custom fabricated work, except as required for compliance with governing regulations, insurance requirements, or operator performance. 114000 - 22 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT B. Manufactured Equipment Items: Furnish items as scheduled or herein specified. Verify dimensions, spaces, rough -in and service requirements, and electrical characteristics, before ordering. Provide trim, accessories and miscellaneous items for complete installation. C. Insert Pans: 1. General: Cut-outs, openings, drawers, or equipment specified or detailed to hold stainless steel insert pans shall be provided with a full complement of pans as follows: a. One (1) stainless steel, 20 -gauge (0.95mm) minimum, solid insert pan for each space, sized per plans, details, or specifications. b. Where pan sizes are not indicated in plans, details, or specifications, provide one full-size pan for each opening. c. Provide maximum depth pan to suit application and space. 2. Provide 18 -gauge (1.27mm) removable stainless steel adapter bars where applicable. 3. All cut-outs and openings, or equipment specified or detailed to hold stainless steel insert pans, shall be provided with a hinged stainless steel removable night cover. D. Tray Slides: Before fabrication of counters with tray slides, verify: 1. Size and shape of tray. Edge of tray shall not overhang outer support/slider by more than 2". If edge of tray exceeds this dimension, notify Architect, in writing, for evaluation and adjustment, if necessary. 2. Configuration of corners, turns, and shape of tray slides for proper support and safe guidance of trays. 3. Tray slide to be capable of supporting 200 pounds per linear foot, live load. E. Self -leveling dispensers: Verify type and make of ware, dimensions and weight; and submit to the dispenser manufacturer, for proper sizing and calibration of dispensers. F. Carbon dioxide (CO2) equipment: Where equipment requires connection with compressed CO2 cylinder for operation, provide 2 -cylinder manifold and control system (integral with equipment) with proper connectors for Department of Transportation (DOT) approved type cylinders, complete with cylinder safety devices and supports. G. Reasonable quietness of operation of equipment is a requirement, and the Contractor will be required to replace or repair any equipment producing out -of - the -ordinary intolerable noise. This also includes providing and installing bumpers and gaskets for doors and drawers on fabricated and standard manufactured items, and sound insulation where feasible. 114000 - 23 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SUPERVISION:. A. A competent supervisor, representing the Contractor, shall be present at all times during progress of the Contractor's work. 3.2 SITE EXAMINATION: A. Verify site conditions under the provisions of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and applicable provisions of Division 1 Sections. Notify the Architect, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions for proper installation of foodservice equipment. B. Verify wall, column, door, window, and ceiling locations and dimensions. Fabrication and installation should not proceed until dimensions and conditions have been verified and coordinated with fabrication details. C. Verify that wall reinforcement or backing has been provided, and is correct for wall supported equipment. Coordinate placement dimensions with wall construction Section. D. Verify that ventilation ducts are of the correct characteristics, and in the required locations. E. Verify that utilities are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the required locations. 3.3 INSTALLATION: A. Sequence installation and erection to ensure correct mechanical and electrical utility connections are achieved. B. Install items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Set each item of non-mobile and non-portable equipment securely in place, leveled and adjusted to correct height. Anchor to supporting substrate where indicated, and where required for sustained operation and use without shifting or dislocation. Conceal anchorages wherever possible. Adjust counter tops and other work surfaces to a level tolerance of 1/16 inch (maximum offset, and plus or minus on dimension, and maximum variation in 2'-0" run from level or indicated slope). Provide anchors, supports, bracing, clips, attachments, etc., as required to comply with the local seismic restraint requirements. The Guidelines For Seismic Restraint Of Kitchen Equipment, as prepared for the Sheet Metal Industry Fund of Los Angeles and endorsed by S.M.A.C.N.A., should be followed. D. Complete field assembly joints in the work (joints which cannot be completed in the shop) by welding, bolting-and-gasketing, or similar methods as indicated and specified. Grind welds smooth and restore finish. Set or trim flush, except for "T" gaskets as indicated. E. Provide closure plates and strips where required, with joints coordinated with units of equipment. 114000 - 24 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT F. Provide sealants and gaskets all around each unit to make joints airtight, waterproof, vermin -proof, and sanitary for cleaning purposes. G. Joints up to 3/8 inch wide, to be stuffed with backer rod, to shape sealant bead properly, at 1/4 inch depth. H. At internal corner joints, apply sealant or gaskets to form a sanitary cove, of not less than 3/8 inch radius. Shape exposed surfaces of sealant slightly concave, with edges flush with faces of materials at joint. J. Provide sealant filled or gasketed joints up to 3/8 inch joint width. Wider than 3/8 inch, provide matching metal closure strips, with sealant application each side of strips. Anchor gaskets mechanically, or with adhesives to prevent displacement. K. Treat enclosed spaces, inaccessible after equipment installation, by covering horizontal surfaces with powdered borax at a rate of 4 ounces per square foot. L. Insulate to prevent electrolysis between dissimilar metals. M. Cut and drill components for service outlets, fixtures, piping, conduit, and fittings. N. Coordinate the installation of approved dry pendant sprinkler head in each cooler and freezer. Sprinkler heads should be installed in coolers/freezers only if required by local codes. O. Verify and coordinate the mounting heights of all wall shelves and equipment, with equipment located below them, for proper clearances. P. Coordinate with the Plumbing and Electrical Divisions, and provide holes in food service equipment for plumbing and electrical service to and through the fixtures, as required. This includes welded sleeves, collars, ferrules, or escutcheons. These services are to be located so that they do not interfere with intended use and/or servicing of the fixture. 3.4 ADJUSTING: A. Test and adjust equipment, controls and safety devices to ensure proper working order and conditions. B. Repair or replace equipment which is found to be defective in its operation, including units which are below capacity or operating with excessive noise or vibration. 3.5 CLEANING AND RESTORING FINISHES: A. After completion of installation, and completion of other major work in foodservice areas, remove protective coverings and clean foodservice equipment, internally and externally. 114000 - 25 of 30 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT B. Restore exposed and semi -exposed finishes, to remove abrasions and other damages; polish exposed metal surfaces and touch-up painted surfaces. Replace work, which cannot be successfully restored. C. Polish glass, plastic, hardware and accessories, fixtures and fittings. D. Wash and clean equipment, and leave in a condition ready for the Owner to sanitize and use. 3.6 TESTING, START-UP AND INSTRUCTIONS: A. Delay the start-up of equipment until service lines have been tested, balanced, and adjusted for pressure, voltage and similar considerations; and until water and steam lines have been cleaned and treated for sanitation. B. Make arrangements for demonstration of foodservice equipment operation and maintenance, in advance with the Owner/Operator. C. Demonstrate foodservice equipment, to familiarize the Owner and the Operator on operation and maintenance procedures, including periodic preventative maintenance measures required. Include an explanation of service requirements and simple on-site service procedures, as well as, information concerning the name, address and telephone number of qualified local source of service. The individual performing the demonstration shall be knowledgeable of operating and service aspects of the equipment. D. Provide a written report of the demonstration, to the Owner, outlining the equipment demonstrated and malfunctions or deficiencies noted. Indicate individuals present at demonstration. E. Final Cleaning: After testing and start-up, clean the foodservice equipment, and leave in a condition ready for the Owner to sanitize and use. 3.7 CLEAR AWAY Throughout the progress of their work, the Contractor shall keep the working area free from debris, and shall remove rubbish from premises resulting from work being done by them. At the completion of their work, the Contractor shall leave the premises in a clean and finished condition. PART 4 - ITEMIZED SPECIFICATIONS: Item 1 Storage Shelving Metro, Model Super Erecta Item 2 P.O.S. Cart 114000 - 26 of 30 Five (5) Required One (1) Required By Owner RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT Item 3 Walk-in Cooler RMI, Model Econocold Item 4 Cooler Coil OmniTemp Item 5 Walk-in Freezer RMI, Model Econocold Item 6 Freezer Coil OmniTemp Item 7 Walk-in Shelving Metro, Model MetroMax Q Item 8 Refrigeration System OmniTemp, Model Item 9 Spare Number. Item 10 Mop Sink. Advance Tabco, Model 9 -OP -40 Item 11 Lockers Wilder Model WLP-11 Item 12 Clothes Washer Item 13 Clothes Dryer 114000 - 27 of 30 One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Lot Required One (1) Required One (1) Required Two (2) Required One (1) Required By Owner One (1) Required By Owner RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT Item 14 Mobile Pan Rack Metro, Model MetroMax i Item 15 Pot/Pan Washing Sink Custom built. Item 16 Wall Shelf Advance Tabco, Model WS -1 5-144 Item 17 Hand Sink Advance Tabco, Model 7 -PS -62 Item 18 Linen Cabinet Item 19 Spare Number Item 20 Exhaust Hood (Type I) Gaylord, Model GX2-BDL Item 21 Fire Protection System Ansul, Model R-102 Item 22 Double Deck Combi Oven/Steamer Alto Shaam, Model 7-14ESi/sk Item 23 Double Deck Convection Oven Alto Shaam, Model.2-ASC-4G/stk Item 24 Mobile Heated Carts CresCor, Model H -137 -UA -12C 114000 - 28 of 30 One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required By Owner One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required Two (2) Required RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT Item 25 Microwave Oven/Shelf Panasonic, Model NE -1258 Item 26 Preparation Table Advance Tabco, Model SS -3610 Item 27 Hot Water Dispenser Bunn, Model HW2 Item 28 Preparation Sink Custom built. Item 29 Wall Shelf Custom built. Item 30 Preparation Table w/Sink Custom built. Item 31 Mixer (20gt.) Hobart, Model HL200 Item 32 Mixer Stand Advance Tabco, Model MX -SS -300 Item 33. Mobile Food Racks CresCor, Model 207 -UA -13A Item 34 Undercounter Refrigerator Continental, Model DLUC48-SS 114000 - 29 of 30 One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required One Required Two (2) Required One (1) Required RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 114000 09819.00 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT Item 35 Pass Shelf Custom built. Item 36 Wall Shelf Advance Tabco, Model Item 37 Hand Sink Advance Tabco, Model 7 -PS -62 Item 38 'Clean Dish Table Custom built. Item 39 Dishwasher Hobart, Model CL44e END OF SECTION 114000 114000 - 30 of 30 One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required One (1) Required RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115213 09819.00 PROJECTION SCREENS SECTION 115213 PROJECTION SCREENS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall mounted manually operated projection screens. 2. Wall mounted electrically operated projection screen. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry 2. Section 087100 - Door Hardware 3. Section 092216 - Non -Structural Metal Framing 4. Division 26 - Electrical C. Alternates: Refer to Section 012300 for Alternates affecting work of this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Descriptive data indicating system components, dimensions, features, and finishes: Include electrical requirements. 1. For manually operated projection screens iclude: a. Drop lengths b. Anchorage details c. Accessories 2. For electrically operated projection screens and controls include: a. Location of screen centerline relative to ends of screen case b. Location of wiring connections for electrically operated units c. Location of seams in viewing surfaces d. Drop lengths e. Anchorage details, including connection to supporting structure for suspended units f. Details of juncture of exposed surfaces with adjacent finishes g. Accessories h. Wiring diagrams. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation requirements, rough -in dimensions, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. D. Maintenance Data: For projection screens to include in maintenance manuals. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide necessary components, accessories, fittings, and fastenings for complete and finished installations for work of this Section from single manufacturer for each product specified. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \11 5213 Permit Set RAHS Projection Screens.Doc 115213-1 of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115213 09819.00 PROJECTION SCREENS 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacture: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section. 2. Able to document minimum 3 years documented experience manufacturing products specified under this Section. B. Installer: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section. • 2. Able to document minimum 3 successful installations installing work of this Section of comparable scope and quantity. 3. Acceptable as qualified installer by manufacturer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not deliver specified products until building is enclosed, weather tight, conditioned and ready for installation. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of projection screens with adjacent construction, including ceiling suspension systems, light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire -suppression system, and partitions. B. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. C. Section 061000 and Section 092216 for backing at wood and metal framing systems for support of work of this Section. D. Division 26 for electrical connections to work of this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Draper Shade and Screen Co. Inc. 1. Tel (425) 967-4444, Fax (425) 776-7697, Email bryce@nw-ap.com (Bryce Williams, Northwest Architectural Products, Inc.). Website http:/Jwww.nw-ap.com 2. Website: http://www.draperinc.com B. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MANUAL PROJECTION SCREENS A. Products: 1. Draper, Luma. Viewing Surface Dimension: 70 inch high by 70 inch wide. C. Viewing Surface Finish: Fiberglass high contrast mat white, flame and mildew resistant, 50 degree viewing angle. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \115213 Permit Set RAHS Projection Screens.Doc 115213-2of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115213 09819.00 PROJECTION SCREENS D. Roller: Fabric attached to one-piece rigid 1-1/2 inch diameter steel roller. E. Housing Case: 22 gauge steel case with flat black epoxy powdercoat finish. F. End Caps: Heavy duty chrome plated end caps with integral roller brackets to conceal roller ends. G. Wall Brackets: 6 inch universal mounting brackets with finish to match case. H. Bottom of screen surface securely attached on tubular steel slat with ends protected by shatterproof vinyl caps. 2.3 MOTORIZED PROJECTION SCREENS - CEILING MOUNTED A. Products: 1. Draper, Premier M1300 specified for type and quality. B. Key Switch: Flush mounted, key operated switch, 120 volt. Provide with 2 keys. 1. Draper, Key Switch C. Operation: Electrically operated, 110-120 volt, 60 Hz, 1.3 amp, 3 -wire, reversible motor mounted inside screen roller. 1. Automatic thermal overload cutout, integral gears, capacitor, and electric brake to prevent coasting. 2. Preset, adjustable limit switch to stop screen automatically in up and down positions. 3. Three position control switch in box with cover plate to stop or reverse screen at any point in operating cycle. 4. Lifetime lubrication. 5. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) listed, UL labeled. 6. Momentary Key Switch: Provide cylinders under Section 087100. D. Roller: 3 inch diameter, rigid metal, mounted on two vibration and noise absorbing supports. 1. Screen: Fiberglass mat white, flame and mildew resistant fiberglass with black masking borders. 2. Viewing Surface: Fiberglass mat white, flame and mildew resistant fiberglass with black masking borders. 3. Viewing Surface Size: 10 foot by 10 foot. 4. Extra Drop: 36 inches, excluding picture area, black color. 5. Bottom of fabric to be formed into a pocket holding a 3/8 inch diameter metal rod. E. Case: 1. Wood with metal -lined wiring component and mounting brackets. 2. Include two doors at bottom of case with continuous hinges. a. One door designed to open and close automatically with screen operation and one access door to electrical components, limit switches, and screen surface. b. Hinges mounted to align with ceiling. c. Factory prime in preparation for paint finish specified Section 099000. d. Brackets, end closure, as needed to complete finished installation. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \f les Ready To Print \ 115213 Permit Set RAHS Projection Screens.Doc 115213-3of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115213 09819.00 PROJECTION SCREENS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install with motor offset and screen centered on viewing area. C. Install plumb, level, secure, and at indicated height. Where not otherwise indicated, confirm exact height and location with Owner/Architect. D. Repair or replace damaged units as instructed by Architect. E. Protect installed unit so it will be in smooth and acceptable operating condition and without damage at completion of project. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operation of screens for smooth operation. Repair or replace defective materials. 3.4 CLEANING A. Wipe installations clean using non-abrasive cleaning materials and methods. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 115213 Permit Set RAHS Projection Screens.Doc 115213-4of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115300 09819.00 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT SECTION 11 5300 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Molded epoxy resin sinks. 2. Molded epoxy resin countertops and backsplashes. B. Installation: Install products specified this Section under work Section 064100 - Custom Casework. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 064100 2. Division 22 3. Division 23 4. Division 26 - Architectural Wood Casework - Plumbing - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning - Electrical 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at time of Bid. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI/ASHRAE 110 - Method of Testing Performance of Laboratory Fume Hoods. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM D570 - Standard Test for Water Absorption of Plastics. 2. ASTM D695 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. 3. ASTM D785 - Standard Test Method for Rockwell Hardness of Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 4. ASTM D790 - Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. . Epoxy Resin Products: Modified non -glare chemically resistant epoxy resin, suitable for science laboratory use. 1. Compressive Strength: 35,000 psi, tested to ASTM D695. 2. Flexural Strength: 11,000 psi, tested to ASTM D790. 3. Hardness: Rockwell M 110, tested to ASTM D785 4. Specific Gravity: 120 pounds per cubic foot. 5. Water Absorption by Weight: Tested to ASTM D570. a. 0.02 percent in 24 hours. b. 0.04 percent in 7 days. c. 0.04 percent hard boil. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 k:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 115300 Permit Set RAHS Laboratory Equipment.Doc 115300 - 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115300 09819.00 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show equipment and layout on large scale plans, elevations, and cross sections. 2. Include rough -in and anchor placement dimensions, tolerances, and clearances. 3. Locate connections for Mechanical and Electrical utilities. C. Product Data: Include physical characteristics, performance data, dimensions, and configurations. D. Samples of Countertop Material: Epoxy resin [and chemical resistant plastic laminate] in colors accepted by Architect. E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Installation instructions, rough -in dimensions, special conditions, and specifications. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 017700 and 017823. B. Manufacturer's Certification: Certify that installed field tested fume hoods conform to specified face velocity and air flow. C. Operation Data: Include description of fume hood operation, adjusting, and testing required. D. Maintenance Data: Identify fume hood maintenance requirements. E. Instruction: Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, sash adjustment, and other features of fume hood. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide work of this Section under direct responsibility of Section 064100 for coordination, installation, and incorporation into custom casework. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience installing work of this Section. B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience manufacturing or supplying work of this Section. 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Section 014100 for regulatory requirements. B. Provide UL, WHI, or ETL Labels for electrical equipment. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \115300 Permit Set RAHS laboratory Equipment.Doc 115300 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115300 09819.00 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT B. Deliver in manufacturer's protective packaging, clearly labeled and identified as to manufacturer and product. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 064100 for integrating and installing work of this Section into custom casework. C. Division 22 and Division 23 for plumbing utilities, equipment, and fixtures specified for this Section. D. Division 26 for electrical power and hook-up to equipment and electrical fixtures specified under this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 2.2 CASEWORK UNITS A. Instructor's Demonstration Tables: Fabricate under work of Section 064100. 1. Size: 96 inch (L) by 35-3/4 inch (H) by 32 inch (D). 2. Base Cabinet: Include sink apron, drawers, and doors with locks. 3. Countertop: 1 inch thick epoxy resin. 4. Epoxy Resin Sink: Locate on left side of station. 5. Hot and cold gooseneck water faucets. 6. Gas and air cocks. 7. Two rod sockets and one upright rod assembly. 8. Deck mounted emergency eyewash. 9. Deck mounted soap dispenser, specified Section 102813. 10. Flush mounted duplex 115 volt AC electric outlets. B. Casework Locks and Hardware: In accordance with Section 064100. Tie into Owner's keying system. C. Coordinate with Divisions 22 and 26 for hook-ups to complete work of this Section. D. Electrical Fittings: As specified Division 26. 2.3 SAFETY STORAGE CABINETS A. Acid Storage Base Cabinet: As specified Section 123554. B. Flammable Storage Cabinets: As specified Section 123554. 2.4 EPDXY RESIN COUNTERTOPS TABLE TOPS, AND BACKSPLASHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Durocon Incorporated 2. Tel (512) 595-8000, Fax (512) 595-8400 3. E-mail: Sales@Durcon.com 4. Website: http://www.labtops.com/ Date Saved: January 26, 2010 , k:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \115300 Permit Set RAHS Laboratory Equipment.Doc 115300-3of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115300 09819.00 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT B. Materials: Molded epoxy resin, uniform mixture. C. Edges radiused and provided with drip grooves. D. Cutouts: As necessary for epoxy sinks, laboratory assemblies, plumbing fixtures, and other equipment. E. Marine Edge: 1/4 inch deep with 1 inch exposed edge. Locate at sinks counters. F. Drip Groove: Locate under edge of each countertop to prevent liquids from migrating back to cabinet face below countertop. G. Countertops: 1 inch thick. H. Backsplash: Applied type 1 inch thick. 2.5 EPDXY RESIN SINKS A. Molded modified epoxy resin, uniform mixture with coved inside corners and bottom pitched to drain outlet. B. Fabricate integrally with molded epoxy resin countertops. C. Undercounter mounted or drop-in type with lipped edge for recessed flush top surface at countertop. D. Dimensions: 18 inch length by 14 inch width by 10-1/2 inch deep. E. Sink outlets: Molded modified epoxy resin, with integral cross bars, gasket, lock nut with 1-1/2 inch IPS male straight thread outlet, and overflow. Include screened strainers and stopper. F. Mounting: Manufacturer's standard sink straps and blocking for securing sinks in place under countertops. 2.6 LABORATORY PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT A. Laboratory Fixtures and Service Fittings: As specified Division 23. 2.7 UPRIGHT APPARATUS ROD ASSEMBLIES A. Upright Rod: 3/4 inch diameter by 36 inches high with tapered end fit. B. Cross Rod: 3/4 inch diameter by 36 inches long. C. Rod Socket: Chrome platted brass, 1 inch diameter by 1-7/8 inch long integral threaded shank complete with locknut and washer for mounting 3/4 inch upright rods. Provide 2 for each assembly. D. Rod Clamp: Cast aluminum. Provide 2 for each assembly. E. Ring Stands: Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \115300 Permit Set RAHS Laboratory Equipment.Doc 115300-4of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115300 09819.00 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. Support Struts: 16 gauge steel channel uprights, fastened top and bottom by two adjustable U-shaped spreaders. 1. Include service clamps. 2. Sizes and locations as indicated and required. 3. Uprights finished with gray acid resistant enamel, or as approved. B. Laboratory and Prep Areas Pegboard: 3/4 to 1 inch thick, 29 inch high by 20 inch wide or of equivalent size to fit mounting area, 32 gray colored polypropylene pegs with drain channels with hose to sink. C. Label Holders: Self adhesive type with satin aluminum finish for doors and drawers. 2.9 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT A. Goggle Storage/Sterilization Cabinet: 1. Manufacturer/Product: 2. Dimensions: 28 inches H x 24 Y2 inches W x 9 1/4 inches D 3. 24 gauge steel; 30 goggles or 30 spectacles; white, baked enamel exterior 4. Power: 110VAC. B. Water Distiller 1. Manufacturer: Custom Pure 2. Product: Dol-fyn Distiller with Carbon Prefilter 3. Automatic distiller with 3.75 gallon reservoir, produces 9 gallons per day, carbon prefilter to remove organic chemicals. 4. Dimensions: 17 inches high by 10-1/2 inches wide by 17 inches deep with 4 inch projecting spout. 2.10 FINISHES A. Epoxy Resin Products: 1. Color: Black 2. Finish: Matt, non -glare PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section before beginning B. Verify and coordinate applicable Mechanical and Electrical work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Conform to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install products specified this Section under work of Section 064100. Conform to Section 064100 installation and quality control provisions. Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \115300 Permit Set RAHS Laboratory Equipment.Doc 115300-5of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115300 09819.00 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware, fixtures, and equipment for smooth and efficient operation. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean and leave installations ready for use. B. Restore damaged, stained, and discolored finishes. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 26, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \115300 Permit Set RAHS Laboratory Equipment.Doc 115300-6of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115313 09819.00 FUME HOODS SECTION 115313 FUME HOODS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Free standing and cabinet mounted fume hoods 2. Fume hood plumbing fixtures for water, gas and air 1.2 Related Sections: 1. Section 064100 - Architectural Wood Casework 2. Division 22 - Plumbing 3. Division 23 - Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning 4. Division 26 - Electrical 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI/ASHRAE 110 - Method of Testing Performance of Laboratory Fume Hoods. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM D570 - Standard Test for Water Absorption of Plastics. 2. ASTM D695 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. 3. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 4. ASTM D785 - Standard Test Method for Rockwell Hardness of Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 5. ASTM D790 - Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Laboratory fume hoods and accessories for Science Classrooms and Science Preparation Rooms. 1 .5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show equipment layout on large scale plans, elevations, and cross sections. 2. Include rough -in and anchor placement dimensions, tolerances, and clearances. 3. Locate connections for Mechanical and Electrical utilities. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 5:50:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \115313 PERMIT SET RAHS FUME HOODS.DOC 115313-1 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL • SECTION 115313 09819.00 FUME HOODS C. Product Data: Published literature describing physical characteristics, performance data, dimensions, and configurations. D. Manufacturer's Certification: That installed field tested fume hoods conform to specified face velocity and air flow. E. Fume Hood Test Reports: Show compliance with ANSI/ASHRAE 110, for manufactured unit. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Installation instructions, rough -in dimensions, special conditions, and specifications. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 017823. B. Operation Data: Include description of fume hood equipment operation, adjusting, and testing required. C. Maintenance Data: Identify fume hood maintenance requirements. D. Instruction: Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, sash adjustment, and other features of fume hood. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide work of this Section under direction of Section 064100. 1.9 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fume Hood Installer: Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience installing work of this Section. Trained and certified by manufacturer as qualified installer prior to Bid. B. Fume Hood Manufacturer: Company specializing in work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience manufacturing or supplying work of this Section. 1.10 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Section 014100 for regulatory requirements. B. Provide UL, WHI, or ETL Labels for fume Hoods, Tight fixtures, and other electrical equipment. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in manufacturer=s protective packaging, clearly labeled and identified as to manufacturer and product. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 5:50:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \115313 PERMIT SET RAHS FUME HOODS.DOC 115313-2of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115313 09819.00 FUME HOODS 1.12 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Coordinate with Section 064100 for integrating and installing work of this Section into custom casework. C. Coordinate with Division 22 and 23 for supply and hook up of fume hood exhaust ductwork, plumbing utilities, and hook-up to equipment and fixtures specified under this Section. D. Coordinate with Division 26 for electrical power and hook-up to equipment and electrical fixtures specified under this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Kewaunee Scientific Equipment Corp. specified for type and quality 1. Tel (425) 823-8070, Email ggoddard@gte.net (George Goddard Company, Inc., Luke Miller). 2. Website www.kewaunee.com B. Jamestown Metal Products 1. Tel (800) 772-2567, Cell (513) 235-4552, Fax (716) 665-5121, Email davidw@jamestown_com (David Weber, Principal). 2. Tel (800) 254-5546, Cell (208) 983-6361, Fax (208) 962-3038, Email sfrei@pacificcabinets.com (Steve Frei). 3. Website www.jamestown.com C. Mott Manufacturing Ltd, Sigma Systems. 1. Tel (206) 762-7688 / (800) 643-3512, Fax (206) 762-0494, Cell (206) 940-5073, Email lames.mcdowall@saxtonbradley.com (James McDowall, Saxton, Bradley, Inc). 2. Website www.mott.ca D. Fisher Hamilton Scientific 1. Tel (425) 488-1333, Fax (425) 480-1441, Email simertens@isecinc.com (ISEC, Inc., Steve Mertens). 2. Website www.hamiltonlab.com E. H.H. Hawkins Ltd. 1. Tel (800) 661-454 / (604) 514-1525, Fax (604) 514-1551, Email rob@hhhawkins.com (Rob Graveline). 2. Website www.hhhawkins.com F. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions\of Section 012500. 2.2 FUME HOOD PRODUCTS A. Fume Hood Size and Type: Single -sided Hood Structure. 1. Vertical sash, bench hood. 2. 48 inch (L) by 33-1 /4 inches (D). SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 5:50:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \115313 PERMIT SET RAHS FUME HOODS.DOC 115313-3of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115313 09819.00 FUME HOODS 3. Complete unit, pre -wired and pre -plumbed, ready for installation work of Division 22 and Division 26. 4. Products: a. Kewaunee, TruView Teaching Hood Model T90M3048 and hook-up into B. Fume Hood For Science Prep: Single -sided Hood Structure. 1. Bench hood with vertical rising sash. 2. 48 inch (L) by 33-1 /4 inches (D). 3. Complete unit, pre -wired and pre -plumbed, ready for installation and hook-up into work of Division 22 and Division 26. 4. Products: a. Kewaunee, Supreme Air Model H05 2.3 FUME HOODS A. Fume Hood Size and Type: Vertical sash, bench hood, 48 inches (L) by 31-1/4 to 35 inches (D). Complete unit, pre -wired and pre -plumbed, ready for installation and hook- up into work of Divisions 22, 23 and 26. B. Constant Volume Air Flow Design: Conforming to ANSI/ASHRAE 110 for maximum containment at full open position. 1. Remove air, gases, and fumes at 100 fpm velocity at 0.02 parts per million leakage 15 with sash at 18 inch height. 2. Move incoming air across working surface and direct into hood, free of eddies, back drafts and cross currents. C. Open By -Pass Design: 1. Automatic air by-pass above sash opening to limit air velocity through face of hood and to provide constant volume of air regardless of sash position. 2. Control air velocity increase at face as sash is lowered to not more than 3-1 /2 times velocity as when sash is fully open. D. Fume Hood Superstructure: 1. Fabricate from cold rolled steel and rigid steel angle frame. Panels demountable for servicing without disassembly of frame structure. 2. Finish with chemically resistant, electrostatic enamel deposition or epoxy powder coat. 3. Colors as selected from manufacturer=s standard selection. E. Liner: 1/4 inch thick, modified epoxy resin or 3/16 inch thick modified polyester resin panels of white or light neutral gray color, Class A fire rated. F. Sidewalls: Double walls, maximum 4 inches thick to maximize workspace. G. Work Surface: Molded gray colored epoxy resin, dished 3/8 inch deep front to contain spillage, 6 inch safety ledge across front, cup sink, and vent. H. Baffles: Fixed position, non adjustable with three horizontal slots, located top, middle and bottom of baffle. Removable for cleaning. Located 2-1 /4 inch clear from back liner panel. I. Sash: SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 5:50:00 PM K: RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \115313 PERMIT SET RAHS FUME H00DS.DOC 115313 - 4 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115313 09819.00 FUME HOODS J. 1. Minimum 27-1 /2 inch high clear opening, frameless 1/4 inch thick laminated safety float glass, counterbalanced to prevent tilting and binding, easy adjustment mechanism, and full length integral operating handle. 2. Include sash stop 18 inch above work surface. Exhaust Duct Collar: As necessary to make smooth transition from fume hood to round duct size specified Division 23. K. Plumbing Fixtures: 1. Epoxy resin sinks, gooseneck water faucets, and factory plumbed gas and compressed air fittings, as specified in Section 115300. 2. Front loaded valves for ease of maintenance. Color code service fittings for vacuum air, gas, and cold water. 3. Include white or light gray colored, chemical resistant epoxy resin finish on metal fixtures. L. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: In-line to cold water supply, external panel mounted. Locate at top front of fume hood, accessible for inspection. WaterSaver L102, specified for type and quality. Gooseneck type not accepted. M. Fluorescent Light Fixture: Pre -wired, double tube light fixture with T-8 (electronic) ballast, located at top of hood, and switch. N. Fluorescent Light Shielding: 1/4 inch thick laminated safety float glass or tempered glass. Install with air -tight, vapor -proof seal. O. Electrical Receptacles: Pre -wired, duplex, one 110 volt and one 208 volt AC, 20 amp electrical receptacles, and 15 amp blower switch with pilot light. P. Alarm: OSHA compliant, mounted in fume hood. Design to measure air velocity in fume hood and signal low air flow leading to unsafe conditions. 1. OSHA compliant, mounted in fume hood. 2. Design to measure air velocity of room air passing through air inlet on front of monitor. 3. Audible and visual alarms to indicate normal and unsafe air flow conditions. Audible alarm to sound at predetermined set point with silencer turn-off button, Green and red LED indicator lights. Q. Top of Hood Closure Panel: Sheet metal and finish same as fume hood. Close off opening between top of fume hood and ceiling for neat, flush appearance. R. Fume Hood Exhaust Fan: Refer to Division 23 and Division 26. Provide fume hood with a motor -rated switch that has normally open and normally closed contacts for operating fan. 2.4 FUME HOOD PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT A. Laboratory Service Fittings: Coordinate with Division 22 - Plumbing. B. Deck Mounted Water Faucets: Chicago Faucet, No. 962-V0-988-GN2B-VB-E7 1320 or 1322 Series 1. Cold water only. 2. Locate at right sidewall. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 5:50:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \115313 PERMIT SET RAHS FUME HOODS.DOC 115313-5of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115313 09819.00 FUME HOODS 3. Locate vacuum breakers outside fume hood cavity to meet Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC), accessible for inspection and servicing C. Gooseneck Deck Mounted or Sidewall Mounted Water Faucets: Chicago Faucet, No.1320 or 1322 Series 1. Cold water only. 2. Locate at right sidewall. 3. Locate vacuum breakers outside fume hood cavity to meet Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC), accessible for inspection and servicing. D. Gas and Air Cocks: Chicago Faucet, No. 962-VOG-986-E7XT 1. Turret with angle nozzle. 2. One single gas. 3. One single compressed air. 4. Locate remote controls outside fume hood at left sidewall. E. Plumbing Fixture Finish: Gray colored, chemical resistant epoxy coating. 2.5 FUME HOOD ACID STORAGE BASE CABINETS A. Acid Storage Fume Hood Base Cabinet at Science Prep Room: Kewaunee G80H3648-0 B. Fabricate by fume hood manufacturer to fit under fume hood and match construction, finish, and appearance as a single unit integral to fume hood. C. Vent: Design with positive air flow directly into fume hood exhaust. D. Cabinet Liner: One piece, molded, seamless, corrosion -resistant polyethylene. 1. Top, Bottom, and Sides: 1/4 inch thick with 1 inch lip at bottom to contain spills. 2. Doors: 1/8 inch thick. 3. Shelf: Molded polyethylene coated solid shelf or epoxy -coated wire shelf supported by integral brackets in polyethylene liner. E. Doors: 1. Double doors with louvers at top and bottom for ventilation into cabinet. 2. Stainless steel hinges and self -latching catch. 2.6 FINISHES A. Fume Hood Components: Manufacturer's standard colors and finishes, as accepted by Architect. B. Superstructure: Chemically resistant, electrostatic enamel deposition or epoxy powder coat in color as accepted by Architect. C. Plumbing fixtures: White or light gray colored, chemical resistant epoxy resin finish on metal fixtures. Color code fixture in colors as accepted by Architect. D. Liner Panels: White or light neutral gray color. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 5:50:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \11 5313 PERMIT SET RAHS FUME HOODS.DOC 115313 - 6 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 115313 09819.00 FUME HOODS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Verify and coordinate applicable Mechanical and Electrical work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. Where in conflict, verify with Architect before beginning work. B. Install products specified this Section under work of Section 064100. Conform to Section 064100 installation and quality control provisions. C. Coordinate with Division 22, 23 and 26. 3.3 FIELD TESTING A. Fume Hood: Field test and certify test by manufacturer=s representative, conformance with following: B. Face velocity: Minimum 100 cubic foot per minute with sash at 18 inch height. C. Air flow: Flow is directed into hood, free of eddies, backdrafts and cross currents. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware, fixtures, and equipment for smooth and efficient operation. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean and leave installations ready for use. B. Restore damaged, stained and discolored finishes. END OF SECTION SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 5:50:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \11 5313 PERMIT SET RAHS FUME HOODS.DOC 115313-7of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116133 09819.00 THEATRICAL RIGGING EQUIPMENT SECTION 116133 THEATRICAL RIGGING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Fabrication, furnishing, delivery, and installation of a stage rigging system. B. Work Included: The work of this section shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the following: 1. Installation of (1) Lighting position Lineshaft Hoist 2. Installation of (2) Props Hoists C. Related Work: Related work which is not included in this section: 1. Structural steel to support the rigging equipment, ladders, catwalks, and all other structural steel and miscellaneous metals not specifically called out as part of this section. 2. All power and control wire, containment, terminations, testing are provided by Division 16 and are not a part of this section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM A36 2. ASTM A47 3. ASTM A48 4. ASTM A120 - Specification for structural steel - Specification for malleable iron casting - Specification for gray iron casting - Specification for black and hot -dipped zinc -coated (galvanized) steel pipe for ordinary use C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ANSI B18.2.1&2 Specification for square and hex bolts and nuts 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Bill of Materials: Supply a complete bill of materials with their bids, clearly indicating the equipment the bidder will furnish, including quantities, sizes, capacities, speeds, as required to describe their work. B. Shop Drawings: Submit component drawings and cut sheets, project specific installation drawings, and schedules showing all information necessary to explain the design features, appearance, function, fabrication, installation, and use of system components. Include a copy of the bill of material listed above. They shall be approved by the Architect before beginning any fabrication, installation, or erection. 1.4 Instruction: 1. Upon completion of the work, submit 3 copies of a comprehensive Operating and Maintenance Manual including as -built shop drawings, equipment descriptions, and parts lists. The Rigging Contractor shall go through the manual and provide a safety and instruction class with personnel designated by the owner to demonstrate and Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\ 116133 Permit Set RAHS Rigging.Doc 0116133-1of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116133 09819.00 THEATRICAL RIGGING EQUIPMENT explain the operation and maintenance of the systems. The instruction session shall be video taped, and a copy of the video tape provided to the Owner's representative. 2. Signage with basic operating instructions and warnings shall be posted in the area where the equipment will be operated. Signage shall be in conformance with ANSI - Z535. 1.5 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. Requirements: The Rigging Contractor shall be an approved rigging manufacturer or an authorized representative or dealer of an approved manufacturer. The contractor shall have been installing stage rigging systems for a period of five years or more, and shall have completed at least ten installations of this type and scope. The architect shall be the final judge of the suitability of experience. B. For projects with installation commencing after January 1, 2007, the Rigging Contractor shall employ an Entertainment Technician Certification Program (ETCP) Certified Theatre Rigger. The Certified Rigger shall be either the project manager or site foreman, and be responsible for the overall project including the layout, inspection, and training. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide a written guarantee against defects in materials or workmanship for 3 years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The rigging manufacturer must have the following programs in place. Approval to bid does not release the manufacturer from meeting these requirements: 1. The manufacturer must have a product testing program, including determination of recommended working Toads for products based on destructive testing by an independent laboratory and review by an independent licensed engineer. 2. The manufacturer of the stage equipment must have a documented quality management system that is audited annually by an independent third party registrar. The manufacturer's QMS shall be registered to the ISO 9001:2000 standard or equal (no known equal). 3. The manufacturer must carry primary product and general liability insurance of $2,000,000 each, with excess liability coverage of $10,000,000 and a Contractors Professional Liability policy with $2,000,000 coverage. B. Rigging equipment shall be built by the following approved manufacturer: 1. J.R. Clancy, Inc. 2. Tel: (800) 836-1885, (31 5) 451-3440, Fax: (315) 451-1766 3. E-mail: rigging@jrclancy.com C. Requirements for Approval: Other equipment manufacturers seeking approval must submit the following information Failure to submit any of the required information will automatically disqualify the manufacturers from consideration of approval. 1. Evidence that the manufacturer has been in business for a minimum of ten years manufacturing stage equipment. 2. A listing of 10 equivalent installations including: a. Name, address and telephone number of Owner; b. Name, address and telephone number of architect; Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\ 116133 Permit Set RAHS Rigging.Doc 0116133 - 2 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116133 09819.00 THEATRICAL RIGGING EQUIPMENT c. Scope of work. 3. A brief written description of the manufacturer's operation including facilities, financial capabilities, and experience of key personnel. 4. Written, third party evidence showing that the manufacturer has the testing, quality management and insurance programs required in paragraph B in place. 2.2 GENERAL 1. In order to establish minimum standards of safety, the following factors shall be used: a. Cables and fittings - 8:1 Safety Factor b. Cable bending ratio - Sheave tread diameter is 30 times cable diameter c. Maximum fleet angle - 1-1/2 degrees 1/5 of yield Two times required load at full speed for 2000 hours Minimum SAE J429 Grade 5 (ISO R898 Class 8.8), zinc plated 1.0 Service Factor 1.25 Mechanical Strength Service Factor d. e. f. 9. h. Steel - Bearings Bolts - Motors - Gearboxes B. Materials: All materials used in this project shall be new, unused and of the latest design. Re -furbished and obsolete materials are not permitted. C. Sheaves: 1. Sheaves shall be of the following materials, as specified: a. ASTM A-48 Class 30 grey iron castings b. Nylatron or Polyamide Nylon (PA6-G) c. Steel 2. Groove depths shall be sufficient to encompass fully the cables and ropes. Grooves shall have sloped sides (8 degree minimum) and conform to rope and cable manufacturers' standards for groove shape and tolerance. 3. Sheaves shall be supported by bearings and a machined steel shaft, which shall be keyed to one side plate to prevent rotation. Proper adjustment of the bearing shall be accomplished by means of a fine thread, self-locking nut on the opposite end of the shaft. Each sheave shall run plumb and true without rubbing its side plates when rotated. D. Fabrication: 1. The mechanical fabrication and workmanship shall incorporate best practices for good fit and finish. There shall be no burrs or sharp edges to cause a hazard nor shall there be any sharp corners accessible to personnel. 2. All moving parts shall have specified tolerances. Sheaves shall run plumb and true and shall not scrape housings. 3. All equipment shall be built and installed to facilitate future maintenance and replacement. E. Finishes: 1. Paint shall be the manufacturer's standard finish and color except as noted. 2. All turnbuckles, clips, tracks, chains and other items of incidental hardware shall be furnished plated or painted. F. Recommended Working Load: This specification calls for minimum recommended working loads for many hardware items. This is the maximum load which the manufacturer recommends be applied to properly installed, maintained, and operated new equipment. Manufacturer's recommended working Toads shall be determined by Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \116133 Permit Set RAHS Rigging.Doc 0116133-3of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116133 09819.00 THEATRICAL RIGGING EQUIPMENT calculations by a Licensed Professional Engineer and destructive testing by an independent testing laboratory. These calculations and reports shall be available for review. 2.3 Motorized Sets A. Line Shaft Winch: 1. General: Each winch unit shall have the capacity to raise and lower the specified load at the specified speed. 2. Characteristics: The winch shall have the following characteristics: a. Speed: 20 fpm b. Lifting Capacity: 900 pounds c. Travel: 25 feet d. Number of Drums: 3 drums 3. Construction: a. The integrated motor - brake - gear reducer unit and associated components, which may include a helical drum, shall be supported by a sturdy steel base, holding the elements of the winch in proper alignment. b. Each helical drum shall be supported by a sturdy steel base, holding the elements of the drum assembly in proper alignment. Both ends of each drum shall be supported by a self -aligning flange bearing. c. Alternate drums shall be threaded in opposite directions, to keep the batten from "walking" as its elevation changes. d. Drums shall be interconnected by shafts with universal joints at each end. e. Side plates shall hold three keepers designed to prevent cross winding of the lift line on the drums., B. Gear Motor: 1. Motors, primary brakes, and gearboxes shall be an integrated unit, with the first stage pinion gear mounted directly on the motor's armature shaft. No couplings will be permitted between the motor and gear reducer. Exceptions will be permitted only when special gearing or torque requirements cannot be met with an integrated unit. 2. Motors shall be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC). The motor shall have a minimum AGMA service factor.of 1.0 for constant operation. 3. The gear reducer shall be a combination Helical/Worm reducer. The gear case shall be cast iron for protection against shock damage. The output shaft(s) shall have double lip oil seals to prevent leaks. The gearing service factor shall be a minimum of 1.0 with a mechanical strength service factor of 1.25. C. Primary Brake: 1. For motors of 20 HP or less the primary brake shall be an integral part of the motor, mounted directly on the motor's armature shaft. No couplings will be permitted between the motor and primary brake. 2. Brakes shall be spring applied, direct acting, electrically released, and equipped with a manual release. The brake shall an AC / DC electro -magnetic unit with a minimum retarding torque equal to 200% of motor full load torque. 3. The brake shall be released by energizing the coil simultaneously with the motor winding to provide fail-safe braking in case of power failure. D. Shafts, Keys, and Couplings: 1. Shafts shall be designed to accommodate the applied loads (including shock and bending loads) in accordance with ANSI B 106.1M, "Design of Transmission Shafting," Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\ 116133 Permit Set RAHS Rigging.Doc 0116133 - 4 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116133 09819.00 THEATRICAL RIGGING EQUIPMENT 2. All connections shall be keyed, using keys designed to accommodate the applied Toads. Keys shall be in accordance with ANSI B 1 7.1, "Keys and Keyseats. 3. Couplings shall be chosen to accommodate the applied loads, including shock and bending Toads. Couplings shall accommodate the possible parallel and angular misalignments caused during manufacturing, assembly, and installation, as well as by structural tolerances and structural or equipment deflections. 4. In the case of line shaft hoists, the couplings in the shafts between the drums shall be universal joints in order to compensate for misalignment and deflections. 5. Only couplings made of steel and with steel to steel contact surfaces shall be used. E. Bearings: 1. Bearings shall be selected to accommodate the applied Toads and speeds. 2. The use of self -aligning flange bearings is preferred. The use of other bearing types shall be in accordance with good engineering practice. Pillow blocks may be used only where they are subject to compressive forces only. F. Helical Drums: 1. Winding drums shall be designed to properly support the required loads. 2. Drums shall be helically grooved to accept a single layer of cable accommodating the entire travel distance plus three dead wraps. The drum diameter shall meet or exceed the wire rope manufacturer's minimum recommended D/d ratio. 3. Drum construction shall be of the all welded type. Cables shall enter the drum through holes drilled from root of the cable groove through the tubing wall at a 45 degree angle and shall be retained by a Nicopress' stop sleeve. 4. Each end of the drum shall be supported by either the output shaft of the gearbox or an appropriately properly sized self -aligning flange mounted in a steel plate that fully captures the drum shaft. G. Rotary Limit Switches: 1. Rotary limit switch assemblies shall have two or four independently adjustable switch/cam sets as required. Cams shall be driven by a geared assembly. 2. Switches shall have snap acting contacts. 3. Rotary limit switches shall be driven directly or by roller chains. If roller chains are used, sprockets shall be pinned to prevent slipping and sized for maximum usable rotation of switch cams. The input shaft and drive chain shall be fully guarded. 4. Switches shall be mounted to the winch base to allow for easy adjustment of the switch settings. 5. Rotary limit switches shall be General Electric CR1 1 5E series, Ravasi or equal. H. Lift Cables: 1. All lift cables shall be 7 x 19 construction, galvanized aircraft cable, sized as required, and with breaking strengths as follows: a. 1/8 inch diameter: 2,000 pounds b. 3/16 inch diameter: 4,200 pounds c. 1/4 inch diameter: 7,000 pounds d. 5/16 inch diameter: 9,800 pounds e. 3/8 inch diameter: 14,400 pounds 2. Damaged or deformed cable shall not be used. All wire rope rigging shall be installed so as to prevent abrasion of the wire rope against any part of the building construction or other equipment. Cable Fittings: Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\ 116133 Permit Set RAHS Rigging.Doc 0116133-5of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116133 09819.00 THEATRICAL RIGGING EQUIPMENT J. 1. Cable clips shall conform to wire rope manufacturer's recommendations as to size, number, and method of installation. Clips shall be drop forged ACrosby@ or approved equal. Under no circumstances may malleable cable clips be used in suspension or lifting lines. 2. Swaged sleeve fittings shall be copper Nicopress. Swaged fittings shall be installed per the fitting manufacturer's instructions, using the appropriate tools, and checked with the appropriate Nicopress "Go - No go" gauge. • 3. Eyes shall be formed over galvanized wire rope thimbles of correct size. Turnbuckles: Turnbuckles shall be drop forged and galvanized, and conform to ASTM F- 1145 Type 1, Grade 1. Turnbuckles shall be moused after adjustment to prevent loosening. K. Full Pipe Clamps: 1. Pipe clamps shall be made of two strips of 12 guage. by 2 inch hot rolled steel formed to encompass and clamp the pipe batten to prevent its rotation. Corners shall be rounded. 2. There shall be a 3/8 inch x 1 inch hex bolt with lock nut above and below the batten. A 5/8 inch hole in the top of each clamp half allows the attachment of cable, chain, or other fittings. 3. Full pipe clamps shall have a manufacturer's recommended load rating of at least 750 lbs. 4. Pipe clamps shall be J.R. Clancy 026-22x series. L. Pipe Battens: 1. All battens shall be 1-1/2 inch nominal diameter, schedule 40 pipe in lengths as shown on the drawings or Bill of Materials. All joints shall be spliced with 18" long sleeves with 9" extending into each pipe and held by two 3/8" hex bolts and lock nuts on each side of the joint. 2. Each end shall be covered with a bright yellow, closed end, soft vinyl safety cap at least 4 inches in length. 3. Pipe battens shall be J.R. Clancy No. 015-67R, 16 feet• long. M. Fixed Speed Starters: 1. Each fixed speed winch shall be controlled by a UL 580E compliant, full voltage, self protected, reversing starter. Enclosure shall be NEMA 12 with hinged, latching cover. The interior of the starter cabinet shall be "touch safe" per IEC 204-1 "Protection against direct contact" rules. 2. The NEMA/IEC mechanically and electrically interlocked, reversing starter shall be sized to match the winch motor horsepower and shall be rated for plugging and jogging. Units shall incorporate UL580E Type 2, non -welding, positive break contactors. 3. Overcurrent protection shall be provided by an IEC Class 10 overload. Short circuit protection shall be provided by a circuit breaker. 4. Starters shall be wired so that operation of the normal end of travel limit switches shall only allow movement away from the limit switch. Operation of an overtravel limit switch shall open the line contactor, and will not allow further movement in either direction. A spring return toggle switch shall be housed inside the starter cabinet to allow override of the overtravel limits for resetting purposes. N. Control Stations: Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\ 116133 Permit Set RAHS Rigging.Doc 0116133-6of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116133 09819.00 THEATRICAL RIGGING EQUIPMENT 1. Control stations shall be wall mounted NEMA 1 enclosures, containing hold -to -run Up and Down pushbuttons for each winch. A key operated On / Off switch with green LED indicating "Power On" shall be provided. 2. A red, mushroom head emergency stop pushbutton shall be provided, which will disconnect power to the winch through a circuit meeting NFPA-79 (Electrical Standards for Industrial Machinery) requirements. 3. A "Service" indicator shall be provided to alert the user when regular system service is required. 4. Panel components including pushbuttons, key switches, switches, E -stop switches, and the like shall be industrial grade, heavy-duty components with 7/8" (22 mm) operators. Indicators shall be 5/16" (8 mm) minimum diameter. 5. Panel components shall be Telemecanique / Square D ZB series or Allen Bradley Bulletin 800MR. O. Emergency Stop System: 1 The emergency stop system shall meet NFPA-79 (Electrical Standards for Industrial Machinery) and directly remove power by means of electromechanical components, using a UL580E Type 2, non -welding, positive break contactors 2. The emergency stop circuit shall be a normally closed circuit or a supervised circuit that provides the same or greater level of reliability and security. Its operations shall not depend on software or semiconductors. 3 Resetting the emergency stop circuit shall not initiate motion. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 APPROVED INSTALLER A. Approved Rigging Contractor: 1. j.R. Clancy, Inc. 2. Tel: (800) 836-1885, (31 5) 451-3440, Fax: (31 5) 451-1766 3. E-mail: rigging@jrclancy.com 3.2 INSTALLATION A. The Rigging Contractor shall be responsible for storage of stage equipment, tools, and equipment during the period of the installation. B. Extent: All specified equipment shall be installed by fully trained superintendents and workmen. Equipment shall be installed in a workman like manner, per plans and specifications. Equipment shall be aligned, adjusted, and trimmed for the most efficient operation, the greatest safety and for the best visual appearance. C. Standards: Installation practices shall be in accordance with OSHA Safety and Health Standards and all local codes. All welding must be performed in full compliance with the latest edition of the Structural Welding Code (ANSI/AWS D1.1). D. Alignment: Mule blocks, cable rollers and guides shall be installed, as required, to provide proper alignment, to maintain specified fleet angles, and to prevent contact with other surfaces. E. Attachments: All equipment shall be securely attached to the building structure. Underhung blocks and mule blocks shall be welded in place unless otherwise directed. Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \116133 Permit Set RAHS Rigging.Doc 0116133-7of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116133 09819.00 THEATRICAL RIGGING EQUIPMENT F. Finishes: 1. All welds must be touched up to match disturbed finishes. 2. All finishes which are disturbed during shipping and installation shall be touched up to match the original. 3.3 CLEAN UP A. Clean up, including removal of packing materials etc. and the protection of surfaces or equipment. 3.4 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Inspection: During the installation of equipment the Rigging Contractor shall arrange for access as necessary for inspection of equipment by the Owner's representatives. B. System Inspection & Pre -Testing By Rigging Contractor: On completion of installation and testing the Rigging Contractor shall conduct a complete pre-test of the system to ensure it is working properly and in conformance with this specification. This shall include a complete test of all electrical systems and components. All tests shall be conducted as if the Architect or Consultant were present and appropriate corrections made before the final inspection. Inspection shall be done using the rigging equipment manufacturer's written inspection forms. C. Special Testing: If specifications, the Architect's instructions, laws, ordinances, or any public authority require any work to be specially tested or approved, the Rigging Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of its readiness for inspection, and of dates of inspections to be made by other authorities. D. Completion Testing: Upon completing the installation of all equipment specified under this section, the Contractor shall notify the Architect, who will schedule an inspection. At the time of inspection, the Rigging Contractor shall furnish sufficient workers to operate all equipment and to perform such adjustments and tests as may be required by the Owner's representative. Any equipment, which fails to meet with approval, shall be repaired or replaced with suitable equipment and the inspection shall be re -scheduled under the same conditions as previously specified. At the time of these inspections, no other work shall be performed in the auditorium and stage areas. All temporary bracing, scaffolding, etc. shall be removed to permit full operation of, and access to, all equipment. Final approval will be withheld until all systems have been thoroughly tested and found to be in first class operating condition in every particular. E. Manuals and instruction in the operation of the equipment shall be provided in accordance with 1.05. 3.5 Follow-up Inspection A. One year after the completion of installation, the Rigging Contactor shall return to the site and provide the following services: 1. Complete inspection of the rigging system. 2. Make all required adjustments. 3. Correct all warranty items. 4. Provide written recommendations for necessary repairs or changes not included in the warranty. 5. Conduct a 1 hour rigging operation and safety class. Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\ 116133 Permit Set RAHS Rigging.Doc 0116133 - 8 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116133 09819.00 THEATRICAL RIGGING EQUIPMENT 6. Provide a written proposal for the next year's maintenance visit. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K.\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \116133 Permit Set RAHS Rigging.Doc 0116133-9of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116600 09819.00 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT SECTION 116600 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Portable basketball equipment 2. Wall and corner padding 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials C. National Federation of State High School Associations (NFSHSA) 1. PO Box 20626 Kansas City, MO 64195, Tel (816) 464-5400 2. Website http: / )www.nfhs.orq 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Manufacturer is responsible for designing and providing supporting framework and equipment for work of this Section. B. Design mechanical attachments and mounting to eliminate through -bolting and exposed fasteners at outside face of exterior walls. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Show layout, sizes, dimensions, installation details, fasteners, finishes, and colors. Include mounting details to structural framing and masonry walls. C. Product Data: Delineated drawings and descriptive data for each specified item with product numbers features, operation, and specifications. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention including mounting of backstops to walls. E. Certification: Installer as certified by manufacturer as authorized and qualified to perform work of this Section. F. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 017823 Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \116600 Permit Set RAHS Athletic Equipment.Doc 116600 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116600 09819.00 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit in conformance with provisions of Section 017823. C. Instructions to Owner's personnel. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in work of this Section. Able to furnish references for 5 successful installations in State of Washington, upon request by Architect. B. Installer: 1. Company specializing in work of this Section. 2. Able to document minimum 5 years experience conforming to work of this Section. 3. Certified as manufacturer's authorized installer prior to Bid, or accepted by Architect. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Regulatory Requirements specified by Section 014100. B. Textile Wall Coverings: Conform to IBC Chapter 8 for fire -retardant interior materials. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver in manufacturer -labeled protective packaging. Do not remove labels or open packages, until bundle inspected and approved. Verify undamaged conditions. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 033000 for installation of floor sleeves and floor sleeve receptacles at floor slab. C. Section 096466 for floor sleeves and installation requirements to avoid damage to hardwood athletic gymnasium flooring. 1.10 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange, in accordance with Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, installer, Owner, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and those requested to attend. C. Meeting Time: Minimum 3 weeks prior to prior to beginning work of this Section and work of related Sections affecting work of this Section. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Basketball Backboards: 1. Glass Backboards: Manufacturer's standard lifetime warranty. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raabeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 116600 Permit Set BARS Athletic Equipment.Doc 116600 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116600 09819.00 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT C. Basketball Goals: Manufacturer's standard lifetime warranty. D. Basketball Nets: Manufacturer's standard 1 year warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS A. Products by following manufacturers are accepted based upon conformance to specified provisions of this Section. B. Porter Athletic Equipment Co. 1. Tel (425) 368-2020, Fax (425) 368-0465, Email kolleenl@bdap.com (Kolleen Lozar, Barclay Dean Architectural Products) 2. Email caryj@bdap.com (Cary Jenkins, CSI, Barclay Dean Architectural Products) 3. Website http:?/www.porter-ath.com / http://www.bdap.com C. Draper, Inc.• 1. Tel (206) 878-0306, Fax (206) 878-0264, Email vlong@draperinc.com / (Vicki Long, CSD. 2. Website http://www.draperinc.com D. Schelde North America 1. Tel (800) 823-0182, Email dnoe@scheldesports.com (David Noe, Mfrs Rep). 2. Website http://www.scheldesports.com E. PROMATS 1. Tel (800) 678-6287 (Home Office). 2. Website http://www.promats.com F. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 PORTABLE BASKETBALL UNITS A. Portable Basketball Units: Tension and spring compression strut system. Height adjustable from 8 feet, 9 feet and 10 feet. Floor anchoring system. Integral base padding. 1. Draper 503016 Portable Backstop 2. Bison T -Rex Portable Basketball Systems 3. Schelde 4.5 Senior B. Glass Basketball Backboards: Rectangular, 72 inches by 42 inch, 1/2 inch tempered plate glass with clear anodized aluminum frame. 1. Bison BA8996 T -Rex 96 Competition C. Rear Hold Down: Threaded floor anchor, eyebolt and turnbuckle 1. Bison BA898HD Rear Hold -Down Kit D. Backboard Safety Padding: Mechanically fastened bolted -on. E. Basketball Goal: F. Nylon Net: Anti -whip, heavy duty braided nylon cord, 12 loop mesh, 120 thread construction, Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 1 16600 Permit Set RAHS Athletic Eguipment.Doc 116600 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116600 09819.00 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT 2.3 VINYL COVERED WALL PADDING A. Construction 1. Certified Fire Retardant Components, UL 723 Class A fire -retardant vinyl, foam filler, and wood backing, Tested to ASTM E84. 2. Dimensions: 24 inch by 70 inch by 2 inch thick panels. 3. Filler: 1-1/2 inch thick, 5.5 pound density open cell neoprene foam. 4. Backing: 7/16 inch oriented strand board or plywood. 5. Cover Fabric: Minimum 14 ounce vinyl laminated high tensile polyester, mildew, and rot resistant, fortified with infection combating fungicide. 6. Nailing Margin: 1 inch wide, fabric covered. Locate at bottom of panel for securing to wall. 7. Interlocking Mounting Cleats: Mount on back of panel and at wall, top and bottom. 8. Flame Spread: Class A conforming to IBC. 9. Products: a. Porter, 00570-0XX Hi NRG SAFPAD 2.4 CUSTOM WALL PADDING A. Wall Padding: 2-1 /2 inch thick, polyurethane foam, 30 oz Naugahyde type vinyl, quilted panel construction, with School Logo and Team Name. 1. Porter, 90352-100 Ultra -Mat 2.5 FINISHES A. Frames and Supporting Structure for Backstops and Other Equipment: 1. Factory -applied white enamel primer. Black color not accepted. 2. Factory applied powder coat enamel finish. 3. Color: a. White B. Basketball Edge Padding Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. C. Vinyl Covered Wall Padding Color: As selected from manufacturer's full standard colors. D. Other Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full standard color selection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Document. B. Make attachments into concrete masonry walls with removable expansion fasteners. Conceal, fasteners where possible. C. Cut out wall padding around electrical outlets or other items requiring access. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 116600 Permit Set RAHS Athletic Equipment.Doc 116600 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 116600 09819.00 ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Verify operation of movable parts and adjust for smooth operation, free from defects. B. Repair or replace damaged installations as instructed by Owner and Architect. C. Field touch-up primer and re -paint damaged factory finishes to match color and gloss level of original finishes. 3.4 CLEANING A. Leave installation clean and free from debris and residue from work of this Section. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 116600 Permit Set RAHS Athletic Equipment.Doc 116600 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 122113 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 122113 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS A. Section Includes: 1. Horizontal louver blinds with steel headrails and aluminum slats. 2. Bottom up louver blinds. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 054000 2. Section 061000 3. Section 081113 4. Section 081416 5. Section 084313 6. Section 0851 13 7. Section 085200 8. Section 084413 9. Section 092216 1.2 A. B. C. - Cold -Formed Metal Framing - Rough Carpentry - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames - Flush Wood Doors - Aluminum -Framed Storefront - Aluminum Windows Wood Windows - Glazed Aluminum Curtain Wall - Non -Structural Metal Framing SUBMITTALS Submit under provisions of Section 013300. Product Data: Product description, components, and assembly. Samples: 1. Horizontal blind section meeting or exceeding specified requirements. 2. Color samples showing compliance with approved color selection. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation requirements, rough -in dimensions, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. E. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.3 QUALTITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: 1. Specializing in fabricating and installing work of this Section. 2. Able to document minimum 5 years experience for projects of similar scope and quality. 3. Authorized as qualified to perform work of this Section by manufacturer. B. Field Verify: Opening sizes, method of attachment, operation, and interface with adjacent construction, tolerances, and clearances required for installation prior to fabrication. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 122113 Permit Set RAHS Horizontal Louver Blinds (Commecial Quality).Doc 122113-1 of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 122113 09819.00 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS B. Deliver blinds wrapped and crated in a manner to prevent damage to components or marring of surfaces. C. Store in a clean, dry area, laid flat and blocked off ground to prevent sagging, twisting, or warping. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 054000 and Section 092216 for providing backing at locations required for mounting work of this Section. 1'.6 WARRANTY A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Manufacturer: Standard lifetime Warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Springs Window Fashions, Bali S3000 Privacy. 1. Tel (925) 803-0255, Fax (925) 803-0134, Voice Mail (800) 544-9534 Ext 6375, Email rockv.grant@springs.com (Rocky Grant). 2. Distributor: Tel (206) 783-1047 (Window Coverings USA, Greg Hamper). 3. Website http://www.springs.com B. Hunter Douglas, CD88. 1. Tel (253) 857-3920, Fax (253) 857-3874, Voice Mail (800) 964-2580 # Ext 7313 (David Cover) Email david.cover@hunterdouglas.com 2. Website http://www.hunterdouglas.com/ C. Substitution Requests: Submit under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Head Rail: Concealed mounting system. 1. Crowned underside profile to prevent light leakage and eliminating need for valence. 2. Corrosion -resistant steel, 0.025 inch thick or 0.024extruded aluminum. 3. Minimum 1 inch high by 1 inch wide. 4. Hardware concealed in headrail. B. Titter: 1. Self-lubricating gear mechanism enclosed in corrosion -resistant steel housing. 2. Die cast automatic disengaging worm and gear clutch action to prevent overdrive. C. Tilt Wand: Hexagonal clear, transparent solid polymer, 5/16 to 7/16 inch diameter. Drop to 54 inch above floor. D. Cord Lock: Corrosion -resistant steel attached securely to head channel. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 122113 Permit Set RAHS Horizontal Louver Blinds (Commecial Quality).Doc 122113-2of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 122113 09819.00 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS E. Drums and Cradles: Design to guide ladder and cord during raising or lowering blinds. 1. Drums: 0.031 inch thick corrosion resistant steel containing acetyl polymer busing to reduce friction. 2. Cradles: 0.042 inch thick corrosion resistant steel. F. Installation Brackets: Completely concealed within head rail. G. Intermediate Brackets: Provide as instructed by manufacturer for long spans. H. Slats: Magnesium aluminum alloy. Ladder support distances designed to prevent visible bowing or deflection after continued usage. Dust guard paint process that disrupts static attraction of dust particles. 1. Width: 1 inch, unperforated. 2. Slats per Foot: Minimum 1 5.7. 3. Ladder Spacing: Maximum19.66 mm. 4. Rout Holes: Hidden from view. 5. Thickness: Not Tess than 0.008 inch after painting Braided ladders: Stabilized 100 percent polyester yarn. 1. Vertical Component: Material and design to provide maximum flexibility with minimum stretch. 2. Horizontal Rungs: Not less than two cables interbraided with vertical components. J. Bottom Rail: Fully enclosed with color compatible flexible PVC bottom bumper and polyethylene end caps. K. Lift Cords: Braided high strength synthetic cords in color to match braided ladders. L. Other materials: Accessories and materials as required for complete installations. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Prior to fabrication, make accurate field measurements. Verify actual dimensions and adjust blind dimensions to fit. B. Fabricate blinds to overlap frames of glazed openings and to reduce Tight infiltration around edge of closed blind. Maintain 1/4 inch clearance between edge of frame -and wall opening jambs and sills. C. Fabricate blinds to fit into recesses at wall openings at glazed windows and relights. Fill space within each individual window opening between heads, sills, jambs, and mullions. D. Where windows are divided by vertical mullions, [and one or both windows have operable sash,] fabricate separate blinds for each divided window. Center edge of blinds on vertical mullion. E. [Where windows with fixed sash are divided by vertical mullion, fabricate single blind to cover both windows. Conform to manufacturer's instructions for maximum horizontal dimension of blind.] F. Fabricate blinds to cover glazed door lights. At doors with 2 lights, fabricate one blind to cover both lights. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 122113 Permit Set RAHS Horizontal Louver Blinds (Commecial Quality).Doc 122113-3of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 122113 09819.00 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS G. Provide upper and lower blinds at windows with horizontal mullions projecting into room beyond inside perimeter window frame. H. Provide blinds to cover both window units divided by vertical mullion projecting into room beyond inside perimeter window frame. 2.4 FINISHES A. Paint Process: Anti -static. B. Horizontal Blind Colors: As accepted by Architect from manufacturer's standard solid, color selection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Documents. B. Install intermediate supports at intervals to permit easy entrance to and removal of head, and make head and slat positions level and true to line with adjacent construction. C. Install free of gaps, plumb with adjacent frames and openings, and level within 1/16 inch in 3 feet. D. Meet clearances and tolerances to permit unencumbered operation of blinds and hardware. E. Install separate blinds to completely fill each window and relight opening between jambs, head, and sills. Do not install binds continuously between openings, except as instructed by Architect. F. Install over face of doors to cover opening. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust units to function smoothly. B. Replace units with bents, scratches, dents, and other damage. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean horizontal louver blinds as necessary to remove dust and soiling. Follow manufacturer's instructions to prevent scratching finish. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Amnon \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \122113 Permit Set RAHS Horizontal Louver Blinds (Commecial Quality).Doc 122113-4of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 122413 09819.00 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES SECTION 122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electrically and manually operated window shade systems 2. Window shade cloth. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Manually operated bottom up shades mounted on walls covering window openings. 1. [Blackout] [Room darkening] [Solar screening] shade cloth. 2. Chain drive with limit stops and positive stops at points of travel and retainers and tensioners to hold chain taut. 3. Fascia cover matching aluminum framing of window, except where housing is concealed in ceiling. B. Manually operated shades mounted on walls covering window openings [and] [on doors covering glass door lights]. 1. Surface mounted blackout side channels at jambs to provide complete covering of window. 2. - [Blackout] [Room darkening] [Solar screening] shade cloth. 3. Chain drive with limit stops and positive stops at points of travel and retainers and tensioners to hold chain taut. Locate chain on hinge side of door. 4. Fascia cover matching aluminum framing of window, except where housing is concealed in ceiling. C. Electrically operated shades mounted on vertical and slanted skylight surfaces. 1. Motor mounted inside shade roller housing. 2. Surface mounted blackout side channels at jambs to provide complete covering of window. 3. [Blackout] [Room darkening] [Solar screening] shade cloth. 4. Electrical control through keyed switches with override for remote switches, simultaneous shade operation, and intermediate shade stops between open and closed position. Components manufactured by motor manufacturer. 5. Remote hand held switches, radio controlled to operate shades simultaneously. 6. Fascia cover matching aluminum framing of window, except where housing is concealed in ceiling. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Nysan Shading Systems, Ltd. , specified for type and quality 1. Tel (206) 789-2413, Fax (206) 789-3699 Email kkhuberstnw@aol.com (Ken Huber CSI, Alvin Wolberg) / Website http://www.snaptex.com . 2. Tel (425) 454-2160, Fax (425) 453-5799, Email tbrame@nwlink.com (Terry Brame, CSI). Date Saved: January 12, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 122413 Permit Set RAHS Roller Window Shades.Doc 122413-1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 122413 09819.00 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 3. Website http://www.nvsan.com B. Skyco Shading Systems, Inc. 1. Tel (206) 349-2762, Fax (425) 889-0871 Email lars@skvcoshade.com (Lars Sandgren) 2. Tel (800) 777-5926 / (714) 708-3038, Fax (714) 708-3053 (Sandee Young ASID IIDA) 3. Website: www.skvcoshade.com C. Solarflective 1. Tel (206) 634-1166 Ext 108, Fax (206) 632-1989, Cell (206) 251-4604, Email Sonia@fabricpanels.com (Sonja Horn, Architextures) 2. Website http://www.fabricpanels.com D. Draper 1. CeII (206) 245-671 1, Tel (206) 878-0306, Fax (206) 878-0264, Email vlong@draperinc.com / (Vicki Long, CSI). 2. Website: http://www.draperinc.com/Window_Shades.htm E. MechoShade Systems, Inc. 1. Tel (206) 842-1846, Fax (206) 855-8375, Email donmyrick@bainbridge.net Don Myrick, CSI / Kymmberly Myrick) /Tel (206) 230-9110, Fax (206) 260-9109 (Rita & Larry Hartman). Website http://www.hartmanitd.com 2. Tel (206) 762-8206 / (206) 762-1095, Email dic@iriswc.com / robert@iriswc.com (Naben Services, Inc. / Iris Window Coverings, Dick Benton/Robert Knoll). Website http://www.iriswc.com. 3. Website http://www.mechoshade.com F. Substitution Requests to Specified Products: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 ELECTRICAL MOTOR A. Motor System: Motor/Plug assembly asynchronous motor with built-in reversible capacitor, 95-125 volt, 60 Hz. single phase, temperature Class A, thermally protected, totally enclosed, maintenance free with locking disconnect plug assembly for each operator, mounted inside shade roller. B. Electric Control: Provide with key locks. Each key lock to control two window units. 2.3 SHADE DRIVE ASSEMBLY A. Manual Chain Drive Operator: Inertia brake mechanism operated by No.10 nickel plated or stainless steel bead chain. Non -drifting, smooth controlled operation with positive lock action at any point of travel. Friction fit engagement of roller tube not accepted. B. Tube Assembly: Extruded aluminum tube, ASTM B221 6063-T6 alloy, anodized, maximum deflection L/700, and two fabric -mounting channels. Include internal keyway to receive tubular motor. Attachment of fabric to tube with double stick tape, adhesives, staples, and rivets not accepted. C. Mounting Spline on Tube: Extruded vinyl locking channels and embossed fabric guide. D. End brackets: To hold motor and tube assembly with mounting accessories and fasteners. Date Saved: January 12, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 122413 Permit Set RAHS Roller Window Shades.Doc 122413 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 122413 09819.00 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES E. Mounting Brackets for Manually Operated Assembly: Minimum 12 gauge zinc coated sheet steel with mounting accessories and fasteners. F. Motor Housing with Bottom Closure: Extruded aluminum, ASTM B221 6063 T5.alloy, minimum 0.065 inch thick, snap -lock fascia, no exposed fasteners, maximum 1-1/2 inch shade opening at bottom closure, baked enamel finish, color as selected from manufacturer's standards. 2.4 SHADE CLOTHS A. MRWS Fabric: 1. MRWS-North: 100 percent Recycled, PVC -free "Classico Collection", 5% Openness, color: Stone SI-PG4 2. MRWS-South: 100 percent Recycled, PVC -free "Classico Collection" 3% Openness, color: Stone SI-PG4 B. MRSS Fabric: 1. 100 percent Recycled, PVC -free "Classico Collection" 3% Openness, color: Stone SI-PG4 2.5 FINISHES A. Room Darkening Shade Cloth: Openness, interior and exterior side color and pattern as accepted by Architect. B. Exposed Aluminum: Manufacturer's standard powder coat finish in color as accepted by Architect. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 12, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 122413 Permit Set RAHS Roller Window Shades.Doc 122413 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 123554 09819.00 SAFETY STORAGE CABINETS SECTION 123554 SAFETY STORAGE CABINETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Flammable materials storage cabinets. 2. Chemical storage cabinets. 3. Corrosives/acid storage cabinets. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. SECURALL Products, specified for type and quality. 1. Tel (253) 639-3350, Fax: (253) 639-8661, Email leon@lymanassociates.com, (Lyman Associates, Leon Lyman), Website http:/!www.Iymanassociates.com . 2. Kewaunee Scientific Equipment Corp, Tel (425) 823-8070, Email ggoddard@gte.net (George Goddard, Inc., Luke Miller), Website http:!/www.kewaunee.com . 3. H.H. Hawkins Ltd., Tel (800) 661-454 / (604) 514-1 525, Fax (604) 514-1551, Email rob@hhhawkins.com (Rob Graveline). 4. Tel (888) 326-7890, Fax (888) 324-3780, Email securallsales@csinet.net, Website http://www.securallproducts.com (Securall Cabinets, Inc, Cathy Guissman/ Home Office). B. Justrite Manufacturing Company, LLC, Justrite, Safety Storage Cabinets, accepted based on conformance to specified requirements. 1. Tel (425) 488-1333, Fax (425) 489-1441, Email ECRussell@isecinc.com/ (Eric Russell), Website http:J/www.isecinc.com! 2. Tel (847) 298-9250, Website http://www.iustritemfg.com/ (Home Office). C. Lyon, Safety Storage Cabinets, 1. Tel (206) 682-6596, Fax (206) 682-4995 (Storage and Material Handling Specialists, Bob Roche). 2. Website http://www.eng-prod-inc.com D. Substitution Requests: Conform to provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 FLAMMABLE MATERIALS STORAGE CABINET A. SE -CUR -ALL Safety Cabinets A330, 18 inch deep by 43 inch wide by 46 inch high, 30 gallon capacity. 1. One adjustable shelf. 2. Sills lipped to prevent leakage. 2.3 CHEMICALS STORAGE CABINET A. SE -CUR -ALL Safety Cabinets, WMA1 12-M, modified for corrosion, 18 inch deep by 43 inch wide by 18 inch high, tray .top. 1. Wall mounted or stackable in combination with flammable storage cabinet. One adjustable shelf. SAVE DATE: 1/28/2010 9:52:00 AM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION \ PERMIT SET SPECS\123554 PERMIT SET RAHS SAFETY STORAGE CABINETS.DOC 123554 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 123554 09819.00 SAFETY STORAGE CABINETS 2. Shelves and bottom lined with removable polyethylene trays to contain spills. 2.4 CORROSIVES/ACID STORAGE CABINET A. SE -CUR -ALL, Model No. C230 [C330], 18 inch deep by 43 inch wide by 44 inch high. 1. One adjustable shelf. 2. Shelves and bottom lined with removable polyethylene trays to contain spills. 3. Suitable for both flammable and non-flammable corrosives. 4. 3/4 inch leak -proof tray top, able to contain 5 pint spill, lined with polyethylene or other corrosion resistant sheet. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Wall and Door Construction: 1. Reinforced 18 gauge cold rolled sheet steel, all -welded. 2. Double wall with 1-1/2 inch air space. B. ' Adjustable Shelves: Galvanized cold rolled steel, adjustable on 1/2 inch centers, 200 pound load capacity for each shelf. 2.6 DOORS AND HARDWARE A. Doors: Double leaf, self-closing, self latching, fusible link holding doors open and closing at 165 degree F, conforming to IFC. B. Hinges: 18 gauge cold rolled steel, full length piano hinge. C. Latch: Keyed three point spark -proof. Minimum 3 keys for each door lock. D. Floor Anchors/Leveling Legs: 1. Galvanized steel adjustable leveling bolt at each leg with steel plate seismic anchoring clips with threaded hole for fastening to leveling bolt and slotted hole for fastening floor anchor. 2. Minimum two for each cabinet and as required to prevent overturning. E. Wall Anchors Clips: Locate at back of cabinet with minimum two anchors per unit for fastening into wall backing. F. Vents: Two vents, 2 inch diameter with flash arresters. Locate at opposite side panels, one at top, and one at bottom G. [Vent Hose: Flexible, hot -dipped galvanized steel, SE -CUR -ALL Model FGH200, specified for type and quality. 1. 3 inch diameter by 15 foot 2. 2 inch NPT nipple for connecting to lower vent of safety storage cabinet.] H. Vent End Connection: Suitable for attaching to 4 inch ID flange pipe and exhaust ductwork specified under Division 23. I. Static Ground Connections: Locate at back of cabinet. SAVE DATE: 1/28/2010 9:52:00 AM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS \123554 PERMIT SET RAHS SAFETY STORAGE CABINETS.DOC 123554 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 123554 09819.00 SAFETY STORAGE CABINETS 2.7 FINISHES A. Flammable Storage Cabinets: Factory applied, two coats epoxy enamel. 1. Field Color: Yellow. 2. Warning Label Across Doors: Large red letters FLAMMABLE LJ_ /If.' /R 1 B. Corrosive/Acid Storage Cabinets: Factory applied two coat corrosion resistant epoxy enamel. 1. Field Color: Blue. 2. Warning Label Across Doors: White letters on black field. CAUTION CORROSIVES ' END OF SECTION SAVE DATE: 1/28/2010 9:52:00 AM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS \123554 PERMIT SET RAHS SAFETY STORAGE CABINETS.DOC 123554-3of3 Page 1: [1] Comment [Com5] JOHN) 5/23/2008 5:24:00 PM 0.1 EPDXY RESIN SINKS A. Molded modified epoxy resin, uniform mixture, non -glaring, gray color with coved inside corners and bottom pitched to drain outlet. Fabricate in conjunction with molded epoxy resin countertops Undercounter mounted.[Lipped edge for recessed flush top surface at countertop.] B. Dimensions: 18 inch by 14 inch by 10-1 /2 inch deep. Sink outlets: Molded modified epoxy resin, with integral cross bars, gasket, lock nut with 1-1 /2 inch IPS male straight thread outlet, and overflow. Include screened strainers and stopper. Mounting: Manufacturer's standard sink straps and blocking for securing sinks in place under countertops. 0.2 EPDXY RESIN COUNTERTOPS AND BACKSPLASHES Molded epoxy resin, uniform mixture edges radiused and provided with drip grooves. Cutouts: As necessary for epoxy sinks, laboratory assemblies, plumbing fixtures, and other equipment.. Countertops and Backsplash Thickness: 1 inch. CASEWORK Epoxy Resin Table Tops, Countertops, and Backsplashes: Molded modified epoxy resin, uniform mixture, non -glaring, edges radiused and provided with drip grooves. Include lipped opening for drop-in epoxy sinks. Countertops and Backsplashes: 1 inch thick. Table Tops: 3/4 inch thick. RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 124813 09819.00 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS SECTION 124813 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior fully adhered walk -off mats B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete 2. Section 034106 - Hydraulic Cement Underlayment 3. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry 4. Section 096800 - Carpet 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product literature and data sheets. C. Samples: 1. Walk -off mat samples of specified color and construction for each mat type. 2. Transition strips showing color compatibility with walk -off mat and appearance. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation instructions, and special procedures and conditions requiring special attention. E. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 017700. B. Maintenance Data: Include triplicate data for complete instructions on care and maintenance. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section 016600. B. Deliver in manufacturer -labeled packages. Verify undamaged conditions. C. Store in dry place and protect from damage. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections. B. Section 061000 for installation over plywood subfloor. C. Section 096800 for fitting and smooth transitioning into carpet installations. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print 124813 Permit Set RAHS Entrance Floor Mats.Doc 124813 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 124813 09819.00 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS 1.6 WARRANTIES A. Conform to Warranty provisions specified Section 017836. B. Walk -Off Mats: Manufacturer's standard 5 year wear Warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Distributor for Specified Products. 1. Cell (206) 409-3870, Tel (253) 395-6287 #1685, Fax (253) 872-9022, Email norav@pacmat.com (Pacific Mat, Nora Vivarelli CSI). 2. Website http: / /www.pacmat.com. B. Substitution Requests: Comply with provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 EXTERIOR POLYPROPYLENE FIBER WALK -OFF MATS (WOM-1) A. Polypropylene Fiber Walk -Off Mats: Van Dijk, Hercules Nop, Website: http:i /www.vandijkcarpet.com B. Physical Characteristics: 1. Construction: Nonwoven. 2. Texture: Hobnail Pattern. 3. Face Fiber: Blend of 17-240 DPF Solution Dyed UV Stabilized ASOTA Polypropylene 4. Total Weight: 52 ounces per square yard. 5. Backing: Composite Rubber. 6. Total Weight: 93 ounces per square yard. 7. Pile Height: 0.400 inches 8. Total Height: 0.500 inches 9. Width: 79 inches and 158 inches. 2.3 INTERIOR NYLON FIBER WALK -OFF MATS (WOM-2) A. Manufacturers: 1. Bonar Floors, Coral Brush, Website http://www.bonarfloors.com 2. Van Dijk, Protect Super, Website http://www.vandijkcarpet.com B. Physical Properties: 1. Manufacturing Process: Tufted. 2. Surface Composition (Texture) Cut -Pile. 3. Face Fiber: 100 percent nylon by NOVAL. 4. Density of Pile: 0.102. 5. Number of Tufts: 191,770 per square inch. 6. Total Weight: 92.0 ounce per square yard. 7. Primary Backing: Non -woven polyester. 8. Secondary Backing: Rubber/Vinyl compound. 9. Electrostatic Properties: Permanently anti -static. Less than 2 KV. 10. Fire -rated Backing: ASTM E 648, Class 1. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print 124813 Permit Set RAHS Entrance Floor Mats.Doc 124813 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 124813 09819.00 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: As instructed by manufacturer for adhering mat in place to concrete substrate. B. Transition Strips: As instructed by manufacturer to meet IBC barrier -free design code. 2.5 FINISHES A. Interior Nylon Walk -Off Mat: Color as specified by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify surfaces level, true to plane, dry, and suitable for installation. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Take dimensions and carefully verify proper fit. B. Prepare concrete slab, for installation of floor mat. Remove grease, oil dirt, and other foreign substances. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Document. B. Install walk -off mats over clean, dry, concrete slab and plywood subfloor using adhesive, as instructed by manufacturer. C. Do not install until major construction work is complete, near time of Substantial Completion. D. Install walk -off mats as single units without joints. 3.4 CLEANING A. Leave installation clean and premises free of residue from work of this Section. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Make repairs and adjustments as necessary for fully adhered installation. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Upon completion of recessed frame: 1. Install temporary plywood or fiberboard filler panel into recess cover with protective plywood panel to permit passage of foot traffic without damaging frame. 2. Maintain until danger from construction traffic has ended. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print 124813 Permit Set RAHS Entrance Floor Mats.Doc 124813-3of3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 126623 09819.00 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS SECTION 126623 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall attached, electrically operated, telescoping, multi -tiered chair platforms, with center aisles, and folding seats. 2. Railings, including guard railings and center aisle handrails. B. Related Sections: 1 Section 033000 2. Section 050523 3 Section 096466 4. Section 096566 5. Section 096800 6. Division 26 1.2 REFERENCES - Cast -In -Place Concrete - Welding - Resilient Athletic Hardwood Flooring - Resilient Sheet Sports Flooring - Carpeting - Electrical A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ICC/ANSI 300 - Bleachers, Folding and Telescoping Seating, and Grandstands, available at Website http:J1www.iccsafe.org C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM A36 - Specifications for Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A366 - Specifications for Steel -Forgings, Alloy, for Pressure and High -Temperature Parts. - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process - Specifications for Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy and High - Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability - Specifications for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. D. E. 3. ASTM A653 4. ASTM A50 5. ASTM Al 01 1 6. ASTM D1248 APA - The Engineered Wood Association (APA): PS1-95, Construction, and Industrial Plywood (with Typical APA Trademarks). National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 102 - Standard for Grandstands, folding and Telescoping Seating, Tents, and Membrane Structures, Chapter 5, Folding and Telescoping Seating. 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design telescoping chair platforms conforming to ICC/ANSI 300. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:30:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \126623 BA MF04 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS.DOC 126623 - 1 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 126623 09819.00 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS B. Telescoping Chair Platforms: Self supporting structure, designed to resist following additional forces. 1. Seat and Decking Live Load: 120 pounds per linear foot 2. Uniformly Distributed Live Load: 100 pounds per square foot. 3. Front to Rear Sway Load: 10 pounds per linear foot of row. 4. Horizontal Sway Load: a. Parallel to Seats: 24 pounds per linear foot b. Perpendicular to Seats: 10 pounds per linear foot 5. Stair and Aisle Treads: minimum concentrated load of 300 pounds per 4 square inches. C. Railings, Posts, and Sockets: Resist following forces. 1. Uniform Load: 50 pounds per linear foot applied in any direction along the top. 2. Concentrated Load: 200 pounds at any point and direction at top rail. 3. Intermediate Rails, Infill Panels: 50 pounds on area equal to 1 square foot. D. Clear Height: Minimum 80 inches above means of egress, including aisles, aisles accessways, and portions of means of egress. E. Roof Height: Lowest portion of roof deck not lower than 15 foot above highest aisle or aisle accessway. F. Seats: Cantilevered and seal self -centering, 3/4 lift with over center retract feature for ease of row passage and janitorial access. Tested and certified by independent testing laboratory to: 1. Support and withstand evenly distributed 600 pound load without failure or damage impairing operation. 2. Withstand 350,000 operation cycles without lubrication, spring fatigue, adjustment, and measurable wear. 3. Withstand not less than 5,000 impacts of 40 pound sandbag dropped from 12 foot height without failure. G. Electrical: 120/208VAC, 3 phase, 9 amps, 1/2 hp. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop drawings: Layout plan showing seating, aisle arrangement, wheelchair accommodations, railings, fabrication details, fastener types, equipment, and electrical service connections. C. Product Data: Descriptive literature of bleacher system, seat type, railings, electrical motor characteristics, operating system, and accessories. D. Color Samples: Manufacturer=s complete selection. E. Installer Certification: Certificate that installer is trained and certified as qualified installer by manufacturer F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include installation requirements, and conditions requiring special attention. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:30:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \126623 BA MF04 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS.DOC 126623 - 2 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 126623 09819.00 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS G. Sample Warranty: Meet or exceed provisions specified by this Section. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 017823. B. Operating and Maintenance Data. 1. Instruction of Owners Personnel: Arrange date and time with Owner. 2. Written instructions and instructions on electronic medium. 3. Video of instruction to Owner's personnel on electronic medium. C. Product Liability Insurance Certificate: Certification in amount, not Tess than $5 million, for life of installation. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Company specializing in designing, engineering, and manufacturing work of this Section. 2. Able to document minimum 10 years experience and 10 projects installed within State of Washington. B. Installer: 1. Trained and certified as authorized installer by manufacturer. 2. Able to document minimum 5 years continuous experience installing work of this Section. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of regulatory agencies specified by Section 014100. B. Conform to ICC/ANSI 300 and IBC Chapter 11, as amended by State of Washington. C. Conform to National Electric Code for UL or ETL ratings for electrical components and entire assembly. 1.8 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Arrange in accordance with Section 013119. B. Attendance: Contractor, installer, Owner, Architect, manufacturer's representative, and those requested to attend. C. Meeting Time: Minimum 2 weeks prior to prior to beginning work of this Section and work of related Sections affecting work of this Section. D. Location: Project Site. 1.9 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:30:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \126623 BA MF04 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS.DOC • 126623-3of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 126623 09819.00 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS B. Do not deliver until building is closed in and free of excess moisture and dirt. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination and sequencing with work of other Sections. B. Section 09860 for carpet installation. C. Division 26 for electrical power and receptacles for hookup. Verify power requirements for motor 1.11 WARRANTY A. Conform to provisions of Section 017836. B. Manufacturer: Provide 5 year Warranty against defects in factory supplied materials and workmanship. C. Installer: Provide 2 year Warranty against defects and abnormal wear due to faulty installation 1.12 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Provide 5 extra seat modules. B. Maintenance Service: Provide full inspection and maintenance call-back service by Installer for a period of 24 months following Substantial Completion. 1. Provide repairs, adjustments, lubrication, equipment, and supplies as necessary to keep equipment in working operation under normal conditions of use. 2. Perform maintenance work by installer using fully trained employees. 3. Arrange with Owner and perform work during hours convenient to Owner. C. Maintenance Agreement: 1. Submit a 5 year Full Maintenance Agreement for Owner review before awarding contract. 2. Confer with Owner on requirements for a complete maintenance program. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Hussey Seating Co, specified for type and quality. 1. Nor-Pac Systems Inc.,Tel (800) 222-6417 / (253) 852-0801), Fax (253) 852-0824, Cell (206) 669-1296, Email frank.weise@attglobal.net (Frank Weise) / Cell (206) 295- 0064, Email troy_barrows1@attglobal.net (Troy Barrows) 2. Website: http://www.husseyseating.com B. Irwin Telescopic Seating Company (Formerly Folding Bleacher Company). 1. Saxton, Bradley, Inc., Tel (800) 643-3512 / (206) 762-7688, Fax (206) 762-4480, Cell (206) 940-5073, Email james.mcdowall@saxtonbradley.com (James McDowall), 2. Website http://www.irwintelescopicseatinq.com/ SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:30:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \126623 BA MF04 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS.DOC 126623 - 4 of 9 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 126623 09819.00 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS C. Interkal, Inc. 1. Northwest School Equipment, Tel (206) 547-0811, Fax (206) 547-0802, Email email- us@northwest-school-eq.com (Dennis Martin). 2. Tel (503) 650-8025, Fax (503) 650-0535(Arnie Anderson/John Pederson). 3. Website http://www.interkal.com / http://www.northwest-school-eq.com . D. Substitution Requests: Submit or acceptance under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 STEEL MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A36. B. Uncoated Steel Sheet: ASTM A1011, structural quality, cold -rolled. C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653 G40. D. Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B, cold -rolled. 2.3 UNDERSTRUCTURE A. Metal Understructure: Interconnected, retractable, supportive metal framework. B. Design understructure to interlock adjacent structure to stabilize deck and prevent drift, separation, and misalignment. C. Wheels: Minimum 1 inch wide, non -marring, soft rubber face. D. Diagonal Bracing: High tensile steel angle, through bolted to deck stiffeners and columns. E. Vertical Columns: Manufacturer's standard steel framing system. F. Deck Stiffeners: High tensile steel mechanically fastened to plywood decking, at minimum 48 inch centers and at connections. 2.4 DECKING A. Plywood Decking:. APA PS1, Group 1 Species Classification. Exposure 1 or Exterior Grade, solid plugged cross bands, nominal 5/8 inch thick. Accepted: 1. Top Coated Decking: Grade A -C Veneer, tongue and groove with top, center, and bottom grain orientation running from front to back, factory -applied sealer and clear urethane finish coat. 2. High Density Polyethylene Faced Decking: Grade C -C with H connectors between panels, and 0.030 inch thick HD polyethylene overlay bonded to top side. B. Structural Deck Support: Manufacturer=s standard steel framework providing stiffness and intermediate attachments. Include transverse supports under decking. C. Fastening: As necessary to secure decking to understructure without protrusions at deck surface that may snag or hinder cleaning operations. D. Rear Risers and Nosings: Continuous, formed, aluminum or steel, galvanized to ASTM A 653 G 60. Slant riser to give optimum foot room. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:30:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS \FILES READY TO PRINT \126623 BA MF04 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS.DOC 126623-5of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 126623 09819.00 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS E. Deck Edging: Extruded aluminum angle, continuous to cover exposed edge of decking. Provide rounded corners and edges, smooth surfaces and edges. F. Skirt Boards: Manufacturer's standard matching decking finish or powder -coat finished metal panels. G. End Closure Panels: Plywood panels matching deck finish. Fabricate full height to close exposed ends of bleacher tiers in closed position. H. Top Seat Filler: Scribe fitted plywood filler between wall and top row, flush mounted, matching same finish as decking. I. Intermediate Aisle Steps: One-half rise and in conformance to ICC/ANSI 300. 2.5 SEATING A. Plastic Framework: High density, impact resistant blow -molded, pigmented, textured, one piece polyethylene seat, back, and arm rests. B. Chair Number Designation Plates: Etched anodized aluminum with black numerals, set in vandal resistant recess, and concealed fasteners into chair. Numbering as approved by Architect from Shop Drawing Submittal. C. Row Letter Designation Plates: Etched anodized aluminum with black numerals located at chair arms at row aisles. D. Fasteners: Concealed. 2.6 CHAIR OPERATION A. Semi -Automatic Multiple Lift: Operate by lever to raise and lower 14 to 16 chairs in one lift. Fold down automatically when platform is closed. 2.7 RAILINGS A. Construction: Steel pipe railings, radiused corners, no sharp edges or projections, smooth surface. B. Guard Railings: Fabricate to conform to ICC/ANSI 300 requirements for height requirements and to prevent passage of 4 inch sphere between railings. C. Guard Railings at Bank Ends: Self storing type. Include matching demountable rails where necessary for clearance. D. Aisle Handrails: Manufacturer's standard, 34 inch high above nosing. Conform to ICC/ANSI 300 Section 409. 1. Non -removable, mounted to reposition to store on deck. Rails that can be easily detached are not accepted. 2. Mount rails at alternating rows. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:30:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \126623 BA MF04 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS.DOC 126623 - 6 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 126623 09819.00 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS 2.8 FASTENERS AND ATTACHMENTS A. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard. B. Welds: Conform to provisions of Section 050523. 2.9 ELECTRICAL OPERATION A. Provide electrical wiring, control panel, and motor assembly as complete system, ready for connection to electrical power supply and power disconnect under work of Division 26. B. Permit each row to be secured in open or stacked position, independent of other rows. C. Motor: UL listed friction drive reduction motor, conforming to National Electrical Code. D. Operator: Pendant with push button, requiring continuous pressure to operate system, and 20 foot electrical power cord. Keyswitch operation not accepted. E. Limit Switch: Activate and cut off power to motor when chair platform reaches full open or closed position. F. Locking System at Rows: Provide mechanical locks at each row. G. Wiring Harnesses: Locate and fabricate of heavy duty material to withstand breaking. 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. End Closure Curtain: Curtain composed of vinyl -coated, 18 once polyester fabric or netting. 1. Permanently attach to wall or rear closure panel and secure to individual rows of seating. 2. Design to prevent access to underside of chair platforms in open position. Make taught, impenetrable barrier at full open position and fold automatically as chair platform closes. B. Aisle Closures: Solid 18 once vinyl padding or fabric to prevent climbing of chair platform aisles in closed position. C. Front Aisle and Intermediate Aisle Steps: 1. Boxed or closed design to prevent toe catch, matching telescoping bleacher steps. 2. Engage to prevent separation or permanently attach. D. Aisle Lights: Low voltage type, 24 volt, incandescent, 1/2 watt lamps, integral strip Tight, located on aisles, concealed wiring, mounting location as suitable to installation as approved by Architect. 2.11 FABRICATION A. Fabricate wall -attached, vertically stacking telescoping bleacher system, designed to use minimal floor area in closed position. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:30:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \126623 BA MF04 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS.DOC 126623 - 7 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 126623 09819.00 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS B. Fabricate chair platforms with smoothly radiused edges and corners. Minimize exposed fasteners. No sharp edges. Fabricate components to eliminate snagging or pinching hazards. C. Fabricate for smooth operation, bank moving in alignment, wheels riding on floor, free of torquing motions and metal to metal friction. D. Fabricate deck structure as a contained system with closed seat and deck components. Leave no openings allowing penetration of human extremities. Fabricate openings to less than 4 inch clearance between chair platform and wall surfaces. E. Cover deck edges with angle or railing bracket as necessary to eliminate exposed wood edges. F. Aisles: As shown on Drawings. G. Aisle Hatch: Provide for access to understructure of bleacher from deck when chair platforms are in open position. 1. Locate approximately 3 to 4 rows back and as necessary for climbing beneath chair platforms when in open position. 2. Secure with spanner head or other Architect accepted security head fasteners, or provide lock and 2 keys. 2.12 FINISHES A. Steel Understructure: Abraded, cleaned, and finished with manufacturer's standard enamel finish. B. Steel Risers: Corrosion -resistant silver gray matte finish zinc alloy plating, or powdercoat enamel in color as accepted by Architect. C. Seat Upholstery Fabric: As accepted by Architect. D. Plastic Seat Color: As accepted by Architect. E. Armrest Color: As accepted by Architect. F. Safety Curtain Colors: As accepted by Architect. G. Plywood Clear Finish Coat at Wear Surfaces: 1. Clear Sealer Coat: Moisture resistant at top, bottom, and edges. 2. Polyurethane Finish: Two coat finish at exposed surfaces and top side of deck. H. High Density Polyethylene Overlay at Wear Surfaces: Textured, manufacturer's standard color selection as accepted by Architect. I. Steel Railings Finish: Powder coated baked enamel finish in manufacturer's standard black color or as accepted by Architect. Field painting not accepted. J. Aluminum: Minimum 0.7 mil thick, clear anodized coating. SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:30:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \126623 BA MF04 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS.DOC 126623 - 8 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 126623 09819.00 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section before beginning. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in conformance to manufacturer's instructions and provisions of Contract Document. B. Install telescoping bleacher system as a complete and functioning system assembly. C. Anchor permanently to wall construction. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Representative: Perform preliminary, intermediate, and final inspection of installation. 1. Test operation and verify that installation conforms to manufacturer's instructions. 2. Report non-conformance to provisions of Contract Documents to Architect and Contractor. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Lubricate, test, and adjust each telescoping assembly to work in accordance with manufacturer=s operating manual. B. Make additional adjustments for smooth and safe operation, as instructed by Architect. C. Repair or replace damaged components and surfaces. Touch-up damaged finishes. 3.5 CLEANING A. Leave installations clean; premises free from dirt, dust, soiling, and other residue from work of this Section. B. Clean both exposed and semi -exposed surfaces. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Take measures to protect installation prior to project Substantial Completion. B. Cover and prevent unnecessary climbing on platforms. Do not use as scaffolding. END OF SECTION SAVE DATE: 1/27/2010 4:30:00 PM K:\RAISBECK AVIATION\PERMIT SET SPECS\FILES READY TO PRINT \126623 BA MF04 TELESCOPING CHAIR PLATFORMS.DOC 126623 - 9 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 129300 09819.00 SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Benches. 2. Trash receptacles. 3. R -cycling receptacles. 4. Bo . ds. 5. Bike r. k. 6. Planters. B. Related Section 1. Section 33 2. Division 32 3. Division 32 1.2 SUBMITTALS SECTION 129300 SITE FURNISHINGS - Cast -In -Place Concrete - Concrete Paving - Unit Paving A. Product Data: For each typ f product indic B. Samples for Verification: For e. h type of xposed finish required, prepared on samples of size indicated below. C. Product Schedule: For site furnishin Use same designations indicated on Drawings. D. Material Certificates: For site fur 1. Recycled content. E. Maintenance Data: For site f nishings to in, ude maintenance manuals. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE hin , signed by manufacturers. A. Source Limitations: Ob in each type of site furnis g through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra mat ials described below that match produ installed and that are packaged with pr tective covering for storage and identified ith labels describing content. 1. Trash and ' ecycling Receptacle Inner Containers: 3 full-sizunits for each size of receptacl: ndicated. 2. Anchors extra units for each furnishing that requires anchor 1.5 DELIVERY TORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Confo to manufacturer's instructions. B. Store furnishings off ground and in protected area to prevenfvdeterioration. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 P:\1180.1 Aviation High School\Specs\PERMIT\ 129300 Site Furnishings.Doc 129300 - 1 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 129300 09819.00 SITE FURNISHINGS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BENCH A. Rest Bench. Available from Landscape Forms. 1. Aluminum slats 2. Backless 3. Surface mount 4. Powdercoat color to be silver 2.2 TRASH RECEPTACLES • A. Fairmont trash receptacle with horizontal slots. Available from Ur 1. Embed mount 2. Low dom lid with access door 3. Finish to b- tainless steel 2.3 RECYCLING RECEPT LES an Park. A. Fairmont trash receptacl ith recycling logo. Availabl rom Urban Park. 1. Embed mount 2. Low dome lid with acces • • oor 3. Finish to be stainless steel 2.4 BOLLARDS A. Creative Pipe round bollard. 1. 8" round schedule 40 stainless steel 2. Embed mount 3. Stainless steel with brushed finish. 4. Flat stainless steel top. B. Lit Bollards: Refer to Electrical fixture s edule and s • cifications. 2.5 BIKE RACK A. Cora EXPO series bike racks. 1. Surface mount 2. Finish to be stainless steel. PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 P:\ 1180.1 Aviation High School \ Specs \ PERMIT \ 129300 Site Furnishings.Doc 129300 - 2 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 142400 09819.00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR SECTION 142400 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Factory engineered hydraulic passenger / service elevator, holeless system. 2. Passenger/service cab with doors and frames, hoistway entrance doors, and frames. 3. Motor and pump, controllers, hoistway equipment, and accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 031 100 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12: 13. 14. 15. 16. Section 033000 Section 054000 Section 055000 Section 060574 Section 062000 Section 064100 Section 087100 Section 092117 Section 092216 Section 092900 Section 096519 Section 096800 Division 23 Division 26 Section 312000 1.2 REFERENCES - Concrete Formwork - Cast -in -Place Concrete - Cold -Formed Metal Framing - Metal Fabrications: Pit ladder and sill supports. - Fire -Retardant Wood Treatment - Finish Carpentry: MDF and plywood. - Architectural Wood Casework: Plastic Laminate- - Door Hardware - Gypsum Board Shaft Wall - Non -Structural Metal Framing - . Gypsum Board - Resilient Tile Flooring - Carpeting - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning - Electrical - Earthwork: Elevator pit A. Reference Standards: Current edition at date of Bid. B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) / American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ASME/ANSI A17.1 - Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 1. ASTM A36 Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A269 - Standard Specification for Seamless and -Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service - Standard Specification for Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 3. ASTM A666 D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code E. State of Washington: 1. WAC 296 - Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators and Moving Walks and other Lifting Devices. F. State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries (L&I): Website http://www.lni.wa.govitradeslicensing/elevatorsi Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \142400 Permit Set RAHS Hydraulic Elevator.Doc 142400 - 1 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 142400 09819.00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS . A. Conform to authorities having jurisdiction as required to meet prevailing codes of the State of Washington. B. Hydraulic Elevator Design: Factory engineered hydraulic passenger / service elevator, holeless with twin hydraulic cylinders, self supporting to avoid vertical loading on walls of hoistway. 1. Landings: 2 in line at elevator front. 2. Travel: 14 foot. 3. Rated Capacity: 4,500 pounds. 4. Speed: Maximum 1 50 fpm. 5. Inside Cab Height: Minimum 8 foot. 6. Hoistway Clearance: a. Depth: 69 inch maximum. b. Width: 102 inch maximum (Door Side). 7. Car Platform Inside Clearance: Verify size with manufacturer. a. Depth: 51 inch. b. Width: 80 inch (Door Side). 8. Main Power Supply: 208 volt, 3 phase with separate equipment ground conductor. 9. Lighting Power Supply: 120 volt, 1 phase, 15 amp, 60 Hz. 10. Floor Stopping Accuracy: No more than 1/4 inch offset from flush. C. Controller Design: Simplex collective operation, microprocessor -based controller, automatic operation by means of car and hall buttons. Return car to last landing served after answering system calls. D. Fire Recall System: Phase 1, Phase 2, and as required by Code. 1. Phase 1: Call operation back to Main Floor or alternate Second Floor. 2. Phase 2: Provisions for Fire Department use. E. Other Car Operating Control Features. 1. Top of Car Inspection. 2. Car -Stall Protection. 3. Remote Monitoring Ready *applicable only at multiple elevator banks. Otis = REM. KONE = E -link. 4. Simplex Collective Operation * Single Ca. 5. Zoned Access. 6. Car Security Key -Switch. 7. Manual Standby Power Operation. 8. Emergency Return Unit with Battery Pack with dry contacts shunt trip disconnect at fully sprinklered building. 9. Reverse Phase Relay. 10. Solid. State Starting: Reduced voltage starting, open transmission. 11. Hydraulic Fluid Tank Heater: As necessary to maintain hydraulic oil at operating temperature. 12. Provision for Intercom in Car: As required by State of Washington Elevator Code WAC 296. F. Door Control Features: 1. Door Opening: Act automatically when car arrives at landing in response to normal hall or car call. 2. Door Closing Protection: Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 142400 Permit Set RAHS Hydraulic Elevator.Doc 142400 - 2 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 142400 09819.00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR a. Infra -red multi -beam array across opening not exceeding 1-1/4 separation between beams with lowest beam not more than 5/8 inch above floor level. b. Reaction time not over 60 seconds to reverse door operation where three or more beams are interrupted. c. Design doors, blocked more than 80 seconds, to go into nudging action for adjustable length of time, remain open for a set period of time, or remain open indefinitely until reset. d. Seismic Design: Provide equipment and design conforming to Seismic Design Category D. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013300. B. Shop Drawings: Construction components, materials, details, dimensions, finishes, and locations of equipment. Include clearances 1. Machine Room: Equipment locations, service connections, and Toads. 2. Hoistway: a. Indicate vertical and horizontal bracket spacing, estimated forces on rails, and estimated force in pits, clear hoistway, and pit dimensions. b. Show location and sizes of hoistway access doors, entrances, and frames. c. Include car guide rail and buffer locations. 3. Car: Show clearances and travel. 4. Excavation: Requirements for pit. C. Product Data: System components, design requirements, and performance criteria. 1. Cab design, dimensions, and layout. 2. Hoistway door and frame details. 3. Signal and operating fixtures, operating panels, and indicators. 4. Electrical characteristics and connection requirements. S. Expected heat dissipation of elevator equipment in machine room D. Samples: Color Samples and finishes for finishes including plastic laminate, and stainless steel. E. Manufacturers Instructions: Include installation instructions, clearances, dimensions, special procedures, and conditions requiring special attention. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 017700 and Section 017823. B. Operating and Maintenance Data: 1. Parts catalog with complete list of equipment maintenance and replacement parts schedule for first 10 years of elevator use. Identify each entry with equipment description and identifying code. 2. Technical information for servicing operating equipment. 3. Include legible schematic of hydraulic piping and wiring diagrams of installed electrical equipment and changes made in the Work. List symbols corresponding to identity or markings on machine room and hoistway apparatus. 4. Include one copy of master electric and hydraulic schematic and one copy of lubrication chart. Date Saved: January 27. 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print\ 142400 Permit Set RAHS Hydraulic Elevator.Doc 142400 - 3 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 142400 09819.00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR C. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and emergency procedures of elevators. D. Certificate of Final Inspection: Furnish a Certificate of Final Inspection and approval from State of Washington, following installation and testing of equipment by manufacturer and prior to Substantial Completion. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Specialist in manufacturing work of this Section with minimum 10 years documented experience. B. Installer: 1. Specialist in installing work of this Section, either by manufacturer or trained and certified by manufacturer as qualified installer for type and scope of work specified for this Project. 2. Licensed by State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries (L&I) C. Permits and Inspections: Provide licenses and permits and perform required inspections and tests. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to provisions of Section 014100. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) - Al 7.1, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. C. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and The Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA) requirements for elevators. D. WAC 296, National Elevator Codes Adopted and Rules Covering Passenger Elevators for the Handicapped. (Available through Washington State Department of Labor and Industries.) E. National Fire Protection Code NFPA 70E - Electrical Safety Requirements for Employees Workplaces. F. ADA Requirements: State of Washington, WAC 51-30-3100, Chapter 11 Accessibility. G. Seismic Design Category: Conform to IBC for requirements pertaining to Category D. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Conform to provisions of Section016600 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide dry, protected areas, convenient to elevator hoistways for storage of materials and tools. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Machine Room: Ventilation and heat to maintain temperature between 65 degrees F and 100 degrees F. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs\Files Ready To Print \ 142400 Permit Set RAHS Hydraulic Elevator.Doc 142400 - 4 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 142400 09819.00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR 1.10 COORDINATION A. Conform to Section 013113 for coordination with work of other Sections and for work to complete work of this Section, including following. B. Legal Hoistway: Properly frame and enclose, to pit depth as necessary for elevator, equipped with ladder, sump, lights, access doors, and waterproofing. C. Machine Room: Suitable construction, gratings, lighting, ventilation, and heat. D. Supports and Foundations: Adequate construction to carry loads of equipment, such as supports for guide rail brackets. E. Electrical Connections: Electric power mains to each controller. F. Signal Equipment Feeders: Circuit breakers or fused mainline disconnect switches and shunt trips. 1. Dead ground, as required by manufacturer's system. 2. Car Lighting: Electrical 120 volt single phase power with disconnect as shown on elevator shop drawings. 3. Electrical Power for Testing and Adjusting: Provide same characteristics as permanent supply. 4. 208 volt supply for motor. 5. 120 volt supply for tank heater for hydraulic fluid, located in Elevator Machine Room. G. Cutting, Patching, and Blockouts: 1. Removal of obstructions to elevator installations. 2. Setting of anchors and sleeves. 3. Installing Pockets or blockouts for signal fixtures. H. Sill Supports: As instructed by manufacturer. I. Barriers: Temporary enclosures or other protection at open hoistways. J. Trenching and Backfilling: Such as for underground piping or conduit. K. Telephone Line: 1. Provide Elevator machine room control panel with hook-up to outside service. 2. Wires in traveling cable for telephone hook-up are under provisions of this Section. L. Fire Detection Systems: Manual reset type at floor landings and machine room in accordance with Code, including NFPA 72E and ANSI/ASME Al 7.1. Provide wiring from each detector to elevator controller. M. Fire -Rated Hoistway: Construction required for fire -rating of elevator hoistway walls, including penetrations of fire wall by fixture boxes. N. Sump Hole: Minimum 18 inch by 18 inch by 18 inch deep, covered with metal grate specified Section 055000. O. Keying System: For key operated hall stations, as specified Section 087100 to tie into Owner's master keying system. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \142400 Permit Set RAHS Hydraulic Elevator.Doc 142400 - 5 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 142400 09819.00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR P. Recesses and Projections: Conform to ASME Al 7.1, Rule 100.6. 1. Recesses: Covered or filled. 2. Projections Greater than 2 inch: Smooth face with top surface sloped not less than 75 degrees angle from horizontal. Q. Division 26 - Electrical: Electrical power mains to each controller or motor generator set starter, conduit electrical boxes, switches, relays, connections, telecommunication systems, monitoring systems, access control and other electrical components. R. Division 23 - Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning: HVAC systems and other mechanical systems required for work of this Section. 1.11 CONTRACTOR TEMPORARY USAGE A. Temporary Usage: Do not use elevator during construction, except as approved in writing by Architect and Owner. B. Where approved for use, repair or replace damage to new condition. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer: Provide manufacturer's standard 2 year labor and materials Warranty under provisions of Section 017836. B. Replace, repair, and adjust equipment found defective and covered by warranty prior to expiration of warranty period. C. At least 30 days prior to warranty expiration, schedule final inspection, retest, and examine equipment with Owner's representative. 1.13 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance Service: Provide full maintenance and call-back service by elevator Installer for a period of 12 months following Substantial Completion including inspections and services required by Washington State Elevator Inspector. 1. Include regular monthly examinations of installation, including adjustments and lubrication. 2. Repair, and provide equipment and supplies as necessary to keep equipment in first class working operation under normal conditions of use. B. Maintenance Agreement: Submit a 5 year Full Maintenance Agreement for Owner review prior to awarding elevator contract. C. Maintenance Work: Perform work during regular working hours by installer using fully trained employees. D. Confer with Owner on requirements for a complete elevator maintenance program. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. ThyssenKrupp Elevator, AMEE Series Specified for type and quality. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print 142400 Permit Set RAHS Hydraulic Elevator.Doc 142400 - 6 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 142400 09819.00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR 1. Tel (425) 828-3110, Fax: 425-828-4126, Email steve.sayre@thyssenkruppelevator.com (ThyssenKrupp Elevator, Steve Sayre). 2. Website http://www.thyssenkruppelevator.coml B. Otis Elevator Company, A United Technologies Company 1. Cell (206) 730-3235, Tel (206) 248-6426, Fax (206) 248-6401, Email scott.bradley@otis.com (Scott Bradley). 2. Website http://www.otis.com C. Schindler Elevator Corporation 1. Direct Line (206) 291-30032, Tel (206) 291-3000, Fax (206) 291-3029, Email skip buntin@us.schindler.com (Skip Buntin, Mfrs Rep). 2. Email Uswebmaster@us.schindler.com 3. Website: http:/jwww.us.schindlercom D. Substitution Requests: Submit for approval under provisions of Section 012500. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Rolled Steel Sections, Shapes, and Rods: ASTM A36. B. Stainless Steel: 1. Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar: ASTM A666 Type 304. 2. Tubing: ASTM A269, Type 304. C. Plywood Underlayment: APA Underlayment Group 1 Exposure 1, minimum 3/8 inch thick, sanded, fire -retardant treated to Section 060575. 2.3 ELEVATOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM A. Design: Compact design, suitable for operation under required pressure. Adjustable for maximum smooth operation. Include system with muffler, low pressure valve, and shut- off valve. 1. Power Component: Mount in hydraulic fluid storage tank. 2. Control Valve: Control hydraulic flow for up and down directions, and include integral check valve. 3. Main Valve and Control: Direct by solenoids and other components to direct up and down stops, pressure relief, and manual lowering. 4. Low -Oil Control 5. Pressure Switch B. Microprocessor -Based Controller Operation: Include necessary switches and starting switches, relays, solid state components, and hardware required for operation including: 1. Call allocation 2. Logic functions 3. Door operation 4. Speed 5. Position C. Overload Device: 3 phase, and as necessary to protect motor against overloading. D. Hydraulic Controller: Designed for smooth start-ups and stops, and including: 1. Hydraulic overload protection Date Saved: January 27, 2010 k:\Ratsbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \142400 Permit Set RAHS Hydraulic Elevator.Doc 142400 - 7 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 142400 09819.00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR 2. Multi -speed automatic re -leveling 3. Check valve 4. Tank shut-off valve 5. Manual lowering control E. Manual Lowering Feature: Permit lowering of elevator at slow speed in event of power failure and for adjustment and other servicing. F. Cylinder: Steel pipe, thickness, and size suitable for operating pressure, drip ring at head to collect oil seepage, internal guide ring, self-adjusting packaging. G. Plunger: Steel tubing or pipe, machined to fine polished surface finish, electrically welded on stop ring to prevent plunger from leaving cylinder. Designed to operate with minimum friction. 2.4 HOISTWAY COMPONENTS A. Car Frame: Designed to support platform and car enclosure. Locate buffer striking plate on underside of car frame platform assembly to compress spring buffer mounted in pit before plunger reaches lower limit of travel. B. Platform: Design for concentrated loads weighing up to 25% of rated total capacity. Recess floor 5/16 inch to accommodate finish flooring. C. Car Guide Rails: Steel Tee -sections, complete with brackets and fasteners. D. Spring Buffer: Helical coil spring. E. Electrical Wiring: wiring integral to hoistway, electrical devices for elevator system, including hall panels, pit emergency stop switch, and traveling cable for elevator car. 2.5 CAB ENCLOSURE A. Cab Type: Vertical light -weight Series 1 with attached non removable panels. Face front and back with plastic laminate. B. Car Front and Door and Frame Finish: Stainless steel. C. Car Top: Aluminum clad panel, mill finish. D. Cab Ceiling: Suspended, white, translucent polycarbonate diffusers set in extruded aluminum frame with fluorescent lighting fixtures. E. Emergency Electrical Power: 12 volt power unit, sealed rechargeable battery with static circuits to illuminate elevator and provide power to audio alarm signal in event of building power failure. F. Exhaust. Fan: Mount on car top. G. Electrical Outlet: 125 volt, 15 amp with ground fault circuit -interrupter protection. H. Handrail: Round stainless steel tube, 1-1/2 inch diameter, satin finish, located at back and sides of car. Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 142400 Permit Set RAHS Hydraulic Elevator.Doc 142400 - 8 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 142400 09819.00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR I. Threshold: Aluminum, mill finish. J. Pads and Pad Hooks: 1. S -Type hooks. 2. Quilted, fire retardant pads for covering and protecting walls of cab. 2.6 HOISTWAY ENTRANCES A. Entrance Frames: 14 -gauge (2 mm) sheet steel. Bolted construction, complete one-piece unit assembly, securely fastened to fixing angles mounted in hoistway. B. Sills: Extruded aluminum. C. Entrance Doors: 48 inch *service by 7 foot, single -speed sliding, hollow metal construction with vertical internal channel reinforcement with sight guards. D. Entrance Door and Frame Finish: Stainless steel E. Braille Entrance Signage: Raised Braille floor level indicators in car and hall stations. Locate 4 inch square plates on both sides of entrance jambs. 2.7 ELEVATOR SIGNALS AND FIXTURES A. Elevator dimensions and location of car operating station, telephone compartment, and handrail conforming to ANSI Al 7.1. B. Car Operating Panel: Raised panel with raised square push buttons and message indicators as needed for elevator operation. Provide Braille signage for each push button. C. Car Position Indicator: 16 segment, digital, vacuum fluorescent. D. Telephone Cabinet: Locate below car operating panel. Include electrical wiring connected to car traveling cable. E. Emergency Telephone Communications from Elevator Car: 1. Two-way intercom with auto dialer to area outside of hoistway. 2. Hands-off telephone with push button auto dialer and audio communication system for hook-up to 24 hour answering service. 3. Emergency power, 4 hour, battery -pack in accordance with ANSI 211.1. F. Car Traveling Lantern: Directional lantern at each car entrance, visible from corridor G. Chimes: Locate at corridor entrance and in elevator cab to sound arrival of elevator at floor landing and opening of doors. H. Hall Annunciator: With each hall lantern, provide audible signals indicating car arrival and direction of travel. Signals sound once for up and twice for down. I. Signals: Impulse illuminating type signal fixtures located at car and hall call stations with signage options and stainless steel finish. J. Hall Fixtures: Push button type controlled by key switch operation. Master key to Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 142400 Permit Set RAHS Hydraulic Elevator.Doc 142400 - 9 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 142400 09819.00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR Owner's keying system. K. Fire -Command -Center Annunciator Panel: Provide panel containing illuminated position indicators for each elevator, clearly labeled with elevator designation; include illuminated signal that indicates when elevator is operational and when it is at the designated emergency return level with doors open. Provide standby power elevator selector switch(es), as required by ASME Al 7.1 /CSA B44, adjacent to position indicators. Provide illuminated signal that indicates when normal power supply has failed. 2.8 FINISHES A. Floor Finish: Resilient tile as specified under work of Section 096519. B. Stainless Steel: Type 304, No. 4 (Satin Finish). C. Cab Wall Finish: Plastic Laminate PLAM-1, as specified Section 064100, in color as accepted by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify conditions ready to receive work of this Section before beginning. B. Verify rough openings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with Contract Document provisions and manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide welded construction where bolted construction is not required. C. Install machinery, guides, controls, equipment, and accessories providing quiet, smoothly operating elevator free of side sway, oscillation, and vibration. D. Mount rotating and vibrating elevator equipment and components on vibration - absorption mounts, designed to prevent transmission of structure born vibration noise from elevator system. E. Install hoistway door sills, frames, and headers in hoistway walls. Set entrances in vertical alignment with car openings and aligned with plumb hoistway lines. 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD TESTS A. Upon nominal completion of elevator installation, and before permitting use of elevator (either temporary or permanent), perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by Code and governing regulations and agencies. B. Furnish personnel, equipment and instruments to perform required tests for acceptance of equipment in accordance with code and specification requirements including following: 1. Confirm elevator speed and performance, stopping accuracy without re -leveling and general riding quality. Date Saved: January 27. 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \ Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print\ 142400 Permit Set RAHS Hydraulic Elevator.Doc 142400 - 10 of 11 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 142400 09819.00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR 2. Make a final inspection of elevator operation, with Owner's personnel present just before date of Substantial Completion. Inspect functional operation, such as control systems and operating devices. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust controllers, oil control valves, leveling switches, limit switches, stopping switches, door operators, and related equipment to operate within accepted design tolerances. B. Adjust car leveling devices so car stops within plus or minus 1/4 inch of finished floor. C. Lubricate equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.5 CLEANING A. Leave Machine Rooms, Elevator Equipment Room, hoistways, installations, and premises free of residue of work of this Section. END OF SECTION Date Saved: January 27, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \Files Ready To Print \142400 Permit Set RAHS Hydraulic Elevator.Doc 142400 - 11 of 11 Raisbeck Aviation High School Highline Public Schools 09819.00 PERMIT SET VOLUME 11 Division 20 - Division 33 January 29, 2010 'D)ECEOVE .-J REID MIDDLETON, INC tlOD31 RECEIVED PERMIT GENTEFi. bassetti architects EVI8WED FOR CO DE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 0 7 2010 FILE COPY Project Directory Raisbeck Aviation High School 09819.00 RECEIVED FEB 0 3 200 REID MIDDLETON *Primary Contacts J:\JOBS\Raisbeck Aviation HS\Specifications\Project Directory 09819.00-CA.doc January 27, 2010 t003l RECEIVED JAN 29 2010 PERMIT CENTER ity of TU r: DINGDI ,'�e School District w rvices •ve S, Bldg. A Burien, WA 98148 Barbara Martinez* Senior Project Manager Al Joiner Construction Assistant Phone: Fax: Email: 206-433-2501 206-433-2147 martinbj(c�hsd401.org joineraw(a�hsd401.orq Architect: Bassetti Architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98104 Marilyn Brockman Principal Caroline Lemay* Project Manager Carolyn Peterman Project Assistant Phone: Fax: Email: 206-340-9500 206-340-9519 mbrockman(cr�bassettiarch.com clemay bassettiarch.com cpetermania--�,bassettiarch.com Structural: PCS Structural Solutions 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 Rick Oehmcke Phone: Fax: Email: (206)292-5076 (206)467-7788 ricko(pcs-structural.com Mechanical: Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 Josh Robischon, PE PM Phone: Josh: Fax: Email: 206-448-3376 (Office) 206-436-0476 (d) 206-448-4450 joshrhargis.biz Electrical: Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 Brendon Inman, PE PM Phone: Brendon: Fax: Email: 206-448-3376 (Office) 206-436-0457 (d) 206-448-4450 brendonina hargis.biz Communications Systems: Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 Kirk Peterson Phone: Mobile: Fax: ' Email: 206-448-3376 206-714-8813 206-448-4450 kirkp(a?hargis.biz Civil: KPFF 1601 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 Matt Emmett Phone: Matt: Fax: Email: 206-622-5822 (Office) 206-926-0551 (d) 206-622-8130 matt.emmett(a?kpff.com Landscape: SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 Anna O'Connell Phone:. ,` Fax: Email: 206-285-3026 206-285-3629 annao siteworkshop.net Acoustic: Sparling 720 Olive Way, Suite 1400 Seattle, WA 98101-1853 Mike Walter Phone: `_ Mike: ' Fax: Email: (206)667-0555 (Office) (206)224-3672 (d) (206)667-0554 mwaltera(,,sparlinq.com Food Service: JLR Design Group 557 Roy Street, Suite 175A Seattle, WA 98109 Deon Richards Phone: Fax: Email: - 206-625-0070 206-625-0073 ilydq c(�aol.com Hardware: Adams Consulting 2337 North 57th Street Seattle, WA 98103 Gordon Adams Phone: Fax: Email: 206-528-0244 206-528-0138 theciordw-link.net *Primary Contacts J:\JOBS\Raisbeck Aviation HS\Specifications\Project Directory 09819.00-CA.doc January 27, 2010 t003l RECEIVED JAN 29 2010 PERMIT CENTER RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL DOCUMENT 000105 09 81 9.00 ARCHITECT Bassetti Architects 71 Columbia Street, Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98126 Phone: (206) 340-9500 Fax: (206) 340-9519 Contact: Marilyn Brockman CERTIFICATIONS PAGE DOCUMENT 000105 CERTIFICATIONS PAGE hereby certify that the Specifications, excluding those referenced below as... prepared by the Consultants, were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered Architect under the laws of the State of Washington 6073 REGI STEREI ARCH TECT (LYBROCKMAP '!STA CF UWSHI NGT LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SiteWorkshop LLC 1927 Post Alley Seattle, WA 98101 Phone: 206-285-3026 Fax: 206-622-8130 Contact: Bob Shrosbree I hereby certify that the Landscape Specifications in Division 32 were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered Landscape Architect under the laws of the State of Washington. own Or wAaowm M r=LEK2-- aorvor...co Na 110 CIVIL ENGINEER KPFF 1601 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 Phone: 206-622-5822 Fax: 206-622-8130 Contact: David Schwartz I hereby certify that the Civil Specifications in Divisions 31, 32, 33 were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered Engineer under the laws of the State of Washington. SAVE DATE: 1/18/2010 9:04:00 AM P:11180.1 AVIATION HIGH SCHOOLISPECSIPERMIT1000105 PERMIT SET RAHS CERTIFICATIONS PAGE.DOC 000105 -1 of 2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09 81 9.00 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PCS Structural Solutions 811 First Avenue, Suite 620 Seattle, WA 98104 Phone: (206)292-5076 Fax: (206)467-7788 Contact: Rick Oehmcke MECHANICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 Phone: (206) 448-3376 Fax: (206) 448-4450 Contact: Brian Boettcher ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Hargis Engineers 600 Stewart Street, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 Phone: (206) 448-3376 Fax: (206) 448-4450 Contact Ken Larson DOCUMENT 000105 CERTIFICATIONS PAGE I hereby certify that the Structural Specifications in Divisions 03, 04, 05, 31 were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered Engineer under the laws of the State of Washington. I hereby certify that the Mechanical Specifications in Divisions 21, 22.23 were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered Engineer under the laws of the State of Washington. I hereby certify that the Electrical Specifications in Divisions 24, 26, 27, 28 were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered Engineer under the Taws of the State of Washington. END OF DOCUMENT SAVE DATE 1/182010 9:04:00 AM P:11180.1 AVIATION HIGH sCHOOLISPECSIPERMm000105 PERMIT SET RAHS CERTIFICATIONS PAGE.00C 000105-2of2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL DOCUMENT 000110 09819.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS DOCUMENT 000110 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1 COVER SHEET DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 00003 Project Directory 00105 Certifications Page 00110 Table of Contents PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS (NOT INCLUDED IN THIS PRINTING) CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (NOT INCLUDED IN THIS PRINTING) DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011100 Summary of Work 012300 Alternates 019113 General Commissioning Requirements DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 024000 Demolition DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 031 100 Concrete Forming 032100 Reinforcing Steel 033000 Cast -In -Place Concrete 035416 Hydraulic Cement Underlayment 034819 Precast Concrete Stair Treads DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 040515 Masonry Mortar and Grout 042200 Concrete Masonry Units DIVISION 05 - METALS 050523 Welding 051200 Structural Steel Framing 053100 Steel Decking 054000 Cold -Formed Metal Framing 055000 Metal Fabrications 055100 Metal Stairs 055200 Handrails and Railings 055813 Column Covers Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \000110 Permit Set RAHS Table Of Contents - PERMIT SET.Doc 000110 - 1 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL DOCUMENT 000110 09819.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061000 Rough Carpentry 061643 Gypsum Sheathing 062000 Finish Carpentry 068200 Glass -Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 071326 Self -Adhering Sheet Waterproofing 071800 Traffic Coatings 071910 Water Repellents 072113 Board Insulation 072116 Blanket Insulation 072616 Below -Grade Vapor Retarders 072726 Fluid -Applied Membrane Air Barriers 074113 Metal Roof Panels 074200 Solid Phenolic Exterior Wall Panels 074243 Composite Wall Panels 075200 Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing 076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 078123 Intumescent Mastic Fireproofing 078129 Mineral -Fiber Cementitious Fireproofing 078400 Firestopping 079200 Joint Sealants DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 081113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 081416 Flush Wood Doors 083113 Access Doors and Frames 083313 Coiling Doors 083614 Sectional Overhead Doors 084313 Aluminum -Framed Storefronts 084413 Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls 084523. Fiberglass -Sandwich -Panel Assemblies 087100 Door Hardware 088000 Glazing 089100 Louvers ' Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \000110 Permit Set RAHS Table Of Contents - PERMIT SET.Doc 000110 - 2 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL DOCUMENT 000110 09819.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 092117 Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies 092216 Non -Structural Metal Framing 092226 Suspension Systems 092800 Backing Boards and Underlayments 092900 Gypsum Board 093000 Tile 095113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings (ACP) 095300 Acoustical Ceiling Suspension Assemblies 095423 Linear Metal Ceilings 096513 Resilient Base and Accessories 096517 Linoleum Flooring 096613 Portland Cement Terrazzo Flooring 096800 Carpet 097200 Wall Coverings (WC) 097713 Stretched Fabric Wall Systems 098116 Acoustical Batt Insulation 099000 Painting and Coating DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 101 100 Visual Display Units 101 146 Visual Display Fabrics 101416 Plaques 101419 Dimensional Letter Signage 101424 Laminated Plastic Panel Signage 101463 Electronic Message Signage 102113 Solid Plastic Toilet Compartments (HDPE) 102123 Cubicle Track and Curtain 102226 Operable Partitions 102613 Corner Guards 102813 Toilet Accessories 104413 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets 105113 Metal Lockers (KD) 107500 Flagpoles DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 111616 Safes 112428 Fall Restraint and Fall Arrest Systems 113100 Appliances 114000 Kitchen Equipment 115213 Projection Screens 115300 Laboratory Equipment 115313 Fume Hoods 116133 Rigging 116600 Athletic Equipment DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 122113 Horizontal Louver Blinds 122413 Roller Window Shades Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \000110 Permit Set RAHS Table Of Contents - PERMIT SET.Doc 000110 - 3 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL DOCUMENT 000110 09819.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS 123554 124813 126623 129300 Safety Storage Cabinets Entrance Floor Mats Telescoping Chair Platforms Site Furnishings DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 142400 Hydraulic Elevator END OF VOLUME 1 Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \000110 Permit Set RAHS Table Of Contents - PERMIT SET.Doc 000110 - 4 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL DOCUMENT 000110 09819.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 2 DIVISION 20 - GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR FIRE SUPPRESION, PLUMBING, AND HVAC. 200500 General Provisions 200505 Project Closeout and Systems Start-up 200510 Basic Materials and Methods 200513 Electrical Provisions 200523 Valves 200548 Vibration, Isolation and Seismic Control 200593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 200700 Mechanical Insulation 0200800 Commissioning -of -HVAC and BMS 200810 Systems Training 200820 Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals 202110 Piping 202115 Piping Specialties DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 211000 Automatic Fire Suppression Systems DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 221116 Domestic Water System 221 123 Natural Gas Piping Systems 221316 Soil, Waste, Vent, and Storm Drain Piping Systems 221 513 Compressed Air Piping Systems 222123 Plumbing Pumps 224000 Plumbing Fixtures 224010 Plumbing Equipment 226600 Acid Waste and Vent Piping System Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation \Permit Set Specs \000110 Permit Set RAHS Table Of Contents - PERMIT SET.Doc 000110 - 5 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL DOCUMENT 000110 09819.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND CONDITIONING (HVAC) 230512 Indoor Air Quality - HVAC 230900 Automatic Temperature Controls 230915 Variable Frequency Drives 232123 Hydronic Pumps 232133 Hydronic Piping Systems 232150 Variable Speed Pump Package 232300 Refrigerant Piping Systems 232500 Water Treatment 233113 Air Distribution 233300 Air Distribution Accessories 233410 Air Distribution Equipment 233713 Outlets and Inlets 234100 Filters 235100 Flues and Stacks 235200 Boilers 236220 Air Cooled Chillers 238100 Packaged HVAC Equipment 238225 Terminal Heat Transfer Equipment DIVISION 24 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 240500 General Electrical Provisions 240510 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 240513 Electrical Connections for Equipment 240522 Wire and Cable 240526 Grounding 240529 Supporting Devices 240533 Raceway Systems 240536 Cable Tray 240553 Electrical Identification 2-40800Commissioning_for Electrical -Systems 242726 Outlet Boxes 242727 Floor Outlet Devices - Built-in Type DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260923 Lighting Control Devices 262200 Transformers 262410 Service Entrance 262413 Switchboards 262416 Panelboards 262500 Busways 262600 Generator 262726 Wiring Devices 262813 Overcurrent Protective Devices 262816 Disconnect Switches 262913 Motor Controllers 264313 Transient Voltage Surge Suppression 265100 Interior and Exterior Building Lighting 265561 Stage Lighting System Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \000110 Permit Set RAHS Table Of Contents - PERMIT SET.Doc 000.110 - 6 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL DOCUMENT 000110 09819.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS 271000 274000 274100 274113 275113 Telecommunications Distribution System Television Distribution System Classroom Audio / Video Distribution System Commons / Gym Sound System Intercom / Clock Systems DIVISION 28 - ELECTRICAL SAFETY AND SECURITY 281300 281600 282300 [283111 Security Access Control System Security Intrusion System Security IP CCTV System Fire Alarm Detection Systems DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK 311000 312000 316223 Clearing and Grubbing Earthwork Steel Pipe Piles DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 321100 321200 32 e-�DAVO 2_140 32J 700 L323 -L1.3 Base Course Asphalt Concrete Pavement 1300 Cement Concrete 0 Unit Paving Pavement Markings and Signage ChainLink-Fences and -Gates 32,,5044 ,,Site Stone Work (328000_Irrigation .329000—Planting 329100 Soils 329200—Turf and Grasses DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES .3__3-Y000—Water-DistTibution) 333000 Sanitary Sewers 334000 Storm Drainage END OF VOLUME 2 END OF TOC Date Saved: January 28, 2010 K:\Raisbeck Aviation\Permit Set Specs \000110 Permit Set RAHS Table Of Contents - PERMIT SET.Doc 000110-7of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 200500 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes materials, equipment, labor, supervision, tools and items necessary for the construction, installation, connection, testing and operation of mechanical work. This section applies to aII Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 sections. B. General Requirements: General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Perform work in accordance with requirements in the state in which the work is performed. B. Conform to applicable industry standards, such as UL and ETL standards, ANSI standards, and other standards as noted. 1. Notify the A/E of deviations in Contract Documents to applicable codes and ordinances prior to installation of the Work. Perform changes in the Work after initial installation due to requirements of code enforcing agencies at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. If conflict occurs between legally adopted codes and the Contract Documents, the codes prevail, except that this shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from complying with requirements of the Contract Documents which may exceed code requirements and not contrary to same. 3. Arrange for and pay for required permits, fees, and inspections. 4. Pressure Vessels and Relief Valves: Select, build, install, and Iabel.in accordance with state requirements. Frame and mount a certificate showing approval under this law adjacent to each pressure vessel and relief valve. Pay costs and fees for certificates, inspections, filing, and labeling. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Product Data: 1. Submit prior to fabrication of assemblies and delivery of purchased items. 2. Submit complete at one time. Partial product submittals not acceptable and will be returned unreviewed except as: 200500 - 1 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS a. Sections 233113, 233300, and 233410 including products and materials for first submittal and Shop Drawings for second submittal. b. Section 230900 including products and materials for first submittal and Shop Drawings for second submittal. c. Under separate cover, operation and maintenance manuals as indicated in Section 200820. d. Under separate cover, provide manufacturer's installation and start-up documentation for review by Commissioning Authority. 3. Clearly mark catalog pages, equipment, and model number to be used. Note required accessories. 4. Format: a. Assemble submittals in 3 -ring binders. Use multiple binders if pages in a single binder would exceed 4 inch thickness. Separate binders for each category, such as Plumbing, Fire Suppression, and HVAC. Where one subject matter encompasses more than one binder, differentiate by volume numbers. Include indexed tabs for each binder, broken down by specification section at minimum. b. Include overall table of contents of items submitted, organized by specification section. c. Include heavy, tabbed divider sheet for each specification section, with specification section number and title on tab. Include table of contents for each specification section, including catalog numbers or drawing numbers if appropriate. d. Fold drawings to 8-1 /2 inch size and bind as above (with reinforcing at punched holes) or place in clear plastic holder designed for 3 ring binders. e. Include contractor and manufacturer's representative contact information for each product. 5. Identify on cover and spine for each binder with printed title such as "PLUMBING", "FIRE SUPPRESSION", or "HVAC" SUBMITTALS, names of project, Owner, general contractor, Contractor, Architect, and mechanical engineer, and year of project completion. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit as specified in individual specification sections. Submit minimum 30 days prior to starting fabrication or installation work. Do not fabricate or install until reviewed by the A/E. Include complete location dimensions, and hanger and support sizes and dimensions. 2. "Typical" drawings and wiring diagrams not acceptable unless they specifically apply to this project. 3. Drawings shall be drawn at sufficient scale to show details clearly on same size sheets as Drawings. 4. Show required coordination with work of other trades. 5. Identify details and show their location in Project. 6. Submit description of configuration and operation of proposed systems. 200500 - 2 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 7. Submit outline drawings of proposed equipment in plan and elevation views including overall dimensions, weights, and clearance required. 8. AutoCAD floor plan backgrounds are available in electronic format and shall be requested from the A/E. 9. Direct use of the Drawings as the basis of Contractor's prepared Shop Drawings not acceptable. D. Approval: Approval of a manufacturer's name or product by the A/E does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in detail with requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Re -Submittals: Clearly identify re -submittals. Provide revised tabs, indexes, page renumbering, and other formats to interface with original submittal. Identify changes and include date for project tracking. F. Test Reports and Certificates: Submit as a package prior to Substantial Completion. G. Testing and Balancing Reports: Submit as indicated in Section 200593. H. Certifications: Submit written certifications from the governing building authorities stating that work has been inspected and accepted, .and complies with applicable codes and ordinances. I. Record Drawings: Comply with Article "Record Drawings" in this section. J. SCHEDULE OF VALUES: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements as indicated in this paragraph. 2. Include costs in the Schedule of Values as follows: a. Division 20: 1) Mobilization 2) Submittals 3) Project Closeout and System Start-up 4) Excavation and Backfill 5) Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 6) Insulation Materials 7) Insulation Labor 8) Systems Commissioning Support 9) Systems Training 10) Systems Operations and Maintenance Manuals b. Division 21: 1) Fire Suppression System Shop Drawings 2) Fire Suppression System Material. 3) Fire Suppression System Shop Labor 200500 - 3 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 4) Fire Suppression System Field Labor 5) Fire Suppression System Trim Material 6) Fire Suppression System Trim Labor c. Division 22: 1) Natural Gas Materials. 2) Natural Gas Labor. 3) Underground Plumbing Materials 4) Underground Plumbing Labor. 5) Above Ground Plumbing Materials. 6) Above Ground Plumbing Labor. 7) Condensate Drains. 8) Compressed Air System Materials. 9) 'Compressed Air System Labor. 10) Plumbing Fixture Materials. 11) Plumbing Fixture Final Installation Labor. 12) Plumbing Equipment Materials. 13) Plumbing Equipment Labor. 14) Below Ground Acid Waste System Materials 15) Below Ground Acid Waste System Labor 16) Above Ground Acid Waste System Materials. 17) Above Ground Acid Waste System Labor. d. Division 23: 1) Temperature Controls Engineering. 2) Temperature Controls Rough -in Material. 3) Temperature Controls Rough -in Labor. 4) Temperature Controls Finish Material. 5) Temperature Controls Finish Labor. 6) Hydronic Piping System Materials. 7) Hydronic Piping System Labor. 8) Water Treatment. 9) Air Distribution Ducting Material. 10) Air Distribution Shop Drawings. 1 1) Air Distribution Ducting Shop Labor. 12) Air Distribution Ducting Field Labor. 13) Air Distribution Trim Material. 14) Air Distribution Trim Labor. 15) Air Handling Units, Heat Recovery Units, Fan Coil Units, and Fans Material. 16) Air Handling Units, Heat Recovery Units, Fan Coil Units, and Fans Labor. 17) Boiler Room Equipment 18) Chiller Room Equipment. 19) Other HVAC Equipment Material. 20) Other HVAC Equipment Labor. 200500 - 4 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.4 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. Refer to Division 01 for definitions and abbreviations. Additional definitions and abbreviations are as follows. B. "Approved" or "Approval" means written approval by the Owner or "Owner's agent" (A/E). C. "Codes" means AHJ adopted codes, rules, and ordinances and additional codes as specified herein. D. "Concealed" means spaces out of sight. For example, above ceilings, below floors, between double walls, furred -in areas, pipe and duct shafts, and similar spaces. E. The word "Contractor", as used in Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 sections, means the fire suppression, plumbing, or HVAC subcontractor. F. "Coordination", "Coordinating", and "Coordinate" means to bring, or the bringing, into a common action, movement, or combination so as to act together in a smooth concerted way. G. "Directed", "Requested", "Accepted", and Similar Terms means these terms imply "by the A/E" unless otherwise indicated. H. "Exposed" means open to view. For example, pipe installed in a tunnel or pipe installed in a room and not covered by other construction. I. "Furnish" means supply and deliver to the project site ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar activities. J. "Indicated" and "Indicated on the Drawings" means shown on Drawings by notes, graphics or schedules, or written into other portions of Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled" and "specified" have same meaning as "indicated", and are used to assist the reader in locating particular information. K. "Install" means to place in position for service or use. Includes operations at project site, such as unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, preserving, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar activities. L. "Provide" means furnish and install for a complete, finished, and operable system and ready for intended use. M. "Shop Drawings" means documents which fully detail equipment and intended installation relative to this specific Project. 200500 - 5 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS N. "Substantial Completion" shall mean that the entire project (or readily definable portion thereof if so designated in the Contract Documents) is acceptable to code enforcement authorities and to extent required by such authorities, has been inspected and approved by such authorities, and is suitable for occupancy by the Owner or occupant for the purpose intended. Refer to Division 00 and 01 for additional requirements. O. "Work" or "Project" means entire scope of work required by the Contract Documents. P. Abbreviations: A/E Architect AHJ Authorities Having Jurisdiction AMCA Air Movement and Control Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWS American Welding Society C Degrees Celsius CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute ETL Environmental Technology Laboratory F Degrees Fahrenheit FM Factory Mutual HVAC Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning IBC International Building Code IMC International Mechanical Code MERV Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. NEC National Electrical Code, NFPA 70 (latest adopted edition with Amendments) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration psi Pounds per square inch psig Pounds per square inch gage pressure SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc. UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. UPC Uniform Plumbing Code V Volts WOG .Water Oil Gas 200500 - 6 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS WSP 1.5 MATERIALS Working Steam Pressure A. Where two or more manufacturers are listed, select for use any of those listed. The first mentioned, in general, was used as the basis of design. Bids on any manufacturer named acceptable as long as that manufacturer meets every aspect of the Contract Documents. Where several manufacturers are specified by name for one use, select for use any of those specified. Note that equipment layout is based on equipment listed in equipment schedules. B. Where other than the first named manufacturer is selected, include cost of resulting work and redesign of associated services and structure. Include redesign drawings with Shop Drawings. C. Ensure that equipment will fit within available space, including manufacturer's recommended clearances. 1.6 STANDARDS OF QUALITY A. Equipment shall be manufacturer's regularly catalogued items and shall be supplied as a complete unit in accordance with manufacturer's standard specifications and any optional items required for proper installation for equipment unless otherwise noted. Equipment and materials shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and best trade practices. B. Furnish products of a single manufacturer for items which are used in quantity. A Product, for the purpose of this paragraph, is an assembly of components such as fans, air handling units, chillers, valves, and similar items. Materials such as pipe, fittings, pipe and duct insulation, and similar items not requiring maintenance are not included in the single manufacturer requirement of this paragraph. C. Products shall be new unless indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Substitutions will be considered following bid award only when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the Contractor. C. Where "Manufacturer" paragraphs include the words "or approved", prior approval of the proposed substitution is required. The A/E is sole judge of quality of proposed substitution. 200500 - 7 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS D. When the A/E approves a substitution request, the approval is given with the understanding that the Bidder: 1. Has investigated proposed Product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified Product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified Product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. E. Whenever a Product is described by detail, specification, trade name, manufacturer's name or catalog reference, use only such Product; unless written approval is given for substitution prior to bid following requirements in Division 01. Submit written requests on substitution request form included in Division 01. Approved substituted manufacturers will be listed by Addendum. F. Provide as specified certain products, materials, and systems where "manufacturer" paragraphs are followed by the words "no substitutions". G. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or product data submittals, without separate written prior approval, or when approval will require revision to the Contract Documents. 1.8 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. General: The mechanical drawings are diagrammatic. Complete details of building features which affect fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC installations may not be shown. For additional details, refer to other Contract Documents. Report any discrepancies to the A/E along with suggested revisions. Obtain written response from the A/E before proceeding with changes. B. Depiction of Work: Drawings do not show exact characteristics of the work, piping and air distributions configurations, or necessary number of fittings and offsets. Base work on actual field measurements and conditions. Provide work required to complete the installation. C. Dimensions: Do not scale drawings. Dimensional accuracy is not guaranteed, and field verification of dimensions, locations, and levels to suit field conditions is required. D. Discrepancies: Field verify dimensions prior to performing work. Bring to the A/E's attention any discrepancies within the Contract Documents and between the Contract Documents and field conditions. Also for any design and layout changes required due to specific equipment selection, prior to the Contractor's work (equipment and material purchasing and installation). Any corrective work required by the Contractor after his 200500 - 8 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS discovery of such discrepancies, inconsistencies, or ambiguities shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Specifications: These specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. The imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" are included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. 1.9 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01, with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Prepare Record Drawings. Record Drawings shall be new blue line prints (pencil and black pen not acceptable) and shall, show the measured locations of portions of the Work and changes the Contractor has made. C. Record corrections and changes made during the progress of the work, showing work as actually installed. In general, acceptable tolerance plus or minus 1'-0" from actual location in horizontal plane. Indicate exact installed invert elevations for underground piping. Neatly hand -draft on daily basis. Keep readily available at project site. Use latest revisions and keep neat and clean. Do not use Contractor's working drawings. D. Record Drawings are subject to review by the A/E on a regular basis throughout construction. At end of construction, check drawings for completeness and accuracy. E. Drawings shall show addendum items, change orders, clarifications, supplemental instructions, and deviations from the Drawings. F. Per project closeout procedures, submit in AutoCAD format along with corrected blue line drawings. Each sheet shall be noted as "RECORD DRAWING". 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 work with other trades. B. Be aware of restricted space for installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems. Include offsets and perform rerouting and coordination to fit elements, in available space. Include provisions for such requirements in bid. C. Field verify existing conditions prior to commencement of work. Obtain specific locations of structural and architectural features or equipment items from referenced drawings, field measurements, or trade providing material or equipment. 200500 - 9 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS D. Coordinate ductwork and piping installations to clear light fixtures and electrical cable trays. Include clearance over light fixtures to allow removal and replacement. Include minimum 6 inch clearance above and to sides of cable trays. Coordinate routing of ductwork and piping with each other and other trades so grade of piping can be accomplished and fit in available space. E. Ductwork takes precedence over piping for available space and routing. Coordinate installation based on this precedence. F. Do not install ductwork and piping over electrical panels and where clearance is required by code and maintenance. G. Be responsible for beam penetrations as they relate to fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work. Submit sizes and locations to the structural engineer for review and determination of structural details. H. Coordinate attachments to structure to verify that attachment points on equipment and structure can accept seismic, weight, and other loads imposed. I. Refer to architectural and structural drawings for location of expansion and seismic joints. Provide flexible loops for piping and flexible connectors for ducts crossing expansion and seismic joints. 1.11 WORKMANSHIP A. Work shall be in accordance with best trade practices. Remove substandard workmanship and provide new material at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.12 HVAC SYSTEM USAGE A. Contractor's use of permanent HVAC systems for temporary heat and ventilation shall not be allowed. The Owner may give permission under the following minimum conditions. Other conditions, specific to the project status of contruction, will be determined by the A/E at the time of HVAC system use. 1. No use until after sanding and painting is completed. 2. Clean inside surfaces of ductwork and equipment prior to Substantial Completion. Work shall be performed by a certified member of National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA) in accordance with NADCA's publication ACR 2005, Assessment, Cleaning, & Restoration of HVAC Systems. 3. Provide temporary filters and provide permanent filters at Substantial Completion of project. Comply with requirements in Section 234100 for filters during construction. 4. Warranty commences at substantial completion of Division 20, 21, 22 and 23 work; regardless as to equipment warranty conditions. 200500 - 10 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.13 CERTIFICATION A. By submitting a bid for fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems, the Contractor and his subcontractors acknowledge and certify the following: 1. That they have carefully examined and fully understand the Drawings and Specifications (including but not Limited to architectural, site, utility, mechanical, structural, and electrical drawings, and specifications. In addition, they have determined that the Drawings and Specifications are adequate to complete fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems and that they can provide a complete finished and operable system in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. That they have had a reasonable opportunity to discover any ambiguities in the Contract Documents and such ambiguities have been brought to the attention of the A/E in writing prior to submitting the bid. 3. That they have reviewed the project progress schedule with the general contractor, fully understand the schedule, and they have verified, prior to submitting a bid, availability of necessary labor and materials, including supervision and office backup, and can comply with the schedule requirements. 4. That there may be changes to the scope of work and that they understand that any proposal submitted for performance of additional work shall include costs associated with such change including but not limited to labor, materials, subcontracts, equipment, taxes, fees, schedule impact, loss of efficiency, supervision, overhead, and profit. 5. That the Contract requires them to coordinate their work with that of other trades and that responsibility for coordination includes rerouting, offsets, and similar provisions, to fit Work and address manufacturer's recommended clearances for service access, maintenance, and replacement of equipment in a manner that is compatible with work of other trades in the same area. 6. That routing of elements of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems shown on the Drawings is schematic only and that offsets and rerouting probably will be required in installation and that labor and materials have been included for such in their bids. 7. That they have consulted with affected utilities and included in their bids labor and materials to meet requirements which may be imposed by each utility and have included in their bids costs and fees to be paid to such utilities, including temporary services and temporary and permanent connections unless specifically excluded in the Contract Documents. 8. That they understand submittals of material and equipment to the A/E is for the purpose of establishing what they are providing for the project. Any review undertaken by the A/E does not relieve them of their responsibilities to furnish and install materials and equipment required for work in the project nor does such review relieve them of their responsibilities for coordination with other trades and designers to ensure that such materials and equipment will fit and be suitable for purpose intended. 200500 - 11 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 9. That they agree to receive payment for bid amounts as full compensation for furnishing materials and labor which may be required in prosecution and completion of work required under the Contract Documents, and in respects to complete the contract work to the satisfaction of the A/E. 10. That they include in their bids costs to furnish bonds as specified in the Contract Documents. 1.14 WARRANTY A. Conform to requirements in General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01. Where not so prescribed or defined, the period shall be 1 year. Warranty periods within Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 shall not commence until substantial completion. Contractor shall extend longer warranties specified in other sections. 1.15 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR (FOIC) A. Material Handling and Delivery: Coordinate delivery of FOIC equipment. Receive, off load, transport, store, hoist, unpack, dispose of packing, same as for other project equipment arriving at job site. Requirements of the Contract Documents apply to FOIC equipment. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Obtain from the Owner operation and maintenance data for the FOIC equipment and incorporate them into the Operations and Maintenance Manuals. C. Start-up and Warranty: 1. FOIC equipment suppliers will pass on to the Contractor start-up information, maintenance and parts information, and warranty provisions of their products in accordance with the equipment suppliers contract requirements. Organize and coordinate start-up and warranty requirements for the FOIC equipment. 2. Include one year warranty on FOIC equipment starting at Substantial Completion regardless of shorter time limits by FOIC suppliers. 1.16 DEMONSTRATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements indicated in this article. B. Following installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work and prior to final acceptance, demonstrate that equipment and systems operate as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Perform in presence of the A/E and Owner's representative, unless otherwise directed by the A/E. Give minimum 1 week notice prior to demonstrations. 200500 - 12 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200500 09819.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS D. Provide instruments and personnel required to conduct demonstrations. 1.17 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Comply with requirements in Division 01. B. Prepare list of items that are not complete prior to asking for a substantial completion review by the A/E. 1.18 COMMISSIONING SUPPORT A. Comply with requirements in Sections 019113 and 200800. B. Assist in developing the final functional test procedures as specified in Sections 019113, 200800 and related sections. C. Provide authorized start-up technicians to perform functional performance testing as specified in Sections 019113, 200800 and related sections. Product manufacturer's representatives shall provide start-up services as specified. 1.19 ALTERNATES A. General: See Bid Form and Alternates described in Division 01 for possible effect on work of Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 200500 - 13 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200505 09819.00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND START-UP SECTION 200505 PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND START-UP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes material and labor required to perform start-up of equipment and systems installed in project, to perform checkout of systems, and to verify completeness of project requirements. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division 01 and Sections 200500, 200510, and 200593 apply to Work in this section. C. Refer to requirements in Sections 230512. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Submit within 3 months of award of Contract the following for review and approval by the A/E and Commissioning Authority. 1. Checklist for each piece of scheduled equipment indicating items that will be verified for proper operation and completeness of installation. Include an area for comments and completion date for correction of deficiencies. Use of the equipment manufacturer's standard start-up/checkout form is acceptable. 2. 'Checklist of controls by system or piece of equipment indicating items that will be checked, sequences that will be checked, and completeness of the installation. Include an area for comments and completion date for correction of deficiencies. 3. Checklists shall have a place at each item for the person doing checkout to initial item indicating task has been completed and date it was completed. 4. Preliminary schedule indicating sequence of events involved with pre -functional check-out, equipment start-up, testing and balancing (TAB), TAB verification, and functional testing. Schedule shall indicate approximate time intervals required for completion of respective tasks. 5. Prepare and submit a list of items that are not complete prior to requesting substantial completion review by the A/E. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Complete Work described in this section prior to time of Substantial Completion. 200505 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200505 09819.00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND START-UP B. Use pre -functional checklists prepared by Commissioning Authority to verify completeness of system installation and proper system operation. Submit completed checklists for review prior to Substantial Completion. C. Schedule pre -startup coordination meeting with Architect, Owner, and Commissioning Authority for the specific purpose of achieving a coordinated systems start-up. D. Representatives for the mechanical subcontractor, plumbing subcontractor, sheet metal subcontractor, temperature control subcontractor and TAB subcontractor shall be present at the pre -startup meeting and at the initial startup of each mechanical system. E. Mechanical subcontractor shall bear prime responsibility for startup of heating and cooling and plumbing systems. F. If a piece of equipment is not performing satisfactorily during TAB, TAB subcontractor shall notify the installing subcontractor for corrective action. G. All subcontractors shall comply with the decision of the Construction Manager and the A/E of any conflict of responsibility. H. Include completed checklists in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3.2 SYSTEM START-UP PROCEDURES A. As a minimum, the items listed in this article shall be completed. Include recommendations by manufacturers of systems and equipment. B. Inspect bearings for cleanliness and alignment and remove foreign materials found. Grease in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Replace bearings that run rough or noisy. C. Adjust tension in V -belt drives, adjust variable -pitch sheaves and drives for required equipment speed. Change belts and sheaves to obtain proper equipment speed, remove any foreign materials from sheaves and belts before starting operations, adjust drives for alignment of sheaves and V -belts. "Required equipment speed" is that speed which produces intended performance. Adjust fans and rotating equipment to maintain operation within the performance curve provided by manufacturer without over speeding equipment or causing excess vibration. D. Adjust direct drives for proper alignment of flexible couplings, lubricate particular couplings, check security of couplings to driver and driven shafts, and set drive components to ensure free rotation with no undesirable stresses on coupling and attached equipment. E. Check pump packing glands and mechanical seals for cleanliness and adjustment before running pump. Inspect shaft sleeves for scoring and proper placement of packing, replace if necessary. Inspect mechanical faces, chambers and seal rings. Replace if necessary. Ensure piping systems are free of dirt and scale before circulating liquid through pumps. F. Tighten flanges and packing glands after systems have been placed in operation. Replace gaskets in flanges that show signs of leakage after tightening. G. Inspect both manual and automatic control valves, clean bonnets and stems, tighten packing glands to ensure no leakage, but permit valve stems to operate properly. If 200505 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200505 09819.00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND START-UP leaking, replace packing in valves to retain maximum adjustment after system is judged complete. Replace packing in any valve that continues to leak after adjustment, remove and repair bonnets that leak, coat packing gland threads and valve stems with surface preparation similar to MolyCote or FelPro after cleaning. H. Inspect and make certain that automatic control valve seats are free from foreign material and are properly positioned for intended service. I. Inspect screwed joints for leakage and remake each joint that appears to be faulty. Do not wait for rust to form. Clean threads on both parts, apply compound and remake joint. J. Clean strainers, dirt pockets, orifices, valve seats and headers in fluid systems after systems have been placed in operation to ensure they are free from foreign materials. K. Adjust pipe hangers and supports for correct pitch and alignment. L. Remove rust, scale and foreign materials from equipment and renew any defaced surfaces. If equipment is badly marred, the A/E has authority to require new materials be provided. M. Install clean air filters. Refer to requirements in Section 234100. N. Inspect pressure gages and thermometers for calibration. Remove and provide new for those that are defaced, broken, or read incorrectly. O. Repair damaged insulation. P. After each system has been put into operation, repeat certain checks described in preceding paragraphs. Q. Complete applicable start-up procedures described in preceding articles and paragraphs prior to Substantial Completion. R. Provide adjustment services as necessary to ensure proper functioning of systems after building occupancy and during warranty period. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Include a line item in schedule of values for doing the project closeout and system start- up work. Value shall include the time for preparing initial checklists, for checking out project, and for starting up systems. Value shall accurately reflect amount of time and material Contractor estimates to spend on these tasks. 3.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Final acceptance of Work will not occur until functional testing is complete and outstanding issues resolved. END OF SECTION 200505 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 200510 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Workincludes equipment supports, sleeves, identification, appurtenances, and miscellaneous work. This section applies to all Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 sections. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Section 200500 apply to the Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. UL Compliance: Where UL fire -resistance rating is indicated for construction penetrated by access units, furnish UL listed and labeled units, except for those units which are smaller than minimum size requiring ratings as recognized by governing authority. C. ANSI Compliance: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, colors and installed viewing angles of identification devices. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-1 /2 inch by 11 inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. Coordinate valve tag information with the Owner. C. Test Reports: As required in specific specification sections. D. Product Data: 1. Pipe markers. 2. Access doors. 200510 - 1 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods to prevent damage, deterioration, and Toss, including theft. B. Deliver products to site in manufacturer's original containers, complete with labels. C. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. D. Store products subject to damage by weather conditions above ground, under cover in weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. E. Close open ends of equipment and work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of foreign material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be new and of manufacturers specified herein. They shall bear the UL, ETL or CSA labels where possible. 2.2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Select and size supports, expansion shells and bolts, concrete inserts, and anchor bolts per requirements for seismic restraints specified in Section 200548. Hot dipped or mechanically galvanized where installed outdoors unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. Damaged galvanized surfaces repaired with ZRC Galvilite. B. Expansion Shells and Bolts and Concrete Screws: 1. Manufacturers for Expansion Shells for Rod Hangers: Simpson Strong -Tie, Hilti, or approved for holes drilled in concrete. 2. Manufacturers for Expansion Bolts for Equipment: Simpson Strong -Tie, Hilti, or approved for holes drilled in concrete. 3. Manufacturers for Concrete Screws for Equipment: Simpson Strong -Tie, Hilti, or approved for holes drilled in concrete. C. Concrete Inserts: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. D. Formed Steel Channels: Twelve gage minimum, 1-5/8 inch by 1-5/8 inch minimum cross-section size, epoxy coated. Cooper B -Line Dura -Green or Dura -Copper, Unistrut, Powerstrut, or approved. 200510 - 2 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS E. Anchor Bolts: Include for equipment. Number and size per manufacturer's recommendations or as indicated on the Drawings. F. Supplementary Steel Framing: Standard structural steel shapes or Schedule 40 steel pipe. . Welding to Building Structural Members: Not acceptable except as indicated on the Drawings. H. Concrete Bases (Housekeeping Pads): Coordinate with Division 03. Size bases 4 inches larger than equipment footprint in each direction and nominal 4 inches thick unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 2.3 SLEEVES A. Materials, General: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with unthreaded ends, cast iron pipe, or minimum 26 gage galvanized sheet steel. Use steel pipe for sleeves at floor slabs. B. Sleeves and Firestopping in Fire and Smoke Rated Walls and Floors: 1. Sleeves: Same material and thickness as used when firestopping material was tested and as listed in the UL Fire Resistive Directory. 2. Firestopping: Material produced and installed as a system to resist spread of fire and passage of smoke and to maintain fire resistance of assembly. Material in accordance with ASTM E 814 and UL 1479. Johns Manville, Dow Corning, 3M Fire Protection Products, Nelson Firestop Products, STI-SpecSeal,US Gypsum, or approved. C. Cast -in -Place Watertight Firestop Device in Fire Rated Floors (Contractor's Option): Factory assembled device for installation in concrete floors. Assembly in accordance with ASTM E 814 and UL 1479. Device consists of outer sleeve Tined with intumescent sleeve, radial extended flange attached to one end of sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and waterstop gasket/mid-body seal for embedment and sealing to concrete slab. Nonmetallic sleeve for nonmetallic through penetrant pipe and metallic sleeve for metallic through -penetrant pipe. Flame spread rating of 0 and smoke developed rating of 5. Presealed Systems, HydroFlame Sleeving Systems or approved. D. Below Grade Watertight Penetrations: Manufactured pipe -to -wall penetration closure. Thunderline "Link -Seal" or Advance Products & Systems "InnerLynx". 1. Description: Model C (Standard) modular mechanical type consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall opening. Seal constructed to provide electrical isolation between pipe and wall, reducing cathodic reaction. Glass reinforced nylon pressure plates with zinc plated nuts and bolts. 200510 - 3 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. Sleeves for New Construction: Heavy wall welded or seamless steel pipe, full circle welded waterstop plate and anchor collar, hot dip galvanized. Length to suit wall thickness. Inside diameter to suit seal requirements 3. Openings for Existing Concrete Wall Construction: Core drill opening, inside diameter to suit seal requirement. 2.4 PIPE MARKERS AND COLOR BANDS A. General: Manufacturer's standard preprinted, flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, color - coded, plastic sheet pipe markers. Comply with ASME A13.1, Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. Include flow direction arrows. Seton, Brady, Craftmark, Marking Services or approved. B. Small Pipes: For external diameters less than 6 inches (including insulation), full band pipe markers. C. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by the A/E in cases of variance with names shown or specified. 2.5 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKER A. Manufacturer's standard, permanent, bright -burial service, not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick. Tape color with printing which most accurately indicates type of service of buried pipe. 2.6 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. General: Engraved stock melamine plastic laminate. Comply with FS L -P-387. Engraved with engraver's standard letter style of sizes and wording, black with white core (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. Plastic strips with raised letters made by a marking device not acceptable. Include area (room) served on nameplate. Coordinate naming convention with the Owner. Color of nameplates access doors for fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire/smoke dampers as selected by the AHJ. B. Thickness: 1/16 inch for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8 inch length and 1/8 inch for larger units. 2.7 VALVE TAGS A. General: Manufacturer's standard solid plastic valve tags with printed enamel lettering, piping system abbreviation in approximately 3/16 inch high letters, sequenced valve 200510 - 4 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS numbers approximately 3/8 inch high, and 5/32 inch hole for fastener. Coordinate naming convention with the Owner. B. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass beaded type chain, length as required for proper attachment of tags to valves manufactured specifically for that purpose. C. Valve Schedule Frames: Glazed display frame with screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Frame finished hardwood or extruded aluminum with SSB -grade sheet glass. 2.8 ACCESS TO FIRE SUPPRESSION, PLUMBING, AND HVAC EQUIPMENT A. General: Universal 1 -piece frame, flush type, welded steel ground smooth rounded safety corners, 1 -piece spring hinge, slot screwdriver type cam latches, shallow 1- 1/4 -1/4 inch mounting flange. Include cylinder locked units in restrooms and areas accessible by students. Coordinate with general contractor so that lockable access doors are common -keyed for entire project. Where located in a painted surface area, units primed for painting; otherwise, polished chrome or stainless steel units, unless another type of finish is indicated. B. Construction: 1. For sizes 16 inch by 16 inch and smaller: 16 gage panel, 18 gage flange. 2. For sizes 18 inch by 18 inch and larger: 14 gage panel, 16 gage flange. C. UL Compliance: Where UL fire -resistance rating is indicated, doors UL listed and labeled, except for those doors which are smaller than minimum size requiring fire ratings as recognized by governing authority. D. Access Door Sizes: 1. One -Hand or Inspection Access: 8 inches by 5 inches. 2. Two -Hand Access: 12 inches by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 inches by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulder Access: 21 inches by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 inches by 14 inches. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 inches by 17 inches. E. Manufacturers: Milcor, Elmdor, Acudor Products, or approved. 2.9 PERSONNEL PROTECTION A. General: Where support angles, hangers, equipment supports and appurtenances, and similar items are exposed above floors, walkways, and maintenance access ways, cover such protrusions less than 6'-6" above floor with protective padding. 200510 - 5 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS B. Protective Padding: Soft elastomeric foam material or equivalent with composite and component ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, or UL 723. Flame spread 25, smoke developed 50. Armstrong or Rubatex. C. Finish: White field -applied finish of same manufacturer as protective padding. 2.10 PAINTING A. General: Painting of work specified in mechanical sections which is exposed, including exterior exposed mechanical work, is specified in Division 09. 2.11 [ROOF PENETRATIONS A. Pipe Curb Assembly: Consist of galvanized steel 12 inch high roof curb with cant strip, integral base plate, 1-1/2 inch thick rigid fiberglass insulation, 2 inch by 2 inch pressure treated wood nailer, acrylic clad thermoplastic cap, fastening screws, graduated rubber boots, quantity to accommodate pipe sizes, and stainless steel clamps. Pate PCC Series cap and PC -1 curb or approved. OR B. Pipe Curb Assembly: Consist of galvanized steel 12 inch high roof curb with cant strip, mitered corners, all welded construction, 1-1/2 inch thick rigid fiberglass insulation, 2 inch by 2 inch pressure treated wood nailer, and removable cover. Pate CPBA Series cover and PC -1 curb or approved.] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MEASUREMENTS A. Verify measurements at job site. Locate equipment and fixtures on centers of walls, openings, spaces, and similar locations except where noted otherwise. Check that piping, ducts, and similar elements clear openings. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. Equipment Installation: 1. General: Install supports for equipment and appurtenances. 2. Suspended Equipment: a. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed. Fasten inserts securely to forms. Where concrete with compressive strength Tess than 2500 psi is indicated, install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. b. Install hangers from structure. Comply with requirements in Section 202115 for hanger rod sizes. 200510 - 6 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS c. Span between structural members with additional structural steel to mount equipment in locations shown. Do not fasten hangers to metal deck. Powder actuated fasteners not acceptable. 3. Floor -Mounted Equipment, General: a. Install machine and floor or foundation fastenings. Set equipment on concrete pads. For new construction, install anchor bolts through concrete equipment pads to structural concrete slabs. For existing construction, install concrete expansion anchors or concrete screws through concrete equipment pads to existing structural concrete slabs. b. Install equipment at locations and to dimensions indicated in the drawings using manufacturer's leveling screws, blocks, shims, or wedges. Do not distort equipment or baseplates. 4. Stands: Fabricate structural steel stands to support equipment not floor mounted or suspended from structure. Fabricate from structural steel members or steel pipe and fittings. 5. Manufacturer -Supplied Bases: Bases may be supplied by the equipment manufacturer if equivalent to the base requirements specified above. B. Equipment Seismic Restraints: Comply with requirements in Section 200548. 3.3 SLEEVES AND SEALING OF SLEEVES A. Install sleeves for pipes and ducts for penetrations through cast -in-place concrete walls and floors, non -rated walls and floors, fire and smoke rated walls and floors, mechanical room walls and floors, and acoustical walls. Seal air and watertight. At Contractor's option, install cast -in-place watertight firestop devices through cast -in-place concrete fire rated floors. B. Dimensions: 1. Annular Clear Space, General: Include annular clear space of approximately 1/4 to 1/2 inch. Size to accommodate insulation passing through sleeve. 2. Annular Clear Space for Sleeves through Fire and Smoke Rated Walls and Floors: Include annular clear space between sleeve and insulated or uninsulated surfaces of pipe, tubing, conduit, and wiring per firestopping manufacturer's installation requirements. Coordinate with requirements in Division 07 and insulation thicknesses specified in Section 200700. 3. Annular Clear Space for Sleeves through Mechanical Room Walls and Floor and Acoustical Walls: Comply with requirements in Section 200548. 4. Cast -in -Place Watertight Firestop Devices: Match uninsulated through penetrant pipe outside diameter size. C. Extension: Wherever piping passes through floor slab above occupied space or equipment, install pipe sleeves extending 1 inch above floor, except where cast -in-place watertight firestop devices are installed. 200510 - 7 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS D. Setting: Set sleeves or cast -in-place watertight firestop devices in place prior to pouring of concrete in new construction. Core drill and grout sleeves in place for unit masonry construction and existing concrete floor construction. Core drill existing concrete wall construction. E. Sealing of Sleeves: 1. Through Walls and Floors: Fill both ends of sleeve with non -hardening silicone sealer as specified in Division 07. 2. Through Acoustical Walls: Comply with requirements in Section 200548. F. Sheet Metal Dams: Install 16 gage galvanized sheet metal dams around opening on top of floor for core drilled, saw cut, and formed openings through floor slabs without concrete curbs above occupied or equipment spaces. Solder or weld watertight. Seal and anchor to floor watertight. Install with minimum 1 inch projection above floor with 2 inch wide flange on floor. G. Below Grade Watertight Wall Penetrations: Install manufactured pipe -to -wall penetration closures where pipes pass through openings in concrete walls below grade adjacent to occupied and equipment spaces. 3.4 FLASHINGS AT ROOF PENETRATIONS AND ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. General: Coordinate flashing for pipes, ducts, and conduits through roof surface and for equipment supports and similar items supported by or attached to roof deck with requirements in Division 07. B. Pipe Curb Assembly: Install per manufacturer's installation instructions. Fill curb with foam insulation. 3.5 ACCESSIBILITY A. General: Locate valves, dampers, controls, and similar components to be readily accessible. Install access doors to achieve accessibility. Access shall include, but not limited to, fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC equipment above inaccessible ceilings and trap primers, valves, and similar items behind walls and above ceilings. Coordinate access door locations with the A/E. B. Equipment: 1. Install equipment which requires periodic servicing or repairs to be readily accessible, except where specifically shown on architectural drawings. Otherwise, obtains A/E approval of location. 2. Piping, ducts, and conduit shall not interfere with required access. 3. Locate fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC equipment above ceilings within 2 feet of access doors. If access to equipment is from bottom of unit, locate access door 200510 - 8 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS directly under unit sized large enough to accommodate access to internal components. C. Access Tile Identification: Apply circular dot stickers on ceiling grid frame to indicate location of valves, dampers, controls, and equipment that requires maintenance. Color as selected by the A/E. 3.6 PIPE MARKERS AND COLOR BANDS A. Install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment. B. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed in occupied spaces, accessible maintenance spaces, and exterior non -concealed locations. 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch, excluding short take -offs for fixtures and terminal units. Mark each pipe at branch where there could be question of flow pattern. 3. Near locations where pipes pass through walls and floors/ceilingsor enter non - accessible enclosures. 4. At change in direction of pipe. 5. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. 6. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 7. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 30 feet along each piping run, except reduce spacing to 15 feet in congested areas of piping and equipment. Stagger alternately on adjacent pipes. 8. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, except omit intermediately spaced markers. 3.7 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKER A. During backfilling and placing of topsoil, install continuous marker tape located directly over buried line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade for each exterior piping system. Where multiple small lines are buried in common trench that do not exceed overall width of 16 inches, install single line marker. For sewer drain fields and similar installations, mark only outer pipe lines of field. 3.8 PERSONNEL PROTECTION A. General: Secure and permanently fasten elastomeric foam material in neat and smooth manner using band straps, clamps, snaps, or similar methods. B. Finish: Apply 1 or 2 coats to result in uniform white color. 200510 - 9 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.9 VALVE TAGS . Install valve tags on valves and control devices in each piping system. Install wherever destination or identity of pipe is not visible from valve. Fasten with chain to valve stem. B. Tags for check valves, valves within factory -fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture supply stops, hose bibbs, wall hydrants, shutoff valves at HVAC terminal devices and similar rough -in connections of end-use equipment not required. Include tagged valves in valve schedule for each piping system. C. Install valve schedule in mechanical rooms or as directed by the A/E. 3.10 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. Install nameplates on or near each major item of mechanical equipment and each operational device. Install on accessible sides of equipment for the following general categories of equipment, operational devices, and for equipment scheduled on the Drawings: 1. Chillers 2. Boilers 3. Pumps 4. Fans 5. Heaters 6. Packaged HVAC units 7. Tank and pressure vessels 8. Air Separators 9. Control panels 10. Heat Recovery Units 11. Air handling units 12. Domestic water heaters 13. Compressors 14. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire/smoke dampers B. Install with 'self -tapping stainless steel screws or steel rivets, except use of contact -type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate substrate is acceptable. 3.11 EARTHWORK A. Perform earthwork required for installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work below grade. Coordinate with requirements in Division 31. B. Locate and protect utilities and other underground work in manner which will ensure that no damage or service interruption will result from excavating and backfilling. Perform 200510-10 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS excavation in a manner which protects walls, footings, and other structural members from being disturbed or damaged in any way. C. Coordinate excavations with weather conditions to minimize possibility of washouts, settlements and other damages and hazards. D. Do not excavate until required materials are on site and the work is ready to proceed without delay so that total time lapse from excavation to completion of backfilling will be minimum. E. Excavate trenches of necessary width for proper laying of pipe with banks as nearly vertical as possible. Grade trench bottoms to provide uniform undisturbed bedding for each section of pipe. Form holes and depressions for joints after trench bottom has been graded. Provide temporary pumping equipment to keep excavation free from water. Install pipe bedding in rock excavation consisting of not less than 6 inches of sand or equivalent material. F. Store excavated material (temporarily) near excavation in manner which will not interfere with or damage excavation or other work. G. Provide bracing and shoring as necessary to maintain stability of excavation and to comply with safety codes. H. Backfill trenches only after completion of pressure tests and inspection by the A/E. Fill spaces between pipe and sides of trench by hand, shovel tamped in place. Cover in 6 inch layers to 12 inch thickness over top of pipe. Fill and tamp remainder of backfill material in 6 inch layers. Provide backfill materials as follows; for sewer and water piping, use pea gravel, for gas piping, use sand. Backfill under, around, and to 6 inch above top of piping. I. Compacting: 1. Perform compacting individually, for each 6 inch layer (maximum) loose thickness of backfill. Comply with ASTM D 1 557. Where roadway or parking area surfaces will be placed over backfill and to 10 feet beyond building perimeter, compacted to 95 percent of maximum density. Elsewhere, 90 percent. Test in accordance with Divisions 01 and 02. 2. Take special care in compacting under services where they enter building to prevent settling. Contractor fully responsible for damage to piping and property as a result of settling around service piping. j. Dispose surplus earth off-site in a suitable location. K. Place and maintain barricades, construction signs, torches, lanterns and guards as required during periods of open excavation to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage. 200510 - 1 1 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS L. Leave premises thoroughly clean at completion of earthwork. M. Installation of Piping in Backfilled Areas: Wherever piping is to be installed in areas which have been excavated below pipe inverts, for any purpose, install piping to prevent subsequent settlement. Do not install piping until backfill is to full compaction, completed to minimum 18 inch above pipe to be installed. Install piping in re -excavated trenches and backfill as previously specified. N. Where subsidence is measurable or observable at mechanical work excavations during project warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restorationto greatest extent possible. 3.12 PAINTING A. Touch-up: Cover scratches, abrasions, and similar damages to equipment with factory finished surfaces using matching factory furnished paint. B. Grilles, Registers and Diffusers: Paint inside surface of ducts, visible through grilles, registers, diffusers, and other openings with 1 coat of flat black paint to a point 2 feet from opening on straight ducts or around bend. Similarly, paint pipes and conduits visible through ceiling relief grilles. 3.13 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE CONNECTIONS A. General: Install piping, ducts, and make final mechanical connections in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for Owner -furnished equipment and fixtures, and equipment and fixtures specified in Divisions 01 through 14. This applies to work of, but not limited to,'Sections 224000, 232133, and 233300. B. Coordination: Perform on-site review and refer to manufacturer's Shop Drawings for details of connections. Perform rough -in at locations to conveniently serve items. 3.14 CLEANING AND HOUSEKEEPING A. General: Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 233410 for air handling equipment. B. Remove debris, cuttings, crates, cartons, and similar items, created by Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 Work at regular intervals. Perform at sufficient frequency to eliminate hazard to the public, other trades personnel, building, and the Owner's employees. 200510 - 12 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200510 09819.00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Before Substantial Completion, carefully clean equipment, fixtures, exposed ducts and piping, and similar items. Remove construction labels, dirt, dust, cuttings, paint, plaster, mortar, concrete, and similar items. 3.15 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 200510 - 13 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200513 09819.00 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS SECTION 200513 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes factory installed motors and motor starters, electric heat trace and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. IEEE 112, IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 2. NEMA MG 1, Motors and Generators. 3. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). C. Comply with applicable NEMA standards and refer to NEMA standards for definitions of terminology herein. Comply with NFPA 70 for workmanship and installation requirements and to applicable Division 26 sections. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for motors and electric heat trace. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MOTORS A. Motor Characteristics: Except where more stringent requirements are indicated, and except where required item of plumbing and HVAC equipment cannot be obtained to meet requirements in this article, comply with the following requirements for motors for plumbing and HVAC work: 1. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. 200513 - 1 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200513 09819.00 - ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 2. Temperature Rating: Rated for 40 C ambient temperature and at 3300 foot elevation with maximum 50 C temperature rise for continuous duty at full Toad (Class A insulation). 3. Capacity and Torque: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, but without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. 4. Phases and Current Characteristics: Squirrel -cage induction polyphase motors for 1/2 hp and larger. Permanent -split capacitor or capacitor -start single-phase motors for 1/3 hp and smaller, except 1/6 hp and smaller may, at equipment manufacturer's option, be split -phase type. Coordinate current characteristics with power specified in Division 26 sections and with individual equipment requirements specified in Divisions 22 and 23 sections. 5. Do not purchase motors until power characteristics and rotation direction have been confirmed. 6. Service Factor: 1.15 for polyphase motors and 1.35 for single-phase motors. B. Motor Construction: General purpose, continuous duty motors, Design "B", except "C" where required for high starting torque. 1. Frames: NEMA standard. 2. Bearings: Antifriction ball or sleeve bearings with inner and outer shaft seals, greaseable except permanently sealed where motor is normally inaccessible for regular maintenance. Where belt drives and other drives produce lateral or axial thrust in motor, bearings designed to resist thrust loading. Refer to Divisions 22 and 23 sections for fractional -hp light-duty motors where sleeve -type bearings are permitted. 3. Enclosure Type: Except as otherwise indicated open dripproof motors for indoor use where satisfactorily housed, and guarded dripproof motors where exposed to contact by employees and building occupants. Totally enclosed fan cooled for outdoor use. Refer to Divisions 22 and 23 sections for other enclosure requirements. 4. Overload Protection: Include for each motor. Built-in (manual reset) for 120, 208, and 277 Volt, single phase motors. 5. Efficiency: Premium efficiency for 1-1/2 hp and larger. Minimum efficiencies as tabulated in current edition of the energy code in the state in which the work is performed as tested in accordance with IEEE 112, Test Method B. 6. Power Factor: Minimum 85 percent under full load conditions. Where less than 85 percent, include power factor correction to minimum 90 percent. 7. Motors Controlled by Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs): Inverter rated, Class F insulation. a. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture -resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse -width modulated inverters. 200513-2of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200513 09819.00 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS b. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. c. Include factory or field installed shaft grounding system to prevent damage to motor bearings from VFD induced shaft currents. Electro Static technology AEGIS SGRTM, Shaft Grounding Systems, or approved. 8. Multi -Speed Motors: Two speed, two winding, variable torque, pole -changing type with reduced speed. 9. Nameplate: Include, indicating full identification of manufacturer, ratings, characteristics, construction, special features, and similar information as required by NEMA MG 1. C. Manufacturers: Except where item of plumbing and HVAC equipment (which otherwise complies with requirements in this section) is integrally equipped with motor produced by another manufacturer, include motors by one of the following manufacturers: Baldor Electric Co., General Electric Co., Marathon Electric Mfg. Co., Reliance Electric Motors, Toshiba International Corp., Siemens Energy & Automation, Emerson Climate Technologies, U.S. Electrical Motors, Goulds, Louis Allis Co., Lincoln Motors, or Magnetek Electric Motors. 2.2 MOTOR STARTERS A. General: Comply with requirements in Division 26 for factory installed starters. Field installed starters are specified in Division 26 work. 2.3 ELECTRIC HEAT TRACE A. General: Self-regulating with two 16 gage tinned copper bus wires imbedded in self- regulating polymer core that varies its power output to respond to temperature along its length, allowing heat tracing to be crossed over itself without overheating. UL listed and labeled. Heater with minimum self regulation factor of minimum 90 percent. Select for 5 watts per foot at 50 F with 1 inch thick fiberglass insulation. B. Freeze Protection:. Select length of element per foot of pipe and number of valves in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation based on thickness of fiberglass insulation specified in this section, 30 F temperature difference, and 35 F pipe maintenance temperature. C. Pipeline Sensing Thermostat: Include under insulation, set at 35 F to directly control heat tracing system. D. Accessories,: Include power connection kit, splice and tee kits, end seals, end cable ties, to suit pipe installation requirements. Include power indicator light. E. Manufacturers: Raychem XL -Trace, Chromolox, Thermon, or approved. 200513 - 3 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200513 09819.00 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 MOTORS A. Where motors are furnished for field mounting, install motors on motor mounting systems in accordance with motor manufacturer's instructions, securely anchored to resist torque, drive thrusts, and other external forces inherent in mechanical work. Secure sheaves and other drive units to motor shafts with keys and Allen set screws, except motors of 1/3 hp and less may be secured with Allen screws on flat surfaces of shaft. Unless otherwise indicated, set motor shafts parallel with machine shafts. 3.2 STARTERS A. Coordinate with Division 26 work to install starters and wiring devices near motors or as indicated on the Drawings. Securely support and anchor in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Locate for proper operational access, including visibility for safety. 3.3 EQUIPMENT AND MOTOR CONNECTIONS A. Install flexible -conduit connection to motor and equipment for packaged and non - packaged equipment that is factory assembled. Comply with applicable provisions of Division 26 sections for wiring materials and wiring services. B. Refer to Division 26 sections for installation requirements. Divisions 22 and 23 shall provide work not indicated in Division 26 for a complete and operating system. Where a conflict occurs between Divisions 22 and 23 and Division 26, Division 22 or 23 sub -contractor shall provide work for a complete and operating system. Refer to schedule included in this section for additional information. 3.4 EQUIPMENT FABRICATION A. Fabricate plumbing and HVAC equipment for secure mounting of motors and other electrical items including in work. Include permanent alignment of motors with equipment, or adjustable mountings as applicable for belt drives, gear drives, special couplings and similar indirect coupling of equipment. Install safe, secure, durable, and removable guards for motor drives, arranged for lubrication and similar running maintenance without removal of guards. 3.5 ELECTRIC HEAT TRACE A. General: Install on piping located outdoors and as indicated on the Drawings between pipe and insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions after pipes have been pressure tested. 200513 - 4 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200513 09819.00 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS B. Tests: After installation of heat tracing, and before and after installing insulation, test using a 2500 VDC megger. Minimum insulation resistance shall be 20 to; 1,000 megohms regardless of length. Test both heating cable wires to verify connection of splices and tees. Submit test report to the A/E. C. Labels: Install "ELECTRIC HEAT TRACED" labels on outside of jacket at 10 foot intervals. 3.6 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 3.7 MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL INTERFACE SCHEDULE A. Establishing the separation of work between trades and subcontractors is not within scope of these Contract Documents. The following schedule is proposed for assistance in bidding only. B. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, plumbing and HVAC equipment and controls are suggested to be furnished, installed, and wired in accordance with the following schedule. Coordinate work with Division 26 sections. 200513 - 5 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200513 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS ITEM FURNISHED BYBY INSTALLED POWER WIRING BY CONTROL WIRING BY 1. Equipment Motors: M M E M 2. Magnetic Motor Starters and Equipment Connections: a. Automatically Controlled with or without HOA Switches: b. Manually Controlled: c. Furnished with Plumbing and HVAC Equipment, Factory Mounted: d. Furnished with Plumbing and HVAC Equipment, Field Mounted: E E M M E E M E E E E E M E M M 3. Disconnect Switches and 120 Volt Receptacles per IMC and NEC: E E E -- 4. Manual Motor Starters, Thermal Overload Switches: E E E -- 5. Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers, Smoke Dampers: M M E E 6. Section 230900 Automatic Temperature Controls: Valve and Damper Actuators, Low Voltage Electric Thermostats, Switches, other Miscellaneous Controls: M M M M 7. Electric Radiant Heating Panels, Baseboard Heaters, Cabinet Heaters, Unit Heaters: M M E M 8. Electric Duct Heating Coils: M M E M 9a. Duct Smoke Detectors:. E M E E 9b. Relays and Ancillary Devices Associated with HVAC Unit Shutdown by Duct Smoke Detectors E E E E 10. Electric Heat Trace: M M E M 11. Variable Frequency Drives: M M E M 13. Section 230900 Control Panels: M M E M M = Division 22 and 23, Plumbing and HVAC E = Division 26, Electrical 200513 - 6 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200513 09819.00 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS END OF SECTION 200513-7of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200523 09819.00 VALVES SECTION 200523 VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes valves and associated appurtenances for valves that apply to multiple plumbing and HVAC systems. Valves specific to a single system are specified in that particular Division 22 and 23 section. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: ASME B31.1, Power Piping. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each valve and appurtenance. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish factory -fabricated valves recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Furnish valves of types and pressure ratings indicated but rated at not less than 125 psig WSP to comply with installation requirements. Furnish sizes as indicated with connections which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Contractor's option. Refer to other sections for higher working steam pressures. B. Press joint Valves: Use press joint copper piping systems as specified in Section 202110 for sizes 1/2 inch through 2-1 /2 inches. C. Manufacturers: Fairbanks, Hammond, Red -White, Jenkins, Milwaukee, NIBCO, Powell, Stockham, Walworth, or Apollo/Conbraco. 2.2 GATE VALVES A. General: Select valves designed for repacking under pressure when fully opened, equipped with packing suitable for intended service. Select valves designed so back seating protects packing and stem threads from fluid when valve is fully opened. Equip with gland follower. Comply with the following standards: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP -80. 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP -70. 200523 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200523 09819.00 VALVES B. 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze, solid bronze wedge disc, nonrising stem, screwed or soldered joint ends, union bonnet, ASTM B 62. C. 2-1 /2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body, solid wedge disc, bronze trim, flanged, OS&Y, bolted bonnet, ASTM A 126. 2.3 BALL VALVES A. General: Select with port area equal to or greater than connecting pipe area, include seat ring designed to hold sealing material. Comply with MSS SP -1 10. B. Bronze body, 600 pound, chrome plated ball and stem, full port, screwed or solder joint ends, 2 piece construction, lever handle, Teflon seat and seal, memory stop, ASTM B-61, ASTM B-62, or ASTM B-584. Include extended stem, protective sleeve, and fully adjustable memory stop after insulation is applied where valves are insulated. 2.4 GLOBE VALVES A. General: Select valves designed for repacking under pressure when fully opened, equipped with packing suitable for intended service. Select valves designed so back seating protects packing and stem threads from fluid when valve is fully opened. Equip with gland follower. Include suitable composition disc material for intended service. For steam throttling service, fit composition disc valve with throttling nut. For metal seated valves, include hardened stainless steel disc and seat ring. Comply with the following standards: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP -80. 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP -85. B. 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze, composition disc, 4 -pattern, screwed or soldered joint ends, union bonnet, ASTM B 62. C. 2-1 /2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body, bronze trim, screwed -in brass body seat ring, solid bronze disc, bronze stem, flanged, ASTM A 126. 2.5 SWING CHECK VALVES A. General: Construct valves of pressure castings free of impregnation materials. Include stop plug as renewable stop for disc hanger. Construct disc and hanger as separate parts, with disc free to rotate. Support hanger pins on both ends by removable side plugs. Comply with the following standards for design, workmanship, material and testing: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP -80. 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP -71. B. 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze, screwed cap, bronze or brass swing disc, Y -pattern, screwed or solder joint ends, ASTM B 62. C. 2-1 /2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body, flanged, bolted cap, swing pattern, ASTM A 126, renewable cast iron disc with bronzedisc face ring and seat to ASTM B 584 except valves larger than 4 inch may be furnished with cast iron disc to ASTM A 126. 2.6 NON -SLAM CHECK VALVES A. For vertical upward fluid flow. Comply with the following standards: 1. Bronze Valves: MSS SP -80. 200523 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200523 09819.00 VALVES 2. Cast Iron Valves: MSS SP -125. B. 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze, screwed or solder joint ends, bronze spring and disc holder, Buna-N disc, ring, ASTM B 61 or ASTM B 62. 2-1 /2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body, clear or full waterway, globe style, flanged, bronze trim, stainless steel spring and screw, ASTM A 126. 2.7 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. No Butterfly valves shall be installed. No Exceptions. 2.8 DRAIN VALVES A. Bronze body, composition disc, 3/4 inch handwheel, screwed or solder joint ends hose thread outlet with cap. At Contractor's option, full port ball valve acceptable. 2.9 BALANCING VALVES A. Description: Valves for precise flow measurement and balancing with minimum of one 360 degree turn of handwheel. Positive shutoff. B. Construction: 1. Hydronic Systems: Globe style design, non-ferrous metal parts, Teflon disc ring, meter connections for portable differential pressure meter with integral shutoff valves, calibrated handwheel with adjustment scale, locking memory stop. 2. Domestic Hot Water Circulating Systems: Forged brass alloy body and trim, EPDM plug, solder connections, 360 degree handle adjustment, metering ports with Nordel check valves on both sides of valve seat, positive memory feature, no drop shutoff. C. Sizing: Size smaller than line size to result in minimum 1 foot pressure drop at design flow as close to line size as possible. D. Manufacturers: Armstrong CBV, Tour and Andersson, or Amtrol. 2.10 RELIEF VALVES A. General: ASME Code rated water relief valves. Select for capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment. Watts No. 100XL for temperature and pressure applications and No. 174A for pressure only applications, Cash Acme, or approved. 2.1 1 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. General: Water regulators with associated integral factory or field installed strainer with 32 mesh screen, 250 psig minimum working pressure, 25 to 100 psig adjustable pressure range, maximum 10 psig pressure drop through valve and strainer. 'B. 3 Inch and Smaller: Bronze body with screwed ends, renewable stainless steel seat, and replaceable composition disc. Watts No. 223SHP, Cash Acme, Wilkins, or approved. C. 4 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body with flanged ends, renewable stainless steel seat, and replaceable composition disc. Include plugged tappings and 3/4 inch low demand auxiliary regulator. Watts No. 127W, Cash Acme, Wilkins, or approved. 200523 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200523 09819.00 VALVES 2.12 SOLENOID VALVES A. General: Line size, brass, Buna-N seals and disc, general purpose enclosure, 120 Volt, 1 phase,.2 position, UL listed and labeled, normally closed. ASCO or approved. 2.13 VALVE OPERATORS A. Valves in Mechanical and Boiler Rooms: Include valve with chain operator complete with sprocket rim and chain guide and hot dipped galvanized chain for valves 4 inch and larger. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves to be accessible. Install gate valves 6 inches and larger with separate support so that valve weight is not imposed on adjacent piping. B. Valve Stem Position: 1. Gate, Globe, and Ball Valves: Install horizontal or above. Check Valves: 1. Swing type check valves installed in vertical pipes not acceptable. 2. Install non -slam type check valves in pump discharge pipes and in vertical pipes. D. Install isolation valves where indicated on the Drawings and in the following locations: 1. Branch lines. 2. Branch mains. 3. At connections to equipment, such as coils and control valves. E. Install drain valves at low points of hydronic, plumbing, and compressed air piping and as indicated on the Drawings. 200523 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200523 09819.00 VALVES F. Install balancing valves with reducers upstream and downstream of valve connections. Install valves with straight pipe upstream and downstream as required by manufacturer's installation instructions. G. Install isolation valves upstream of balancing valves. H. Install valve operators with chains for valves located with horizontal centerline more than 7 feet above floor. Terminate chain 4 feet above floor. I. Install 12 inch long orange colored 1/2 inch wide surveyors tape on valves located above ceilings. 3.5 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 200523 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL SECTION 200548 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes products to isolate building structure and occupied spaces from vibration transmission and includes seismic restraints for plumbing and HVAC equipment and distribution systems. Isolation work shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Supported isolation of motor -driven equipment. .2. Inertia base frames in conjunction with vibration isolators. 3. Isolation support of air -handling housings. 4. Isolation support of piping, piping risers, and ductwork. 5. Penetration isolation of pipes and ductwork through walls, floors, and ceilings. 6. Flexible connections of ductwork and piping to equipment. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each vibration isolator, base, seismic restraint, and appurtenance. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Vibration isolation bases installation, including sizes, type, and placement of isolators. 2. Seismic restraint installations, including calculations. D. Calculations: Sizing and weight distribution for vibration isolators, bases, and seismic restraints. E. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slide rails, base weights, and equipment static Toads. F. Seismic Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of seismic restraints. Include the following: 1. Anchorage details and indicate quantity, diameter, and depth of penetration of anchors. 2. Overturning force calculations and other design calculations. 3. Seismic brace layouts indicating locations of seismic bracing. 4. Details for seismic restraints and attachment to structure. 5. Additional design information as required by IBC and ASCE 7-05. 200548 - 1 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL G. Isolator Schedule List: List size, type, Toad, and static deflection of each isolator. Number and color code to show its location. Mark code number and color on Shop Drawings, on each isolator, and on each base to ensure that the Contractor will place them in the proper locations. H. Procedures: Submit procedures installation instructions for setting and adjusting vibration isolators, bases, and seismic restraints. I. Final Inspection Report: Vibration isolation manufacturer shall prepare and submit written report documenting final inspection and certifying that vibration isolators and seismic restraints are properly installed and adjusted. 1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: A single supplier shall furnish isolation mounts, pads, seismic restraints, sway braces, related hardware, and fabricate isolation bases for the project unless otherwise specified. B. Responsibility: This supplier shall be responsible for selection and installation supervision of vibration isolators. Prepare engineering drawings and details and submit to the A/E. Perform installation supervision and provide adjustment instructions. C. Seismic Restraints: 1. Design and select restraint devices for ducts, pipes, and equipment to meet seismic requirements in IBC and ASCE 7-05. Retain a structural engineer to determine the following coefficients as listed in IBC and ASCE 7-05 as they pertain to this project. Structural engineer familiar with this project is PCS Structural Solutions. Pay structural engineering service fees. a. Seismic Design Category. b. Component Importance Factor, IP. c. Occupancy Category. d. Design Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Periods, SDS. e. In -Structure Component Amplification Factor, AP. f. Component Response Modification Factor, RP. g. Mapped Spectral Acceleration for Short Periods, SS. h. Site Coefficient, FA. i. Site Class. 2. Retain an engineer, specialty consultant, or seismic restraint device manufacturer to design and develop seismic restraint systems and perform calculations based on actual equipment data. 3. Engineer, specialty consultant, or seismic restraint device manufacturer shall coordinate attachments to structure to verify that attachment points on equipment and structure can accept seismic, weight, and other loads imposed. Pay any additional structural engineering services fee. 4. Shop Drawings, details, and calculations shall be stamped and signed by a professional engineer licensed in engineering in the state in which the Work is performed. 1.5 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 232133 - Hydronic Piping Systems: Flexible connectors. B. Section 233113 - Air Distribution: Flexible connectors. 200548 - 2 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 1.6 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, GENERAL A. Description: 1. Balanced set of vibration isolators for each item of equipment listed in Article "Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. 2. Seismic restraint of equipment as indicated in the Contract Documents and as listed in Article "Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. 3. Vibration isolation of piping and ducts as indicated in the Contract Documents and listed in Article "Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. 4. Seismic restraint of piping and ducts as indicated in the Contract Documents and listed in Article "Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. 5. Provide components or materials not specifically mentioned herein, but necessary for proper vibration isolation of equipment. B. Rotating Equipment Criteria: Maximum vibration levels at each bearing, while in operation not to exceed 0.08 in./sec. If operating vibration velocities exceed this criteria, repair or replace equipment at no expense to the Owner until approval of equipment is given by the A/E. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Manufacturers: Mason Industries, Amber/Booth, Kinetics Noise Control, Vibration Mountings &Controls, Vibro-Acoustics, California Dynamics Corp (Caldyn), Tolco, or approved. Mason, Industries model numbers are listed. 2.2 VIBRATION ISOLATION MOUNTS A. Spring S-1, Open Spring: 1. Description: Free-standing and laterally stable, complete with 1/4 inch thick neoprene acoustical cup or pad between base plate and support. 2. Construction: a. Leveling bolts rigidly bolted to the base frame with locking cap screws. b. Spring diameter no less than 0.8 of compressed height of spring at rated load, with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries SLF. B. Spring S-2, Housed Seismic Restraint Spring: 1. Description: a. Designed to resiliently resist seismic forces in all directions. b. Snubbing in all directions with adjustment to limit upward, downward, and horizontal travel to maximum of 1/4 inch before contacting snubbers. c. Spring shall have seismic rating certified as an OSHPD Pre -approved Anchorage (OPA) from Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) for State of California. 2. Construction: a. Leveling bolts rigidly bolted to the equipment with height -saving brackets and 1/4 inch neoprene waffle pad bonded to bottom of baseplate. b. Spring diameter no Tess than 0.8 of compressed height of spring at rated Toad, with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection. c. Maximum clearance of 1/4 inch maintained around restraining bolts and between housing and spring to prevent interference with spring action. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries SLR or SLRS Series. 200548 - 3 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL C. Neoprene N-1, Neoprene Mount: 1. Description: Captive neoprene mounting within steel housing for minimum static deflection of 0.2 inch in compression. 2. Construction: Captive steel insert embedded in neoprene with load plate to permit bolting to supported equipment. Housing includes base plate with bolt holes. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries BR. 2.3 BASES A. General: Bases for vibration isolated equipment as indicated in the Contract Documents. Bases may be furnished by equipment manufacturer subject to meeting these specifications. Submit calculations verifying factory base stiffness is equivalent to stiffness of base specified in Article "Vibration Isolation Schedule" in this section. B. Base B-1, Supported Integral Structural Steel Frame: 1. Description: Structural steel support members, with welded -on isolator support brackets and pre -located and drilled anchor bolt holes. Coordinate isolator locations for each piece of equipment as required. 2. Construction: a. Structural members of minimum section depth equal to 10 percent of longest span between support isolators and of sizes and shapes required for equipment to be supported. b. Isolator support height saving brackets welded to structural base for lowest possible mounting height of supported equipment. 3. Criteria: a. Rigid, distortion free mounting base for supported equipment, allowing no excessive differential motion between driving or driven equipment components. b. Frame shall allow for minimum operating clearance of 1 inch between structural steel frame and floor or housekeeping pad. 4. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries WF. C. Base B-2, Concrete Inertia Base: 1. Description: Rectangular structural steel concrete pouring forms for floating concrete base, welded or bolted construction. [Base for split case pumps Targe enough to support for suction and discharge elbows.] 2. Construction: a. Structural members minimum 1/12 of longest dimension of base but not Tess than 6 inch. Base depth minimum 12 inch unless recommended by supplier for mass or rigidity. b. Half inch reinforcing bars welded in place running in both directions at 6 inch centers located in layer 1-1/2 inch above bottom of base. c. Height savings brackets to maintain minimum 2 inch clearance below base. d. Steel templates for anchor bolt sleeves and anchor bolts. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries K or BMK Series. D. Base B-3, Hung Integral Structural Steel Frame: 1. Description: Four hanger rods attached to roof or floor framing system. Rods sufficient to carry 5 times overload without yielding or failure. Include H 1 Type hangers located on 4 hanger rods, in series with supported load. Attach rods to support "ears" or connect to an assembly using structural steel shapes. Include brackets and bolt equipment to frame supports. E. Base B-5, Rigid Roof Curb 1. Description: Prefabricated non -isolated seismic curb for mounting rooftop equipment, [10] [12] [16] [___] inch height. 200548 - 4 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 2. Construction: a. Curb fabricated from structured steel channel or minimum 12 gage sheetmetal with factory installed wood nailer. Curb components field assembled with nuts, bolts, and self -tapping screws. b. Cross bracing internal to curb. c. Fabricate curb so that HVAC unit is installed level. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries RRC Series. 2.4 VIBRATION ISOLATION HANGERS A. Hanger H-1, Spring Hanger: 1. Description: Combination of steel spring and fiberglass or neoprene isolator placed in series and encased in welded steel bracket. 2. Criteria: a. Spring diameter no less than 0.8 of compressed height of spring at rated load with minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of rated deflection. b. Select hanger to carry 5 times overload without failure and to allow up to 15 degrees of rod misalignment in all directions without metal -to -metal contact or other short circuit. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries 30N. B. Hanger H-2, Neoprene Hanger: 1. Description: Neoprene -in -shear or fiberglass isolator encased in welded steel bracket. 2. Criteria: Minimum 0.35 inch operating static deflection. 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries HD. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTS A. Type IP -1, Isolation Pad: 1. Description:, Neoprene waffle pads, with 2 layers of 3/4 inch thick neoprene separated by 16 gage galvanized sheet metal shim and load distribution plates. Size to limit surface pressure to 45 pounds per square inch. Where bolts are used to secure equipment, isolate bolts from equipment with neoprene washers and grommets. Allow no metal -to -metal contact between bolt and equipment. 2. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries Super W. B. Type WB -1, Neoprene Washers and Bushings: 1. Washer -bushing manufactured of bridge bearing neoprene. 2. Washer -bushing maximum loading not to exceed 1000 psi. 3. Washer -bushing to be used such that direct contact between bolt and equipment is eliminated. 4. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries HG. 2.6 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: 1. Restraints capable of safely accepting external forces as defined in IBC and applicable state and local codes without failure to maintain mechanical equipment, piping, and duct in captive position. 2. Seismic devices not to interfere with vibration isolators during normal operation. 3. Seismic mounts shall have State of California OPA number verifying maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. 4. Submit calculations by registered engineer to verify snubber anchorage capacities. 200548 - 5 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL B. Seismic Restraint E-1: 1. Description: Interlocking steel members restrained by shock absorbent rubber materials compounded to bridge -bearing specifications. 2. Construction: a. Elastomeric materials replaceable, minimum 1/4 inch thick molded bushing. b. Air gap between hard and resilient material of not Tess than 1/8 inch, nor more than 1/4 inch. 3. Application: Locate and size snubbers to suit application. Furnish sufficient quantity such that restraint Toad rating will not be exceeded. Minimum of 4 snubbers required. 4. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries Z-1225. C. Seismic Restraint E-2: 1. Description: Pre -stretched galvanized steel cable assembly with swivel end connections using 2 clamping bolts. Vertical rods at seismic brace locations braced with and rod clamp assembly to accept compressive Toads. 2. Application: Cables sized to accommodate loads with minimum safety factor of 2 3. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries SCB with SSB rod clamp assembly. 2.7 [ACOUSTICAL WRAP A. Description: Limp mass barrier material in sheet form for enclosing noise sources. B. Construction: PVC, 1 Ib/sq. ft. weight, 400 Ib/inch tensile strength, 140 lbs/inch tear strength. C. Manufacturer and Model: Kinetics Noise Control KNM-100C or approved.] 2.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Ducts: 1. Indoor Applications: a. Description: Flexible, woven fiberglass with neoprene coating, resistant to alkalies and gasoline and unaffected by mildew, 30 oz. per sq. yd, temperature range from minus 40 F to 200 F. b. Manufacturers: Duro Dyne Neoprene (Specification Grade), Vent Fabrics or approved. 2. Outdoor Applications: a. Description: Woven polyester with vinyl coating, non -porous, double layered, R value of 4.2, temperature range from minus 40 F to 180 F. b. Manufacturers: Duro Dyne Insulflex or approved. B. Piping: 1 Braided Type for Pipe Sizes 2 Inch and Smaller: a. Description: Corrugated stainless steel core covered with high tensile stainless steel woven wire braiding, minimum lateral deflection 1/2 inch. b. Manufacturers: Keflex, Microflex, Metraflex, Mercer, Garlock, American Boa. 2. Elastomeric Type for Pipe Sizes 2-1 /2 Inch and Larger: a. Description: Multiple plies of Kevlar tire cord fabric and peroxide cured EDPM, both molded and cured in hydraulic rubber presses. b. Construction: Two sphere cross-section, no steel wire or rings used as pressure reinforcement, floating steel flanges and solid steel rings within raised rubber flange ends to prevent pullout. Minimum rating 150 psi at 250 F. Connections made with flanged twin -spheres pre -extended as recommended by manufacturer to prevent additional elongation under pressure.. 200548 - 6 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL c. Control Assemblies: For sizes 8 inch and larger operating at pressures above 100 psi. Assembly with control cables with end fittings isolated from anchoring plates, and 1/2 inch thick neoprene washer bushings designed for maximum of 1,000 psi. Mason Industries ACC. d. Manufacturers: Mason Industries Safeflex Series. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. Fiberglass Acoustical Insulation: 1. General: One half to 6 inch thick low density unfaced fiberglass butts. 2. Manufacturers: Owens Corning or approved. B. Resilient Sealant: 1. General: Paintable, non -hardening, non-bleeding, non-drying, resilient calk. 2. Manufacturers and Models: U.S. Gypsum Co. Acoustical Sealant, Pecora Corp. Acoustical Sealant BA -98, Gloucester Corp. Penoseal Surpass (clear color only), or approved. 2.10 THRUST RESTRAINTS A. Description: Spring in series with neoprene pad. Restraint assembly designed to be field adjusted to allow maximum 3/8 inch movement at equipment start and stop. Restraint assembly designed to sustain overload force equal to 5 times design force without failure. Include attachment hardware. B. Manufacturer and Model: Mason Industries WBI and WBD. PART 3 INSTALLATION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. Description: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Assistance: Vibration isolation supplier shall provide assistance to Contractor to ensure correct installation and adjustment of vibration isolators and seismic restraints. 200548 - 7 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL C. Prior to Startup: Clean foreign matter between base, isolator, equipment, and mounting surfaces. Verify that there are no rigid connections between equipment and building structure that degrade vibration isolation systems specified in this section. 3.4 EQUIPMENT A. Spring Mounts: 1. Mark vibration isolators to show undeflected height to verify proper isolation after installation. Install isolators for single piece of equipment with approximately equal deflection. Mount equipment level. 2. Coordinate with general contractor and structural engineer to ensure proper mounting attachment points for seismic restrained springs. 3. Install with Type WB -1 isolators. B. Spring Hanger Rods: Align isolator to clear isolator housing. Install housing as close as possible to structure. C. Bases: 1. Install floor -mounted bases with 1 inch clearance between floor or housekeeping pad and base. 2. Install concrete inertia bases with minimum 2 inch clearance between floor or housekeeping pad and base. Fill base with 3000 psi concrete conforming to ASTM C 94. 3. Attach curb mounted isolation base and rigid roof curb to roof structure and attach rooftop HVAC unit to curb in accordance with engineer, specialty consultant or seismic restraint device manufacturer's design. 3.5 DUCTWORK A. Penetrations of Mechanical Room Walls and Floors and Acoustical Walls: 1. Install sheet metal sleeves through walls and gypsum wallboard ceilings covering entire inside perimeter of 1 to 1-1/2 inch oversized opening (1/2 to 3/4 inch on each side) unless combination fire/smoke dampers are indicated in the Contract Documents. Size penetration large enough to pack additional fiberglass and sealant between duct or duct insulation and sheet metal sleeve. 2. Install 16 gage galvanized sheet metal sleeves through floors unlesscombination fire/smoke dampers are indicated in the Contract Documents. Finish with sheet metal dam as specified in Section 200510. 3. Plaster sleeve to the wall, ceiling, and floor to ensure airtight seal. 4. Where ducts penetrate double walls, install separate sleeves cut and fit to each side of wall. Allow no sleeve connection between walls. S. Pack gap between penetrating duct and sleeve with acoustical insulation and seal each side of wall airtight with resilient sealant. Use this penetration treatment regardless of existence of insulation 6. Seal penetrations of gypsum wallboard ceilings airtight with resilient sealant.] B. Duct Clearance: Install vibration -isolated ducts to allow minimum 2 inch gap between top of duct and underside of floor structure above. C. Vibration Isolator Housing: Install as close as possible structure. D. Flexible Connectors: Install in ducts at connections to equipment that is externally isolated. 200548 - 8 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL E. Ducts within Shafts: Install without contact with walls. Anchor to building structure at floor only. 3.6 PIPING A. Equipment Supports: Coordinate piping supports with equipment supports to maintain uniformly efficient isolation, expansion and contraction, without creating excessive stresses at equipment connection or in portion of piping. Adjust vibration isolators after piping systems have been filled and equipment is at operating weight. B. Penetrations of Mechanical Room Walls and Floors and Acoustical Walls: 1. Install sheet metal sleeves through walls and gypsum wallboard ceilings covering entire inside perimeter of 1 to 1-1/2 inch oversized opening. Size penetration large enough to pack additional acoustical insulation and sealant between pipe or pipe insulation and sleeve. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 200510 for sleeves through floors, fire rated walls and floors, and sheet metal dams. 3. Plaster sleeve to wall, ceiling, and floor to ensure airtight seal. 4. Where piping penetrates double walls, install separate sleeves cut and fit to each side of wall. Allow no sleeve connection between walls. 5. Pack gap between penetrating pipe and sleeve with acoustical insulation and seal each side of wall airtight with resilient sealant. Use this penetration treatment regardless of existence of insulation. 6. Seal penetrations of gypsum wallboard ceilings airtight with resilient sealant.] C. Vibration Isolator Housing: Install as close as possible to structure. D. Flexible Connectors: Install in piping at connections to equipment that is externally isolated. E. Risers: Isolate at point of contact with floor structure. 3.7 EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND DUCT SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: Comply with requirements in IBC and ASCE 7-05 unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Coordination: Coordinate with submittals and Shop Drawings of plumbing and HVAC equipment such as pumps, air handling units, fans, and similar items. Coordinate with general contractor and structural engineer to ensure correct mounting attachment points. C. Vibration -Isolated Equipment, Piping, and Ducts: 1. Install seismic restraints with factory set clearances. Install seismic restraint to avoid short circuiting of vibration isolators. 2. Isolate bolts from direct contact with structure with Type WB -1 isolators. 3.8 THRUST RESTRAINTS A. General: Install on [vaneaxial fans] [plenum or plug fans with motors 3 horsepower and larger] [ ]. Install between air handling unit floor casing panel and steel base for fan and motor. B. Fans: Install across flexible connection on fan discharge. 200548 - 9 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200548 09819.00 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 3.9 ROOF MOUNTED HVAC AND AIR HANDLING UNITS A. General: Install cement board and semi-rigid fiberglass insulation material to fill void within curbs of HVAC and air handling units including spaces between and around ducts that penetrate [roof] [floor] [housekeeping pad]. B. Install both layers of cement board with seams overlapped. C. Seal edges and seams of both layers of cement board with resilient sealant. 3.10 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATION ISOLATED EQUIPMENT A. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. B. Do not install conduit clamps or hangers between flexible raceway termination and equipment connection. C. Recommended minimum flexible raceway length is 6 feet. 3.11 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 3.12 VIBRATION ISOLATION SCHEDULE A. Isolator designations are keyed to items specified in this section. EQUIPMENT ISOLATOR STATIC DEFLECTION (INCH) BASE SEISMIC RESTRAINT FANS Air Handling Units Internal (S-2) [2.0] Internal by Mfr S-2 with Plenum Plug or [___] External (E-1) Scroll Centrifugal Fan, Floor -Mounted, • Internally Isolated Centrifugal Fans, Internal (S-2) [2.0] Internal by Mfr Internal (S-2) Cabinet Type, Floor- [___] External (E-1) Mounted, Internally Isolated . Centrifugal Fans, [H-1] [2.0] [B-3] [E-2] Cabinet Type, [___] [Mfr] Suspended Centrifugal Fans, [S-1] [2.0] B-1 [S-2] Cabinet Type, Floor- [S-2] [___] [E-1] Mounted, Externally 200548 - 10 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200548 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT ISOLATOR STATIC DEFLECTION (INCH) BASE SEISMIC RESTRAINT Isolated Centrifugal Fans, H-1 [1.0] B-3 E-2 Scroll Type, Suspended Centrifugal Fans, S-2 [1.0] [B-1] S-2 Scroll Type, Floor- [2.0] [As Indicated] Mounted [Mfr] Centrifugal Fans, In- [H-1] [1.0] [B-3] [E-2] Line, Suspended [___] [As Indicated] Centrifugal Fans, In- [S-2] [1.0] Mfr. [S-2] Line, Floor -Mounted [N-1] [0.2] [As Indicated] [---] [E-1] Vaneaxial Fans, [H-1] [1.0] [B-3] [E-2] Suspended [___1 [As Indicated] Vaneaxial Fans, [S-2] [1.0] Mfr. [S-2] Floor -Mounted [N-1] [0.2] [As Indicated] [---] [E-1] PUMPS • Centrifugal, Floor- [S-2] [2.0] [B-2] [S-2] Mounted with [N-1] [0.2] Mfr. [E-1] Integral Base [---] Centrifugal, In -Line, [H-2] [0.35] -- [E-2] Pipe -Mounted [N-1] [0.2] -- . [---] Centrifugal, In -Line, [N-1] [0.2] Mfr E-1 Floor -Mounted [---] Variable Speed Pump [S-2] [2.0] Mfr S-2 Package [---] CHILLERS Centrifugal [IP -1] [--] Mfr. [E-1] [S-2] [1.0] [S-2] [---] Reciprocating [N-1] [2.0] Mfr. [E-1] [S-2] [0.2] [___1 200548 - 11 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200548 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT ISOLATOR STATIC DEFLECTION (INCH) BASE SEISMIC RESTRAINT Suspended Piping H-1 1.0 -- IBC Rotary Screw [IP -1] [S-2] -- [1.0] [---1 Mfr. [E-1] [S-2] CONDENSERS Multiple Suspended Propeller Fan Type IP -1 -- Mfr. As Indicated Centrifugal Fan Type S-2 [1.0] [---1 Mfr. S-2 CONDENSING UNITS [IP -1] [S-2] [--] [1.0] [---1 Mfr. [E-1] [S-2] [S-2] COMPRESSORS -- IBC Piping Inside [IP -1 and WB- [--] Reciprocating, Control Air S-2 [2.0] [___] [Mfr.] [B-1] S-2 Reciprocating, Plant Air S-2 [2.0] [___] [Mfr.] [B-1] S-2 PIPING IBC Outside of Suspended Piping Inside Mechanical Rooms, 2 Inch and Smaller H-2 0.35 -- IBC Suspended Piping H-1 1.0 -- IBC Inside Mechanical Rooms, 2-1 /2 Inch and Larger Multiple Suspended H-1 1.0 -- IBC Piping Inside Mechanical Rooms Floor -Mounted [S-2] [1.0] -- IBC Piping Inside [IP -1 and WB- [--] Mechanical Rooms 1] Suspend Piping H-2 0.35 -- IBC Outside of 200548 - 12 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200548 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL Mechanical Rooms H-1 1.0 [---] -- IBC Pipe Risers IP -1 and WB- 1 -- -- IBC DUCTS [---] Mechanical Rooms Suspended Ducts Inside Mechanical Rooms H-1 1.0 [---] -- IBC Multiple Suspended H-1 1.0 -- IBC Ducts Inside [---] Mechanical Rooms Suspended Ducts H-2 0.35 -- IBC Outside of [___] Mechanical Rooms Floor -Mounted [IP -1 and WB- [--] -- IBC Ducts Inside 1] [1.0] Mechanical Rooms [S-2] END OF SECTION 200548 - 13 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL . SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING SECTION 200593 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes testing, adjusting, and balancing (TAB) of mechanical systems. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2. UL 873, Standard for Temperature - Indicating and Temperature -Regulating Equipment. C. TAB Subcontractor: 1. General: TAB work performed by an independent subcontractor, not affiliated with the Contractor. 2. Qualifications: Certified by National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) or Associated Air Balance Council (AABC). 3. Experience: Minimum 5 years on projects of similar scope and complexity. 4. TAB Subcontractors: Neudorfer Engineers, Air Balance Associates, National Indoor Air Care, Airtest Co., American Air Measurement, RS Analysis, or approved equal. 5. Obtain associated Product Data and Shop Drawings required to determine design -to - actual operating data (coil pressure drops, fan curves and similar data). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Preliminary Data: Submit the following within 30 days after award of contract: 1. Name of TAB subcontractor. 2. Individual qualifications of persons responsible for supervising and performing the work of this project. 3. TAB agenda listing methods and procedures, and including blank forms applicable to this project. 4. List of projects completed by TAB subcontractor of similar size, scope and equipment. Include name of Contractor and Owner contacts. 5. List of test instruments and dates as to last calibrated. 6. System flow diagrams with pertinent data (flow, pressure, velocity design) for each system to be balanced. 7. Proposed final report table of contents. C. Pre -Balance System Check -Out Report: Prior to commencement of TAB work, Contractor shall confirm in writing to TAB subcontractor, with copies of notice to the A/E and the 200593 - 1 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING Owner, that equipment and system check-out has been performed as described in Article "Work by Contractor". D. Balancing Report: 1. Provide complete balancing report in accordance with NEBB requirements, including the following: a. System flow diagrams and floor plans. b. Pump curves. c. Fan curves. d. Manufacturers' start-up and test data. e. Field start-up and test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. f. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. 2. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: a. Title page. b. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. c. Project name. d. Project location. e. Architect's name and address. f. Engineer's name and address. g. Contractor's name and address. h. Report date. i. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing supervisor who certifies the report. j. Summary of contents, including the following: 1) Design versus final performance. 2) Notable characteristics of systems. 3) Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. k. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. I. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. m. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following: 1) Settings for outdoor, return, and exhaust air dampers. 2) Conditions of filters. 3) Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. 4) Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. 5) Settings for supply air static pressure controller. 6) Other system operating conditions that affect performance. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Make 3 site visits to assess system readiness. B. Do not proceed with TAB work until work has been completed and is operable. Ensure that there is no latent residual work still to be completed. C. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner may occupy completed areas of the building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with the Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Attend and participate in minimum of 3 field coordination drawing phase meetings, contributing air and water balancing requirements to the field coordination documents. 200593 - 2 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING B. Coordinate efforts of factory -authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist TAB activities. C. Give 7 days advance notice to parties needing to be present or to participate with the tests and to the A/E for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. D. Perform TAB work after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. Refer to Section 233113 for allowable duct leakage requirements. 1.6 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. General: Phase in properly with A/E reviewed/accepted Construction Schedule. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUMENTS A. General: Furnish materials and equipment necessary to measure system capacities, electrical voltage and current, fan speeds, static pressures, air velocities, water pressure drops, sound levels and other readings necessary to evaluate system performance and adjust quantities to those indicated. Materials and equipment shall remain in possession of TAB subcontractor after project is completed. B. Instrumentation: Use in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Calibration: At least every 12 months. PART.3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. Description: Perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 WORK BY CONTRACTOR A. System Performance: Contractor is responsible for performance of equipment and systems. Do not assume that supplier will ship equipment adjusted to meet project requirements. 200593 - 3 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING B. Equipment Operation: 1. Check equipment for proper operation as soon as electrical power is available. Perform adjustments required for proper operation. 2. Report malfunctions to manufacturer and take corrective action immediately to prevent delay of work. 3. Check-out equipment for electrical problems, check rotation of motors, read voltage and current in each leg of each motor, heater, and similar devices, and check readings against nameplate. Lubricate per manufacturer's recommendations. 4 Before balancing and testing commences, operate (test run) equipment for minimum 1 week. C. Air Distribution System Inspection: Check out air distribution system to ensure that fans are connected to ducts, that outlets are connected to branch ducts, and that a volume damper exists for each outlet (supply, return, and exhaust) and is in the wide-open position. Verify installation and function of branch volume dampers. D. Controls Operation: Check out and calibrate control components under equipment and system operation service. These components include, but are not limited to, thermostats to ensure they are connected to the appropriate devices, respond to temperature changes, and perform correct action compatible with controlled devices. E. Strainers and Filters: After equipment and system check-out work has been completed, and prior to commencement of TAB work, perform the following: 1. Clean strainers in hydronic systems. 2. Remove air filters in air distribution equipment and systems and provide new filters. F. Access: Provide scaffolds, staging, and accessories required to allow TAB subcontractor to gain access to equipment, dampers, valves, and other devices located beyond range of 6 foot stepladder. G. Fan Adjustment and Drive Changes: Perform necessary drive changes as directed by TAB subcontractor, including furnishing required sheaves and belts. Coordinate with Sections 233410, 235400, and 238100. H. Pump Impeller Trim: Remove impeller, arrange for impeller trim, reinstall and rebalance pump to eliminate pump head adjustment for constant volume systems that use pump discharge valves to reduce pump head by more than 10 percent of design to achieve balanced conditions. I. Instrument Test Holes: Install at locations as directed by the TAB subcontractor. Refer to Section 233113. J. Cleaning: Clean equipment and devices after check-out and test run period prior to TAB work. 3.5 WORK BY TAB SUBCONTRACTOR A. General: Adjust quantities to within percent of design values as follows: 1. Supply air outlets and fans 0 to plus 10 percent 2. Return and exhaust fans 0 to plus 10 percent 3. Return and exhaust air inlets 0 to minus 10 percent 4. Heating and cooling flows 0 to minus 10 percent 200593 - 4 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING B. For rooms and terminal units that are identified to maintain negative pressure relationships to adjacent rooms, adjust air quantities to within the percent of design values as follows but no less than the air quantities per WAC 246-320-525 requirements: 1. Supply air outlets 0 to minus 10 percent 2. Return and exhaust air inlets 0 to minus 10 percent] C. Systems: Include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Supply air systems. 2. Return air systems. 3. Exhaust air systems. 4. Ventilation systems. 5. Chilled water systems. 6. Heating water systems. 7. Auxiliary heating and cooling systems. 8. Domestic hot water circulating systems. 9. Stairwell pressurization systems. 10. Atrium smoke evacuation system. D. Readings: 1. General: Take readings including, but not limited to, the following: a. Air Quantities: 1) Supply, return, exhaust, and outdoor air at each terminal. 2) Perform duct transverse at branch mains conveying minimum 2000 cfm and for system total air. b. Air Temperatures: 1) Outdoor air at equipment. 2) Return air at equipment. 3) Supply air leaving equipment. 4) . Mixture of outdoor and return air before entering cooling and heating coils and other heat transfer equipment. c. Air Handling Equipment: 1) Fan RPM 2) System static pressure and fan suction and discharge pressures. 3) Clean filter pressure drop. 4) Heating and cooling coil air pressure drop. 5) Sheave make, sizes, and shaft size. 6) Number of belts, make, and size. d. Hydronic Pressures and Flows: 1) Water pressure at inlet and outlet of pumps as close to pump impeller as possible. 2) Water pressure drop across suction strainer of pumps. 3) Water pressure drop across chillers, boilers, and other energy -producing equipment. 4) Water pressure drop across coils, heating elements, heat exchangers, and other energy -using equipment. 5) Flow -measuring devices in system. e. Hydronic Temperatures: 1) Inlet and outlet of chillers, boilers, and other energy -producing equipment. 2) Inlet and outlet of coils, heating elements, heat exchangers, and other energy -using equipment. f. Electrical: 1) Measured voltage and amps on each phase of each motor (for example, pumps and fans) while equipment is under maximum normal load. 2) The nameplate voltage and current for each motor. 200593 - 5 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 2. Compare pressure drop readings to manufacturers' rating sheets to determine actual flow through equipment. 3. Explain readings out of range. E. System Difficulties: Obtain readings on each unit or piece of equipment as early as possible such that discrepancies can be resolved before anticipated close of job. F. Filter Pressure Drop: Following proportional adjustment of supply air outlets, measure initial clean filter pressure drop. Simulate filter loading by covering face of filters to increase filter pressure drop. For constant volume systems, use average of clean and final pressure drops. For VAV systems, use final pressure drop. If final pressure drop is not indicated on the Drawings, contact A/E. Adjust fan drive to produce design value within allowable range for supply air fans. Remeasure clean filter pressure drop at final fan setting. G. Static Pressure Setpoint for Variable Air Volume (VAV) Air Handling Systems: 1. Adjust fan speeds and system static pressure setpoint, as necessary, to attain full cooling airflow rate throughout system with variable frequency drive operating near lowest frequency. Simulate dirty filter pressure drop and record readings. Ensure full load amperages at fan motors are not exceeded. Cooling coil surface shall be wet during full -cooling balancing. Record system operating static pressure setpoint. 2. Set system static pressure setpoint to lowest pressure that will maintain sufficient inlet pressure at hydraulically most distant VAV box. Record number of "hydraulically most distant box". Confirm sufficient static pressure at most distant box by reading airflow delivered from that box. Record duct static pressure at the "hydraulically most distant box" that corresponds with the supply air fan duct static pressure setpoint. H. Pressure Setpoint for Variable Speed Pumps: 1. Measure pressure differential at most limiting control valve. Ensure pressure is sufficient to maintain proper flow rate. Record final operating characteristics of pump. 2. With limiting ("hydraulically most distant") valve at full flow, adjust pump speed pressure control setpoint to lowest value that will maintain minimum differential pressure required at limiting valve. Record number of the equipment associated with the limiting valve. Record differential static pressure at the limiting valve that corresponds with pump speed pressure setpoint. I. Fan Adjustment and Drive Changes: Inform Contractor as to which sheaves and belts need to be changed. Take final readings and make required sheave adjustments. J• Outdoor Air/Economizer Cycles: After supply air outlets and return air inlets are in balance and air quantities correct, adjust outdoor air damper to air quantity indicated on the Drawings for each system. If not indicated, contact A/E for minimum outdoor air quantities. Adjust using temperature averaging method when outside air temperature is 15 F higher or lower than return air temperature. If economizer control is specified, check for proper setting of controls and for proper operation of dampers (outdoor air, return air, and relief). Adjust return/relief system to result in a slight positive pressure in building (0.03 to 0.05 inch w.g.). K. Inspection and Recheck: 1. Upon request, recheck random selections of up to 10 percent of readings recorded in Balancing Report in presence of the Owner's representative. 200593-6of8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 2. Balancing Report will be rejected if more than 20 percent of rechecked readings deviate more than 10 percent of recorded readings in report. In this event, perform complete rebalancing of system. 3. Life safety, stairwell pressurization and elevator pressurization systems and systems serving rooms that need to maintain required pressure relationships will be rechecked in their entirety. L. Marking of Adjustments: 1. After final inspection and recheck, permanently mark dampers, valves, and other adjustment devices to allow adjustment to be restored if disturbed in the future. 2. If recheck requires re -balancing, eradicate previous markings and re -mark. 3. Set and lock valve memory stops. M. Final Field Activities: Prior to final acceptance, perform the following: 1. Leave systems in proper working operation. 2. Reinstall belt guards. 3. Close access doors. 4. Reinstall covers on electrical J -boxes and switch boxes. 5. Restore thermostat settings to original settings. 6. Reinstall insulation over flow meters, balancing valves, and pumps. 7. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork and equipment housing, which have been cut or drilled for TAB work in manner recommended by insulation subcontractor. 8. Adjust vanes on adjustable grilles and diffusers and modular type diffusers to eliminate drafts and to prevent stratification for air circulation acceptable to the A/E. N. Sound Level Readings: 1. Include dBA and octave band dB readings of each room after final balance in final report. Take readings with HVAC systems in operation. List frequencies or include printout of area in report for dB readings. Translate readings to NC level. Include NC chart for each room. 2. List readings for classrooms and any areas of learning/teaching including commons, gym and performing art center. Random samples of 20 percent of offices within administration area are acceptable. Restrooms, kitchens, storage rooms and mechanical rooms do not need to be measured. 3. For each space type tested, select a measurement location that has the greatest sound level. 3.6 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB work, perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures were not performed during near -peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional inspections, testing, and.adjusting during near -peak summer and winter conditions. 3.7 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor and TAB subcontractor have specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 200593 - 7 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200593 09819.00 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING B. Submit preliminary report of balance data to the Commissioning Authority and A/E. This documentation shall be a requirement for final functional performance testing. C. Participate in selected (maximum of 6) commissioning meetings for coordination and support of commissioning process. END OF SECTION 200593 - 8 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION SECTION 200700 MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes insulation for plumbing and HVAC piping, ductwork, and equipment. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary conditions and Division 01 and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to the Work in this Section. 1.2. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. ASTM E 96, Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 4. ASTM E 2336, Standard Test Methods for Fire Resistive Grease Duct Enclosure Systems. 5. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 6. NFPA 255, Surface Burning Characteristics Building Materials. 7. UL 723, Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. Insulation Subcontractor's Qualifications: Specialty contractor normally engaged using products from manufacturers specified in this section. D. GREENGUARD Environmental InstituteTM Certification: Include for pipe insulation and duct wrap and rigid board duct insulation. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation data, maintenance data and certifications for each type of required insulation. 1.4 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. Definitions: 200700 - 1 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION 1. "Exposed" is work exposed to view of occupants in normally occupied areas and in mechanical, electrical, and equipment rooms. Work installed within accessible air distribution plenums is considered exposed. 2. "Concealed" is work located in ceiling spaces, chases, behind cabinets, and other locations not exposed to view. 3. "Cold Plumbing Piping" includes the following down to 0 F: a. Domestic cold water. b. Non -potable cold water. c. Make-up water. d. Indirect condensate drain. e. Waste conveying condensate. f. Irrigation within building. g. Fire protection system installed in insulated exterior canopies. 4. "Cold HVAC Piping" includes the following: a. Chilled water supply and return. b. Dual temperature. c. Refrigerant suction and liquid. 5. "Hot Plumbing Piping" includes the following: a. Hot water and hot water circulating (all temperatures). b. Non -potable hot water. 6. "Hot HVAC Piping" includes the following up to 850 F: a. Heating water supply and return. b. Refrigerant discharge (hot gas). 7. "Conditioned Air Duct" is duct for air that is heated, cooled, or humidified, and includes supply, return, and outdoor air intake and combustion air ducts. 8. "Equipment" includes the following: a. Cold Equipment: 1) Chiller evaporators. 2) Chilled water pump housings. 3) Compression/Expansion tanks. 4) Air separators. 5) Heat exchangers. b. Hot Equipment: 1) Hot water storage tanks. 2) Heat exchangers. 3) Hot water generators. 4) Domestic water heaters. 5) Heating water pump housings. 6) Compression tanks. 7) Air separators. 8) Condensate receivers. 9. "Piping" includes pipe, fittings, valves, flexible connections and appurtenances. 200700 - 2 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION B. Abbreviations: 1. ASJ: All -service jacket. 2. FSK: Foil -scrim -kraft jacket. 3. PCF: Pound per cubic foot density. 4. Perm: Water vapor transmission rate (permeability). 5. SSL: Self-sealing lap. 1.5 SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS A. Provide composite or component ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, and UL 723 as follows: Flame spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50. B. Composite includes insulation, jacketing, and adhesive used to secure jacketing or facing. C. Components include PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement, tape, and cloth. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fiberglass Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 547, Type 1. Include factory applied ASJ/SSL. K -value not greater than 0.23 at 75 F mean temperature. . Fiberglass Pipe Fitting Insulation: Thermal blanket, ASTM C 553, Type I or II. K -value not greater than 0.26 at 75 F mean temperature. C. Elastromeric Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials. K -value not greater than 0.27 at 75 F mean temperature. 3 to 6 PCF. D. Calcium Silicate Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 533, Type 1. Include factory corrugated aluminum jacket, 0.016 inch thick, and isolation felt. K -value not greater than 0.68 at 700 F mean temperature. 14.5 PCF. E. Cellular Glass Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 552. K -value not greater than 0.29. 7.5 PCF. F. Fiberglass Duct Insulation: ASTM C 553, Type I, II, or III, ASTM C 1290, ASTM C 1 1 39, Type III (faced), ASTM E 84, and ASTM C 1136, Type II for FSK jacket. 0.75 PCF for duct wrap and 3 PCF for concealed and 6 PCF for exposed rigid board. G. Staples, Bands and Wires: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. 200700 - 3 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION H. Adhesives, Sealers and Protective Finishes: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Fiberglass Pipe and Duct Insulation: CertainTeed, Knauf Insulation, Johns Manville, Owens-Corning, or approved. B. Elastomeric Insulation: Aeroflex USA, Nomaco K -Flex, Armacell LLC, or approved. C. Calcium Silicate Insulation: Industrial Insulation Group, LLC Thermal 12 GoId®. D. Cellular Glass Insulation: Pittsburg Corning Formglas or approved. E. Fire Resistive Wrap: 3M Fire Barrier Wrap, Thermal Ceramics FireMaster Duct Wrap, or approved. 2.3 PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION A. Insulation materials and thicknesses shall meet or exceed the insulation requirements of the applicable energy code. Where insulation thickness specified is larger than those listed in the applicable energy code, use the larger values. B. Insulate cold plumbing and cold HVAC piping with fiberglass, 1 inch thick for all sizes. C. Insulate Hot HVAC Piping with Fluid Temperature less than 250 F with the Following: 1. Fiberglass: 1-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes 2 inches and smaller. 2. Fiberglass: 2 inch thick for pipe sizes 2-1 /2 to 6 inches. 3. Fiberglass: 3-1 /2 inch thick for pipe sizes 8 inches and larger. D. Insulate Hot HVAC Piping with Fluid Temperature between 251 to 350 F with the Following: 1. Fiberglass: 2 inch thick for pipe sizes 1 inch and smaller. 2. Fiberglass: 2-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes 1-1/4 to 4 inches. 3. Fiberglass: 3-1 /2 inch thick for pipe sizes 6 inches and larger. E. Insulate Hot HVAC Piping with. Fluid Temperature above 350 F with the Following: 1. Fiberglass: 2-1 /2 inch thick for pipe sizes 2 inches and smaller. 2. Fiberglass: 3 inch thick for pipe sizes 2-1 /2 to 4 inches. 3. Fiberglass: 3-1 /2 inch thick for pipe sizes 6 inches and larger. F. Insulate Hot Plumbing Piping with the Following: 1. Fiberglass: 1 inch thick for pipe sizes 2 inches and smaller. 2. Fiberglass: 1-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes 2-1 /2 inches and larger. 200700 - 4 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION G. Insulate buried hot and cold plumbing and HVAC piping with elastomeric, multiple layers for 1-1/2 inch total thickness. H. Insulate cold plumbing and HVAC piping at wall supports with elastomeric, same thickness as adjacent fiberglass pipe insulation. At Contractor's option, insulated pipe hangers specified in Section 2021 15 acceptable. I. Insulate hot and cold HVAC piping in trenches and utilidors with cellular glass, 2-1 /2 inches thick. Include multi -ply laminated jacket. J. Insulate refrigerant suction and liquid piping with elastomeric, 1 inch thick for all sizes. K. Increase thickness of pipe insulation by 1/2 inch where piping is located outdoors or otherwise exposed to ambient air. L. Include factory applied ASJ/SSL on fiberglass piping insulation. M. Fittings and Flanges: 1. General: Thickness equal to adjacent pipe insulation. 2. Indoor: Preformed fiberglass, mitered sections of pipe insulation, or fiberglass blanket. Finish with one-piece premolded PVC fitting covers. 3. Jacketing: Preformed fiberglass, mitered sections of pipe insulation, or contoured fiberglass inserts. Finish with preformed outdoor grade ultraviolet -resistant PVC jacket identical in composition to adjacent jacketing. N. Valves, Specialties and Pumps: 1. Removable pad type flexible blanket sandwich section of fiberglass, equal thickness as adjacent insulation, enclosed in silicone impregnated glass cloth cover machine sewed at ends. 2. Include stainless steel "D" ring straps with Velcro tabs or full length Velcro at longitudinal seam. 3. Length of blanket sufficient for removal of bolts without damaging adjacent insulation. O. Adhesives, Mastics and Cements: Compatible with piping insulation. 2.4 DUCT SYSTEM INSULATION A. Duct Wrap: Flexible fiberglass duct wrap insulation with factory applied FSK facing (vapor barrier) consisting of aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass scrim laminated to UL rated kraft. B. Rigid Board: ASJ, R -value not Tess than 4.2. 200700 - 5 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION C. Duct wrap thicknesses and R -values shall meet listed requirements for the following applications: 1. Not within Conditioned Space: Insulation installed on supply, return, mixed, outside and transfer air duct located outside of the insulated building envelope with R -value equal to or greater than 7. Duct wrap 3 inches thick. Rigid board 2 inches thick. 2. Within Conditioned Space (Mixed and Outside Air Duct Only): Insulation installed on outside air duct located within conditioned space downstream of gravity damper with R -value equal to or greater than 7. Duct wrap 3 inches thick. Rigid board 2 inches thick. 3. Within Conditioned Space (Except Mixed and Outside Air): Insulation installed on supply, return, exhaust, relief and transfer air duct located inside of insulated building envelope with R -value equal to or greater than 3.3. Duct wrap 1-1/2 inches thick. Rigid board 1 inch thick. 4. Within Conditioned Space (Ducts and Plenums that Function as Part of the Building Envelope): Insulation installed on outside air ducts upstream of gravity damper shall meet applicable requirements of building envelope code. D. Insulation materials and thicknesses shall meet or exceed insulation requirements of the applicable energy code. Where insulation thickness specified is larger than those listed in the applicable energy code, use the larger values. Insulate duct systems as follows: 1. Low Pressure Supply Duct: a. Rectangular Duct: 1 layer of duct wrap where concealed and rigid board where exposed. b. Concealed and Exposed Round Duct: 1 layer of duct wrap. 2. Medium Pressure Supply Duct: a. Rectangular Duct: 1 layer of duct wrap where concealed and rigid board where exposed. b. Concealed and Exposed Round Duct: 1 layer of duct wrap. 3. Mixed Air Duct: 1 layer of duct wrap where concealed and rigid board where exposed. 4. Outside Air Duct: 1 layer of rigid board. 5. Transfer Duct: a. Rectangular Duct: 1 layer of duct liner as specified in Section 2331 13. b. Concealed and Exposed Round Duct: 1 layer of duct wrap. 6. Exhaust and Relief Ducts: 1 layer of duct wrap where concealed and rigid board where exposed. E. Adhesives, Mastics, and Cements: Compatible with duct and plenum insulation.]] 2.5 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Insulate the following cold plumbing and HVAC equipment: 1. Chiller evaporators if not factory insulated. 200700 - 6 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION 2. Chilled water pump housings. 3. Air separators 4. Expansion tanks 5. Coil packages. B. Insulate the following hot HVAC equipment: 1. Air separators. 2. Expansion Tanks 3. Coil packages. C. Insulate the above equipment with fiberglass, 2 inches thick. Fiberglass board, maximum 0.02 perm vapor transmission rate. K -value not greater than 0.23 at 75 F mean temperature. 1. Exposed: a. 6 PCF, ASJ facing. b. 6 PCF, ASJ, glass cloth and mastic finish with corner beads. 2. Concealed and Exposed Irregular Surfaces: a. 3 PCF, ASJ or FSK facing. b. 3 PCF, ASJ, glass cloth and mastic finish with corner beads. 2.6 JACKETING A. Metal: 0.016 inch thick aluminum or 0.10 inch thick Type 316 stainless steel with moisture barrier on inner surface. ASTM B 209. B. Elastomeric Insulation: Factory applied aluminum, aluminized glass cloth, or hypalon sheet with moisture, weather, and ultraviolent resistant finishes. C. Factory Assembly: At Contractor's option, 5 ply, laminated, flexible, self -adhering assembly consisting of 3 layers of aluminum and alternating 2 layers of polyester with acrylic adhesive on inside surface and natural aluminum stucco embossed finish acceptable. VentureClad Type 1577 CW or approved. D. Factory Applied Metal Jacket: At Contractor's option, fiberglass pipe insulation with factory applied metal jacket for pipe sizes 2 inch and larger acceptable. Knauf Redi- KIadTM or approved. 2.7 FIRE RESISTIVE WRAP A. General: Lightweight, non -asbestos, high-temperature inorganic foil encapsulated insulation blanket. Duct wrap system approved for use on commercial duct systems similar to applications for grease hood ducts allowing zero inch clearance to combustible construction and as a 2 hour fire resistive rated enclosure system when used with listed or approved through -penetration system. 200700 - 7 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION B. Performance Requirements: 1. Two-hour rated resistive enclosure tested to ASTM E 2336 and installed per requirements of a valid ICC -ES Building Code Report (ESR report). 2. Class 1 interior finish materials, ASTM E 84. 3. Three-hour through -penetration protection systems for grease duct, ASTM E 814 and UL 1479. C. Tapes: 1. High Performance Filament Tape: One inch wide. 2. Aluminum Foil Tape: To seal cut edges of blankets. D. Banding Material: Minimum 3/4 inch wide, 0.015 inch thick, Type 304 stainless steel for 2 hour rating. E. Insulation Pins: 12 gage, minimum 4 to 5 inch long, Type 300 Series stainless steel, with 1-1/2 inch square or round speed clips. F. Firestopping Materials: 1. Mesh: Type 304 stainless steel, 0.011 inch thick, 12 inches wide. 2. Fire Resistive Blanket: UL No. R14514 classified, noncombustible, with flame spread rating not greater than 0, smoke development rating not greater than 0, and fuel contribution rating not greater than 0. 3. Firestop Sealant: Water-based, ceramic firestop. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 200700 - 8 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION 3.4 TIME OF APPLICATION A. General: Apply insulation only after piping and ducts have been pressure tested and certified by the A/E as ready for insulation. If insulation is applied prior to pressure testing, necessary removals, repairs, and modifications to insulation due to leaks that may occur shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Follow with regard to ambient temperature requirements and special techniques. 3.5 EXTENT OF INSULATION A. Insulate piping, conditioned air ductwork, and equipment, except as indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Do not Insulate the Following: 1. Piping: a. Valve stems, handwheels, and operators. b. Unions and flanges, strainers, and Expansion joints on hot water and hot water circulating (all temperatures), steam, steam condensate return, and heating water piping. c. Trap primer piping downstream of trap primers. d. Temperature/pressure test ports (Pete's Plugs). e. Tempered water except for systems 100 F and above. f. Heating water pipes within fin tube and unit ventilator enclosures. g. Waste conveying condensate below slab on grade. 2. Ducts: a. Transfer, exhaust and relief ducts except as specified in this section. b. Return ducts in suspended ceiling spaces located within building insulation envelope. c. Return ducts exposed in conditioned space. d. Factory -insulated flexible ducts. e. Supply ducts exposed within a space that serves that space only. f. Duct flexible connections. 3. Equipment: a. Items with factory -applied insulation meeting the requirements of this section. b. Nameplates and ASME labels. C. Ducts Specified to Have Soundlining and Factory Soundlined Ducts: Refer to Section 233113. Need not be insulated unless additional insulation is required to meet thickness requirements of this section. 200700 - 9 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION 3.6 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Apply in a workmanlike manner by skilled workmen regularly engaged in this type of work. B. Apply to clean and dry surfaces. C. On cold piping and duct surfaces, apply with continuous, unbroken vapor barrier. Insulate and seal hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections and penetrations that are secured to cold surfaces with vapor barrier mastic. Apply vapor seals at butt joints at every fourth pipe section joint and at each fitting. D. Install insulation through pipe ring for hot pipes 1-1/2 inch and smaller. Insulated pipe hanger not required. E. Extend surface finishes to protect raw edges, ends, and surfaces of insulation. F. Install piping and duct insulation continuous through walls, ceilings, and floor openings and sleeves, except where firestop materials are required. G. Install with joints tightly butted or adhered per manufacturer's requirements. H. Install insulation to allow access to equipment for inspection and repairs. I. Bevel and seal insulation around equipment nameplates and ASME labels. J• Do not allow fiberglass insulation to get wet or absorb moisture. Remove and dispose of wetted and moist fiberglass insulation and replace with new, dry material. Drying out wetted fiberglass insulation not acceptable. K. Select inside diameter of piping insulation to accommodate thickness of electric heat tracing cable specified in Section 200513. 3.7 PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION A. PVC Covers for Fittings and Valves: Seal circumferential edges by 2 inch minimum overlap onto adjacent pipe insulation using PVC tape or ASJ/SSL butt strip material. B. Glass Fabric Finish for Fittings and Valves: Lap 2 inches onto adjacent pipe insulation. C. Cold Piping: 1. Secure fiberglass ends with SSL butt strips, minimum 3 inches wide. Adhere elastomeric butt joints per manufacturer's requirements. 2. Secure joints and exposed ends at fittings, valves, and equipment with vapor barrier mastic. 200700 - 10 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION 3. Install 4 inch long elastomeric insulation insert between wall support clamp and pipe or use insulated pipe hanger. Vapor seal joint connections to adjacent fiberglass insulation. 4. Install insulation on waste conveying condensate pipes which receive condensate from ice machines, condensate drain pans, and similar applications from floor drains, floor sinks, and roof receptors. Insulate from underside of drain to a point 5 feet downstream of trap or to connection to another waste pipe. D. Hot Piping: 1. Secure fiberglass ends with ASJ/SSL butt strips, minimum 3 inches wide. Secure ASJ laps and butt strips with outward clinch staples at 4 inch spacing, or with suitable lap adhesive. 2. Secure PVC covers with tacks, PVC tape, outward clinch staples, or solvent type PVC adhesive. E. Buried Piping Insulation: 1. General: Stagger and seal seams and joints for specified thickness. 2. Bedding: Install in 4 inch thick sand bed. F. Calcium Silicate Piping Insulation: 1. General: Install per manufacturer's instructions. Secure in place with wire or metal bands. 2. Fittings: Insulate with segments of molded insulation. Secure with 20 gage galvanized steel wire. Finish with glass cloth embedded between 2 layers of insulating cement, each 1/8 inch thick. 3.8 DUCT SYSTEM INSULATION A. Cut insulation slightly longer than circumference of duct to insure full thickness at corners. Apply insulation with edges tightly stitched with staples. Tape stitched seam with 3 inch wide pressure sensitive aluminum foil tape or seal joints with 2 coats of vapor barrier mastic reinforced with one layer of open weave glass fabric. B. Secure insulation to bottom of rectangular and square ducts 18 inches and wider with welded pins and speed clips on 18 inch centers. Cut off protruding ends of the pins flush after speed clips have been installed. Seal vapor barrier facing where pins have pierced through with tape of same material by applying vapor barrier adhesive to both surfaces as recommended by the manufacturer. C. Install duct wrap with maximum 25 percent compression. D. Insulate exhaust and relief ducts from exterior louver, roof cap, or similar termination, to a point 10'-0 into building or to backdraft or motor operated damper, whichever distance is less. Remaining exhaust and relief ducts uninsulated. 200700 - 11 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION E. Seal other joints and penetrations of the vapor barrier facing with 3 inch wide pressure sensitive aluminum foil tape. Seal cuts or tears with strips of the aluminum foil tape. F. Where louvers are blanked off, insulate blank off as specified for outside air ducts. 3.9 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. General: 1. Form or fabricate insulation to fit equipment. Groove or score as required to closely conform to round surfaces. Bevel edges and tightly butt and stagger joints. 2. Apply smooth coat of insulating cement over irregular surfaces. 3. Install removable insulation on heads of heat exchangers and other equipment requiring access for maintenance, repair, and cleaning. Fabricate removable section joints using a male-female shiplap type joint. Finish entire surface of removable section as specified in this section. B. Indoor to 450 F: 1. Secure with adhesive, fasteners, or bands. Locate fasteners maximum 3 inch from edges and spaced maximum 12 inches on center. 2. Overlap vapor barriers minimum of 2 inches at seams and seal with pressure sensitive tape or mastic. 3. Cover penetrations, facing damage, and mechanical fasteners with minimum 2 inch overlap of tape or mastic. 4. When glass cloth and mastic is used, stretch glass cloth snugly to form smooth finished surface. 3.10 JACKETING A. Jacketing Application: Install over insulation in the following locations: 1. Exposed piping and ducts in finished spaces and normally occupied areas. Locate jacket seams in least visible locations. 2. Below 6 feet above finished floor in mechanical rooms. 3. Piping and ducts located outdoors. 4. Over calcium silicate insulation. B. Metal: 1. Provide friction type Z -locks or 2 inch minimum overlap joints to hold insulation and jacketing in place. 2. Seal joints continuously along longitudinal seams, applied to shed water. 3. Seal circumferential joints. Finish with preformed butt strips, minimum 2 inches wide. Overlap adjacent jacketing minimum 1/2 inch. Secure jacketing and butt strips with 1/2 inch bands and seals. 4. Install longitudinal seams for pipes to be out -of -sight where pipes are exposed. 200700 - 12 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL • SECTION 200700 09819.00 MECHANICAL INSULATION C. Factory Assembly: Apply to pipe and duct insulation per manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.1 1 FIRE RESISTIVE WRAP A. General: Install continuous through sleeves for walls, ceilings, and floor openings except where firestop materials are required. Installed system, consisting of fire resistive duct wrap and smoke control system and grease hood exhaust duct specified in Section 233113, shall meet requirements of ASTM E 2336. 3.12 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 200700 - 13 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200810 SYSTEMS TRAINING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 200810 SYSTEMS .TRAINING A. Description: Work includes training the Owner's personnel in the operation, maintenance, and management of the fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200800 and 200820 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Systems training shall take the form of classroom and field sessions to introduce operation, maintenance and management personnel to Operation and Maintenance Manuals, drawings, and other documents and aids available to operate and maintain equipment. Training shall occur following installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work and prior to final acceptance. Commence instruction periods with approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Factory trained specialists in area of major equipment and system shall present sessions on their specific equipment and system. For control systems specified in Section 230900, representative shall be the technician who performed testing and adjustment. C. Conduct extensive hands-on training during fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC systems preliminary commissioning so that actual operation and maintenance of equipment and systems could be the responsibility of operation, maintenance and management personnel at completion of preliminary commissioning if the Owner so chooses. Conduct instructions in appropriate sessions. Comply with total minimum hours specified in individual specification sections. D. Conduct a subsequent training session 90 days after occupancy to answer Owner's questions and review training instructions. This session shall also be by factory trained specialists. Include 12 hours for this session. E. Video record training sessions with emphasis of video subject and hands-on equipment operation. Following training sessions, deliver 2 copies of video tape CD/DVD to the Owner. 200810 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200810 09819.00 SYSTEMS TRAINING 1.3 VISUAL AIDS A. Utilize visual aids, such as slides, video and movies. Visual aids shall be made a part of the Owner's permanent files. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SYSTEMS TRAINING A. General: Operator training shall provide a complete overview of equipment, components, and systems with an emphasis on: 1. Documentation in the preliminary Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 2. How to use the Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 3. System operational procedures for all modes of operation, including warm-up, cool - down, occupied, unoccupied, start-up, shut -down and similar cycles. 4. Acceptable tolerances for system adjustments in operating modes including noise and vibration adjustments and economy and efficiency adjustment. 5. Procedures for dealing with abnormal conditions including emergency operations. 6. Hazards and safety. 7. Automatic temperature control sequences of operation. 8. Automatic temperature control system interface; including how to implement changes to setpoint conditions and global overrides. 9. Review of maintenance and operations in relation to written applicable warranties, agreements to maintain and service and similar continuing commitments. 10. Seasonal de -commission and re -commission. B. Schedule: Submit training schedule and agenda weeks prior to first training session. C. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's maintain equipment, systems, and subsystems. needed to conduct training sessions. D. Typical Agenda as Follows: 1. Opening remarks 2. Introduction 3. Description of HVAC Systems: a. Air Side: 1) Cooling 2) Heating 3) Ventilation to the A/E and the Owner for approval 4 personnel to adjust, operate, and Furnish educational materials and tools 200810 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200810 SYSTEMS TRAINING 4) Life safety b. Wet Side: 1) Cooling 2) Heating 4. Description of HVAC Equipment and Systems (Individual Suppliers Shall Discuss Equipment): a. Wet Side: 1) Refrigeration Equipment: a) Accessory equipment b) Electrical c) Control d) Refrigerant piping 2) Hydronic: a) Pumps b) Chiller c) Piping and valves d) Controls e) Water treatment f) Electrical 3) Boilers: a) Water make-up b) Water treatment c) Piping d) Controls e) Safety accessories f) Electrical 4) Chillers: a) Water treatment b) Piping c) Controls d) Safety accessories e) Electrical 5) Insulation b. Air Side: 1) Air Handling Units and Fans: a) Fans b) Coils c) Heat exchangers d) Controls e) Electrical fl Vibration isolation g) Insulation 2) Duct System: 200810 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 200810 09819.00 SYSTEMS TRAINING a) Type(s) b) Pressure(s) c. Controls: 1) System type 2) Purpose 5. Description of Plumbing Equipment and Systems: a. Piping and valves b. Pumps c. Plumbing fixtures d. Plumbing fixture faucets and flush valves e. Trap primers 6. Description of Fire Suppression Systems: a. Alarm valve assemblies b. Piping and valves c. Valve tamper switches d. Review of NFPA 25 7. Walk-through of building (project). 8. Start-up Procedures: a. Seasonal considerations b. Check list c. Emergency procedures 9. Operation Procedure: a. Occupancy considerations b. Seasonal considerations (changeover) c. Manual/automatic d. Emergency 10. Shut Downs: a. Check list b. Normal c. Emergency d. Alarms and resets 11. Maintenance of HVAC, Plumbing, and Fire Suppression Systems: a. Routine b. Preventive c. Service d. Lubrication e. Overhaul f. Factory g. Cleaning h. Access provisions 12. Warranties: a. What they cover. b. How to use them. 200810 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200810 SYSTEMS TRAINING 13. Spare Parts 14. Tools: a. Normal tools, supplies and equipment. b. Special tools. 15. Hands-on operation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC system equipment in conjunction with preliminary commissioning. 16. Sequence of operation of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC system during fire emergency. 3.2 RETRAINING A. After fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC system commissioning, instruct Owner's operation and maintenance personnel on changes and reconfiguration which may have occurred during commissioning process. END OF SECTION 200810 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 200820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS SECTION 200820' SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes preparation of mechanical systems Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200800, and 200810 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. General: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 01 with additional requirements indicated in this article. 2. For each component and systems listed in Article "Table of Contents" and furnished and installed by Contractor, include the following (both in hard and electronic format). Include a basic description of systems. B. Product Data and Parts List: Include local source of supply for parts and replacement. List parts and components of equipment stating catalog number (serial number and ratings, such as HP, voltage, and GPM.) and size of part used in or on equipment. Include information pertinent to specific project and annotate each page to clearly identify specific product or part installed and identify data applicable to installation. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Procedures: Include safety precautions and safety features. D. Troubleshooting Guide: Include equipment functions, operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include assembly, installation, wiring diagrams, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions. F. Manufacturer's Service Instructions. Include suggested frequency of maintenance and list of lubricants. 200820 - 1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS G. Start-up Instructions with Certificates of Start-up and Verification: Include test data and performance curves, routine and normal operation, regulation and control, shutdown and emergency conditions. H. Final approved submittals. I. Warranties: Copy of each warranty, guarantee, bond and maintenance/service contract issued. Include information for Owner's personnel indicating proper procedures in event of failure and instances which might affect validity of warranties. State warranty start date and duration of components. J• Maintenance and service contracts (if specified). K. Final testing and balancing reports. L. Filters: Include sizes, quantities, and locations. M. Belts: Include sizes, quantities, and locations. N. Fuses: Include list. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01. B. Submit preliminary copy of the Operation and Maintenance Manual in 1 package. Submit the preliminary operating and maintenance manual as part of the initial equipment submital, under separate bound bound cover for review by Engineer and Commissioning Authority. Incomplete, "piece -meal" submittals not acceptable and will be returned u n reviewed. C. Submit completed copy of Operation and Maintenance Manuals to the A/E and the Commissioning Authority for review and approval. Submit approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals to the Owner minimum 60 days before instruction periods as specified in Section 200810 commence with review comments and corrective measures identified during these procedures being incorporated. Following instruction periods, incorporate corrective measures and submit final Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.4 TABLE OF CONTENTS A. Plumbing: 1. Fixtures. 2. Flush valves. 3. Faucets. 200820 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 4. Valves. 5. Water heaters. 6. Hose bibbs and wall hydrants. 7. Meters. 8. Backflow preventers. 9. Trap primers. 10. Pumps. B. Fire Suppression: 1. Grooved couplings. 2. Valves. 3. Sprinkler heads. 4. Alarm valve assemblies. 5. Water flow detectors. 6. Air compressors. SECTION 200820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS C. HVAC: 1. Boilers. 2. Chillers. 3. Water treatment. 4. Pumps. 5. Valves. 6. Air handling units. 7. Fan coil units. 8. Variable air volume (VAV) units. 9. Fan powered terminal units (FTU) 10. Packaged HVAC equipment. 11. Pressure switches. 12. Backdraft dampers. 13. Fans. 14. Electric heaters. 15. Expansion tanks. 16. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire/smoke dampers. D. Temperature Controls: 1. Thermostats and temperature sensors. 2. Other sensors. 3. Sequences of operation with final setpoints. 4. As -built wiring diagrams including line and low voltage wiring between field components and HVAC control panels and equipment control panels. 5. Point -by -point system verification checklist. 6. DDC programming diagrams. 200820 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 7. Central operator workstation functions with specific software programming for installed systems. 8. Control valves. 9. Control dampers. 10. Actuators. 11. Variable frequency drives. 12. Airflow measuring units. 13. Equipment. 14. Power backup. 15. Floor plans of building with locations of controllers, actuators, sensors and transformers. 16. Floor plans of building with location of equipment and their controls. 17. Spread sheet showing points and controls associated with a piece of equipment and location of power source. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMAT A. Assemble Operation and Maintenance Manual in 3 -ring binder(s). Use multiple binders if pages in a single binder would exceed 4 inch thickness. Separate binders for each category, such as Plumbing, Fire Suppression, and HVAC. Where one subject matter encompasses more than one binder, differentiate by volume numbers. Include indexed tabs for each binder. B. The Operation and Maintenance Manual shall be provided also in an electronic format (Excel, Word, and Bitmap). Performance data shall be in a spreadsheet format and operation startup and troubleshooting information shall be in a Word document. Diagrams shall be in bitmap format. Assemble Auto CAD drawings so that X -refs are automatically attached. Fold drawings to 8-1 /2 inch size and bind as above (with reinforcing at punched holes) or place in clear plastic holder designed for 3 -ring binders. D. Identify on cover and spine for each binder with printed title such as "PLUMBING", "FIRE SUPPRESSION", or "HVAC" OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL", names of project, Owner, general contractor, Subcontractor, Architect, and mechanical engineer, year of project completion. E. Include in each binder and volume material specified in Articles "Scope of Work" and "Table of Contents" for ease of reference and use. Binders shall have a commercial quality stiff cover, metal -hinged, with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 200820 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 200820 SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS F. Include overall table of contents of items submitted organized by system (not by specification section). G. Include heavy, tabbed divider sheet for each category with title on tab. Include table of contents for category, including catalog numbers or drawings numbers if appropriate. H. Include names, addresses and phone numbers of equipment suppliers. I. Include Record Drawings reduced proportionately. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 200820 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202110 PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 202110 PIPING A. Description: Work includes piping and associated appurtenances for piping that apply to multiple systems. Piping specific to a single system is specified in that particular section. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME B31.1, Power Piping. 2. ASME B31.9, Building Services Piping. 3. NSF 61, Drinking Water Systems Components - Health Effects C. Installer Qualifications for Copper Press Fitting Couplings: Installers shall be certified by the pressure -seal joint manufacturer as having been trained and qualified to join piping with pressure -seal pipe couplings and fittings. D. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME BPVC, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications. 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of piping, fittings, and associated appurtenances. C. Welding certificates. D. Installer Qualification Data for Copper Press Fitting Couplings. E. Testing Reports: Pressure testing records. 202110 - 1 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL SECTION 202110 PIPING A. Pressure Ratings: Provide components with minimum pressure rating of 125 psig working pressure. Refer to other sections for higher working pressures. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Steel Pipe: U. S. Steel, Sharon Tube, Vision Metals (formerly Quanex), CSI, Maruichi American (Mac Pipe) National. B. Copper Tubing: Cerro, Mueller, Wolverine. C. Steel Pipe Fittings: Anvil International, Mill Iron Works, Hackney, Ward, Phoenix, Allied, Nibco, Tube Forgings of America (TFA), Vogt, Bonney Forge, Stockham. D. Copper Tube Fittings: NIBCO., Mueller, Elkhart. E. Gaskets: Crane, Garlock, U. S. Rubber, Anchor, Flexitallic. F. Shaped Nipples: Allied, Bonney Forge. G. Origin: Items shall be manufactured in the United States. 2.3 STEEL PIPING A. Pipe: Black steel, Schedule 40, standard weight for 10 inch and smaller and 0.375 inch wall for 12 inch and larger, ASTM A 53, Grade A or B, or ASTM A 106, Grade A, B, or C. B. Fittings: 1. 2 Inch and Smaller: 150 pound WSP, black malleable iron, screwed, ASME B16.3 and ASTM A 197; 3000 pound forged steel socket weld, ASME B16.11 and ASTM A 105 II. 2. 2-1 /2 Inch and Larger: Standard weight, seamless steel, butt welding, ASME B16.9, Grade WPB. C. Grooved Joint Couplings and Fittings: 1. Shall not be allowed. No exceptions. D. Unions, 2 Inches and Smaller: 150 pound WSP, black malleable iron, screwed, ASME 16.39, brass seat. E. Pipe Nipples: Same piping material as connecting piping; Schedule 80 for 1-1 /2 inch unthreaded length•with pipe sizes less than 1-1/4 inch. Close nipples not acceptable. F. Flanges: 202110 - 2 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202110 PIPING 1. 2 Inch and Smaller: 125 pound WSP, cast iron screwed, ASME B16.1 and ASTM A 126, Class B; 1 50 pound forged steel weld neck or slip-on, ASME B16.5 and ASTM A 181, Grade I; 1 50 pound forged steel socket weld, ASME B16.5 and ASTM A 181, Grade I. 2. 2-1 /2 Inch and Larger: 150 pound forged steel weld neck or slip on, ASME B16.5 and ASTM A 181, Grade I. Flanges facing flat faced cast iron flanges with flat face finish. G. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick compressed non -asbestos material selected for applicable temperature and pressure of systems installed. Full face gaskets for flat faced flanges. H. Joint Compound: Teflon tape. 2.4 COPPER TUBING A. Tubing, Above Ground: Type L copper water tube, hard -drawn, ASTM B 88. B. Tubing, Underground: Type K copper water tube, soft -drawn, ASTM B 88. C. Tubing, Flexible: Soft copper tubing, flexible stainless steel hose, or approved. Rated for design working pressure of application. For natural gas piping, refer to Section 221123. D. Fittings: Wrought copper fittings and screwed adapters for soldered and brazed joints, ASME B16.22; cast bronze fittings and screwed adapters for soldered and brazed joints, ASME B16.18. E. Grooved Joint Couplings and Fittings: 1. Shall not be allowed. No exceptions. F. Copper Press Fitting Couplings: 1. Suitable for Types K and L hard drawn copper tubing for sizes 1/2 through 2 inch and soft drawn copper tubing for sizes 1/2 through 1-1/4 inch. Press -to -connect joint made with pressing tool and jaw sets recommended by fitting manufacturer. NIBCO° Press SystemTM, no substitutions. Contractor shall provide pressing tool and jaw set for all installed pipe sizes to Owner at final completion. 2. Approved by NSF International, IAPMO, UL and compliant with UPC , NFPA 13, and NFPA 99. 3. Wrought copper fittings per ASTM B 75 conforming to ASME B16.18 or ASME B1.6.22. Rated to maximum 200 psig non -shock working pressure for temperature range between minus 20 to 250 F. G. Mechanically Formed T -Drill Fitting Method: 1. Shall not be allowed. No exceptions. 202110 - 3 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202110 PIPING H. Unions: Wrought copper solder joint unions, ASME B16.22; cast bronze solder joint fittings, ASME B16.18. J. Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Cast bronze, 125 pound Class, ASME Standards. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick compressed non -asbestos material selected for applicable temperature and pressure of systems installed. Full face gaskets for flat faced flanges. K. Joint Compound: Teflon tape. L. Solder Material: 95 percent tin, 5 percent antimony solder or 96 percent tin 4 percent silver conforming to ASTM B 32. Solder for domestic water piping lead free (not more than 0.2 percent lead). Flux water soluble conforming to ASTM B 813. J.W. Harris "Bridgit", Hardy & Harman, Allstate or approved. M. Brazing Material: Copper -phosphorus alloys, BcuP Series, conforming to AWS A5.8. Solder for domestic water piping lead free (not more than 0.2 percent lead). Flux water soluble conforming to ASTM B 813. J.W. Harris, Hardy & Harman, Allstate, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install piping, fittings, and appurtenances in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum 202110 - 4 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202110 PIPING joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions or flanges for disassembly and maintenance replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Bushings not acceptable. Align piping accurately at connections, with 1/16 inch misalignment tolerance. Refer to Section 2021 15 for pipe hangers and supports. B. Install pipe generally sloped to permit drainage at low points, free from sags, bends, and traps, and in a manner to conserve space for other work. Refer to other sections for specific installation requirements. C. Location of Piping: 1. Piping plans, sections, details, and diagrams are diagrammatic indicating general arrangement of piping installation. Locate piping and include offsets to avoid interference with building structural members, equipment, building openings, light fixtures, ductwork, electrical work, and other obstructions. 2. Arrange piping to allow access for operation, service, disconnection, and removal and replacement of valves, fixtures, and equipment. 3. In general, maintain the maximum possible headroom in ways of egress, including pedestrian walkways and maintenance aisles, minimum headroom of 6'-8" from floor to bottom of any component. 4. Within buildings, conceal piping in walls and chases and above ceilings except where indicated in the Contract Documents to remain exposed. Do not cover or enclose work until completely inspected and approved. Should Work be covered or enclosed prior to inspections and approvals, uncover work as directed by the A/E. After Work has been inspected and approved, make repairs and replacements with materials as necessary to obtain approval of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 5. Route piping parallel to column lines and perpendicular to floor unless indicated otherwise. D. Flexible Tubing: Install in sleeves below concrete slabs on grade for routing of services to kitchen and laboratory island fixtures and remote equipment. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. G. Install piping to allow application of insulation. H. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. Clean interior of piping before making joints and placing in position by blowing clean with steam or compressed air. Maintain cleanliness of piping throughout installation. Install caps or plugs on open ends of cleaned piping. 202110 - 5 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.5 SCREWED JOINTS SECTION 202110 PIPING A. Use threads on iron and steel pipes, fittings and couplings in accordance with ASME B31.1. B. Produce sufficient lengths of high quality threads to insure full metal -to -metal contacts when screwed home in fittings. Countersink, ream and clean ends of pipes after threading. C. Make up full connections with not more than 3 full threads exposed, by such method that will not subject pipes or fittings to twisting or cross strains. Lubricate male threads with thread lubricant or pipe joint tape. D. Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. 3.6 SOLDERED AND BRAZED JOINTS A. Comply with applicable provisions of ASTM B 828 or "Copper Tube Handbook" by CDA for soldered joints and "Brazing Handbook" by AWS for brazed joints. B. Cut ends square and remove fins and burrs. Replace dents and damaged tubing with new tubing. C. Remove grease and oil from joints by wiping with clean cloth saturated with suitable chemical solvent. Clean with emery cloth. D. After cleaning, apply non -corrosive flux, apply heat and material and hold joint rigidly until hardened. E. Wipe excess material from exterior of joint before hardening. F. Before soldering and brazing remove stems and washers of valves. G. Braze 3 inch and larger piping. 3.7 WELDED JOINTS A. Weld 2-1 /2 inch and larger steel piping, (and shaped nipples to existing piping for connection of new piping). Construct joints according to AWS D10.12. B. Bevel piping ends mechanically or by flame cutting. Where beveling is done by flame cutting, thoroughly clean surfaces of scale and oxidation just prior to welding. C. Do not split, bend, flatten or otherwise deform piping before, during, or after installation. During erection, take care to remove dirt, scale, and other foreign matter 202110-6of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202110 PIPING from inside piping by use of pipe swab or pipe "pig" before connecting sections, valves, equipment, and fittings. Where pipe temperature falls to 32 F or lower, heat pipe to approximately 100 F for distance of 1 foot each side of weld before welding, and finish weld before pipe cools to 32 F. D. Replace defective welds at no additional cost to the Owner. Do not repair by adding weld material over defect or by peening. 3.8 COPPER PRESS FITTING COUPLINGS A. Use manufacturer -recommended tool and procedure. Leave insertion marks on pipe after assembly. 3.9 FLANGED JOINTS A. Match flanges within piping system, and at connections with valves and equipment. B. Clean flange faces and install gaskets concentrically positioned. C. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads and tighten bolts to provide uniform compression of gaskets. 3.10 CLEANING AND INSPECTING A. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings (if any). B. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports, and accessory items. C. Inspect pressure piping in accordance with procedures of ASME B31.1 and ASME B31.9 3.11 FLUSHING A. Isolate equipment from piping during flushing. Provide bypass piping and remove after flushing is completed. Provide cap, plug, or blind flange at pipe connections. B. Isolate equipment from piping during flushing. Provide bypass piping and remove after flushing is completed. Provide cap, plug, or blind flange at pipe connections. C. Remove strainer screens during flushing except those protecting control equipment. Clean screens protecting control equipment during flushing and after flushing is completed. Coordinate with controls system subcontractor to have automatic control valves fully open during flushing. D. Flush designated piping systems by circulating water through 100 mesh screen at 7-1 /2 feet per second for 1 hour minimum. 202110-7of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202110 PIPING E. Flush heating water and chilled water piping. Flushing and sterilization of domestic water piping is specified in Section 221116. F. Following initial flushing but before the systems are refilled, reinstall strainer screens, coordinate with chemical treatment specialist specified in Section 232500 and provide assistance with chemical cleaning and addition of chemical treatment to the systems. 3.12 PRESSURE TESTING A. Provide equipment and apparatus necessary for tests. Make tests in presence of the A/E. Notify the A/E at least 48 hours before expected tests. B. Test piping systems after flushing, before insulation has been applied., and before backfilling. C. Test Pressures and Duration: Test piping systems at pressure of 1-1/2 times design working pressure or at 100 psig, whichever is greater. Maintain test pressure for sufficient time to permit complete inspection of system under test. Minimum 2 hour duration. Test in sections and test entire system when completely installed. D. Test Procedure: 1. Before tests, remove or valve off from the system gages, traps, pressure reducing valves, pumps, and other apparatus which may be damaged by test pressure. 2. Install calibrated test pressure gage in system to observe any Toss in pressure. 3. Open normally closed control valves. 4. Test piping at metal temperature greater than 35 F. 5. Open vents, and other connections which can serve as vents, during filling so that air is vented prior to applying test pressure to system. E. Testing Media Requirements: 1. Use clean, fresh city water for hydrostatic testing of hydronic, condensate, and pumped condensate piping. Water temperature shall be not less than 60 F and not greater than 100 F. 2. Use oil -free clean dry compressed air for gaseous piping. 3. Drain water immediately after hydrostatic testing. Vent system while draining to avoid creating a vacuum. Blow out condensate piping with compressed air, including dead legs and low points. F. Test Repairs: 1. Remove materials such as gaskets and bolts damaged during tests and flushing and provide new components. 2. Use new gaskets each time a flanged joint is made up. 202110-8of9 RAISBECK AVIATION' HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202110 PIPING 3. Repair defects which develop during testing and retest piping systems until they show no defect or weakness and are tight. Do not use chemicals, stop -leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods. 4: Repair welded joints that are defective in accordance with applicable requirements. Re-examine repaired components by original method to determine freedom from defects, and retest repaired joints. G. Test Records: Make and submit records for each piping installation. Include copies in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Include at.a minimum, the following items: 1. Date of test. 2. Description and identification of piping tested. 3. Test fluid. 4. Test pressure. 5. Test duration. 6. Remarks, to include such items as: Leaks (type, location); repairs made on leaks. 7. Signature and date of person witnessing the test. 8. Certification by Contractor. 3.13 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 202110 - 9 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 2021 15 PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 202115 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Description: Work includes pipe hangers and supports, strainers, thermometers, pressure gages, temperature/pressure test ports (Pete's Plugs), alignment guides, and associated appurtenances for piping that apply to multiple systems. Specialty components specific to a single system are specified in that particular section. B. General_Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME B31.1, Power Piping. 2. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. NFPA 255, Surface Burning Characteristics Building Materials. 4. UL 723, Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. MSS Compliance: Comply with MSS SP -58 for materials, design, and manufacture of pipe hangers and supports. Comply with MSS SP -69 for selection and application of pipe hangers and supports. Comply with MSS SP -89 for fabrication and installation of pipe hangers and supports. Refer to MSS SP -90 for terminology used in this section. D. Pipe hangers and clamps and related components installed in ceiling spaces used as a return air plenum shall have ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, and UL 723 with flame spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item. Include MSS reference in product data for pipe hangers and supports. 202115 - 1 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL SECTION 2021 15 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Furnish factory -fabricated piping specialties recommended by manufacturers for use in services indicated. Furnish piping specialties of types and pressure ratings indicated but rated at not less than 125 psig WSP to comply with installation requirements. Furnish sizes as indicated with connections which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Contractor's option. Refer to other sections for higher working steam pressures. B. Except as otherwise indicated, furnish factory -fabricated pipe hangers and supports complying with MSS SP -58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected to suit piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP -69 and .manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit around piping insulation with saddle and shield for insulated piping and where insulated pipe hangers are used. C. Materials: Match piping material at point of contact with piping: 1. Carbon steel, cast or malleable iron for black steel pipe. 2. Carbon steel, cast or malleable iron with epoxy coating galvanized steel pipe and zinc coating for piping installed outdoors. 3. Carbon steel or malleable iron with copper finish or plastic coated, or copper for copper pipe. 2.2 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Horizontal Piping: 1. Adjustable Steel Clevises: MSS SP -69 Type 1. 2. Yoke Type Pipe Clamps: MSS SP -69 Type 2. 3. Steel Pipe Clamps: MSS SP -69 Type 4. 4. J -Hangers: MSS SP -69 Type 5. 5. Adjustable Band Hangers: MSS SP -69 Type 9. 6. Split Pipe Rings: MSS SP -69 Type 11. 7. Pipe Slides and Slide Plates: MSS SP -69 Type 35, including glide type plate. 8. Adjustable Roller Hanger: MSS SP -69 Type 43. 9. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base: MSS SP -69 Type 46. 10. Trapeze Hanger: MSS SP -69 Type 59, shop or field fabricated made from structural - steel shapes with hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U -bolts. Comply with requirements in Section 200510 for formed steel channels. B. Hanger Rods: Hot rolled steel, ASTM A 36. Refer to Article "Hanger Rod Schedule" in this section. 202115 - 2 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 2021 15 PIPING SPECIALTIES C. Horizontal Pipes at Walls: 1. 2-1 /2 Inch and Smaller: Malleable iron or carbon steel, galvanized, 1 hole clamp. 2. 3 Inch and Larger: Welded steel bracket with ring or clevis hangers. D. Horizontal Underground Pipes Hung from Slab Above: Type 316 stainless steel. E. Vertical Pipes at Walls and Columns: 1. 2-1 /2 Inch and Smaller: Galvanized steel preformed metal shapes. 2. 3 Inch and Larger: Welded steel brackets as specified for horizontal pipes at walls, connected with pipe clamps. F. Riser Clamp for Vertical Pipes between Floors: MSS SP -69 Type 8 and Type 42. G. Hanger Rod Attachments: 1. Steel Turnbuckles: MSS SP -69 Type 13. 2. Steel Clevises: MSS SP -69 Type 14. H. Building Attachments: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts: MSS SP -69 Type 18 or UL listed. 2. Top Beam C -Clamps: MSS SP -69 Type 19. 3. Side Beam or Channel Clamps: MSS SP -69 Type 20. 4. C -Clamps: MSS SP -69 Type 23. 5. Welded Steel Brackets: a. Light Duty: MSS SP -69 Type 31. b. Medium Duty: MSS SP -69 Type 32. c. Heavy Duty: MSS SP -69 Type 33. 6. Side Beam Brackets: MSS SP -69 Type 34. I. Manufacturers: Anvil International, Unistrut, Powerstrut, Superstrut, PHD, ERICO/Eristrut, Cooper B -Line, Tolco, Simpson Strong -Tie, or approved. 2.3 ENGINEERED SECONDARY PIPE POSITIONING AND SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. General: Support of piping accomplished by engineered products specific to each application. Typical applications: 1. Vertical and horizontal branch piping serving plumbing fixtures. 2. Piping penetrations through wood and steel stud framing. 3. Trapeze hanger with horizontal piping either above or below the strut. B. Manufacturers: Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE or approved. 2.4 INSULATED PIPE HANGERS A. Description: Hydrous calcium silicate or polyisocyanurate foam (urethane) insulation which covers 100 percent of the pipe and extends beyond overlapping full wrap 202115 - 3 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202115 PIPING SPECIALTIES galvanized steel or PVC jacket. Thickness of insulation same as specified in Section 200700 for specific pipe systems. B. Manufacturers: Shaw Pipe Shields A4000, Mechanical Pipe Shields Manufacturing for both hot and cold pipe applications or approved. 2.5 ANCHORS A. Anchors: Fabricated of same material as, or material compatible with, pipe being anchored. 2.6 LOW PRESSURE Y -TYPE STRAINERS A. Description: Line size of connecting piping with ends matching piping system materials. Select strainers for 125 psi working pressure. Include ASTM A 666 Type 304 stainless steel screens, unless specified otherwise, with 3/64 inch perforations at 233 per sq. in. and blowout connection with ball valve and capped nipple or gate valve with plug. 1. Threaded Ends, 2 Inch and Smaller for Steel Pipe: Cast iron body. 2. Threaded or Solder Ends, 2 Inch and Smaller for Copper Pipe: Cast bronze body with brass screen. 3. Flanged Ends, 2-1 /2 Inch and Larger: Cast-iron body. 4. For Domestic Water Service: FDA approved epoxy coating on interior and exterior surfaces. 5. Manufacturers: Armstrong, Watts, Crane, Hoffman Specialty, Metraflex, Spirax Sarco, or approved. 2.7 DIELECTRIC UNIONS AND NIPPLES A. 2 Inch and Smaller: Victaulic Clearflow Dielectric Waterway, no exceptions. B. 2-1 /2 Inch and Larger: Victaulic Clearflow Dielectric Waterway, no exceptions C. Ratings: Select temperature and pressure applicable for the systems in which they are installed. 2.8 THERMOMETERS A. Description: Industrial grade, cast metal case, separable socket construction; non-toxic, colored organic spirit filled glass tube; 9 inch scale length. Range 0 to 100 F with 1 F increments for chilled water piping and 50 to 250 F with 2 F increments for heating water and condenser water piping. B. Thermal Wells: Matched to thermometer stem. Brass, 3/4 inch NPT, extension neck length to extend 1 inch beyond the pipe insulation jacket. Well lengths shall cover a bulb insertion depth inside pipe across a minimum of 2/3 of pipe inside diameter. 202115 - 4 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 2021 15 PIPING SPECIALTIES C. Manufacturers: Ashcroft, Palmer, Trerice, Weksler, Weiss, Marsh, Taylor, Miljoco, or approved. 2.9 PRESSURE GAGES A. Description: 4-1 /2 inch size, stem mounting, cast metal case without back flange, cast metal threaded ring, phosphor bronze liquid filled bourdon tube, diaphragm seal, white face with black numerals, adjustable pointer. Plus or minus 1 percent accuracy over full scale range. Identify units of measurement by means of a factory -applied inscription on the faceplate of each gage such as pounds per square inch. B. Needle (Gage) Valve: Brass needle valve, 600 psig WSP at 300 F, 1/4 inch NPT. C. Appurtenances: 1/4 inch nipple, reducer, and snubber. D. Pressure Ranges: Maximum gage pressure not greater than 1 50 percent nor less than 110 percent of the anticipated maximum pressure at point of installation. Gages 0 to 100 psig: 1 psig maximum pressure increment per gage mark. Gages 1 to 200 psig: 2 psig. Gages 1 to 300 psig: 5 psig. E. Manufacturers: Lonergan, Weksler, Weiss, Marsh, Taylor, U.S. Gauge, Ashcroft, International Register, Trerice, Miljoco, or approved. 2.10 TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE TEST PORTS (PETE'S PLUGS) A. Description: Brass, 1/4 inch NPT with extension for insulated piping, length to suit insulation thickness. B. Manufacturers: Peterson Equipment Company Type XL Pete's Plugs, MG P/T Plug, Sisco P/T Plug, or approved. 2.1 1 THERMAL FLEXIBLE LOOPS A. Description: Flexible expansion loop specifically designed for thermal and seismic movement. B. Design: Plus or minus 1-1/2 inch movement, imparting no thrust loads to anchor. C. Construction: Two flexible sections of stainless steel hose and braid, 2-90 degree long radius elbows, and 1-180 degree long radius return bend. D. Manufacturers: Metraflex Metraloop or approved. 202115 - 5 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 2021 15 09819.00 PIPING SPECIALTIES 2.12 ALIGNMENT GUIDES A. Description: Cast semi -steel or fabricated steel, factory fabricated, with bolted two - section outer cylinder and base for alignment of piping and two -section guiding spider for bolting to pipe. Size guide and spiders to clear pipe and insulation (if any), and cylinder and length recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. B. Manufacturers: Adsco Manufacturing, Advanced Thermal Systems, Flex -Hose Co., Hyspan Precision Products, Metraflex, Michigan Hanger - ERICO, Senior Flexonics, Pathway or approved. 2.13 PIPE WRAP A. Description: Ten mil thick vinyl, minimum three inches wide. B. Manufacturer: Power Marketing Co., Transfer VID-10, or approved. 2.14 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Select with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated, and to completely cover pipe penetration hole in floors, walls or ceilings including pipe sleeve extension. Nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas and prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. 1. Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For water -proof floors and areas where water and condensation can be expected to accumulate, cast brass or sheet brass escutcheons, solid or split hinged. 2. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Sheet steel escutcheons, solid or split hinged PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 202115-6of12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE SECTION 2021 15 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structure steel for proper piping support. Install additional supports at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints and at changes in direction of piping. Install insulated pipe hangers for insulated hot pipes 2 inch and larger and for all sizes of insulated cold pipes specified in Section 200700. B. Install hangers, supports, clamps, attachments and engineered secondary pipe positioning and support systems to support piping securely from building structure. Comply with MSS SP -69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible, MSS SP -69 Type 59. Where piping of various sizes to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Use of wire, perforated metal, or scrap framing materials to support piping not acceptable. C. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary insert, bolts, rods, nuts, washers and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping. D. Spacing of Hangers and Supports: 1. Maximum spacing between supports for straight runs of piping listed in Article "Spacing of Hanger and Supports Schedule" in this section. 2. Support polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) pipes at maximum 4 foot spacing for straight runs. E. Pipe Ring Diameter: 1. Uninsulated Pipes: Ring diameter to suit pipe size. 2. Insulated Pipes: Ring diameter to suit outer diameter of insulated pipe hanger. F. Anchoring, Guiding, and Supporting Piping: 1. Anchor and support piping so that expansion and contraction will take place in direction desired without stressing pipe, joints, and connected equipment. 2. Prevent vibration with vibration dampers and prevent undue strains on equipment served. 3. Fabricate hangers used for support of 2 inch nominal pipe size and larger piping to permit adequate adjustment after erection while still supporting the load. 202115 - 7 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202115 PIPING SPECIALTIES 4. Use wall brackets where pipes are adjacent to walls or other vertical surfaces which may be used for supports. 5. Fabricate supports to carry weight of piping and to maintain proper alignment. 6. Install inserts for supports in concrete. Powder -actuated inserts not allowed. 7. Install pipe rollers, alignment guides, and anchors at points where necessary to keep pipes in accurate alignment, to direct expansion movement, and to prevent buckling, swaying and undue strain, and per expansion joint manufacturer's instructions. 8. Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes, and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 are not exceeded. 9. Hang individual pipes and multiple pipes by trapeze hangers separately from roof structure and not from the roof deck itself and not from work of other trades. Hanging pipes from ducts and equipment not acceptable. 10. Install supplementary steel framing as specified in Section 200510 where required for pipe hangers and supports. 11. Install supports for horizontal pipe within 1-1/2 inches of each elbow. 3.5 PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Horizontal Piping: Unless otherwise indicated, install the following types: 1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS SP -69 Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes. 2. Yoke Type Pipe Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 F pipes, 4 to 16 inch sizes, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, 1/2 to 24 inch sizes, if little or no insulation is required. 4. J -Hangers (MSS SP -69 Type 5): For suspension of pipes, 1/2 to_4 inch sizes, to allow off -center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 5. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS SP -69 Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, 1/2 to 8 inch sizes. 6. Split Pipe -Ring with or without Turnbuckle -Adjustment Hangers (MSS SP -69 Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, 3/8 to 8 inch sizes. 7. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS SP -69 Type 43): For suspension of pipes, 2-1 /2 to 20 inch sizes, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 8. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS SP -69 Type 46): For support of pipes, 2 to 30 inch sizes if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. B. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 8): For support of pipe risers, 3/4 to 20 inch sizes. 202115 - 8 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 202115 PIPING SPECIALTIES 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 42): For support of pipe risers, 3/4 to NPS 20 inch sizes, if longer ends are required for riser clamps. C. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS SP -69 Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS SP -69 Type 14): For 120 to 450 F piping installations. D. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS SP -69 Type 18 or UL listed): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top -Beam C -Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar -joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. C -Clamps (MSS SP -69 Type 23): For structural shapes. 5. Welded Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated Toads: a. Light Duty (MSS SP -69 Type 31): 750 Ib. b. Medium Duty (MSS SP -69 Type 32): 1 500 Ib. c. Heavy Duty (MSS SP -69 Type 33): 3000 Ib. 6. Side Beam Brackets (MSS SP -69 Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 3.6 LOW PRESSURE Y -TYPE STRAINERS A. Install strainers full size of pipelines, in pipe ahead of the following items and equipment, and elsewhere as indicated, if integral strainer is not included: 1. Pumps, unless pump is equipped with a suction diffuser 2. Unit coils 3. Control valves 4. Pressure regulators 5. Solenoid valves 3.7 DIELECTRIC UNIONS AND NIPPLES A. Install at the Following Locations: 1. At black and galvanized steel piping connections to copper tubing. 2. At black steel piping connections to copper headers for coils installed in air handling units, fan coil units, air terminal boxes, and duct mounted heating and cooling coils. 3. At black steel piping connections to bronze valves and similar devices. 3.8 THERMOMETERS A. Install at the Following Locations: 202115 - 9 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 2021 15 PIPING SPECIALTIES 1 Inlet and outlet of equipment where fluid changes temperatures except where temperature/pressure test ports are indicated on the Drawings. 2. Other locations as indicated on the Drawings. B. Thermal Wells: Install in piping so that thermometer scale is readable by personnel from a normal standing position on floor or grating. Fill thermal well with heat transfer medium approved by thermometer manufacturer. 3.9 PRESSURE GAGES A. Install at the Following Locations: 1. On the suction and discharge of pumps except domestic hot water circulators. Inlet to pump suction diffuser or pump strainer. Install single pressure gage connected through gage valves to suction and discharge connections of each pump and to inlet of pump suction diffuser or pump strainer. Assembly consists of nipples at tappings, needle (gage) valves, couplings, snubbers and tee into gage. 2. Inlet and outlet of pressure reducing valves. 3. Inlet and outlet of reduced pressure backflow preventers. 4. Other locations as indicated on the Drawings. B. Installation: Install (gage) needle valve, and snubber so gage dial is readable by personnel from a normal standing position on floor or grating. 3.10 TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE TEST PORTS (PETE'S PLUGS) A. Installation: Install so that thermometer dial and pressure gage can be inserted and easily readable by personnel from a normal standing position on floor or grating. Where installed in insulated pipes, install with coupling to extend test port through insulation and jacket. B. Installations at Equipment: Install immediately adjacent to the equipment such that there are no fittings between the Pete's Plug and the final equipment connection point. C. Installation at Miscellaneous Devices: Install immediately adjacent to sensors, pressure gages, and thermometers. D. Tag: 1-1 /2 inch round tag, 19 gage brass with 1/4 inch letters, labeled "TEST TAP". Attach with brass chain. 3.1 1 THERMAL FLEXIBLE LOOPS A. Install flexible loops for each service as indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Install support of return bend per manufacturer's instructions and in neutral condition. 202115 - 10 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 202115 09819.00 PIPING SPECIALTIES C. Install alignment guides and anchors to direct movement axially into flexible expansion loop. 3.12 ALIGNMENT GUIDES A. Install guides on piping adjoining pipe expansion fittings and loops. B. Attach guides to pipe and secure to building structure. 3.13 PIPE WRAP A. Double wrap underground steel piping and fittings, including riser, to a minimum of six inches above grade. Clean and prime before wrapping. Complete pressure testing prior to wrapping. B. Factory Applications: Provide factory -applied wrapping for straight lengths of pipe, applied spirally wound with half -overlapping. Hold -back not less than 4 inch on each end for field welding. C. Field Applications: Field wrap fittings and field joints. Initially stretch tape to conform with surface while spirally half -overlapping for total of 4 thicknesses. Overlap factory- wrapped pipe wrapping minimum of 6 inch. D. Field Applications at Hangers for Underground Piping: Apply pipe wrap around piping for total of 4 thicknesses and 4 inch length at pipe hangers. E. Inspection: 1. Inspect wrapped surfaces for film thickness and uniformity of tape application. 2. Test wrapped surfaces in their entirety for presence of flaws with electrical flaw and holiday detector at crest voltage of 5000 Volts. 3. Provide calibrated instrument incapable of field adjustment, with calibration within previous 6 months certified by manufacturer or by acceptable testing laboratory (e.g., National Bureau of Standards). 4. Perform test before and after installation. Repair defects and repeat tests. 3.14 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS A. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep -pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. Escutcheons not required where sleeves project above floor. 3.15 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, 202115 - 11 ofl2 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 2021 15 PIPING SPECIALTIES test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 3.16 HANGER ROD SCHEDULE ROD DIAMETER (INCH) PIPE SIZE (INCH) LOAD AT 650 F (POUNDS) 3/8 2 and smaller 730 1/2 2-1/2 and 3-1/2 1,350 5/8 4 and 5 2,160 3/4 6 3,230 7/8 8 to 12 4,480 3.17 SPACING OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SCHEDULE PIPE SIZE (INCH) STEEL AND IRON PIPE MAXIMUM SPAN (FEET) COPPER TUBING MAXIMUM SPAN (FEET) WATER SERVICES GAS, AND AIR SERVICES WATER SERVICES GAS AND AIR SERVICES 1/2 and smaller 7 8 5 6 3/4 7 9 5 7 1 7 9 6 8 1-1/4 7 9 7 9 1-1/2 9 12 8 10 2 10 13 8 11 2-1/2 11 14 9 13 3 12 15 10 14 4 14 17 12 16 6 17 21 8 19 24 END OF SECTION 202115 - 12 of 12 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS SECTION 211000 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes design and construction of complete automatic wet [dry] fire suppression and standpipe systems. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJs): 1. City of Tukwila 2. City of Tukwila Fire Department. 3. State Fire Marshall. 4. Owner's Fire Insurance Carrier. C. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 2. NFPA 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe, Private Hydrants, and Hose Systems. 3. NFPA 24, Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances. 4. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. 5. NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code. 6. NFPA 96, Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations. 7. NFPA, Automatic Sprinkler System Handbook. 8. UL 268, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Signaling Systems. 9. Underwriters Laboratories Fire Protection Equipment Directory. 10. Factory Mutual Approval Guide. FM Global Data Sheets 2-8, Earthquake Protection for Water -Based Fire Protection Systems and 3-26, Fire Protection Water Demand for Non -storage Sprinklered Properties. 11. City of Tukwila Municipal Code D. Fire Sprinkler System Contractor's Qualifications for Preparation of Shop Drawings, Installations, Inspections, Maintenance, and Servicing (WAC 212-80-043): 211000 - 1 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 1. Only licensed fire protection sprinkler system contractors shall execute contracts for installation, inspection, maintenance, or servicing of fire protection sprinkler systems or any part of such system. 2. Only licensed contractors who have achieved at least State of Washington Level U licensure shall install, inspect, maintain, and/or servicing the underground portions of fire protection sprinkler systems in the state of Washington. 3. Only licensed fire protection sprinkler contractors who have achieved at least State Level III licensure shall execute contracts for the installation, inspection, testing, maintenance and/or servicing of NFPA 13 and all other systems per the definition of fire protection sprinkler system or any part of such a system in the state of Washington. 4. Only those certificate of competency holders who have achieved State Level U certification shall supervise and/or certify installation of underground supplies to fire protection sprinkler systems. 5. Only those certificate of competency holders who have achieved at least State Level III certification shall supervise and/or certify the preparation of layout drawings (Shop Drawings) installation, inspection, testing, maintenance, servicing of, or the installation of NFPA 13, and all other systems per the definition of fire protection sprinkler system in chapter 18.160 RCW or any part thereof. E. Certificates Required: Individuals who install, inspect, test, and maintain life safety systems and equipment shall obtain a certificate from the fire code official. 1.3 SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA A. Design, furnish, and install complete operable fire suppression and standpipe systems in accordance with the latest adopted editions of IBC, IFC, NFPA 13, NFPA 14, NFPA 24, NFPA 72, and applicable city, county, and state laws, codes, and standards. Include valves, flow switches, valve monitor switches, low air pressure switches, and accessories to meet requirements of AHJs and aforementioned codes and standards. B. In areas where local codes require coverage by either fire sprinklers or heat detectors, provide coverage by fire sprinklers. C. Coverage: It is the requirement of this section to exceed NFPA 13 requirements for complete fire sprinkler coverage of the entire facility at ordinary hazard group 2 coverage and spacing including but not limited to: 1. Accessible chases and shafts. 2. Mechanical Rooms 3. Electrical and telephone rooms. 4. Elevator equipment room. S. Elevator shaft. 211000 - 2 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS D. The Contractor and the fire suppression system subcontractor shall meet with the AHJs prior to preparation of Shop Drawings and hydraulic and earthquake bracing calculations to review procedures for handling submittals, inspection, testing, and for general coordination and to verify sprinkler occupancy hazard classifications. E. Obtain latest water supply engineering test data prior to design. Include 10 percent safety margin in system design. For bidding purposes, assume fire flow test results as follows: Concurrency test notice for parcel 542260-0020 provided on 10/12/09 resulted in 120 psig static pressure and 20 psig residual pressure at 10,000 gpm. F. Coordination With Other Trades: 1. Coordinate fire suppression work with that of mechanical, sheet metal, plumbing, and electrical subcontractors so that best arrangement of equipment, piping, conduit, ducts, and similar items can be obtained. 2. Identify points of conflict between this work and that of other trades so that conflict may be properly adjusted. Fire suppression system subcontractor shall remove and re -install work which interferes with work of other trades at no additional cost to the Owner. G. No change orders will be issued for additions and deletions of sprinkler heads and associated piping except as such additions and deletions stem from changes in building design made subsequent to approval of Shop Drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. C. Shop Drawings and Calculations: 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13, City of Tukwila and as indicated in this contract. 2. Submit preliminary layout showing only head locations for review by the A/E. Include additional heads which may be required for coordinated ceiling pattern at no additional cost to the Owner, even though number of heads may exceed minimum code requirements. Indicate sprinkler head locations as follows: a. Suspended Accessible Ceilings: Locate heads in center of ceiling tiles up to 2 foot tile dimension, and 1/4 section intervals for 4 foot tile dimension. b. Suspended Inaccessible Ceilings: Locate heads in conjunction. with Tight fixtures and other devices installed in ceiling in a symmetrical pattern. c. Arrange heads in straight lines that are parallel and perpendicular to walls. 3. After A/E review of sprinkler head locations, submit Shop Drawings and hydraulic and earthquake bracing calculations to the A/E of entire sprinkler system. Shop 211000-3 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS Drawings include complete floor plans showing new work, locations and types of heads, pipe sizes and cutting lengths, locations and sizes of required beam penetrations, locations and types of hangers, test valve(s), drain valves, and other related items. Indicate exposed work. 4. Include risers, flow switches, inside shut-off valves, valve monitor switches, post indicator valves, backflow preventers and vaults, and similar components. Coordinate with work shown on civil drawings but refer to requirements of WAC 212-80-043. 5. Indicate location of alarm and supervisory initiating devices and other devices and electrical equipment associated with the fire suppression systems. 6. Following review and approval by the A/E, submit Shop Drawings and hydraulic and earthquake bracing calculations to the AHJs. Do not proceed with installation until Shop Drawings have been approved by the AHJs. D. Certificates Required: Submit copy of certificate from the fire code official. E. Contractor's Material and Test Certificate: Submit to certify material selection and testing results using form in NFPA 13. Complete applicable portions of form and sign and date it. F. Obtain from each AHJ written certification that the permanent installation has been inspected and that it complies with AHJs published regulations and requirements. Submit prior to Substantial Completion. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Prepare complete, simple, understandable, step-by-step, testing instructions with recommended and required testing frequency of equipment with methods for testing equipment. Include trouble -shooting manual. 2. Prepare complete, easy -to -read, understandable maintenance instructions including the following information: a. Instruction on replacing components of system including internal parts. b. List of equipment and components with address and phone number of both manufacturer and local supplier of each item. 3. Include fire suppression system pressure and alarm system tests. 4. Include copies of the following publications: a. NFPA 25, Standard for Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection. b. NFPA 1962, Standard for the Inspection, Care, and Use of Fire Hose, Couplings and Nozzles; and the Service Testing of Fire Hose. 5. Submit one week minimum prior to system training. H. Record Drawings: 1. Provide in accordance with Division 01 and Section 200500. 2. Submit one week minimum prior to system training. 211000 - 4 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer of equipment regularly engaged in the manufacture of components specified and with published catalogs listing pertinent specifications of items manufactured. Pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in the United States. B. Manufacturers name and model identification used throughout this section are to establish general configuration, function, size, performance and quality. C. Manufacturers: Tyco Fire & Building Products (Grinnell Grooved Products, Central Sprinkler, Gem Sprinkler, and Star Sprinkler), The Viking Corp., Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp., or approved. 2.2 GENERAL A. Equipment, Material, and Components Required by NFPA to be Listed: Listed in UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory or approved by FM and AHJs. 2.3 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe: 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. 2. Black steel, ASTM A 53, ASTM A 135, or ASTM A 795. 3. Pipe, other than Schedule 40 or Schedule 10, acceptable if UL listed and labeled, FM approved, and approved by AHJs. CPVC pipe not acceptable. 4. Schedule 40 pipe used in cut groove joints. 5. Schedule 10 pipe used for rolled grooved joints. Rolled grooved joints for dry pipe sprinkler systems not acceptable. 6. Internal and external galvanized steel for exterior pipes, dry pipe sprinkler systems, and drains. 7. FlexHead sprinkler connections may be used at Contractor's option. If used,install with threaded fittings. Gasket or pressure fit type fittings not acceptable. Oversized ring, sleeve, or adaptor through ceiling not required. 8. Ductile iron, cement lined, Class 52, mechanical or push -on restrained joints for underground pipe. B. Fittings: 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. 2. Minimum 125 psi class. 3. 2 Inch and Smaller: 150 pound black malleable or ductile iron, screwed, ANSI B16.3 and ASTM A 197. 4. 2-1 /2 Inch and Larger: Grooved joint fittings, malleable iron ASTM A 47 or ductile iron ASTM A 536 bodies. Flanged fittings, forged steel, or ductile iron. 211000 - 5 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 5. Grooved Joint Couplings: UL listed and labeled for sprinkler service. Malleable iron ASTM A 47 or ductile iron ASTM A 536 housing. Chlorinated butyl gasket. Nuts and bolts ASTM A 183. Minimum 110,000 psi tensile. 6. Internal and external galvanized steel fittings for exterior pipes, dry pipe sprinkler systems, and drains. 7. Plain End Couplings: Plain end couplings (Roust -A -Bouts, Plainloks or similar couplings) not acceptable. 8. Hole Cut. Outlets: a. Not acceptable for new systems. 2.4 VALVES A. General: UL listed and labeled and FM approved, minimum 175 psi class. B. Gate Valves: 1. 2 Inch and Smaller: Bronze body, gate, solid wedge disc, OS&Y, screwed, rising stem. Include valve monitor switch. 2. 2-1 /2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron body, gate, solid wedge disc, OS&Y, flanged, rising stem. Include valve monitor switch. C. Butterfly Valves: Cast iron body with internal surfaces coated and disc coated or plated. Include slow close handwheel and gear operator and visual indication of valve position. End connections wafer, lug, or grooved. Include built-in dual valve monitor switch. D. Check Valves: Swing check, end connections to match adjacent piping, cast iron body, bronze seat, stainless steel clapper, replaceable rubber seal. Include tapping for bronze ball drip drain for fire department connection. E. Wet Pipe Alarm Valve Assemblies and Appurtenances: Cast iron body, cast bronze clapper, clamp ring, and valve seat. Include tapped bosses with standard trim including retarding chamber with auxiliary valve, pressure gages, pressure operated relief valve, alarm test valve, and drain valves. F. [Dry Pipe Alarm Valve Assemblies and Appurtenances: Cast iron differential type alarm valve and trim, tank mounted air compressor, air maintenance device, accelerator (quick opening device), anti -flood device, and alarm devices. Coordinate emergency power for air compressor and fire alarm requirements with work of Division 28.) G. Standpipe Hose Valve: 2-1 /2 inch polished brass angle globe hose valve with wheel handle, cap, and chain. Cap with 1/8 inch diameter hole drilled in face to relieve water pressure. Threads compatible for use with local fire department equipment. Potter - Roemer Model 4065 cap with Model 4626 chain or approved. H. Valves Controlling Sprinklers in Elevator Machine Rooms: Normally closed solenoid valve, brass body, 24 VDC. 211000 - 6 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 2.5 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Automatic sprinkler quick response heads of the type as required by the AHJs and finish for the areas and ceiling construction designated. Refer to Article "Sprinkler Heads Schedule" in this section. B. Operating Temperature: Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. Select to compensate for the maximum temperatures which occur in a particular area during either winter or summer conditions from such sources as unit heaters and sunlight. In no case use heads rated less than 50 F higher than anticipated ambient temperature. C. Extended coverage sprinkler heads may be used subject to approval by the AHJs. D. Include escutcheon, self-adjusting type, spring-loaded, or friction fit for each pendant sprinkler head fitting against ceiling. E. Sprinkler Head Guards: Include where sprinkler heads are subject to damage and for sprinkler heads installed lower than 7 feet above finished floor, grating, and maintenance access area. Wire basket type with screw type fastener. Spring clip type fastener not acceptable. Chrome or nickel plated in finished areas. F. Sprinkler Cabinet: Include with required number of sprinkler heads of ratings and types installed. Also include escutcheons and sprinkler wrench. 2.6 ALARM AND SIGNAL DEVICES A. Waterflow Switch (Systems without Alarm Valves): Vane or paddle type flow switch, installed and connected in such a manner that flow of water equal to or greater than that from a single head will automatically energize fire alarm system. Include field adjustable time delay, adjustable from 0 to 60 seconds. B. Waterflow Switch (Systems with Alarm Valve, Dry Pipe Valve, Preaction Valve, or Deluge Valve): Pressure type. C. [Air Pressure Switch (Dry Pipe System): Arrange to detect problem with maintaining air pressure in pipe.] D. Valve Monitor Switches: 1 1 5 VAC. Built-in dual supervisory switch or attachment for field installed external supervisory switch for gate valves. Include for post indicator valves shown on civil drawings. E. Pressure Gages: 3-1 /2 inch dial, phosphor bronze tube, brass socket, 300 psi range. Include needle valve. 211000 - 7 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS F. Electric Alarm Bell: Weatherproof with red enameled painted hood, back box, and pressure switch. 2.7 BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INTERFACE A. Coordinate with work specified in Division 28. 2.8 FIRE HOSE CABINETS A. Description: [Recessed] [Semi -recessed] mounted, 1-1/4 inch trim, 30 inch by 36 inch by 8 inch interior size. Include 1-1/2 inch hose rack assembly with 100 feet of rack hose, hose valve, and fire extinguisher. Fire rated when installed in fire rated assemblies. B. Materials: 1. Cabinet: Steel, cold -rolled, 1 piece, white baked acrylic enamel finish suitable for finish or prime coat. 2. Door: Full glass, glazed with tempered glass. 3. Hose Rack Assembly: Complete assembly with satin brass angle valve, red enamel steel hose rack with pins and water stop, satin brass rack nipple, satin brass adjustable fog nozzle, and fully lined rack hose with satin brass couplings. 4. Fire Extinguisher: UL rating 2A-10B:C, 5 Ib. capacity, 4-1 /4 inch diameter cylinder, nominal 15 inch overall height, 6 inch overall width. 2.9 SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Supports: Include metal pipe supports, flexible connections, sway braces, hangers, clamps, and other pipe support items in accordance with requirements in NFPA 13. Seismically design pipe hangers and braces per IBC, ASCE 7-05, and NFPA 13. Do not use "C -Clamp" hangers unless they include integral seismic retaining strap. B. Identification Signs: Enameled signs for drain valves, test valves, control valves, and alarm valves indicating their use. C. Miscellaneous Connections and Fittings: Drain valves, inspector's test connections, flushing connections, discharge outlets, and other items in accordance with requirements in NFPA 13. D. Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 200510. E. Pipe Escutcheon Plates: Comply with requirements in Section 2021 15. 211000 - 8 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section.. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Cooperate with other trades to ensure adequate space for piping placement. C. Review drawings, specifications, and Shop Drawings of other trades to coordinate work and minimize unnecessary offsets and revisions to approved Shop Drawings. Failure to coordinate does not relieve fire suppression subcontractor from meeting performance standards. specified in this section. 1. Fire suppression piping shall not: a. Reduce headroom to less than 7'-0", except above catwalks. b. Project into any catwalk, passageway, ladder run, access or egress. c. Interfere with electrical equipment or access to mechanical units (including filters). 2. Install pipe and sprinkler heads above catwalk areas to avoid conflicts with maintenance personnel's access to equipment. Maintain maximum sprinkler head clearance (minimum 6'-6"). Do not run fire suppression piping at floor in mechanical rooms and maintenance access areas. 3. Relocate piping and sprinkler heads which, in the opinion of the A/E, do not comply with the above in a manner acceptable to the A/E. Such relocation may be directed during Shop Drawing review and during construction. If doubt should exist as to the compliance of the above, the fire suppression system subcontractor shall review situation with the A/E prior to rough -in. D. Do not order, fabricate, or install materials until approvals are received from AHJs. 211000 - 9 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL. SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS E. Install material in strict accordance with Shop Drawings approved by the AHJs and reviewed by the A/E. F. Service Interruptions: Comply with requirements of Section 200500. Obtain advance approval from the Owner and local fire department. 3.4 EARTHWORK A. Comply with requirements in Section 200510. 3.5 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSTALLATION A. Install underground service entrance piping according to NFPA 24. B. Install piping concealed above furred ceilings to minimize obstructions. Offset, crossover, and route piping to install system in available space. Install to minimize obstruction to work of other trades. Expose only heads. Only fire suppression piping specifically called out on the Drawings as being exposed shall be below ceiling construction. Install piping through holes in beams as noted on the Drawings. C. Install dry pipe systems to slope to low points, including pipe installed in heated areas. D. Hang piping from roof structure and not from the roof deck itself and not from work of other trades. Hanging pipes from ducts and equipment not acceptable except branch piping serving single sprinkler head below ducts and equipment. For branch piping hung below ducts and equipment, coordinate with those trades for design of duct and equipment hangers and supports to comply with requirements of NFPA 13. E. Install piping system braced to withstand damage from earthquakes. Install flexible couplings and earthquake bracing in accordance with IBC, ASCE 7-05, and NFPA 13. F. Install system and auxiliary drains to discharge to paved areas, concrete splash blocks, suitable waste within building, or to other locations as indicated or required by the A/E. Exterior drain locations shall be approved by the A/E. Install drain outlets on the building exterior between 6 and 18 inches above finished grade. Direct connection to sewer systems not acceptable. Install drain valves at interior walls maximum 5 feet above finished floor, grating, and maintenance access area. Do not install drain valves on outside of building. For concealed drain valves, install access panels. Install dirt legs and drain valves at low points of piping to permit complete drainage of system without disconnection of any piping. G. Install ball drip valve on check valve to drain piping for fire department connection. Drain to floor drain or outside building. Escutcheon Plates: Install at exposed pipe penetrations of ceilings, floors, and walls. 211000- 10 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS I. Install head guards on sprinkler heads installed lower than 7 feet above finished floor, grating, and maintenance access area. Install on exterior sprinkler heads. J. Install sprinkler cabinet adjacent to alarm valve assembly. K. Install inspector test valve at highest and most hydraulically remote part of system in relation to riser assembly. Locate test valves to be accessible from floor. Coordinate locations with A/E. Pipe to standpipe drain or exterior concrete splash block. L. Install sleeves through walls and floors. Comply with requirements in Section 200510. M. Installelectric alarm bell on exterior wall of building. Obtain A/E approval of location. N. Identification Signs: Install with chain on stem of valves. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13 and NFPA 14. O. Install fire hose cabinets plumb and level. Secure to adjacent surfaces. Establish top of cabinet (inside horizontal) surface 66 inches above finished floor. 3.6 FIRE DETECTION AND SYSTEM ACTUATION A. Coordinate with fire alarm system work in Division 28. B. Switches: Install waterflow switch for fire sprinkler systems. [Install air pressure switch for dry pipe alarm valve risers.] Install valve monitor switches for valves, including post indicator valves. 3.7 ELECTRIC POWER FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS A. Coordinate electrical power source required for work of this section with Division 26. B. Where not shown on the electrical drawings, provide power wiring from electrical panel circuit breakers to devices requiring line voltage power. Similarly, provide low voltage wiring from alarm and signal devices to fire alarm system for final connections by the fire alarm system subcontractors. C. Where emergency power is included in the work or exists in building, extend electrical power source from that emergency power system. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Flush, test, and inspect fire suppression and standpipe systems according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 14. B. Tests: 211000- 11 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 1. Test fire suppression and standpipe piping in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 14. No leakage permitted in piping. Prior to performing pressure test, notify AHJs and A/E of pressure test schedule. 2. Test complete alarm system, including control and signal circuits: a. Operate each signal initiating device. b. Test operation of features of system under normal operation. c. Test supervisory features of system. C. Notice: Give 1 week notice and arrange for field tests and inspections by AHJs, including paying for inspection fees and securing permits for same. D. Approval and Acceptance: After fire suppression and standpipes systems have been completely installed, tested, and substantial completion review items corrected, obtain approval and acceptance of systems by AHJs in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 14. Retests due to failure to meet design requirements shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. Submit completed Contractor's Material and Test Certificate using form in NFPA 13. 3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. B. Apply masking tape or paper cover to protect sprinkler heads, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons to protect from field painting. Remove after painting. Remove sprinkler heads having paint other than factory finish and provide new. Cleaning and reuse of painted sprinkler heads not acceptable. C. Protect sprinkler heads from damage until Substantial Completion. D. Fire suppression system subcontractor shall be responsible during installation and testing periods of sprinkler systems for any damage to work of others and to building and its contents caused by leaks in equipment, by unplugged or disconnected pipes, fittings or by overflow, and shall pay for necessary replacements or repairs to work of others damaged by such leakage. 3.10 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 6 hours. B. Prior to the date of beneficial occupancy, instruct the Owner and their selected personnel in the operation of the fire suppression systems. Take special care to ensure that the Owner will: 1. Immediately recognize whether shutoff valves are open or closed position. 2. Know how to drain systems. 3. Know how to test waterflow alarms and valve monitor switches. 21 1000 - 12 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 211000 09819.00 AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS 4. Be familiar with contents of material included in the Operating and Maintenance Manual described in this section, including requirements of NFPA 25. 3.11 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 3.12 SPRINKLER HEADS SCHEDULE Area/Ceiling Head Type Head Finish Escutcheon Finish Suspended or Hard Ceiling Fully concealed Plain White Areas without Suspended Ceiling Upright Plain Where Required Sidewall Satin Chrome Satin Chrome Subject to Freezing Dry Recessed Pendent or Dry Recessed Sidewall Satin Chrome Satin Chrome END OF SECTION 211000 - 13of13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221116 09819.00 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM SECTION 221116 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes domestic water piping for potable and non -potable systems and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200510, and 202110 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable plumbing code pertaining to materials, products, and installation of domestic water piping. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this•section. Include blank copy of test report form. C. Certificates: 1. Certificates of Inspection by Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 2. Certificates of Satisfactory Bacteriological Test D. Test Reports: 1. Field test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and • Maintenance Manual. 1.4 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Thermal wells, flow switches, and similar components. 221116-1 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221116 09819.00 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Basic piping materials and products required for work of this section are specified in Sections 200510, 200523, 202110, and 202115. Furnish products of sizes, ratings, and characteristics indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information. Furnish quantity of piping and appurtenances required for complete installation. 2.2 POTABLE AND NON -POTABLE WATER PIPING A. All Sizes, Underground and Inside Building: Comply with requirements in Section 202110. Copper tubing only. Sweat, press fittings or flanged joint connections only 2.3 POLYETHYLENE (PEX) TUBING AND FITTINGS A. Tubing: 1.. Material: Crosslinked polyethylene (PEX) manufactured by PEX-a (Engle method). 2. Material Standard: Manufactured in accordance with ASTM F 876 and ASTM F 877 and tested for compliance by an independent third party agency. 3. Ratings: Flame spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50 in accordance with ASTM E 84 for: a. 1/2 through 3/4 inch PEX tubing sizes at spacing not less than 18 inches apart. b. Larger PEX tubing sizes up to 2 inches when encased with fiberglass insulation at 0 inch spacing for maximum 3 adjacent pipes and 18 inch spacing to next tubing run. 4. Minimum Bend Radius (Cold Bending): No less than 6 times outside diameter. Use PEX tubing manufacturer bend supports if radius is less then stated. B. Fittings: 1. Furnished by PEX tubing manufacturer. Comply with requirements in ASTM F877. C. PEX Fittings: a. Fittings manufactured in accordance with and from materials listed in ASTM F 1960. b. Fitting assembly consisting of barbed adapter and applicable sized PEX ring. Barbed insert manufactured with 0 -ring to facilitate pressure testing with air. D. Manufacturers: Upnor Wirsbo AQUAPEX with ProPEX fittings, REHAU North America, or approved. E. PEX tubing shall be acceptable for installation from electronic trap primer panels to floor drain primer connections only. No exceptions. 221116 - 2 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221116 09819.00 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 2.4 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced Pressure Type: ASSE 1013, 1 75 psig working pressure, bronze body and working parts for 2 inch and smaller and cast iron body with FDA epoxy coated internal surfaces or Type 300 stainless steel for 2-1 /2 inch and larger, stainless steel springs, with drain funnel. Include ball valves for 2 inch size and smaller and outside screw and yoke gate valves for 2-1 /2 inch and larger on inlet and outlet, strainer on inlet, test cocks, and relief valve. B. Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011, nickel plated, nonremovable, with manual drain and garden -hose threads on outlet complying with ASME B1.20.7. Units attached to rough -bronze -finish hose connections may be rough bronze. C. Intermediate Atmospheric. Vent Type: ASSE 1012, suitable for continuous pressure application. Include inlet screen and 2 independent check valves with intermediate atmospheric vent. Chrome plated where located in finished spaces. D. Manufacturers: Watts, Ames, Wilkins, no substitutions. Model as listed in "Backflow Prevention Assemblies Approved for Installation in Washington State." 2.5 BASKET STRAINER A. Description: Cast iron body with bolted cover, flanged connections, and drain plug. Select strainer for 125 psi working pressure. Include Type 304 stainless steel screen with minimum 0.063 inch perforations. Interior of body with FDA approved epoxy coating. B. Manufacturers: Spirax Sarco, Metraflex, Watts, or approved. 2.6 WATER METERS A. Pulse Generator: Include pulsing generator for connection to the Direct Digital Control (DDC) system specified in Section 230900. Output pulse generator 3 -wire mercury wetted single pole, double throw contact. Pulse generator calibrated such that maximum digital output of 6 pulses per second shall correspond to maximum rating of meter. In lieu of pulse generator, meter may be equipped with internal components that communicate via RS 232 or RS 485 to DDC system. Internal components calibrated as required for pulse generator. 2.7 TRAP PRIMERS A. Electronic Type: Factory assembled unit with electronic module, 24 Volt transformer, solenoid valve, and integrated strainer, ball valve, brass atmospheric vacuum breaker, 221116 - 3 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221116 09819.00 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM multiport distribution manifold, and interconnecting piping. Assembly mounted in a galvanized steel enclosure with cover for surface or recessed installation as noted on drawings. ASSE 1044. Zurn Z1020, Precision Plumbing Products (P.P.P.), or approved. 2.8 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 200510. B. Supports and Anchors: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. C. Thermometers and Pressure Gages: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. D. Pipe Escutcheons: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. E. Pipe Wrap: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. F. Valves 1. General: Comply with requirements in Section 200523. 2. Vacuum Relief Valves: Brass body, high heat resistant disc. Valve closes quickly and tightly under pressure and opens on vacuum of not over 1/2 inch mercury. Watts No. N36 or approved. 3. Thermostatic Mixing Valves at Water Heaters, Banks of Showers, and Similar Applications: Comply with requirements in Section 224000. G. Water Hammer Arresters: General: Factory -sealed shock arresters with direct action bellows or piston, rated in accordance with Plumbing Drainage Institute Standard P.D.I. WH -201 Standard or ASSE 1010. Jay R. Smith, Josam, Sioux Chief, Precision Plumbing Products (P.P.P.), Zurn, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 221116 - 4 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221116 09819.00 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. B. Install pipe supports in accordance with MSS SP -69 and Section 202115, whichever is more stringent. C. Install hot and cold water piping runouts to fixtures of sizes indicated, but in no case smaller than required by applicable plumbing code. D. Install isolation valves at major toilet groups and as indicated on the Drawings. E. Install balancing valves specified in Section 200523 on domestic hot water and non - potable hot water recirculating systems at branch connections to mains. F. Install water meter on hydronic piping system water make-up pipe. G. Install water hammer arresters in accordance with Plumbing Drainage Institute Standard P.D.I. WH -201 or ASSE 1010 recommendations. Install at ends of hot and cold water pipes serving 2 or more fixtures and at solenoid valves, dishwashers, clothes washers, and other equipment having quick closing valves. 3.5 POLYETHYLENE TUBING AND FITTINGS INSTALLATION A. PEX tubing allowed where concealed in stud walls and in accessible ceiling spaces to serve floor drain and floor sink primer connections only, no exceptions. Install tubing with required insulation to meet flame spread and smoke developed ratings, in accordance with tubing manufacturer's recommendations, and as indicated in tubing manufacturer's installation handbook. B. Do not install within 6 inches of gas appliance vents and within 12 inches of recessed Tight fixtures. C. Do not solder within 18 inches of tubing in same waterline. Make sweat connections prior to making tubing connections. 221116 - 5 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221116 09819.00 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM D. Do not expose tubing to direct sunlight for more than 30 days. If construction delays are encountered, cover tubing that is exposed to direct sunlight. E. Ensure no glues, solvents, sealants or chemicals come in contact with tubing without prior permission from tubing manufacturer. F. Use grommets or sleeves at penetrations for tubing passing through metal studs. G. Protect tubing with sleeves where abrasion may occur. H. Install engineered secondary pipe positioning and support systems specified in Section 202115 where tubing penetrates stud and joists and for horizontal supports. I. Use tubing manufacturer supplied bend supports where bends are less than 6 times outside pipe diameter. Locate supports at not less than 32 inches between hangers in accordance with manufacturer's tubing installation handbook and slope to drain. K. Install riser installations with epoxy -coated riser clamps at base of ceiling per floor. L. Install mid -story support for riser applications. M. Install underground tubing inside building in PVC pipe as specified in Section 202110. 3.6 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS J. A. Connect hot and cold water piping to mechanical equipment as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. Install shutoff valve and union for each connection and drain valve on drain connection. Locate unions to allow removal of equipment without piping disassembly beyond union. B. Install supplies, stops, pressure reducing valves, and similar devices as required between kitchen plumbing fixtures and rough -in plumbing for a complete installation. Kitchen equipment supplier will install plumbing fixtures in Kitchen. 3.7 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Install in accordance with "Backflow Prevention assemblies Approved for Installation in Washington State. Install maximum 5 feet above finished floor. B. Route funnel drain to the nearest floor drain, mop sink, or other approved receptor. Avoid trip hazard. 221116 - 6 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221116 09819.00 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 3.8 PRESSURE TESTING A. Test piping at full working pressure in accordance with applicable plumbing code. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3.9 EXTERIOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install exterior water service piping in compliance with local governing regulations. 3.10 STERILIZATION AND FLUSHING OF WATER PIPING A. After completion of water piping installation, flush system. Take sample of water from system to determine compliance with Health Department standards. Obtain necessary tests from governing Health Department. If sample is not in compliance, perform sterilization. B. Sterilize for eight hour contact time with 50 parts per million chlorine concentration. Open valves several times. Follow by flushing with clean water until residual chlorine is less than 0.2 parts per million. Sterilizing non -potable water piping not required. C. After flushing and sterilization are complete, conduct tests to determine compliance with Health Department standards for sterilization results. If pipe system is found to be contaminated, correct defects and perform additional flushing and sterilization until satisfactory results are obtained. D. Submit written certification of flushing and sterilization by local AHJ. 3.1 1 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 6 hours. 3.12 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 221116 - 7 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 123 09819.00 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS SECTION 221123 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes natural gas piping and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ANSI Z21.80, Standard for Line Pressure Regulators. 2. ASME B31.2, Fuel Gas Piping. 3. International Fuel Gas Code. 4. NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code. 5. Local gas utility company coordination requirements for gas service. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. C. Testing Reports: Pressure testing records. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Basic piping materials and products required for work of this section are specified in Sections 200510, 202110, and 202115. Furnish products of sizes, ratings, and characteristics indicated which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information. Furnish quantity of piping and appurtenances required for complete installation. Furnish materials and products complying with ASME B31.2 where applicable with pressure rating on natural gas piping system selected for maximum design pressures. 221123-1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 123 09819.00 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 2.2 INDOOR AND OUTDOOR NATURAL GAS PIPING A. Pipe and Fittings: Comply with requirements in Section 202110. For exposed installations, use steel piping with the following exceptions: 1. Grooved Joint Couplings and Fittings and Teflon Tape on Screwed Connections: Not acceptable. 2. Unions: Use only type approved by UPC and AHJ. 3. Fittings: Malleable iron screwed where acceptable to the AHJ, otherwise forged steel socket weld. 4. Flexible Tubing: Type 300 series corrugated stainless steel tubing (CSST) and flame retardant jacket with compatible mechanical brass fittings acceptable. Gastight Division/Titeflex Corp. or Dumont. 5. Flexible Connector: Type 304 braided stainless steel. Screwed, welded, or flanged ends. CSA approved. UL listed for flammable and combustible gases and liquids. Rated for 1 75 psig at 70 F. Flex -Hose UltraFuel Flex or approved. 2.3 UNDERGROUND NATURAL GAS PIPING (EXTERIOR TO BUILDING) A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 2513, SDR II polyethylene (PE), 60 psi minimum working pressure as approved by local authorities. B. PE Fittings: ASTM D 2683, socket -fusion type or ASTM D 3261, butt -fusion type with dimensions matching PE pipe. C. Where underground steel piping and fittings are required for connections to gas meter assembly and for exposed piping, finish with field applied pipe wrap. Comply with requirements in Section 202115. 2.4 VALVES A. Gas Cocks 1-1/2 Inch and Smaller: 175 psig non -shock WOG, bronze straightway, flat or square head, threaded ends. Include handle. Nordstrom No. 142, NIBCO, or approved. B. Gas Cocks 2 Inch and Larger: 175 psig non -shock WOG, cast iron body, bronzed mounted, straightway cock, square head, flanged ends. Include handle. Nordstrom No. 143, NIBCO, or approved. C. Solenoid Valves: Line size, brass or aluminum body, Nitrile rubber seats and disc, line voltage, two-way, normally closed, manual reset, visual indication. UL listed and labeled and FM approved for fuel gas service. ASCO Red Hat 8000 Series or approved. D. Seismic Shutoff Valves: UL and IAMPO listed and labeled. Rated for 60 psig maximum working pressure. Include visual open/close indicator, manual reset, and preset tripping mechanism. Sensing means shall actuate shut-off within 5 seconds when subjected to 221123 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 123 09819.00 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS horizontal sinusoidal oscillation having peak acceleration of 0.3g for period of 0.4 seconds. Pacific Seismic Products, or approved. 2.5 PRESSURE REGULATOR A. Indoor Locations: Aluminum die cast body, corrosion resistant internal parts, synthetic rubber diaphragm, nitrile rubber self -aligning valve. Valve factory assembled and leak tested. Regulator valve with over -pressure protection device and automatic vent limiting device so that venting regulator to atmosphere is not required. Regulator selected for capacity and inlet and outlet pressures indicated on the Drawings. CSA certified. Comply with ANSI Z21.80. Maxitrol 325 Series or approved. 2.6 GAS METER ASSEMBLY . By local gas utility. B. Coordinate for meter to be equipped with a pulse signal output for connection to Direct Digital Control (DDC) system specified in Section 230900. 2.7 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 200510. Use cast iron pipe sleeves through exterior walls, both above and below grade. B. Supports and Anchors: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. C. Pipe Escutcheons: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. D. Vent Cap: Screened type. Clay & Bailey CB -300. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 221123-3of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 123 09819.00 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 3.4 INDOOR AND OUTDOOR PIPING AND COMPONENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. B. Comply with NFPA 54 for installation and purging of natural gas piping. C. Install pipe supports in accordance with MSS SP -69 and Section 221 123, whichever is more stringent. D. Remove cutting burrs before assembling piping. E. Use sealants which are chemically resistant to natural gas on metal gas piping threads. Use sealants sparingly, and apply to only male threads of metal joints. F. Ground gas piping electrically and continuously within project. Bond tightly to grounding connection. G. Install drip legs in gas piping at equipment connections and where required by code. H. Install "Tee" fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped at bottom of pipe risers. I. Install dielectric unions where dissimilar metals are joined. J. Install piping with 1 inch slope in 60 feet (0.14 per cent) in direction of flow. K. For concealed installations, flexible tubing allowed where concealed in stud walls and where installed in vented PVC sleeves below slabs on grade. Install steel pipe for other concealed locations. L. For pressure regulators installed outdoors, pipe vent full size and terminate with weatherproof vent cap or 180 degree fitting with screen. M. Install gas valves at branch connections and risers. Locate to be accessible and protected from possible injury. 221123-4of5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 123 09819.00 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS 3.5 UNDERGROUND PIPING INSTALLATION (EXTERIOR TO BUILDING) A. Comply with NFPA 54 for installation and purging of natural gas piping. B. Install underground, natural gas piping buried at least 36 inches below finished grade. Comply with requirements in Division 32 for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. C. Install underground PE natural gas piping according to ASTM D 2774. D. Apply pipe wrap specified in Section 202115 on underground steel piping and fittings. 3.6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Connect gas piping to gas-fired equipment item with drip leg, shutoff gas cock, and flexible connector. Do not conceal components. Install gas valves to allow for easy access. ' Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.7 FLUSHING OF NATURAL GAS PIPING A. After completion of natural gas piping installation and prior to pressure testing, flush interior surfaces by injecting dry nitrogen into open ends of piping just prior to making final connections to equipment and utility services. 3.8 PRESSURE TESTING A. Test natural gas piping in accordance with ASME B31.2, and local utility requirements and this section. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3.9 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 4 hours. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 221123 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 221316 SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SYSTEMS SECTION 221316 SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes building drainage piping and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Code: Applicable plumbing code pertaining to materials, products, and installation of soil, waste, vent, and storm drain piping. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 1 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. Include blank copy of test report form. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Basic piping materials and products required for work of this section are specified in Sections 200510, 202110, and 202115. Furnish products of sizes, ratings, and characteristics indicated which comply with manufacturer's standardmaterials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information. Furnish quantity of piping and appurtenances required for complete installation. B. Piping specified in this section apply to the following systems: 1. Waste and vent. 2. Grease waste and vent. 3. Indirect drain for equipment, air vent, cooling coil condensate drains and similar applications. 221316- 1 of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 2.2 MANUFACTURERS. SECTION 221316 SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SYSTEMS A. Drains, Cleanouts, and Miscellaneous: Jay R. Smith, Josam, Wade, Zurn, Watts Drainage, Highland Tank, Orion or approved. Jay R. Smith model numbers are listed. 2.3 PIPING, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Piping Materials: 1. Cast Iron: a. Pipe: Service weight cast iron soil pipe marked with collective trademark of Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI). AB&I Foundry, Charlotte Pipe and Foundry, or Tyler Pipe. No substitutions. b. Hub and Spigot Joints: ASTM A 74, compression gasketed type, specifically designed for pipe and fittings used or caulked type. Gaskets ASTM C 564, rubber. c. Hubless Joints: ASTM A 888 or CISPI No. 301 and CISPI No. 310. 1) Couplings for Underground Pipe and Fittings: Compliant with Factory Mutual Research Standard FM 1680, Type 304 stainless steel housing or shield and stainless steel clamps, neoprene gasket with sealing rings to ASTM C 564. Clamp-AII Hi Torque 80 or Husky SD 4000. No substitutions. 2) Couplings for Above -Ground Pipe and Fittings: Type 304 stainless steel housing or shield and stainless steel clamps, neoprene gasket with sealing rings to ASTM C 564. Clamp-AII Hi Torque 80, Husky SD 2000, or Mission Rubber Company HeavyWeight Coupling. No substitutions. d. Fittings: ASTM A 74 for hub and spigot piping and ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301 for hubless piping. 2. Galvanized Steel: a. Pipe: Standard weight or Schedule 40, ASTM A 53 or ASTM A 106. b. Fittings: 1) Drainage Fittings: Galvanized cast iron drainage pattern, screwed, ASME B16.12 2) Vent Fittings: 150 pound galvanized malleable iron, screwed, ASME B16.3. 3. Copper: a. Pipe: Type DWV, hard drawn drainage tubing, ASTM B 306. b. Fittings: Cast copper, ASME B16.23 or wrought copper, ASME B16.29, solder joint. 4. Ductile Iron: a. Pipe: Mechanical joint, AWWA C151, with bell and spigot end. b. Fittings: Ductile or gray iron standard pattern, AWWA C110, or ductile iron compact pattern, AWWA C1 53. c. Glands, Gaskets, Tie Rods, and Bolts: Ductile or gray iron glands, rubber gaskets and steel tie rods and bolts, AWWA C1 1 1. 221316 - 2 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 221316 SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SYSTEMS B. Above -Ground Waste, Vent, Rainleader, and Overflow Rainleader Piping: 1. 1-1/2 Inch and Smaller: Galvanized steel, cast iron, or copper. 2. 2 Inch and Larger: Cast iron. C. Underground Waste, and Vent Piping: Cast iron. D. Indirect Drain (Condensate) Piping: Copper. 2.4 CLEANOUTS A. Standard: Fabricate in accordance with ASME A 112.36.2M. B. Floor Cleanouts (FCO) in Finished Spaces: Coated cast iron body and frame, round adjustable secured nickel -bronze top, taper thread, bronze plug. Include carpet clamping frame where installed in floors with carpet. Verify floor finish with room finish schedule on the architectural drawings. Jay R. Smith Figure 4023S. C. Floor Cleanouts (FCO) in Finished Spaces: Coated cast iron body and frame, square adjustable secured nickel bronze top, with [1/8 inch tile] [1/2 inch terrazzo] recess, taper thread bronze plug. Verify floor finish with room finish schedule indicated on the architectural drawings. Jay R. Smith Figure [4163S] [4203S]. D. Floor Cleanouts (FCO) in Unfinished Spaces: Coated cast iron body and frame, round , adjustable scoriated cast iron top with non -tilt heavy duty cover, taper thread, bronze plug. Jay R. Smith Figures 4243S or 42535. E. Wall Cleanouts (WCO): Cast bronze plug with taper thread, round stainless steel cover and vandal proof screw. Length of screw to suit installation requirements. jay R. Smith Figure 4472T. 2.5 VENTS THROUGH ROOF A. Vent Flashings: 1. Dektite flashings (flexible rubber boot flashing) at pipe penetrations through steel or composition roofs. 2. Use 4 pound per square foot seamless lead flashing skirt, minimum of 8 inches extending from pipe, with conical galvanized steel reinforcing boot and counterflashing fitting on built-up roofing. B. Vandal Proof Vent Caps: Coated cast iron, full size of vent pipe, caulked base connection for cast iron pipes, threaded base for steel pipes with recessed set screw. jay R. Smith Figure 1748. 221316 - 3 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 2.6 AIR ADMITTANCE VALVES SECTION 221316 SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SYSTEMS A. Standard: Fabricate in accordance with ASSE 1050 for vent stacks and ASSE 1051 Type A for single fixtures and Type B for branch piping. B. Material: ABS with inside and outside screens, polystyrene protective cover, and ABS or PVC adaptor. C. [Wall Box for Recessed Installations: White plastic housing and grille. Include bottom pipe connection and space to contain one air admittance valve.] D. Manufacturers: Studor, Oatey, or approved. 2.7 [FLOOR DRAINS A. Standard: Fabricate in accordance with ASME A 112.6.3. B. FD -1, Floor Drain, Finished Areas: Two-piece coated cast iron body, double drainage flange, reversible flashing collar, weepholes, bottom outlet, 5 inch adjustable [round] [square] nickel bronze strainer, trap primer connection, and vandal proof screws. Jay R. Smith Figure 2005. C. FD -2, Floor Drain, Unfinished Areas: Two-piece coated cast iron body, double drainage flange, reversible flashing collar, weepholes, bottom outlet, 7 inch adjustable square nickel bronze strainer, sediment bucket, trap primer connection, and vandal proof screws. Jay R. Smith Figure 2005. D. FD -3, Floor Drain, Can Wash: Coated cast iron body and flashing collar, galvanized 12 inch diameter cast iron grate, cast iron slotted sediment bucket, and vandal proof grate. Jay R. Smith Figure 2230. E. FD -5, Area Drain: Coated cast iron body and flashing collar, galvanized 12 inch diameter cast iron bar grate, sediment bucket, and vandal proof grate. Jay R. Smith Figure 2131. F. FD -6, Planter Drain: Coated cast iron body, galvanized cast iron dome, stainless steel mesh screen, flashing clamp. Jay R. Smith Figure 2675. G. FD -7, Planter Drain with Standpipe: Coated cast iron body, [6] [__] inch long [bronze] [stainless steel] standpipe, covered with stainless steel mesh screen, secured [polished bronze] [chrome plated] [nickel bronze] [rough bronze] dome. Jay R. Smith Figure 2680. H. FFD -1, Funnel Floor Drain: Two-piece coated cast iron body, double drainage flange, reversible flashing collar, weepholes, bottom outlet, adjustable square polished bronze 221316 - 4 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 221316 SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SYSTEMS strainer, 6 inch diameter polished bronze funnel assembly, and trap primer connection. Jay R. Smith Figure 3510 modified with Figure 3581 funnel.] 2.8 [FLOOR SINKS A. Standard: Fabricate in accordance with ASME A 112.6.3. B. FS -1, Floor Sink without Grate: 12 inch square top, less rim and grate, 8 inch deep 14 gage Type 304 stainless steel receptor, no -hub, dome bottom strainer, and trap primer connection. Jay R. Smith Figure 3003. C. 'FS -2, Floor Sink with Half Grate: 12 inch square top, polished stainless steel half -grate, 8 inch deep 14 gage Type 304 stainless steel receptor, no -hub, dome bottom strainer, and trap primer connection. Jay R. Smith Figure 3003. D. FS -3, Floor Sink with Full Grate: 12 inch square top, 6 inch deep 14 gage Type 304 stainless steel receptor, no -hub, dome bottom strainer, and trap primer connection. Include stainless steel, heel -proof, ribbed, non -tilt, loose -set grate. Jay R. Smith Figure 3002. E. FS -4, Floor Sink with Funnel: 12 inch square top, 6 inch deep 14 gage Type 304 stainless steel receptor, no -hub, dome bottom strainer, and trap primer connection. Include stainless steel grate and 4 inch nickel bronze funnel'. Jay R. Smith Figure 3002 with Figure 3580 NB funnel. F. FS -5, Floor Sink with Hinged Grate: 12 inch square top, hinged grate, 6 inch deep 14 gage Type 304 stainless steel receptor, no -hub, dome bottom strainer, and trap primer connection. Jay R. Smith Figure 3002. G. FS -6, Floor Sink without Grate, Floor Grated Areas: 12 inch square top, less grate, 6 inch deep 14 gage Type 304 stainless steel receptor, no -hub, dome bottom strainer, and trap primer connection. Jay R. Smith Figure 3002.] 2.9 INTERCEPTORS AND SEPARATORS A. Exterior Grease Interceptor: Underground precast reinforced concrete construction, 2 sections. Capacity as indicated on the Drawings. Utility Vault Co. or approved. 1. Construction: a. Concrete: 28 day compressive strength f'c = 4500 psi. b. Rebar: ASTM A 61 5, Grade 60. c. Mesh: ASTM A 185, Grade 65. d. Design: ACI -318-83 Building Code and ASTM C 857 "Minimum Structured Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures." 2. Loads: H-20 truck with 30 percent impact per AASHTO. 221316-5of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 221316 SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SYSTEMS B. Solids Interceptor: Coated steel body and sediment strainer with removable stainless steel screens and cast iron cover. Jay R. Smith Figure 871 5T. C. Plaster/Clay Interceptor: Coated cast iron body and aluminum gasketed cover and sediment strainer with removable stainless steel screens. Jay R. Smith 8710T. D. Air Gap, Fixed: Cast iron, set screw inlet connection, threaded, no hub, or spigot outlet, maximum 20 inch long, located between drain outlet and plumbing drainage system to prevent cross -connection. Fabricate in accordance with ASME A 112.1.2. Jay R. Smith Figures 3950, 3951, or 3955. E. Dishwasher Air Gap Fittings: 1. Fitting: ASSE 1021, fitting suitable for deck mounting for use with domestic dishwashers. Plastic body, chrome -plated brass cover and capacity of 5gpm minimum. Inlet pressure of 5 psig minimum at temperature of 140 F minimum. Include 5/8 inch ID inlet and 7/8 inch ID outlet hose connections. 2. Hoses: Rubber suitable for temperature of 140 F minimum. a. Inlet Hose: 5/8 inch ID, 48 inches long. b. Outlet Hose: 7/8 inch ID, 48 inches long. 2.10 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 200510. Use black steel or cast iron pipe for pipe sizes 6 inch diameter and larger. B. Supports: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. C. Pipe Escutcheons: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. D. Pipe Wrap: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. 221316 - 6 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 221316 SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SYSTEMS B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 2021 10. 2. Install with uniform pitch of at least 1/4 inch per foot for horizontal waste, rainleader, and overflow rainleader piping, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or allowed by AHJ. 3. Install cast iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook". 4. Pitch vents for proper drainage. Vent piping may be installed horizontal if required to avoid conflict with building elements. 5. Joints and Connections: a. Bell and Spigot: Neoprene compression seals. b. Hubless: Alternately and incrementally tighten clamp bolts to manufacturer's recommended torque value, using single setpoint torque wrench specifically manufactured for this purpose. Do not use screwdrivers or other types of wrenches. Retorque after 24 hours if required by manufacturer's installation instructions. 6. Copper waste piping for urinals not acceptable. 7. Clean interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. 8. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops. B. Above -Ground Piping: 1. Support horizontal piping to maintain alignment, prevent grade reversals, and prevent sagging. 2. Support vertical stacks at each floor with riser clamps. 3. Hub and Spigot Pipe: Support at 5 feet maximum centers and within 18 inch of each joint. Minimum 1 hanger or support between any 2 joints and fittings. 221316-7of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 221316 SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SYSTEMS 4. Hubless Pipe: Provide hangers and supports in accordance with applicable plumbing code. C. Underground Piping: 1. Perform trenching and backfilling associated with plumbing installation in accordance with pertinent provisions of excavating, filling, and grading requirements in Division 31 and Section 200510. 2. Laying of Hub and Spigot Piping: Install in bedding of trench, graded to provide uniform support for pipe, and to permit joining. Install hubs at upgrade end. 3.5 CLEANOUTS A. Install waste, rainleader, and overflow rainleader cleanouts at base of stacks and in accordance with requirements in the applicable plumbing code. Full pipe size, 4 inch maximum. Locate at minimum 50 foot intervals for piping 4 inch and smaller and at 100 foot intervals for piping 6 inch and larger. B. Install wall cleanouts in restrooms with greater than 2 water closets and urinals. C. Install wall cleanout at sinks below trap arm connection. D. Demonstrate removal of cleanout covers. 3.6 VENTS THROUGH ROOF A. Locations shown on the Drawings are preliminary. Coordinate final locations with other trades, minimum 10'-0" from outside air intakes. B. Install flashings and flashing sleeves to be weatherproof. Install flanges in roofing materials to form watertight connection. C. Install vandal proof vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof. Locate base of cap 6 inches above roof surface or higher where required by the applicable plumbing code. Secure set screw. 3.7 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Install soil and waste piping runouts to plumbing fixtures and drains with approved trap and sizes indicated on the Drawings, but in no case smaller than that required by the applicable plumbing code. B. Locate piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures and drains. 221316-8of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 221316 SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING SYSTEMS C. Make gas- and watertight. Use 1 piece special molded gaskets for connections between outlet of fixtures and soil pipe flanges. D. Install trap where manufacturer does not include trap for fixture. Install to be removable for servicing and replacement. E. Coordinate soil, waste, and rainleader piping as necessary to interface with floor drains, floor sinks, and roof drains. F. Install floor drains and floor sinks in accordance with written manufacturer's instructions at low points of surface areas to be drained or as indicated on the Drawings. Set tops of drains flush with finished floor. Coordinate with architectural [and kitchen] drawings. G. Install drain flashing collar or flange so that no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes. H. Install condensate drains from cooling coil condensate drains with trap. Terminate with 1 inch air gap over floor drain, floor sink, service sink, outdoors, or as indicated on the Drawings. 3.8 PRESSURE TESTING A. Test drainage piping in accordance with applicable plumbing code. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. Test by air or water for metal piping and by air for ABS piping. For installation where pressure testing was performed on multiple sections of pipes, retest once all waste and vent piping has been installed. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3.9 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 221316 - 9 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 513 09819.00 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS SECTION 221513 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES c A. Description: Work includes compressed air piping, air compressors, receivers, lubricators, regulators, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards:. 1. ASME B31.1, Power Piping, for compressed air piping operating at more than 1 50 psig. 2. ASME B31.9, Building Services Piping, for compressed air piping operating at 1 50 psig or less. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 1 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. Include blank copy of test report form. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate (using large scale) details of construction conditions, joints and accessories, dimensions, and finishes. D. Test Reports: 1. Field start-up and test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Basic piping materials and products required for work of this section are specified in Sections 200510, 2021 10, and 202115. Furnish products of sizes, ratings, and 221513-1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 513 09819.00 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS characteristics indicated which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information. Furnish quantity of piping and appurtenances required for complete installation. 2.2 INDOOR COMPRESSED AIR PIPING A. Pipe and Fittings: Comply with requirements in Section 202110 for black steel piping. 2.3 [AIR COMPRESSOR A. Description: Factory assembled package with [compressor mounted on a [horizontal] [vertical] receiver] [compressor and separate receiver mounted on a fabricated steel base]. B. Air Compressor: Pressure lubricated, two stage, air cooled, belt driven motor supported on a [horizontal] [vertical] receiver. Compression main bearings either roller or ball type. Include open drip proof motor mounted on adjustable slide rails. Include pressure gage, gage cock, pulsation dampener, intake air filter, and enclosed belt guard. OR C. Air Compressor: Splash lubricated, single acting, two stage, air cooled, belt driven motor supported on a steel base. Compression main bearings either roller or ball type. Include continuous duty, open drip proof motor, pressure gage, gage cock, 10 micron intake air filter, discharge aftercooler; intercooler with ASME safety relief valve, and enclosed belt guard. D. Receiver: [Integral,] [Vertical], galvanized steel, designed for 200 psig and constructed to ASME. Factory air test to 1-1/2 times working pressure. Include safety relief valve, pressure gage, and automatic electronic drain. E. Electrical and Controls: Include magnetic motor starter and high and low pressure switches for single point electrical connection. F. Manufacturers: Ingersoll-Rand, Quincy, or approved.] 2.4 [REFRIGERATED AIR DRYER A. Description: Non -cycling, refrigerated with hermetic reciprocating compressor, unit mounted starter, air-cooled aftercooler, moisture separator, coalescing after filter, and automatic type drain. Capacity not less than that for the air compressor. B. Refrigerant: R -134a. 221513 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 513 09819.00 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS C. Instrumentation: On/off switch, power on Tight, high evaporator air temperature light, air inlet temperature gage, refrigerant suction pressure gage, air outlet pressure gage, and air inlet pressure gage. D. Manufacturers: Ingersoll-Rand, ZEKS, Hankison International, Pneumatech, Quincy, or approved.] 2.5 COMBINATION FILTER/REGULATOR[/LUBRICATOR] A. Description: Filter element sintered polypropylene for filtration to 5 microns. Filter [and lubricator] with zinc metal bowl[s]. Nitrite seals. Maximum operating condition 250 psig and 175 F. Include gage on regulator for range from 0 to 160 psig. Adjustable pressure setpoint over entire gage range. Wilkerson Combination Unit C Series or approved. OR B. Description: Unit with 1/2 inch inlet, polycarbonate bowl with guard, 2 to 125 psi adjustable output, pressure gage, and mounting bracket. ARO Module/Air 2000 or approved. 2.6 AUTOMATIC ELECTRONIC DRAIN A. Description: Automatic electronic drain, floating seal solenoid, adjustable drain cycle time, adjustable valve open period, 200 psig rated valve, wall mount tabs, 110 Volt. Quincy Northwest Posi-Drain or approved. 2.7 QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLINGS A. Description: Brass, 125 psig working pressure. Female side of coupling (fixed end) with male thread connection and automatic shutoff. Male side with hose stem and ball check. 2.8 HOSE REELS A. Description: Brass, compatible hose, clamps, couplings, and splicers suitable for compressed air service, 1 /2 inch nominal diameter rated for 200 psig minimum working pressure, [30] [50] [100] [ ] foot length. B. Hose: Reinforced single wire braid, CR -covered hose for compressed air service. C. Hose Clamps: Stainless steel clamps or bands. 2.9 COMPRESSED AIR HOSE A. Description: Multipurpose compressed air hose for use with pneumatic hand tools, 1/2 inch nominal diameter, 50 foot length. Include end fittings for connecting to quick disconnect couplings and to hand tools. Furnish 2 rolls of hose for Owner's use. 221513 - 3 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 513 09819.00 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS 2.10 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 200510. B. Supports and Anchors: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. C. Pressure Gages: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. D. Pipe Escutcheons: Comply with requirements in Section 2021 15. E. Valves: Comply with requirements in Section 200523. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 3.4 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. B. Install with minimum uniform pitch of 1/8 inch per foot towards drain. C. Install 6 inch long capped and valved drip leg at bottom of each air drop and at end of each main and branch main. 221513-4of6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221513 09819.00 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS D. Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance. E. Install branch connections to compressed air mains from top of main. F. Install pressure gage on discharge piping from each air compressor and on each receiver. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Connect compressed air piping to air compressors and to compressed air outlets and equipment requiring compressed air service. I. Install unions adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine and specialty. J. Apply pipe wrap specified in Section 202115 on underground steel piping and fittings. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF COMPRESSED AIR EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS A. Install equipment with clearances for service and maintenance. B. Floor Mounted Equipment: 1. Install on level surface. 2. Anchor bolt to housekeeping pads. C. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. 3.6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Connect compressed air piping to mechanical equipment as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. Install shutoff valve and union for each connection and drain valve on drain connection. Locate unions to allow removal of equipment without piping disassembly beyond union. 3.7 FLUSHING OF COMPRESSED AIR PIPING A. After completion of compressed air piping installation and prior to pressure testing, flush interior surfaces by injecting dry nitrogen into open ends of piping just prior to making final connections to equipment. 3.8 PRESSURE TESTING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200510. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manual. 221513 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 221 513 09819.00 COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SYSTEMS 3.9 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 6 hours. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 221513 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 222123 PLUMBING PUMPS SECTION 222123 PLUMBING PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes plumbing pumps and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 20051 5 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of piping, fittings, and associated appurtenances. Include blank copy of test report form. C. Pump Curves: Submit head, efficiency, brake horsepower, and NPSH curves compared to capacity for each pump and for combined pumps operating in parallel. Plot curves from zero to maximum flow. Indicate pump operating point. Identify pump equipment number, fluid pumped, specific gravity, pump speed, and impeller size. Submit family of impeller curves for selected pump size. A single pump curve not acceptable. D. Test Reports: 1. Start-up and test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SELECTION A. Select pumps in the mid-range of available impeller diameters for a given pump, at no less than 2/3 the flow rate at maximum efficiency, and with a drive motor sized to operate non -overloading at any point on the pump curve for the impeller selected. 222123 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 222123 PLUMBING PUMPS B. Select pump casing sized large enough to accommodate impeller at least 1 cataloged diameter larger than size of impeller to be furnished. C. Select pump for maximum 15 feet per second discharge velocity. 2.2 DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS A. Description: Centrifugal, in-line, close -coupled, single stage, electric motor -driven, all bronze or stainless construction suitable for domestic water. B. Construction: Bronze casing, bronze impeller, stainless steel shaft, bronze replaceable shaft sleeve, screwed connections or flanged ends with screwed companion flanges. All stainless steel construction acceptable. C. Shaft Seals: Mechanical, ceramic/carbon faces with Buna-N bellows. D. Motor: NEMA Standard open drip proof, single speed. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. E. Manufacturers: Bell & Gossett 60 Series, Armstrong, Grundfos, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PUMPS A. General: Support pumps and piping separately so piping is not supported by pumps. 222123 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 222123 PLUMBING PUMPS B. In -Line Pumps: Provide rod hangers to support from piping system with access to oil cups, service, and maintenance. Mount maximum of 5'-0" above floor. Comply with requirements in Section 200515 for rod hangers, and Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. 3.5 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 2 hours. 3.6 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, • coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 222123 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224000 09819.00 PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes plumbing' fixtures and fittings, installations of and connections to Owner furnished plumbing fixtures and fixtures furnished under other specification divisions and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category through one source from a single manufacturer. If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that category. C. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable plumbing code pertaining to materials, products, and installation of plumbing fixtures. 2. ICC Al 17.1, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 3. Public Law 102-486, Energy Policy Act. 4. NSF 61, Drinking Water System Components Health Effects. D. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible. E. Fixtures shall be vandal resistant. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. Indicate accessories where required for complete system and installation instructions. 224000 - 1 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224000 09819.00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with disabilities. B. Fittings and Trim: Devices that control flow of water into or out of plumbing fixture. Fittings specified in this section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate roughing -in and final plumbing fixture locations, and verify that fixtures can be installed to comply with original design and referenced standards. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Water Closets and Urinals: Kohler, American Standard, Crane, Zurn, no substitutions B. Lavatories and Wash Fountains: Kohler, American Standard, Crane, Acorn, Bradley, Zurn, or approved. C. Stainless Steel Sinks: Just, Franke, Elkay, Kindred, or approved. D. Service Sinks: Kohler, Fiat, Acorn, or approved. E. Drinking Fountains and Electric Water Coolers: Haws, Halsey Taylor, Oasis, Elkay, Sunroc, or approved. F. Emergency Fixtures: Haws, Bradley, Guardian, Acorn, Speakman, or approved. G. Faucets: Chicago Faucets, no exceptions. H. Showers: Glasco, Acorn, Bradley, Fiat, or approved. I. Fittings and Trim: T & S Brass, McGuire, BrassCraft, or approved. J• Flush Valves: Sloan, no exceptions. K. Closet Seats: Olsonite, Bemis, Beneke, or approved. L. Under -Sink Protection for Accessible Fixtures: Truebro Lav Guard, McGuire Pro Wrap, or approved. 224000 - 2 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224000 09819.00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 2.2 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM, GENERAL A. Fixture Color: White unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Exposed Metal Parts: Chromium over nickel finish. C. Stop Valves: Include in water connections to fixtures, except where fitting has integral stops. Loose key angle pattern with lock shield, annealed vertical tube, polished chrome plate finish where exposed and rough where concealed. D. Exposed Supplies: 1/2 inch outside diameter annealed vertical tubing. E. Pipe Escutcheons: Include where pipe or other fitting enters wall at fixture. Comply with requirements in Section 202115. F. Tailpiece Extension, Trap, and Arm to Wall: 17 gage, seamless, chrome plated tubing with cleanout for sinks. G. Vacuum Breaker: Include on water supply to each fixture which has a water connection located below the rim and for fixtures with faucets with threaded outlets for hose attachment, flow-through pattern. H. Trap Primers: Include for floor drains and floor sinks. I. Under -Sink Protection for Accessible Fixtures: 1. Description: Fully molded flexible vinyl insulation kit for drain piping, P -trap, and hot and cold water supplies under lavatory to meet American with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. 2. Rating: UL listed in accordance with ADA. 3. Components: Smooth exterior conforming to pipe and fittings, hidden fastening system, removable trap cleanout cover, and hinged cap at stop valves to allow quick access with snap closure. 224000 - 3 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224000 09819.00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 2.3 WATER CLOSETS 2.4 URINALS 2.5 LAVATORIES 2.6 SINKS 2.7 SERVICE SINKS 2.8 GAS, AIR, AND VACUUM TURRETS 2.9 SHOWERS 2.10 DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS 2.11 EMERGENCY FIXTURES 2.12 HOSE BIBBS AND WALL HYDRANTS 2.13 SOLIDS INTERCEPTORS 2.14 I NSTA-HOT 2.15 MISCELLANEOUS 2.16 FIXTURE SUPPORTS A. Water Closet Carriers: 1. Concealed heavy duty cast iron carrier, vertical or horizontal adjustable pattern. Furnish type as required to fit within available wall space. 2. Include support feet set on sub -floor or cast in sub -floor. 3. Include brass fixture attachment bolts with double nuts and chrome -plated acorn type nuts. B. Wall Hung Fixtures other than Water Closets: 1. Concealed fixture hanger constructed for fixture. 2. Include cast iron feet set on sub -floor, cast in sub -floor, or supported by floor-to-- ceiling loor-to-ceiling pipes. 3. Include concealed arm fixture supports where suitable for fixture. 2.17 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES [, SINGLE] A. General: Self contained thermostatic mixing valve with solid bimetal thermostat to control hot and cold water intake and compensate for supply temperature and pressure fluctuations. 224000 - 4 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224000 09819.00 PLUMBING FIXTURES B. Construction: Rough bronze finish with bronze, brass, and stainless steel internal components. C. Components: 1. integral wall support and cast lever handle with locking temperature regulator. 2. Adjustable high temperature limit stop set for 120 F. 3. Union angle strainer checkstops on inlets. 4. Color coded dial with directional indicators. D. Manufacturer: Leonard Type TM, Powers, or approved. 2.18 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES [, HIGH/LOW MANIFOLD SYSTEM] A. General: Factory prepiped and tested high/low manifold system with self contained mixing valves, each with solid bimetal thermostat to control hot and cold water intake and compensate for supply temperature and pressure fluctuations. B. Construction: Rough bronze finish with bronze, brass, and stainless steel internal components for mixing valves. Copper pipe with sweat joints and cast bronze fittings with screwed ends. C. Components: 1. Integral wall support and lever handle with locking temperature regulator for mixing valves. 2. Adjustable high temperature limit stop for mixing valves set for 120 F. 3. Union angle strainer checkstops on inlets. 4. Ball valves on outlets. 5. Pressure regulating valve with pressure gages. 6. Color coded dial thermometer, 0 to 140 F range. 7. Inlet piping manifold. 8. [[Baked enamel steel,] [Stainless steel,] [recessed] [surface mounted] cabinet.]] D. Manufacturer: Leonard High -Low Manifold System with Type TM mixing valves, Powers, or approved. 2.19 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES, EMERGENCY FIXTURES A. General: Self contained thermostatic mixing valve with dirt and lime resistant piston cylinder design and paraffin -based action technology. Include checkstops for each valve. Valve ensures cold water flow if valve fails or loss of hot water. Complies with ANSI Z 358-1. Factory set at 85 F. B. Construction: Rough bronze. C. Components: 224000 - 5 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224000 09819.00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 1. Tamper resistant temperature adjustment control. 2. Dial thermometer. 3. Vacuum breaker. 4. [Painted steel,] [Stainless steel,] [recessed] [wall mounted] [cabinet]]. D. Manufacturer: Powers Hydroguard Model ES 150 or approved. 2.20 WALL AND FLOOR SEALANT A. Manufacturer and Type: Color to match fixture. General Electric No. 1200 Silicone Building Sealant, Dow Corning No. 780 Construction Sealant, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. B. Examine roughing -in for water, soil, and waste piping systems and supports to verify actual locations and sizes of piping connections and that locations and types of supports match those indicated, before plumbing fixture installation. Use manufacturer's roughing -in data. C. Examine walls, floors, and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the.work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 224000 - 6 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224000 09819.00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 3.4 WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION A. Thermostatic mixing valve manufacturer's authorized representative shall meet with the plumbing subcontractor at the job site. Purpose is to assure that all parties understand what interconnections are required. B. After thermostatic mixing valve installation, meet again with the plumbing subcontractor to inspect the installation, advise as to any required changes, and make final adjustments to the mixing valves and high temperature limit stops. 3.5 PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Assemble fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers' written instructions. Refer to architectural drawings for mounting heights. B. Wall -Hung Fixtures: Install with off -floor supports affixed to building substrate, anchored to allow no movement. Water closet carriers shall be securely anchored, utilizing all available bolt holes including rear support lugs and anchor foot assembly. C. Floor -Mounted Fixtures: 1. Install on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building substrate. 2. Install back -outlet water closets attached to building floor substrate and wall bracket and onto waste fitting seals. D. Counter -Mounted Fixtures: Install and attach to casework. E. Install water -supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. F. For fixtures without integral traps, install trap and waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to sanitary drainage system. G. Install flush valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach. H. Install toilet seats on water closets. I. Install trap -seal liquid in waterless urinals. J• Install faucet -spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. K. Install water -supply, flow -control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves. 224000 - 7 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224000 09819.00 PLUMBING FIXTURES L. Install faucet, flow -control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. M. Install shower, valve, mixing valve and shower head. N. Install disposer in outlet of each sink indicated to have disposer. Install switch where indicated or in wall adjacent to sink if location is not indicated. O. Install dishwasher air -gap fitting at each sink indicated to have air -gap fitting. Install in sink deck. Connect inlet hose to dishwasher and outlet hose to disposer. P. Install hot-water dispensers in back top surface of sink. Q. Install escutcheons at piping wall and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep -pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with requirements in Section 2021 15. R. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters with wall and floor sealant, except for bottom of wall hung fixtures. S. Trap Insulation for Accessible Fixtures: Install on exposed drain pipes, traps, tailpieces, waste arm, and on exposed hot and cold water piping stops and supplies. Install per manufacturer's recommendations with fasteners located out of sight for clean appearance. T. Install frost proof hydrants 36 inches above finished grade. 3.6 PLUMBING FIXTURES, FITTINGS AND TRIM CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in Sections 202110, 221 1 16, and 221316. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect hot and cold water and soil, waste, and vent piping to plumbing fixtures as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Install supplies, stops, backflow prevention, pressure reducing valves, and similar devices as required between kitchen plumbing fixtures and rough -in plumbing for a complete installation. Obtain kitchen plumbing fixture rough -in drawings prior to installation. D. Supply and Waste Connections to Fixtures and Equipment Specified in Other Sections: Connect fixtures and equipment with water supplies, stops, risers, traps, and waste piping specified. Use size fittings required to match fixtures and equipment. Connect to plumbing piping. 224000 - 8 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224000 09819.00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify that installed fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed. B. Check that fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components. C. Inspect installed fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. E. Install fresh batteries in sensor -operated mechanisms. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and controls. Adjust runtime at metered faucets for 10 second. B. Operate andadjust disposers, hot-water dispensers, and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and controls. C. Adjust water pressure at faucets, shower valves, and flush valves to produce proper flow and stream. D. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops. E. Test and balance trap primer systems. Arrange piping to achieve equal flow to each floor drain and floor sink. 3.9 CLEANING A. Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. Perform the following: 1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and spouts. 2. Remove sediment and debris from drains. 3. Remove labels. 3.10 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 8 hours. 224000 - 9 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224000 09819.00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 3.11 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 224000 - 10 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224010 09819.00 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SECTION 224010 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes water heaters, storage tanks, expansion tanks, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. Applicable plumbing code pertaining to materials, products, and installation of plumbing equipment. 3.. ANSI Z21.10.3, Standard for Gas Water Heaters, Volume III, Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu Per Hour, Circulating and Continuous. 4. ASHRAE Standard 90.1, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low -Rise Residential Buildings. 5. ASME BPVC, Boiler Pressure and Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels. 6. NSF 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01, Section 200500, and the following. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data'for each water heater and appurtenance. Indicate accessories where required for complete system and installation instructions. Include blank copy of start-up and test report form. C. Test Reports: 1. Field start-up and test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 224010-1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224010 09819.00 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WATER HEATERS, ELECTRIC A. Description: Vertical tank type, commercial -grade, electric water heater. B. Ratings: UL listed and labeled, certification of compliance with ASHRAE 90.1, ASME labeled, 150 psig working pressure. C. Construction: Glass Tined tank, screw-in or bolt -on immersion elements with incoloy sheathing, replaceable magnesium anode rod, cold water dip tube, round steel enclosure with label, enamel finish, insulation to meet requirements of energy code as adopted by AHJ. D. Controls: Hinged control compartment with 120 Volt control transformer and fusing, magnetic contactors, element fusing per NEC, adjustable immersion style operating thermostats, manual reset high limit switch. E. Components: 1. Temperature and pressure safety relief valve selected to exceed rating of water heater. 2. Drain valve. 3. Support legs. F. Manufacturers: A.O. Smith, Rheem-Ruud, State, Bradford White, PVI Industries, Lochinvar, or approved. 2.2 WATER HEATERS,'GAS FIRED, CONDENSING A. Description: Natural gas fired, condensing, direct vented, sealed combustion design with modulating power burner and positive pressure discharge. Minimum 95 percent efficiency in.accordance with ANSI Z21.10.3. Factory assembled, piped, wired, and tested. B. Ratings: UL listed and labeled, ASME labeled, 160 psig working pressure. C. Heat Exchanger: Spiral shaped, glass lined. D. Burner: Down -fired, pre -mix type. E. Storage Tank: Seamless glass Tined steel tank with foam insulation to meet requirements of local energy code as adopted by AHJ. Steel exterior with baked enamel finish. F. Controls: Integrated solid state and ignition control device with integral diagnostics, graphic user interface, fault history display, and digital temperature display. 224010 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224010 09819.00 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT G. Electrical: Factory wired with junction box and terminals for remote start -stop interface. 120 Volt, 1 Phase power. Single point electrical connection. H. Appurtenances: ASME temperature/pressure relief valve set at 160 psig, handhold cleanout, and powered anodes. Include drain connection for elimination of condensation with collecting reservoir and inlet air (sealed combustion adapter). I. Warranty: 3 year for tank. J. Manufacturers: A.O. Smith Cyclone Xi, State, or approved. 2.3 EXPANSION TANKS A. Description: Pre -charged tank. Suitable for use in potable and non -potable water systems. B. Ratings: ASME labeled for sizes 1-1/2 cubic feet and larger, 150 psig working pressure. C. Construction: Steel outer shell with butyl diaphragm and polypropylene liner. D. Manufacturer: Arntrol Therm -X -Trot, Bell & Gossett, Armstrong, or approved. 2.4 DRAIN PANS A. Description: Galvanized steel sheet metal with raised edge, 16 gage, minimum 4 inches high with all welded joints. Size to accommodate base of water heater. Include 3/4 inch drain outlet connection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 224010 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224010 09819.00 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF WATER HEATERS A. General: Install within sheet metal drain pan. B. Seismic Restraint: Anchor or strap to wall to resist horizontal displacement due to earthquake motion. Locate straps in accordance with local code requirements. C. Components: Install as indicated on the Drawings. D. Electric Water Heaters: Install on an incompressible, insulated pad with a minimum thermal resistance of R-10. 3.5 START-UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of water heaters and related appurtenances. Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check-out, adjustment, and complete start-up. Start-up by contractor not acceptable. 3.6 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. B. Representative shall conduct two 3 hour training sessions to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. First session shall cover operation of water heaters. Second session shall cover detailed system operation and trouble shooting. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift) of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. D. Demonstrate the proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable equipment performance over the entire operating range to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. 224010 - 4 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 224010 09819.00 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents, followed by tour explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. 3.7 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 224010 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 226600 09819.00 ACID WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM SECTION 226600 ACID WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes acid waste and vent piping and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Code and Standards: 1. Applicable plumbing code pertaining to materials, products, and installation of acid waste and vent piping. 2. ASTM C 1053, Standard Specification for Borosilicate Glass Pipe and Fittings for Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV) Applications. 3. ASTM F 1412, Standard Specification for Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings for Corrosive Waste Drainage Systems. 4. ASTM F 1673, Standard Specification for Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) Corrosive Waste Drainage Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. Include blank copy of test report form. C. Test Reports: 1. Field test reports. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Basic piping materials and products required for work of this section are specified in Sections 200510, 202110, and 202115. Furnish products of sizes, ratings, and 226600 - 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 226600 09819.00 ACID WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM characteristics indicated which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information. Furnish quantity of piping and appurtenances required for complete installation. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Floor Drains, Cleanouts, and Miscellaneous: Orion, Enfield Industrial Corp., Zurn, or approved. Jay R. Smith and Orion model numbers are listed. B. Floor Sinks: Jay R. Smith, Josam, Wade, Zurn, Watts Drainage, or approved. Jay R. Smith model numbers are listed. 2.3 PIPING AND FITTINGS A. Piping Materials: 1. Polypropylene: a. Above -Ground Pipe and Fittings: Schedule 40 polypropylene with pipe and drainage pattern fittings dimensions and tolerances per ASTM F 1412, pipe extrusion from polypropylene resin with fire retardant additive complying with ASTM D 4101, socket fusion and mechanical joint ends. b. Underground Pipe and Fittings: Schedule 40 polypropylene with pipe dimensions and tolerances per ASTM F 1412, pipe extrusion from polypropylene resin with fire retardant additive complying with ASTM D 4101, socket fusion joint ends. c. Joints: Socket fusion joint connection using imbedded electrical resistance wire in fittings complying with ASTM F 1290 for below grade piping. Mechanical joint connection incorporating a positive mechanical groove system or Type 300 stainless steel outer band and bolts, nuts, and washers for above grade piping. d. Transition Couplings: Connections between polypropylene pipe and fittings and other pipe materials using adapters furnished by the polypropylene pipe manufacturer. e. Manufacturers: Orion, Enfield Industrial Corp., Zurn, or approved. 2.4 CLEANOUTS A. Acid Waste Floor Cleanouts (FCO): Fire retardant polypropylene material conforming to ASTM D 4101 with ferrule and countersunk plug, and adjustable round nickel bronze cover to suit floor finish pattern as shown on the architectural drawings. Orion FCO -RD. B. Acid Waste Wall Cleanouts (WCO): Cleanout tee with countersunk cleanout plug, fire retardant polypropylene material conforming to ASTM D 4101. Include stainless steel shallow cover with center screw. Length of screw to suit installation requirements. Orion COT or Jay R. Smith Figure 4710. 226600 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 226600 09819.00 ACID WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM 2.5 FLOOR DRAINS A. AFD, Floor Drain: Fire retardant polypropylene material conforming to ASTM D 4101 with nominal 7 inch diameter grate, plug and cover fabricated from fiber -filled polypropylene. Include sediment bucket, flashing clamp, vandal proof grate attachment, and trap primer connection. Socket fusion waste pipe connection. Orion AWFDSTD. 2.6 [ACID NEUTRALIZER TANKS A. Acid Neutralizer Tanks, Underground Type (ANT): Polyethylene conforming to ASTM D 1428, [100] [____] gallon capacity, [24] [____] inch diameter, [49] [____] inch high with [4] [____] side inlet and outlet and [2] [____] inch top or side vent connections, flanged top and bolted cover with 17 inch bolted manhole. Tank and cover fiberglass reinforced. [Include tank extension so that top of cover is no more than 4 inches below top of slab.] Include initial limestone to fill tank plus sufficient limestone in 50 pound bags for replacement of limestone. Orion Style 7. B. pH Monitoring System: 1. Control panel, NEMA 4, thermoplastic, factory prewired and tested, 120V, 1 phase electrical power. Include pH monitor with 0 to 14 display, low and high lights, 2 adjustable alarm pH setpoints, audible alarm and silence button, power on-off switch with light, and common alarm contact. 2. Sampling tank, 5 gallon capacity, polyethylene, bolted and gasketed cover with top fitting for pH probe and inlet and outlet connections. 3. pH probe constructed of CPVC with Viton° O -rings, suitable for 32 to 185 F temperature range. Probe electrode double junction type to compensate automatically for temperature changes.] 2.7 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 200510. Use black steel or cast iron pipe for pipe sizes 6 inch diameter and larger. B. Supports: Comply with requirements in Section 2021 15. Use vinyl coated hangers. Trapeze supports not acceptable. C. Pipe Escutcheons: Comply with requirements in Section 2021 15. D. Vents through Roof: Comply with requirements in Section 221316. 226600 - 3 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 226600 09819.00 ACID WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. Store polypropylene and polyvinylidene piping in a covered environment away from sunlight and UV light. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. 2. Install with uniform pitch of at least 1/4 inch per foot for horizontal acid waste piping, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or allowed by AHJ. 3. Pitch vents for proper drainage. Vent piping may be installed horizontal if required to avoid conflict with building elements. 4. Joints and Connections: Assemble per manufacturer's installation instructions. 5. Clean interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. 6. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops. 7. Apply titanium oxide paint on wrap for polypropylene vent piping exposed above roof. B. Above -Ground Piping: 226600 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 226600 09819.00 ACID WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM 1. Support horizontal piping to maintain alignment, prevent grade reversals, and prevent sagging. Install hangers at spacing per pipe manufacturer's installation instructions. Locate hangers within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling. 2. Support vertical stacks at each floor with riser clamps and every 72 inches. C. Underground Piping: 1. Perform trenching and backfilling associated with plumbing installation in accordance with pertinent provisions of excavating, filling, and grading requirements in Division 32 and Section 200510. 3.5 CLEANOUTS A. Install cleanouts in accordance with requirements in the applicable plumbing code. Full pipe size, 4 inch maximum. Locate at minimum 50 foot intervals for piping 4 inch and smaller and at 100 foot intervals for piping 6 inch and larger. B. Drill and tap wall cleanout plug and install cover. 3.6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Install acid waste piping runouts to plumbing fixtures and drains with approved trap and sizes indicated on the Drawings, but in no case smaller than that required by the applicable plumbing code. B. Locate piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures and drains. C. Make gas- and watertight. Use 1 piece special molded gaskets for connections between outlet of fixtures and pipe flanges. D. Install trap where manufacturer does not include trap for fixture. Install to be removable for servicing and replacement. Install unions at pipe connections to acid neutralizer tanks. E. Coordinate acid waste piping as necessary to interface with floor drains and floor sinks. F. Install floor drains and floor sinks in accordance with written manufacturer's instructions at low points of surface areas to be drained or as indicated on the Drawings. Set tops of drains flush with finished floor. Coordinate with architectural drawings. G. Install drain flashing collar or flange so that no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes. 226600 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 226600 09819.00 ACID WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM H. Support buried acid neutralizer tanks on concrete pads or on compacted stone -free sand bed. Encase tank in a concrete sleeve. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.7 PRESSURE TESTING A. Test drainage piping in accordance with applicable plumbing code. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. Test by water. For installation where pressure testing was performed on multiple sections of pipes, retest once all waste and vent piping has .been installed. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3.8 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 6 hours. 3.9 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 226600 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230512 09819.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY - HVAC SECTION 230512 INDOOR AIR QUALITY - HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes flush out (burn -in) utilizing outside air to be completed after Substantial Completion and prior to Owner occupancy after significant finish materials have been installed. Refer to additional requirements in Section 200800. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Section 200500 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Performance Data: 1. Develop and submit a written plan describing how 100 percent outside air flush out will be achieved after substantial completion and prior to building occupancy. 2. Plan shall describe how 60 F building temperature will be maintained at all times, with relative humidity no higher than 60%. 3. Plan shall also include how operational area air quality will be maintained, including installation and periodic replacement of special filters and what measures will be taken to disable and protect return air openings during flush out periods. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. During construction provide temporary construction ventilation by continuously ventilating affected spaces during installation of materials that emit volatile organic compounds (VOC) and for at least 72 hours after installation. Ventilate longer than 72 hours if necessary to completely remove odors. Exhaust the air directly to the outside; do no recirculate to other enclosed spaces. If continuous ventilation is not possible 230512 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230512 09819.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY - HVAC using the building's HVAC system for temporary ventilation, then ventilate via open windows and temporary fans.] B. After construction with all new finished installed, install new filtration media and flush out the building continuously, 24 hours per day, using 100% tempered outside air for at least two weeks after substantial completion of construction is achieved and before the building is occupied. Maintain an internal air temperature of at least 60 F and relative humidity no higher than 60%. If the contractor is required to perform touch-up work during this time, provide temporary construction ventilation during the work'and extend the building flush out by a minimum of five days after touch-up intallation. C. Following final flush out, immediately replace filters, types as specified in Section 234100. 3.2 COMMISSIONING COORDINATION A. Building systems commissioning may be performed concurrently with the 14 day flush out period if commissioning is performed during normal work hours not exceeding 8 hours per day. In effect, during each 24 hour period, 8 hours may be devoted to commissioning whereas remaining 16 consecutive hours shall be devoted to building flush out. B. Complete air and water balancing work prior to start of building HVAC commissioning unless otherwise approved in writing by the Owner. 3.3 INSPECTION A. Prior to start of flush out period, notify the Owner and A/E in writing that facility is ready for inspection to verify completion. Allow 3 workdays after receipt of such notice for the Owner and A/E to perform the inspection. B. Notice shall certify that finishes have been installed; ductwork, plenums and air handling equipment are clean, and free of dust, oil and other contaminants; air and water balancing have been completed; HVAC components have been tested; and start-up process has been completed. C. The Owner will issue written approval to start the flush out period within 3 working days after receipt of notice or respond with remedial actions that need to be performed before approval can be issued. 3.4 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR OCCUPIED AREAS A. When the building is partially occupied during construction, whether new or renovated facilities, operate the HVAC system to isolate occupied areas from where construction is occurring. 230512 - 2 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230512 09819.00 INDOOR AIR QUALITY - HVAC B. Protect the existing HVAC outside air intake and return air plenums from pollutant sources created by construction, including equipment exhaust and dust and odor pollution. END OF SECTION 230512 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS SECTION 230900 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Manufacturer: Alerton Technologies, Inc. BACnet system as installed by ATS Automation. Furnish a Microsoft Windows based Direct Digital Control system (DDCS) in accordance with this specification section. Items of work included are as follows. 1. Provide all necessary hardware and software to meet the specified functional requirements. 2. Prepare individual hardware layouts, interconnection drawings and control loop configuration data from project design data. 3. Implement the detailed design for all system input/output points, distributed control and system data bases, graphic displays, logs, and management reports based on control descriptions, logic drawings, configuration data, and bid documents. 4. Design all equipment cabinets, panels, and the data communication network cables including all associated hardware. 5. Provide all cabinets, panels, and data communication network cables including all associated hardware. 6. Provide all interconnecting cables between supplied cabinets, controllers, and output devices. 7. Provide all interconnecting cables between all operator terminals and peripheral devices (such as printers, etc.) supplied under this section. Route thru existing structures and bury cable from building to building as required. • 8. Provide complete specifications for all items supplied by the Vendor from others (such as printers, instruments, etc.). 9. Provide supervisory specialists and technicians at the job site to assist in all phases of system installation, start-up and commissioning. 10. Provide a comprehensive operator and technician training program as described herein. 11. Provide as -built documentation, software, and all DDC control logic and all associated support documentation. 12. Provide variable frequency drives for all equipment on project. Refer to Section 230915. B. Perform all commissioning pre -functional testing and fill out checklists as described in series 200500, 20800 and 019113 specifications. C. Perform all commissioning Functional Performance testing and fill out checklists/ reports as described 019113 and 20800 specifications. D. Attend Commissioning Coordination Meetings as described in 019113 specifications. 230900 - 1 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS E. Complete Post Construction Checklists as described 019113 and 20800 specifications. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Related work in other sections of the specifications: 1. Section 200500 - General Provisions and Division 1 for general requirements. 2. Division 24-28 - Electrical. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General Requirements 1. Provide a Distributed Processing System complete with Direct Digital Control (DDC) and Direct Analog Control (DAC) software. 2. All DDC Controllers for terminal units, air handlers, Central mechanical equipment, and Windows based operators' terminal(s) shall communicate with each other and share information. 3. The controls contractor shall assume complete responsibility for the entire controls system as a single source and shall certify that he has on staff under his direct employ on a day to day basis, factory trained technical personnel, qualified to engineer, program, debug, and service all portions of the DDC control system, including central system Operators terminal, global controllers, terminal unit controllers, and all other portions of the DDC control system. B. Basic System Features: 1. Zone by zone DDC control of space temperature, usage scheduling, optimum starting, equipment failure reporting, and override timers for off -hours usage. A zone is the area served by one HVAC terminal unit (VAV box, unit ventilator, zone coil, etc.) 2. Remote Operator Terminal software shall be a Windows v3.1 or later application program. Software shall be multitasking, capable of executing and displaying multiple instances in individual windows while running concurrently with other Windows programs such as word processors or database programs. Software shall completely support Windows v3.1 Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) interface. Software shall strictly follow Microsoft Windows API guidelines. Systems using proprietary software or Windows formats other than above are strictly prohibited. Operation of the terminal software shall be simple and intuitive. 3. Complete energy management firmware, including self adjusting optimum start, demand limiting, global control strategies and logging routines for use with total control systems. All energy management firmware shall be resident in field hardware and not dependent on the Operators Terminal for operation. Operators terminal software is to be used for access to field based energy management control firmware only. 230900 - 2 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 4. Priority password security systems to prevent unauthorized use. Each user shall have an individual password. Each user shall be assigned which control functions they have access to. 5. Equipment monitoring and alarm function including information for diagnosing equipment problems. 6. The complete system including, but not limited to terminal unit controllers, Global controllers and Operator terminals shall Auto -restart, without operator intervention, on resumption of power after a power failure. Database stored in Global Controller memory shall be battery backed up for a minimum of 30 days. Unitary controllers shall utilize EEPROM for all variable data storage. Batteries on unitary controllers shall not be allowed. 7. Modular system design of proven reliability. 8. Each field panel capable of independent control. 9. All software and/or firmware interface equipment for connection to remote monitoring station from field hardware or the Operators Terminal. 10. Equipment runtime totalization of fans, heaters, boilers, etc., capable of alarm generation and alarm dial out to remote sites. 11. Classroom and office sensors with push button override, local setpoint adjustment and digital display. 12. Field control devices such as terminal unit controllers shall have optically isolated communication lines. Controllers not optically isolated and utilizing a ground referenced communication technique are specifically prohibited. 13. Communication wiring for field control devices shall not be dependent on daisy chaining of communication wiring. Communication wire may be run in star patterns, daisy chained or combination of either, allowing units to be added to a communication line easily in the future. 14. All DDC hardware and software shall be designed and manufactured by US corporations. All hardware shall be UL listed with integral labels showing rating. 1 5. In addition to the local operator interface, the BAS supplier shall provide web -based access to the system as part of standard installation. User shall be able to access and modify all displays of real-time data that are part of the BAS via a standard Web browser using password security and activity log access that is same hierarchical security scheme as BAS system. Web browser shall tie into the network via owner - supplied Ethernet network connection. Web -page host shall be a separate device that resides on the BAS BACnet network, but is not the BAS server for the control system. BAS server must be a separate computer from the Web -page host device to ensure data and system integrity. The web -page software shall not require a per user licensing fee or annual fees. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Responsibility: The supplier of the DDCS shall be responsible for inspection and Quality. Assurance (QA) for all materials and workmanship furnished by him. 230900 - 3 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS B. Component Testing: Maximum reliability shall be achieved through extensive use of high-quality, pre -tested components. Each and every controller, sensor, and all other DDC components shall be individually tested by the manufacturer prior to shipment. C. Tools, Testing and Calibration Equipment: Provide all tools, testing and calibration equipment necessary to ensure reliability and accuracy of the DDCS. 1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The latest edition of the following standards and codes in effect and amended as of date of Supplier's Proposal, and any subsections thereof as applicable, shall govern design and selection of equipment and material supplied: 1. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 2. IBC International Building Code, including local amendments 3. UL 916 Underwriters Laboratories Standard for Energy Management Equipment 4. NEC National Electrical Code 5. IMC, International Mechanical Code, including local amendments 6. WSEC, Washington State Energy Code B. City, county, state, and federal regulations and codes in effect as of date of purchase. C. Except as otherwise indicated, vendor shall secure and pay for all permits, inspections, and certifications required for his work and arrange for necessary approvals by the governing authorities. 1.6 WSSP CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Owner has established environmental and high performance goals for this project through the WSSP (Washington Sustainable Schools Protocol) High Performance School Rating System. This Section contains specific information and requirements for WSSP compliance. Also, see Division 1 Section "WSSP Requirements" and related sections for additional information and requirements. B. Health, safety, performance and durability shall take precedence over sustainable design criteria. The Contractor shall inform the Owner/Architect of any conflicts that may result between the specified standards and requirements, and the characteristics of the sustainable materials. C. WSSP Green Building Rating System credits requirements that have been incorporated into this section include the following: 1. WSSP Waste Reduction and Efficient Material Use Credits M1.0 and M1.1, Minimum Recycling and Site Waste Management: Meet or exceed requirements for these credits 230900 - 4 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Drawings: 1. Supplier shall submit review drawings, installation and operation instruction and a recommended spare parts list. 2. Drawings shall be standard sizes (24 inches x 36 inches) or (11 inches x 17 inches). 3. Provide submittal drawings as noted in Section 200500. B. System documentation by the Vendor shall include the following as a minimum: 1. System configuration diagrams in simplified block format. 2. . Electrical drawings showing all system internal and external connection points, terminal block layouts and terminal identification. 3. Manufacturer's instructions and drawings for installation, maintenance and operation of all purchased items. 4. Overall system operation and maintenance instructions, including preventive maintenance and troubleshooting instructions. 5. Complete recommended spare parts list. C. WSSP Materials Credit M1.0 and M1.1: Submit evidence that materials of this section comply with the requirements of this credit to recycle, compost and/or salvage at least the percentage of the construction, demolition and land clearing waster for the project as a whole as identified in the project score sheet. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warranty shall cover all costs for parts, labor, and associated travel, and expenses for a period of one year from substantial completion of the project. B. Hardware and software personnel supporting this warranty agreement shall provide on- site or off-site service in a timely manner after failure notification to the Vendor. The maximum acceptable response time to provide this service at the site shall be 24 hours. C. This warranty shall apply equally to both hardware and software. 1.9 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit in compliance with Sections 200500 and 200820. 1.10 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT A. After entire heating and ventilating system is operational and prior to system commissioning, calibrate sensing and readout devices and observe the operation of each and every item of equipment, control point, sequence of operation and submit a report that items furnished under this contract are functioning according to the intent of the above specifications. The report shall include a list of all equipment, points, sequences 230900 - 5 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS tested and list the readings observed. The report shall be signed by the individual directly responsible for the supervision of the installation of the Temperature Control System. The report shall be submitted prior to commissioning functional testing and a copy shall also be included in the Operations and Maintenance manual. B. Schedule and coordinate with the Section 200593 Subcontractor to have field technician on site to place systems in operation as required and to perform necessary adjustments to facilitate the complete balancing of HVAC systems. The field technician shall be required to be on site for a minimum of fourty (40) hours. Scheduling of the foregoing shall be at time mutually acceptable to the Section 200593 Subcontractor and the Section 230900 Subcontractor as approved by the Architect." 1.11 WIRING A. The control system shall be installed by skilled electricians and mechanics, trained and qualified for this work. Electric wiring in connection with the automatic temperature control system shall be furnished and installed by licensed electricians in accordance with applicable National, State and local codes and the electrical provisions of the specification. Supervision and checkout of the system shall be by the Section 230900 Subcontractor. Line and low voltage wiring shall be installed in conduit and in accordance with electrical section of these specifications. B. Provide cabling in conduit, at locations underground, mechanical rooms, walls, floors, non -accessible ceiling spaces, and areas where cabling may be subject to damage. Non - accessible ceiling spaces shall be considered ceiling spaces where cabling is not accessible by removal of suspended acoustical ceiling panels. Cabling in conduit is not required in mechanical mezzanine or catwalk areas. C. Install cabling in cable trays and surface raceway where shown on drawings. D. Install cabling utilizing "D" rings above suspended acoustical ceiling where cable tray is not identified and in mechanical mezzanine or catwalk areas. Install as follows: 1. Provide "D" rings at intervals required to securely support cable and at a maximum of 4' on center. 2. Attach "D" rings directly to building structure. Do not connect"D" rings or cabling to suspended ceiling grid or support wires, other equipment, pipes, conduit or duct work. 3. Do not install cabling at areas where access may be required for equipment maintenance. 4. Install "D" rings and exposed cabling perpendicular or parallel to walls. 5. Install exposed cabling and "D" rings without excessive sagging between "D" ring and other supports. 230900 - 6 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS E. Provide suitable cable fittings and connectors as needed to accommodate installation of low voltage cabling at conduit, surface raceway; cable tray, and "D" ring locations. F. Wiring within equipment housings shall be done in a neat and organized manner. Wires shall be routed in bundles arranged to allow easy access. G. Cabling, conduit and raceways shall be concealed in occupied spaces. Exposed cabling, conduit or raceways in finished spaces shall not be allowed. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.1 SYSTEM SERVER (FRONT END) A. Hardware/ software requirements 1. 2.8 GHz, P4 desktop CPU (or non -Intel platform equivalent to this) 2. 512Mb of RAM minimum. 3. 80 gigabyte hard disk, 1.44M 3 Y" floppy drive, SVGA Card with 1024 x 768, 24 -bit True Color, Iomega 100MB Zip Drive, 48X CD Rom Drive, 17" SVGA Color Monitor, Keyboard and mouse, 56Kbps EIA -232C Modem with automatic answer/originate capability 4. Operating system for the computer operator workstation server shall be Microsoft Windows NT 5.0, 2000, XP or RedHat Linux 6.0 or Sun Solaris 7.0 5. Internet Explorer 6.0 or later 6. 10Base-T Ethernet Port 7. Printer capable of providing letter quality print. HP deskjet 750 or better. B. Graphical Displays 1 Operator Terminal shall display all data associated with project as called out on drawings and/or point list supplied. Terminal software shall accept either PCX or Windows BITMAP format graphic files for display purposes. Graphic files shall be created utilizing scanned full color photographs of system installation, AutoCAD drawing files of field installation drawings and wiring diagrams from as -built drawings. 2. System shall be capable of displaying graphic file, text and dynamic point data together on each display. Information shall be labeled with descriptors and shall be shown with the appropriate engineering units. All information on any display shall be dynamically updated every second without any action by the user. Terminal shall allow user to change all field resident EMS functions associated with the project such as set points, time schedules, holiday schedules, etc. from any screen no matter if that screen shows all text or a complete graphic display. This shall be done without any reference to point addresses or other numeric/mnemonic indications. 3. All displays shall be generated and customized in such a manner by the local DDCS supplier that they fit the project as specified. Canned displays shall not be acceptable. Displays shall use standard English (or specified language) for labeling 230900 - 7 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS and readout. Systems requiring factory programming for graphics or DDC logic are specifically prohibited. All graphics and DDC programming shall be supported locally by the installing contractor without factory dependency or assistance. 4. Digital points shall be displayed as On/Off or with customized text. Text shall be justified Left, Right or Center as selected by the user. Also allow digital points to be displayed as individual bitmap objects on the display screen such that they overlay the system graphic. Each digital point displayed in this manner shall be assigned up to three bitmap files for display when the point is On, Off or in Alarm. For Digital Output points, toggle the points commanded status when the bitmap is selected with the system digitizer (mouse) by the operator (i.e. selecting a picture of a switch or light with the mouse shall toggle the points status and display a different picture). Also allow digital points to be displayed as an animated graphic. 5. Animated graphic points shall be displayed as a sequence of multiple bitmaps to simulate motion (i.e. when a pump is in the OFF condition, display a stationary picture of the pump. When the operator selects the picture with the mouse, the points status is toggled and the picture of the pump rotates the vanes in a time based animation). Allow operator to change bitmap file assignment and also create new and original bitmaps on line. System shall be supplied with a library of standard bitmaps which may be used unaltered or be modified by the operator. Systems that do not allow customization or creation of new bitmap objects by the operator shall not be allowed. 6. Analog points shall be displayed with operator modifiable units. Analog Input points may also be displayed as individual bitmap objects on the display screen as an overlay to the system graphic. Each analog input point may be assigned to a minimum of five bitmap files each with High/Low limits for automatic selection and display of the bitmaps. As an example, a graphic representation of a thermometer would rise and fall in response to either the room temperature or its deviation from the controlling setpoint. Analog Output points, when selected with the mouse, shall be displayed as a prompted dialog box. Selection for display type shall be individual for each point. 7. Analog points may also be assigned to an area of a system graphic, where the color of the defined area would change based on the analog points value. As an example, an area of a floor plan graphic served by a single control zone would change color respective to the temperature of the zone or its deviation from setpoint. All editing and area assignment shall be created or modified on-line, using simple icon tools. 8. A Customized Menu Label shall be used for display selection. Menu items on a display shall allow penetration to lower level displays or additional menus. Dynamic point information and menu items may be mixed on the same display to allow sub displays to exist for each item. Each display may be protected from viewing unless operator has appropriate security level. A separate display security level may be assigned to each display and system point. 230900 - 8 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 9. All dynamic point information shall be updated on the Operators terminal display CRT once every 1 second. Any changes by the operator shall be acted on by devices in the field within 2 seconds maximum. 10. A Mouse or other form of digitizer shall be used to move pointer arrow to desired item for selection of new display or to allow the operator to make changes to point data. 11. Displays may be modified on site or via remote communications. 12. Display resolution shall be limited only by the CRT hardware and Windows software driver only 13. Entire system shall operate without dependency on the Operator's terminal. C. Security System 1. Provide security system that prevents unauthorized use unless operator is logged on. Access shall be limited to operator terminal's functions unless user is logged on. This includes displays as outlined above. 2. Existing Remote Operator's Terminal shall provide security for 200 users minimum. Each user shall have an individual password. Password shall be up to 5 and User name shall be up to 30 alphanumeric characters, case sensitive. Each User shall be individually assigned which control functions and menu items the user has access to. All passwords, user names and access assignments shall be adjustable on-line, at the operators terminal. Each user shall also have a set security level that defines access to displays and also defines what individual points the user can control. D. Anti -Virus Software 1. Provide McAfee anti-virus software on controls system workstation. Coordinate requirements with District's IT staff prior to assignment of static IP address from Owner and connection to HSD network. Display of Scheduling Information 1. Display of Weekly schedules shall show all information in easy to read 7 day (week) format for each schedule. This includes all on/off times for each day along with all optimum start information. 2. Holiday schedules shall show all dates that are to be holidays. Holidays shall be shown on the terminal in a graphical calendar format showing all scheduled days for a given month. User shall be able to easily scroll through the months for each year for up to 20 years into the future as a minimum. Each day assigned as a holiday shall display as "All Off' or show "Scheduled" for that day. 3. Event schedules shall be shown in the same graphical calendar format and manner as Holiday schedules. Event schedules allow for scheduling of special events up to 20 years into the future. After event has elapsed, control returns to normal • schedule. 4. Operator shall be able to change all information for a given Weekly, Holiday or Event schedule if logged on with the appropriate security access. This includes all 230900 - 9 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS information that has to do with optimum start including assignments such as sensors to use and heating/cooling factors. F. Alarm Indication 1. System Terminal shall provide audible, visual and printed means of alarm indication. The Alarm Dialog box shall always become the Top Dialog box regardless of the application(s) being run at the time (such as a word processor). Printout of alarms shall be sent to the assigned terminal and port._ 2. Provide log of alarm messages. Alarm log shall be archived to the hard disk of the system terminal. Each entry shall include point descriptor and address, time and date of alarm occurrence, point value at time of alarm, time and date of point return to normal condition, time and date of alarm acknowledge. 3. Alarm messages shall be in plain English (or specified language) and shall be user definable on site or via remote communication. System shall provide a minimum of 20 user definable messages for each zone controlled. G. Trend Log Information 1. System shall periodically gather samples of point data stored in the field equipment (see section 2.2.D) and archive the information on the Operator terminals hard disk. Archive files shall be appended with new sample data, allowing samples to be accumulated over several years. Systems that write over archived data shall not be allowed. Samples may be viewed at the operators terminal in a Trend Log. Trend log displays shall be in spreadsheet format. Provide capability for operator to scroll through all trend log data. System shall automatically open archive files as needed to display archived data when operator scrolls through the data vertically. Display all trend log information in standard engineering units. 2. System software shall be capable of graphing the trend log point data. Software shall be capable of creating x -y graphs that display up to 6 points at the same time in different colors. Graphs shall show point value relative to time. 3. Operator shall be able to change trend log setup information as well. This includes information to be trend logged as well as interval at which information is to be logged. All points in the system may be logged. All operations shall be password protected. Setup and viewing may be accessed directly from any and all graphics point is displayed on. 4. Provide means for operator to export to a comma delimited file format all trend log data for use by other spread sheet programs. Operation of system shall not be affected by this operation. In other words, the system shall stay 100% on-line. H. Energy Log Information 1. System shall periodically gather energy log data stored in the field equipment and archive the information on the operator terminal's hard disk. Archive files shall be appended with the new data, allowing data to be accumulated over several years. Systems that write over archived data shall not be allowed. System shall 230900 - 10 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS automatically open archive files as needed to display archived data when operator scrolls through the data. Display all Energy log informationin standard engineering units. 2 System software shall be capable of graphing the Energy log data. Software shall be capable of creating graphs in x -y format that show recorded data relative to time. 3. Operator shall be able to change the Energy log setup information as well. This includes which meters to be logged, meter pulse value and what type of energy units is being logged. All meters monitored by the system may be logged. All operations shall be password protected. 4. Provide means for operator to export to a comma delimited file format all trend log data for use by other spread sheet programs. Operation of system shall not be affected by this operation. In other words, it shall stay completely on-line. I. Controller Status 1. Provide means for operator to view communication status of all controllers connected to the system. Display shall include controller, status and error count. Status will show if controller is communicating or not. Error count shall show actual count of communication errors between system and controllers in the field. 2. Provide means for operator to reset error count for all controllers to zero. 3. Provide capability to select alarm indication for each controller. J. Configuration/Setup 1. Provide means for operator to display and change system configuration. This shall include but not be limited to system time, day of the week, date of day Tight savings set forward setback, printer type and port addresses, modem port and speed, etc. Items shall be modified utilizing easy to understand terminology using simple mouse/cursor key movements. K. Provide the capability for off-site monitoring at Control Contractor's local or main office. At a minimum, off-site facility shall be capable of system diagnostics and software download. Owner shall provide phone line for this service. 2.2 GLOBAL CONTROLLER A. General 1. Global controller shall provide battery backed real time clock functions. It shall also provide system communications to programmable and application specific controllers as noted in section 2.3 in the field. Global controller shall interface with Operator terminal(s) for information display. Global controllers shall share information in a Peer -to -Peer manner utilizing a high speed LAN communication network. Global Controller shall be capable of 1 Meg baud LAN communication rates. 2. Global controller shall decide global strategies for system based on information from any points in the system regardless if the point is directly monitored by the 230900 - 1 1 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS controller. Program that implements these strategies shall be completely flexible and user definable. Any system utilizing factory pre-programmed global strategies that cannot be modified by field personnel on site or downloaded via remote communications are not acceptable. Changing global strategies via firmware changes is also unacceptable. Program executed speed shall be once per second as a minimum. 3. Programming shall be object oriented using control program blocks. Provide documentation in flow chart form for all programming as part of the final system As -Built documentation. Include samples of flow chart documentation in submittals. All flow charts shall be generated with CAD system and automatically downloaded to controller. No reentry of data base shall be necessary. 4. Provide means to view inputs and outputs to each program block in real time as program is executing. This function may be done via the Operators Terminal, field computer, or via modem. 5. Controller shall have a minimum of 1 Mb battery backed Static RAM, expandable to 4 Mb, along with 256 Kb of EPROM. Battery shall retain static RAM memory and clock functions for a minimum of 30 days. Battery shall be a field replaceable lithium type. Battery shall automatically re -charge on resumption of local power. 6. Communication to field devices shall be via four individual two wire communication trunks. Communication baud rate of each trunk shall be individually selectable to 1200, 4800, or 9600 baud. All field devices shall automatically search and detect the communication rate to match the Global controller. All field devices on the communication trunk shall be optically isolated. Ground referenced communications to field devices is prohibited. Routing of communication trunk may be daisy chained, run in star patterns or any other configuration that makes wiring easiest. Global controller shall be capable of communication to all field controllers that manufacturer has made in the past to allow backward compatibility. 7. Controller shall have at a minimum, four (4) additional communication ports in addition to the LAN port. Two of the ports shall be RS -232, one for communication to portable field computer and one for a modem for remote communications. The other two ports shall be RS -485 for connection to a permanent panel mounted display device (see section 2.4 for description), and for future connection to other devices. B. Communications 1. The central system shall use the building Local Area Network (LAN) for communication. The communication between the central server and the controllers shall be BACnet/IP. A router shall be provided, as required, to bridge BACnet/IP and the data link used between the controllers (BACnet over ARCNET or MS/TP). C. Remote Communications 1. Provide all functions that will allow remote communications via modem to off-site locations. Include modem along with all cabling necessary for installation. 230900 - 12 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 2. Provide Windows v3.1 or higher compatible software for off-site computer which allows operator to view and change all information associated with system on color graphic displays if desired. Operator shall be able to change all parameters in this section from off-site location including all programming of global controllers and programmable terminal unit controllers. 3. Global Controller shall have capability to call out alarm conditions automatically if desired. Alarm message and site description shall be sent to off site computer or serial printer. If desired, controller may also send encoded message to digital pager. All Global controllers connected to the local LAN shall be capable of calling out alarm messages through one shared modem connected to one or more of the Global controllers on the local LAN. 4. Controller shall have capability to call 20 different phone numbers each as a minimum. Numbers called may be controlled by type of alarm, time schedule, holiday schedule or other selectable program parameters. 5. Owner shall provide standard voice grade phone line for remote communication function. 6. Global controller and supplied modem shall be capable of modem -to -modem baud rates of 14.4K baud minimum over standard voice grade phone lines. Lower baud rates shall be selectable for areas where local phone company conditions require lower baud rates. D. Schedules 1. Schedules shall be arranged in a three tiered hierarchy as follows: a. Highest level: Event Schedules b. Middle level: Holiday Schedules c. Lowest level: Weekly Schedules 2. Each Global Controller shall have at a minimum: a. 100 Weekly time schedules (7 day) b. 100 Holiday schedules (400 programmable days each) c. 20 Event schedules (400 programmable days each) d. With 8 schedule entries per day. 3. Each schedule may be assigned to any point, controller, or program in the system. 4. Each schedule (Weekly, Holiday and Event) shall be capable of performing an optimum start. Optimum start calculation shall be based on outside air temperature, zone air temperature deviation from zones daytime heating and cooling set points, and individual zone adaptive heating and cooling coefficients that are adjusted each day based on performance parameters of the individual zone. Each schedule may use identical or individual sensors in its calculations. 5. Holiday schedule shall be provided to allow operation of system based on different schedule on specified holidays. Display of Holiday schedule shall be via a monthly calendar format. Operator shall be able to scroll through months and years. 6. Event schedules shall be identical to Holiday schedule format. However, event schedule shall be a one time action that once that time period is passed, the event 230900 - 13 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS schedule shall be erased for that particular day. Events may be scheduled up to one year in advance. 7. Operator may define and setup all schedule information from system terminal, via portable computer on site or via remote communications. This includes all times, dates and optimum start parameters. These functions shall be password protected. E. Logging Capabilities 1. Each Global Controller shall log as a minimum 50 user selectable points with a minimum of 100 samples per point with standard memory configuration. Logging shall be expandable, user defined, with additional memory in global controller. Sample time interval shall be from 1 to 1000 seconds. Sample initiation may be by any of the following conditions: a. Selectable begin and end date and time b. Point COS (Any system point) c. Point Alarm Status (Any system point) d. Schedule ON status (Weekly, Holiday or Event schedules) e. Any point in the system whether it is real or calculated may be logged. 2. Logs may be viewed both on site or off-site via remote communication. 3. Global controller shall periodically upload trended data to Operator terminal for long term archiving if desired. F. Alarm Generation 1. Alarms may be generated for any condition of the system. This includes things such as analog point high/low alarm limits, digital point COS, communication failure to terminal unit controllers, etc. Controller shall have a minimum of 6 alarm types with 7 categories for each type. 2. Each alarm may be dialed out as noted in paragraph B. above. 3. Provide alarm log for viewing of alarms. Log may be viewed on site at the system terminal or off-site via remote communications. G. Graphical lnterface 1. The system software shall include a Graphic Programming Language (GPL) for all DDC control algorithms resident in standalone control modules. Any system that does not use a drag and drop method of graphical icon programming as described herein is NOT acceptable. GPL is a method used to create a sequence of operations by assembling graphic microblocks that represent each of the commands or functions necessary to complete a control sequence. Microblocks represent common logical control devices used in conventional control systems, such as relays, switches, high signal selectors, etc., in addition to the more complex DDC and energy management strategies such as PID loops and optimum start. Each microblock shall be interactive and contain the programming necessary to execute the function of the device it represents. 230900 - 14 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 2. Graphic programming shall be performed while on screen and using a mouse; each microblock shall be selected from a microblock library and assembled with other microblocks necessary to complete the specified sequence. Microblocks are then interconnected on screen using graphic "wires," each forming a logical connection. Once assembled, each logical grouping of microblocks and their interconnecting wires then forms a graphic function block which may be used to control any piece of equipment with a similar point configuration and sequence of operation. H. Memory Modules 1. Global Controller data storage memory shall be modular, allowing additional memory to be added in the field (two modules minimum). Additional memory may be allocated by the operator to increase the storage capability of any or all routines requiring memory for storage of data. Modules shall be battery backed static RAM in Single In-line Modules (SIMM) or other easily insertable package. 2.3 TERMINAL UNIT CONTROLLERS A. General 1: Provide programmable and application specific Terminal Unit Controller as needed to comply with sequence of operation, point list and drawings. All Terminal Unit Controller units shall be completely stand-alone with no loss of control if communication with global controller is interrupted. All control parameters, DDC programs and local variables such as setpoint information shall be stored in EEPROM on board each Terminal Unit Controller allowing the operator to change information as desired. Controllers that utilize a battery to backup control parameters, etc., shall not be allowed. 2. All points on drawings, in sequence of operation and on point list shall be connected to and controlled by DDC units. No control shall be done by external devices such as thermostats or analog controls that are not part of the DDC system. 3. Programmable Terminal Unit Controllers shall be used in custom applications such as central plant, built up air handlers, fume hoods or when application specific controllers sequence of operation is not applicable. 4. Communication from Global controller to Terminal Unit Controllers shall be via two wire communication trunk as specified for Global Controllers above. Any type of Terminal Unit Controller shall communicate on the same communication trunk. System shall communicate to one Terminal Unit Controller regardless of whether other Terminal Unit Controllers on the same communication line are powered and connected. Ground referenced communications is prohibited. 5. Global controller shall communicate to all field controllers manufacturer has made in the past as well as currently. B. Programmable Terminal Unit Controllers 230900 - 15 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 1. Each programmable Terminal Unit Controller shall be completely programmable from the system terminal, via field computer or via remote communications. Program execution rate shall be ten times per second minimum (once every 100 milliseconds). 2. This controller shall be programmed to perform custom strategies for system based on information from all points in the field. Program that implements these strategies shall be completely flexible and user definable. Any controllers utilizing factory programmed strategies that cannot be modified by field personnel on site, require factory assistance, or cannot be downloaded via remote communications are not acceptable. Changing strategies via firmware changes is also unacceptable. 3. Programming shall be object oriented using program blocks familiar to control specialists for all program strategies. Provide documentation in flow chart form for all programming. Include samples of flow chart documentation in submittals. All flow charts shall be generated with CAD system and automatically downloaded to controller. No re-entry of data base shall be necessary. As -Built documentation of all software shall be provided to end user in flow chart form at completion of project. 4. Program and program parameters such as set points shall be stored in EEPROM. Battery backed RAM shall not be accepted for this level of controller. 5. All inputs shall be universal in that they accept analog and digital information. Inputs shall be capable of detecting a 0.1 second momentary closure. Analog inputs shall be capable of accepting thermistor inputs, 0 to 5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC, or 4 to 20 mA inputs. No external hardware shall need to be added for Terminal Unit Controller to accept these different types of inputs. All inputs shall utilize a minimum of 10 bit analog to digital conversion. 6. Every digital output shall have local status indication. Outputs shall have minimum control resolution of 0.1 seconds On or Off. 7. Each of the analog outputs shall be independently switch selectable to output 0 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA. Unit shall be programmable to output a sub range of voltage or current to match the device controlled. Analog outputs shall use 8 bit digital to analog conversion. 8. Terminal Unit Controller may be programmed to control what is displayed on zone sensor display. See section 2.5. Terminal Unit Controller may be programmed to show alpha numeric values on zone sensor display in response to program changes or button presses on the zone sensor. 9. Each Terminal Unit Controller shall provide 24 VDC at 250 mA as a source of power for current transducer sensors in the field. C. Application Specific Terminal Unit Controllers 1. Application Specific Terminal Unit Controllers shall be completely stand-alone controllers for unitary type controls such as VAV terminal boxes, heat pumps, AC units, unit ventilators, etc. All programs shall be resident, in controller for complete stand-alone operation. 230900 - 16 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 2. EEPROM technology shall be used for storage of program parameters such as set points, limits, etc., controllers utilizing a battery for backup of program parameters shall not be allowed. 3. All application specific Terminal Unit Controller units shall have capability to use Digital display zone sensor, or thermistor type zone sensor as listed in section 2.5. 2.4 OPERATOR FIELD INTERFACE DEVICE A. Hardware 1. Furnish for temporary use during balancing and commissioning: Field Service Laptop with modem to communicate to global controller via RS -485 at 38.4K baud minimum. RS -232 port shall be available for reprogramming displays. This port shall be accessible without removing any covers from unit. Laptop shall be at a minimum, Dell Pentium III, 128 Meg RAM, and a 10 Gig Hard Drive or approved equal, 14" viewable screen monitor. Include modem and software for remote dialup of all Grandview SD sites. 2. Provide Ethernet card and software to connect to the campus LAN network. 2.5 SENSORS A. Duct and Immersion Sensors: Temperature sensors shall be 1,000 OHM resistance type, providing a linear OHM per degree Fahrenheit characteristic change and shall be housed as required for the specific application. Averaging Sensors of five feet in length and shall be installed in such a manner so as to sense a representative sample of the medium being controlled. B. Low Limit Thermostats: Low limit thermostats shall be of the auto reset type. All freeze protection shall be provided with a sensing element which shall respond to the lowest temperature sensed by any one foot section of its element. A separate contact shall be provided for monitoring by the DDC System. All low limit thermostats shall be located upstream of each heating coil and shall close the outside air damper, send a alarm to the EMS, turn off the fan and open the heating valve if the temperature at its sensor drops below 40°F (adjustable at freezestat). The reset button on the freezestat must be manually reset after three automatic trips to restore unit operation. Low limit thermostat function must be hard wired and not rely on the EMS controls for unit coil protection. Outside air dampers shall close via the spring return feature due to a loss in power to the actuator, not because of a command from the controller. C. Differential Air Pressure Transmitters: Differential air pressure type, adjustable 0.1" w.g. to 2.0" neoprene diaphragm. D. Outdoor Temperature Sensors: Temperature sensors shall be 1,000 OHM. resistance type for outdoor use and with a conduit connector. 230900 - 17 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS E. CO2 Sensors: Sensor shall be mounted in the return air duct. It shall have a single beam non dispersive infrared sensing element with a range of 0 to 2500 PPM CO2 and accuracy no Tess than ± 50 PPM with no more than 2% output drift. It shall output a 4-20 mA or 1-5 VDC signal and have a life expectancy of at least 5 years of normal service and require calibration no more than once a year. Sensor shall be equal to Ventostat or approved substitute. F. Room Temperature Sensors/ Transmitters: Provide universal BAPI transmitter with Aspirating SS wall plate. Provide occupancy override buttons for all areas. Thermistor: 10 K ohm, -55 to 1 50degC operating range, .02degC drift maximum/ year, 3mW/degC Dissapation. G. Differential Pressure Transmitters: Differential pressure transmitters shall be pre - spanned for the medium being measured yielding a 4 to 20mA output signal. Submit chosen spans for review. Transmitter element shall be equipped with barbed fittings for 1/4" plastic tubing. H. Occupancy Sensors: Provide connection to extra contact, relay, and programming as required to receive occupancy signal from Div 24-28 furnished motion detectors. I. Current Sensing Relays: Hawkeye H608 or approved equal. J. Air Flow Switch: The units used for air shall have a single -pole, single -throw (SPST) contact, adjustable setpoint, UL rated 9.8 amperes at 120 volts, and shall be Johnson Controls P32 Series or equal. K. Water Flow Switch: The units used for water shall have a single -pole, single -throw (SPST) contact, adjustable setpoint, UL rated 6 amperes at 120 volts, 100 psig design, and shall be Johnson Controls P74 Series with automatic reset, or equal. Each switch shall be provided with isolation and drain valves. 2.6 CONTROL DEVICES A. Valves shall be 2 -way and 3 -way as provided by Section [235200 and 232133]. Provide actuators for all control valves on project. Coordinate actuator requirements with control valve manufacturer prior to order and install. 2.7 VALVE AND DAMPER ACTUATORS A. Gear Train Type: Actuators shall be heavy duty reversible type. Actuators shall be proportional or two position as required. Proportional actuators shall have a built-in electro -mechanical system to provide for positive repeatability of position, regardless of changes in output load. Actuators incorporating a force balanced feedback, hydraulic, or heat type positioner are not acceptable. Provide spring return actuators on all dampers to normally open or normally closed to suit application. Provide manual gear release on 230900 - 18 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS all actuators for positioning of damper or valve in actuator should fail. All actuators shall be installed per the manufacturers recommendations. Actuators shall be covered by a two year unconditional warranty from the substantial completion date. Manufacturer: Belimo in compliance with the above requirements or equal Delta -P. Actuators manufactured by Belimo but marketed under a different name shall be acceptable equals. B. All outside air and return air damper actuators shall be positive feedback type. The actual position of these actuators shall be reported back to the operators terminal and displayed. C. Actuator Fail Safe Requirements: 1. Spring Return Actuators: Provide spring return actuators for all economizer dampers, 100% outside air dampers, steam control valves, heating control valves on air handling units with unconditioned outside air, and where noted elsewhere. In general, upon loss of power to the actuator, air handler heating valves shall fail to an open position and outside air dampers shall fail to a closed position. 2. Non -Spring Return Actuators: Non -spring return actuators are acceptable for VAV box dampers, hot water valves at terminal units where the outside air is conditioned from a central air handler, chilled water valves, central plant hot water 3 -way mixing valves and large, central plant control valves (so adequate shutoff can be achieved), and where noted elsewhere. D. Auxiliary Devices: 1. End Switches: Provide built-in and adjustable auxiliary end switches for safety position indication on 100% outside air dampers and where noted elsewhere. Actuators with auxiliary switches must be constructed to meet the requirements for Double Insulation so an electrical ground is not required to meet agency listings. 2. Feedback: Provide analog (2 to 10 VDC) position indication for feedback or master - slave applications and where noted elsewhere. E. Actuator Control Signals 1. Two -Position (24/120/230 VAC): Provide for open -close applications. 2. Floating Point / Triac (24 VAC / VDC): Acceptable for terminal unit control valves, VAV box dampers, and applications not requiring modulating proportional control. 3. Modulating Proportional (2-10 VDC / 4-20mA): Provide for all modulating applications on economizer dampers, central plant heating/cooling valves, and control valves over 2". F. Actuator Sizing 1. Damper torque loadings used in selecting the correct size actuator should be provided by the damper manufacturer. If this information isnot available the following general selection guidelines should be used: Damper Type Torque Loading 230900 - 19 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS Opposed Blade, without edge seals, for non -tight close -off applications 3 in-lb/sq. ft. Parallel Blade, without edge seals, for non -tight close -off applications 4 in-lb/sq. ft. Opposed Blade, with edge seals, for tight close -off applications 5 in-lb/sq. ft. Parallel Blade, with edge seals, for tight close -off applications 7 in-lb/sq. ft. 2. The above torque loadings will work for most applications under 2 in. w.g. static pressure or 1000 FPM face velocity. For applications between this criteria and 3 in. w.g. or 2500 FPM the torque loading should be increased by a multiplier of 1.5. If the application call for higher criteria up to 4 in w.g. or 3000 FPM use a multiplier of 2.0. Control valve actuators shall be capable of providing the minimum torque required for proper valve close off for the required application. G. Spring Return Actuators 1. Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no crank -arm and linkage and can be capable of direct mounting to a shaft. The actuators must be designed so that they may be used for either clockwise or counter -clockwise fail-safe operation and shall provide visual indication of rotation position. Actuators shall use a brushless DC motor controlled by a microprocessor and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuator housing shall be zinc coated metal for protection in rugged environments. Actuators shall be UL listed and CSA certified, have a two year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Belimo or approved equal. H. Non -Spring Return Actuators 1. Spring return control damper actuators shall be direct coupled type which require no crank -arm and linkage and can be capable of direct mounting to a shaft. Actuators shall have a manual override button on the cover and be protected from overload at all angles of rotation. Actuators shall provide visual indication of rotation position. Run time shall be constant and independent of torque. Actuators shall be UL listed and CSA certified, have a two year warranty, and be manufactured under ISO 9001 International Quality Control Standards. Belimo or approved equal. 2.8 CONTROL DAMPERS A. Frames and blades material: Galvanized steel shall be used for all dampers unless noted otherwise. Aluminum shall be used in special applications for increased corrosion resistance as noted elsewhere. Provide aluminum frames and blades at all science rooms and,shops. 230900 - 20 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS B. Blades types: Triple -V -groove blades shall be used for air velocities of 1500 feet per minute and below. Airfoil Blades shall be used in special applications for high air static pressure and high flow rate systems where increased blade strength, reduced static pressure Toss, tighter sealing ability and reduced noise is desired and noted elsewhere. C. Blade Configuration: Opposed blades shall be used for modulating damper applications. Parallel blades shall be used for two -position, open/close damper applications. D. Blade and Jamb Seals: Provide blade and jamb seals on all dampers. E. Thrust Bearings: Provide thrust bearings for installations with vertical blade orientation. F. Very Low Leakage Control Damper (Triple -V -Groove Blades): 1. Frame: 5"xl"x16 gauge galvanized steel hat channel reinforced with corner braces for structural strength equal to 13 gauge channel frames. Low profile 3- 1/2"x3/8"x16 gauge galvanized steel channel top and bottom frame on dampers under 13" high. Finish shall be milled. 2. Blades: 6" wide, 16 gauge galvanized steel approximately 6" on center. Parallel or opposed action. 3. Seals: PVC coated polyester fabric mechanically locked into blade edge. 4. Jamb shall be flexible metal, compression type. 5. Bearings: Synthetic. 6. Linkage: Concealed in frame. 7. Axles: %" plated steel hex. 8. Control Shaft: 6" x %" diameter. Outboard support bearings supplied with all single section dampers for field mount actuators. Factory -installed jackshaft supplied with all multiple section dampers. 9. Temperature Limits: -25F to 180F. 10. Performance: When tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500, the damper shall exhibit low leakage rates that meet 10 cfm/sf at 4" w.g. or %z% maximum leakage level. 11. Type: Ruskin Model RCD -46 Very Low Leakage Control Damper or approved equal. G. Ultra Low Leakage Control Damper (Airfoil Blades): 1. Frame: 5"xl "x16 gauge galvanized steel hat channel reinforced with corner braces for structural strength equal to 13 gauge channel frames. Low profile 3- 1 /2"x3/8"xl 6 gauge galvanized steel channel top and bottom frame on dampers under 12" high. Finish shall be milled. 2. Blades: Galvanized steel airfoil shaped, double skin construction of 14 gauge equivalent thickness, 6" wide. Blade extensions may be used on top and/or bottom blades to meet damper size requirements without diminishing free area. Parallel or opposed blade action. 3. Seals: Santoprene blade edge seals and flexible metal compression jamb seals. 4. Bearings: Stainless steel sleeve. 230900 - 21 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 5. Linkage: Concealed in frame. 6. Axles: Y" plated steel hex. 7. Control Shaft: 6" x 1/2" diameter - removable. Outboard support bearings supplied with all single section dampers for field mount actuators. Factory -installed jackshaft supplied with all multiple section dampers. 8. Temperature Limits: -81 F to 302F. 9. Performance: When tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500, the damper shall exhibit low leakage rates that meet the ultra-low 2.0 cfm/sf at 1" w.g. level. 10. Type: Ruskin Model RCD -60 Ultra Low Leakage Control Damper or approved equal. H. Relays and Signal Transmitters: All necessary relays, contacts and interface devices shall be furnished to make a full and operable system. I. Duct Smoke Detectors furnished and wired to fire alarm system by Division 24-28; installed by 233113 and wired to engage fan shutdown sequence by 230900. 2.9 OSA FLOW MONITORING STATIONS A. Furnish for all VAH units as indicated on mechanical schedule. B. Shall be Ebtron Gold Series model GP1, Tek -Air, or approved equal, sized for OSA duct as indicated on HVAC plans. C. Coordinate accessible location in mechanical attic at OSA duct with Section 233113 Contractor for install. 2.10 POWER MONITOR/kWH TRANSDUCER A. Shall be "WattNode" 3-phase pulse output power monitor, or approved equal, available through Continental Control Systems, 888-928-8663. Provide complete with split core current transformers selected for compatibility with the electrical panel's current rating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide all miscellaneous devices, hardware, software, interconnections installation and programming required to insure a complete operating system in accordance with the sequences of operation and point schedules. Provide at least 10 assignable analog or digital points in reserve to be assigned as directed by the Architect. 230900 - 22 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS C. Provide all interlock and control wiring. All wiring shall be installed in a neat and professional manner in accordance with Division 24-28 and all state and local electrical codes. D. Control wiring shall not be installed in power circuit raceways. Magnetic starters and disconnect switches shall not be used as junction boxes. Provide auxiliary junction boxes as required. Coordinate location and arrangement of all control equipment with the Owner's Representative prior to rough -in. E. All control wiring in the mechanical, electrical, telephone and boiler rooms to be installed in raceways. All other wiring to be installed in a neat and inconspicuous manner as approved by the Architect and per local code requirements. F. The "Sequence of Operation" shall be as hereinafter specified. Provide night setback operation for each room to maintain lowered building temperature of 55 degrees F. (adjustable) during unoccupied periods (verify setback temperature with Architect). Outside air dampers shall remain closed during unoccupied, warm-up, and non - ventilation periods. Upon receipt of a fan status alarm from a current sensor, for any fan, the alarm status shall be displayed at the specified locations, but no action shall be commanded at the equipment. The software commands from the EMS to the fan shall continue to function as if there were no alarm condition received from the current sensor. MINIMUM INFORMATION AT THE TERMINAL FOR ALL AIR HANDLER AND BLOWER COIL UNITS: Calculated Set Point Fan Status (via current sensor) Equipment Failures/alarms Outside air percentage Mixed Air Temperature Occupied/Unoccupied Mode Discharge Temperature Time Schedules Holiday Schedules Output Status Override Timer Status Low Limit T -stat Alarm Economizer Status-On/Off Override Timer Value Control Valve Position (commanded) Damper Position (commanded) Commanded VFD Frequency (VAV Unit Only) MINIMUM INFORMATION AT THE TERMINAL FOR ALL VAV TERMINAL UNITS: Fan Status (via current sensor) Equipment Failures/alarms Override Timer Value Control Valve Position (commanded) Actual Airflow Max Airflow Damper Position (commanded) Override Timer Status Discharge Temperature Output Status Min Airflow 1. All required display information, for each unit, shall be displayed at the same time on one screen. (Except time and holiday schedules). 230900 - 23 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 3.2 SPARE PARTS LIST A. Provide owner with recommended spare parts list. 3.3 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. Variable Air Volume Air Handling Units [(VAH-? And ?)] 1. Air handling unit supply fan and return/exhaust fan (where applicable) will operate on their own controls during occupied hours and will shut off during unoccupied hours, or as scheduled. During occupied hours, the outside air and relief air dampers will open to minimum position and the return air damper will operate coordinately. During unoccupied hours, the outside air and relief air dampers will be fully closed and the return air damper will be fully open. 2. During occupied hours and under full cooling load, the supply fan variable frequency drive will modulate to maintain the static pressure in the supply ductwork at 1.0" WG, or as set (adjust static pressure in coordination with 200593 to maintain worst case individual terminal unit performance under full design airflow). The supply. ductwork static pressure will be sensed at a location approximately 2/3 of way down the main supply ductwork. As cooling demand decreases, the EMS shall reset the supply duct static pressure down, while maintaining the worst case terminal unit performance (where applicable) with fully open terminal unit primary air damper. On units with return/exhaust fans, the return/exhaust variable frequency drive will modulate to maintain the static pressure in the building at 0.05" WG above atmospheric pressure, or as set. The space static pressure sensor will be located in a representative location in the building corridor. Unit OSA and return air dampers will modulate off signal from Ebtron flow monitoring station to maintain constant minimum ventilation air requirement regardless of VFD fan speeds. 3. The return fan (for VAH-01) shall run whenever the supply fan runs. The return fan VFD shall modulate in unison with the supply fan VFD. The return fan VFD shall not exceed the supply fan VFD and shall have the capability of tracking at 80% (adjustable) of the supply fan VFD speed. Return fan speed shall prioritize fan speed to track off supply fan and shall only decrease in speed if static pressure sensor in corridor off space being served drops below atmospheric pressure or as set. 4. During occupied hours, on a call for cooling, the outside air, and return air dampers will modulate in economizer mode to maintain the air handling unit, leaving air temperature at setpoint conditions. During this mode of operation the EMS will override the outside air monitoring system, and command the dampers to open beyond the minimum outside air position. The leaving air temperature setpoint will be reset based off the terminal zone having the greatest cooling demand. If the greatest cooling output is greater than 95% (adjustable), and the DAT setpoint is greater than the lower limit of the DAT reset range (adjustable); then decrease the DAT setpoint by 1F (adjustable). If the greatest cooling output is less than 85% (adjustable), and the DAT setpoint is less than the upper limit of the DAT reset range 230900 - 24 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS (adjustable); then increase the DAT setpoint by 1F (adjustable). Poll for reset every 10 minutes. When economizer operation alone cannot maintain setpoint conditions, cooling coil valve will modulate to maintain setpoint conditions. When the outside air temperature rises above the return air temperature, or as set, the outside air and relief air dampers will return to minimum position. The return air damper will operate coordinately, and cooling coil valve will modulate to maintain setpoint conditions. During unoccupied hours, cooling will be locked out. 5. During unoccupied hours, on rise above the occupied hours cooling temperature setpoint, and if the outside air temperature is at least 8 degrees F (or as set) below the ventilation temperature setpoint, air handling unit fans will start. The outside air and relief dampers will fully open. The return air damper will fully close and cooling operation will remain locked out. When the space temperature is below the ventilation temperature, setpoint air handling unit fans will stop, the outside air and relief dampers will fully close, the return air damper will fully open and the system will return to unoccupied mode operation. 6. During unoccupied hours, if any zone space temperature falls below night low limit temperature, the supply fan will start. The Preheat coil valve will modulate to maintain the air handling unit, leaving air temperature (normally preheating not required) The outside air and relief air damper will remain closed, and heating coil valves at the variable air volume terminals will operate to maintain the space temperature at night low limit conditions. When night low limit conditions are satisfied, the supply fan will shut off and the system will return to unoccupied mode operation. 7. During occupied hours in the heating mode, the minimum outside air CFM and outside air damper will be controlled by an outside air monitoring system. The return air damper will operate coordinately with the outside air damper. The Preheat coil valve will modulate to maintain the air handling unit, leaving air temperature (normally preheating not required). For mixed air low limit control in heating mode, fan speed shall increase to 60% of max speed (adjustable), while maintaining min O.A. damper position to allow minimum 45° F (adjustable) mixed air temperature. If setpoint cannot be maintained by increase in fan speed, O.A. damper shall modulate closed to maintain mixed air temperature above 45° F. 8. Prior to the beginning of occupied hours, and if the space temperature is below the occupied hours heating setpoint, air handling unit fans will start using an adaptive optimum start -time logic. The outside air and relief air dampers will remain closed to restore the space temperature to the occupied hours heating setpoint. The system then will return to occupied mode operation as scheduled. 9. Provide high duct static pressure sensor and EMS alarm for safety shut -down of all units. Adjust setpoint 0.5"WG higher than balanced cooling condition setpoint, not to exceed 2.0"WG. B. VARIABLE VOLUME AIR HANDLING UNITS NOT SERVING VAV UNITS [(VAH-? only)] 230900 - 25 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 1. GENERAL: Each unit shall operate via DDC controller. The occupied/ unoccupied signal shall be received from the central control system optimal start program. Each unit shall have a discharge air temperature sensor. Each unit shall have a room sensor with a push button for after hours operation which when pressed will operate its respective zone in the occupied mode for 1 hour (adjustable). THIS OVERRIDE FUNCTION SHOULD BE EASILY ENABLED OR DISABLED THROUGH THE COS. The after hours time and zone set points shall be set at the LOS or COS. Supply fan speed is controlled by a variable frequency drive, which receives its input signal from zone temperature setpoint and mixed air temperature. 2. OCCUPIED: On an optimized signal to change from the unoccupied to the occupied mode, the supply fan shall be turned on at full speed, the outside air dampers remain closed, return air damper open, and the heating or cooling valve at each coil shall modulate open to meet the system demand based on temperature in the zones served. Upon reaching the occupied start time each coil shall maintain discharge air setpoint temperature and dampers shall modulate to minimum outside air position and mixed air temperature. As the supply fan speed changes, the outside air dampers must also change position to maintain the minimum outside air volumes. The EMS shall calculate total OSA air volume based off mixed air temperature algorithm utilizing return air and outside air temperature sensors. The unit shall be placed into heating mode, economizer mode or cooling mode; whichever is required to maintain the room temperature setpoint. The Fan shall operate at low speed for all heating modes. When heating is required, the valve shall modulate open to maintain the room air temperature setpoint. Upon call from CO2 sensor for more OSA, fan speed shall increase to maintain minimum 55° F, adjustable, mixed air temperature. When cooling is required, the VAH fan shall operate at low speed and shall increase as required to maintain space temp for cooling load based on a 55-60 degree F discharge air temperature. If the discharge air setpoint cannot be achieved by economizer cooling or if the outside air temperature is above the economizer setpoint, the outside air dampers shall be positioned to minimum and the cooling coil valve shall modulate open to maintain the discharge air setpoint. During any cooling mode of operation the discharge air temperature shall not drop below 55° F. 3. UNOCCUPIED: During the unoccupied mode, the unit fan shall be off with the OA damper closed and.return air damper open. Fan and heating control valve shall cycle as required to maintain room night setback temperatures. Cooling modes shall not operate during unoccupied periods. 4. FIRE ALARM: On a general signal from the fire alarm panel to the EMS, the fan shall shut down and the outside air damper will close. 5. HEATING ONLY UNITS: On heating only units the cooling coil sequence of operation described above shall be disregarded. 6. CO2 VENTILATION CONTROL: A return duct mounted CO2 sensor, mounted in accessible location, shall drive the outside damper open when necessary to maintain CO2 setpoint. When the O.A. dampers reach 50% the fan(s) speed shall be increased with dampers remaining at 50% until CO2 setpoint is satisfied. In heating 230900 - 26 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 . 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS mode, fan speed shall increase, regardless of damper position, with O.A. damper position to allow minimum 50° F (adjustable), mixed air temperature. C. Constant Volume Blower Coil and Air Handling Units 1. Air handling unit supply fan will operate on its own controls during occupied hours and will shut off during unoccupied hours. As scheduled, during occupied hours, the outside air damper will open to minimum position and the return air damper will operate coordinately. During unoccupied hours, the outside air damper will be fully closed and the return air damper will be fully open. 2. During occupied hours, on a call for cooling, the outside air and return air dampers will modulate in economizer mode to maintain the space temperature at setpoint conditions. When economizer operation alone cannot maintain setpoint conditions, cooling coil valve will modulate to maintain setpoint conditions. When the outside air temperature rises above the return air temperature, or as set, the outside air damper will return to minimum position. The return air damper will operate accordingly and way cooling coil valve will modulate to maintain setpoint conditions. During unoccupied hours, cooling operation will be locked out. 3. During occupied hours, on a call for heating, the heating coil control valve will modulate to maintain the space temperature at setpoint conditions. During unoccupied hours, if the space temperature falls below night low limit temperature, the supply fan will start, the outside air damper will remain closed and the heating coil control valve will modulate to maintain space temperature at night low limit conditions. When night low limit conditions are satisfied, the supply fan will shut off and the system will return to unoccupied mode operation. In occupied heating mode, O.A. damper shall modulate to partially closed position as required to maintain a minimum mixed air temperature of 45° F (adjustable) or above. 4. Where zone served by the air handler has an occupancy sensor for lighting control, the EMS shall connect to the auxiliary contact on the occupancy sensor and monitor for room occupancy. When the occupancy sensor signals an unoccupied room, the EMS shall close the outside air damper, run the fan and cycle control valve to maintain room temperature occupied setpoint, heating and cooling. • Economizer cooling shall remain enabled if outside air temperatures allow as such for cooling mode of operation. Upon an occupied signal from the occupancy sensor the air handler shall return to normal occupied mode of operation for minimum ventilation air. 5. During scheduled unoccupied hours, on rise above the un -occupied hours cooling temperature setpoint, and if the outside air temperature is at least 5 degrees F (adjustable) below the ventilation temperature setpoint, air handling unit fans will start. The outside air damper will fully open, the return air damper will fully close and cooling operation will remain locked out. When the space temperature is below zone unoccupied temperature setpoint, air handling unit fans will stop, the outside air damper will fully close. The return air damper will fully open and the system will return to unoccupied mode operation. 230900 - 27 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS. 6. Prior to the beginning of occupied hours, and if the space is below the occupied hours heating setpoint, air handling unit fans will start using an adaptive, optimum start -time logic. The outside air and relief air dampers will remain closed to restore the space temperature to the occupied hours heating setpoint. The system then will return to occupied mode operation as scheduled. 7. Each unit shall have a room sensor with a push button for after hours operation which when pressed will operate its respective zone in the occupied mode for 1 hour (adjustable). THIS OVERRIDE FUNCTION SHOULD BE EASILY ENABLED OR DISABLED THROUGH THE COS. D. [Reverse Flow Heat Recovery Units] E. Chilled Water System 1. When OSA temperature rises above 70F, or as set, and there is a call for cooling from 4 (adjustable) air -handlers or blower coils, the chilled water pump CWP -1 shall be enabled. After status of CWP -1 is proven, Chiller C-1 shall be enabled. Chilled water pump CWP -1 shall run for 5 minutes after C-1 is disabled. Chiller C-1 shall operate on it's own internal controls. The DDC EMCS shall provide a hardwired enable/disable signal to the chiller and a hardwired 4 to 20 mA input to the chiller for water temperature reset. In addition, the EMCS shall interface with the chiller, through the chiller Backnet controller, for monitoring of status outputs, temperature outputs and alarm outputs from the chiller control panel and display their condition on the appropriate graphics screen. 2. Chilled water setpoint shall be reset by the control system based on demand of the system. Initial setpoint shall be 45F. Poll chilled water valve positions every 10 minutes. When any 4 (adjustable) chilled water valves are greater than 90% open, chilled water temperature shall be lowered by 2F (adjustable) down to the minimum setpoint of 44F (adjustable). When all (adjustable) chilled water valve positions are below 90% (adjustable) the temperature setpoint will be raised by 2F (adjustable) up to the maximum setpoint of 55F. 3. EMS shall provide a pressure transducer near the end of (2) of the cooling system piping loops, total of (2) pressure transducers. The EMS shall use the pressure transducer inputs to vary CWP -1 pump speeds using the associated pump VFD. The pump speed shall be modulated to maintain minimum system pressure. Pump speed shall not decrease to below minimum required chiller flowrate setpoint (obtain this value from chiller manufacturer). F. Heating Water System 1. Main building circulation pump, HWP-1 or HWP-2, shall run whenever there is a call for zone heat from any single heating valve and boiler sequencing panel shall be enabled. Main building circulation pump HWP-1 or HWP-2 shall run continuously at outside air temperatures below 50°F (adjustable) or if there is a call for zone heat from any single heating valve and boiler sequencing panel shall be enabled. Lead 230900 - 28 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 230900 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS pump shall be chosen based on runtime. If lead pump fails, the lag shall start and an alarm will be sent to the operators terminal. Boiler sequencing panel shall not be enabled until verification of HWP-1 or HWP-2 operation via current sensor feedback. 2. EMS shall provide a pressure transducer near the end of [(3)] of the heating system piping loops, total of [(3)] pressure transducers. The EMS shall use the pressure transducer inputs to vary the HWP-1 and HWP-2 pump speeds using the associated pump VFD's. The pump speed shall be modulated to maintain minimum system pressure. 3. The Boiler Sequencing Panel shall be enabled by the DDC EMCS system. The main building HWS loop temperature and boiler firing shall be reset by the boiler sequencing panel upon receiving a water temperature reset input signal from the EMS (see 235200). EMS reset temperature signal shall poll every 10 minutes. When any 4 (adjustable) heating water valves are greater than 90% open, heating water temperature shall be increased by 2F (adjustable) up to the maximum setpoint of 180F (adjustable). When all (adjustable) heating water valve positions are below 90% (adjustable) the temperature setpoint will be decreased by 2F (adjustable) down to the minimum setpoint of 140F. 4. The DDC EMCS system shall receive the following analog input points from the BISP (see 235200). These points shall have alarms and values programmed into the EMCS software. a. Heating System supply water temp (2-10VDC) b. Heating System return water temp (2-10VDC) c. Boiler return water temps. (2-10VDC) (one per boiler) d. Boiler run status (one per boiler) e. Boiler failure signal (one per boiler) f. Boiler circ. pump failure signal (one per boiler) g. Boiler circulation pump run status h. General system alarm 5. The 230900 Contractor shall provide wiring and conduit between Boiler Sequencing Interface Panel (BSIP) and all low voltage sensors and devices. Refer to Section 235200 and Drawings. Coordinate with supplier of (BSIP). G. Variable Volume Terminal Units (w/out Fan) 1. General: Each unit shall operate via EMS controller. The occupied/ unoccupied signal shall be received from the EMS optimal start program. Each unit shall have a room sensor with a push button for after hours operation which when pressed will operate its respective zone in the occupied mode for 1 hour (adjustable). When any zones are placed in the occupied mode, the unit serving that zone shall operate. THIS OVERRIDE FUNCTION SHOULD BE EASILY ENABLED OR DISABLED THROUGH THE COS. The after hours time and zone set points shall be set at the LOS or COS. 2. Occupied: On an optimized signal to change from the unoccupied to the occupied mode, the primary air damper shall modulate to maintain room temperature setpoint and if needed the heating coil valve shall modulate open to maintain room setpoint 230900 - 29 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS until the occupied start time. The unit shall be placed into heating mode or cooling mode whichever is required to maintain each room setpoint. When a zone requires heating the primary air damper shall be positioned to minimum and the heating valve shall modulate open to maintain the room air setpoint. The primary air dampers shall not open beyond the minimum setpoint when in heating mode of operation. When a zone requires cooling the primary air dampers modulate open to maintain room setpoint. 3. Unoccupied: During the unoccupied mode, on call for heat, the primary air handling unit VAH shall turn on and primary air dampers open to minimum position. The heating control valve shall cycle as required to maintain room night setback temperatures. Cooling modes shall not operate during unoccupied periods. 4. Fire Alarm: On a general signal from the fire alarm panel to the EMS, the primary air damper will close. H. Domestic Hot Water Heater Control 1. Domestic water heaters shall be scheduled on during occupied mode, and off during unoccupied mode. Water heaters shall have an operating schedule separate from other equipment. Install a manual bypass switch at water heaters. The bypass switch shall override the EMS and turn the water heater ON when the switch is placed in the "manual" position. The water heater shall stay ON until the switch is returned into the "auto" position. This manual bypass switch shall also control any associated water heater circulation pumps. 2. Provide an insertion type temperature sensor in the domestic hot water supply pipe leaving the water heater. Temperature shall be displayed at COS & LOS. 3. Provide mushroom type panic switch at door to Boiler Room for emergency shutdown of gas fired water heaters, 3 water heaters in room, one switch for alt heaters and boiler at each exit as shown on plans. Switch and wiring by 230900 shall disable firing of water heaters. Label switch with Y" high letters, label shall read "Emergency Gas Shutdown". 4. Provide EMS system alarm and automatic shut -down of water heater firing control upon EMS system detection of water temperatures above 123 degrees F (adjustable). I. Domestic Hot Water Circulation 1. Domestic hot water circulating pumps shall be scheduled "OFF" during unoccupied mode, and "ON" during occupied mode. Provide insertion thermostat to cycle pump based on return, "HWC" temperature during occupied mode. When HWC temperature rises above setpoint the pump shuts off. Pump stays off until HWC temperature drops to 3° F below setpoint, then pump starts. Setpoint and offset shall both be adjustable and displayed on terminal. Initial "pump off' setpoint shall be 100° F. Install a manual bypass switch at circulation pumps. The bypass switch shall override the control system and turn the pump,ON when the switch is placed in the "manual" position. The pump shall stay ON until the switch is returned into the "auto" position. 230900 - 30 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS j. Fire Alarm Shutdown 1. Provide relays, wiring, etc., to stop supply, exhaust, return and relief air fans only upon a signal from fire alarm control panel. A set of contacts shall be furnished in the fire alarm panel for this purpose, contacts provided by the Division 24-28 Subcontractor. Connect to units in buildings. EMS shall be automatically reset when fire alarm system is reset. The kitchen cooking hood exhaust fan EF -05 shall remain operational during fire alarm shutdown. K. Duct Smoke Detectors •1. Duct smoke detectors shall be installed on fan systems over 2000 CFM. The duct smoke detectors shall be provided and wired to the fire alarm system by the Division 24-28 subcontractor. The Section 230900 subcontractor shall be responsible for the wiring between the duct smoke detector and the fan system control circuit it serves. The wiring shall be installed so that the fan system shuts down when the duct smoke detector trips. The EMS subcontractor shall coordinate with the Division 24-28 subcontractor as necessary to complete and test this installation. L. Data Room Split AC and Elevator Machine Room 1. The split system air conditioning units and associated condensing units are self- controlled. All units shall receive status signal from the EMS. A separate temperature sensor connected to the EMS shall be located in the room for monitoring and alarm purposes. The temperature sensor shall be programmed to send an alarm to the LOS & COS when the temperature exceeds the adjustable alarm setpoint. The Section 230900 Contractor shall provide control wiring.between evaporator and condenser system components for proper unit operation. 2. The split system air conditioning units serving the MDF room shall operate in a lead/lag time schedule sequence and shall be enabled from the EMS. The redundant unit shall operate upon failure of lead unit or if space temperatures exceeds set - point. M. Electric Unit Heaters Electric unit heaters shall be commanded on/off by EMS to maintain room temperature setpoint at 40° F (adjustable). An EMS sensor shall be installed in each room served by an electric unit heater to control the unit. Each of these units shall be on their own schedule, which shall be initially set for 24 hour operation. N. [Outdoor Lighting 1. DDC system to turn on and off (9) zones of outdoor lighting and (3) zone of interior lighting via DDC schedules and wiring to relays furnished by Division 24-28. The Section 230900 subcontractor shall provide (9) zones of exterior lighting control and (3) zone of interior lighting from the EMS. The Section 230900 Subcontractor shall control the (12) zones by connecting to relays located in Custodial 1820 furnished by Division 24-28. Provide photocell control that shall lockout outside lighting 230900 - 31 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS when analog signal from photocell exceeds EMS programmed trip point (adjustable). Provide photocell control that shall lockout outside lighting when analog signal from photocell exceeds EMS programmed trip point (adjustable). Photocell shall be type with a variable analog output that varies proportionally with available light. Provide independent scheduling capability for each of the [(12)] zones. Provide a labeled manual override switch for the photocell. Manual override switch shall override all photocell control of exterior lighting. Provide and display alarm at LOS whenever photocell auto mode is manually overridden.] O. Exhaust Fans 1. Exhaust fans, excluding fans controlled by manual fan switches and reverse acting t'stats, shall be programmed to run during zone occupied mode. Exhaust fans shall not run during zone unoccupied mode unless put into occupied mode by zone override button, switch or timer. 2. Exhaust fans shown controlled by reverse acting thermostats and manual switches shall be capable of operating at all times. 3. Provide fan status with adjustable current relay switch for all exhaust fans. Status shall be displayed at the terminal. 4 [Exhaust fans controlled by EMS reverse acting thermostats are ????? All exhaust fans shall operate at temperatures above 80°F (adjustable) during occupied and unoccupied hours.] 5. [Exhaust fans controlled by manual switches kitchen exhaust fans n?? ] Switches and wiring shall be provided by Section 230900. 6. Exhaust fan KEF-01 "Kiln Exhaust Fan" is interlocked with the kiln and has no EMS interface or monitoring. Provide wiring for kiln envirolink interlock. 7. During unoccupied hours of operation and EF -07 shall be interlocked with VAH-02, VAH-03, AH -01 and AH -07. If any of the air handling units are put into unoccupied override mode of operation, the exhaust fan shall also operate during the override period. P. Boiler and Water Heater Emergency Override 1. The 230900 contractor shall provide two mushroom panic type switches with associated wiring and conduit to boiler burner control panel and water heaters to interrupt firing control. Termination of wiring at burner control panel shall be by boiler manufacturer. Provide label at each switch located at each boiler room door as shown on plans with %i" high lettering "Emergency Gas Shutdown". Q. Water Meter Monitoring 1. The EMS shall monitor and trend log output from the (3) contacting water meters. The Section 230900 subcontractor shall provide and coordinate the necessary conduit, wiring and output requirements for proper connection to the meters and accurate monitoring results. The water meters for the domestic cold water, 230900 - 32 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS irrigation water and heating/cooling hydronic water systems shall be monitored, trended and displayed by the EMS. 2. In addition to water meter monitoring, the EMS shall control the water makeup solenoid valve for the heating/cooling system using the water usage information from the heating/cooling water meter. If the water meter detects a water usage of 5 GPM or more (adjustable) for 5 minutes (adjustable), the EMS shall close the normally open solenoid valve. The solenoid valve shall stay closed until manually reset at the EMS Local Operator Station. R. Remote Control of Temperature Control System 1. The 230900 Subcontractor shall provide Hardware and Software for LOS & COS as required for remote access and control of the EMS including modems, software and appurtenances required. Graphics, reports, alarms, and trends shall be available at COS and schedules and temperatures shall be capable of being modified remotely. S. Phase Failure Protection 1. If control power monitor system, provided by the Section 230900 subcontractor, senses power phase loss or phase imbalance, the EMS shall shutdown 3-phase controlled loads not connected to emergency power circuits until phase balance is restored. Emergency power circuits are not to be shut down on phase failure. Loads not powered from emergency power circuits shall not restart until power has been restored. Phase failure shall generate an EMS alarm at the COS & LOS. In addition, the EMS shall interface with the security alarm panel to signal the failure. The EMS shall provide a contact closure signal for the security alarm panel and provide the wiring between the contact and the security alarm panel. The Division 24-28 contractor shall terminate the EMS wires in the security alarm panel and program the panel for the specific alarm dial -out. T. Outside Air Temperature Sensor Locations 1. Provide a single outside air temperature sensor located in a shaded area with a North exposure for general outside air temperature monitoring. In addition, provide HVAC outside air temperature sensors located behind outside air louvers, in plenum. This is to provide accurate temperature indication of outside air actually being delivered to the unit(s). The Section 230900 Subcontractor shall furnish and install four (4) HVAC outside air temperature sensors in plenums. The exact location of these sensors shall be coordinated with the Architect during construction. The plenum mounted outside air temperature sensors shall be used during EMS control of the economizer sequence for the air handlers. The economizer sequence for an air handler shall use a temperature sensor with the same exposure as the outside air louver that serves that air handler. U. Global Freeze Protection Override 230900 - 33 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 1. At the COS & LOS, provide an easily identifiable, manually activated point that shall allow for global freeze protection override of the heating and ventilation system. When the OSA temperature drops below 29° F (user adjustable) the domestic hot water circulation pumps start and the night setback temperature switches from its normal individual set point to a global set point of 65° F (user adjustable), the freeze prevention program does not directly start equipment, it changes the night setback temperature point and the existing night setback controls cycle equipment on and off. The current condition of this feature shall be easily identified on the computer terminal screen and the adjustable setpoints shall displayed and accessible. A short description shall be displayed next to each of the adjustable points for user direction. The description shall read: "Toggle this feature "ON" to optimize building freeze protection. Place feature in "AUTO" mode for normal operation." V. Global Air Handling System Emergency Shut Down 1. At the COS & LOS, provide an easily identifiable, manually activated point that shall allow for global shut down of building air handling equipment, including exhaust fans. When the single global point is manually toggled to the "OFF" position at the COS or LOS air handling units shall shut down. This mode of operation shall continue, regardless of the time of day, until the point is manually toggled back to the "AUTO" position. The COS or LOS display for this feature shall include a place to toggle between "OFF" and "AUTO". A short description shall be displayed next to the adjustable point for user direction. The description shall read: "Toggle this feature "OFF" to shut down air handling equipment, including exhaust fans. Toggle this feature to "AUTO" for normal operation. W. Building Gas Sensing 1. The automatic temperature control system shall measure the building instantaneous gas demand and indicate the accumulated gas usage as well as trend log the gas demand. The demand peak in CF/Hr and its date and time occurrence shall be recorded. These values shall be observed by the operator. System shall log CF/Hr demand for demand period matching that of the serving gas utility for the past 60 days. Provide sensors or arrange for Puget Sound Energy to do so. The Section 230900 subcontractor shall pay for cost of sensors. X. Building Power Demand Control 1. The EMS shall measure the building instantaneous electrical demand and indicate the accumulated power usage as well as trend log the electrical demand. Provide adjustable demand control to provide separate stages of demand control for HVAC equipment to reduce electrical demand. It shall be possible to turn off units and override night setback function for periods desired. The demand peak in KW and its date and time occurrence shall be recorded. These values shall be observed by the operator. System shall log KW demand for demand period matching that of the 230900 - 34 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS serving electric utility for the past 60 days. Provide pulse sensors or arrange for power company to do so. The 230900 subcontractor shall pay for cost of sensors. Y. Power Panel Monitoring 1. Provide at each of [(24)] electrical power panels throughout the building, a power monitor (kWH transducer). Refer to Electrical one -line diagram for panel locations. Power monitor and enclosure shall be provided and connected to EMS by Section 230900 sub -contractor. Division 24-28 sub -contractor shall perform connection of power monitor voltage wiring and current transformers to electrical panels. 2. EMS shall monitor electrical consumption from each panel and display, at the LOS, each panel's real time electrical consumption, daily and monthly peak consumption with time and date of occurrence, daily and monthly kWH totals, and annual kWH total shall be displayed. The daily peak consumption and kWH totals shall be data logged and reset at 12:00 am (midnight). The monthly peak consumption and kWH totals shall be data logged and reset at the end of each month. The annual kWH total shall be data logged and reset at the end of each year. 3. The [(24)] power monitors shall each be assigned to one of two categories, "Mechanical Equipment and Connected Outlet Loads" or "Lighting and Connected Outlet Load." Each category shall be displayed, at the LOS, with each category total for real time electrical consumption, daily and monthly peak consumption with time and date of occurrence, daily and monthly kWH totals, and annual kWH total shall be displayed. Each category daily peak consumption and kWH totals shall be data logged and reset at 12:00 am (midnight). Each category monthly peak consumption and kWH totals shall be data logged and reset at the end of each month. Each category annual kWH total shall be data logged and reset at the end of each year. Z. ADA Door Operation [ ] 1. The Section 230900 Subcontractor shall provide operable door scheduling control from the EMS. The Section 230900 Subcontractor shall control the door by connecting to shunt/trip breaker provided by the Division 24-28 Subcontractor located in series with the keyed switch at Panel ?. Time scheduling capability shall be provided through the LOS and COS. Schedule shall initially programmed to allow door operation from 6am-6pm. AA. HVAC Emergency Override Button 1. Provide blue in color, push-button on, key off type, HVAC system override switch in [Office Manager Room ?] to manually shut -down all air handling units. Provide "HVAC System Override" identification tag at switch." 3.4 TRAINING A. Provide application engineer to instruct owner in operation of systems and equipment. 230900 - 35 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230900 09819.00 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS B. Provide basic operator training for a minimum of 3 persons on data display, alarm and status descriptors, requesting data, execution of commands and request of logs. C. Provide training above as required a minimum of 120 man- hours as part of this contract. Training to be at the Owner's convenience and in at least 3 separate periods. D. Refer to requirements of Section 200810. 3.5 COMMISSIONING A. The equipment and systems referenced in this section are to be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. The contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, startup, test development, testing, and documentation. Coordinate all commissioning activities with the Commissioning Consultant. 3.6 PUGET SOUND ENERGY VERIFICATION INSPECTION A. The Section 230900 Subcontractor shall be on site for (8) hours, split between one or two days, as required to assist in PSE verification of system operation. The Section 230900 Subcontractor shall work with the PSE representative to verify proper sequence of operation for any requested components and explain system operation and graphic screen displays. 3.7 EMS SYSTEM START-UP PROCEDURES A. Perform all necessary calibration, testing and debugging and perform all required operational checks to ensure that the system is functioning in full accordance with these specifications. B. Perform and document tests to verify proper performance of components, routines and points. Repeat tests until proper performance results. This testing shall include a point- to-point log to validate 100 percent of the input and output points of the BAS system operation and 100 percent of the sequence of operation for each piece of equipment and controlled component. Provide additional tests as required in Sections [019113] and 200800. C. Upon completion of the performance tests described above, repeat these tests, in the presence of the Commissioning Authority as Required. D. Document all tests on approved test documentation forms and submit to the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 230900 - 36 of 36 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES SECTION 23091 5 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Variable frequency drives (VFD) for Divisions 22 and 23 equipment. VFDs shall be furnished and installed by controls system subcontractor specified in Section 230900 and shall be furnished to packaged equipment manufacturers specified in Section 232150 and 233113 for installation and wiring at the factory]. B. Contract Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. IEEE 519, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems. 2. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. 3. UL 508, Industrial Control Equipment. C. Installer Qualifications: Installing contractor shall have successfully installed VFDs in at least 3 facilities. Installations shall be similar in configuration to this project. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each VFD and appurtenance. Indicate accessories where required for complete system and installation instructions. Identify manufacturer's recommended maximum distance between VFD and motor controlled by VFD. Include blank copy of start-up and test report form. C. Shop Drawings: Submit control wiring diagram indicating factory and field installed wiring. D. Test Reports: 1. Factory start-up and test reports. 23091 5 - 1 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 2. Field start-up and test reports. 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 WARRANTY A. General: Warrant VFD for 2 years after Substantial Completion. Warranty shall cover parts, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. 1.5 SPARE MATERIALS A. Deliver spare parts kit, including 1 set of spare fuses for each drive size furnished to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Yaskawa E7, ABB ACH Series 550, Allen Bradley Powerflex 70, Danfoss VLT HVAC, Square D, or approved. B. Manufacturer shall maintain a service center or service representative within 50 miles of the project site. This center shall be capable of the following services: 1. Factory coordinated start-up service. 2. Emergency service calls, including replacement parts, within 24 hours. 3. Service contracts. 4. Training of customer personnel in operation and basic troubleshooting. 5. Stock of frequently replaceable parts at local warehouse. 2.2 COMPONENTS AND REQUIREMENTS A. Description: 1. General: Variable torque type. 2. Performance: a. Conversion of 3 phase, 60 hertz AC input power to adjustable voltage and frequency, 3 phase AC power for stepless motor control from 10 percent to 110 percent of base speed. Obtain input power voltage from Division 26. b. Capable of starting, stopping, and driving an AC variable output from 0 to 60 Hz while maintaining a constant volts/hertz ratio. Adjustable volts/hertz ratio via keypad. Capable of delivering 110 percent starting torque. c. Sized as required by motors as indicated on the Drawings. B. Construction: 1. UL listed and labeled assembly including specified options. 230915-2of8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 2. Major components: a. Diode front end to convert AC to DC to create fixed DC bus voltage. b. Phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground metal oxide varistor (MOV) protection. c. Smoothing reactor for DC bus. d. DC bus capacitors. e. Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT) to create Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) waveforms to control motor speed. f. Separate terminal blocks for control and power wiring. C. Enclosure: UL listed and labeled. NEMA rated for installation location as follows: NEMA 1 in general; NEMA 3R for outdoors; and NEMA 12 for dirty locations and within air handling unit plenums. Surface mounted cabinet with hinged front door, top or bottom conduit entry, and key lockable. Manufacturer's standard paint finish. D. Overcurrent Protection: Input line overcurrent protective device, thermal magnetic type, externally operated and interlocked with enclosure door with short circuit interrupting rating (SCCR) of [5,000] [100,000] Amps. Include a UL Listing label indicating the SCCR. E. Components and Requirements: 1. Electric disconnect lockable in OFF position with padlock. 2. Door interlock to prevent door from being opened when operating handle is in ON position. Interlock defeatable through simple, but not obvious, means. 3. Internal control power circuit with transformer and protective fuses. 4. Meet or exceed the current ratings listed in NFPA 70 for motors being controlled. 5. UL listed and labeled for electronic overload protection of motor. 6. Five percent line reactors in form of AC reactor, DC reactor, or a combination of the two. 7. Limit motor noise as result of VFD to 3 dB over line operation, measured at 3 feet from motor center line. If deemed too noisy by the Owner, raise carrier frequency or replace. 8. Programmable relay contacts SPDT (not open collector), quantity as required for sequence of operation, minimum 3 sets. 9. Adjustable acceleration and deceleration, commonly or separately, from 10 to 180 seconds with torque override acceleration protection and regeneration protection during deceleration. 10. Automatic adjustment of volts -to -hertz ratio to motor in proportion to load without changing speed. 11. Separately adjustable minimum/maximum frequency limits. 12. Low frequency/low voltage start with linear adjustable ramp up to pre -selected speed. 13. Status Lights: Door -mounted LCD indicators to indicate the following conditions: a. Power on. b. Run. 230915 - 3 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES c. Overvoltage. d. Line fault. e. Overcurrent. f. External fault. 14. Thru-the-door operator interface with keypad and alphanumeric display for parameter setting and monitoring of: a. Output frequency b. RPM c. Output voltage d. Output current e. Running time f. Faults (including memory of last 3 received faults) g. Display to read in English words without use of codes. h. DC bus voltage i. Calculated motor torque j. Calculated motor power (KW) k. Parameters set via keypad without removing drive cover. 15. Auxiliary relay contact for remote fault indication. 16. Manual speed setting on operator interface. 17. Hand -off -auto switch on door. In HAND position, speed is controlled by door mounted speed potentiometer. In OFF position, VFD cannot be started. In AUTO position, speed is controlled by remote signal and VFD can receive remote start command. Stop command in AUTO position can be either remote, integral, or from door mounted HOA switch. 18. Main disconnect lockable in open position. 19. Overtemperature shutdown. 20. Input power dip ride through, 2 seconds. 21. Output short circuit and ground fault protection. 22. Start into spinning motor protection. Motor may be turning in either direction. 23. Overvoltage and undervoltage protection. 24. Current limit and torque limit capability. 25. Automatic restart after power interruption and after power decay (brownout) within 5 seconds. Automatic restart selectable via software programming. 26. Signal follower for 0 to 10 VDC and 0 to 20 or 4 to 20 mA inputs, direct and reverse acting behind the reactor. 27. Critical frequency range lockout, minimum of 2 critical frequency ranges. 28. Serial Communication (RS 485). Coordinate requirements with DDC system specified in Section 230900. 29. Output filter designed for constant duty with VFD operating at full rated load to keep rate of rise for each pulse in output below 1000 Volts per microsecond. 30. Output circuitry designed for constant duty with VFD operating at full rated load to prevent peak output voltage from reaching 1000 volts to ground at motor. 230915 - 4 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 31. Software programming for monitoring and commissioning by use of laptop personal computer. 32. Primary control of ON/OFF, speed, and failure to DDC system specified in Section 230900. Include output dry contacts for VFD failure, ON/OFF input which responds to remote dry contact closure, and speed control input which responds to remote 0 to 10 VDC and 0 to 20 or 4 to 20 mA signals. 33. RS -232 or USB communication port. 34. Programmable real time clock. 35. Option slots for optional I/O cards. F. [DDC System Interface: 1. Include hardware (external gateway, if necessary), software, and connection cables to digitally communicate and exchange information with DDC system specified in Section 230900. 2. Include monitoring and control of motor speed, electric load in kW, volts, amps, hertz, percent of maximum motor speed, VFD fault description, [and] HOA [,and bypass maintenance bypass switch] modes, and network point address. 3. VFD able to modify settings including acceleration and deceleration times and skip frequency ranges via DDC system central operator workstation.] 4. [Include pump monitoring and control capabilities such as no flow, end of curve, flow compensation and dry pump detection.] 5. [Include VFD pump staging control for up to three pumps.] G. Fire Alarm System Interface: 1. Include dry contact override input to stop motor under any operating condition. 2. Include dry contact override input to allow motor to operate at a speed predetermined by VFD programming. 3. Include summary alarm dry contact for connection to fire alarm system indicating that VFD is not operable. 4. Include fire fighter override mode for "run to destruction" on smoke evacuation equipment. 2.3 OPERATING CONDITIONS A. Displacement Power Factor: Minimum 0.95 at any speed on load. B. Efficiency: Minimum 95 percent at rated load and frequency. C. AC Line Frequency Variation: Plus 2 Hz. D. AC Line Voltage Variation: Minus 10 percent to plus 10 percent. E. Capacity: 100 percent continuous, 110 percent for 60 seconds (10 percent overload). F. Input Power: Limited to 110 percent of motor load as derived in NFPA 70. 230915-5of8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES G. Total Harmonic Voltage Distortion: Less than 3 percent without isolation transformer. H. Ambient Temperature: 32 to 104 F. I. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent, non -condensing. J. Elevation: Up to 3300 feet without derating output power capability. 2.4 [MAINTENANCE BYPASS SWITCH A. General: Three -contactor bypass system with capability to automatically disconnect drive from power source for maintenance while in bypass mode. Manual operation not acceptable. Two -contactor bypasses not allowed. B. Drive -Off -Line -Test switch shall be used for manual selection of operating mode. VFD shall be programmable to automatically switch to across -the -line operation. C. Operation: Manually switched, full voltage contactors to isolate VFD and power load directly from line. Include drive -off -bypass -test selector switch and status lights. Include contact closure to indicate "DRIVE ON BYPASS" to DDC system specified in Section 230900. D. Overload Protection: Bypass contactors with suitable overload protection in each leg conforming to applicable provisions specified in Division 26 for motor starters.] 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. After factory assembly, test each VFD using a dynamometer to cycle from minimum to 110 percent full load, including features and accessories. Include test report in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 230915-6of8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not install VFDs until building environment can be maintained within conditions required by manufacturer. C. Before and during installation, protect VFD from site contaminants. D. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. E. Install VFDs on rigid formed steel channels as specified in Section 200510 or on building structure so that power wiring connecting VFD to motor is less than 60 feet in length or within limits of manufacturer's installation requirements. Install multiple VFDs so that cooling discharge air does not affect adjacent VFD cooling source. Direct installation on concrete and concrete masonry unit walls not acceptable. 3.4 START-UP SERVICES A. Manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform the following services: 1. Verify installation connections and controls. Test continuity of each circuit. 2. Adjust safety controls. 3. Adjust acceleration and deceleration ramps and volts -to -hertz characteristic. 4. Demonstrate satisfactory operation including line reactor [and maintenance bypass switch] during test run. 5. Program VFD to automatically reapply power and drive motor to control setpoint upon resumption of power following power failure. 6. Program VFD to attempt up to 3 automatic restarts within one hour after shutdown due to input power failure. 7. Perform field assistance and additional technical support and devices to solve problems evidenced on site related to drive operation. 8. Include field assistance and additional technical support and devices to solve problems evidenced on site related to VFD operation. 9. Include start-up reports in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3.5 WIRING A. Power Wiring: Comply with requirements in Division 26. B. Control Wiring: Comply with requirements in Section 230900. 230915-7of8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 230915 09819.00 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 3.6 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. B. Representative shall conduct 6 hour training session to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift) of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. D. Demonstrate the proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable performance over the entire operating range to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents, followed by tour explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. G. After 30 days of normal operation schedule a meeting with the Owner's maintenance personnel responsible for VFD operation and the supplier's software technician to outline software changes to meet specific system requirements. job specific software changes agreed upon at this meeting shall be made at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.7 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 230915-8of8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes pumps and associated appurtenances. SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each pump and appurtenance. Include blank copy of start-up and report form. C. Pump Curves: Submit head, efficiency, brake horsepower, and NPSH curves compared to capacity for each pump. Plot curves from zero to maximum flow. Indicate pump operating point. Identify pump equipment number, fluid pumped, specific gravity, pump speed, and impeller size. Submit family of impeller curves for selected pump size. A single pump curve not acceptable. D. Test Reports: 1. Start-up and test reports. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SELECTION A. Select pumps mid-range of available impeller diameters for a given pump, at no less than 2/3 flow rate at maximum efficiency, and with a drive motor sized to operate non - overloading at any point on pump curve for impeller selected. . B. Select pump casing sized large enough to accommodate impeller at least 1 cataloged diameter larger than size of impeller to be furnished. 232123 - 1 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS C. Select pump for maximum 15 feet per second discharge velocity. 2.2 VERTICAL IN-LINE, SPLIT COUPLED A. Description: Centrifugal, close coupled, vertical in-line type, bronze -fitted, single stage, electric motor -driven. B. Construction: Cast iron casing, bronze impeller, stainless steel shaft, bronze sleeve, ball bearings, flanged connections. C. Coupling: Rigid spacer split type, aluminum. D. Shaft Seals: Outside, balanced, mechanical, ceramic/carbon faces, rated to minimum 225 F. E. Gage Connections: Tappings on pump suction and discharge connections. F. Drain and Air Vent Connections: Tappings and plugs on pump casing. G. Motor: NEMA Standard open drip proof, single speed. Comply with requirements in Section 15030. H. Manufacturers: Bell & Gossett 80 SC Series, Armstrong 4300, Grundfos, or approved. 2.3 IN-LINE PUMPS A. Description: Centrifugal, close coupled, in-line, bronze -fitted, single stage, electric motor -driven, horizontal or vertical mounting. B. Construction: Cast iron casing, bronze impeller, steel shaft, bronze sleeve, ball bearings, flanged connections. C. Shaft Seals: Mechanical, ceramic/carbon faces, rated to minimum 225 F. D. Gage Connections: Tappings in pump suction and discharge connections. E. Drain Connection: Tapping and plug on bottom of casing. F. Motor: NEMA Standard open drip proof, single speed. Comply with requirements in Section 15030. G. Manufacturers: Bell & Gossett 80 or 90 Series, Armstrong 4360, Grundfos, or approved. 2.4 PUMP SUCTION DIFFUSERS A. Description: Angle pattern, cast-iron body, threaded for 2 inch and smaller, flanged for 2-1 /2 inch and larger, rated for 175 psig working pressure, inlet vanes, steel cylinder 232123 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS strainer with 3/16 inch diameter openings, disposable fine mesh bronze start-up strainer to fit over cylinder strainer, and permanent magnet located in flow stream and removable for cleaning. B. Accessories: Adjustable foot support, blowdown tapping in bottom, pressure gage tapping on side. C. Manufacturers: Bell & Gossett, Armstrong or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PUMPS A. General: Support pumps and piping separately so piping is not supported by pumps. B. Base Mounted In -Line Pump Installation: Support pump from housekeeping pad by fabricated pipe or welded steel assembly as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with requirements in Section 200510 for supports, miscellaneous steel, and attachments and Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. C. In -Line Pumps: Provide rod hangers to support from piping system with access to oil cups, service, and maintenance. Mount maximum of 5'-0" above floor. Comply with requirements in Section 202115 for rod hangers, and Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. 232123 - 3 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.5 START-UP SERVICES SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS A. The equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall provide start-up services of the pumps. Services shall include a check of proper installation, verification that pump suction diffuser start-up strainers have been removed, system check-out, adjustment, electrical service and motor grounding, and complete start-up. Coordinate start-up services with TAB work specified in Section 200593. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. 3.6 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 6 hours. 3.7 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 232123 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS SECTION 232133 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes HVAC hydronic piping and associated appurtenances for the heating water and chilled water systems. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 20051.0 and 202110 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: ASME B31.9, Building Services Piping. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of piping, fittings, and associated appurtenances. Include blank copy of test report form. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Mechanical Room Piping 2. Pre -Insulated, Underground, Direct Buried Piping D. Test Reports: 1. Field test reports. 2. Site visit reports. 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 200548 - Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control: Flexible connectors. B. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Control and differential pressure valves, water pressure and differential pressure taps, valve manifolds, flow switches, thermal wells, and similar components. 232133 - 1 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS C. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Automatic control valve for installation at factory by automatic flow control piping assembly manufacturer. D. Section 232500 - Water Treatment: Water treatment equipment and associated components. E. Section 236220 - Air Cooled Chillers: Flow switches. 1.5 BASIC PIPING REQUIREMENTS A. Description: Comply with requirements in Section 202110. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Basic piping materials and products required for work of this section are specified in Sections 200510, 200523, 202110 and 202115. Furnish products of sizes, ratings, and characteristics indicated which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design, and construction in accordance with published product information. Furnish quantity of piping and appurtenances required for complete installation. 2.2 HYDRONIC PIPING A. Description: Black steel or copper piping only. Comply with requirements in Section 202110 and 202115. 2.3 PRE -INSULATED, UNDERGROUND, DIRECT BURIED HYDRONIC PIPING A. Description: Factory fabricated and hydrostatically tested integral sealed units of HDPE outer jacket, copper or black steel carrier pipe, with insulation completely filling annular space between pipe and jacket. jacket ends protected with factory applied moisture barrier. B. System Design: Piping system manufacturer shall design the systems to accommodate thermal expansion and thrusts associated with the fluid used. Anchors and expansion provisions shown on the Drawings are for guidance only. Initial fluid temperature 40 F. Operating temperature 200 F for heating water system and 60 F for chilled water system. C. Outer jacket: Outer jacket high-density polyethylene (HDPE). Minimum: 0.125 inch thickness for jacket diameter up to 12 inches and 0.150 inch thickness for jacket diameter up to 24 inches. D. Insulation: Insulation polyurethane foam, factory spray applied for straight sections and poured in place for piping joints with the following minimum properties: Two pounds per cubic foot density, 90 to 95 percent closed cell content, initial thermal conductivity 232133 - 2 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS 0.13 Btu/hr/sq ft/inch/F at 75 F. Two inch minimum insulation thickness to completely fill space between carrier pipe and jacket with foam. E. Carrier Pipe: Comply with requirements in Section 202110 for black steel and copper piping. Steel piping with welded joints and copper piping with brazed joints for all sizes. Piping material selected such that dissimilar metals at joints will not occur. F. Jacket Joints: Minimum 12 inches longer than field joint. Fusion butt welded or extrusion welded. Cover joint with a 6 inch wide polyethylene shrink sleeve for full circumference of jacket. G. Leak Detection System: Copper wire factory installed in insulation, continuous. Include alarm panel with connections to DDC system specified in Section 230900. H. Accessories: Flanges, couplings and fittings, including elbows, tees, field closures, rock shields, end caps, and wall and floor penetrations compatible with carrier piping and shipped loose by system supplier. I. Manufacturers: Thermal Pipe Systems, Thermacor Process Inc., Perma-Pipe, Rovanco, or approved. 2.4 EXPANSION TANKS A. Description: Pre -pressurized diaphragm type for hydronic system pressure reference. B. Construction: Welded steel, ASME tested and stamped, supplied with National Board Form U-1, rated for working pressure of 125 psig, flexible diaphragm sealed into tank, steel legs for vertical units or saddles for horizontal units. C. Diaphragm: Sealed into tank, butyl for systems containing water. D. Accessories: Pressure gage and air -charging fitting, tank drain. Precharge to pressure indicated on the Drawings. E. Manufacturers: Amtrol, Armstrong, Bell & Gossett, or approved. 2.5 AIR SEPARATORS A. Coalescing Type: 1. Description: Turbulence suppressive type microbubble air eliminator, 150 psig maximum working pressure, 270 F maximum working temperature. 2. 1-1/2 Inch and Smaller: Brass body with centered inlet and outlet, brass vent head, non-ferrous float, Viton seal and 0 -ring, copper coalescing medium, NPT piping connections, NPT port at bottom for blowdown connection. Spirotherm Spirovent Junior Model VJR with Spirotop Air Release Valve or Caleffi 551. 232133 - 3 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS 3. [4 Inch and Larger: Steel shell with centered inlet and outlet, brass vent head, non- ferrous float, Viton seal and 0 -ring, brass skim valve, copper coalescing medium, flanged piping connections, NPT port at bottom for blowdown connection. Spirotherm Spirovent High Velocity Model VHR-FL with Spirotop Air Release Valve or Caleffi 546.] 2.6 FLOW CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Flow control piping assemblies for installation in the supply and return piping to coils. Automatic flow control valve designed to maintain flow with plus or minus 5 percent of factory calibrated flow rate. Assemblies in return piping to include 2 -way and 3 -way automatic control valve and actuator furnished by control subcontractor as specified in Section 230900 for installation at the factory by flow control valve assembly manufacturer. B. Assembly Components: 1. Supply Connection: Ball valve, strainer with hose end blow down valve and cap, pressure/temperature test port, flexible hose, and union with pressure/temperature test port at coil connection. 2. Return Connection: Union with pressure/temperature test port at coil connection, flexible hose, union with manual air vent valve, 2 -way or 3 -way automatic control valve and actuator, and automatic flow control valve with cartridge, integral ball valve, and 2 pressure/temperature test ports. Automatic control valve and actuator furnished for factory installation. C. Construction: 1. Ball Valves: Brass alloy body rated no less than 300 psig and 250 F. 2. Strainers: Y -type, bronze body, rated for 300 psig with 20 mesh stainless steel screen. 3. Unions: Forged brass body, bronze alloy end connections, EPDM 0 -ring, union seal, 600 WOG. 4. Automatic Flow Control Valve: Forged brass valve body with removable spring- loaded stainless steel flow control cartridge assembly. D. Pressure Range: 2 to 32 psig unless otherwise noted. E. Temperature/Pressure Test Ports: Comply with requirements in Section 2021 15. F. Flexible Hoses: Braided stainless steel over synthetic polymer liner, swivel end connections at coils, ASTM D 380, minimum 175 psig, flame retardant, 18 inch length. G. Exceptions: 1. Coils with Capacities Greater Than 57 gpm: Separate automatic flow control valve, ball valve, and automatic control valve. 232133 - 4 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS 2. Pipe Sizes Exceeding Manufacturer's Available Sizes: Separate valves, automatic flow control valve, strainers, unions, automatic control valves, pressure/temperature test ports, and other components for a complete installation. H. Tags: Bronze engraved plate or laminated plastic securely chained to devices, with manufacturer and model number, rated flow gpm, pressure range, and project system/zone identification. I. Applications: Unit heaters, cabinet unit heaters, panel radiators, fan coil units, VAV unit and FTU coils, duct mounted coils, and air handling unit coils with capacity less than 57 gpm.Manufacturers: Griswold Controls, Bell & Gossett, or approved. J. Manufacturers: Griswold Controls, FlowCon International, Bell & Gossett, or approved. 2.7 COLD WATER FILL ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Automatic fill and make-up water assembly for hydronic system charging and pressure maintenance. B. Pressure Reducing Valve: Self-contained super capacity regulator, bronze body with screwed ends, replaceable stainless steel seat, replaceable composition disk, 150 psig working pressure, integral strainer with 32 mesh screen, 25 to 75 psig adjustable pressure range, maximum 10 psig pressure drop through the valve and strainer. Watts No. 223S or equivalent. C. Relief Valve: Bronze body, Teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labeled. Select for capacity greater than pressure reducing valve capacity. Watts No. 174A Series or equivalent. D. Manufacturers: Watts, Mueller, or approved. 2.8 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS A. Description: Cast brass, rated for 150 psig WSP and 270 F operating temperature. Units with non-ferrous floats, stainless steel linkage, and Viton° seal and brass spring operated seat. B. Manufacturers: Spirotherm Spirotop Air Release Valve or approved. 2.9 MANUAL AIR VENTS A. Description: Needle valve, 1/2 inch, with 2 feet of soft drawn copper tubing. 2.10 SIGHT FLOW INDICATORS A. Description: Paddlewheel indicator for flow in any direction. 232133 - 5 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS B. Constructions: Bronze rated for 180 psig at 300 F for pipe sizes 2 inch and smaller and carbon steel rated for 230 psig at 300 F for pipe sizes 2-1 /2 inch and larger. Include flanged ends tempered glass window, Neopreneseals, and Teflon© rotator. C. Manufacturer: John C. Ernst Co. Model 241 for pipe sizes 2 inch and smaller and Model 201 for pipe sizes 2-1 /2 inch and larger or approved®. 2.1 1 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Sleeves: Comply with requirements in Section 200510. B. Valves: Comply with requirements in Section 200523. C. Supports and Anchors: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. D. Thermometers and Pressure Gages: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. E. Pipe Escutcheons: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 232133-6of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 202110, minimum 3/4 inch pipe size. B. Install pipe supports in accordance with MSS SP -69 and Section 202115, whichever is more stringent. C. Branch Connections to Mains: Connect with tee fittings. On upfed branches, pitch branch piping fitting upward from pipe main. On downfed branches, pitch branch piping fitting downward from pipe main. D. Branch Connections to Mains: Connect with tee fitting to top of pipe mains. E. Coil Connections: Connect counterflow and to allow coils to vent and drain. F. Pump Connections: Support piping adjacent to pump so that no weight is carried on pump. casing. G. Flow Switches: Install flow switches furnished under Section 236220. H. Control Components: Install control and differential pressure valves, water pressure and differential pressure taps, valve manifolds, flow switches, thermal wells, and similar components furnished under Section 230900. I. Air Vents: 1. Automatic Air Vents: Install at high points of hydronic systems unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Connect inlet through gate or ball valve. Install 1/4 inch copper discharge pipe from threaded outlet and terminate over floor drain, service sink, or other safe point of disposal. 2. Manual Air Vents: Install as indicated on the Drawings. J. Valves: Install at branch connections in addition to valves at flow control valve assemblies. 3.5 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Connect hydronic piping to mechanical equipment coils, traps, control valves, and other components as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. Install shutoff valve and union or flanges for each connection and drain valve on drain connection. Locate unions to allow removal of equipment without piping disassembly beyond union. 3.6 FLUSHING AND PRESSURE TESTING A. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 232133-7of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS 3.7 WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENT A. General: Install equipment and associated components furnished under Section 232500 in accordance with water treatment specialist's directions and recommendations. 3.8 PRE -INSULATED, UNDERGROUND, DIRECT BURIED HYDRONIC PIPING A. Excavation, Bedding Material, Backfill and Compaction: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions for thickness and type of bedding and backfill material and with requirements of Section 200510. B. Pipe Tape: Install continuous 2 inch wide strip pipe tape marker in trench 6 inches below finish grade above each pipe. Yellow color with system identification in black letters. C. Piping: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and approved Shop Drawings. D. Expansion Loops, L and Z Bends: Factory fabricated identical to straight pipe sections. Install with flexible elastomeric expansion pads at changes in direction, covering top and sides of jacket. E. Manufacturer's Services: Provide services of an authorized and factory trained service agency to be on-site for the following: 1. Inspection and unloading of pipe materials. 2. Inspection of trench excavation and bedding material prior to laying pipe. 3. Train installers as to outer jacket jointing and anchor requirements. 4. Render advice during the installation of the pipe. 5. Inspection of anchors, expansion loops, and bends. 6. Witness hydrostatic tests of pipes. 7. Witness backfilling and compaction of trenches. 8. Prepare and issue reports to the A/E identifying work observed. 9. Prepare and issue a final report to the A/E certifying that entire pre -insulated, piping system was installed in accordance with the Contract Documents, manufacturer's installation instructions and approved Shop Drawings, and that system is operating properly. 3.9 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 4 hours. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, 232133-8of9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232133 09819.00 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 232133 - 9 of 9 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE SECTION 232150 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes variable speed pump package for heating and chilled water system and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: ASME B31.9, Building Services Piping. C. Manufacturer of assembly shall be the manufacturer of control logic panel and shall be listed by UL as an approved manufacturer of industrial control panels or listed by ETL as an approved manufacturer of factory assembled pumping systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each component and appurtenance. Include the following: 1. System design information sheet. 2. Description of system operation. 3. Packaged system dimension and general arrangement drawing. 4. Electrical power and control wiring diagram. 5. Pump material and construction drawing. 6. Pump curve showing design point. 7. Catalog information on valves, strainers and control components. 8. Name and address of factory trained service company. 9. Piping schematic of packaged system components, showing pipe sizes, location of reducers, components,specialties, and instrumentation. 10. Structural base drawings showing number and size of members accompanied by deflection calculations. 11. Blank copy of start-up and test report form. 232150 - 1 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE C. Pump Curves: Submit head, efficiency, brake horsepower, and NPSH curves compared to capacity for each pump [and for combined pumps operating in parallel or series]. Plot curves from zero to maximum flow. Indicate pump operating point. Identify pump equipment number, fluid pumped, specific gravity, pump speed, and impeller size. Submit family of impeller curves for selected pump size. A single pump curve not acceptable. D. Test Reports: 1. Factory pressure, control system, and efficiency test reports. 2. Site visit reports. 3. Field start-up and start-up test reports. 4. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. E. Pumping System Energy Usage Analysis: Prepare to evaluate the pump and system hydraulics. Analysis shall compute pumping system pressure losses, pump total dynamic head (TDH), pump speed, pump efficiency, system brake horsepower (BHP), and variable frequency drive and motor efficiency based upon theoretical uniform system demand curve. Analysis shall compute and project system energy usage and output kW at minimum of 10 demand points from 10 to 100 percent load for each theoretical uniform system demand curve. 1.4 Operation and Maintenance Manuals A. General: Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. Include the following: 1. System design information sheet. 2. Description of system operation. 3. Packaged system dimension and general arrangement drawing. 4. Piping schematic of packaged system components and specialties. 5. Control panel drawing with list of operator interfaces. 6. Electrical power and control wiring diagram. 7. Bill of material. 8. Pump operation and maintenance instruction. 9. Special electrical component operation instructions. 1.5 DELIVERY OF EQUIPMENT A. General: Entire packaged pumping system factory assembled and tested as a complete unit. Prior to shipment, system manufacturer may be required to disassemble unit to allow access of equipment to final location at jobsite. Reassembly of equipment at jobsite will be responsibility of installer. 232150 - 2 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE B. Drain Plugs: Remove from equipment where possibility of freeze damage during shipment may exist. C. Rigging, Unloading and Transporting Equipment: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. 1.6 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Variable frequency drives. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General: Warrant variable speed pump package for 2 years after [Substantial Completion] [final acceptance]. Warranty shall cover parts, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Systecon [, Armstrong, or approved]. [No substitutions.] 2.2 COMPONENTS AND REQUIREMENTS A. Description: Factory assembled and tested with pumps sequenced by pressure. Package shall require only pipe connections, 1 electrical power connection and necessary terminal contacts to various field mounted devices and direct digital control (DDC) system specified in Section 230900. Package shall consist of system base, pumps, electric motors, controls, variable frequency drives, valves, piping, and components for a complete operating system. B. Components: 1. General: Components mounted on a structural steel base which will be used as a form for field poured concrete. Base with rigid sheet metal welded to bottom. Base large enough to support pumps, piping, and control panels, 6 inch minimum and 12 inch maximum depth. Spring isolators with static deflection as specified in Section 200548 mounted on height saving brackets such that operational clearance below the base shall be 1 inch. Steel components primed and entire package factory painted with enamel finish. 2. Base Mounted Pumps: Centrifugal, flexible coupled, bronze fitted, end suction, mechanical seals, and electric motor driven. Comply with requirements in Section_ 232123. Motor NEMA standard open drip proof. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. 3. Piping, Fittings, and Accessories: Comply with requirements in Section 232133. Size piping for 10 fps maximum velocity with pressure drop no greater than 8-1 /2 feet 2321 50 - 3 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 2321 50 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE per 100 feet pipe. Include base mounted supports for suction and discharge piping. Include suction diffuser on suction of each pump. Comply with requirements in Section 232123. Support piping independently of pump connections. Arrange pipe supports to permit field installation of insulation, thickness as specified in Section 200700. 4. Valves: Include pump suction and discharge [butterfly] [gate] valves and non -slam check valve on discharge for each pump. Comply with requirements in Section 200523'. 5. Pressure Gages: Comply with requirements in Section 202115. 6. Temperature/Pressure Test Ports (Pete's Plugs): Include on suction and discharge of package connections. Comply with requirements in Section 202115. 7. Air Separator: Comply with requirements in Section 232133. 9. [Mixer/Air Separator: Include for chilled water system to facilitate mixing of bypass and return building water. Mixer/Air separator shall consist of welded steel tank, ASME tested and stamped, rated for 125 psig design pressure, and automatic air release valve. Systecon Model 52100 or approved.] 10. Compression Tank: Comply with requirements in Section 232133 [for each system]. 11. Chemical Feeder: Include [ ] gallon chemical feeders with piping connections. Comply with requirements in Section 232500. 12. Make -Up Water Assembly: Include Y -strainer, pressure reducing valve, reduced pressure backflow preventer, isolation valves, pressure gage, and bypass with globe valve. Comply with requirements in Sections 200523, 202115 and 221116. 13. Hoist and Trolley: Include mono -directional, 1/2 ton capacity, package hoist and trolley system supported from base structure. Construct from ASTM A 36 structural steel tube for vertical support and structural steel I-beam for horizontal cross members. Main hoist trolley beam constructed of tapered flange I-beam. Trolleys with hardened pressed steel wheels with double row ball bearings. Include side plates which extended beyond wheels to act as bumper. Include chain hoist constructed of hardened steel housing with two-stage hardened spur gear reduction system, grease lubrication, mechanical load brakes, and bearing mounted pinions. 14. Flexible Connectors: Include for suction and discharge connections of each pump. Comply with requirements in Section 200548. 15. Variable Frequency Drive: Include for each pump. Comply with requirements in Section 230915 and Section 230900 for installation and wiring at variable speed pump package factory. C. [Control Valves: 1. Chilled Water Minimum Flow Control Valve: a. General: Include automatic, two-way, modulating, control valve with electric actuator as part of packaged pumping system. Assembly designed for quarter turn operation and rated for continuous duty. b. [Butterfly Valve: Ductile iron lug body, EPDM seat, aluminum bronze undercut disc, Type 416 stainless steel shaft, and copper and brass bushings.] 232150-4of13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE c. [Actuators: 1) 1) Mounted on bracket coupled to valve shaft with split phase capacitor AC reversing motor with 75 percent to 100 percent duty for 120 VAC, 1 Ph, 60 Hz power.] 2) 2) [Gearing with torque rating of 120 to 720 in -lbs sealed, permanently lubricated spur gear module driving final dual torque bull gear. Gearing with torque rating of 1440 to 2400 in -lbs permanently lubricated self-locking gear train with 2 stage planetary gear.] 3) 3) [Include mechanical brake, housed in NEMA 4 corrosion resistant enclosure with baked epoxy coating, thermal motor overload protector, and automatic reset.] 4) 4) [Include 2 single pole, double throw internally mounted adjustable cam operated limit switches, and manual override capability.] 5) 5) [Control by positioner board internally mounted to accept isolated 4 to 20 ma DC control signal.] 6) 6) [UL, ETL, or CSA listed and labeled.] d. Ball Valve: Brass body, 600 pound, chrome plated brass ball, brass stem, full port, screwed or solder joint ends, 2 piece construction, PTFE stem seal and stem bearing. Include mounting platform for actuator and extended stem for insulation. e. Actuator: NEMA 4 housing, single phase capacitor run motor with thermal overload protection, manual override capability, permanently lubricated, 2 adjustable single pole double throw auxiliary switches, and internal heater. Controls for 0 to 10 Volt or 4 to 20 mA DC input signal. UL, CSA, and 1 50 listed and labeled. 2. Chiller Isolation Valve: a. Include automatic, two-way, two -position, control valve(s) with electric actuator as part of packaged pumping system for field installation. b. [Electric, two -position assembly designed for quarter turn operation with adjustable valve opening and closing rate. c. Butterfly Valve: Ductile iron lug body, EPDM seat, aluminum bronze undercut disc, Type 416 stainless steel shaft, and copper and brass bushings. d. Actuator: 1) 1) Mounted on a bracket coupled to valve shaft with split phase capacitor AC reversing motor with 25 percent duty for 120 VAC, 1 Ph, 60 Hz power. 2) 2) Gearing with torque rating of 120 to 720 in -lbs sealed, permanently lubricated spur gear module driving a final dual torque bull gear. Gearing with torque rating of 1440 to 2400 in -lbs permanently lubricated self- locking gear train with 2 stage planetary gear. 3) 3) Include mechanical brake, housed in NEMA 4 corrosion resistant enclosure with a baked epoxy coating, thermal motor overload protector, and automatic reset. 232150 - 5 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE 4) 4) Include 2 single pole, double throw internally mounted adjustable cam operated limit switches, 2 isolated normally open limit switches for position indication, and manual override capability. 5) 5) Actuator UL, ETL, or CSA listed and labeled.] e. Gate Valve: Comply with requirements in Section 200523. f. Actuator: Factory assembled for controlling gate valve with integral reversing controls, double reduction gearing, removable valve -stem drive nut/bushing, mechanically interfaced position and torque overload limits, ductile iron gear case, and automatic declutchable handcrank. Gears and bearings oil or grease lubricated. NEMA 4 control compartment with thermostatically controlled space heater and position and torque limits. Include solid state control for.4 to 20 mA DC input signal. EMI Company TEC 2000 Series or approved. D. Sequencing Controls: 1. Electric Control System: Designed to start and stop pumps and modulate their speeds as required by system demands. System shall maintain differential pressure at [4] [ ] remote locations as indicated on the Drawings. Include 4 to 20mA DC signal via shielded twisted pair of wires to DDC receiver/controller with discrete signal selection located in pump control cubicle. Receiver/ controller with field programmable independent set points, value of which shall be the optimum differential pressure as designed for each remote location. 2. Pump Control: Lead pump started manually and by remote signal. Lag pump(s) started and stopped as required to maintain the system differential pressure and in accordance with the wire -to -water efficiency control strategy. Control system shall continually monitor output kW, speed, flow, and total dynamic head of each pump and calculate the optimal point to sequence on/off lag pumps. Start and stop function equipped with adjustable timers to prevent unnecessary starting and stopping of pumps. 3. Pump Control System: Include semi-automatic and manual modes of operation. Operator capable of starting each pump manually but allow the automatic control to adjust pump speed to maintain system differential pressure. Operator also able to start each pump and control its speed manually by utilizing hand-off auto switch and manual speed potentiometer on each variable frequency drive control panel. 4. Control System: Include failure alarm for each pump. Each alarm shall include minimum differential pressure set point and a low NPSH alarm, adjustable time delay, alarm indication, and manual reset. Upon pump failure alarm, pump shall stop and locked out of service until alarm is manually reset. Pump failure alarm shall automatically replace failed pump with next pump in sequence. Current transformers or internal variable frequency drive circuitry not acceptable. 5. Electronic Pressure Sensors: Factory installed on suction and discharge of each pump and on suction and discharge headers. Sensors stainless steel construction rated to withstand 10,000 psi. Sensors shall send 4 to 20 mA output signal to control panel. Sensor accuracy plus or minus 0.25 percent. Display pressure on 232150-6of13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 2321 50 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE central plant receiver/controller human machine interface (HMI). Pressure sensors Systecon Model PT 100 or approved. E. Sequence Control Enclosure: 1. Multiple Compartment Construction: Main incoming power Tugs with over -current protection housed in a dedicated compartment. Pump -sequencing controls housed in dedicated.compartment. Panels constructed with barriers or partitions not acceptable. Power supply shall be 460 Volt, 3Ph, 60Hz. System braced for 65,000 AIC. Running power through one section to another not acceptable. 2. Starting Equipment: Include for each pump compartment: a. Disconnect switch. b. Motor fuses. c. Magnetic starter with overload protection. 3. Sequencing Controls Compartment: Include: a. Disconnect switch. b. Control circuit transformer 480/120 Volt with primary and secondary fuses. c. System local -off remote section and system initialized indication d. Run indication for each pump and chiller. e. Pump failure alarm indication and reset. f. Lead pump select for manual alternation of pumps. g. Pump sequencing logic. h. Human machine interface (HMI). i. Interface controls for variable frequency drives. j. Elapsed run time indication. k. [Open -close -auto switch for each 2 -way control valve.] I. [Position indication for each 2 -position control valve.] m. [Chiller failure alarm indication with cut-off.] n. [Failure alarm indication for each 2 -position control valve.] 4. Door Handle: Include for each panel disconnect switch so that power circuits are deenergized before door is opened. Electric wiring factory installed between cubicle, electric motors, and system mounted controls. F. Programmable Logic Controller: Control enclosure equipped with communications module(s) and cabling to allow transfer of data needed during periods of emergency operation and for transmission of data to DDC system specified in Section 230900. Communications module(s) and cabling GE Fanuc Genius, Allen-Bradley DH+, or approved. G. Electrical Wiring: Run in conduit. Comply with requirements in Section 200513 and Division 26. 2.3 CENTRAL PLANT RECEIVER/CONTROLLER HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE (HMI) A. HMI Hardware: 232150 - 7 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE 1. Include operator display in a single integrated graphic display screen with separate processor for control. Processor industrial programmable logic controller (PLC). Use of computer for process control not acceptable. Allen-Bradley or G.E. 2. HMI suitable for mounting in door of NEMA 12 enclosure to maintain enclosure's NEMA 12 rating. 3. Overall size of HMI shall permit it to be mounted along with local programmable logic controller I/O blocks, UL 508 power supply, and 1 1 5 VAC, disconnect. 4. HMI mounted at a suitable height to assure proper visibility and easy access by operator. 5. HMI shall include 10.4 inch color display and resistive touch screen rated for at least 5,000,000 touches. 6. HMI shall include the following: a. CPU: Minimum 5x86/133 MHz b. System Memory: Minimum 8 MB c. Storage Memory: Compact FLASH Cartridge (minimum 8 MB). Rotating media devices. d. Serial Ports: Total 2, with at least 1 port configurable for RS232/422/486. e. Ethernet Port: NE 2000 compatible, 10 MBPS/10 Base -T with RJ45 connector. f. Expansion Slots: Minimum 1 PC/104 slot. 7. Include method for program backup and update with field replaceable media. Floppy disks not acceptable. 8. HMI industrially rated and certified for the following conditions: a. Relative Humidity: (Non -condensing) 5 to 95 percent. b. Vibration: 10 to 150 Hz, 1G c. Shock: 10G, 11 msec (operating); 30G, 11 msec (non-operating). 9. HMI industrially rated, UL/CUL listed and labeled. 10. HMI certified for compliance with electromagnetic immunity/ susceptibility per EMC directive EN 50082-2 and electrical noise. immunity EN 5502 Class A or 55011 Class A. B. PLC Hardware: 1. Include industrial PLC, Allen-Bradley SLC 500 Series Processor or approved. 2. PLC memory expandable to 64K. 3. PLC with built-in communication for peer-to-peer, DH 485, device net or RS232. 4. PLC capable of addressing 4096 I/O points. 5. Include built-in security with multiple levels of passwords. 6. PLC mounted in cabinet to avoid accidental damage. C. Input/ Output Devices: Analog and digital inputs and outputs factory installed with compatible PLC interface (either individually or in clustered groups). D. [Variable Primary Chilled Water System Control Logic Center: 2321 50 - 8 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE 1. Include for chilled water pump and chiller sequencer. Electric control system for pumps and chillers shall start and stop equipment as required by system demands. Automatic start control by chiller sequencer. Each pump capable of being started manually. 2. Chiller Sequencer: a. Consist of microprocessor based BTU meter, associated flow and temperature transmitters, and necessary controls to monitor and sequence chillers and their associated pumps within their best efficiency range. b. Chiller sequencer shall start and stop chillers and associated pumps based on demand in chilled water loop. Demand measured in flow. Start and stop functions equipped with adjustable time delays to prevent unnecessary starting and stopping of the equipment. c. Chiller sequencer initialized either manually or by remote control. Upon initialization, lead chiller and its associated pumps shall start. As demand increases in chilled water system, standby chiller and its associated pumps shall start, after time delay. As demand in chilled water system decreases, chillers and associated pumps shall stop in reverse order until which time only lead chiller is in operation. Lead chiller shall continue to operate until it is shut down either manually or by remote control. Include manual alternation to allow chiller start sequence to be changed. Include provisions to sense failure of any chiller or pump. Failure of any piece of equipment shall result in immediate shut down of that equipment and associated equipment, indication of the alarm, and start of next available chiller/pump combination in sequence. Failure alarms manually reset by operator. d. Chiller sequencer shall receive 3 inputs from remote mounted flow and supply and return temperature transmitters furnished by sequencer manufacturer for field installation. Inputs 4 to 20 mA DC inputs. Power to temperature and flow transmitters from chiller sequencer. Chiller sequencer shall convert input signal to engineering units of gpm, Btu, and F. e. Chiller sequencer equipped with digital outputs to control starting and stopping standby chiller and its associated pump and to activate temperature alarm. f. Chiller sequencer with digital computer with keypad entry of data. Programs and field data entered through keypad stored in electrically erasable, permanent, not volatile, memory. Wiring between control system and temperature and flow transmitters, two wire, shielded twisted cable, Belden 9320. Control wiring not included in conduit containing AC circuit wiring. g. Following are minimum allowable accuracies for instrumentation: h. 1) BTU Meters: Plus 1.0 percent of relative measurements. i. 2) Temperature: Plus and minus 1.0 percent of span. j. 3) Flow: Plus 1.0 percent of rate from 0.5 to 1 5.0 fps k. High Temperature Alarm: Factory installed. As temperature in chilled water system supply line exceeds desired limit, visual alarm indicator energized. As temperature returns to within normal limits, temperature alarm cleared.] 232150 - 9 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE E. Transmitters: 1. Differential Pressure Transmitters; a. Include [1] [2] complete, self-contained, variable capacitance type differential pressure transmitter(s) for field installation. Rosemount "Smart Transmitter" No. 1 151 or approved. Wiring terminals and electronics in separate compartments so electronics remain sealed during installation. Include reverse polarity protection to keep wiring mishaps from damaging transmitter. Wiring between control system and transmitter(s), 2 wire, shielded twisted cable, Belden 9320. Control wiring not included in conduit containing AC circuit wiring. b. Design range as required by system. Include external zero and span adjustments, over -pressure to 2,000 psig with no humidity effects. c. Minimum accuracy 0.25 percent of calibrated span. Include combined effects of linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Stability 0.25 percent of upper range limit for 6 months. Internal mechanical linkages in transmitter(s) not acceptable. 2. Flow Meters: a. Include [1] [2] dual turbine, insertion type flow meter(s) for field installation. Onicon SF1210 or approved. Wiring between control system and meters, 2 -wire, shielded twisted cable, Belden 9320. Control wiring not included in conduit containing AC circuit wiring. b. Meter with 2 contra -rotating axial turbines, each with its own rotational sensing system, and averaging circuit to reduce measurement errors due to swirl in undeveloped flow locations caused by short straight pipe runs. Rotational sensing of each turbine accomplished electronically by sensing impedance change and not with magnetic or photoelectric means. Paddle type rotors not acceptable. c. Sensor with maximum operating pressure of 400 psig, maximum operating temperature of [180 F] [300 F] and pressure drop of less than 1 psig at 17 fps flow velocity. Flow sensor with 175 to 1 turndown ratio. Accuracy within plus and minus 2 percent of reading over a 50 to 1 turndown (from 0.4 to 20 fps). Sensor individually wet -calibrated in flow laboratory against primary volumetric standard accurate to within 0.1 percent and directly traceable to NIST. d. Sensor with integral analog outputs of 0 to 10 VDC and 4 to 20 mA linear to within plus and minus 0.1 percent of calibrated span for connection to control system and 3 internal frequency outputs, (top turbine, bottom turbine, average frequency) for commissioning and diagnostic purposes. Outputs linear with flow rate. e. Turbine elements polypropylene with sapphire jewel bearings and tungsten carbide shafts. Flow sensor constructed of plated brass with aluminum electronics enclosure and gasketed cover. f. Unit for hot tap installation to be both insertable and removable through ball valve when pipe is under pressure. 3. Temperature Transmitters: a. Include 4 self-contained RTD type temperature transmitters. 232150-10 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232150 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE b. Temperature transmitters shall each receive power input and send current output (4 to 20mA) over same pair of low voltage wires. Each transmitter head explosionproof. c. Temperature probe with platinum, wire wound, sensing element in a Type 316 stainless steel sheath, spring loaded, and inserted into 3/4 inch NPT stainless steel thermowell with explosionproof process fittings and connection head. Thermowell shall penetrate 1/2 pipe diameter. d. Temperature range [32 to 122 F for chilled water] [32 to 392 F for heating water]. For applications measuring supply and return temperatures for a loop type water system, probes matched pair. e. Total system accuracy of the temperature transmitter/ probe assembly shall be plus and minus 1 percent of span. Sensing element and the transmitter individually calibrated and traceable to NIST. f. Stability of transmitter/probe assembly plus and minus 0.01 percent of span per F change in ambient temperature, plus and minus 0.001 percent of span/volt change in line voltage, and plus and minus 0.001 percent of span per 100 ohms of lead resistance. g. Wiring between control system and transmitters, 2 -wire, shielded, twisted cable, Belden 9320. Control wiring not included in conduit containing wiring AC circuit. h. Temperature transmitters factory installed and wired where possible. Remaining transmitters field installed and wired as specified in Section 230900. F. Building Automation System: 1. Include [BACnet] [Modbus] direct communication interface as integral part of pump package. Interface to convert from communication driver to [BACnet] [Modbus] is responsibility of pump package manufacturer. Communication interfaces shall transmit to each packaged pumping system and receive from each packaged pumping system the following points: a. Transmit: 1) System request to start (Digital) b. Receive: 1) Equipment on/ off status (each pump) (Digital) 2) Equipment failure alarms (each pump) (Digital) 3) Pump suction pressure (each pump) (Digital) 4) Pump discharge pressure (each pump) (Analog) 5) Suction pressure (each pump) (Analog) 6) Discharge pressure (each connection) (Analog) 7) [Chilled] [Heating] water flow (Analog) 8) [Chilled] [Heating] water system Kw (Analog) 9) [Chilled] [Heating] water zone differential pressure (Analog) 10) 10) Pump speed (each pump) (Analog) 232150 - 11 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 2321 50 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE 11) [Chilled] [Heating] system supply temperature (Analog) 12) [Chilled] [Heating] system return temperature (Analog) 2.4 source quality control A. After factory assembly, hydrostatically test assembly to 150 psig for 30 minutes minimum. Test control system and simulate sequences and alarms. B. Perform a factory efficiency test, prior to shipment, at 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent of system design flow, system total dynamic head, kW and efficiency for each percentages of system design flow. As part of test procedure, demonstrate transition points at which standby pump(s) are added and subtracted to achieve optimum system efficiency. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Installation: Install base with minimum 2 inch clearance between floor or housekeeping pad and base. Fill base with 3000 psi concrete conforming to ASTM C 94. C. Base Mounted Flexible Couple Pump: Align pump and motor assembly prior to start-up. Align not to exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum tolerance for parallel and regular alignment. 3.4 START-UP SERVICES A. Variable speed pump package manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services. These services shall include a check of installation, system check-out, 232150 - 12 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 2321 50 09819.00 VARIABLE SPEED PUMP PACKAGE adjustment, and start-up. Include two on-site job visits. The first visit shall be a preliminary check of installation by the installing contractor. This first visit shall occur only when all hookups, tie-ins, and terminations have been completed. The subsequent visit shall occur for final checkout, adjustment, and start-up purposes. At that time ancillary equipment such as chillers, boilers, cooling towers, DDC systems, air handlers, and similar equipment shall be ready for automatic start-up. Submit completed checklists or reports detailing activities for both visits to the A/E. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. B. System manufacturer shall have a factory trained authorized service agency with a minimum of 3 service technicians available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, and located within 50 miles of the project site. 3.5 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Variable speed pump package manufacturer or his representatives shall perform training. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of [ ] hours. 3.6 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 232150 - 13 of 13 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232300 09819.00 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS 21 5SECTION 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes refrigerant piping and specialties. B. Contract Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200510, and 2021 10 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASHRAE Standard 15, Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. 2. ASHRAE Standard 34, Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants. 3. ASME B16.22, Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 4. ASME B31.5, Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components. 5. ASME BPVC, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels. 6. ASME BPVC, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications. 7. ASTM B 280, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. C. Refrigeration Piping Subcontractor Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years experience. D. The refrigeration piping subcontractor shall size piping in accordance with refrigeration equipment manufacturer's recommendations and sizing requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of piping, fittings and associated appurtenances. C. Qualifications: Submit documentation as defined under Paragraph "Refrigeration Piping Subcontractor Qualifications." 232300 - 1 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232300 09819.00 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS D. Test Reports: Testing and charging reports for each system. Include copy of reports in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 BASIC PIPING REQUIREMENTS A. Description: Comply with requirements of Section 202110. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REFRIGERANT PIPING A. Pipe: Copper, Type ACR hard drawn, ASTM B 280, cleaned and dehydrated for refrigeration service with ends capped and sealed, 300 psig working pressure rating. B. Fittings: Wrought copper solder joint, ASME B16.22. C. Joints: Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy with melting range 1 190 to 1480 F. 2.2 REFRIGERANT A. Description: Comply with. ASHRAE 34. Type as indicated on the Drawings. 2.3 PIPE SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements in Section 2021 15. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 232300 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232300 09819.00 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to Owner. 3.4 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION A. Connect refrigerant piping to mechanical equipment as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.5 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 202110. B. Install pipe supports in accordance with MSS SP -69 and Section 202115, whichever is more stringent. C. Installation: 1. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. 2. Take care to keep piping clean and dry. Wet tubing not acceptable. 3. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. 4. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges, unions, or flared connections. 5. Install piping to prevent liquid refrigerant from entering compressor. Slope horizontal suction piping toward compressor. Slope horizontal hot gas discharge piping downward away from compressor. 6. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints or connected equipment and to prevent compressor piping vibration being transmitted to the building construction. 7. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. 8. Flood piping system with nitrogen when brazing. 9. Install refrigeration specialties factory furnished with equipment specified in Section 238100. D. Oil Return: 1. Arrange piping to return oil to compressor. 2. Install traps, loops and double risers in piping as required by refrigeration equipment manufacturer. 3. Slope horizontal piping at 0.40 percent in direction of flow. 232300 - 3 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232300 09819.00 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMS E. Electrical: Provide electrical connections. Coordinate with Section 230900 and Division 26. 3.6 TESTING AND CHARGING A. Testing: 1. Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5. 2. Pressure test system with dry nitrogen to 250 psig. 3. Perform final tests at 27 inch vacuum and 375 psig using halide torch or electronic leak detector. 4. Test to no leakage. If leakage occurs, repair and retest until leakage is zero. 5. Include test results in Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3.7 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 4 hours. 3.8 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 232300 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232500 09819.00 WATER TREATMENT SECTION 232500 WATER TREATMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes chemical cleaning and chemical water treatment for heating water and chilled water piping systems. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME B31.1, Power Piping. 2. Local environmental regulations. C. Treatment Specialist Qualifications: 1. Local representative with minimum 5 years experience in chemical cleaning and chemical treatment of piping systems for projects of similar size to this project. Company in the business of selling chemicals and equipment for chemical flushing and chemical treatment of piping systems for at least 5 years with staff for technical services and on-site consulting and trouble -shooting capabilities. 2. Water treatment company shall have, as a part of its direct organization or at its disposal, a recognized water treatment research and analytical laboratory with capability of analyzing and interpreting water, deposit, biological and metallographic samples. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each chemical and appurtenance. Include MSDS sheets for each chemical used for water treatment chemicals and chemical treatment equipment. Include blank copy start-up and test report form. C. Certifications: Treatment specialist qualifications. 232500 - 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232500 09819.00 WATER TREATMENT D. Test Reports: 1. Water analysis. 2. Chemical cleaning and chemical treatment operations. 3. Field start-up and test reports. 4. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 232133 - Hydronic Piping Systems: Water treatment equipment and associated components. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CHEMICAL TREATMENT A. Description: Chemical cleaning of heating water and chilled water piping after initial flushing and pressure testing have been performed per requirements in Section 2021 10. Work also includes chemical treatment following cleaning of piping. Work performed under supervision of water treatment specialist. Estimated hydronic system volumes are: 1. Heating Water: [ ] gallons. 2. Chilled Water: [ ] gallons. B. Water Analysis: Perform water analysis for locally available water. Make recommendations as to required chemicals and quantities based on water analysis. Include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. C. Chemicals: 1. Standards: Chemical treatment in accordance with currently accepted standards for the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Chemicals EPA registered and labeled in accordance with EPA Standards. Comply with local codes, statutes, and requirements for addition of non -potable chemicals to building systems and for discharge to public sewers. 2. Chemical Cleaning of Piping: Biodegradable, equal to Hydrochem 280 for flushing with hot water and Hydrochem 281 for flushing with cold water to remove pipe protective coatings and oil. 3. Chemicals for Boiler Boilout: Chemicals one of the following: a. 0.05 percent by weight sodium hydroxide. b. 0.09 percent by weight potassium hydroxide. c. 0.1 percent by weight trisodium phosphate. d. Water treatment specialist's cleaning solution as a blend of hydroxides, passivators, and surfactants. 4. Closed System Chemical Treatment: a. Sequestering agent to reduce deposits and adjust pH. 232500 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232500 09819.00 WATER TREATMENT b. Corrosion and scale inhibitors with sodium nitrite, moly molybdenum, or molydate base. 5. HVAC Equipment with Condensate Drain Pans: EPA registered biocide tablet in sealed tamper -proof housing to control slime buildup, bacterial growth and musty odors. D. Test Kit: Necessary reagents and supplies packed inside a high -impact plastic carrying case with directions for the following: 1. Corrosion and scale inhibitor formulation and conductivity for closed systems. 2. Corrosion and scale inhibitor formulation and conductivity for open systems. 3. Bleed -off for open systems. 4. Glycol test for glycol solution systems. 5. Corrosion and scale inhibitor formulation for steam and boiler feedwater systems. E. Manufacturers: CH2O Inc., Chem -Aqua, RealChem Northwest, DeBois, or approved. 2.2 CHEMICAL POT FEEDER FOR CLOSED SYSTEMS A. Description: Vessel designed to facilitate feeding chemicals into heating and chilled water systems for water treatment. B. Construction: Welded steel to ASME standards, minimum 125 psig working pressure, connections including inlet, outlet, drain valve, and petcock vent. Quick opening cap for loading chemicals. Include pleated 20 micron filter. C. Capacity: Five gallons. D. Sight Glass: Bronze construction with screwed ends, ball action, and tempered glass window rated for 200 psig. Eugene Ernst Products Model EF1 E-57-4 or approved. E. Manufacturers: J.L. Wingert, Neptune, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. 232500 - 3 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232500 09819.00 WATER TREATMENT B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. Description: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where .these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 WATER ANALYSIS A. Perform a water analysis to determine quality of water available. 3.5 CHEMICAL TREATMENT A. Chemical Cleaning of Piping: 1. Following initial flushing as specified in Section 202110, chemically clean designated piping systems with flushing agent solution to remove pipe protective coatings and oil. 2. Coordinate with mechanical contractor and controls system subcontractor for their assistance and be responsible to have manual and automatic control valves fully open. 3. Measure system volume with water meter, when filling, and record volume. Use this value to determine amount of flushing agent to use. Install separate water meters in make-up water pipes to chilled and heating water systems. Provide flushing agent quantity in solution in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Circulate mixture for a time period as recommended by manufacturer. 5. Drain system and flush with water until water is clear, conductivity is within 50 micromhos/cm of makeup water, and has pH no greater than 8.3. Dispose of effluent in a manner acceptable to the AHj. 6. Clean and flush traps and strainer screens of debris and foreign matter. B. Extent: Within 2 hours of completing chemical flushing, install chemical treatment for heating water and chilled water systems. Recommend proper treatment for systems and initiate various treatments, including required chemicals. C. HVAC Equipment with Condensate Drain Pans: Install tablets in integral and auxiliary drain pans when equipment is initially put into operation. Install additional tablets half way through and just prior to expiration of warranty period. D. Reports: Prepare reports of chemical cleaning of piping, boilout of boilers, and chemical treatment operations and submit to A/E. Include reports in Operation and Maintenance Manual. 232500 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232500 09819.00 WATER TREATMENT E. Install test kit on wall near water chemical application equipment or at a location as directed by the Owner. 3.6 START-UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of non -chemical water treatment system and related appurtenances. Services shall include a check of proper installation of field assembled components, system check-out, adjustment, and complete start-up. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. B. Inspect piping and equipment to determine that systems and equipment have been cleaned, flushed, and filled with water, and are fully operational. C. Coordinate start-up services with heating water and chilled water piping system operation as specified in Division 01 and Section 200500 and TAB work specified in Section 200593. 3.7 POST INSTALLATION SERVICES A. System Assurance: Maintain system at proper chemical level until final completion. Following final completion, furnish chemicals for 1 year's required supply of water treatment delivered as directed by the Owner in sealed containers for each system. Coordinate with the Owner as to whether the required supply of chemicals is delivered at 1 time or at specific intervals during the 1 year period. B. Hydronic Systems Service Calls: 1. Make 2 field service calls during first month of operation for each system followed by monthly field service calls until final acceptance. 2. Provide additional quarterly service calls for a period of 12 months following final acceptance. 3. Following each service call, forward written report of the field test results and any changes or adjustments to the A/E and the Owner. In addition, draw samples of treated water and send to laboratory for reference testing. Forward copies of results to the A/E and the Owner. C. End of Warranty Inspection: Arrange with the Owner for inspection of internal surfaces of chiller tubes, boilers and similar equipment prior to end of warranty period. Based on results of these inspections, make recommendations as to adjustments to water treatment procedures. D. System Labeling: Upon completion of chemical flushing and chemical treatment, Zabel each system same as for identification of piping specified in Section 200510 as follows: "THIS SYSTEM HAS BEEN CLEANED AND CHEMICALLY TREATED. DO NOT DISTURB UNLESS AUTHORIZED". Locate labels to be plainly visible. 232500 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 232500 09819.00 WATER TREATMENT E. Report: Prepare reports of cleaning and chemical treatment operations and submit copies to A/E. Include reports in Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3.8 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 6 hours. 3.9 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 232500 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes sheet metal work and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2. NFPA 96, Standard for the Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations. 3. UL 181, Standard for Factory -Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. 4. UL 1978, Standard for Grease Ducts 5. UL 2221, Tests of Fire Resistive Grease Duct Enclosure Assemblies. C. Duct Cleanliness Requirements: 1. Prevent damage to ducts during transportation and off loading. Deliver only when ducts can be stored under permanent cover. Plastic tarp covering of ducts on jobsite not acceptable. 2. Keep site storage areas clean and dry with minimal exposure to dust. 3. Keep working area clean and dry and protected from weather elements. 4. Prior to installation of individual duct sections, inspect to ensure they are free from debris and wipe internal metal surfaces. 5. Cover duct risers to prevent entry of debris. 6. Cover open ends of ducts and downward facing and horizontal duct openings. 7. If, in the opinion of the A/E, ducts and fittings are not kept clean or completely dry, replace ducts and fittings or clean interior of affected ducts and fittings to satisfaction of the A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. 233113-1 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Complete duct installation consisting of detailed sheet metal drawings on reproducible media same size as Contract Documents, coordinating duct and work of other trades to result in proper fit in available space. 2. Complete drawings in timely manner and coordinated with construction schedule. 3. Minimum scale 1/4 inch per foot. 4. Show ducts, volume dampers, hangers, supports, equipment, work of other trades in close proximity to ducts, vertical elevations of work above finished floor, reflected ceiling, lights, and other items necessary to fully coordinate the installation. 5. Direct use of the Drawings for preparation of Shop Drawings not acceptable. 6. Shop Drawings will not go through the formal review process, but submit 2 copies to the A/E as evidence of their being completed. 7. Submit for Owner review. D. Test Reports: 1. Pressure testing for leakage. 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 200548 - Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control: Flexible connectors. B. Section 283111 - Fire Alarm and Detection Systems: Duct smoke detectors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL WORK, GENERAL A. Duct Construction: 1. Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible (SMACNA), Third Edition, 2005. Standing seams not acceptable for exposed ducts. 2. Galvanized steel in general with G-90 zinc coating, ASTM A 653, minimum 26 gage. 3. Aluminum for shower exhaust ducts [and ], ASTM B 209. 4. Galvanized steel prepped or ducts finished with Paint Grip for field painting where exposed in finished spaces as scheduled in Division 09. B. Pressure Classifications: 1. Ducts between Variable Air Volume (VAV) Air Handling Units and VAV and Fan Powered Terminal Units: [6] [___] inch w.g. 2. Ducts downstream of VAV and Fan Powered Terminal Units: [2] [___] inch w.g. 233113 - 2 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION 3. Return and Exhaust Ducts: Plus [2] [___] inch downstream of fans and minus [2] [___] inch w.g. upstream of fans for fan design static pressure scheduled on the Drawings at 1.0 inch w.g. and above. 4. Return, Relief, and Exhaust Ducts: Plus 1 inch downstream of fans and minus 1 inch w.g. upstream of fans for fan design static pressure scheduled on the Drawings at less than 1.0 inch w.g. Plus 1 inch w.g. for relief ducts. 5. Supply Ducts not Listed Above: [2] [___] inch w.g. 6. Transfer Ducts: 0.5 inch w.g. C. Round [and Flat Oval] Ducts: Spiral seam with beaded sleeve at transverse joints. D. Fittings - 1. Comply with SMACNA as follows: a. Round [and Flat Oval] Elbows: Full radius (R/D=1.5), 5 piece segmented or stamped per SMACNA Figure[s] 3-4 [and 3-7]. b. Rectangular Elbows: Full radius (R/W=1.5) where minimum 5 duct widths is available downstream of elbow fitting prior to branch take off. If straight length not available, use square throat elbow with turning vanes. c. Round [and Flat Oval] Tees and Laterals: Conical fitting or tap per SMACNA Figure 3-6, 90 degree tee with oval to round tap, 45 degree lateral fitting, tap, or saddle tap, or 45 degree rectangular lead-in per SMACNA Figure 3-5. 90 degree tee not acceptable. Saddle tap connections for exposed ducts in finished spaces not acceptable. d. Spin -in Fittings: Conical type, with volume damper, quadrant, and accessories. Include closed outside end bearing, insulation guard for installation in duct with soundlining, and standoff bracket for installation in duct with insulation. e. Rectangular Laterals: 45 degree entry fittings per SMACNA Figure 4-6. f. Offsets: Full radius (R/D=1.5 for round [and flat oval] and R/W=1.5 for rectangular) where space allows. Mitered offset (Type 2) with 30 degree maximum offset angle per SMACNA Figure 4-7. Angle offset (Type 1) not acceptable. g. Divided flow fittings acceptable per SMACNA Figure 4-5 except for branch connections to outlets and inlets. 2. Bellmouth Fittings: 18 gage spun sheet metal, formed into uniform radius bellmouth. Minimum radius of bell equal to 0.2 times neck diameter. 3. Screened Openings: 1/2 inch mesh screen, 14 gage galvanized steel wire. Enclose mesh screen with 20 gage galvanized removable sheet metal frame around perimeter. 4. Duct Collars: 2 inch wide galvanized steel for galvanized ducts [; aluminum for aluminum ducts], 20 gage. Mitered corners for square and rectangular ducts. Escutcheon type for round [and flat oval] ducts. E. Clothes Dryer Vent Duct: 233113 - 3 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION 1. Flexible Duct: Aluminum. UL listed and labeled. Foil flexible, plastic, or vinyl hose not acceptable. 2. Rigid Duct: Type 304 stainless steel, ASTM A 480, or aluminum, ASTM B 209, minimum 24 gage with no fasteners protruding into duct. F. Dishwasher Exhaust Ducts: 1. General: Type 304 stainless steel, ASTM A 480, minimum 18 gage, continuously welded seams and joints for steam and water tightness. 2. Exposed: Polished, finish same as for hoods as specified in [Division 1 1 ]. G. Grease Kitchen Hood Exhaust Ducts: 1. General: Comply with requirements of NFPA 96. 2. Exposed: Type 316L stainless steel, ASTM A 480, minimum 18 gage continuously welded seams and joints, finish same as for grease hoods as specified in [Division 11 ]. 3. Elbows: Full radius (R/W=1.5). H. Fume Hood Exhaust Ducts: 1. General: Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A 480, minimum 16 gage, fabricated in accordance with SMACNA Round Industrial Construction Standards, Second Edition, 1999 and SMACNA Rectangular Industrial Construction Standards, Second Edition, 2004. 2 Seams and Joints: Butt -welded, using inert gas shielded welding methods including shielding gas on rear side of weld as well as on weld side. Welding not to cause distortion of sheet metal. 3. Fittings: Factory fabricated, round cross section same as ducts to which connected. Elbows multiple segment construction, welded, 5 piece construction on ducts 12 inch and smaller and 7 piece construction for larger ducts. Changes in duct size with reducing fittings with 20 -degree included angle. McGill Airflow, AccuDuct, or approved. 4. 1 Flanges: Continuously welded to duct and bolted to mating surface with stainless steel bolts and nuts and 1/8 inch thick resilient PVC full face gasket between flanges. 5. Finish: Exposed surfaces of ducts and fittings with surfaces of welds ground and polished to No. 4 finish. Where concealed, and in mechanical rooms, exposed surfaces standard mill finish, welds ground smooth but not polished. Inside of joints ground smooth so as to present a smooth surface to air stream. 6. Connections to Fume Hoods: Duct fit into fume hood collar as a tight slip fit with sealant, 3 inch insertion, riveted. I. [Welding Exhaust Ducts and Hoods: 233113 - 4 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 2331 13 AIR DISTRIBUTION 1. General: Minimum 16 gage galvanized steel, fabricated in accordance with SMACNA Round Industrial Construction Standards and SMACNA Rectangular Industrial Construction Standards. 2. Flexible Duct: 4 inch diameter, [____] foot long galvanized steel, non -crush neoprene, stainless steel, weld proof fiberglass neoprene flexible tubing. 3. Fittings: Factory fabricated, United McGill LLC, AccuDuct, or approved. 4.. Flanges: Continuously welded to duct and bolted to mating surface with stainless steel bolts and nuts and 1/8 inch thick resilient PVC full face gasket between flanges.] J. Turning Vanes: 1. Description: Airfoil design, smoothly -rounded entry nose, extended trailing edge, continuous internal tubes for stiffening and rigidity of section, adaptable to duct sizes. Maximum generated sound power level 54 decibels in octave band'4 at 2000 fpm velocity in 24 inch by 24 inch duct size. 2. Assembly Fabrication: Side rails by same manufacturer as turning vanes. Vanes installed on 2.4 inch centers across full diagonal dimension of elbow per SMACNA Figure 4-3. Rail systems with non-standard tab spacing not acceptable. 3. Unequal Elbows: Fabricate and adjust to set vanes in assembly at correct angle of attack, resulting in leading and trailing edges in parallel to duct surfaces: 4. Manufacturer: H.E.P. - High Efficiency Profile - as manufactured by Aero/Dyne Co. (1-800-522-2423) or approved. 5. At Contractor's option, double wall turning vanes fabricated from same material as adjacent duct acceptable. Include mounting rails with friction insert tabs that align vanes automatically. K. Acoustical Turning Vanes: 1. Double thickness, perforated, glass fiber fill, mylar liner. 2. Manufacturer: Ductmate Industries or approved. L. Soundlined Ducts:- Fabricate with duct soundlining such that no gap will result between sections of duct lining after assembly of duct sections. Fabrication and installation shall result in adjacent soundlining sections butted together without gaps, bulges, or other discontinuities. M. Duct Sealer: 1. Indoor Locations: UL 181 listed and labeled. Low odor, non-toxic vapors, surface burning characteristics for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50 when in a dry state. Rated for air temperature range of minus 20 F to plus 150 F. Rated to 10 inches w.g., minimum 65 percent solid content. McGill Airflow LLC, AirSeal United Duct Sealer (Water Based), Biddle Aqua-Crylic HVAC, Hardcast Irongrip 601, Design Polymerics DP1010, Ductmate Industries Proseal or EZ -Seal, or approved. 233113 - 5 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION 2. Outdoor Locations: UL 181 listed and labeled. 3 inch minimum width. Surface burning characteristics of 25 maximum flame spread and 50 maximum smoke developed. Rated for air temperature range of minus 40 F to plus 200 F. Sealer with UV inhibitors. McGill Airflow LLC, AirSeal UNI -WEATHER, Ductmate Industries Proseal or approved. 2.2 FOUR -BOLT OR CORNER -CLIP DUCT CONNECTION SYSTEM A. General: System used for sheet metal work at Contractor's option. B. Components: Roll -formed 20 gage galvanized steel flanges with integral mastic sealer, embossed corner pieces, UL listed and labeled metal cleats, duct sealer, closed cell neoprene gaskets, and cadmium plated bolts and nuts. C. Lined Ducts: Fabricate with no gaps, bulges, or other discontinuities between adjacent sections of duct lining after assembly. D. Manufacturers: Ductmate Industries, Nexus, Ward Industries, or approved. Fabricate in strict conformance to manufacturer's instruction. 2.3 FACTORY SOUNDLINED DUCTS; ROUNb [AND FLAT OVAL] A. Description: Double -walled, internally insulated, low pressure duct system components. B. Construction: 1. Outer Pressure Shell, Straight Ducts: Spiral wound, galvanized steel, gages as follows at plus 2 inch w.g.: a. Ducts 6 Inch to 26 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 26 gage b. Ducts 27 Inch to 66 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 24 gage c. Ducts 37 Inch to 50 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 22 gage d. Ducts 51 Inch to 60 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 20 gage e. Ducts 61 Inch to 84 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 18 gage 2. Outer Pressure Shell, Fittings: Solid welded galvanized steel, gages as follows: a. Ducts 6 Inch to 14 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 26 gage b. Ducts 16 Inch to 26 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 24 gage c. Ducts 27 Inch to 50 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 20 gage d. Ducts 51 Inch to 60 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 18 gage e. Ducts 61 Inch to 84 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 16 gage 3. Inner Liner, Straight Ducts: Perforated galvanized steel, gages as follows: a. Ducts 3 Inch to 8-1 /2 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 28 gage b. Ducts 9 Inch to 42 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 28 gage c. Ducts 44 Inch to 60 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 26 gage d. Ducts 62 Inch to 84 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 22 gage 4. Inner Liner, Fittings: Perforated galvanized steel, gages as follows: 233113-6of16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION a. Ducts 3 Inch to 34 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 24 gage b. Ducts 35 Inch to 58 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 22 gage c. Ducts 60 Inch to 84 Inch Diameter [or Major Dimension]: 20 gage 5. Insulation: [1] [2] [3] inch thick, 1 PCF density, K -value 0.27 Btu/hr/sq ft/F at 75 F mean temperature, UL listed and labeled for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50. 6. Concentricity: Mechanical fastening to maintain positive concentricity of liner with shell. 7. Insulation Attachment: Mechanical fastening to retain insulation against dislocation by assembly processes. 8. Duct Connections: Slip joint. McGill Airflow LLC, UNI-FLANGETM or Ductmate Industries Spiralmate acceptable for concealed installations. 9. Adapters: Include for terminations of acoustical duct runs. 10. Divided Flow Fittings: Construct with radiused entrance to branch top with solid welded connection. 2.4 PLENUM CONSTRUCTION, FACTORY FABRICATED, FIELD ASSEMBLED A. Description: Acoustical plenum walls and appurtenances as indicated on the Drawings with inner wall solid face in general, and perforated as indicated on the Drawings. B. Construction and Components: 1. Panels: Minimum 3 inch thick, 4 inch thick at plug fans. Perforated panel sheets 22 gage galvanized steel with 3/32 inch diameter holes spaced on 3/16 inch staggered centers. Solid inner panel sheets 22 gage and solid outerpanel 18 gage, galvanized steel. 2. Sound Retarding and Absorbing Fill: Incombustible, inert, mildew resistant and vermin -proof. Slightly larger and thicker than inside dimensions of panel, no voids. 3. Internal Panel Reinforcement: Minimum 18 gage galvanized steel and spaced such that span does not exceed 2' - 0". Perimeter and internal reinforcement and panel sheets welded and riveted to form rugged metal -sheathed acoustical panel. Spot welds maximum 3 inch centers. 4. Face Sheet: Welded and riveted to panel assembly to compress and hold fill materials in place under severe conditions of vibration. 5. Door Panels: Solid 18 gage galvanized metal sides, 36 inches wide by 72 inches high, 4 inches thick, overlapping seal type, single continuous air/acoustic seals around sill, jambs, and head. Two hinges and 2 latches with inside release handle, assembled with hinge hardware attached and adjusted. Latches installed in field. Wedge lever type door latches with inside handles. Install doors to open against air pressure 6. Roof Channels, Aprons, and Corner joiners: 16 gage galvanized steel formed to prevent direct path for sound and/or air leakage. Panel joiners 20 gage galvanized 233113 - 7 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION steel, roll formed to be greater in strength than standard 16 gage joiners. Panel accessories furnished in standard lengths for field cutting to required dimensions. 7. Openings for Duct Connections: Provided by plenum manufacturer. 8. Pipe and Conduit Penetrations: Located and cut in field and sealed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 9. Plenum Structure: Self-supporting. 10. Finish: Metal surfaces galvanized. C. Performance: 1. Transmission Toss (TL) tested in accordance with ASTM E 90-61T. 2. Absorption coefficients for composite panel assembly tested in accordance with ASTM C 423-65T. 3. Heat Transfer Factor: K -value 0.07 Btu/hr/sq ft/F temperature difference of standard air. 4. Plenum installation capable of withstanding positive internal static air pressure of 6.0 inch w.g. and negative internal static air pressure of 3.0 inch. 5. Meet combustion requirements established by ASTM E 84, not exceeding the following: a. Flame Spread of 25. b. Smoke Developed of 50. D. Manufacturers: Industrial Acoustics Company "BIG -H PLENUM", Rink, Semco, McGill Airflow LLC, UNI-HOUSINGTM or approved. 2.5 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Description: Factory -insulated with low permeability vapor barrier jacket constructed of reinforced metalized laminate film, suitable for medium and low pressure applications, 1 inch thick fiber glass insulation, coated steel spring helix reinforcement bonded to chlorinated polyethylene liner. 1. Ratings: UL 181 listed and labeled as a Class 1 flexible duct with maximum flame spread rating 25, maximum smoke -developed rating 50. 2 Length: Assemblies in 5,foot length with galvanized male and female fittings attached to liner and vapor barrier jacket acceptable. B. Manufacturers: Thermaflex MK -E, Wiremold 57K, Flexmaster 8m, or approved. 2.6 DUCT SOUNDLINING A. Description: Fiberglass acoustical and thermal insulation, 1 inch thick unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 233113-8of16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION B. Standards and Ratings: ASTM C 1071 Type I (flexible) and Type II (rigid), NFPA 90A, [NFPA 90B] for preformed duct liners. K -value 0.24 Btu/hr/sq ft/F at 75 F mean temperature per ASTM C 177. C. Composition: 1. Semi-rigid borosilicate fibers bonded in thermosetting resin. 2. Density 1-1/2 Ib. per cu. ft. 3. R -value 4.2 hr/sq ft/F/Btu per ASTM C 518. 4. Composite surface burning characteristics for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50 per ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, and UL 723. 5. Temperature limit 250 F. 6. Velocity rated at 6000 fpm. 7. Airstream surface protected with acrylic coating with EPA -registered anti -microbial agent per ASTM G 21 and ASTM G 22. 8. Factory applied edge coating with Johns Manville SuperSeal Duct Butter, SuperSeal Edge Treatment, or SuperSeal HV. D. Duct Soundlining Adhesive: UL listed and labeled, surface burning characteristics for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50. Water based and non-flammable in wet or dry state. McGill Airflow LLC, AirSeal UNI -TACK, Hardcast Glas- Grip, Design Polymerics DP5050, Foster 85-65, or approved. E. Manufacturers: 1. Rectangular Duct: Johns Manville Linacoustic RC, Knauf EM, Certainteed ToughGuard R, or approved. 2. Rectangular Plenums: Johns Manville Linacoustic R-300 rigid plenum liner board, Knauf Rigid Plenum Liner, Certainteed ToughGuard Rigid Liner Board, or approved. 3. Round Duct Up to 16 Inch Diameter: Johns Manville Spiracoustic preformed self- supporting "slide -in" duct liner or approved. 4. Round Duct 18 Inch Diameter and Larger: Johns Manville Spiracoustic Plus Round Liner Board or approved. 2.7 FASTENERS A. Description: Use blind rivets, sheet metal screws, or bolted connections where required by SMACNA for attachment purposes for sheet metal. Sheet metal screws and rivets minimum length required for secure fastening. Where rivets are specifically called for in this section, sheet metal screws may be used. B. Locations: For ducts, grilles, and accessories exposed to view in finished rooms, include finish -type fasteners. 1. Permanent Work: Blind stainless steel pop rivets. 2. Removable Items and Grilles: Cadmium -plated pan head or countersunk tapping screws. 233113 - 9 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 2.8 HANGERS FOR SHEET METAL WORK SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION A. Description: Hangers, supports, and anchor bolts for sheet metal work and equipment, same material as for duct construction. B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts and structural -steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. Comply with requirements in Section 200510. C. Duct Sizes: Refer to maximum cross-section dimension at location of hangers. D. Horizontal Rectangular [and] [,] Round [, and Flat Oval] Ducts: Comply with SMACNA Standards. Wire hangers not acceptable. E. Vertical Ducts: Angles attached to sides in pairs. Comply with SMACNA. In shafts, include supplementary steel angles or saddles at each floor to distribute Toads from bracing angles or channels to the structure. 2.9 DUCT SUPPORTS ON ROOF A. Description: Adjustable height duct support consisting of [stainless steel] [hot dipped galvanized steel] [polycarbonate plastic] support bases and galvanized steel braced strut assembly supported and connected to support bases. B. Manufacturers: Miro Industries DS Series, Pate, or approved. 2.10 DRAIN PANS A. For Air Conditioning Units and Water Heaters: 18 gage galvanized steel, seams and joints continuous welded watertight, bottom double sloped to drain connection. Fabricate per SMACNA with 2 inch high sides. 2.1 1 MISCELLANEOUS DUCT ACCESSORIES A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct -insulation thickness. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 233113-10 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.2 PREPARATION SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance", provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.4 DUCT INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install in workmanlike manner. Fabrications, fittings, joints, take -offs, attachments, turning vanes, dampers, and sealing in accordance with requirements of SMACNA as specified in this section and as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for seismic restraints of ducts and for penetrations through mechanical room walls and floors and acoustical walls. 3. Hang ducts from roof structure and not from the roof deck itself. Provide supplementary steel framing as specified in Section 200510 to span between roof structural members. 4. Locate ducts with sufficient clearance around equipment to allow for inspection, repair, replacement, and service. 5. Cap incompleted duct ends with temporary closures of taped polyethylene to prevent construction dust from entering ducts. 6. Install duct collars where exposed ducts pass through non -fire rated walls and ceilings. Fasten tight to ducts. 7. Duct sizes may be changed as long as the new dimensions are equivalent to those indicated and do not exceed 4 to 1 aspect ratio. 8. Transitions: a. Fabricate and install duct transitions for connections to equipment, such as fans, coils, fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, motor operated dampers, VAV units, air handling units, heat recovery devices, etc where the connection sizes are different from duct sizes indicated on the Drawings. 233113-11 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 2331 13 AIR DISTRIBUTION b. Where transitions are required to fit into available space, fabricate to maintain equivalent free area of duct sizes with angle less than 15 degrees. 9. Drawings do not show offsets which may be required. Make offsets with fittings with as small an angle of offset as possible. Install turning vanes in square corner elbows. 10. Install acoustical turning vanes in return air square throat elbows. 11. Install flanged connections to equipment with neoprene gaskets. 12. Install ducts through roof to be watertight. Coordinate with any details on the Drawings as to flashings and curbs. 13. Install straight sheet metal duct at inlet VAV units and FTUs, 2 feet or 3 equivalent duct diameters long, whichever is longer, size equal to unit inlet connection. Include transition at upstream end of straight duct if primary duct size is larger than unit inlet connection. 14. Install straight sheet metal duct at outlet of VAV units and FTUs, size to match unit outlet connection or minimum size per schedule on the Drawings with transition from outlet connection size. Install branch connections minimum 4 feet from unit outlet. 1 5. Install ducts within shafts without contact with walls. 16. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. 17. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated on the Drawings. Locate where required for testing and balancing purposes as directed by the TAB subcontractor specified in Section 200593. 18. Install return air and transfer air openings above ceilings with minimum 2'-0" clearance to obstructions. 19. Where louvers are shown on the Drawings to be blanked off, cover backside of unused portion of louver with galvanized sheet metal and caulk weathertight. Paint outside surface of blank off material flat black prior to installation. B. Exterior Ducts: 1. General: Install ducts located outside of buildings in weatherproof manner. 2. Fabrication: Fabricate and use gage as required by SMACNA. Aluminum with 4 -bolt or corner -clip duct connections or flanged joints. Slope top of ducts for drainage. Seal seams and joints externally for watertight installation in neat and workmanlike manner. 3. Duct Supports on Roof: Install per manufacturers instructions. Cut vertical supports not to be higher than 1 inch above top of ducts. Comply with requirements in Section 200510 as to repair of galvanized surface. 4. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean duct surfaces, such that ducts may be primed and finish painted. C. Clothes Dryer Vent Duct: Install flexible duct between appliance connection and rigid duct. Install with stainless steel worm drive hose clamp on both ends. Eight foot 233113-12of16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION maximum length, fully extended. Install male end of rigid duct in direction of airflow. Install cleanouts for vertical risers. D. Dishwasher Exhaust Ducts: Slope horizontal ducts at 1/2 inch per lineal foot back to hood. E. Grease Hood Exhaust Ducts: Slope horizontal ducts at 1/2 inch per lineal foot to residue traps at base of vertical risers and at low points with provisions for clean out access doors: Install access doors in horizontal ducts per IMC and NFPA 96. F. Fume Hood Exhaust Ducts: Slope horizontal ducts at 1 inch per 20 feet back to hood. G. Flexible Connectors: 1. Install flexible connectors furnished under Section 200548 at connections to vibration -isolated (spring and rubber isolator -mounted) fans, packaged HVAC equipment, externally isolated air handling units, fan coil units, and similar equipment. Internally isolated equipment does not require flexible connectors. 2. Support duct on both sides of flexible connector to ensure alignment and to avoid binding connector. 3. Install with sufficient slack to permit 2 inch horizontal or vertical movement without stretching fabric and to efficiently isolate vibration of fans from ducts. 4. Install flexible connector prior to [fire damper] [combination fire/smoke damper] on mechanical room side of fire -rated wall. 5. Install equipment without flexible connectors in corridor ceiling spaces where fire rating is required.. H. Duct and Plenum Sealing: SMACNA Seal Class A. Apply duct sealer to transverse joints, longitudinal seams, fitting connections, corners of four -bolt or corner clip duct connection system, and fitting seams except continuous welded type. Spiral seams, continuous welded seams, and transverse joints for 4 -bolt or corner clip duct connection system are not required to be sealed unless visible and audible leaks exist or duct leakage exceeds that allowed by leakage test specified in this section. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.5 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Install per SMACNA Figures 3-10 and 3-1 1. B. Connect to metal ducts with slip joint made using fire-resistant mastic and stainless steel or plastic machine -applied clamp. C. Five foot maximum length, fully extended. Generally install with straight sections, without bends. If bends are required, install with maximum one -90 degree bend, R/D=2.5 or greater. No kinks allowed. Sheet metal elbows to result in straight flexible duct runs acceptable. 233113-13 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION D. Hang flexible duct on 5'-0" centers and at 90 degree bend with 1 inch wide flat steel strap. Maximum 1/2 inch sag per foot. Support shall not cause out -of -round shape. E. Installation in corridor ceiling spaces where fire rating is required not allowed. 3.6 SOUNDLINING A. General: Install duct soundlining per SMACNA and NAIMA Duct Liner Installation Standards and as required by this article. Apply adhesive for 100 percent coverage. Secure soundlining with mechanical fasteners at maximum 15 inch centers. Start fasteners within 2 inches of leading edge of each section and within 3 inches of leading edge of cross joints within duct section. Coat exposed and mating edges and seams to prevent exposed glass fiber. Install sheet metal nosings at transverse lining terminations. Duct dimensions indicated on the Drawings are net inside dimensions. Increase sheet metal dimensions to accommodate duct soundlining thickness. B. Extent: 1. Low pressure rectangular supply air ducts, including downstream of VAV and fan powered terminal units. 2. Grille and diffuser boxes and boots. 3. Transfer ducts. 4. Return and exhaust air ducts for the first 10 feet from the grille, except for those grilles serving shower rooms. C. Transportation and Handling: 1. Transport and handle in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that materials comply with requirements and are undamaged. 3. Provide equipment and personnel to handle materials by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. D. Storage and Protection: 1. Store and protect in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 2. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. 3. Store in weathertight, climate controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to materials. 4. Exterior storage not acceptable. 5. Use off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. 6. Use equipment and personnel to store materials by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 7. Arrange storage of materials to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify materials are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. 233113-14 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION 8. Avoid installation of soundlined duct in exterior conditions_(prior to enclosure of building exterior. envelope). If it is absolutely necessary to install soundlined duct in exterior conditions, provide temporary enclosures with impervious sheet covering arranged to shed water, anchored securely against the wind. Ventilate building to prevent condensation and degradation of materials. E. Protection of Installed Work: 1. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed soundlining. Use durable sheet materials. 2. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. 3. Install protective coverings at openings. 4. Prohibit traffic or storage upon installed surfaces. F. Moisture: Do not allow soundlining to get wet or absorb moisture. Promptly remove and dispose of wetted or moist soundlining material and replace with new, soundlining material. Drying out wetted duct lining material not acceptable. G. Installation: For soundlined ducts, use care during installation to insure that soundlining remains clean and dry, and that no gap will result between sections of duct soundlining after assembly of duct sections. Installation shall result in adjacent soundlined sections butted together without gaps, bulges, or other discontinuities. Ensure that mating edges are sealed in the field. Apply additional sealant to result in complete encapsulation of fibers. 3.7 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS A. Coordinate location requirements with Division 28 work prior to preparing and submitting sheet metal Shop Drawings to ensure with detector manufacturer's installation requirements. 3.8 PRESSURE TESTING FOR LEAKAGE A. Description: Test supply, return, exhaust, and outdoor air ducts. B. Test Standard: SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual, First Edition, 1985. C. Test Apparatus: Portable blower with volume adjustment, flow measuring assembly for determining cfm of air being added to duct consisting of calibrated orifice mounted in straight tube with straightening vane and pressure taps, U-tube manometer, and calibration curve for orifice assembly. D. Test Procedures: 1. Test duct before insulation is installed. 2. Close off and seal openings in duct section to be tested. Connect test apparatus to duct by means of flexible duct. 233113 - 15 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233113 AIR DISTRIBUTION 3. Test for audible Teaks as follows: a. Start blower with its control damper closed. b. Gradually open the control damper until duct pressure reaches [1] [2] inch w.g. higher than designed fan static pressure. c. Survey joints and seams for audible leaks. Mark each leak and repair after shutting down blower. Do not retest until sealants have set. 4. After audible leaks have been sealed, retest. Seal and retest as necessary until maximum leakage is less than [1] [2] [3] percent of design air quantity of system has been achieved. 5. Submit duct section data, calculations, and test results for each duct section. 6. Summation of leakage for sections shall not exceed total allowable system leakage. 7. Test of each duct section may be witnessed by A/E. Give A/E at least 7 calendar days prior notice before such tests. 3.9 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 4 hours. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 233113-16 of 16 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES SECTION 233300 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes accessories for air distribution systems and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. AMCA 500-D, Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating. 2. AMCA 511, Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices. 3. ARI 410, Forced -Circulation Air -Cooling and Air -Heating Coils. 4. .ARI 880, Air Terminals. 5. ARI 885, Procedures for Estimating Occupied Space Sound Levels in the Application of Air Terminals and Air Outlets. 6. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 7. NFPA 92A, Recommended Practice for Smoke -Control Systems. 8. NFPA 92B, Guide for Smoke Management Systems in Malls, Atria, and Large Areas. 9. NFPA 255, Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 10. UL 181, Standard for Factory -Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors. 11. UL 555, Standard for Fire Dampers. 12. UL 5555, Standard for Smoke Dampers. 13. UL 1978, Standard for Grease Ducts. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each item specified in this section. C. Fire Damper Log: Prior to air handling system startup, submit fire damper log. Log shall consist of an Excel spreadsheet listing each fire damper, smoke damper, and 233300 - 1 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES combination fire/smoke damper installed, type of damper, location, size, and electrical connection information. Include additional comments for miscellaneous information. D. Shop Drawings: Comply with requirements in Section 2331 13. E. Test Reports: 1. Factory test reports for duct silencers (sound traps). 2. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Motorized dampers and air terminal unit controllers and actuators. B. Section 234100 - Filters: Duct mounted filter housings and filters during construction. 1.5 PRE -INSTALLATION MEETING A. Prior to installing fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire/smoke dampers, sheet metal subcontractor shall arrange for and conduct a pre -installation meeting to review installation requirements. Meeting participants shall include at a minimum representatives from the general contractor, sheet metal, electrical and fire alarm subcontractors, Fire Marshal, A/E, Mechanical Engineer and Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible (SMACNA), Third Edition, 2005. 2.2 VOLUME DAMPERS AND QUADRANTS A. Factory Built Adjustable Dampers: 1. Description: Single or multiple blades, steel construction meeting SMACNA Standards for construction requirements for volume dampers. 2. Ratings and Standards: Maximum 4 inch w.g. pressure differential, 2000 fpm velocity and 180 F. Testing and ratings per AMCA 500D. 3. Construction: Galvanized steel, 20 gage hat channel frame and 16 gage reinforced blades, linkage concealed in jamb, 1/2 inch diameter plated steel axles and control shaft, and synthetic sleeve type bearings. 4. Manufacturers: Greenheck Model MBD -15, Air Balance, Ruskin, or approved. B. Remote Cable Control System for Quadrants Where Ducts are Not Accessible: 233300 - 2 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES 1. Description: Cable system for remote operation of a volume damper consisting of Bowden 0.054 inch sheathed stainless steel control wire, rack and pinion gear drive, and control kit for flush ceiling mounting. 2. Manufacturer: Young Regulator Beldon Cable Controls, or approved. 2.3 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Description: Extruded aluminum frame and blades, extruded vinyl edge seals mechanically locked into blade edge. Blades with field adjustable, zinc plated steel counterbalance weights to allow pressure relief to start opening at 0.01 inch w.g. and be fully open at 0.06 inch w.g. Corrosion resistant bearings, synthetic type. Linkage concealed in frame. Dampers designed for maximum 1 500 fpm spot velocities and up to 4 inch w.g. back pressure. B. Manufacturers: Ruskin Model CBD2, Greenheck, American Warming & Ventilating, Air Balance, Duro Dyne, Pacific Air Products, or approved. 2.4 FIRE DAMPERS A. Description: Fire dampers, each with frame and sleeve for wall, floor, and ceiling installations. Comply with SMACNA Fire, Smoke and Radiation Damper Installation Guide. Include UL Fire Resistance Classified Ceiling Diffuser Radiation shields where installed at ceiling diffusers and grilles in fire rated ceilings. B. Classification: UL 555, NFPA 90A. UL listed and labeled for dynamic systems with airflow in either direction. Include label indicating maximum allowable air quantity of 11 cfm/sq ft at 8 inch w.g. for fan driven air flow installations and 8 cfm/sq ft at 4 inch w.g. for relief and transfer air installations. 1-1/2 hour fire rated in general. Refer to Architectural drawings for fire ratings of general construction. C. Type: Metal curtain folding type with replaceable 165 F fusible Zink, steel; spring closing for horizontal installations. Blades recessed out of airstream for 100 percent free area: D. Sleeves: Galvanized steel, gage as required to meet manufacturer's installation instructions, factory mounted to damper with sealant between sleeve and damper. E. Manufacturers: Ruskin, Air Balance, Nailor Industries, or Greenheck. 2.5 SMOKE DAMPERS A. Description: Smoke dampers, each with frame, sleeve, airfoil blades, and actuator for wall, floor, and ceiling installations, [250 F] [350 F]. Comply with SMACNA Fire, Smoke and Radiation Damper Installation Guide. Include UL Fire Resistance Classified Ceiling Diffuser Radiation shields where installed at ceiling diffusers and grilles in fire rated ceilings. 233300 - 3 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES B. Classification: UL 555S, NFPA 90A, [NFPA 90B, NFPA 92A, NFPA 92B,] Leakage Class 1. UL listed and labeled for dynamic systems with airflow in either direction. Include label indicating maximum allowable air quantity of 11 cfm/sq ft at 8 inch w.g. for fan driven air flow installations and 8 cfm/sq ft at 4 inch w.g. for relief and transfer air installations. 1-1/2 hour fire rated in general. Refer to Architectural drawings for fire ratings of general construction. C. Performance Rating: AMCA listed and labeled meeting AMCA 511 certifying air performance and air leakage performance. D. Size: Free area inside sleeves and within damper stop minimum 90 percent of area of connecting duct. Provide larger damper size to maintain 90 percent free area. Increase size of damper if duct sizes indicated on the Drawings are smaller than manufacturer's available sizes. E. Blades: Airfoil type, double skin, 6 inch maximum width. Single airfoil shaped blade for blade width extensions. F. Smoke Detector: , Integral, factory wired for single -point connection. G. Blade Position Assembly: Factory installed and tested assembly to permit remote damper operation after initial closure. Include blade damper indicator switch [with remote indication]. H. Sleeves: Galvanized steel, gage as required to meet manufacturer's installation instructions, factory mounted to damper with sealant between sleeve and damper. I. Actuator: Factory installed electric, 120 volt, 60 cycle, 1 phase, actuator and linkage mounted out of air stream, normally closed (damper closes when power is interrupted). Electric actuators with 5 year warranty, microprocessor based controller with electronic cutoff at full open, incapable of burning out if stalled before full rotation is reached, maximum 0.23 amp when running and 0.1 amp at full open, and auxiliary switch. Belimo Air Controls FSNF120-S Series. No substitutions. [Include monitoring of blade damper position to DDC system specified in Section 230900.] J. Manufacturers: Ruskin SD60, Air Balance, Nailor Industries, or Greenheck. 2.6 COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS A. Description: Combination fire/smoke dampers, each with frame, sleeve, airfoil blades, and actuator for wall, floor, and ceiling installations, [250 F] [350 F]. Comply with SMACNA Fire, Smoke and Radiation Damper Installation Guide. Include UL Fire Resistance Classified Ceiling Diffuser Radiation shields where installed at ceiling diffusers and grilles in fire rated ceilings. 233300 - 4 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES B. Classification: UL 555, UL 555S, NFPA 90A,[ NFPA 90B, NFPA 92A, NFPA 92B3 Leakage Class 1. UL listed and labeled for dynamic systems with airflow in either direction. Include label indicating maximum allowable air quantity of 11 cfm/sq ft at 8 inch w.g. for fan driven air flow installations and 8 cfm/sq ft at 4 inch w.g. for relief and transfer air installations. 1-1/2 hour fire rated in general. Refer to Architectural drawings for fire ratings of general construction. C. Performance Rating: AMCA listed and labeled meeting AMCA 511 certifying air performance and air leakage performance. D. Size: Free area inside sleeves and within damper stop minimum 90 percent of area of connecting duct. Provide larger damper size to maintain 90 percent free area. Increase size of damper if duct sizes indicated on the Drawings are smaller than manufacturer's available sizes. E. Blades: Airfoil type, double skin, 6 inch maximum width. Single airfoil shaped blade for blade width extensions. F. Heat -Actuated Device: [Electric] [Pneumatic] fuse link for controlled closure and automatic reopen after test, smoke detection, and power failure. 165 F activation temperature for duct air temperature less than 115 F and 212 F for duct air temperatures 1 1 5 F and higher, [250 F] [350 F] elevated temperature rated. [Include EP switch.] G. Smoke Detector: Integral, factory wired for single -point connection. H. Fire Thermostat Assembly: Factory installed and tested assembly to permit remote damper operation after initial closure. Include blade damper indicator switch [with remote indication] and high limit temperature sensor with manual reset. Automatic reset to normal position when fire alarm system is reset. Include for projects with central fire alarm system as specified in Division 28. I. Sleeves: Galvanized steel, gage as required to meet manufacturer's installation instructions, factory mounted to damper with sealant between sleeve and damper. J• Actuator: Factory installed, electric, 120 Volt, 60 cycle, 1 phase, actuator and linkage mounted out of air stream, normally closed (damper closes when power is interrupted). Electric actuators with 5 year warranty, microprocessor based controller with electronic cutoff at full open, incapable of burning out if stalled before full rotation is reached, maximum 0.23 amp when running and 0.1 amp at full open, and auxiliary switch. Belimo Air Controls FSNF120-S Series. No substitutions. [Include monitoring of blade damper position to DDC system specified in Section 230900.] K. Manufacturers: Ruskin FSD60, Air Balance, Nailor Industries, or Greenheck. 233300 - 5 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES 2.7 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES A. General: Include access doors wherever access to ducts is necessary for reaching equipment. Double construction, hemmed edges (no sharp edges), tight fitting with gasket, hinged, with latch, and insulation or soundlining equivalent to that of adjacent duct. Steel angle frame. Access panels with sheet metal fasteners not acceptable. B. Access Door Sizes: 1. One -Hand or Inspection Access: 8 inches by 5 inches. 2. Two -Hand Access: 12 inches by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 inches by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 inches by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 inches by 14 inches. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 inches by 17 inches. C. Latches: Die-cast, Ventfabrics No. 100 for doors 2'-0" high and smaller. Cat. No. 260 for doors up to 3'-0" high. Cat. No. 310 for doors higher than 3'-0". Use 2 for each door. Cam latches acceptable. D. [For Medium Pressure Rectangular, Round, and Flat Oval Ducts for Access to Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers [and ]: Combination access and pressure relief type or sandwich type with latches, retaining chain, and handle. Round or rectangular door to suit installation and access requirements. Access doors per manufacturer's standard sizes with maximum possible size for duct dimensions. Solid metal construction except insulated type where duct is insulated or constructed with duct soundlining lining. McGill Airflow, Ductmate Industries, or approved.] E. Grease Kitchen Hood Exhaust Duct: Grease and airtight, UL 1978 listed and labeled, meeting NFPA 96 standards and mechanical codes. Access doors sandwich type or with weld -on frame with or without hinge. 2.8 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) UNITS A. Description: Pressure independent, VAV units used to regulate airflow and/or heat to zone in response to zone temperature requirements. B. Agency Listings: UL listed and labeled or ETL. Certified under ARI 880 Certification Program. Include ARI seal. Sound performance certified in accordance with ARI 885. C. Construction - General: 1. Casing: Minimum 22 gage galvanized steel, height as required to fit in available space. 2. Insulation - Non -Porous Type: Interior surface of unit casing acoustically and thermally lined with 3/8 inch thick closed cell, fiber free, polymer foam insulation mechanically fastened to unit casing. UL listed and labeled meeting NFPA 90A and 233300 - 6 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES UL 181. Density 1-1/2 Ib. per cu. ft. Solid metal liner over fiberglass insulation acceptable. 3. Primary Air Damper: Low -leakage with provisions for connecting actuator, maximum leak rate 5 percent of maximum manufacturer's scheduled fan capacity at 1 inch w.g. inlet static pressure. Solid shaft rotating in Delrin or bronze oilite self- lubricating bearings. Shaft clearly marked on end to indicate damper position. Mechanical stop to prevent overstroking. Synthetic seals. Inlet sized to fit standard round duct. 4. Primary Airflow Sensor: Integral flow -cross style multiple point, center averaging flow sensor for primary air flow measurement within plus or minus 5 percent of unit rated airflow with 1-1/2 diameters of straight duct upstream of unit, integral flow taps and calibration chart provided on each unit. Annular type sensor acceptable. 5. Access Panel: Removable insulated panel on bottom of unit for full access to interior. 6. Discharge Duct Connection: Slip and drive rectangular connection. 7. Control Enclosure: Galvanized steel, with single point power supply connection and terminal block, control terminal block. 8. Digital Controller: Microprocessor -based controller furnished under Section 230900, factory installed by VAV unit manufacturer. 9. Primary Air Damper Actuator: Furnished under Section 230900, factory installed by VAV unit manufacturer on outside of housing. Installation inside control enclosure not acceptable. D. Heating Water Coil: 1. General: Factory mounted, installed at discharge of box, galvanized steel casing. 2. Extension sheet metal transition as required to limit coil face velocity to scheduled values indicated on the Drawings. Length to result in maximum 45 degree airflow transition angle from fan discharge to coil. 3. Coil Performance: Based upon ARI 410 4. Coil: Seamless copper tubes of minimum 0.016 inch thick wall with male solder header connections, tubes mechanically expanded into aluminum fin collars, maximum fin spacing of 8 fins per inch, leak tested at 300 psig. E. Warranty: Single source by VAV unit manufacturer, including controls. F. VAV Unit Component Responsibility: VAV unit manufacturer shall coordinate shipping. Refer to Article "VAV Unit and FTU Component Responsibility Schedule" in this section. G. Manufacturers: Titus, Nailor Industries, Environmental Technologies, or approved. 2.9 ELECTRIC DUCT HEATERS , BASIC SINGLE STAGE CONTROLLED A. Description: [Slip -in] [Flanged] type electric duct heater including open coil and control box for horizontal or vertical airflow as indicated on the Drawings. 233300 - 7 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES B. Codes and Standards: Comply with NEC. UL listed and labeled for zero clearance to combustible surfaces. C. Coil: 80 percent nickel and 20 percent chromium open resistance coils, Type A resistance wire, insulated by ceramic bushings recessed into supporting brackets. D. Heater Casing: Galvanized steel construction sized to fit within unitcasing, constructed for lined ducts. E. Control Box: Galvanized steel, NEMA 1, with hinged and latching door, knockouts, terminal blocks, wiring gutters, detailed wiring diagram, and factory -wired controls and interlock terminals. F. Controls and Interlocks: 1. Differential pressure airflow switch. 2. Disc type automatic reset thermal cutout for primary protection and Toad carrying disc type manual reset thermal cutout wired to each heater circuit for secondary protection. 3. De -energizing [mercury] [magnetic] type contactors. 4. Overcurrent protection for each circuit including dual element type fuses installed in phenolic blocks with reinforcing springs. 5. Fused disconnect switch with door interlock to disconnect ungrounded conductors. 6. Control transformer with primary fusing. 7. Thermostat: Coordinate room thermostatic control with Section 230900. G. Manufacturers: Indeeco, Valley, Markel, Chromolox, Brasch, or approved. 2.10 HEATING [AND COOLING] COILS A. Hydronic Coils: 1. Description: Hydronic coils for air handling units[, fan coil units, and duct mounted coils]. 2. Ratings: ARI 410. 3. Construction: a. Cabinet [and duct mounted] coil[s] as indicated on the Drawings. b. Counterflow arrangement. c. Maximum fin spacing [8] [10] fins per inch. d. Maximum 45 inch coil fin height. e. Coils 5/8 inch copper tube, minimum 0.020 inch thick wall, and 0.008 inch thick aluminum fins with copper, bronze, or cast iron headers. f. Supply and return piping with labels on same side of units unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. g. Select coils using [0.001] [0.0005] fouling factor. 233300 - 8 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES h. Cabinet mounted coils with headers and tubes arranged for 100 percent drainage of heat transfer fluid via a single threaded plug in each coil row. 4. Pressure Tests: Factory tested to 315 psig minimum air pressure under warm water. Suitable for operation at 250 psig working pressure. 5. Cooling Coils: Moisture removal type with wavy pattern fins. Straight fins not allowed. B. Direct Expansion Cooling Coils: 1. Description: Direct expansion cooling coils for air handling units [and duct mounted coils]. 2. Rating: ARI410. 3. Construction: a. Cabinet [and duct mounted] coils as indicated on the Drawings. b. Tubes horizontal, continuous plate -fin surface with seamless copper tubes expanded into aluminum fin collars for secure bonding with copper headers. [Include 25 percent excess heat transfer surface area for fouling.] c. Suction and liquid line connections extended through unit casing and labeled. d. Equalizing vertical distributors sized to capacities of coils. e. [Coils with multiple sections and sections with multiple distributors with intertwined rows.] 4. Pressure Tests: Factory hydrostatically tested to 450 psig and proof tested under water before shipment to 300 psig air pressure. After testing, insides of coils dried, connections sealed, and coil shipped with charge of dry nitrogen. 2.1 1 DUCT SILENCERS (SOUND TRAPS) A. Description: Pre -fabricated, baffle type, duct silencers. B. Construction: 1. Minimum 22 gage for rectangular silencers [and minimum 18 gage for tubular silencers], galvanized steel construction with lock -formed mastic -filled seams. 2. Interior panels 26 gage galvanized steel, die stamped in 1 piece, incorporating solid nose to form bellmouth entrance, perforated air passage corrugated in direction of airflow, and terminating with exponential exit. 3. Interior components held in place by spot welding not more than 3 inch on center. 4. Interior configuration of straight -through passages of consistent dimensions. 5. Acoustical filler of inorganic fiberglass, vermin -and moisture -proof, compressed to 4-1 /2 pound per cubic foot density, tested to ASTM E 84. Filler encapsulated with Tedlar. 6. Multiple assembly of attenuators where required by airflow, assembled and installed as recommended by manufacturer. [Assembly full height and width of plenum for air handling units specified in Section 233410.] 7. Pressure rating 8 inch w.g. 233300 - 9 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES C. Source Quality Control: Test by independent laboratory in accordance with ASTM E 477. 1. Test acoustic ratings, including dynamic insertion loss, self -generated noise, and airflow in both forward and reverse flow at minimum 2000 fpm face velocity. 2. Test for air tightness at 200 percent of scheduled fan static pressure or 6 inch w.g., whichever is greater. Zero percent leakage required. D. Manufacturers: Industrial Acoustics Company, Rink, Dyna-Sonics, Semco, VAW Systems, or approved. 2.12 [CLOTHES DRYER VENT COMPONENTS A. Vent Receptacle: 22 gage aluminized steel receptacle with top or bottom opening for connection between flexible and rigid ducts. Include furring strip for installation in 2 by 4 wall. Powder coated finish. UL listed and labeled for installation in 1 hour fire rated wall. In-O-Vate Technologies Dryerbox Vent Receptacle (561-743-8696) or approved.] PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance", provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. If in non-compliance, uncover work, remove, and provide new to satisfaction of A/E at no additional cost to the Owner. 233300 - 10 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES 3.4 VOLUME DAMPERS A. General: Volume dampers may not be shown on the Drawings. Install damper in duct to each supply, return, and exhaust opening and for branch mains serving more than 1 opening. B. Construction and Installation: [Install factory built adjustable dampers with actuators with metal fasteners. Use of factory applied adhesive seal without fasteners not acceptable.] In general, arrange with axis of blade in long dimension of rectangular duct. Install bearing on each end. Seal installation airtight. C. Location: Install dampers in accessible locations. Locate as far from outlet and inlet as possible. D. Setting: Set and lock in full open position, prior to TAB work. E. Install 12 inch long orange colored 1/2 inch wide surveyors tape on quadrant of volume dampers located above ceilings. 3.5 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. General: Install at exhaust and relief air duct terminations to atmosphere that do not have motor operated dampers. 3.6 FIRE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS, AND COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS A. General: Install per manufacturer's installation instructions. Install to prevent rattling and vibration. Utilize sleeves, angles and other materials so that installation is equivalent to that used by manufacturer when tested by UL. B. Actuators: Install smoke and combination fire/smoke dampers so that actuators and other components mounted external to the damper are accessible. Install dampers so that actuators can be removed from damper shaft for replacement. 3.7 ACCESS DOORS A. General: Install at [duct smoke detectors, backdraft dampers, motorized dampers, fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, both sides of duct mounted coils, airflow measuring units, duct sensors, and plenums]. Arrange door swings so that access doors open against air pressure. B. Access Doors for Fire Dampers, Smoke Dampers, and Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers: 1. Size Targe enough to permit replacement of fusible Zink, resetting of damper, and damper inspection. Minimum dimension 12 inch or maximum dimension allowed by duct size. 233300 - 1 1 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES 2. Hinged and latched, or clamped with mechanism to allow easy removal. 3. Tight fitting, full neoprene gasketed, constructed to prevent air leakage. 4. Install permanent engraved phenolic nameplates in accordance with Section 200510, IBC Chapter 7, IMC Chapter 6. Color as selected by the AHJ. 5. Demonstrate to the Owner and A/E that fusible link can be replaced, damper can be reset, and damper can be inspected for up to 5 fire damper locations and for up to 5 smoke and combination fire/smoke damper locations as selected by the Owner. 3.8 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNITS A. General: Install to be accessible for service and maintenance to components by maintenance personnel standing on ladder, without need to reach over or around Tight fixtures, ceiling supports, piping, and similar obstructions. Components needing service and maintenance include but are not limited to filters, controls, valves, strainers, fan motors, starters, disconnect switches, damper actuators, and airflow sensors. B. Coordination: Units located above inaccessible suspended.ceilings will require access through access doors. Coordinate requirements for right or left hand access and connections to suit field connections. Access doors will be furnished and installed as part of general construction work but sizes shall be determined as part of the sheet metal work. C. Support units from structure as for ducts. Support devices shall not block access. D. Provide ceiling "dots" under the service and maintenance locations of each unit to allow maintenance personnel to identify locations of ceiling panels that need to be removed and reinstalled to access components. Obtain A/E approval of products to be used for this purpose and their method of attachment to ceiling. 3.9 ELECTRIC DUCT HEATERS A. Install to allow clearance in front of control box per NEC requirements. 3.10 DUCT MOUNTED HEATING [AND COOLING] COILS A. General: Install per SMACNA Figure 7.1. [For cooling coils, install with drain pans.] Provide plenums or transitions upstream and downstream of coils. 3.1 1 DUCT SILENCERS (SOUND TRAPS) A. General: Install per manufacturer's installation requirements and as indicated on the Drawings. Where elbows precede or follow duct silencers, install with baffles parallel to plane of elbow turn. 233300 - 12 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233300 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES 3.12 FILTERS A. Duct Mounted Filter Housings: Install housings specified in Section 234100 as indicated on the Drawings. Locate and arrange to allow easy access to replace filters. B. Filters during Construction: Install filters specified in Section 234100 over return air grilles and other return air openings for air handling systems that are operated during construction. Size filters to exceed the grille and opening sizes. Install to be airtight. Remove at end of construction prior to building flush -out mode. 3.13 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 6 hours. 3.14 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. 3.15 VAV UNIT AND FTU COMPONENT RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE 233300 - 1 3 of 14 ITEM FURNISHED BY MOUNTED BY CONNECTED BY 1. VAV Unit Unit Manufacturer Mechanical Contractor Mechanical Contractor (1) 2. Primary Air Damper Actuator Control Subcontractor Unit Manufacturer Unit Manufacturer 3. Primary Airflow Sensor Unit Manufacturer Unit Manufacturer Unit Manufacturer 4. Heating Water Coil Unit Manufacturer Unit Manufacturer Mechanical Contractor a. Heating Coil Control Valve Control Subcontractor Mechanical Contractor Mechanical Contractor b. Control Valve Actuator Control Subcontractor Control Subcontractor (3) Control Subcontractor 5. Electric Heater Unit Manufacturer Unit Manufacturer Electrical Contractor 6. Low Voltage Field Wiring (4) Control Subcontractor 7. Air Flow Transducer Control Subcontractor Control Subcontractor (2) 8. Temperature Control Control Control 233300 - 1 3 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 233300 AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES ITEM FURNISHED BY MOUNTED BY CONNECTED BY Sensor Subcontractor Subcontractor Subcontractor 9. Digital Controller Control Subcontractor Unit (2) Manufacturer Notes: 1. Duct and piping connections. 2. Internal tubing and wiring by box manufacturer, external (field) wiring by control subcontractor. 3. If not integral to control valve. 4. 24 Volt control power connected by control subcontractor. END OF SECTION 233300 - 14 of 14 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SECTION 233410 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes air handling units, [heat recovery units,] fans, fan drives, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. AMCA Publication 99, Standards Handbook. 2. AMCA Standard 204, Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans. 3. AMCA Standard 210, Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating. 4. AMCA Publication 211, Certified Ratings Programme - Product Rating Manual for Fan Air Performance. 5 AMCA Standard 301, Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data, as tested to AMCA 300, Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans. 6. AMCA Publication 311, Certified Ratings Programme - Product Rating Manual for Fan Sound Performance. 7. AMCA Standard 320, Laboratory Methods of Sound Testing of Fans Using Sound Intensity. 8. AMCA Publication 511, Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices. 9. ARI 260, Sound Rating of Ducted Air Moving and Conditioning Equipment. 10. ARI 430, Central Station Air -Handling Units. 11. ASTM B 117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 12. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 13. UL 1995, Standard for Safety Heating and Cooling Equipment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. 233410 - 1 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, ladder -type wiring diagrams differentiating between portions of wiring that are factory installed and portions to be field -installed, and maintenance data for each air handling unit, fan and appurtenance. Include dimensions, weights, capacities, certifications, component performance, electrical characteristics, casing construction details, wiring interconnections, gages, and finishes of materials. Include blank copy of start-up and test report form. C. Performance Data: Submit fan performance curve for each air handling unit and fan. Indicate on separate graph for each fan [and for combined fans operating in parallel], static pressure versus volume flow, efficiency, and brake horsepower, with scheduled design point shown and labeled. Performance certified in accordance with AMCA 210. A single fan curve not acceptable. Include coil selection worksheets, showing consideration for altitude, air density, fluid characteristics, and fouling factor. D. Test Reports: 1. Factory airflow, air leakage, and flood test reports.] 2. Field start-up test reports. 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Variable frequency drives. B. Section 233300 - Air Distribution Accessories: Duct silencers (sound traps). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR HANDLING UNITS, CUSTOM INDOOR A. General: Custom horizontal [and vertical] type air handling units as indicated on the Drawings with components for specified unit operation. B. Shipping Splits: Ship unit in one piece, unless too large to be legally shipped by truck. If too large to ship as one piece, ship unit in sections for field assembly by the Contractor. Include detailed assembly instructions. Label parts and sections. Furnish assembly materials including insulation, sealant, fasteners, and hardware. Include joining flanges for unit base. Casings: 1. General: Sections, dimensions, and service access spaces as indicated on the. Drawings. 2. Construction: 233410 - 2 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT a. Custom arrangement, minimum 16 gage galvanized steel walls, top, and bottom or surfaces braced and reinforced to maintain leakage and casing deflection measured at mid span not to exceed L/200 at 1.5 times operating pressure to maximum plus 10 inches w.g. for positive pressure sections and minus 10 inches w.g. for negative pressure sections where L is panel span. b. Units constructed with welded structural steel channel around entire perimeter with intermediate welded channel and angle iron supports. c. Floor 12 gage painted steel or 1/8 inch thick aluminum tread plate, tack welded flat to structural channel with seams continuously welded or maximum deflection not to exceed L/200 with 200 pound point load. d. Casing double wall construction with galvanized steel solid inner liner and galvanized steel exterior. e. Include minimum 1-1/2 inch high perimeter collar around the entire unit base and around each floor opening to ensure unit is internally watertight. f. Wall and roof seams turned inward to provide a clean and flush exterior surface. g. Entire base shall act as an auxiliary drain pan and hold up to 1-1/2 inch of water. h. Units delivered in multiple sections sealed watertight at seams and joints and finished with painted metal protective cover strips. 3. Access Doors: a. Hinged and gasketed 16 gage double thickness door with insulation and lining to match casing inner liner and casing thickness. Include mounting straps and gasketing. b. Hinges continuous piano type stainless steel. c. Locate for access to internal equipment and mixing box sections. Minimum door opening size 18 inches wide. Minimum height 70 inches where unit height permits. Doors in fan sections sufficiently wide for removal of motor. Door opening fully gasketed. d. Doors swing against air pressure. Minimum 2 high pressure latches operable from inside and outside of door. If doors do not open against pressure, include safety latches that allow access doors to partially open after first handle movement and fully open after second handle movement. 4. Insulation: a. In sections except fan section, 2 inch thick, 3 pound per cubic foot density fiberglass insulation covered with solid liner for walls and roof. Closed cell insulation with minimum R -value equal to fiberglass thickness filling entire panel cavity acceptable. b. In fan section, include 4 inch thick, 3 pound per cubic foot density fiberglass insulation covered with perforated plate liner for walls. Closed cell insulation with minimum R -value equal to fiberglass thickness filling entire panel cavity acceptable. c. In fan section, include Tedlar sheet between insulation and perforated liner. Mylar sheet not acceptable. 233410-3of19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT d. Insulation edges protected with metal lagging. e. Insulation systems using stick pins not acceptable. 5. Base: a. Welded and painted structural steel channel at perimeter with intermediate welded channel and angle supports. Minimum height 8 inches to provide elevation of condensate drain pan outlet high enough to accommodate required condensate drain trap vertical dimensions. b. Include lifting lugs, minimum 4 per unit section. c. Underside of floor insulated with 2 inch thick fiberglassor polyurethane spray foam insulation with minimum R -value equal to fiberglass thickness. d. Maximum base deflection L/1000 during rigging where L is distance between lifting lugs. 6. Finish: a. Surfaces chemically cleaned, washed, dried, and coated with polyurethane primer and enamel finish to minimum 1-1/2 mil thickness. Enamel finish able to withstand salt spray test per ASTM B 117 for minimum 500 continuous hours. b. Custom color as selected by the A/E. 7. [Acoustical Performance: Unit maximum sound power level with unit installed components operating at design conditions not to exceed decibels (dB), re: 10 -12 Watts listed in the following table per ARI 260. [Maximum Air Handling Unit Sound Power Levels (dB) Unit Opening OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY (HERTZ) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 AHU-L] Discharge AHU-[__] Inlet AHU-[__] Discharge AHU-[__] Inlet 8. ] 9. Pipe and Conduit Penetrations: Sheet metal sleeve through [floor] casing construction [through building for piping roof within unit curb]. Seal and caulk to prevent air leakage. 10. Duct Connections: Include factory installed bellmouth collars for supply fan discharge connections, and rectangular collars for other duct connections. [Provide screened openings as specified in Section 233113 for openings without external ductwork connections.] D. Fan Sections, Centrifugal: 1. Type: Wheel with reinforced steel inlet plate with removable spun inlet cone and structural steel frame. Casing -mounted, AMCA labeled, direct drive. Fan construction and descriptive nomenclature in accordance with AMCA 99. Fan tested, rated, and certified per AMCA 210 for air delivery and per AMCA 300 for sound 233410 - 4 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT power levels. Fan balancing process, including vibration limits and documentation performed per AMCA 204. Comply with Article "Plenum Fans" in this section. 2. Selection: Select centrifugal fans for point of design at maximum possible mechanical efficiency. At this point of design, fan characteristic curve shall continuously slope for at least 10 percent of fan static pressure, both above and below point of design. 3. Fan Housing: Steel construction, braced with structural steel for rigidity. Include full access to serviceable items. Include OSHA approved inlet screen. 4. Wheels: Blades continuously welded, die -formed, airfoil type. Tapered spun wheel cones or shrouds to provide stable air flow and high rigidity. 5. Fan Shafts: Solid, ground, and polished. Carbon steel, SAE 1045 material, machined to close tolerances. Key to fan wheel. Coat fan shaft with rust inhibitor after machining. Hollow shafts not acceptable. 6. Bearings: Ball or roller type, L-50 life at 200,000 hours, grease -lubricated. American Fan Bearing Manufacturers' Association Series FS (Fairly Silent) acoustical criteria at rotational speeds 1/3 of the fan RPM or higher. 7. Balancing and Overspeed Requirements: Select fans not to pass through their first critical speed at any cataloged RPM. Size for first critical speed of at least 1.43 times maximum speed for the class. Rotors statically and dynamically balanced including overspeed test at 125 percent of normal. Shafts free from critical speeds within 125 percent of normal. Allowable vibration, peak -to -peak displacement, not to exceed 2.0 mils. 8. Fan Drives: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. 9. Motors: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. Locate on access door side of casing. 10. Vibration Isolation Mountings and Seismic Restraints: Internal isolation. Fan, motor, and drive isolated from casing and factory -mounted on welded steel isolation base with seismically restrained spring isolators. Base mounted on fan section channel base. Factory -assembled flexible connection between the fan outlet and casing. Comply with requirements in Section 200548. E. Heating and Cooling Coils: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 233300. 2. Support Frames: a. Fully enclosed within unit casing. Racks arranged to allow coils to slide out individually. b. Removable coil access panels for removal of coils through the casing wall. c. AHU Heating Coils: Galvanized steel support frames. F. Drain Pan: 1. Stainless steel construction, minimum 16 gage, 2 -way sloping located under cooling coil sections to collect condensate from coils, headers, return bends, and uninsulated piping. 233410 - 5 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 2. Extend pan downstream from cooling coil 18 inches or 1/2 height of cooling coil, whichever is longer. 3. Install pan to slope to drain. 4. Insulate exterior of drain pan to prevent condensation. 5. Include copper or stainless steel drain connections, minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter, or as indicated on the Drawings. 6. [Include auxiliary drain pans in fan section downstream of cooling coil and in mixing box section.] G. Plenum Sections: Include minimum 15 inch length unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Include access door. In addition, include space between heating coil and cooling coil for freezestat furnished and installed by control system subcontractor and for cleaning coil fins. H. Filter Section: Rear access, where space is available, or side access filter housing with pre -filters and final filters. Comply with requirements in Section 234100. I. Mixing Box Section: 1. Include mixing box with motorized dampers as integral part of air handling units. 2. Parallel blade type for throttling and two -position control. Orient outside air and return air dampers so that blades direct air toward each other. Size for 1200 to 1500 feet per minute face velocity. 3. Separate minimum and maximum outdoor air dampers as indicated on the Drawings. 4. Airfoil blade dampers constructed with extruded aluminum or steel blades with extruded vinyl or rubber edge seals. Blade ends sealed with stainless steel "arc" seals. External linkage controlled by separate actuators. Multiple sections of each damper linked together with welded connections. 5. Damper leakage rate not to exceed 3 cfm per square foot of damper area at 1 inch w.g. pressure. 6. Include shaft extension with positive actuator connection via flat spot on shaft for set screw or other non -slip mechanical connection. 7. Actuators furnished, installed, and wired by control system subcontractor specified in Section 230900. Mounting brackets by air handling unit manufacturer arranged to ensure that operators are mounted in easily accessible sections of the unit. J. Minimum Outside Air Dampers: Integral flow measuring station and modulating damper. Trane TRAQ damper, Ruskin IAQ damper as specified in Section 230900, or approved. Include factory mounted control panel. K. [Electrical Panel: 1. Description: a. UL or ETL listed and labeled. b. Factory wired and tested prior to shipment. 233410 - 6 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT c. NEMA 1 construction mounted on unit fan casing with separate power and secondary 120 Volt compartments. d. Controls and other electrical components within casing. Casing penetrations sealed to eliminate air leaks. e. Single point power supply connection. f. Integral transformer with disconnect and fuses for 120 Volt duplex receptacles, lighting, and control loads. 2. Code Required Accessories: Include factory mounted electrical and mechanical code required accessories and as follows: a. Horsepower and full load current rated disconnecting means. b. Overcurrent protection (main and internal subcomponent). c. Motor control with running overload protection. d. Duplex receptacle adjacent to each fan section. e. Electrical installation instructions. 3. Components and Wiring: Comply with NEC and requirements in Division 26. Number coded per wiring diagrams. Label electrical components per wiring diagrams. 4. Terminals: Include terminal block for main power connection, and terminal board for low voltage control wiring. Include knockouts in bottom of main control panel for field wiring entrance. 5. Variable Frequency Drives (VFD): Comply with requirements in Section 23091 5 and Section 230900 for installation and wiring at air handling unit factory. 6. Fan Branch Circuits: Individually fused. Final electrical connection to fan motor made with flexible conduit sufficiently long for vibration isolation. 7. Lighting: 25 watt interior vapor -tight fixture with protective metal cage for each accessible compartment. Locate common weatherproof switch with pilot light on outside of unit near an access door.] 8. Disconnects: a. Lockable door -interlocked main disconnect to isolate components except receptacles, interior lighting, and controls. b. Secondary circuit breaker for duplex receptacles. c. Secondary circuit breaker for lighting. d. Four 20 Amp secondary circuit breakers for controls. 9. Pilot Lights: One motor -running pilot light for each motor. L. [Gratings: Include for openings 1 square foot and larger in floor, damper openings in floor, and where indicated on the Drawings, include removable welded steel gratings. Design to support minimum 300 pound point load. M. [Duct Silencers (Sound Traps): Comply with requirements in Section 233300.] N. [Air Blenders: 233410 - 7 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 1. General: Factory fabricated device with no moving parts, fabricated from 14 gage aluminum. All welded construction. 2. Manufacturers: Blender Products, Haakon, or approved.] O. [Outside Air Intake and Exhaust Air Discharge Louvers: 1. 18 gage minimum galvanized steel or 16 gage minimum aluminum construction. 2. Size intake louvers for [250] [350] [400] feet per minute face velocity based on overall louver face area and minimum 50 percent free area. 3. Size exhaust discharge louvers for 500 feet per minute face velocity based on overall louver face area and minimum 50 percent free area. 4. Design to be weathertight, drainable with drain gutter for each blade and downspouts in frame jambs and mullions. 5. Include 1/2 inch mesh galvanized steel wire or aluminum bird screen.] 6. Air Leakage Tests: a. Factory pressure test to ensure leakage rate of casing does not exceed 1.0 percent of unit airflow rate at 1.5 times scheduled fan static pressure to maximum plus [ ] inches w.g. for positive pressure sections and minus [ ] inches w.g. for negative pressure sections. b. Sections designed for positive pressure tested positively and sections designed for negative pressure tested negatively. c. Leakage calculated by totaling leakage into and out of unit. d. Use calibrated orifice to measure leakage airflow. 7. Flood Tests: Flood unit bases to level of 1-1/2 inch to ensure no leakage through floor and perimeter water barrier. P. Instrument Test Holes: Include test ports for unit static pressure testing between each component of unit. Duro Dyne IP -4 or approved. Q. Manufacturers: SilentAire, Haakon, Huntair, Energy Labs, ClimateCraft, or approved. 2.2 [HEAT RECOVERY UNITS, CUSTOM, INDOOR A. General: As manufactured by Reverse Flow] 2.3 FAN COIL UNITS A. Description: Units arranged for draw through application with components required for specified unit operation. UL listed and labeled. Tested in accordance with ARI 430 and ARI 260. B. Casing: Single wall, painted galvanized steel with removable side and bottom panels. Removal of side panels shall not affect structural integrity of unit. Casing with duct collars on discharge and return connections. Include hinged access panels on both sides of fan section. 233410 - 8 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT C. Heating [and Cooling] Coils: Comply with requirements in Section 233300. Coils capable of being rotated in field for left hand or right hand pipe connection. D. [Drain Pan: Galvanized steel with closed cell insulation. Include secondary drain pan extended beyond casing width below field installed valves. Include threaded pipe drain connections.] E. Insulation: Interior surface of unit casing acoustically and thermally Tined with 1 inch thick, neoprene coated fiberglass insulation. F. Fans: Centrifugal forward curved wheel, dynamically balanced, [direct] [belt] drive. Fan shaft supported on permanently sealed bearings, L-50 life at 200,000 hours. G. Motors: Open drip -proof with permanently sealed ball bearings, factory installed and wired internal thermal and current overloads, minimum 1.15 service factor, resilient base frame, factory run tested. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. H. Fan Drives: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. I. Filters: Side access filter housing with 2 inch thick pleated media filters in [flat] [angle] filter rack. Comply with requirements in Section 234100. J• [Mixing Box Section: 1.., Include mixing box section with motorized dampers [and angle filter]. 2. Low leak, steel or aluminum, parallel damper blade with blade and jamb seals. Orient outside air and return air dampers so that blades direct air toward each other. 3. Dampers factory installed for field mounting of common actuator on outside of unit on right or left side. 4. Include shaft extension with positive actuator connection via flat spot on shaft for set screw or other non -slip mechanical connection. 5. Actuator furnished and installed by control system subcontractor as specified in Section 230900. 6. Include access panels on both sides of unit.] K. Electrical: 1. Description: Factory wired from junction box mounted on exterior of unit to motor. Electrical connection to fan motor made with flexible conduit sufficiently long for vibration isolation. 2. Components and Wiring: Comply with NEC and Division 26 requirements. UL or ETL listed and labeled. Number coded per wiring diagrams. Label components per wiring diagrams. 3. [Variable Speed Controller: Factory or field installed and connected on junction box cover.] 233410 - 9 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 4. [Variable Frequency Drives (VFD): Comply with requirements in Section 230900 and Section 23091 5.] L. Manufacturers: McQuay [SCD] [SHD] Series, Environmental Technologies, Petra, Energy Labs, York, Carrier, Airtherm, Innovent, or approved. 2.4 PLENUM FANS A. Description: Unhoused, centrifugal type, belt [and direct] drive as indicated on the Drawings. Tested, rated, and certified in accordance with AMCA 210 for air delivery and AMCA 300 for sound power levels. Fan balancing process, including vibration limits and documentation performed per AMCA 204. Include AMCA label. Factory tested at scheduled fan RPM. B. Construction: 1. Class per AMCA 99 for air quantity and static pressure as scheduled, steel framework, bearing support structure, and inlet panel, AMCA Arrangement [1 for belt drive] [4 for direct drive]. 2. Wheel: Non -overloading, backward inclined with airfoil blades, aluminum, statically and dynamically balanced. 3. Bearings: Self aligning ball or roller pillow block type, L-50 life at 200,000 hours, grease lubricated. 4. Finish: Steel components finished with electrostatically applied backed polyester urethane powder coating. C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. D. Fan Drives: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. E. Belt Guard: Include OSHA approved metal belt guard having sides of galvanized steel and expanded metal face with openings for fan tachometer readings. Belt guard sized to allow either sheave to be increased by 2 sizes. Include OSHA approved inlet screen. F. Vibration Isolation Mountings and Seismic Restraints: Internal isolation. Fan, motor, and drive isolated from casing and factory -mounted on welded steel isolation base with seismically restrained spring isolators. Base mounted on fan section channel base. Comply with requirements in Section 200548. G. Manufacturers: Greenheck Model QEP, Loren Cook, Huntair, Twin City, or approved. 2.5 CENTRIFUGAL FANS A. Description: Centrifugal type, belt [and direct] drive, arrangement, rotation, wheel type, and discharge as indicated on the Drawings. Tested, rated, and certified in accordance with AMCA 210 for air delivery and AMCA 300 for sound power levels. Fan balancing 233410-10of19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT process, including vibration limits and documentation performed per AMCA 204. Include AMCA label. Factory tested at scheduled fan RPM. B. Construction: Class per AMCA Publication 99 for air quantity and static pressure as scheduled, steel construction with baked enamel finish, fan shaft same diameter entire length of shaft. [Fan with continuous and complete welded joints for housing and wheel, shaft seal in housing, overhung•wheel, outboard split bearings with no fan bearings in air inlet [, and access door in casing].] [Type [A] [B] [C] spark resistant construction per AMCA Publication 99 for fans with explosion proof motors.] C. Motor: [Explosion proof.] Comply with requirements in Section 200513. D. Motor Mounting: Adjacent to fan, same base or foundation. E. Fan Drives: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. F. Balancing: Wheels statically and dynamically balanced [including overspeed test at 125 percent of maximum fan design operating speed. Shafts free from critical speeds up to 125 percent of normal.] G. Bearings: Ball or roller type, L-50 life at 200,000 hours, grease lubricated. H. [Housing: Outdoor installation, removable factory -made weatherproof metal housing enclosing [drive and] motor. Same finish as fan.] I. Manufacturers: Loren Cook CA Series, New York Blower, Twin City, Greenheck, or approved. 2.6 IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS A. Description: Belt [and direct] drive in-line centrifugal fan as indicated on the Drawings. Arrangement and motor as indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Construction: 1. Housing: Galvanized steel, internally lined with 1 inch thick fiberglass neoprene coated duct liner with exposed edges sealed with adhesive. Include access panel, self-contained removable drive door, adjustable motor base, belt tunnel, support brackets, automatic belt tensioner, and inlet and outlet duct connections. Baked enamel finish. 2. Wheel: Aluminum, backward inclined, statically and dynamically balanced. 3. Bearings: Self -aligning, relubricable ball type with cast iron flanges and locking collars, L-50 life at 200,000 hours. C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. 233410-11 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT D. Fan Drives: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. E. Electrical: 1. Factory wired from junction box mounted on exterior of unit to motor. Electrical connection to fan motor made with flexible conduit sufficiently long for vibration isolation. 2. [Variable Speed Controller: Factory or field installed and connected on junction box cover.] 3. [Variable Frequency Drives (VFD): Comply with requirements in Section 230900 and Section230915.] F. Manufacturers: Greenheck Model [BSQ], [and SQ], Loren Cook, or approved. 2.7 UTILITY SET FANS A. Description: Belt drive centrifugal utility set. Arrangement, rotation, wheel type, and discharge as indicated on the Drawings. B. Construction: Steel rotatable housing with continuously welded seam construction, baked enamel finish, steel or aluminum wheel, split taperlock bushings, adjustable motor base, and automatic belt tensioner. Wheel statically and dynamically balanced. Include self -aligning relubricable pillow block bearings with L-50 life at 200,000 hours. [Include weatherproof construction suitable for outdoor installation.] C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. [Include weather hood for motor and drives suitable for outdoor installation.] D. Fan Drives: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. E. [Corrosion Protection: [Five mil Eisen -Heirs coating] [ ] for surfaces in contact with airstream.] F. Manufacturers: Loren Cook CPS or CPV Series, Greenheck, New York Blower, Twin City, or approved. 2.8 ROOF EXHAUST FANS A. Description: Factory assembled, roof mounted, belt [and direct] drive as indicated on the Drawings with backward inclined centrifugal fan. UL listed and labeled. B. Construction: Weatherproof, spun aluminum housing with internal supports, aluminum curb cap. Aluminum, non -overloading fan wheel. Wheel dynamically balanced. Motor and drive assembly mounted on rubber -in -shear neoprene vibration isolators. Include automatic belt tensioner. 233410 - 12 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. D. Fan Drive: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. E. Bearings: Ball type, L-50 life at 200,000 hours. F. Accessories: [Gravity backdraft damper,] [Motorized damper factory wired between actuator and motor,] aluminum birdscreen with 85 percent free area, [solid state variable speed controller mounted on junction box within housing for direct drive fans,] and [12] [18] inch high prefabricated metal insulated roof curb with cant strip. G. Manufacturers: Loren Cook ACEB [and ACED] Series, Greenheck, Acme, or approved. 2.9 UPBLAST ROOF EXHAUST FANS A. Description: Factory assembled, roof mounted, upblast, belt [and direct] drive as indicated on the Drawings with backward inclined centrifugal fan. UL listed and labeled. Tested in accordance with AMCA 211 and 311. B. Construction: Weatherproof, spun aluminum housing with internal supports, aluminum curb cap. Fan wheel aluminum, non -overloading, dynamically balanced. [Motor and drive assembly mounted on rubber -in -shear neoprene vibration isolators.] Include automatic belt tensioner. Fan forced cooled with outside air. Type C spark resistance construction per AMCA Publication 99 for fans with explosion proof motors. C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. D. Fan Drive: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. E. Bearings: Ball type, L-50 life at 200,000 hours. F. Accessories: [Gravity backdraft damper,] [Motorized damper factory wired between actuator and motor,] aluminum birdscreen with 85 percent free area, [solid state variable speed controller mounted on junction box within housing for direct drive fans,] and [8] [12] [18] inch high prefabricated metal insulated roof curb with cant strip. G. Manufacturers: Loren Cook ACRUB [and ACRUD] Series, Greenheck, or approved. 2.10 UPBLAST ROOF EXHAUST FANS FOR TYPE I HOODS A. Description: Factory assembled, roof mounted, upblast, belt drive with backward inclined centrifugal fan. UL listed and labeled. Tested in accordance with AMCA 211. B. Construction: Weatherproof, spun aluminum housing with internal supports, aluminum curb cap. Fan wheel aluminum, non -overloading, dynamically balanced, and coated with non-stick material similar to Teflon°. Motor and drive assembly mounted on rubber-in- 233410- 13 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT shear neoprene vibration isolators. Include automatic belt tensioner. Fan forced cooled with outside air. Type C spark resistance construction per AMCA Publication 99. C. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. D. Fan Drive: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. E. Bearings for Belt Drive Fans: Ball type, L-50 life at 200,000 hours. F. Accessories: Prefabricated metal [ventilated] roof curb height sufficient for fan discharge to be minimum 40 inch above roof surface, hinged sub -base, motor prewired to weatherproof junction box, and drain with connection to grease collector/separator box. G. Manufacturers: Loren Cook VCR Series, Greenheck, or approved. 2.1 1 CEILING AND IN-LINE EXHAUST FANS A. Description: Direct drive, [in-line,] [ceiling] fan with forward curved centrifugal wheel. UL listed and labeled. B. Airflow Arrangement: [Integral bottom intake ceiling grille, designed for access to fan components, white plastic or aluminum construction.] [In-line.] C. Construction: Steel housing, 1/2 inch acoustic insulation liner, mounting brackets, backdraft damper with cushion stops, horizontal discharge. Baked enamel finish. D. Motor: Shaded pole, sleeve bearing, permanently lubricated, suspension brackets with neoprene isolators. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. E. Terminal Box: Mounted within housing with receptacle, plug and cord. F. Roof Cap: Pitched roof application, integral flashing flange, birdscreen, and backdraft damper. Size for specific fan airflow. Black baked enamel finish. G. Accessories: 1. Solid state variable speed controller factory or field installed and connected within housing 2. Time delay switch. H. Manufacturers: Greenheck [SP -A] [CSP -A] Series, Loren Cook, or approved. 2.12 CABINET FANS A. Description: Cabinet fan with centrifugal wheel. Arrangement as indicated on the Drawings. Performance in accordance with AMCA 210. 233410-14 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT B. Casing: Galvanized steel with rectangular duct mounting collars. Include hinged or removable panel for access to fan section. C. Fan: Belt driven, forward curved, galvanized steel. Wheel statically and dynamically balanced. Fan shaft supported on permanently sealed pillow block bearings, L-50 life at 200,000 hours. D. Motor: Comply with requirements in Section 200513. E. Fan Drive: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. F. Manufacturers: Greenheck Model BCF, Loren Cook, or approved. 2.13 [WELDING EXHAUST FANS A. Description: Belt drive, tubular centrifugal, arrangement as indicated on the Drawings. B. Exhaust Fan: Centrifugal, backward inclined, non -overloading wheel, corrosion coating on all surfaces in contact with airstream, belt drive with adjustable motor base. Wheel statically and dynamically balanced. Type A spark resistant construction per AMCA 99. C. Motor: Explosion proof. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. D. Drives: Comply with Article "Fan Drives" in this section. E. Manufacturers: Car -Mon CMB Series, Engwald, Nederman, Ammerman, or approved.] 2.14 KILN EXHAUST FANS A. Description: Negative pressure system consisting of exhaust fan, aluminum flexible duct, and accessories to serve'an electric kiln with maximum 12 cubic foot chamber size. UL listed and labeled when installed with a Skutt kiln that is UL listed and labeled. B. Components: 1. Exhaust fan and motor with 6 foot power cord. 2. Aluminum flexible duct, 3 inch diameter, 8 foot long with hose clamps. 3. Spring loaded plenum cup, stand, and gasket. 4. Fan discharge tube for termination within wall rain hood as specified in Section 233713. 5. EnviroLink electrical switching device with 6 foot power cord and control wire to automatically control fan operation. C. Manufacturer: Skutt EnviroVent 2 or approved. 233410 - 15 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 2.15 FAN DRIVES A. Description: Cast iron drives rated for air handler use for belt drive fans as indicated on the Drawings. B. Type: 1. 10 hp and Smaller: Variable pitch V -belt sized for 175 percent of motor horsepower. Minimum 2 belts for motors 5 hp and larger. 2. 15 hp and Larger: Fixed pitch V -belt sized for 175 percent of motor horsepower. Minimum 2 belts. C. Belts: Grip notch type factory or field installed. Browning Gripbelt or approved. D. Drive Ratio: Drive ratio to give required CFM at static pressure of system. In each case, if during balancing, static pressure in any system is found to vary from that indicated on the Drawings, change drive ratio at no extra cost to the Owner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. ,Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION AND PERFORMANCE A. Description: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate with ductwork and piping as necessary to interface installation of air handling equipment and access to components. C. Coordination: Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 233410-16 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 3.4 WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall maintain personnel within a 50 mile radius of job site. Representative capable of troubleshooting air handling unit faults. 1. Include 1 man day to meet with the mechanical, electrical and control subcontractors and the mechanical engineer at the job site. Schedule this meeting within 1 week after equipment is delivered to final location at job site but prior to equipment operation. Purpose is to assure that all parties understand what interconnections are required. 2. After equipment installation, include 1 man day to assist control and electrical subcontractors in the termination of the interconnecting wires in unit mounted control panels. This service shall also verify the proper connection and polarity of the wires. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS A. Install equipment with clearances for service and maintenance. B. Repair damaged heating [and cooling] coil fins. C. Floor Mounted Air Handling Units: 1. Install on level surface. 2. Anchor bolt to housekeeping pads. 3. [Seal floor penetrations watertight.] D. [Variable Frequency Drives: Install variable frequency drives furnished under Section 230900.] E. Roof Mounted Air Handling Units: [Anchor to roof curbs shown on architectural drawings.] [Attach roof curbs to roof and attach units to roof curbs.] [Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints.] Refer to architectural drawings for roof flashing. F. Floor Mounted Fans [and] [Fan Coil Units] [ ]: Install fans on equipment frames. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. G. Suspended Fans [and] [Fan Coil Units] [In -Line Exhaust Fans] [ ]: Provide hanger rods to support fan unit from slab above or from roof structure. Comply with requirements in Section 200510 for supplementary steel framing and Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. 233410 - 17 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT H. Roof Exhaust and Upblast Roof Exhaust Fans: [Anchor to roof curbs shown on architectural drawings]. [Attach manufacturer's roof curbs to roof and mount fans on roof curbs.] Refer to architectural drawings for roof flashing. I. Propeller Fans: For fans that are not vibration isolated, anchor bolt to wall. J. Air Measuring Units: Install units furnished under Section 230900. K. Duct Silencers (Sound Traps): Install duct silencers furnished under Section 233300. L. Exterior Installations: Hot dip galvanized hardware and steel support frames for roof mounted fans. Install weatherhood over fan motors and drives. 3.6 CLEANING A. Air handling equipment shall remain sealed except during installation. When daily activities have been completed, clean and seal unit. Do not use compartments for storage. B. Thoroughly clean plenums and casings of debris and blow free small particles of rubbish and dust before making final duct connections. Prior to startup, clean to remove traces of oil, dust, and dirt. Vacuum clean fan wheels, exterior surfaces of casings, and entering air face of coils. 3.7 START-UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of air handling units and related appurtenances. Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check-out, adjustment, and complete start-up. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. B. Coordinate start-up services with air distribution system operation as specified in Division 01 and Section 200500 and TAB work specified in Section 200593. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Tighten belts to proper tension. Adjust fans and provide drive changes to deliver design airflow. Comply with requirements in Section 200593. B. Lubricate bearings with oil or grease as recommended by manufacturer. C. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 3.9 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. 233410 - 18 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233410 09819.00 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT B. Representative shall conduct two 8 hour training sessions to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. First session shall cover operation of air handling equipment. Second session shall cover detailed system operation and trouble shooting. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift) of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. D. Demonstrate the proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable equipment performance over entire operating range to satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents, followed by tour explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. 3.10 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 233410-19 of 19 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233713 09819.00 OUTLETS AND INLETS SECTION 233713 OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes grilles, diffusers, louvers, [roof hoods], and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ADC 1062R4, Air Diffusing Equipment Certification, Rating and Test Manual. 2. AMCA 500-L, Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Ratings. 3. AMCA 511, Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices. 4.. ASHRAE 70, Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets. 5. ICC Evaluation Service AC 167, Acceptance Criteria for Fabric Air Dispersion Systems. 6. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of grille and diffuser and associated appurtenances. C. Color samples for fabric air distribution system. D. Color chart for louvers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS A. Except as otherwise indicated, furnish manufacturer's standard grilles and diffusers of size, shape, capacity and type as indicated on the Drawings for complete installation. 233713 - 1 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233713 09819.00 OUTLETS AND INLETS B. Performance: Furnish grilles and diffusers that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each grille and diffuser type and size as listed in manufacturer's current data. C. Ceiling Compatibility: Furnish with border styles compatible with adjacent ceiling systems specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to architectural drawings and specifications for types of ceiling systems. D. Seismic Restraints for Grilles and Diffusers Weighing Less than 20 Pounds: Include means to positively attach grilles and diffusers to ceiling grid system. E. [Manufacturers [- General]: Titus, Krueger, Anemostat, Metalaire, Kees, Tuttle & Bailey, or approved.] 2.2 [LOUVERS A. General: Refer to Division 08. OR B. General: Four inches deep, extruded aluminum with drainable blade design and jamb mounted downspouts. Include birdscreen and with the following coatings. 2. Coating: Manufacturer's standard three -coat, thermo-cured, full-strength polyvinylidene fluoropolymer (PVDF) coating consisting of 0.8 mil thick primer and finished with 0.8 mil thick, 70 percent Hylar 5000 (by Solvay Solexis), Kynar 500 (by Atofina Chemical), or Duranar (by PPG) PVDF coating and 0.8 mil clear coat. Thickness and flat sheen of 10 percent at 85 F reflective gloss when tested in accordance with ASTM D 523. Coating Durability: Field tested under normal range of weathering conditions for minimum of 20 years without significant peel, blister, flake, chip, crack, or check in finish; without chalking in excess of No. 8 ASTM D 424; and without fading in excess of 5 NBS units per ASTM D 2244. C. Performance: Maximum free area and minimum pressure drop for each type as listed in manufacturer's current data. D. Substrate Compatibility: Includeframe and sill styles compatible with adjacent substrate specifically manufactured to fit into construction openings with accurate fit and adequate support for weather-proof installation. Refer to architectural drawings and specifications for types of substrate where louvers will be installed. E. Materials: Aluminum extrusions, ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T52. Weld units or use stainless steel fasteners. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual". to provide uniformly finished products. [Custom colors are required.] 233713 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233713 09819.00 OUTLETS AND INLETS F. Louver Screens: On inside face of exterior louvers, 1/2 inch square mesh, 16 gage, anodized aluminum wire mounted in removable extruded aluminum frames. G. [Hinged Option: Include hinged louver option as indicated on the Drawings.] H. Manufacturers: Ruskin ELF375DX, Greenheck Airolite, American Warming and Ventilating, Louvers and Dampers, Construction Specialties, Inc., or approved.] 2.3 [WALL RAIN HOOD A. Description: Galvanized steel construction with enamel finish, built-in birdscreen and backdraft damper. B. Manufacturer: Greenheck Model WC or approved. [Field fabricated hood to accommodate existing wall opening size allowed.] PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field. Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork and duct accessories, as necessary to interface installation of grilles and diffusers with other work. C. Install grilles and diffusers level and plumb. D. Install grilles and diffusers with airtight connection to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of adjustable components [and fire dampers]. 233713-3of4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 233713 09819.00 OUTLETS AND INLETS E. Ceiling -Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Grille and diffuser locations have been indicated on the Drawings to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated on the architectural reflected ceiling plans. For grilles and diffusers installed in lay -in ceiling panels, locate in center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify A/E for determination of final location. F. Seismic Restraints: 1. For Grilles and Diffusers Weighing Less then 20 Pounds: Positively attach grille and diffuser to ceiling grid system. 2. For Grilles and Diffusers Weighing 20 to 56 Pounds: In addition to positively attaching grille and diffusers to ceiling grid system, install two No. 12 gage hanger wires connected to grilles and diffusers to ceiling system hanger or to structure above. 3. For Grilles and Diffusers Weighing More than 56 Pounds: Support directly from structure above. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for seismic restraints. G. [Install louvers and securely attach to building. Make installation watertight with sealant as detailed on the architectural drawings and as specified.] 3.4 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust grilles and diffusers to air patterns indicated on the Drawings, or as directed, before starting air balancing. 3.5 CLEANING A. After installation of grilles and diffusers, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Remove and provide new grilles and diffusers that have damaged finishes. END OF SECTION 233713 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 234100 FILTERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 234100 FILTERS A. Description: Work includes air filters for air handling equipment and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500 and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASHRAE 52.1, Gravametric and Dust -Spot Procedures for Testing Air -Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for. Removing Particulate Matter. 2. ASHRAE 52.2 Method of Testing General Ventilation Air -Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size. 3. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200510. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each air filter and appurtenance. C. Certification: Submit certificate signed by the Owner as to receipt of spare filters. 1.4 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 233300 - Air Distribution Accessories: Duct mounted filter housings and filters during construction. 1.5 SPARE MEDIA A. [For Air Handling Units, Heat Recovery Units, Packaged HVAC Equipment, and Similar Equipment with Filters: Four sets for each type of filter. One for initial installation, one installed prior to the TAB work specified in Section 200593, one installed after final flush out, and one delivered to the Owner at Substantial Completion.] 234100 - 1 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 PART 2 PRODUCTS SECTION 234100 FILTERS 2.1 REPLACEABLE FILTERS A. Pleated Media Type: Extended surface with reinforced non -woven cotton fabric in self- supporting frame, MERV 8 per ASHRAE 52.2, 2 inches thick, UL Class 1. B. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr 30/30, AAF International, Flanders Filter, or approved. 2.2 [FINAL FILTERS A. Extended Surface Bag Type: Pocket style filters consisting of fiberglass media, galvanized steel header and pocket retainers and bonding agents. Tapered self- supporting pleated pockets. MERV [9] [10] [1 1] [13] [14] per ASHRAE 52.2, [22] [____] inches deep, UL Class [1] [2]. B. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr Hi -Flo Series, AAF International, Flanders Filter, or approved.] 2.3 FILTER HOUSINGS AND FRAMES A. For Air Handling Equipment: Filter housings and frames furnished by air handling equipment manufacturer and integral to air handling equipment unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Air handling equipment filter frames sized for filter media as specified in this section and as indicated on the Drawings. Filter access through hinged side servicing access doors with sash locks or rear access where space is available. B. For Fan Powered Terminal Units (FTUs) [and Water Source Heat Pumps]: 1. Sixteen gage galvanized steel with polyurethane foam gasket, flush mitered corners, and corner fasteners. Size for filter media as specified in this section and as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr Type 8 with C-70 fasteners, AAF International, Flanders Filter, or approved. C. Side Servicing Access: 1 General: Factory fabricated and assembled, 16 gage galvanized steel housing and frames, reinforced corners, access doors on each side, with sponge neoprene periferal gasket, maximum leakage 1 percent at 3 inch w.g. 2. Dimensions: Size for filter media with [pre -filter] [filter] [and final filter] as specified in this section and as indicated on the Drawings. [Include integral static pressure tap between pre -filter and final filter.] 3. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr [4P] [3P] Glide/Pack, AAF International, Flanders Filter, or approved. D. Duct Mounted Filter Housing: 234100 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 234100 FILTERS 1. General: Factory fabricated and assembled with 16 gauge galvanized or plated steel housing, reinforced, and braced. 2. Track: Sized to accommodate filters of thickness specified in this section and as indicated on the Drawings, continuous, and constructed of 16 gauge galvanized steel angle. 3. Access Door: Full height of duct with full length piano hinge and latches. Door full gasketed and seal air tight. 4. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr 4P Glide/Pack, AAF International, Hess, Flanders Filter, or approved. 2.4 [RESISTANCE INDICATOR A. General: Diaphragm -actuated dial type, 4-3/4 inch outside diameter with white dial, black figures and graduations, and pointer zero adjustment, [0 to 1] [0 to 2] inch w.g. range with [0.02] [0.05] inch minor division. Accuracy plus or minus 2 percent of full scale at 70 F. Include bracket, static pressure taps, aluminum tubing, and vent valves. Manufacturer: Dwyer Magnehelic Model [2001] [2002] or approved.] 2.5 FILTERS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. General: Pleated media type with reinforced synthetic blend filter media that has been electrostatically charged, MERV 8 per ASHRAE 52.2, 1 inch thick, Class 2. B. Manufacturers: Camfil Farr Aeropleat IV+, Flanders Filter, or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 234100 - 3 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE SECTION 234100 FILTERS A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate with ductwork and air moving equipment as necessary to interface installation of and access to filters. C. Install filters in proper position to prevent passage of unfiltered air. D. HEPA Filters: Pressurize housing to a minimum of 3.0 -inch wg or to designed operating pressure, whichever is higher. Test housing joints, door seals, and sealing edges of filter with soapy water to check for air Teaks. E. Install resistance indicator static pressure taps upstream and downstream of filters to indicate air pressure drop through air filter. Install indicator on outside of filter housing or filter plenum in accessible and readable position. 3.4 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of [ ] hours. 3.5 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 234100 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 235100 FLUES AND STACKS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 235100 FLUES AND STACKS A. Description: Work includes flues and stacks for natural gas fired boilers, domestic water heaters, furnaces and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. UL 103, Standard for Factory Built Low Heat Chimneys. 2. UL 378, Standard for Draft Equipment. 3. UL 441, Standard for Gas Vents. 4. UL 1738, Venting Systems for Gas -Burning Appliances Categories II, Ill, and IV. 5. UL 1995, Heating and Cooling Equipment. 6. ULC S636, Type BH Gas Venting Systems. 7. NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code. 8. NFPA 211, Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel -Burning Appliances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each flue and stack and appurtenance. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Flues and stacks. 235100 - 1 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 235100 09819.00 FLUES AND STACKS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FLUES AND STACKS FOR EQUIPMENT WITH FORCED DRAFT BURNERS A. Description: Double wall, factory fabricated, breeching, and stack system. Designed gas tight to prevent leakage of combustion products not exceeding 1000 F under continuous operation and not exceeding 1700 F for 10 minutes. UL listed and labeled. B. Application: [Boilers,] [domestic water heaters,] [furnaces,] [unit heaters,] [ ]. C. Construction: ASTM A 666 Type [304] [316] stainless steel inner wall and Type 304 outer wall with [1 inch annular insulating air space] [[1 inch] [2 Inch] [4 inch] thick ceramic fiber insulation] between walls. D. Components: Supports, guides, drain outlet fitting at base of stack, ventilated roof thimble, flashing, storm collar, [exit cone] [stack cap], and miscellaneous components for complete installation. E. Warranty: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion against functional failure due to defects in material and manufacturer's workmanship. F. Manufacturers: Selkirk Metalbestos [PS] [IPS], AMPCO (Ameri-Vent), Metal -Fab, McGill Airflow UNI-STACKTM 1400 Series, Schebler, or approved. 2.2 FLUES AND STACKS FOR HIGH EFFICIENCY (CONDENSING) EQUIPMENT A. Description: Double wall, factory built for use with Categories I, II, III, and IV appliances per NFPA 211 burning natural gas. Rated for 480 F under continuous operation. Suitable for use with condensing equipment. UL listed and labeled. B. Application: [Boilers,] [domestic water heaters,] [furnaces] [ ]. C. Construction: Type 403 stainless steel outer wall and ASTM A 959 AL 29-4C stainless steel inner wall with annular insulating air space between the walls. D. Components: Hangers, supports, guides, drain outlet fitting, ventilated [wall] [roof] thimble, flashing, storm collar, [horizontal termination,] [cap,] and miscellaneous components for complete installation. E. Manufacturers: Heat -Fab Saf-T CI Vent, Metal -Fab Corr/Guard, or approved. 2.3 [MODULATING COMBUSTION AIR SUPPLY SYSTEMS A. Description: Mechanical fan system to maintain precise pressure in the boiler room. ETI_ listed to UL 1995. 235100 - 2 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 235100 FLUES AND STACKS B. Construction: 1. Housing: Suitable for indoor or outdoor locations, insulated, painted for corrosion resistance, internal components removable as a unit with access door. 2. Fan: Direct drive, forward curved steel impeller, dynamically and statically balanced. 3. Motor: Totally enclosed, thermal overload protection, Class H insulation, pre - lubricated and sealed ball bearings, variable speed. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. 4. Components: Electrical 2 by 4 inch junction box with cover, modulating fan controller, [variable frequency drive,] room sensor (transducer), outdoor pressure probe, fan proving switch, and miscellaneous components for complete and operating system. C. Warranty: 1. 2 years from date of [Substantial Completion] [final acceptance]. 2. 10 years from date of [Substantial Completion] [final acceptance] for fan and housing against corrosion perforation. D. Manufacturer: Exhausto BESF or BESB Series fan and MCAS system, Tjerlund Products, or approved.] PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 3.4 START-UP SERVICES A. Application: 235100 - 3 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 235100 09819.00 FLUES AND STACKS 1. Draft fan systems. 2. Modulating combustion air supply systems. B. Start -Up Services: Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of the systems. Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check-out, adjustment, electrical service and motor grounding, and complete start-up. Start-up by contractor not acceptable. 3.5 CLEANING A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean flues and stacks internally, during and after installation, to remove dust and debris. Clean external surfaces to remove welding slag and mill film. Grind welds smooth and apply touchup finish to match factory or shop finish. C. Provide temporary closures at ends of flues and stacks that are not completed or connected to equipment. 3.6 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 4 hours. 3.7 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 235100 - 4 of 4 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 235200 BOILERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes boilers and associated appurtenances. SECTION 235200 BOILERS B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME BPVC, Boiler Pressure and Vessel Code, Section IV, Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers. 2. ASME CSD -1, Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers. C. Obtain boiler operation permit from Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency (PSAPCA), (1-800-552-3565). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each boiler and appurtenance. Include blank copy of start-up and test report forms. C. Shop Drawings: Submit boiler control wiring diagram [including wiring diagram of multiple boiler management control panel]. D. Test Reports: 1. Factory start-up and test reports. 2. Field start-up and test reports. 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 235200 - 1 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 1.4 WARRANTY SECTION 235200 BOILERS A. General: Warrant boiler for 1 year after Substantial Completion. Warranty shall cover parts, labor, and travel time. Make available replacement within 48 hours of initial notification. B. Burner Warranty: Warrant burner for 5 years after Substantial Completion. Warranty shall cover parts only. C. Pressure Vessel Warranty: Warrant the following items for 10 years after Substantial Completion. Warranty shall cover parts only. 1 Pressure vessel. 2. Furnace. 3. Tubes. 4. Tube sheets. 5. Shell. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 [HEATING WATER BOILERS, CONDENSING A. Description: Factory fabricated, assembled and tested fire tube condensing boiler, designed to operate at temperatures which result in condensation of stack gases within boiler and boiler vent. Boiler ASME stamped for minimum 1 50 psig working pressure. Boiler for natural gas complete with fuel burning equipment, safety and operating controls, insulated steel jacket, and appurtenances. Boiler factory wired requiring only connection to power, fuel supply, flue, and system piping to be ready for operation. Cast iron heat exchanger. B. Ratings: As indicated in accordance with CSA requirements. C. Standards: UL listed and labeled burner and controls. ASME "H" stamp and CSD -1. D. Burner: Forced draft, modulating, with minimum [4 to 1] [5 to 1] turndown. Interrupted spark ignition. E. Gas Train: Dual manual valves, solenoid main gas valve, pilot gas pressure regulator, and automatic pilot gas valve. 24 Volt control. F. Electrical: Factory wired with junction box, control transformer, and terminals for remote start -stop interface. 120 or 230 Volt, 1 Phase power as indicated on the Drawings. Single point electrical connection. G. Appurtenances: ASME safety relief valve, pressure/temperature gage, and required safeties, such as manual reset low water cut-off and proof of flame switch. Include drain 235200 - 2 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 235200 BOILERS connection and aluminum condensate receiver pan for elimination of condensation, inlet air (sealed combustion) adapter, variable frequency drive for combustion air fan and washable inlet filter. H. Individual Boiler Control System: Burner mounted, UL listed and labeled control panel complete with the following: 1. Digital text display, operating lights and switches. 2. Full modulation firing rate controls, pre -purge and post purge cycles, UV scanner, high limit control, flame safeguard and second manual reset high limit. 3. The control system shall adjust firing rates in response to outdoor temperature. 4. Control panel to include contacts for remote start -stop, monitoring, and common alarm by DDC system specified in Section 230900. 5. Include provisions for remote shutdown switch control to automatically shut off burner. I. Multiple Boiler Management Control Panel: 1. Pre -wired control cabinet with remote setpoint reset and sequencer control, boiler staging control, control transformer, power -on -switch, power -on -lamp, boiler -on lamps for each boiler, cabinet fuse and fuse holder, lock and key, water temperature sensor, system starter thermostat, high temperature safety shutdown sensor, and wiring information. 2. Panel microprocessor controlled to maximize overall boiler system efficiency. Control and staging of boilers shall reflect that part load efficiency of condensing boilers is greater in most cases than full load, and shall stage boilers on and off to take advantage of this fact. 3. Panels capable of controlling [2] [__] boilers. 4. Connections for DDC system specified in Section 230900 as follows: a. Digital output for common alarm for each boiler. b. Digital input for start/stop for each boiler. c. Analog input (4 to 20 mA) for setpoint adjustment. j. Manufacturer: Hydrotherm KN Series or approved.] 2.2 [HEATING WATER BOILER, FORCED DRAFT, CAST IRON A. Description: Factory fabricated, assembled and tested forced draft boiler for [natural gas] [No. 2 fuel oil] [combination natural gas/No. 2 fuel oil] firing complete with fuel burning equipment, safety and operating controls, insulated steel jacket, and appurtenances. Boiler factory wired requiring only connection to power, fuel supply, flue, and system piping to be ready for operation. Cast iron sectional, wet base design. Boiler sections assembled using only steel push nipples and elastic sealant for completely sealed combustion chamber. ASME stamped for minimum 80 psig working pressure. 235200 - 3 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 B. Ratings: As indicated in accordance with I -B -R requirements. SECTION 235200 BOILERS C. Standards: UL [and FM] listed and labeled burner and controls. ASME "H" stamp and CSD -1. D. [Burner: Forced draft, multi -jet type, for burning natural gas fired with modulating firing for 6 to 1 turndown ratio. Burner complete with integral motor driven blower, ignition assembly, and motor starter.] E. Burner: PowerFlame C -Series. No substitutions. F. [Gas] [Combination Fuel OiI/Gas] Train: Main and pilot gas valves and necessary accessories to meet CSD -1 requirements. Gas pressure regulator. G. Electrical: Factory wired with junction box, control transformer with primary and secondary fuse, and terminals for remote start -stop interface. Single point electrical connection. H. Appurtenances: ASME safety relief valve, pressure/temperature gage, and low water cutoff. 1. Appurtenances: ASME safety valve, steam pressure gage, and water level gage glass with flush and drain valve. j• Individual Boiler Control System: Graphics annunciator, burner mounted, UL listed and labeled control panel complete with the following: 1. Indicating lights for power on, limits closed, flame failure, main gas on, [main oil on,] modulating mode, [low water] and gas pressure failure. 2. Indicating lights for power on, limits closed, flame failure, main oil on, low water, and modulating mode. 3. Full modulation firing rate controls, pre -purge cycle, combustion flame safeguard, UV scanner, high limit control, and second manual reset high limit. 4. [The control system shall adjust firing rates in response to outdoor temperature.] S. Furnish appurtenances to monitor [heating water] [steam] setpoint, boiler alarm, fire rate, and blower and fuel valve status, and enable and disable operations from the DDC system specified in Section 230900, 0 to 10 Volt control signal for fire rate. 6. Include provisions for remote shutdown switch control to automatically shut off burner. [Multiple Boiler Management Control Panel: 1. Pre -wired control cabinet with remote setpoint reset and sequencer control, boiler staging control, control transformer, power -on -switch, power -on -lamp, boiler -on lamps for each boiler, cabinet fuse and fuse holder, lock and key, [water temperature] [pressure] sensor, system starter thermostat, high [temperature] [pressure] safety shutdown sensor, and wiring information. 235200-4of7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 235200 BOILERS 2. Panel microprocessor controlled to maximize overall boiler system efficiency. Control and staging of boilers shall reflect that part load efficiency of boilers is greater in most cases than full load, and shall stage boilers on and off to take advantage of this fact. 3. Panels capable of controlling [2] [__] boilers. 4. Connections for DDC system specified in Section 230900 as follows: a. Digital output for common alarm. b. Digital input for start/stop for each boiler. c. Analog input (4 to 20 mA) for setpoint adjustment.] L. Manufacturers: Burnham V Series, Weil McLain, or approved.] 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and inspect factory assembled boilers, before shipping, according to ASME BPVC. B. Include test report in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 235200 - 5 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 3.4 WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION SECTION 235200 BOILERS A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall maintain personnel within a 50 mile radius of job site. Representative capable of troubleshooting boiler, combustion and master sequencer faults. Representative also to maintain programming equipment necessary to make software changes. 1. Include 1 man day to meet with the mechanical, electrical and control subcontractors and the mechanical engineer at the job site. Schedule this meeting within 1 week after equipment is delivered to final location at job site but prior to installation. Purpose is to assure that all parties understand what interconnections are required. 2. After equipment installation, include 1 man day to assist control and electrical subcontractors in the termination of the interconnecting wires in boiler mounted control panels [and multiple boiler management control panel]. This service shall also verify the proper connection and polarity of the wires. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF BOILERS A. General: Support boilers and piping separately so piping is not supported by boilers. B. Anchor bolt boiler to housekeeping pad. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for seismic restraints. 3.6 START-UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of boilers and related appurtenances. Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check-out, adjustment, and complete start-up. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. B. Coordinate start-up services with [heating water] [steam] system operation as specified in Division 01 and Section 200500 [and TAB work specified in Section 200593]. C. Include minimum of 3 working days during which time include at least 2 observations each of morning programmed start-up, mid day operation, and programmed night shut down to verify proper operation of controls relating to boiler operation. 3.7 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. B. Representative shall conduct two [4] [8] [__] hour training sessions to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. First session shall cover operation of boilers and associated combustion control equipment. Second session shall cover detailed system 235200 - 6 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 235200 BOILERS operation and trouble shooting. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift) of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. D. Demonstrate proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable equipment performance over entire operating range to satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents, followed by tour explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. G. After 30 days of normal operation, schedule a meeting with the Owner's maintenance personnel responsible for boiler operation and the supplier's software technician to outline software changes to meet specific system requirements. job specific software changes agreed upon at this meeting shall be made at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.8 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Section 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 235200 - 7 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS SECTION 236220 AIR COOLED CHILLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes air cooled chillers and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. ASHRAE Standard 15, Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems. 3. ARI 550/590, Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle. 4. ASME BPVC, Boiler Pressure and Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels. 5. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. 6. UL 1995, Standard for Safety Heating and Cooling Equipment. If unit is not UL approved, manufacturer shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, arrange for field inspection by an UL representative to verify conformance to UL standards. If necessary, perform modifications to unit to comply with UL as directed by the UL representative. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each chiller and appurtenance. Indicate accessories where required for complete system and installation instructions. Include blank copy of start-up and test report forms. C. Shop Drawings: Submit chiller control wiring diagram indicating factory and field installed wiring. D. Test Reports: 1. Factory start-up and test reports. 2. Field start-up and test reports. 236220 - 1 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS 3. Submit completed copy of reports and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Include full labor and materials warranty on chiller for 2 years and extended material warranty for compressors for 5 years beyond Substantial Completion date. 1.5 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 232133 - Hydronic Piping Systems: Flow switches. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR COOLED CHILLERS, ROTARY SCREW TYPE A. Description: One piece water chiller with multiple rotary screw compressors, evaporator, condenser coil, condenser fans, expansion valves, starter, and controls. Factory assembled and run tested and shipped with oil and refrigerant charge. B. Ratings: UL listed and labeled, ARI 550/590 for water chillers and local energy code. C. Cabinet: Galvanized steel frame and panels, mounted on a welded structural steel base. Panels and control boxes finished with a baked on powder paint and structural base with air dry paint. D. Compressors, Motors, and Lube Oil System: 1. Rotary screw compressors, semi -hermetic, direct -drive, 3600 rpm, with capacity control slide valve, rolling element bearings, differential refrigerant pressure oil pumps, oil heaters, and internal crankcase heaters. Motors suction gas cooled, hermetically sealed, two -pole squirrel cage induction type. 2. Oil separator and filtration devices separate from compressor. Include check valves in compressor discharge and lube oil system and solenoid valve in lube system. E. Evaporator: Shell and tube design with internally finned copper tubes roller expanded into tube sheet. Designed, tested, and stamped in accordance with ASME for 300 psig refrigerant side working pressure and 215 psig water side working pressure. Internal baffles. Drain and vent connection on each shell with fittings for temperature control sensors. 3/4 inch thick insulation with thermal conductivity of 0.26 Btu/hr/sq ft/inch/F on shell. Thermostatically controlled electric heat tape for freeze protection to minus 20 F outside air temperature. F. Condenser Coil: Aluminum fins mechanically bonded to internally finned seamless copper tubing. Include integral subcooling circuit and oil cooling for compressor bearing and injection oil. Factory pressure and leak tested at minimum 500 psig. 236220 - 2 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS G. Condenser Fans and Motors: Direct -drive, dynamically balanced propeller fans. Vertical discharge. Motors with permanently lubricated ball bearings and internal thermal overload protection. Include fan guards. H. Refrigeration System: Complete refrigerant operating charge with R -134a. Each unit with 2 independent refrigerant circuits, with 1 or 2 compressors per circuit. Each circuit with compressor suction and discharge services valves, liquid line shutoff valve, removable core filter drier, liquid line sight glass with moisture indicator, charging port, and electronic expansion valve. Compressors fully modulating with electronic valves for stable capacity operation over entire operating range. Electrical and Controls: 1. Factory mounted and wired, housed in weathertight enclosure with access for field connections of power wiring and remote interlocks. Controls, including sensors, factory tested prior to shipment. 2. Microcomputer controls for control functions including start-up, shut down, leaving chilled water temperature control, compressor and electronic expansion valve modulation, fan sequencing, anti -recycle logic, automatic lead/lag compressor starting, and load limiting. 3. Microprocessor based unit control module to avoid unit shutdown due to abnormal operating condition associated with low refrigerant temperature, high condensing temperature, and motor current overload. 4. Failure protections include loss of chilled water flow, evaporator freezing, loss of refrigerant, low refrigerant pressure, high refrigerant pressure, reverse rotation, compressor starting and running over current, phase loss, phase imbalance, phase reversal, and loss of oil flow. 5. Include display of diagnostic checks when problem is detected. Digital display read and advanced on unit without opening control panel doors. Include menu driven digital display to monitor data points as follows: a. Chilled water setpoint b. Entering and leaving chilled water temperatures c. Percent running load amps (RLA) for each compressor d. Evaporator and condenser refrigerant pressures and temperatures e. Ambient temperature. f. Voltage 6. Single point electrical connection for power and controls. Factory installed and wired with transformer for 1 1 5 Volt single phase power for control power. Separate 1 1 5 Volt electrical connection for electric heat tape. 7. Include factory installed ambient sensor and control logic to prevent unit from starting below field adjustable temperature setpoint. Initial setting 50 F. 8. Include communication interface via BACnet with DDC system specified in Section 230900 to remotely monitor water chiller from an operator workstation. 236220 - 3 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS J. a. Include the following input capabilities by means of factory or field installed devices: 1) Chiller enable 2) Leaving chilled water temperature setpoint 3) Chiller mode 4) Compressor circuit enable/disable 5) Current limit setpoint b. Include the following output capabilities by means of factory or field installed devices: 1) Chiller status 2) Active chilled water setpoint 3) Leaving chilled water temperature 4) Entering chilled water temperature 5) Alarm descriptor 6) Average percent RLA (actual capacity) 7) Active current limit setpoint Disconnect Switch: Unit mounted and wired non-fused switch with external handle located inside control panel. K. Flow Switch: Field installed accessory as safety interlock to prevent operation of machine without evaporator water flow. L. Starter: Factory mounted and wired [across -the -line] [Wye -Delta] [solid state] type housed in weathertight enclosure. M. Manufacturers: Petra, MultiStack or approved. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform functional test of water chillers before shipping. B. Include test report in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 236220 - 4 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 3.4 WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall maintain personnel within a 50 mile radius of job site. Representative capable of troubleshooting chillers and faults. Representative also to maintain programming equipment necessary to make software changes. 1. Include 1 man day to meet with the mechanical, electrical and control subcontractors and the mechanical engineer at the job site. Schedule this meeting within 1 week after equipment is delivered to final location at job site but prior to installation. Purpose is to assure that all parties understand what interconnections are required. 2. After equipment installation, include 1 man day to assist control and electrical subcontractors in the termination of the interconnecting wires in chiller mounted control panels. This service shall also verify the proper connection and polarity of the wires. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF CHILLERS A. General: Support chillers and piping separately so piping is not supported by chillers. B. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. C. Repair damaged condenser coil fins. 3.6 START-UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of chillers and related appurtenances. Services shall include a check of proper installation, 236220 - 5 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS system check-out, adjustment, and complete start-up. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. B. Coordinate start-up services with chilled water system operation as specified in Division 01 and Section 200500 and TAB work specified in Section 200593. C. Include minimum of 5 working days during which time include at least 2 observations each of morning programmed start-up, mid day operation, and programmed night shut down to verify proper operation of controls relating to chiller operation. 3.7 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. B. Representative shall conduct two 4 hour training sessions to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. First session shall cover operation of chillers. Second session shall cover detailed system operation and trouble shooting. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift) of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. D. Demonstrate the proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable equipment performance over the entire operating range to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents, followed by tour explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. G. After 30 days of normal operation, schedule a meeting with the Owner's maintenance personnel responsible for chiller operation and the supplier's software technician to outline software changes to meet specific system requirements. Job specific software changes agreed upon at this meeting shall be made at no extra cost to the Owner. 3.8 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, 236220 - 6 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 236220 09819.00 AIR COOLED CHILLERS coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 236220 - 7 of 7 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238100 09819.00 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT SECTION 238100 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes packaged HVAC equipment with mechanical cooling capabilities and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. ARI 210/240, Performance Rating of Unitary Air -Conditioning and Air Source Heat Pump Equipment. 3. ARI 320, Water -Source Heat Pumps. 4. ARI 340/360, Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air -Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment. 5. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 6. UL 1995, Standard for Safety Heating and Cooling Equipment. C. [Refrigeration Piping Subcontractor Specified in Section 232300: Responsible for matching refrigeration equipment specified in this section, air handling equipment and their direct expansion cooling coils specified in Section 233410, and refrigeration piping and specialties specified in Section 232300.] 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of packaged HVAC equipment and appurtenance. Indicate accessories where required for complete system and installation instructions. Include blank copy of start- up and test report form. C. Performance Data: Submit fan performance curve for unit. Indicate on separate graph for each fan, static pressure versus volume flow, efficiency, and brake horsepower, with 238100-1 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238100 09819.00 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT scheduled design point shown and labeled. Performance certified in accordance with AMCA 210. A single fan curve not acceptable. D. Shop Drawings: Submit packaged HVAC equipment control wiring diagram indicating factory and field installed wiring. E. Test Reports: 1. Factory start-up and test reports. 2. Field start-up and test reports. 3. Submit completed copy of report and include copy in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. F. Samples: 1. Packaged terminal [air conditioner] [heat pump] enclosure color. 2. Process cooling equipment cabinet color. 1.4 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Zone temperature sensors, thermostats, and similar control devices for packaged HVAC equipment. B. Section 230900 - Automatic Temperature Controls: Strap -on temperature sensor for water source heat pumps with waterside economizer packages. C. Section 232133 - Hydronic Piping Systems: Flow switch for water cooled process cooling equipment with dry cooler and dual pump package. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTLESS INDOOR EVAPORATOR WITH MATCHING AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT A. Description: Matched packaged equipment by same manufacturer, factory piped, pre - charged, wired, tested and ready -to -operate. Indoor unit [ceiling] [wall] mounted. Condensing unit [slab] [roof] mounted. Rated in accordance with ARI 210/240. UL listed and labeled. Indoor Unit: Factory assembled with direct drive centrifugal fan, air filter, evaporator coil, [condensate drain pump and check valve,] and adjustable intake grille. Metal cabinet painted with baked enamel finish. C. Condensing Unit: Factory assembled with rotary compressor mounted on vibration isolators, crankcase heater, condenser coil, interconnecting refrigerant piping, and direct drive propeller type condenser fan. Steel cabinet painted with baked enamel finish. 238100 - 2 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238100 09819.00 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT D. Refrigerant System: Complete refrigerant operating charge with R -410a. Include filter - drier, accumulator, capillary tube, compressor muffler, fusible plug, low and high pressure switches, and liquid and suction line service valves with stub tubes for brazed connections. E. Condensing Unit Electrical: Unit control box factory wired to operate on power supply as indicated on the Drawings. Power supply terminal board. Electrical components integrally protected by group fuses or circuit breakers. Transformer for 24 Volt control circuit, independently protected by fuses or circuit breaker with separate terminal board. Timer circuit for compressor motor to prevent restarting of compressor motor more than once every 5 minutes. Compressor protection devices including high and low pressure switches and inherent protection. F. Control: Advanced microprocessor control with auto restart function[, one for each unit]. G. Manufacturers: Sanyo, Friedrich,EMI, Daikin, or approved. 2.2 CONDENSATE PAN PUMP A. Description: Low profile, shallow pan type with vertical pump rated for 25 gph at 15 foot head, 115 Volt. UL listed and labeled. B. Construction: Leakproof, rustproof, ABS 0.3 gallon tank. ABS motor and tank cover, and volute. Polypropylene impeller. Stainless steel pump shaft. Snap action safety switch. Check valve and thermal overload protection. 6 foot power cord with 3 -prong molded plug. C. Manufacturers: Little Giant Pump VCC-20 ULS, Teel, or approved. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform function test of packaged HVAC equipment before shipping. B. Include test report in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 238100 - 3 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238100 09819.00 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordination: Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS A. Install equipment with clearances for service and maintenance. B. Repair damaged condenser coil fins. C. Coordinate with Division 26 to install disconnects so as not to interfere with unit and internal component access and filters. D. Comply with requirements in Section 200548 for vibration isolators and seismic restraints. 3.5 START-UP SERVICES A. Equipment manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform start-up services of packaged HVAC equipment and related appurtenances. [Refrigeration subcontractor specified in Section 232300 shall perform start-up services for split systems and related appurtenances.] Services shall include a check of proper installation, system check-out, adjustment, and complete start-up. Start-up by Contractor not acceptable. B. Coordinate start-up services with air distribution system operation as specified in Division 01 and Section 200500 and TAB work specified in Section 200593. 3.6 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. B. Representative shall conduct one 4 hour training session to demonstrate that equipment operates as indicated in the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturer's 238100 - 4 of 5 • RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238100 09819.00 PACKAGED HVAC EQUIPMENT recommendations. First session shall cover operation of packaged HVAC equipment. Second session shall cover detailed system operation and trouble shooting. Give minimum one week notice prior to demonstration. Furnish instruments and personnel required to conduct the demonstration. C. Starting time (during any normal operating shift) of training sessions will be determined by the Owner to minimize overtime required for his maintenance personnel. D. Demonstrate the proper performance of operating and safety controls, as well as stable equipment performance over the entire operating range to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to Substantial Completion. E. Include instruction session to identify locations of servicing points and required maintenance requirements to Owner's personnel. F. Include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from instruction manuals, with appropriate references to the Contract Documents, followed by tour explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, control settings and available adjustments. 3.7 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections • 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 238100 - 5 of 5 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238225 09819.00 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT SECTION 238225 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description:. Work includes fin tube units, baseboard heaters, convectors, unit heaters, cabinet unit heaters, panel radiators, unit ventilators, and associated appurtenances. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 01, and Sections 200500, 200513, and 200510 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Applicable energy code. 2. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Division 01 and Section 200500. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type of terminal heat transfer equipment and appurtenance. C. Samples: 1. Fin Tube Unit Enclosure Color 2. Baseboard Heater Enclosure Color 3. Convector Enclosure Color 4. Cabinet Unit Heater Enclosure Color 5. Panel Radiator Color 6. Unit Ventilator Enclosure Color PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FIN TUBE UNITS, HYDRONIC A. Description: Fin tube heating element and enclosure with support components and appurtenances. 238225 - 1 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238225 09819.00 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT B. Heating Element: Aluminum fins and copper seamless tube, maximum working pressure 150 psig at 300 F. C. Enclosure and Components: [14] [16] gage zinc coated, rust -resistant bonderized steel enclosure, pencil -proof type grille, bottom of enclosure skirt with double break for lateral stiffness, top with deep -web gussets, and vertical stiffeners with 1/2 inch deep flanges at enclosure joints. Flush joints for enclosures and 90 degree corners with no exposed fasteners. End enclosures and end trims with roll -flanged edges, allowing enclosures to telescope within, with no visible fasteners. Factory baked enamel finish, color as selected by A/E. D. Support Components: Continuous mounting channel, bracket, and element hangers installed every 3 to 4 feet. Continuous 20 gage roll -formed mounting channel, fabricated from zinc coated, rust -resistant bonderized steel. Support brackets die - formed from 3/16 inch thick steel, 1-1/2 inch wide and lanced to receive bottom flange of enclosure, held securely with set screw. Die -formed 16 gage steel saddle to position heating element away from brackets and enclosure joints and allow 1-5/8 inch lateral movement for expansion and 1-1/2 inch height adjustment for pitch. Nylon -coated support arm to allow free sliding of saddle. E. Access Doors: Include at piping connections each end, 8 inch by 8 inch size, hinged, tamperproof key operated lock, located in enclosure front skirt. F. Manufacturers: Vulcan Dura -Vane Series, Sterling, Trane, Standard, Dunham -Bush, Slant/Fin, or approved. 2.2 BASEBOARD HEATERS, ELECTRIC A. Enclosure: Formed steel construction with front and rear baffles. Surfaces finished with baked enamel which withstands normal operating temperature. Standard finish color available from manufacturer as selected by the A/E. B. Heating Elements: Steel or aluminum radiation/convection fins permanently attached to resistance element or cast aluminum grid type. Nominal rating 187 watts per lineal foot or as indicated on the Drawings. Include safety high limit cutout. Heater rating shown on the Drawings shall be that delivered at circuit voltage indicated. C. Integral Raceway: May be used if UL approved. D. Receptacle Outlets: Include as indicated on the Drawings. Comply with requirements in Division 26. E. Blank Baseboard and Corner Units: Include empty enclosures and corner units such that baseboard heater and blank sections present a continuous appearance as indicated on the Drawings. 238225 - 2 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238225 09819.00 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT F. Contactors for Interlocking Baseboard Heaters with HVAC Controls: Electrically held rated for resistance heating Toads, 24 Volt continuous rated coil, number of poles and ampere rating of contacts as indicated on Drawings, normally open contacts, individual or group mounted NEMA 1 enclosures. G. Operating Temperature: Surface temperature at accessible points on heater not to exceed 175 degrees F. H. Manufacturers: Cadet, Chromalox, FPE, King, Nelco, or approved. OR 2.3 BASEBOARD HEATERS, ELECTRIC A. Description: UL listed and labeled. Heating element inside aluminum finned tube, 200 watts per foot. Steel casing with mounting hardware and end closure panels. Low voltage relay and 24 Volt transformer and transformer panels for remote thermostat. B. Manufacturers: Berko, Chromalox, Singer, Square D/Nelco, or approved. 2.4 CONVECTORS, HYDRONIC A. Description: Convector consisting of a heating element and cabinet. B. Heating Element: Aluminum fins, copper tubes, headers, ribbed steel side plates, and fin tube supports. Elements factory tested under water to 100 psig air pressure. C. Cabinet: [Free standing] [Wall mounted] [Fully recessed] [Semi -recessed] with [open] [front] inlet, [top] [front] outlet. [14] [16] gage steel front panel. 18 gage reinforced side panels. Cabinet back and sides galvanized. Front panel secured with quick opening fasteners. [Flanged front panel with neoprene rubber gasket to overlap wall opening.] [Extruded aluminum top bar outlet grille.] Factory baked enamel finish, color as selected by the A/E. D. Components: 1. . [Manual damper operated by chain and knob assembly.] 2. Access doors with spring catch or allen-head camlock fasteners. 3. 1/2 inch thick fiberglass insulation on inside of back panel. 4. 12 inch wide end pockets to accommodate field piping and valves. 5. Bottom overlap for recessed cabinets. 6. Factory installed air chamber and air vent assembly. E. Manufacturers: Trane Model [ ], Airtherm, Dunham -Bush, Vulcan, Sterling, or approved. 238225 - 3 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238225 09819.00 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT 2.5 UNIT HEATER, [HYDRONIC] A. Description: Unit heater consisting of casing, propeller fan, coil, and discharge assembly. [Horizontal] [Vertical] discharge. B. Casing: Steel die -formed construction, motor shielded from heat, baked enamel finish. C. Fan: Propeller. type with aluminum blades, direct drive, factory balanced. D. Motor: Totally enclosed permanent split capacitor type with integral thermal overload 'protection, sleeve or ball bearings, and wire guard. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. E. Coil: Aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes, maximum working pressure 1 50 psig, leak tested at 75 psig. F. Discharge: [Horizontal with multiple adjustable steel louvers.] [Vertical with 3 -cone adjustable diffuser.] G. Components: [Wall] [Ceiling] hanger bracket. H. Manufacturers: Trane [Model S] [Model P], Standard, Dunham -Bush, Vulcan, Airtherm, Sterling, Modine, McQuay, or approved. 2.6 UNIT HEATERS, ELECTRIC A. Description: Unit heater consisting of casing, propeller fan, electric heating elements, and discharge assembly. [Horizontal] [Vertical] discharge. B. Casing: Steel die -formed construction with hinged access door. C. Fan: Propeller type, direct drive. D. Motor: Totally enclosed permanent split capacitor type with permanently lubricated sealed bearings. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. E. Electric Heating Element: High mass, steel, tubular finned type. F. Wiring: Single circuit with elements, motor, and control circuit subdivided with factory wired and fuses to conform to NEC and UL. Automatic reset thermal overloads and primary fusing for elements, motors, and transformers. G. Controls: Factory installed and wired contactors and control circuit transformer. Built-in fan override switch. H. Discharge: Multiple adjustable steel louvers. 238225 - 4 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238225 09819.00 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT I. Components: 1. [Wall] [Unit] mounted, [low] [line] voltage thermostat with 45 to 90 F range. 2. [Wall] [Unit] mounted, [low] [line] voltage summer -fan switch. 3. Mounting bracket and dust shield. j. Manufacturers: Trane Model UHEC, Markel, Electromode, Berko, McQuay, Brasch, Qmark, or approved. 2.7 CABINET HEATERS, HYDRONIC A. Description: Cabinet heater factory assembled and tested, consisting of cabinet, centrifugal fan, and hydronic coil. Horizontal or vertical air flow and arrangement as indicated on the Drawings. B. Vertical Type Cabinet: [Bottom] [Bottom front] [Top] [Top front] [Ducted] inlet, [top front] [top] [bottom] [bottom front] [ducted] outlet for [exposed] [recessed] mounting. 16 gage galvanized steel front panel. 18 gage side panels. 18 gage galvanized structural steel frame. Acoustically and thermally insulated with closed cell insulation. [[Stamped] [Bar] inlet and outlet grille.] Hinged and camlocked access doors. Factory baked enamel finish, color as selected by the A/E. C. Horizontal Type Cabinet: [Exposed] [Recessed] mounting [with ducted connections]. 16 gage galvanized steel bottom panel. 18 gage side panels. 18 gage galvanized structural steel frame. Acoustically and thermally insulated with closed cell insulation. [[Back] [Bottom] [stamped] [bar] inlet grille.] [[Front] [Bottom] [stamped] [bar] outlet grille.] Hinged and camlocked access doors. Baked enamel finish, color as selected by the A/E. D. Fan: Centrifugal forward -curved, double -width, direct drive. E. Motor: Multiple -speed, permanent split capacitor type with integral thermal overload protection, permanently lubricated, locking connector on motor cord, detachable at junction box. Comply with requirements in Section 200513. F. Coil: Aluminum fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes, supply and return connections on same side. Maximum working pressure 300 psig. Burst tested with air to 450 psig and with air underwater at 300 psig. G. Filter: Throwaway 1 inch thick pleated media. Comply with requirements in Section 234100. H. Electrical: Wired in accordance with NEC, UL listed and labeled. I. Components: 1. [Unit mounted disconnect switch.] 2. Tamperproof, key operated locking access doors. 238225 - 5 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238225 09819.00 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT 3. Fan speed switch. 4. Unit mounted low voltage thermostat located in the return air path. J. Manufacturers: Trane Model [ ], Standard, Dunham -Bush, Airtherm, Sterling, Modine, McQuay, or approved. 2.8 CABINET HEATERS, ELECTRIC A. Description: Cabinet heater consisting of cabinet, centrifugal fan, and electric coil. Horizontal or vertical air flow and arrangement as indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Vertical Type Cabinet: [Bottom] [Bottom front] [Top] [Top front] [Ducted] inlet, [top front] [top] [bottom] [bottom front] [ducted] outlet for [exposed] [recessed] mounting. 16 gage galvanized steel front panel. 18 gage side panels. 18 gage galvanized structural steel frame. Acoustically and thermally insulated with closed cell insulation. [[Stamped] [Bar] inlet and outlet grille.] Hinged and camlocked access doors. Baked enamel finish, color as selected by the A/E. C. Horizontal Type Cabinet: [Exposed] [Recessed] mounting [with ducted connections]. 16 gage galvanized steel bottom panel. 18 gage for other panels. 18 gage galvanized structural steel frame. Acoustically and thermally insulated with closed cell insulation. [[Back] [Bottom] [stamped] [bar] inlet grille.] [[Front] [Bottom] [stamped] [bar] outlet grille.] Hinged and camlocked access doors. Baked enamel finish, color as selected by the A/E. D. Fan: Centrifugal forward -curved, double -width, direct drive. E. Motor: Multiple -speed, permanent split capacitor type with integral thermal overload protection, permanently lubricated, locking connector on motor cord, detachable at junction box. Comply with requirements in Section 15030. F. Coil: Open wire type, Nichrome element design. [One] [Two] stage[s]. Number of elements as indicated on the Drawings. Interlock with fan motor switch. G. Filter: Throwaway, 1 inch thick pleated media. Comply with requirements in Section 234100. H. Electrical: Wired in accordance with NEC, UL listed and labeled. Factory installed and wired transformer for controls, magnetic contactors, and high temperature cutout with automatic reset. Single point electrical connection. I. Components: 1. [Unit mounted disconnect switch.] 2. Tamperproof, key operated locking access doors. 3. Fan speed switch. 238225 - 6 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238225 09819.00 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT 4. Unit mounted low voltage thermostat located in the return air path. J. Manufacturers: Trane Model [ ], Markel, Electromode, Berko, Brash, Qmark or approved. 2.9 PANEL RADIATORS, HYDRONIC A. Description: Panel radiator crafted from cold rolled steel. B. Radiator: Each section fully welded with 2 sets of fins with header pipes at each end. Header pipes include supply, return, and air vent connections. Maximum working pressure 56 psig, tested at 74 psig. Phosphatized and baked enamel finish, color as selected by the A/E. C. Components: 1. Wall mounted support brackets. 2. Chrome -plated air vent. D. Manufacturers: Runtal North America, Inc., Panel Radiator, Inc., or approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this section. B. Protection: Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A. General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work in accordance with Article "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's installation instructions and directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with Division 26 and Section 230900. 238225 - 7 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 238225 09819.00 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean enclosures and exposed piping. B. Clean inside and'outside of cabinets prior to completion of work. 3.5 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TRAINING A. Comply with requirements in Section 200810. Total of 4 hours. 3.6 COMMISSIONING A. Equipment and systems referenced in this section shall be commissioned per Sections 019113 and 200800. Contractor has specific responsibilities for scheduling, coordination, test development, testing and documentation. Coordinate commissioning activities with the Commissioning Authority. END OF SECTION 238225 - 8 of 8 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240500 09819.00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS SECTION 240500 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes materials, equipment, labor, supervision, tools and items necessary for the construction, installation, connection, testing and operation of electrical work. This section applies to all Division 24, 27, and 28 sections. B. General Requirements: General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to Work in this section. 1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Perform work in accordance with requirements of the State of Washington, National Electrical Code, National Fire Protection Association, International Building Code, City of Normandy Park and County of King local amendments. Contractor must be familiar with the detailed requirements of the applicable standards and local codes and ordinances as they may affect the installation of specific electrical systems. B. Conform to applicable industry standards, UL standards, NEMA standards, and other standards as noted. C. Obtain and pay for licenses, permits and inspections required by laws, ordinances, and rules governing work specified under Division 24, 27, and 28. Arrange for inspection of work and assist inspectors as necessary. D. Conflicts: If any conflict occurs between government adopted codes and the Division 24, 27, and 28 Specifications and Drawings, the codes govern. Compliance with the codes does not relieve the Contractor from complying with requirements of the Contract Documents which may be in excess of requirements of, and not contrary to, the herein before mentioned governing codes, rules and ordinances. E. Inspection certification: Submit written certification of inspection from the AHJ stating that work has been inspected, accepted and found in compliance with governing codes. 1.3 OPERATING CONDITIONS A. Temperature: -20°C to +40°C. B. Altitude: Up to 3,300 feet (100 meters) 240500 - 1 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240500 09819.00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. The following terms (or abbreviations), as defined, are used specifically in relation to the work for Division 24, 27, and 28 and do not necessarily have the same meaning in other Divisions. 1. "AHJ" means Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 2. "Codes" means AHJ adopted codes, rules and ordinances and additional codes as specified herein. 3. "Furnish" means Supply and deliver to the job site. 4. "Install" means build into the work, ready to use in a complete, finished and operable system. 5. "Provide" means Furnish and Install for a complete, finished and operable system. 6. "Shop Drawings" means Document which fully details the equipment and intended installation relative to this specific Project. 7. "Shown" means as shown, indicated, or detailed on the Contract Drawings. 8. "Approved or Approval" means Written approval by the Owner or Owner's Representative. 9. "Work" or "Project" means the entire scope of work required by the Contract Documents. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data 1. After the Contract is awarded but prior to manufacture or installation of any equipment, prepare complete Shop Drawings and Product Data for materials and equipment cross referenced to each section of the specification. Provide shop drawing and product data submittals in quantities as called for in Division 1. Prior to submission of the Shop Drawings and Product Data, review and certify that they are in compliance with the Contract Documents. Verify all quantities and dimensional information to insure proper clearance for installation of equipment. Check all materials and equipment after arrival on the job site and verify compliance with the Contract Documents. A minimum period of two weeks, exclusive of transmittal time, will be required each time a Shop Drawing and/or Product Data is submitted or resubmitted for review. This time period shall be considered by the Contractor when scheduling submittal data. 2. Review of Shop Drawings and Product Data shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for dimensions and/or errors that may contained therein, or deviations from the Contract Document's requirements. It shall be clearly understood that the noting of some errors but overlooking others does not grant the Contractor permission to proceed in error. Regardless of any information contained in the Shop Drawings and Product Data, the requirements of the Contract Document's shall govern and are not waived, or superseded in any way by the review of the Shop Drawings and Product Data. 240500 - 2 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240500 09819.00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 3. Certifications shall be written or in the form of rubber stamp impressions as follows: I hereby certify that this Shop Drawing and/or Product Data has been checked prior to submittal and that it complies in all respects with the requirements of the Contract Drawings and Specifications for this Project. (Name of Electrical Subcontractor) (Signed) Position Date 4. Observe the following rules when submitting the Shop Drawings and Product Data. a. Each Shop Drawing shall indicate in the lower right hand corner, and each Product Data Sheet shall indicate on the front cover the following: Title of the sheet or Product Data sheet, name and location of the building, names of the Architect and Electrical Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractor, Manufacturer, Supplier/Vender, etc., date of submittal, and the date of correction and revision. Unless the above information is included the submittal will be returned for resubmittal. 5. Note: Other may imply samples, spare parts, extended warranty, training etc., review individual sections for requirements B. Product Data 1. Include catalog cuts identifying products, models, options, dimensions, electrical ratings, finish and color as applicable. 2. Indicate compliance with UL or other approved testing laboratory and other industry standards as specified. 3. Installers documented experience: Qualifications and list of five comparable installations, if specified in the individual sections. 4. Submit only information relevant to the particular equipment or materials to be furnished. The Contractor shall not submit catalogs which describe several different items in addition to those items to be used, unless all irrelevant information is marked out, or unless relevant information is clearly marked. C. Shop Drawings 1. Provide as specified in the individual specification sections. 2. Indicate compliance with UL or other approved testing laboratory and other industry standards as specified, if not covered under product data submitted. 3. Indicate in the title block (as a minimum) that the work is for this project and if applicable, the shop order number. 4. "Typical" Drawings and wiring diagrams will not be acceptable unless they specifically apply to this project. 5. Drawings shall be drawn at sufficient scale to show details clearly on same size sheets as Contract Drawings. 240500 - 3 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240500 09819.00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 6. Show the required coordination with work of other trades. 7. Identify details and show their locations in the Project. 8. Provide a description of the configuration and operation of proposed systems. 9. Provide Outline Drawings of proposed equipment in plan and elevation views including overall dimensions, weights and clearances required. 10. Provide one -line electrical diagrams to include required control and sensing lines. 11. Note required accessories. D. WSSP Materials Credit M1.1 Site Waste Management: Submit evidence that materials of this section comply with the requirements of this credit to recycle, compost and/or salvage at least the percentage of the construction, demolition and land clearing waste for the project as a whole as identified in the project score sheet. Submit diversion reports or recycling receipts demonstrating total weight of construction waste and percent of that waste recycled. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide operating instruction and maintenance data books for all equipment and materials furnished under this Division. B. Submit four copies of operating and maintenance data books for review at least four weeks prior to the substantial completion date. Assemble Operation and Maintenance Manual in 3 -ring binder(s). Use multiple binders if pages in a single binder would exceed 4 inch thickness. Separate binders for each category, such as Plumbing, Fire Suppression, and HVAC. Where .one subject matter encompasses more than one binder, differentiate by volume numbers. Include indexed tabs for each binder. The cover shall be engraved with the job title in 1/2" high letters and the name and address of the Contractor in 1 /4" high letters. Provide the same information in 1 /8" letters on the spine. C. Include complete cleaning and servicing data compiled in clearly and easily understandable form. Show serial numbers of each piece of equipment, complete lists of replacement parts, motor ratings, etc. Each unit shall have its own individual sheet. (Example: If two items of equipment A and D appear on the same sheet, an individual sheet shall be provided for each unit specified). D. Include the following information where applicable. 1. Identifying name and mark number. 2. Certified outline Drawings and Shop Drawings. 3. Parts list. 4. Performance curves and data. 5. Wiring diagrams. 6. Manufacturer's recommended operating and maintenance instructions. 7. Vendor's name, address and telephone number for all parts and equipment. 240500 - 4 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240500 09819.00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 8. Name, address and telephone number of Contractor performing the work. 9. Test Reports. 10. Product data and as -built shop drawings. 1.7 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Comply with requirements in Division 1, with additional requirements as indicated in this article. B. Prepare Record Drawings. Record Drawings shall be new blue line prints (pencil and black pen not acceptable) and shall show the measured locations of portions of the Work and changes the Contractor has made. C. Record corrections and changes made during the progress of the work, showing work as actually installed. In general, tolerance plus -or -minus 1'-0" from actual location. Indicate installed invert elevations for underground piping. Neatly hand -draft on daily basis. Keep readily available at project site. Use latest revisions and keep neat and clean. Do not use Contractor's working drawings. D. Record drawings are subject to review by the Architect on a regular basis throughout construction. At end of construction, check drawings for completeness and accuracy. E. Drawings shall show addendum items, change orders, clarifications, supplemental instructions, and deviations from the Drawings. F. Per project closeout procedures, each corrected blue line drawing shall be noted as "RECORD DRAWING". 1.8 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Where "Manufacturer" paragraphs are followed by the words "or approved", the Architect is sole judge of quality of proposed substitution. B. When the Architect approves a substitution, the approval is given with the understanding that the Bidder: 1. Has investigated proposed Product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified Product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the Substitution as for the specified Product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 240500 - 5 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240500 09819.00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS C. Where several manufacturers are specified by name for one use, select for use any of those so specified. Note that equipment layout is based on equipment listed in equipment schedules. D. Whenever a Product is described by detail, specification, trade name, manufacturer's name or catalog reference, use only such Product, unless written approval is given for substitution prior to bid. Submit written requests on substitution request form included in Division 1. Approved substituted manufacturers will be listed by Addendum. E. Ensure that equipment will fit within available space as indicated in the Contract Documents, including manufacturer's recommended clearances. F. Provide as specified certain products, materials, and systems, which may be indicated as "no substitutions". G. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or product data submittals, without separate written prior request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. 1.9 STANDARDS OF QUALITY A. Materials and equipment: Listed and labeled by UL or other AHJ approved testing laboratory and in compliance with other industry standards as specified. B. Fabricator and manufacturer qualifications: Specialists with at least 5 years experience and regularly engaged in the manufacture of the equipment and materials specified. C. Installer qualifications: Specialists with at least 5 years experience and regularly engaged in the installation of the system, equipment and materials specified. Where required by the AHJ, employ licensed trades persons. 1.10 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. General: The electrical drawings are diagrammatic. Complete details of building features which affect electrical installation may not be shown. For additional details, refer to other Contract Documents. Report any discrepancies to the A/E along with suggested revisions. Obtain written response from the A/E before proceeding with changes. B. Depiction of Work: Drawings do not show the exact characteristics of the work including, physical arrangement of equipment, lengths of wiring or conduit runs. Base the work on actual field measurements and conditions. Perform all work required to complete the installation. C. Dimensions: Do not scale drawings. Dimensional accuracy is not guaranteed, and field verification of dimensions, locations, and levels to suit field conditions is required. 240500 - 6 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240500 09819.00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS D. Since the drawings of floor, wall, and ceiling installation are made at small scale; outlets, devices, equipment, etc., are indicated only in their approximate location. Locate outlets and apparatus symmetrically on floors, walls and ceilings where not dimensioned and coordinate such locations with work of other trades to prevent interferences. E. Discrepancies: Bring to the Architect's attention any discrepancies within the Contract Documents and between the Contract Documents and field conditions. Also for any design and layout changes required due to specific equipment selection, prior to the Contractor's work (equipment and material purchasing and installation). Any work done by the Contractor after his discovery of such discrepancies, inconsistencies or ambiguities shall be done at the Contractor's expense. F. Specifications: These specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. The imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" are included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. 1.11 WORKMANSHIP A. Work shall be in accordance with best trade practices. Remove substandard workmanship and provide new material at no extra cost to the Owner. 1.12 DEPARTURES FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Submit to the Architect in writing details of necessary, proposed departure from these Contract Documents and the reasons therefore. B. Make no departures without written approval of the Architect. 1.13 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Visit the site prior to submitting a bid on the project and become familiar with existing conditions affecting the work. All costs arising from the existing site conditions and/or preparation shall be included in the base bid. No additional charges will be allowed due to inadequate review of site conditions. 1.14 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Minimize interruption of service. Provide 14 days notice to the Architect when necessary to shut down service to occupied parts of the site. Agree, in writing, upon time satisfactory to concerned parties. Conduct work at night or on weekends as directed and at no extra cost to the Owner. Provide temporary service throughout areas in use as required. 240500 - 7 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240500 09819.00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS 1.15 MAINTENANCE A. Provide spare parts for future maintenance and repair: At completion of the work, carefully identify and box or bag spare parts for delivery to a designated Owner's Representative. 1.16 CERTIFICATION A. By submitting a bid on the electrical system, the electrical subcontractor acknowledges and/or certifies the following: 1. That the electrical subcontractor has carefully examined all the drawings and Specifications (including but not limited to architectural, site, utility, structural mechanical and electrical drawings and specifications); that the electrical subcontractor, fully understands the drawings and specifications, that the electrical subcontractor fully understands the Contract requirements and has determined to the electrical subcontractor's satisfaction that the drawings and Specification are adequate to complete the electrical installations; and that the electrical subcontractor can provide a complete finished and operable system in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. 2. That the electrical subcontractor has had a reasonable opportunity to discover any ambiguities in the Specifications and drawings or questions with regard to the contract documents and such ambiguities have been brought to the attention of the architect/engineer in writing prior to submitting the bid. 3. That the electrical subcontractor has reviewed the project progress schedule with the General Contractor, fully understands the schedule, and has verified, prior to submitting a bid, availability of all necessary labor and materials including supervision and office backup, and can comply with the schedule requirements. 4. That there may be changes to the scope of work and that the electrical subcontractor understands that any proposal submitted for performance of additional work over and above that required by the basic contract will include all costs to the contractor associated with such change including but not limited to labor, materials, subcontracts, equipment, taxes, fees, schedule impact, loss of efficiency, supervision, overhead and profit. 5. That the contract requires the electrical subcontractor to coordinate work with that of all other trades and that the responsibility for coordination includes the rerouting, offsets, etc., to fit work in the structure in a manner that is compatible with the work of other trades in the same area. 6. That the routing of the elements of the electrical system included in the plans is schematic only and that offsets and rerouting will be required and costs for installation, labor and materials have been included for such in the bid. 7. That the electrical subcontractor has consulted with all affected Utilities and included in the bid all labor and materials to meet all requirements which may be imposed by each utility and has also included in the bid all costs and fees to be paid 240500 - 8 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240500 09819.00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS to such utilities, including temporary services and temporary and permanent connections unless specifically excluded in basic contract Documents. 8. That the electrical subcontractor understands the submittal of material and equipment to the Architect -Engineer is for the purpose of establishing what the contractor is supplying for the project. Any review undertaken by the Architect - Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of the contractor's responsibility to furnish and install all materials and equipment required for the contractor's work in the project nor does such review relieve the contractor of the contractor's responsibility for coordination with contractors, subcontractors or designers to ensure that such materials and equipment will fit and be suitable for the purpose intended. 9. The contractor agrees to receive the prices set forth in the bid as full compensation for furnishing all the materials and labor which may be required in the execution and completion of all work required under the contract documents and in all respects to complete the contract work to the satisfaction of the Architect. 1.17 WARRANTY A. Conform to requirements in General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1. Where not so prescribed or defined, the period shall be 1 year. Warranty periods within Division 24, 27, and 28 shall not commence until final acceptance. Contractor shall extend longer warranties specified in other sections. 1.18 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR (FOIC) A. Material Handling and Delivery: Coordinate delivery of FOIC equipment. Receive, off load, transport, store, hoist, unpack, dispose of packing, same as for other project equipment arriving at job site. Requirements of the Contract Documents apply to FOIC equipment. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Obtain from the Owner operation and maintenance data for the FOIC equipment and incorporate them into the Operations and Maintenance Manuals. C. Start-up and Warranty: 1. FOIC equipment suppliers will pass on to the Contractor start-up information, maintenance and parts information, and warranty provisions of their products in accordance with the equipment suppliers contract requirements. Organize and coordinate start-up and warranty requirements for the FOIC equipment. 2. Include one year warranty on FOIC equipment starting at final acceptance regardless of shorter time limits by FOIC suppliers. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. 240500 - 9 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240500 09819.00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION 240500 - 10 of 10 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240510 09819.00 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 240510 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes basic electrical requirements specifically applicable to Division 24, 27, and 28 including general material and installation requirements and site work. B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 1, and Section 240500 apply to the Work in this section. 1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods to prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. B. Deliver products to site in manufacturer's original containers, complete with labels. C. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. D. Store products subject to damage by weather conditions above ground, under cover in weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide specified items acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the use intended. B. New, unless otherwise indicated free from defects and the standard products of reputable manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such equipment. C. Provide similar items of equipment by same manufacturer. D. Materials and equipment: Listed and labeled by UL or other.AN approved testing laboratory and in compliance with other industry standards as specified. E. Remove rejected or damaged material from site. 240510 - 1 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240510 09819.00 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS F. Samples may be required for non-standard or substituted itemsbefore installation during construction. Provide all samples as required. G. Provide required items necessary for installation and testing procedures. 2.2 POSTED INSTRUCTIONS A. Frame and mount operating instructions and diagrams near the equipment or elsewhere as otherwise designated by the Owner's Representative. B. Copies of the posted operating instructions will be used with the Operating and Maintenance Manuals as a basis in training Owner's employees in the operation and maintenance of systems and related installed equipment. C. Posted operating instructions: Furnish simplified, consolidated equipment control and power diagrams. Graphically represent the entire system and actual equipment installed. Include concise written instructions on how to start and stop systems. Show settings and conditions to be observed. Indicate what control adjustments are to be made or maintained by the operator. 1. Include control diagrams. Add specific operating instructions. 2. Indicate how to energize each major component of the system. Show what action must be taken in an emergency, how to restore power following an outage, and what precautions to be taken when maintenance is required. 3 Include photographic or comparable non -fading reproductions, either framed under glass or encased in non -discoloring plastic. D. Systems, posted operating instructions: These include, but are not limited to: 1. One -line diagrams of electric power riser. Post an as -built copy of electric power distribution riser diagram. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of the various sections. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 1. Confirm that installations have been inspected before enclosure within building features, buried, or otherwise hidden from view. Pay for all costs associated with uncovering or exposing installations or features not previously inspected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to prevent damage as work is installed. 240510 - 2 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240510 09819.00 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS B. Obtain equipment roughing -in dimensions from approved Shop Drawings or actual measurements. C. Be familiar with the location of other trade's equipment. Eliminate conflicts. Check door swings before installing switches. Locate switches on the strike side of doors where possible. D. Layout electrical work in advance of construction to eliminate unnecessary cutting, drilling, channeling, etc. Where such cutting, drilling, or channeling becomes necessary for proper installation; perform with care. Use skilled mechanics of the trades involved. Repair damage to building and equipment at no additional cost to the Contract. Cutting work of other Contractors shall be done only with the consent of that Contractor. Cutting structural members shall not be permitted without the consent of the Architect. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install the work as specified and in accordance with Drawings and manufacturer's instructions. Where these conflict, the manufacturer's instructions govern. B. Review Architectural, Mechanical and other applicable drawings and all applicable shop drawings to prevent switches, outlets and other equipment from being hidden behind doors, cabinets, counters, heating equipment, etc., or from being located in whiteboards, tackboards, glass panels, etc. Relocate electrical devices and/or connections as directed at no additional cost if the work is not properly coordinated. C. Where conduit, outlets or apparatus are to be encased in concrete, it must be located and secured at the point of installation. Check locations of the electrical items before and after concrete and/or masonry installation and relocate displaced items. D. Provide block-outs, sleeves, demolition work, etc., required for installation of work specified in this division. 3.4 WORKMANSHIP A. All work and materials will be subject to observation at any and all times by the Owner's Representative. B. Install material and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide calibrated torque wrenches and screwdrivers as required. C. Cutting and patching: Do not weld to, cut or notch any structural member or building surface without specific approval of the Structural Engineer and Architect. Restore surfaces neatly to original condition after cutting, channeling, chasing or drilling of walls, partitions, ceilings, paving, or anchorage of conduit, raceways or other electrical equipment. 240510 - 3 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240510 09819.00 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 3.5 WELDING, CUTTING AND DRILLING A. Welding: In accordance with American Welding Society Standards. 3.6 EXCAVATING FOR ELECTRICAL WORK A. General: Locate and protect existing utilities and other underground work in manner which will ensure that no damage or service interruption will result from excavating and backfilling. Perform excavation in a manner which protects walls, footings, and other structural members from being disturbed or damaged in any way. B. Protect persons from injury at excavations, by barricades, warnings and illumination. C. Coordinate excavations with weather conditions, to minimize possibility of washouts, settlements and other damages and hazards. D. Do not excavate for electrical work until the work is ready to proceed without delay, so that total time lapse from excavation to completion of backfilling will be minimum. See other sections of specification for additional requirements for excavating. E. Store excavated material (temporarily) near excavation, in manner which will not interfere with or damage excavation, other work or excavated material. F. Retain excavated material which complies with requirements for backfill material. Dispose of excavated material which is either in excess of quantity needed for backfilling or does not comply with requirements for backfill material. Remove unused material from project site, and dispose of in a lawful manner. 3.7 BACKFILL A. For buried conduit or cable (other than concrete encased) - 2" thickness of sand or pea gravel on all sides of conduit or cable. B. For trench backfill to within 6" of final grade - soil material suitable for compacting to required densities. C. For top 6" of excavation - Top soil. Exception: Where excavations occur below paved or gravel area. D. Backfill excavations in 8" high courses of backfill material, uniformly compacted to densities of 90 percent in unpaved areas and 95 percent in building and under paved areas (percent of maximum density, ASTM D 1557), using power -driven compaction equipment. E. Subsidence: Where subsidence is measurable or observable at electrical work excavations during general project warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or 240510 - 4 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240510 09819.00 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS other finish), add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality and condition of the surface or finish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.8 CONCRETE BASES A. Unless otherwise noted, provide 4" high reinforced concrete bases for all floor mounted or floor standing electrical equipment, including generators, transformers, switchgear, battery racks, motor control centers, etc. Extend bases 4" beyond equipment or mounting rails on all sides or as shown on the drawings. B. Concrete bases shall be provided under Division 24, 26, 27, and 28. Coordinate size and location of all bases and furnish all required anchor bolts, sleeves and templates as required to obtain a proper installation. C. Provide and locate properly sized concrete pads and vaults for power company furnished pad mounted transformers in accordance with power company clearance requirements. 3.9 • CLEANING A. Clean up all equipment, conduit, fittings, packing cartons and other debris that is a direct result of the installation of the work of this Division. B. Clean fixtures, interiors and exteriors of all equipment and raceways. 3.10 IDENTIFICATION A. General: Provide nameplates and decals required to properly identify equipment and components in accordance with Section 240553 - Electrical Identification. 3.11 PROTECTION A. Properly protect equipment during and after electrical hookup, painting and final testing. 3.12 PROJECT TRAINING A. Upon completion and testing of equipment and system installation, assemble all equipment Factory Representatives and Subcontractors for system training with Owner's Representatives as specified in individual specification sections. B. Each Representative and Subcontractor shall assist in start-up, check out and training for their respective system and remain at the site until the total system operation is thoroughly reviewed by the Owner's Representatives, and Owners Representatives are thoroughly trained. Return for additional training sessions as required to completely train Owner's Representatives. 240510 - 5 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240510 09819.00 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS C. The Factory Representative and/or System Subcontractor shall give personal instruction on operating and maintenance of their equipment to the Owner's maintenance and/or operation personnel. To certify acceptance of operation and instruction by the Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall prepare a written statement as follows: 1. This is to certify that the Factory Representative and System Subcontractor for each of the systems listed below have performed start-up and final check out of their respective systems. 2. The Owner's Representative has received complete and thorough instruction in the operation and maintenance of each system. SYSTEM FACTORY REPRESENTATIVE (List systems included) (List name and address Factory Representative). Owner's Representative Contractor 3. Send copy of acceptance to Architect/Engineer. 3.13 PUNCHLIST AND FINAL REVIEWS A. At the time of punchlist and final reviews, the project foreman shall accompany the reviewing party, and remove coverplates, panel covers and other access panels as requested, to allow review of the entire electrical system. 3.14 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Engineering Services required beyond the final completion date will be paid by the contractor at a rate of $125 per hour. B. Punchlists will be done at the substantial completion date and final completion date. Record drawings and complete operation and maintenance manuals are to be submitted at substantial completion date. All subsequent reviews will be paid by the contractor at a rate of $125 per hour. END OF SECTION 240510 - 6 of 6 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240513 09819.00 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT SECTION 240513 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Extent of electrical connection for equipment includes final electrical connection of all equipment having electrical requirements. Division 24, 27, and 28 shall make final connections for all owner furnished equipment including switches, receptacles, etc. See other applicable portions of specification for building temperature control wiring requirements specified in Division 20, 21, and 22. B. Connection to equipment specified in Division 20, 21, and 22 shall be as follows: 1. For motorized only equipment with built-in controllers (package equipment) Division 24, 27, and 28 shall connect power complete and provide an external disconnect at the unit. Division 20, 21, and 22 shall provide all control wiring complete. 2. For motorized only equipment with external controller (non -packaged equipment) Division 24, 27, and 28 shall provide external motor controller, disconnect switch, and make all power wiring complete to the equipment. Division 20, 21, and 22 shall provide all control wiring complete. 3. For electric duct heaters with built in controllers (package type equipment) Division 24, 27, and 28 shall connect power complete and provide an external disconnect switch at the unit. Division 20, 21, and 22 shall provide all control wiring complete. 4. For electric duct heaters with remote controllers (non -package type equipment) Division 24, 27, and 28 shall provide external controller, disconnect switch, and make all power wiring complete to the equipment. Division 20, 21, and 22 shall provide all control wiring complete. 5. For combination motorized and electric heating packaged units specified with built in controllers and specified "single point connected" under Division 20, 21, and 22, Division 24, 27, and 28 shall connect power complete and provide an external disconnect switch. Division 20, 21, and 22 shall provide all control wiring complete. 6. For all equipment requiring a full voltage non -reversing starter, these shall be provided by Division 24, 27, and 28 as a combination disconnect unit. C. Refer to Division -20, 21, and 22 sections for control system wiring. D. Refer to sections of other Divisions for specific individual equipment power requirements. E. Make final connection toall kitchen equipment. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance 240513 - 1 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240513 09819.00 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT 1. Comply with applicable portions of NEC as to type products used and installation of electrical power connections. B. UL Labels 1. Provide electrical connection products and materials which have been UL -listed and labeled. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. For each electrical connection indicated, provide complete assembly of materials, including but not necessarily limited to, raceways, conductors, cords, cord caps, wiring devices, pressure connectors, terminals (lugs), electrical insulating tape, heat -shrinkable insulating tubing,cable ties, solderless wire nuts, and other items and accessories as needed to complete splices, terminations, and connections as required. See Section 240533, Raceway Systems; Section 240522 Wire and Cable and Section 262726, Wiring Devices for additional requirements. Provide final connections for equipment consistent with the following: 1. Permanently installed fixed equipment - flexible seal-tite conduit from branch circuit terminal equipment, or raceway; to equipment, control cabinet, terminal junction box or wiring terminals. Totally enclose all wiring in raceway. 2. Movable and/or portable equipment - wiring device, cord cap, and multi -conductor cord suitable for the equipment and in accordance with NEC requirements (Article 400). 3. Other methods as required by the National Electrical Code and/or as required by special equipment or field conditions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Make electrical connections in accordance with connector manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices, and complying with requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation" to ensure that products fulfill requirements. B. Connect electrical power supply conductors to equipment conductors in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions and wiring diagrams. C. Coordinate installation of electrical connections for equipment with equipment installation work. D. Verify all electrical loads (voltage, phase, full load amperes, number and point of connections, minimum circuit ampacity, etc.) for equipment furnished under other Divisions of this specification, by reviewing respective shop drawings furnished under 240513-2of3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL SECTION 240513 09819.00 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT each division. Meet with each subcontractor furnishing equipment requiring electrical service and review equipment electrical characteristics. Report any variances from electrical characteristics noted on the electrical drawings to Architect before proceeding with rough -work. E. Obtain and review the equipment submittals and shop drawings to determine particular final connection requirements before rough -in begins for each equipment item. F. Refer to Basic Materials and Methods Section 240553, Electrical Identification, for identification of electrical power supply conductor terminations. 3.2 STARTERS (CONTROLLERS) A. Non -packaged starters and wiring devices shall be installed near motors or as indicated. Securely support and anchor in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Locate for proper operational access, including visibility for safety. 3.3 PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL CONTROLS A. Provide 120V, 20A circuit at all locations required and described in section 1 5900. Coordinate exact locations with Division 20, 21, and 22900 contractor prior to installation. B. Install power metering equipment at panelboards and switchboards, to be furnished by Division 20, 21, and 22900 contractor, at all locations required and described in section 15900 and on electrical drawings. END OF SECTION 240513 - 3 of 3 RAISBECK AVIATION HIGH SCHOOL 09819.00 SECTION 240522 WIRE AND CABLE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wire, cable, splices and terminations for systems of 600 volts or less. SECTION 240522 WIRE AND CABLE B. General Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, and Sections 240500 and 240510 apply to work in this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Referenced Standards 1. UL 83 - Thermoplastic -Insulated Wires and Cables. C. Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wire and cable. Comply with UL standards and provide electrical wire and cable which have been UL -listed ad labeled. D. Comply with applicable portions of NEMA/Insulated Cable Engineers Association standards pertaining to materials, construction and testing of wire and cable. E. Comply with applicable portions of ANSI/ASTM and IEEE standards pertaining to construction of wire and cable. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 240500. B. WSSP Materials Credit M1.1 Site Waste Management: Submit evidence that materials of this section comply with the requirements of this credit to recycle, compost and/or salvage at least the percentage of the construction, demolition and land clearing waste for the project as a whole as identified in the project score sheet. Submit diversion reports or recycling receipts demonstrating total weight of construction waste and percent of that waste recycled. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver wire and cable to Project, and store in original containers bearing Underwriters' listing. 240522 - 1 of 5